Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats

WS
\
_
AN
\
\

WS
<<
AWA A
\ _

\< \
» AN \\
AQ \

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

WO TUNE -SG

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON: 1940

The scientific publications of the National Museum include two
series, known, respectively, as Proceedings and Bulletin.

The Proceedings series, begun in 1878, is intended primarily as a
medium for the publication of original papers, based on the collec-
tions of the National Museum, that set forth newly acquired facts
in biology, anthropology, and geology, with descriptions of new
forms and revisions of limited groups. Copies of each paper, in
pamphlet form, are distributed as published to libraries and scientific
organizations and to specialists and others interested in the different
subjects. The dates at which these separate papers are published are
recorded in the table of contents of each of the volumes.

The present volume is the eighty-sixth of this series.

The series of Bulletins, the first of which was issued in 1875, con-
tains separate publications comprising monographs of large zoologi-
cal groups and other general systematic treatises (occasionally in
several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, catalogs of
type specimens, special collections, and other material of similar
nature. The majority of the volumes are octavo in size, but a
quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which large plates
were regarded as indispensable. In the Bulletin series appear vol-
umes under the heading Contributions from the United States National
Herbarium, in octavo form, published by the National Museum since
1902, which contain papers relating to the botanical collections of
the Museum.

ALEXANDER WETMORE,
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.
WasuineaTon, D. C., June 1, 1940.
II

CONTENTS

Pages
Barker, R. Wricut. Species of the foraminiferal family
Camerinidae in the Tertiary and Cretaceous of Mexico.
No. 305204-Miyi 16:s1989i in atul grins Wi ee ou iar > 305-330

New species: Operculinoides prenummulitiformis, O. muiri, O.
palmarealensis, O. jennyi, Camerina guayabalensis, C. pellati-
spirotdes.

New varieties: Operculinoides ocalanus minor, Camerina jackson-
ensis globosa.

BLAcKWELDER, RicHarD EH. Revision of the North American
beetles of the staphylinid subfamily Tachyporinae—Part 2:
Genus Coproporus Kraatz. No. 3041. October 8, 19388!._ 1-10

New species: Coproporus sparsus, C. arizonae.
New name: Coproporus lecontet.

Buscx, Aucust. Restriction of the genus Gelechia (Lepidop-
tera: Gelechiidae), with descriptions of new genera. No.

SOG4 MaMa AS sOSO Due sir) bins 2b ae ee OW be 563-593
New genera: Keiferia, Friseria, Filatima, Frumenta, Fascista,
Epilechia, Faculta.

CuapMaNn, Witspert McLeop. Eleven new species and three
new genera of oceanic fishes collected by the International
Fisheries Commission from the northeastern Pacific. No.

SOCCse eA 2S, MOGGts Chey 6S eh 501-542

New family: Macropinnidae.

New genera: Macropinna, Photonectops, Neoscopelarchoides.

New species: Bathylagus alascanus, Macropinna microstoma,
Photonectops multipunctata, Sudis squamosa, Lestidium (Bathy-
sudis) parrt, Myctophum oculeum, Lampanyctus micropunctatus,
Neoscopelarchoides dentatus, Melamphaes cavernosus, M. rugosus,
Oneirodes bulbosus.

Ciark, Austin H. Echinoderms of the Smithsonian—Hartford
Expedition, 1937, with other West Indian records. No.

CSS Pte tes y Os il peel LS 1 ale teh tg ni a a 441-456

New species: Freyella mexicana, Ophiothrix hartfordi.

—_———. A new genus of starfishes from the Aleutian
Walameds: No. 3061. May, 17, 193942. ces ac tae 42-56 497-500

New genus: Aleutiaster.
New species: Aleutiaster scheffert.

! Date of publication.

IV PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Pages
Ciarxk, Husert Lyman. Two new ophiurans from the Smith-
sonian-Hartford Expedition, 1937. No. 3054. April 4,
eS OP ae les CUreaey ne ne ake ie LE hd ae ee ee 415-418

New species: Ophiactis notabilis, Ophiothrix platyactis.

Fisuer, Wautrer K. A new sea star of the genus Poraniopsis
from. dapan. No, 3059. , April: 4, 1939 *_. 2.2) pa 5 469-472

New species: Poraniopsis japonica.

Gitmorgn, Cuarites W. Descriptions of new and little-known
fossil lizards from North America. No. 3042. December
1G, Waste 2) eiiriniowimy ox coden) Aagaey .. aaa arS, 11-26

New genus: Paraprionosaurus.
New species: Rhineura minutus, ? Xestops piercet, ? Harpagosaurus
silberlingii, Paraprionosaurus wyomingensis.

Hartman, Ouca. The types of the polychaete worms of the
families Polynoidae and Polyodontidae in the United
States National Museum and the description of a new genus.
Wo#e3046..) December: 7.1980. sot = ee eee ee 107-134

New genus: Halosydnella.

New combinations: Halosydnella grisea (Treadwell), H. fusca-
maculata (Treadwell), H. oculata (Treadwell), Lepidasthenia
lucida (Treadwell), L. alba (Treadwell), Arctonoé tuberculata
(Treadwell), Harmothoé trimaculata (Treadwell), EHunoé (?)
crassa (Treadwell), Intoshella cocca (Moore), Mailmgrenia nesiotes
(Chamberlin), Macellicephala remigata (Moore), M. (?) aciculata
(Moore), Admetella renotubulata (Moore), Eupanthalis mutilata
(Treadwell), HE. maculosa (Treadwell), Eupolyodontes elongata
(Treadwell), Panthalis evanida (Treadwell), Hermione tropicus
(Treadwell).

Hernricu, Cary. The cactus-feeding Phycitinae: A con-
tribution toward a revision of the American pyralidoid
moths of the family Phycitidae. No. 3053. March 16,
JOS9 Twas). wcidie 2). ue ae, Ae Ogle ee ep 331-413

New genera: Alberada, Nanaia, Cahela, Rumatha, Eremberga,
Salambona, Sigelgaita, Amalafrida.

New species: Nanaia substituta, Cactoblastis doddi, C. mundelli,
Eremberga insignis, Sigelgaita chilensis, S. huanucensis, S.
transilis, Ozamia punicans.

New combinations: Cactoblastis ronnai (Bréthes), Ozamia odio-
sella fuscomaculella (Wright), O. stigmaferella (Dyar).

Husss, Cart L., and Scuuttz, Lronarp P. A revision of
the toadfishes referred to Porichthys and related genera.
INovS0G0> > April 29: 31939 to) nue hss ataeee: eA oee e e 473-496
New genus: Aphos.
New species: Porichthys myriaster, P. analis.

1 Date of publication.

CONTENTS V

Pages
Hyman, Lisppiz H. New species of flatworms from North,
Central, and South America. No. 3055. April 14,
PO SO SO GHNY al PNAE: SOROS TAIN (A. oh OHS LA 6 419-439

New species: Dugesta titicacana, Sorocelis americana, Geoplana
mexicana, G. montana, Bipalium costaricensis, Leptoplana
vesiculata.

JAMES, Maurice JT. Neotropical flies of the family Strati-
omyidae in the United States National Museum. No. 3065.
SUSU Ga ORO oneal Se as ieee ee Dee ee ee 595-607

New species: Diaphorostylus interruptus, Nothomyia parvicornis,
Cyphomyia nubilipennis, C. shannoni, C. planifrons, C. altifrons,
Eupachygaster villosa.

Kertitoce, Remineton. Annotated list of Tennessee mam-
mals. seNo,.a001 = Webruary, 1441989 2.00 22 ts 245-303
Loomis, H. F. The cambaloid millipeds of the United States,
including a family new to the fauna and new genera and

species: “No. 3043: December tl /; 19380-2285 222 ee 27-66
New genera: Tridere, Platydere, Pharodere, Odachurus, Endere,
Leiodere.

New species: Tridere chelopa, Cambala cristula, C. tercana, Nanno-
lene minor, N. violacea, Platydere caeca, Pharodere radiata,
Odachurus petasatus, Endere disora, Leiodere torreyana, L. nana,

L. dasyura.
Matoney, JAmMes O. A new cave isopod from Florida. No.
DES inl TG OARS SS igh a dpa api A pas ha ole 457-459

New species: Asellus hobbst.

Prarse, A.S. Polyclads of the east coast of North America.
INorra044. Wecenber 7, 1936, 5 os 22 ee he 67-98

New genera: Conjuguterus, Oculoplana, Oligoclado.

New species: Discocelis grisea, Stylochus floridanus, Eustylochus meri-
dianalis, Stylochoplana floridana, Hoploplana thaisana, Conju-
guterus parvus, Oculoplana whartoni, Pseudoceros maculosus, Oli-
goclado floridanus, Acerotisa pellucida, Prosthiostomum lobatum.

Saytor, Lawrence W. Revision of the beetles of the melo-
lonthine subgenus Phytalus of the United States. No. 3048.
epiaiyy lo LOGO Oh se ok eek eg eo 157-167

New names: Phyllophaga (Phytalus) sandersonia, P. (P.) bilobatata,
P. (P.) sonora.

Scuaus, Witt1am. New species of moths of the families Noto-
dontidae and Bombycidae in the United States National
Museum!) No: 80635 > Mayi8: 193940. 2 52.5 5a 543-561

New species: Pronerice ludecia, Nystalea dahni, Proelymiotis sutt-

lans, Tachuda ernea, Salluca durani, S. deflectans, Disphragis
coremista, D. bactrina, D. handleyi, Malocampa monita, M.

1 Date of publication.

VI PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Pages
ednana, M. griffini, M. occama, M. delosia, Chadisra marcidana,
C. alsopia, Meragisa glacidia, M. nicolasi, Rifargia molleri, R. ed-
vina, R. valteria, R. ogdeni, Navarcostes oakleyi, Kurtia delosia,
Hemiceras tristana, H. rosteria, Quentalia cameloi, Apatelodes
merlona, A. florisa, A. vistana, A. damora, A. erotina, Thelosia
mayaca, T. herta.

Scuuttz, Leonarp P. Review of the fishes of the genera
Polyipnus and Argyropelecus (family Sternoptichidae), with
descriptions of three new species. No. 3047. December
PROVO Re 22 Ss Se a ce nee 135-155

New species: Polyipnus unispinus, P. asteroides, P. triphanos.
(See also under Hubbs, Carl L.)

SPRINGER, STEWART. Two new Atlantic species of dog sharks,
with a key to the species of Mustelus. No. 3058. April 27,
1939 Palbie, OSL 2ueL LO BT ey EW = ee 461-468

New species: Mustelus norrisi, M. schmittt.

TREADWELL, AARON L. New species of polychaete worms of
the genus Huphrosyne, with notes on EHuphrosyne borealis
Orsted..,..No..3049; January: 20, 1939) "et enter owes 169-173

New species: Euphrosyne branchiata, E. longisetis.

WepeL, Watpo R. Hopewellian remains near Kansas City,

Missouri... No. 3045, . December 16, 19388 9-225 22 99-106
WetmorE, ALEXANDER. Notes on the birds of Tennessee.
INO..3050., Janusry 31; 1es0 2 eee ee ee ee es 175-243

1 Date of publication.

ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATES
Following
page

1. Skull and dermal armor of Glyptosaurus giganteus Gilmore____ 18

2. Species of Pharodere, Leiodere, and Tridere, new genera, and Nanno-
lene violacea, new species of millipeds_______________________- 42
3. Rim and body sherds from the Renner village site__._..._________ 102

4. Miscellaneous stone, bone, horn, and clay artifacts from the Renner
SG eee rae er ate ee Ee a at ay oral a EAR a eee EDEL en SRE Oe, 102
5. Potsherds and portion of square vessel from the Renner site______ 102

6. Portion of decorated bowl and restored vessel from the Renner
SG See a en a aes ee ha res re eer ten SN 102

7. Vessel from earth mound near the Renner site, and restored vessel
frem stone-vault burial mound near Waldron, Mo_____________ 102
8. Vessel from stone-vault mound near Waldron, Mo_____________~_ 102
GRlOs Genitalia and tarsalclaw of Phytalus22-— ee 162

11-14. Species of Operculinoides and Camerina, fossil Foraminifera from
TTS Kee en os ae ager See ae Are a SPE RRR nc Note 313

15-18. Species of Operculinoides and Camerina, fossil Foraminifera from
OR exc eee er te ere oe eee ee NEY eal Chote ake ee 320

19-22. Species of Operculinoides and Camerina, fossil Foraminifera from
TVRs fe pete eg ee tes ee MO eB eSB Bnarian F ek 324
eo or Cactus-tecdme PhyGitinae 2226 pe 413
52. Two new ophiurans: Ophiactis notabilis and Ophiothrix platyactis_._ 416
SsOpnitonrie hartjordst, New Species. Et Pee 448
54. Species of Ophioderma and Ophiocoma___---------------------- 448
Boao. Leranropss japonica, New species=— 2 ee 470
57. Aleutiaster schefferi, new genus and species_____..__---_-_---_--- 498

58. Male genitalia of Gelechia, Gnorimoschema, Keiferia, Friseria, and
EEE re aie ear ae ee ee ee EE EN a tS hia os Sy 593
ao oirale-genitaliavor Gnionotes- 2 22 oe ee ese oe eee 593
60. Male genitalia of Bryotropha, Filatima, and Frumenta______----_- 593
61. Male genitalia of Aroga and wing venation of Keiferia and Gelechia. 5938
62. Male genitalia of Faculta, Epilechia, Pseudochelaria, Fascista__-_- - 593
63. Male genitalia of Nothris, Stegasta, Evippe, and Anacampsis_----- 593
64. Male genitalia of Recurvaria, Strobisia, and Dichomeris_____-_-~-- 593

65. Female genitalia of Gelechia, Keiferia, Gnorimoschema, and Lita
andeeadapronlesiofelt ia samen ee et ne ee nee! 593
66. Female genitalia of Chionodes and Filatima____._...------------ 593
67. Female genitalia of Bryotropha, Friseria, and Filatima__..--_---- 593
68. Female genitalia of Frumenia and Aroga___________.----------- 593
69. Female genitalia of Faculta, Epilechia, Pseudochelaria, and Fascista. 593
70. Female genitalia of Evippe, Recurvaria, Strobisia, and Stegasta___. 593
71. Female genitalia of Dichomeris, Nothris, and Anacampsis_...___-. 593

vil

VIII PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

—

LZ.
18.

21.

22.
23.
24,
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.

32.

303.
34,

35.
36.
37.
38.
. Species of Harmothoé, Scalisetosus, Enipo, and Macellicephala___-_---
40.
41.
» Diagrammatic sketch of Polyipnus.._._._:-___--.__ = _-__. 2
43.

SHOMNOahwne

TEXT FIGURES

SSkulliotAkineura mututus, NCW SPCCICS=s 2-6 == = ae eee
. Skull and lower jaws of Rhineura siernbergit Walker, type-_----------
4 ikenillor MM pOoiRen Nand Warp oe ie ee ee oe ee ee Se
. Skull and lower jaw of Glyptosaurus giganteus Gilmore___-----.-----

Palatal view of skull and jaw of Glyptosaurus giganteus Gilmore______
Right maxillary of ? Xestops piercei, new species, type__------------
Two dermal scutes of ? Xestops piercet, new species__---------------

. Left maxillary of ? Harpagosaurus silberlingii, new species, type__--_-_-
. Left maxillary of Paraprionosaurus wyomingensis, new species - - — _-__

Tridere chelopa, new species: Antenna, gnathochilarium, legs, and
PONOPOCS sa. eH Bee oe eB

. Cambala annulaia (Say): (Gonepods=- 22. 22 25a ee ee
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Cambala cristula, new species: Gonopods and first leg____--_--_____-_
Cambala texana, new species: Gonopods and legs____-_-_-----------
Nannolene minor, new species: Gonopods and legs____-------------
Nannolene violacea, new species: Anterior gonopod_-_---_------_-----
Pharodere radiata, new genus and species: Gnathochilarium, head, and

POWOPOOS sere ee aes Sebel Rs ge te oe aa
Odachurus petasatus, new genus and species: Head________________-
Endere disora, new genus and species: Antenna, head, gnathochilarium,

and midbody segment: =.= — = 2 = ee ee ee ee

. Leiodere torreyana, new genus and species: Antenna, midbody segment,

Bnd PONnOpOdS=e~ ses eo Shee ee eae en ee Be

. Leiodere nana, new genus and species: Antenna, head, gnathochilarium,

andi gonopods 22282 28 eo an eS e S enh ee kee ee
Leiodere dasyura, new genus and species: Antenna, gnathochilarium,

head wand igonepods= 2 32 eee ee ee eee ee
Discocelis grisea, new species: Enteron and gonads__-_____________-
SLYULOCHUS INUMNACUS EON ee ee ee eee
Stylochus floridanus, new species: Anterior end__._-_-___-________--
Fastylochus; meredianalis, new Species... =. _-2-6---- a2 eee ne ee
Leploplanaiangusta Verrier
Siylochoplana: jlorzdanad, Dew SPeCles_.. == ee ee
Hoploplana Thaisand, DEW SPCCICBS.. 5-0 ee
Conjuguterus parvus, new genus and species___.----_---------------
Oculoplana wharioni, new genus and species___-.-._-_-__.-----------
Pseudoceros maculosus, new species: Body, male and female genitalia,

marginal tentacles, and tentacular and cerebral eyes____________--
Oligoclado floridanus, new genus and species: Ventral view and anterior

GTN sce ap a ee et ee nT, ge oun ag ee
Acerotisa pellucida, new species: Dorsal view__---------------------
Prothiostomum lobaium, new species: Ventral view of body and of

Mind GeiOf Od ya A Ae ee Rae ae ee) a wee tn
Species. of Tphione and Lenidonolus.. =. — <u eee
Species of Halosydnella; new genus... ee
Species of Lepidasthenia, Eunoé, and Arctonoé_____________________-
Species, Ol Harmothorand Munuee tae. a a ee ee

Eupanthalis mutilata (Treadwell): Setae__.._______________________
Eupolyodontes elongata (Treadwell): Prostomium, elytron, and setae_-_

Polyipnus unispinus, new species: Holoivee. oof So

VOL. 86

13
15
15
17

22
23
24
25

35
38
40
41
44
47

53
56

88
90

92
108
112
114
119
121
124
126
136
136

44,
. Polyipnus triphanos, new species: Holotype___._______.____________
46.
47.
48.
49,
50.
51.
. Asellus hobbst, new species: Legs of male and female________________
53.

54.
55.

56.
57.

58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
SB. Sudts squamosa, mew species: Holotype. .i222 0 2222 = oa ee eS
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
al:

ILLUSTRATIONS

Polyipnus asieroides, new species: Holotype________________________

PECs Oh BuUpNnOsynen ee ose ate es V8 Soy a)
New species of Dugesza and Sorocelts: oo 2 22 oe Sk
INewsspecies. of Sorocelis and Geoplangs 2-3 oe
New species of Geoplana and (Bipaltum 2
Species of Bipalium and Rhynchodemus____.____.---_---__________
Leptoplana vesiculata, new species: Type, copulatory complex________

Typical dermal denticles from the lateral surface of Mustelus norrisi,

RIE WAS DECICK ee eae t ones rete awh ing merits SNe 2a iss ove el
Typical dermal denticles from the lateral surface of Mustelus mustelus

GEE Urry el Us) Petes cata a nea warns ey nee Ao MeN AIL VRC eR an ean
Outline of tails of Mustelus griseus Pietschmann and Mustelus norrisi,

MLE VERIO CLOG to seceei a esto g alone ey ees beer ene Mats WN BO oe cae
Porantops1s japonica, new species: Spines =. 84. os 5 22.2
Diagrams of portion of heads and bodies of Nautopaedium porosissimum,

Porichthys myriaster, P. greenei, and P. margaritatus______________
Bathylagus alascanus, new species: Holotype______________-_________
Macropinna microstoma, new genus and species: Holotype___________
Macropinna microstoma, new genus and species____________________
Macropinna microstoma, new genus and species____________________
Photonectops multtpunctata, new genus and species: Holotype_-_______

Lestidium (Bathysudis) parri, new species: Holotype.______________-
Myctophum oculeum, new species: Holotype___.________._____-___-_
Lampanyctus micropunctatus, new species: Paratype_______________-
Neoscopelarchoides dentatus, new genus and species: Holotype__-__-__-__
Melamphaes cavernosus, new species: Holotype__________________-_-
Melamphaes rugosus, new species: Holotype___________._-___-____-
Oneirodes bulbosus, new species: Holotype____...____.......-_-_---
Heads of Nothomyia parvicornis, new species, and Cyphomyia planifrons,

new species, and wing of Macromeracis longicornis (Philippi) __---_-

Page
139
140
171
421
424
429
432
435
459

463

464

465
471

487
506
510
512
513
517
521
521
525
528
531
534
536
539

598

bier bal a ateptl os ts sa =
$ Thicke swag
pa i} atontt Aubaifnwb | hie 8 if

wiki eich hg neh pel

fs omhegy cit’ oi: tle
c Atl

=<" = 4 « adabeee

iq@, “vas
oitvef int
Sion aa! :
lol), cesioaye wan tone
Yea Whay iW Mii {Heutas stot
spialtiehd oT iW et: TouNIsarv ®
AG re Sit Saohoring ree
ta piets a “ ait ot wae Mion 9 v
Oy te dvi fT Fh sncies pine a hit cree bie
Ae Pipe ea vein ‘(Gato gite y 4
tOlGH. «hiueqe’ ae ‘ atebacarm rid
wiry “mye w oN asic Sa 2
ein 6 nn as AEE, “TIE obitharsatity ratibeiy
Le] OHO feaho! até WAIT ariosrwrang 9 “th tne
- iy Traln Eh raion, Ane ieoer ur
nye Soa Ra woe nen):

i or) Sree vatir age

‘
‘
4
4

Es ¥8) deat :
jo ai ue BEETS

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

by the

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1938 No. 3041

REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN BEETLES OF THE
STAPHYLINID SUBFAMILY TACHYPORINAE—PART 2:
GENUS COPROPORUS KRAATZ?

By Ricuarp E. BLackWELDER

Axsout the year 1858 both Kraatz and Motschoulsky, working in-
dependently, described and named a genus of Tachyporinae corre-
sponding approximately to Erichson’s Family I of Tachinus. To this
genus Kraatz gave the name of Coproporus and Motschoulsky that
of E'rchomus. The identity of the two genera was soon recognized,
but uncertainty as to the dates of publication, and therefore to the
priority, resulted in opposing views by subsequent writers as to the
proper name for the genus. LeConte, Fauvel, Sharp (1876), Eichel-
baum, Bernhauer and Schubert, and Cameron have used Coproporus,
whereas Horn, Sharp (1883), Fowler, Fall, and Leng have used
Erchomus.

There have undoubtedly been previous investigations into this
problem, but I believe no one has heretofore published the facts upon
which the decision is based. The information outlined below was
kindly supplied to me by A. Mequignon, member of the International
Commission on Entomological Nomenclature.

Coproporus Kraatz was published in the Naturgeschichte der
Insecten Deutschlands, vol. 2, Staphylinii, p. 399, which was issued
definitely in the year 1857, though bearing the date 1858 on the title
page. Hrchomus Motschoulsky was published in the Bulletin de la
Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, vol. 31, no. 3, p. 218,
which was issued in 1858, probably in February.

1Part 1: Genus Tachyporus Graverhorst was published in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 84,
Pp. 39-54, Nov. 17, 1936,

83363—38 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

In 1877 the American species of this genus were monographed
by Horn, who listed eight names and considered four to be valid.
Since that time two new species have been described and one other
reported from this country. Both the new species are now considered
synonyms, and three new species are described.

In the original descriptions no genotypes of these genera are desig-
nated, and I have found no later designations. In order to fix the
names permanently I hereby designate Zachinus rutilus Erichson as
genotype of Coproporus Kraatz, and Erchomus sanguinolentus Mots-
choulsky as genotype of Hvchomus Motschoulsky.

The material available includes approximately 775 specimens from
North America and a considerable series of species from other parts
of the New World. These comprise the United States National
Museum collections and my own.

Genus COPROPORUS Kraatz

1857. Coproporus Kraatz, Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands, vol. 2,
p. 3899, footnote. (Genotype: Tachinus rutilus Evichson, designated
here. )

1858. Erechomus MorscHOuLsky, Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. 31, pt. 3, p. 218.

1869. Cilea PANDELLE, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 4, vol. 9, p. 277. (Not J.
Duval, 1857.)

Body broad; head inclined, not margined at the sides; antennae
11-segmented, feebly incrassate, inserted at the sides of the head;
maxillary palpi filiform, last segment acuminate; labial palpi fili-
form, last segment longer; ligula bilobed; no ocelli; prosternum
short; anterior tarsi 5-segmented, simple; anterior coxae conical,
prominent; elytra longer than pronotum, generally extended beneath
the body; mesosternum carinate; posterior coxae transverse, contigu-
ous, free; first segment of hind tarsi moderate or short; tibiae fim-
briate at tip with unequal spinules; abdomen feebly margined.

This is a large genus occurring throughout the world. In all, 181
species have been described from the New World, Europe, Africa,
India, Australia, and the Philippine Islands.

KEY TO NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF COPROPORUS 7

Ee TONOCUI OU CUNT a ee 2
Pronocuny not panctate.=_- =~ ee eee 4
27 Miytra with? concavity at sides.24 | ae eee ee eee 3
iv traswithout @ concavityrat sides: 22s) sass eae eee lecontei
3; blytra (coarsely punctatesi.2t ot 1 RA Cee ventriculus
Hiytra exceedingly minutely punetate...- = ee ee infimus

2The punctation of the pronotum and elytra is sometimes very minute and requires a
high magnification to be visible. Under low power the surface irregularities may appear
to be punctures. ;

REVISION OF THE GENUS COPROPORUS—BLACK WELDER 3

A@Pronotumyandtelytrarstriculoses=0) tes =: eee Seek Oe eee inflatus
Rronotumeandselyena notsStriguloses i: oe as a) oe eee hie See 5
He View naa GIstineh. CONCAVIly, Ali SiGeS2 = asa bee es ae 6
Hillyer eMosty Lelbened at SiGese Sa a ee a ee es ¢
Gebiviraldistinetly: punctave OnWGisk= =. == net oe eae ee eee ene rutilus
Elytra not punctate on disk or very minutely and irregularly so____-_ laevis
febily trary distinctly, punctaterOnu disk) aaj. See eee eee sparsus
Elytra not punctate on disk or very minutely so______________--___ arizonae

COPROPORUS VENTRICULUS (Say)

1834. Tachyporus ventriculus Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 4, p. 466.

1837. Tachyporus acuductus Kirpy, Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol. 4, p. 90.

1837. Tachyporus affinis Kirsy, Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol. 4, p. 91. (Not
Sharp, 1883.)

1839. Tachinus gibbulus Er1cHson, Genera et species staphylinorum ..., p. 252.

1840. Tachinus ventriculus (Say), HERIcHson, Genera et species staphylino-
TUM hs ass 5O20:

1846. Tachyporus punctulatus MELSHEIMER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
VOle on Doe

1859. Coproporus ventriculus (Say), LEContTr, The complete writings of Thomas
Sayers 4.vol: s24ipe 58a:

1877. Erchomus ventriculus (Say), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, p. 108.

1877. Erchomus acuductus (Kirby), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, p. 126.

1877. Erchomus affinis (Kirby), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, p. 126.

1877. Erchomus gibbulus (Erichson), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6,
Wel 26:

1877. Erchomus punctulatus (Melsheimer), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6,
p. 126.

1884. Erchomus flavidus CasrEy, Contributions to the coleopterology of North
America, pt. 2, p. 141.

1915. Erchomus politus MANEE, Ent. News, vol. 26, p. 175. (Not Sharp, 1876.)

Color piceous; antennae, trophi, prosternum, and legs testaceous;
frequently paler in great part. Head obtrapezoidal, abruptly trun-
cated and declivous in front of the eyes; surface above not distinctly
punctulate but extremely minutely wrinkled, shining; gula wide
but somewhat narrowed at middle, slightly elevated and convex.
Antennae short, gradually expanding, segments 6-11 transverse,
eleventh subequal to ninth and tenth together. Maxillary palpi
short, stout; fourth segment longer than third but less thick and
feebly tapering. Pronotum shining, minutely and irregularly punc-
tulate. Mesosternum feebly carinate posteriorly, minutely strigulose.
Surface of elytra uneven, distinctly punctate; with a broad con-
cavity along the lateral margin; epipleurae inflexed against inner
face of elytra. Abdomen feebly margined; the feeble punctures in-
distinct because of the minute reticulations, above and beneath.
Eighth tergite of male 4-lobed, lobes triangular, median pair a little
longer; eighth sternite broadly semicircularly notched, this and the
three preceding segments flattened at middle throughout their length.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Eighth tergite of female with four short blunt lobes, the median
pair slightly longer, all separated by narrow triangular excisions,
lateral pair a little broader; eighth sternite with four lobes, the me-
dian pair broadly rounded, separated by a semicircular notch, and
with four spinules on each, outer lobes shorter and more pointed and
each with two or three long setae, a rudimentary third pair of lobes
marked by a pair of long black setae on the lateral margins.

Type locality.—Pennsylvania.

Localities represented —New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts,
Connecticut, New York, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Dis-
trict of Columbia, Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, Louisiana, Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota,
South Dakota, Iowa, Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, Texas, New
Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, California, Oregon, Washington, Ontario,
Manitoba. Also recorded from Indiana and West Virginia.

Remarks.—The type of this species has undoubtedly been lost. The
Horn collection in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
contains specimens from Pennsylvania, Louisiana, Michigan, Florida,
and Arkansas. The variability of this species has given rise to the
lengthy synonymy. The five specimens of /. flavidus in the Casey
collection are uniformly pale, but any large series of this species
contains similar immature specimens. No identified specimens of
ventriculus have been found in the Casey collection. £. politws Manee
is represented in the collection of the writer by four specimens col-
lected at the type locality by Manee. I am not able to separate these
from a large series of ventriculus. The Horn collection contains a
specimen labeled “EZ rchomus politus Manee n. sp. Type.”

COPROPORUS RUTILUS (Erichson)

1839. Tachinus rutilus ErtcHson, Genera et species staphylinorum..., p. 253.

1855. Tachyporus brevis Scrisa, Ent. Zeit. Stettin, vol. 16, p. 296. (Not Sharp,
1876.)

1859. Coproporus rutilus (Erichson), Kraatz, Archiv fiir Naturg., vol. 25, pt. 1.
p. 59.

1883. Erchomus rutilus (Erichson), SHARP, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleop-
tera, vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 304.
1924. Cilea rutilus (Erichson), Woxcott, Insectae Portoricensis, p. 79.

Rufopiceous to piceotestaceous; base of antennae, trophi, legs, and
often the pronotum testaceous. Head transverse, triangular in front,
not abruptly declivous; surface smooth and shining; gula wide but
narrowed at middle. Antennae shorter than the head and prothorax,
segments 8-10 transverse, eleventh broad and flat, as long as the two
preceding together. Fourth segment of maxillary palpi longer than
third, as large at base and evenly conical. Pronotum smooth, shin-
ing, impunctate. Mesosternum feebly carinate posteriorly. Elytra

REVISION OF THE GENUS COPROPORUS—BLACK WELDER 5

smooth, shining, sparsely but relatively coarsely punctured; with a
distinct longitudinal concavity at the middle of the side, not close
to the margin; epipleurae free from inner face of elytra but inflexed
far above the horizontal. Abdomen feebly margined, generally very
much retracted; sparsely and indistinctly punctate throughout, with
minute reticulations. HKighth tergite of male with four narrow lobes,
the median pair longer and separated by a shallow rounded incisure ;
eighth sternite with a broad triangular notch, the angles prolonged.
Eighth tergite of female with four slender lobes, the median pair a
little longer, the outer pair each with a long black seta; eighth ster-
nite with four blunt lobes, the middle a little longer and with three
spinules at tip, the outer each with a long black seta.

Type locality Originally cited from “Americae ins. Puerto Rico
et St. Thomae, in Columbia.”

Localities represented.—Texas (Brownsville, Victoria, Columbus,
Houston).

Remarks.—This species is common throughout Central America,
northern South America, and the West Indies. It has not been pre-
viously recorded from the United States. ZYachyporus brevis Scriba
is included as a synonym on the authority of the Junk and Schenk-
ling catalog.

COPROPORUS LECONTEI, new name

1868. Coproporus punctipennis LeConTE, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 6, no. 167,
p. 31. (Not Kraatz, 1859.)

1877. Erchomus punctipennis (LeConte), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6,
p. 107.

Black; antennae, trophi, and legs rufotestaceous. Head trans-
verse, not abruptly declivous in front of the eyes; above impunctate,
very minutely wrinkled, shining; beneath densely wrinkled; gula
moderately wide and narrowed at middle. Antennae about as long
as head and pronotum, feebly expanding distally but no segments
transverse, eleventh equal to ninth and tenth together; finely pubes-
cent from the fourth segment. Fourth segment of maxillary palpi
longer than third, a little narrower at base than third and feebly
conical. Pronotum minutely punctulate and very indistinctly and
irregularly strigulose. Mesosternum carinate, carina elevated into a
thin lamella nearly as high as long, abruptly terminated anteriorly.
Surface of elytra uneven, finely and sparsely punctate, very indis-
tinctly strigulose; sides without concavity except for a fine groove
just at the edge; epipleurae free from inner face of elytra and nearly
horizontal. Abdomen distinctly margined; sparsely punctured and
strigulose above and beneath. Eighth tergite of male with four short
equal triangular lobes, the middle pair separated by a rounded exci-
sion, laterals somewhat anterior ; eighth sternite triangularly notched,

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

the notch slightly wider than deep, apex angular; seventh sternite
very broadly and feebly emarginate throughout its width. Eighth
tergite of female 4-lobed, the lobes long and slender, the median pair
a little longer and separated by a narrow acute excision; eighth ster-
nite with six lobes, the median pair longest and each bearing two
spinules at tip, laterals blunt and each bearing a stout spine.

Type locality —Valley of the Gila River, Ariz.

Lectotype—Mus. Comp. Zool. no. 6497. Bears only a silver disk.

Localities represented—Specimens have been seen also from Ari-
zona (Tucson, Catalina Springs) and California (Hesperia, El Rio,
Calaveras).

Remarks —The three males in the Horn collection all have the sex-
ual characters of ventriculus. The name used by LeConte for this
species was preoccupied by Kraatz, who used it four years previously
for a species from “India orientale.”

COPROPORUS LAEVIS LeConte

1863. Coproporus laevis LeCoNTE, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 6, no. 167, p. 31.
1877. Erchomus laevis (LeConte), Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, p. 108.

Piceous to piceotestaceous; antennae, trophi, and legs testaceous.
Head transverse, not abruptly declivous, triangular in front; smooth,
shining, impunctate; gula wide in front and at rear, narrowed be-
hind the middle; ventral surface strigulose. Antennae not quite so
long as head and prothorax together, with segments 8-10 transverse,
the eleventh not quite so long as the ninth and tenth together. Maxil-
lary palpi unusually long, fourth segment longer than the third, as
large at base, conical. Pronotum smooth, shining, impunctate.
Mesosternum moderately carinate posteriorly. Elytral surface un-
even, but shining, impunctate except at the sides; sides with a dis-
tinct concavity at middle above the margin; epipleurae free from
inner surface of elytra but inflexed far above the horizontal position.
Abdomen feebly margined, surface strongly but sparsely punctate
throughout, strigulose. Eighth tergite of male with four triangular
lobes, the median pair more posterior, separated by a narrowly
rounded excision; eighth sternite with a broad triangular notch, one-
quarter wider than deep, angles prominent. Eighth tergite of female
with four slender elongate lobes, the median pair a little longer, all
separated by acute incisures; eighth sternite with six lobes, the me-
dian pair much longer, broad, and armed with three or four spinules
at tip, lateral lobes descending, each bearing a large black seta at
apex.

Type locality —Southern States. (The type specimen bears a small
pink square, apparently indicating “Middle States.’’)

REVISION OF THE GENUS COPROPORUS—BLACKWELDER v

Lectotype-—Mus. Comp. Zool. no. 6498. Bears only a small pink
square.

Localities represented—In the present collections are specimens
from Florida, Maryland, Virginia, Louisiana, Tennessee, Ohio, Dis-
trict of Columbia, Alabama, Texas, and Kansas. It has been recorded
from Mexico and Indiana.

Remarks.—This is the only species in our region that has the head,
pronotum, and elytral disk totally devoid of punctation. It differs
from C. lecontei, new name (punctipennis of LeConte), also in the
development of the mesosternal carina, the lateral impression of the
elytra, the inflection of the epipleurae, and minor characters of the
eighth abdominal segment.

COPROPORUS SPARSUS, new species

Piceous; antennae, trophi, and legs testaceous. Head oval, slightly
transverse, obtusely triangular in front; surface shining, impunctate
above. Antennae not quite so long as head and prothorax, gradu-
ally expanded but only the ninth and tenth transverse, together as
long as the eleventh. Gula broad, narrowed at middle. Maxillary
palpi stout, fourth segment a little longer than third, about as large
at base, conical. Pronotum smooth, shining, impunciate. Mesoster-
num moderately carinate posteriorly. Elytral surface uneven but
shining, sparsely and irregularly but distinctly punctured; flattened
at sides but not distinctly concave; epipleurae inflexed almost against
the inner face of elytra. Abdomen feebly margined, strongly
retracted, sparsely but coarsely punctured throughout, strigulate.
Male unknown. Eighth tergite of female with four long, slender
lobes, the median pair a little longer; eighth sternite with six lobes,
the median pair longer and each bearing two curved spinules.

Type locality —Fort Grant, Ariz.

Types.—Holotype (a female from Fort Grant, Ariz., 12.7, collec-
tion of Hubbard and Schwarz), U.S.N.M. no. 51076; one paratype
(same data) in the collection of the writer.

This species was recognized as new by Schwarz and was so labeled
by him in the Hubbard and Schwarz collection.

COPROPORUS INFLATUS (Horn)

1877. Erchomus inflatus Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, p. 107.

Piceous to rufopiceous; base of antennae, trophi, and legs testa-
ceous; elytra and sides of pronotum generally rufous. Head trans-
verse, abruptly narrowed before the eyes but produced at middle and
not declivous; surface shining but distinctly strigulose, impunctate;
gula wide but strongly narrowed at middle, smooth and convex; sur-

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

face beneath strigulose. Antennae about as long as head and pro-
thorax; segments 8-10 about as wide as long, eleventh not equal to
ninth and tenth together. Maxillary palpi long and slender, last
segment nearly twice as long as third, as large at base, freely conical.
Pronotum shining, impunctate, but distinctly strigulose. Mesoster-
num strongly carinate. Elytra punctate* and strongly strigulose;
not impressed at the sides; epipleurae free but inflexed far above the
horizontal position. Abdomen feebly margined ; coarsely but sparsely
punctured throughout and strigulose. Eighth tergite of male with
four slender lobes, the median pair longer and separated by a trian-
gular incisure ; eighth sternite with an acute triangular notch, about
as wide as des. angles produced into slender lobes. Eighth tergite
of female with four long slender lobes, the median pair a little longer,
all separated by acutely rounded excisions wider than the lobes;
eighth sternite with six lobes, the two median pairs long and slender,
the middle pair armed each with two curved spinules, the others
bearing each a long black seta.

Type locality —Camp Grant, Ariz.

Lectotype.—Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia no. 3140. A male labeled
SATIZ."

Localities represented—Specimens from the following additional
localities have been seen: Arizona (Tucson), California, and Texas.

Remarks.—This species is almost certainly involved in the syn-
onymy of the tropical American species flavipalpis Sharp, ventralis
Sharp, gravidus Sharp, ignavus Sharp, rotundatus Sharp, elatus
Erichson, and convewus Erichson.

COPROPORUS ARIZONAE, new species

Piceous; antennae, trophi, legs, and sides of pronotum testaceous.
Head transverse, triangular in front; smooth, shining, impunctate
above; gula wide, but short and rapidly narrowed posteriorly. An-
tennae nearly as long as head and prothorax, segments not transverse,
eleventh subequal to ninth and tenth together. Maxillary palpi stout,
fourth segment slender, small at base and one-half longer than third.
Pronotum shining, impunctate, but with exceedingly minute surface
irregularities. Mesosternum strongly carinate posteriorly, the carina
forming a thin lamella between the coxae and ending abruptly over
the apex of the metasternum. Elytra shining, with surface slightly
uneven, but not punctate; * without concavity at the sides, but gen-
erally flattened, especially posteriorly; epipleurae inflexed very close
to inner face of elytra. Abdomen feebly margined; sparsely and

* The punctures are frequently obscured by the convergence of the strigulae.
4With low magnification the elytra appear to be minutely punctured, but with the
highest magnification obtainable they are seen to be merely slightly uneven.

REVISION OF THE GENUS COPROPORUS—BLACKWELDER 9

coarsely punctate throughout, reticulate. Eighth tergite of male with
four blunt lobes, the outer pair twice as long as the inner but not
extending as far posteriorly, separated from the inner pair by deep
incisures and each bearing a long black seta, the inner pair separated
by a very short notch and each bearing a short pale seta; eighth
sternite with a large notch, nearly semicircular owing to obliteration
of the apical angle, a little wider than deep. Eighth tergite of
female with six lobes, the outer one-half as long as the intermediate,
each bearing a short pale seta, incisures all narrow and deep; eighth
sternite with six blunt lobes, the median each bearing two curved
spinules, the lateral four each with a long black seta.

Type locality—Cave Creek, Chiricahua Mountains, Ariz.

Types.—Holotype (a female from Chiricahua Mountains, Ariz.,
24.5 (May 24, 1897), collection of Hubbard and Schwarz), and 31
paratypes, U.S.N.M. no. 51078; four paratypes in the collection of
the writer; paratypes from same locality and also Santa Rita Moun-
tains and Catalina Mountains, Ariz.

Remarks.—Thirty-six specimens of this species were segregated in
the Hubbard and Schwarz collection as “E’'rchomus n. sp.” One speci-
men also bears the label “Hrchomus convexus Lec.” in Schwarz’s
handwriting. This is probably a mistake for convexus Erichson, but
that species is quite distinct. One specimen from west of Beaver,
Devils River, Tex., and one from Cordova, Veracruz, Mexico, are
doubtfully referred to this species. They are paler and larger but
do not seem to differ structurally.

COPROPORUS INFIMUS (Duval)

1857. Tachinus infimus J. DUVAL in Sagra’s Historia fisica, politica y natural
de la isla de Cuba, Coleoptera, p. 33.

1868. Coproporus infimus (DuVal), CHEvRoLAT and Favuvert, Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, ser. 4, vol. 3, p. 480.

1920. Erchomus infimus (DuVal), Lene, Catalog of the Coleoptera of America,
north of Mexico, p. 111.

Piceous to piceotestaceous; antennae, trophi, legs, and apex of
elytra paler. Head transverse, abruptly narrowed in front of the
eyes but produced into a broad clypeal lobe between the antennae;
shining, exceedingly minutely punctate; gula broader at base than
apex but narrowed at anterior third; head beneath coarsely strigulose.
Antennae about as long as head and prothorax, segments 7-10 trans-
verse, eleventh about equal to ninth and tenth together. Pronotum
smooth, shining, exceedingly minutely and sparsely punctured. Meso-
sternum feebly carinate posteriorly. Elytra smooth, shining, irides-
cent, very minutely and sparsely punctured similarly to the prono-
tum; sides explanate to form a broad marginal concavity extending
throughout the length; epipleurae broad, free, and nearly horizontal.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Abdomen distinctly margined but generally much retracted and
scarcely visible; moderately densely but not coarsely punctured
throughout. Eighth tergite of male divided into three lobes, the me-
dian broad and feebly triangularly notched, the lateral pair with
black setae; eighth sternite with a shallow triangular notch, two-
thirds wider than deep, the angles rounded. Eighth tergite of female
with four narrowed lobes, the median pair a little longer, the laterals
bearing each a long black seta; eighth sternite with six lobes, the
median four nearly equal, median two each bearing four spinules at
tip; each lateral with a long black seta.

Type locality —Cuba.

Localities represented.—This species has been found at the follow-
ing localities in the United States: Florida (Crescent City, Biscayne,
Indian River). It is a common Cuban species.

In the Hubbard and Schwarz collection this species was labeled by
Schwarz as “Zrchomus n. sp.”

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938

pian
< oe

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

tssued

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1938 No. 3042

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN FOSSIL
LIZARDS FROM NORTH AMERICA

By Cuartes W. GItMore

Since the appearance of my memoir entitled “Fossil Lizards of
North America”? in 1928, the United States National Museum has
acquired, either through purchase or from its various paleontological
expeditions, a number of fossil lizard specimens. Some of these con-
tribute to a better understanding of forms already known, while
others are here described as new. The type of Rhineura sternbergii
Walker is illustrated for the first time. All the illustrations have
been made by Sydney Prentice.

Family AMPHISBAENIDAE
Genus RHINEURA Cope

The genus Rhineura as applied to extinct forms now includes the
three species &. hatcherii Baur, R. coloradoensis Cope, and R. stern-
berg Walker. <A fourth species, R. minutus, is described below.
All are from the Oligocene, 2. coloradoensis being from the Chadron,
the others from the Brule.

1 Gilmore, Charles W., Mem, Nat. Acad. Sci, vol. 22, 1928.
85354—3 8——-1 11

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
RHINEURA MINUTUS, new species
FIGURE 1

Type—vU. S, N. M. no. 12158, consisting of the skull, lower jaws,
93 articulated vertebrae, and a few incomplete ribs. Collected by
M. V. Walker, 1981.

Type locality—A small badland area that is bisected by U. S.
Highway No. 20, about 8 miles east of Douglas, Converse County,
Wyo.

Horizon.—Lower nodular layer of the Brule, Oligocene.

Description —The type specimen was found weathered out on the
surface of a nodule. The skull of this specimen appears to be the
smallest reptilian cranium that has yet been found in North America,
measuring only 7.8 mm in length. It is thus slightly shorter than
the type skull of Rhineura sternbergii (see fig. 2) and also is less
robust in its other proportions. Both of these specimens were found
at the same locality, and the small size of the National Museum indi-
vidual led me at first to regard it as pertaining to R. sternbergiz.
Through the courtesy of George F. Sternberg, who loaned me the
type, I was able to make direct comparisons of the two skulls, and
differences were found that indicate that they pertain to distinct
species.

From &. sternbergii the skull of R. minutus is distinguished by the
less steeply arched profile, the absence of a distinct sagittal ridge, the
absence of roughening on the frontal and parietal surfaces, nar-
rower occipital region, slenderer maxillary, shorter precoronoidal
part of jaw, and longer postcoronoidal part. All these differences are
clearly seen by a comparison of figures 1 and 2.

From &. hatcherii Baur, known from the Brule formation of South
Dakota and Nebraska, R. minutus is at once distinguished by its
much smaller size, being about one-half the dimensions of the known
skulls of that species. Furthermore, those characters enumerated
above that distinguished it from R. sternbergii also serve to differ-
entiate R. minutus from R. hatcherii.

The absence of a sagittal ridge on the parietal and supraoccipital
and the lack of roughening of the frontal and parietal surfaces might
suggest the juvenile character of the individual, if it were not for the
fact that most of the skull sutures are so thoroughly codssified as to
defy detection. It is concluded, therefore, that the type specimen is
fully adult.

In profile the upper border is evenly rounded from front to back,
differing in this respect from all known species of Rhinewra both
living and extinct that have the facial and occipital angles much
more steeply inclined. This depression of the skull brings about a

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 13

narrowing of the maxillary as compared with &. sternbergii, ap-
proaching #. hatcherii more nearly in this respect.

Viewed from above (see fig. 1, B) the skull is more regularly
elongate, with a relatively narrower occipital region than in any of
the other known species. The paired frontals are deeply emarginate
at the center, but their superior surfaces are perfectly smooth, not
roughened as in #. hatcherti and #. sternbergti. ‘The anterior pa-
rietal surface is flattened and gradually slopes off on either side, in-
stead of being angular as in the
other species. There is no trace of
a median sagittal ridge more pos-
teriorly, the surface rounding over
evenly from side to side. There is
faint indication of the sutural con-
tact with the supraoccipital as
shown in figure 1, B. None of the
other sutures of the occipital region
can be differentiated.

The nose is slightly incomplete,
as the thin part of the nasal bones
forming the covering for the nares
is eaten away, and in figure 1 it
has been restored after Carnegie
Museum specimen no. 423A. Un-
fortunately, only a few of the
sutures separating the individual
elements can be distinguished.

Since the premaxillary is com- at mate
plete only at the center, its lateral qarsae eae Bie “OSNM. ae
extent cannot be certainly deter- 12158): A, Lateral view; B, dorsal

: - view; C, ventral view. an, angular;
mined. On the ventral surface it ry, articular; be, basisphenoid; 0,
bears a single tooth (see fig. i C), coronoid; d, dentary; f, frontal; ma,

as aa Ae filer species. TI is pos- maxillary; n, externa] nares; na, Da-
terior extent between the nasals is
not certainly determined as shown
in the illustrations.

sal; oc, occipital condyle; p, parietal ;
pm, premaxillary ; ps, presphenoid ; pt,
pterygoid; s.o¢, supraoccipital; t, pre-
maxillary tooth. Five times natural
size.

The maxillary carries six small, sharply pointed teeth. It is tri-
angular in outline, relatively narrower and slenderer in front than
the maxillary of R. sternbergii. A row of small foramina extends
along the lower edge parallel with the alveolar border. About mid-
way of the length of the maxillary the three anterior teeth are
separated by a considerable space from the posterior three. This

same arrangement prevails in R. sternbergit but not in specimens
of PR. hatcherit.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

The nasals are as in R. sternbergit but relatively shorter.

The frontals are differentiated only by the median and posterior
sutures. The posterior median line is less deeply indented by the
parietals than in 2. sternbergit.

The posterior extent of the parietal and its union with the supra-
occipital are faintly indicated as shown in figure 1, B. This surface
shows no indication of a sagittal ridge, which forms such a prom-
inent feature of the other species.

In the palatal view none of the sutures can be determined ; the up-
ward pitch of the basisphenoid and parasphenoid surfaces is less
pronounced than in R. sternbergiz. The posterior limits of the large
scalelike pterygoids can be clearly determined as shown in figure 1, C.
Their junction with the palatines, however, is fully coalesced and
cannot be determined. The anterior palatal region is hidden by the
articulated lower jaws and is therefore not available for study.

Lower jaws.—The lower jaws remained in an articulated state, but
only the dentary and coronoid sutures show clearly, all others being
fused. Compared with the ramus of P. sternbergii, the jaw is slend-
erer and the coronoid has a more anterior position, thereby making
the postcoronoidal part of the ramus considerably longer. The
number of teeth in the lower jaw cannot be determined from this
specimen.

TABLE 1.—Comparative measurements of skulls of Rhineura

Measurement USN M. to, R. sternbergit e Mt a :
12158 (type) (type) 11309 (type)
Mm Mm Mm

Greatest length at center_._.__.__________- 7.8 8.0 13. 5

Greatest width across squamosals_-_.-___-__- 3.3 4.0 5.7

Greatest width across orbits._.....____.___- 2.9 3.0 4.0

Least width of brain case__.___.___-._.._-.- 1.6 176 3. 2
engi hor lower JaWen sa. ee pee 5. 0 4.1 8. 75

Space occupied by upper teeth____________- 2.0 2.0 3.3

Vertebrae——There are 23 articulated vertebrae preserved with this
specimen. The anterior end of the series was in contact with the
skull. The first two vertebrae, however, are damaged, and they can-
not be positively identified as being the atlas and axis. In fact, the
absence of hypapophyses indicates that a few vertebrae may be
missing from the anterior end of the series. Except for their very
much smaller size, I am unable to detect any features that would
distinguish these vertebrae from those of R. hatcherii which I have
previously described.? The series has a greatest length of 31 mm.

2 Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, p. 43, 1928.

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 15

RHINEURA STERNBERGII Walker

Fiaure 2
Rhineura sternbergii WALKER, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., vol. 35, p. 225, 1932.

This species was established by M. V. Walker on a beautifully
preserved skull and lower jaws, with the sutures plainly discernible;
thus most of the skull elements
can be fully differentiated. A

Walker gave a most complete
and thorough description of the
type specimen, but without illus-
trations. Through the courtesy
of George F. Sternberg, in whose
private collection the specimen
belongs, I am now enabled to
present for the first time two
views (fig. 2) of this interesting
specimen.

This species was distinguished
from &. hatcherii as follows:
“Viewed from the side, the skull
of Rhineura sternbergi differs
from 2. hatcherii in being pro-
portionately longer in the facial

Figurp 2.—Skull and lower jaws of Rhi-
neura sternbergii Walker, type: A, Lateral

angle, and_ proportionately
shorter in the occipital angle.
In other words, the slightly
rounded ascending facial angle
of 2. sternbergui continues to a
point considerably posterior of

the point at which it turns and descends in R. hatcherii.

view; B, dorsal view. an, angular; ar,
articular; c, coronoid; d, dentary; f,
frontal; mx, maxillary; na, nasal; oc, oc-
cipital condyle; p, parietal ; pf, prefrontal ;
pmax, premaxillary ; pro, prootic; qu, quad-
rate; s.oc, supraoccipital. Five times nat-
ural size.

The skull

thus appears more highly arched, proportionately, than in R. hatch-

Be Fe.

The nasals are proportionately much longer in Phi-

Ficurn 3.—Skull of Rhineura hatcherii Baur (Carnegie Museum no. 423A) viewed from the

left side.

alsp, alisphenoid ; ar, articular; c, coronoid; d, dentary; ec, extra columella ;

f, frontal; mz, maxillary; n, nasal; oc, occipital condyle; p, parietal; pf, prefrontal ;
pmz, premaxillary ; pro, prootic; g, quadrate; sa, surangular; sg, squamosal; st, stapes.

Four times natural size.

After Gilmore.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

neura sternbergii, and the superior process of the premaxillary ex-
tends much farther posteriorly between the nasals. The maxil-
lary is less triangular and more rounded anteriorly. The precoro-
noidal part of the dentary is shorter than the postcoronoidal portion.
Also, the most anterior process of the coronoid terminates slightly
behind the last tooth.”

When direct comparison of the original skulls of 2. sterndergi and
R. hatcherii is made, the supposed difference in the facial and oc-
cipital angles of the skulls largely disappears, as may be clearly
seen by comparing figures 2 and 3. The steeper premaxillary region
in R. sternbergii makes the nose of this species much blunter than in
R. hatcherti and R. minutus.

The other characters used by Walker for differentiating R. stern-
bergi are as stated by him and effectually distinguish the species,

Family ANGUIDAE
Genus GLYPTOSAURUS Marsh
GLYPTOSAURUS GIGANTEUS Gilmore

FicurE 4; PLATE 1

Glyptosaurus giganteus Gi~MoRE, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, p. 119, pl. 14,
fig. 1, 1928.

The acquisition by the United States National Museum of two
well-preserved specimens referable to the little-known Glyptosawrus
giganteus is of interest in contributing to a better understanding
of this species. The type specimen, Carnegie Museum no. 1471, con-
sists of the frontal portion of the skull, covered on its superior
surface with osseous dermal scutes. Although this fragmentary
specimen displayed minor distinctive characteristics, its large size
was the principal distinguishing feature.

The most complete specimen, U.S.N.M. no. 13869, consists of the
almost complete skull and lower jaws to which is attached, in situ,
a considerable portion of the dermal scuta that form the protective
armor of the neck and the forward portion of the body (see pl. 1).
In this latter respect it is the most complete specimen of a Glypto-
saurus that has yet been discovered and the first to give an adequate
conception of the arrangement of the dermal scuta on the anterior
part of the animal.

The second specimen, U.S.N.M. no. 13861, consists of a nearly
complete skull with the articulated ramus of the right side. Both
of these specimens were collected in 1935 by George F. Sternberg
from the Brule formation (Oreodon beds) of the Oligocene, about
8 miles southeast of Douglas, Converse County, Wyo.

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 17

Skull—Both skulls lack their premaxillaries, but otherwise the
crania are fairly complete. Since the skulls have much of their outer
surfaces covered with tuberculated scuta, there is but little of the
structure, aside from the palate, to be observed. The skull of this
species is blocklike, broad across the parietals, and gradually nar-
rowing from the back of the orbits forward. In profile there is a
sag in the forward parietal region, but from a point above the center
of the orbit the superior surface curves regularly downward to the
nose. The central part of the frontonasal region of the skull is trans-
versely hollowed out.

The entire external surface of the skull, except for a narrow strip
paralleling the dental border of the maxillae, is covered by tubercu-
lated osseous scuta. From a study of both skulls it has been possible
to work out the extent and arrangement of nearly the entire scutel-
lation, as shown in figure 4.

Fiaurn 4.—Skull and lower jaw of Glyptosaurus giganteus Gilmore: Lateral view of
U.S.N.M. no. 13869 ; scutellation restored from opposite side and from specimen U.S.N.M.
no. 13861. ar, articular; ang, angular; c, coronoid; d, dentary; ma, maxillary; na,
nasal; o, orbit; sa, surangular; sg, squamosal. Natural size.

Comparison of the scutellation of the top of the two skulls shows
considerable variation in the sizes of the scutes, though their general
arrangement is much the same in both specimens. Those of U.S.N.M.
no. 18861 are the coarser and in that respect approach nearest to the
type specimen with which it has been directly compared. On the
dorsal side the scutes are arranged in irregular longitudinal rows,
becoming more regular in their arrangement above the orbits. In
this species the scutes have angularly convex upper surfaces, which

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

are thickly studded with small tubercles without definite arrange-
ment. On the sides of the skull posterior to the orbit the scutes are
arranged in longitudinal rows, and they gradually increase in size
from above downward, more especially on the posterior half of the
skull. The form of their upper surfaces also changes from the highly
convex to nearly flat surfaces with the tubercles arranged in three
to four concentric rows around the periphery of the scute, the center
being filled with smaller tubercles without definite arrangement. The
tubercle pattern is similar to that of the type specimen of @. ocellatus
Marsh, which is now regarded as a synonym of G@. sylvestris? This
specimen thus offers further proof of the correctness of that conclu-
sion.

Ficurp 5.—Palatal view of skull and jaw of Glyptosaurus giganteus Gilmore: U.S.N.M.
no. 13861. an, angular; bo, basioccipital ; bs, basisphenoid; d, dentary; ju, jugal; ma,
maxillary; oc, occipital condyle; pl, palatine; pt, pterygoid; sa, surangular; v, vomer.
Natural size.

The orbit is encircled by a complete row of 17 or more scutes.
Douglass found 20 surrounding the orbit of G. montanus. In the top
of the right orbit of U.S.N.M. no. 13869 is a row of six scutes that
completely covers the projecting edges of the postfrontal, frontal,
and prefrontal bones and corresponds in position to the row of five
supraorbital plates in Gerrhonotus or the lesser number in Peltosau-
TUS.

In front of the orbit the scutes grow progressively smaller from
above downward and cover all the bone surfaces except a 3-millimeter
strip along the lower edge of the maxillary. All known Glyptosaurus

7 Mem. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 22, p. 99, 1928.

titi

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

povepnoyse jeinjeu St ul you out BULI9AOD JOULIPC

“IZIS jeinjeu J]ey-Iuo ynogy *JUDUIOB UBIIV
[eullop out sMOYS 1eyy puno} uowiiseds ASI

“AYOWTID SNALNVDID SNUYNVSOLdGATD

6981 08 IN

“IOULIV [eullop pue

TEATS

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 19

specimens show this strip to be free of osseous scutes, nor have any
been found attached to the lower jaws, There is a tendency for these
cranial scutes to fuse with the underlying bones. The fusion or non-
fusion of the scutes is probably largely determined by the age of the
individual.

Palate.—The palatal region of U.S.N.M. no. 13861 is quite complete,
lacking only the left pterygoid and portions of the basioccipital and
basisphenoid, and for the first time gives an adequate conception of
the palatal structure in the genus Glypiosaurus as shown in figure 5.

Most of the occipital condyle and the processes are missing from
the basioccipital. It is coossified by a straight transverse suture with
the basisphenoid. The basipterygoid gives off two wide divergent
processes near its anterior termination for articulation with the ptery-
goids. These are relatively shorter than in Peltosawrus. The ptery-
goid extends forward and inward from the quadrate with which it
was in contact. Forward of its contact with the basisphenoid, the
inner border continues straight forward to the palatine. On the inner
side of the ventral surface, beginning immediately in advance of the
pterygoid-basisphenoid articulation, is an elongated narrow patch of
so-called pterygoid teeth. These teeth are tubercular, closely and ir-
regularly crowded together, and collectively resemble the pattern on
some of the dermal scutes (see fig. 5).

The palatine bone is short, with a bifurcated anterior end, the outer
branch articulating with the inner side of the maxillary, the inner
branch with the vomer. Much of the palatal surface is covered by a
rounded patch of palatine teeth. These tubercular teeth are similar
in form and distribution to those of the pterygoid, differing only in
the extent and shape of the aggregation, which is shorter and more
rounded than the long narrow patch on the pterygoids. In the pres-
ence of patches of toothlike structures on both the pterygoids and pala-
tines Glyptosaurus closely resembles Melanosaurus of the Wasatch.
The presence of patches of tooth structures on both pterygoid and
palatine bones shows that I was in error in ascribing all fragmentary
parts having tooth patches in Glyptosaurus to the pterygoids.* In
my figures the rounded shape of the tooth patches shows them to be
palatine, not pterygoid, as erroneously designated.

The vomers are separated from one another along the median line
except toward their anterior ends. They are elongate, with rounded
swollen palatal surfaces. The posterior end is reduced to a slender
rod that articulates with the inner anterior branch of the palatine.
There is no indication of vomerine teeth, though they are present in
the related Melanosaurus. They are also absent in Peltosaurus.

4Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, pl. 15, figs. 4, 8; pl. 19, fig. 10, 1928.
85354—38——_2

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Lower jaws.—The sutures in the three rami under consideration are
clearly determinable, but the arrangement and extent of the separate
elements show no characteristics that would in any way distinguish
them from the other species of the genus. Since the structure of the
ramus in Glyptosaurus has been quite fully described ° it is unneces-
sary here to enter into further details.

TABLE 2.—Measurements of skulls and jaws of Glyptosaurus giganteus

U.S.N.M. | U.S.N.M.

Measurement no. 13861 no. 13869
Skulls
Mm Mm
Greatest lengtin OfekUlly aOOUU ss ae = ee ee eee 128 eo ees
Greatest width of skull, across parietal___________________- 54 58
Greatest width of skull, between orbital borders__________-_- 34. 5 36
Greatest heivic of skulle ee ee ee eee ee Alona ee
Greatest height of skull with mandible. __.________________ 58 60
Anteroposterior diameter of orbit___..__._._.___.------------- 24 24
Wervical diameter Of OLblses es een eee ee eee 20. 5 19
Jaws
Greatest length of ramus; aboutene 6 dee) segef PF __ ud tees tek 112 108
Depth of ramus at posterior end of tooth row_____-__------ 15 14
Depth of ramus af anterior ‘end of tooth row~_.2-—.- 22 2 elses 6
Depth of ramus posterior to coronoid_____..-...-..------- 12 11
Transverse width middle of tooth series___.._____-__------ O°5 11.5
Transverse width between coronoid and cotylus___________-_ 15 3
Greatest transverse diameter across articulated rami________|}__------ 56

Dermal scutes—The osseous dermal scutes of Glyptosauvrus that
surround the neck and anterior part of the body are beautifully
preserved in U.S.N.M. no. 13869 (see pl. 1). These are arranged in
transverse and longitudinal rows, parts of 15 transverse rows being
present in this specimen and little disturbed from their normal place-
ment. The transverse rows of rectangular scutes immediately pos-
terior to the skull cover the dorsal surface, the right side, and the
region under the throat. More posteriorly, however, the scutes are
missing on the ventral surface, as are most of those on the left side.
With the exception of the scutes forming the median dorsal row, the
others are nearly all rectangular in shape. The first two rows pos-
terior to the skull are about as long as wide, whereas those that
follow are nearly twice as long as wide. The scutes are closely
joined by their lateral edges, and their ends are imbricated, the extent
of the imbrication indicated by a smooth transverse band across their
anterior ends. In the few scutes where the anterior end is exposed
this smooth band is very narrow, measuring about one-sixth the total
length of the scute. It is quite evident that this overlap is much

5 Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, pp. 110, 111, 1928.

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 21

greater in other parts of the animal, since scattered scutes found
with other specimens show this smooth band to be one-fourth the
total length of the scute.

The exposed surfaces of all the scutes are thickly studded with
rounded tubercles. Those on the margins are usually arranged in
two or more concentric rows. The tubercles inside these outer rows
are usually smaller and without definite arrangement, except that
there is a tendency in some scutes to form subcircular rows around
the low nodelike carina that occurs on the posterior dorsal surface.
Except on the median dorsal row the carina is always placed nearer
to the inner than to the outer side of the scute. This fact would
enable one to segregate scattered scutes into the right and left series.

The ventral scutes have the same rectangular shape, but they are
distinguished from those described above by their smaller size, absence
of a carina, and less prominently developed tubercles without def-
inite arrangement. Since the anteriormost rows of the ventral
scutes preserved cover the posterior end of the ramus, it seems quite
probable that in life they continued farther forward under the jaws.

The scutes of the median dorsal row differ from the others in being
wedge-shaped, wider in front than behind, and the low nodelike
carina centrally placed on the posterior half. Slight disarrange-
ment renders the count a little uncertain, but there appear to be 14
longitudinal rows of scutes, enumerating from the median dorsal
row to the midventral region. This would indicate the complete cir-
cumference as being composed of 29 longitudinal rows of plates at a
point immediately posterior to the skull.

With the discovery of more and better-preserved specimens, it be-
comes more and more apparent that in the genus Glyptosaurus the
tubercular patterns on the scutes are of little assistance in taxonomy.
Such differences as have been used in the past are found to be value-
less from the fact that this ornamentation varies with the position
of the scute on the body. Therefore until their limitations are known
they will be of little use in characterizing species.

The cranial scutes, on the other hand, appear to show definite dif-
ferences, although, as indicated by the two specimens now before
me, there is considerable individual variation that must be always
taken into consideration.

Genus PELTOSAURUS Cope

PELTOSAURUS species

In 1928 I referred® three incomplete dentaries from the Fort
Union, Paleocene of Montana, to the genus Peltosawrus, but without

®°Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, p. 137, 1928.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM voL. 86

specific designation. A fourth specimen, U.S.N.M. no. 10920, con-
sisting of an incomplete left maxillary containing a few teeth, has
now turned up in the collections. This specimen was also collected
by A. C. Silberling in 1908, in Sec. 4, T. 5 N., R. 16 E., Sweetgrass
County, Mont. In size and in all other particulars, insofar as they
can be compared, this maxillary and teeth are in full accord with
those of Peltosaurus granulosus, with which they have been directly
contrasted. In view of their much earlier geological occurrence, I
am loath to assign them to the Oligocene species, as in all probability
more complete specimens would show their specific distinctness. For
the present, therefore, I shall continue to regard these specimens as
specifically undeterminable.

Ficurn 6.—Right maxillary of ? Xestops piercei, new species, type (U.S.N.M. no. 13807):
A, Lateral view; B, posterior view of tooth. Five times natural size.

Genus XESTOPS Cope

? XESTOPS PIERCEI, new species

Fieures 6, 7

Type.—uU.S.N.M. no. 13807, consisting of both maxillae, anterior
ends of both dentaries with numerous upper and lower teeth, and
many dermal scutes. Collected by George B. Pierce, 1935.

Locality.—About 6 miles north of Tuttle Ranch, Elk Creek, Big
Horn Basin, Big Horn County, Wyo.

Horizon—Graybull formation, Wasatch, Eocene.

Description.—All the bones comprising the type specimen were
found cemented together in a compact mass by the iron-stone cover-
ing so commonly found adhering to Wasatch fossils. It is quite evi-
dent that originally the entire skull had been present, as the maxillae
and dentaries are little disturbed from their normal relationships, the
whole top of the skull having been eroded away.

The right maxillary is complete in length, but the left one lacks
a small portion of its anterior end. The right maxillary has the usual
triangular outline, being deeply emarginated toward the upper an-
terior end and thus forming much of the lower and posterior borders
of the external narial opening. The external surface of the bone is
smooth, with only slight indication of the former presence of osteo-

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 23

derms, which probably covered much of the surface, as in the related
Glyptosaurus, Melanosaurus, and Peltosaurus. This bone is per-
forated by the usual row of foramina.

The precise number of teeth in the maxillary cannot be determined
from this specimen. There is evidence of 18, but at least 3 more
would be required to fill the space hidden by the overlapping of
the dentary upon the anterior alveolar border, The teeth are pleu-
rodont, robust, and extend well below the parapet of the maxillary.
The apices are bluntly wedged-shaped, with the cutting edge run-
ning longitudinal. The outer beveled surface is much shorter than
the inner slope. Anterior and posterior sides of the teeth are flat-
tened and closely placed in the series (see fig. 6). In a 10-milli-
meter space there are 12 teeth, whereas in Melanosaurus mazximus,
also from the Wasatch, 41% teeth occupy an equal space. The related
Peltosaurus is intermediate in this respect, having 8 teeth in a
10-millimeter space. The crowns are parallel-wrinkled, usually at
right angles to the cutting edge. The right maxillary has a greatest
length of 14.3 mm. Except that the maxillary teeth become smaller
at the ends of the series, all seem to be very similar.

Fiaurn 7.—Two dermal scutes of ? Xestops piercei: Type (U.S.N.M. no. 13807). Five
times natural size.

The few anterior teeth of the dentary that are present appear
slenderer and extend relatively higher about the parapet than in
the maxillary series.

The few dermal scutes found with this specimen are keelless, but
it may be that all these pertain to the underparts of the skull and
neck, and these are usually without carinae. With the exception of
the narrow smooth band on the anterior end, for the overlap of the
next adjoining scute, the dorsal surfaces are sculptured by a series
of pits sparsely placed and without regular arrangement, as shown
in figure 7,

One of the scutes has a beveled lateral edge, a condition previously
observed? only in the genus Xestops. The presence of this type of
scutellation and close resemblances of the dentition to that of Xestops
wagans strongly suggest that the affinities of this new species lie in
the genus Xestops, to which it is now provisionally referred.

™Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, p. 145, 1928.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

The presence of dermal scuta and pleurodont teeth, closely set
with swollen obtuse summits, indicates the affinities of Xestops pierces
to lie in the family Anguidae.

From Xestops vagans this species is distinguished by its much
smaller size and by the pitted character of the dermal scutes. The
other species of the genus are all based on inadequate specimens and
all are doubtfully referred, and in all probability they pertain to
other genera. Their retention in Xestops has simply been a matter
of expediency, and contrasting the present specimen with them would
be of little significance.

Ficurn 8.—Left maxillary of ? Harpagosaurus silberlingii, new species, type (U.S.N.M. no.
13877) : A, External view; B, internal view. Five times natural size.

SAURIA OF UNKNOWN FAMILY REFERENCE
Genus HARPAGOSAURUS Gilmore

? HARPAGOSAURUS SILBERLINGIH, new species
FicureE 8

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 13877, consisting of the greater portion of a
left maxillary containing whole or parts of 12 teeth. Collected by
A. C. Silberling, 1908.

Type locality.—Sec. 4, T, 5 N., R. 16 E., Sweetgrass County, Mont.

Horizon.—Fort Union No. 2, Paleocene.

Description—The type maxillary lacks a portion of its anterior
end, and only 5 of the 12 teeth have their complete crowns preserved
as shown in figure 8.

The teeth, of which there is evidence of 14 in all, are pleurodont,
with long shafts, rounded on the internal side but flattened on both

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL LIZARDS—GILMORE 25

anterior and posterior sides. The crowns have an obtuse longitudi-
nal cutting edge that is rounded anteroposteriorly. One tooth near
the middle of the series presents a small denticle, anterior to the
center of the cutting edge.

The crowns, except those of the most posterior teeth, which are
shorter, curve slightly inward. In the center of the dental series
there are 514 teeth in a space of 5 millimeters,

Similarity of the emplacement of the teeth strongly suggests rela-
tionship with the genus Harpagosaurus, to which it is provisionally
assigned. ‘This species is distinguished from Harpagosaurus exidens,
which occurs in these same beds, and also from H. parvus of the
Lance formation by its much larger size, spatulalike form of the
tooth crowns, and their longer protrusion below the parapet of the
maxillary. Likewise these spatulalike teeth at once distinguish it
from the wedge-shaped crowns of Peltosaurus sp., which also occurs
in the Fort Union No. 2.

The species name is in honor of A. C. Silberling, who collected the
type as well as many other specimens now in the National Museum
collections.

Ficurn 9.—Left maxillary of Paraprionosaurus wyomingensis, new species : Type (U.S.N.M.
no. 12955), lateral view. Five times natural size. ‘

PARAPRIONOSAURUS, new genus

PARAPRIONOSAURUS WYOMINGENSIS, new species

Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 12955, consisting of a nearly complete left
maxillary, containing 16 perfect teeth. Collected by Charles W.
Gilmore, 1931.

Type locality—Two miles north of Lone Tree P. O., Bridger
Basin, Uinta County, Wyo.

Horizon.—Horizon D, Bridger, Eocene.

Description—The type specimen consists of a nearly perfect left
maxillary, with 16 teeth in situ, and there is evidence of 23 teeth in
the complete dental series. This specimen is preserved attached to
a small block of matrix and for fear of doing irreparable damage to
it removal has not been attempted, and for that reason the internal
side is not available for study at this time. It is presumed that the
teeth are pleurodont in the manner of attachment to the maxillary.
There are 91% teeth in a space of 5 millimeters.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

The distinctness of the present form is indicated by the character
of the dentition. The great number of teeth (23) in the maxillary
series, their uniformity in shape and size, transversely compressed
crowns, and cutting edges angularly rounded anteroposteriorly dis-
tinguish this specimen from all other extinct North American lizards.

In the regularity of size of the maxillary dentition, this specimen
resembles Prionosaurus regularis from the Lance of Wyoming, but
the more transversely compressed and spatulalike tooth crowns and
slightly larger size distinguish it. The name Paraprionosaurus
wyomingensis is therefore proposed for it. No clue of its family
relationships has been detected from this scanty specimen.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1936

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued kSaz

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1938 No. 3043

THE CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS OF THE UNITED STATES,
INCLUDING A FAMILY NEW TO THE FAUNA AND
NEW GENERA AND SPECIES

By H. F. Loomis

INTRODUCTION

Ir 1s being recognized that the Pacific Coast States, particularly
California, have a larger and more varied milliped fauna than is to be
found in any like area of the Eastern United States. Indeed, it is
possible that there are not more species of millipeds in the entire
region east of the Mississippi River. Because of the more accessible
territory and the proximity of interested workers, the millipeds of
the Eastern States naturally were subjects of study and, as a group,
became fairly well known much earlier than did the western ones.
Several of the principal papers on millipeds by Wood, Bollman, and
Cook and Collins, while national in scope, nevertheless were based
primarily on eastern forms, as these were known in much greater
abundance; and to this day the majority of papers on western mil-
lipeds have consisted of disconnected descriptions of species with
scarcely any attempts at treatment of genera or larger groups, and
only one or two lists of species in geographic or political areas have
appeared. Such papers give some indications of the numbers of
millipeds to be found in the West, but in several recent papers? the
preponderance of western species has been shown more forcibly in
direct comparison with the eastern species, and this preponderance
is manifest in the present study and others in preparation.

1Cook, O. F., and Loomis, H. F., Millipeds of the order Colobognatha, with descriptions
of six new genera and type species, from Arizona and California, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 72, art. 18, pp. 1-26, 1928. Loomis, H. F., New millipeds of the American family
Striariidae, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 26, pp. 404-409, 1936. Loomis, H. F.,
Crested millipeds of the family Lysiopetalidae in North America, with descriptions of
new genera and species, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 84, pp. 97-135, 1937.

85370—38——1 27

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

The reason for such differences as exist between the number of
millipeds of the two sides of the country may be understood from an
examination of the environmental requirements of the animals. The
limitations that confine groups of creatures to certain sets of con-
ditions vary enormously; some have limitations so hghtly drawn
that they may inhabit great areas, while others may be restrained
from spreading by more rigid requirements. The limitations im-
posed on the millipeds, and similar humus inhabitants, are especially
restrictive, for their movements generally are held to localities hav-
ing very uniform and constant supplies of food and moisture, or to
areas in which they may move about following or keeping within
such conditions. A few of the larger millipeds have been able to
adapt themselves to semiarid or even arid regions, as the heavily
armored, protective covering of their bodies allows greater freedom
of movement in the open, above ground, but even these species re-
quire some natural protection, and where this is not provided by a
humus layer they retreat into deep crevices in the soil or rocks, or
into the burrows of other animals, and there spend much of their
time. By far the largest number of species are definitely humus
inhabitants, delicate creatures, most of them unable to withstand a
few moments of hot sunshine or somewhat longer exposure to ex-
treme dryness, whether above or below ground.

Throughout the Eastern States, with their more general rainfall,
lower elevation, and abundant deciduous forests, humus conditions
occur frequently and over considerable areas, so that intermigration
and wide distribution of the humus fauna are possible. Inthe Western
States the rainfall is less uniform; many regions have long seasonal
droughts, others are arid deserts; the country is much more moun-
tainous and has higher elevations, and the forests are predominantly
coniferous, so that satisfactory humus conditions are generally of
smaller extent and more definitely separated than in the East, and
examples of isolation and limited distribution among the millipeds
are the common rule. While there are many species of restricted
distribution in the East, there also are many examples of widespread
species, such as Arctobolus marginatus, Polyzonium bivirgatum,
Spirostrephon lactarium, and Polydesmus serratus, to name but a
few. From the literature on millipeds of the West and the col-
lecting that has been done there exceedingly restricted distribution
for most of the species is indicated, and none has been found that
can be compared to the widely distributed eastern species.

Frequently a few miles separate different but closely related species
of western millipeds, and the evidence points to the fauna being
chiefly residual, descended in a large number of more or less iso-

JAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—-LOOMIS 29

lated localities from a common and widespread ancient fauna, as in
the eastern region. That the climatic and other changes that sepa-
rated and restricted different parts of the western fauna occurred
very long ago is shown by the many closely related species that
have been found, for evolutionary changes sufficient to establish
species undoubtedly take places more slowly in animals living under
uniform conditions, as do the millipeds, than in animals whose en-
vironment is less stable. The relatively large number of generally
small but closely related genera among the western millipeds is still
better proof of the long isolation that has existed between parts of
the fauna, for a still greater length of time is required for the ac-
complishment of changes of such magnitude as require generic
recognition.

The 20 species of millipeds of the suborder Cambaloidea found
in the United States are arranged in 12 genera, of which 9 are mono-
typic and 3 each contain three or four species. Of these 12 genera,
9, containing 11 species, are strictly Californian; another genus of
four species has three of them in California and one in Utah; one
monotypic genus is confined to Tennessee; and last is the genus
Cambala, most widely distributed of the American group, with its
four species scattered through many of the Eastern States, Texas,
and Arkansas. Thus, approximately three-fourths of the members
of this suborder are limited to the relatively very small area of Cali-
fornia, while all the rest of the United States contributes only one-
fourth to the population of the suborder.

The material examined in the preparation of the present paper
was collected principally by Dr. O. F. Cook, with a lesser amount
collected by the writer and several of his friends. Most of the ma-
terial plainly belonged to the family Cambalidae, but also included
were four species, apparently new, that it has been necessary to re-
fer to the Cambalopsidae, a family associated with India and the
Malayan region and hitherto unknown in the Western Hemisphere.
The wide removal of the American from the Asiatic branch of this
family is, at present, lacking definite proof for explanation, but in-
creased knowledge of the milliped faunas of China, Japan, Siberia,
and northwestern North America may indicate past connections,
although such evidence may no longer be found except in fossil
forms.

Separation of the Cambalopsidae from the older Cambalidae has
been made principally on the basis of the species in the former group
having an entire or undivided mentum, while the latter group is
characterized by species in which the mentum is transversely di-

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

vided. Whether this difference and several less important and less
constant features justify the maintenance of the two families is
hardly to be determined from the American material, and for the
present the division may be recognized and used without prejudice
to simplify classification.

Attems? has tentatively, and apparently mistakenly, transferred
several American genera of Cambalidae to the Cambalopsidae, al-
though in no instance does the original description give justification
for such a course; in fact, the remarks pertaining to the mentum in
these genera usually leave no doubt as to its divided structure and
would prohibit removal to the Cambalopsidae.

ORDINAL POSITION OF THE CAMBALIDAE AND CAMBALOPSIDAE

Comparing the Cambalidae and Cambalopsidae with the tropical
orders of cylindrical millipeds that have closed segments, the Ano-
cheta and Diplocheta, we find an association with the latter in the
absence of legs on segment 4; the presence of two pairs of legs on
segment 5; and the structure of the mouth parts and gonopods. Also
the segments of these two families are like those of the Diplocheta
in being divided by a transverse constriction into anterior and pos-
terior subsegments, while in the Anocheta the segments are divided
into three belts by two transverse sutures, which often may be seen
distinctly, although sometimes scarcely perceptible. The pleural
sutures of the Anocheta do not appear in the Cambalidae or Cam-
balopsidae, except that pleural elements may be indicated by oblique
ridges that cross the posterior subsegment from the pedigerous lamina
to the posterior margin. Hence the Cambalidae and Cambalopsidae
have been placed in the Diplocheta as a suborder, the Cambaloidea,
equivalent to the Spirostreptoidea, which is a very large tropical
group.

CHARACTERS OF THE CAMBALOIDEA OF THE UNITED STATES

As has been stated, the most significant difference between the
Cambalidae and the Cambalopsidae is whether the mentum is entire
or is transversely divided, but inasmuch as the genera of these two
families may not be separated readily by other contrasting features
it is proposed to examine some of the outstanding characters of the
American members of the suborder without regard to family
alignment.

The structural characters of the Cambaloidea of the United States
are very diverse, and only a few of them are common to all the

2 Kiikenthal’s Handbuch der Zoologie, vol. 4, p. 207, 1926.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—-LOOMIS 3l

genera. The other characters are scattered among the genera in a
quite indiscriminate manner and do not appear to be associated in
regular groups to any great degree. This condition might be ob-
served if only a few of a large number of genera were available for
examination, for with additional genera the natural groups might
be more clearly shown, as in the reconstruction of a broken prehis-
toric pot, where many fragments are necessary before a correct con-
ception of the shape and design of the pot may be had. Hence, if
a few more genera of this suborder are discovered, it is quite probable
that relationships will be better understood, and natural groupings
made possible.

With one exception the members of the Cambaloidea are slender
creatures, 15 to 20 times as long as broad, but the genus Choctella
is unique, with its stout body only 10 times as long as broad, quite
like Spirobolus. In most of the genera a few segments immediately
behind segment 1 are constricted and definitely necklike, and this
condition is carried to its greatest extreme in /’ndere, in striking
contrast with Platydere, Nannolene, and Choctella, which have no
noteworthy constriction. Five genera have strong dorsal crests on
all but a few segments at each end of the body; three genera have a
broad, indefinite swelling on each side of the middle and another at
the pore; and in the remaining four genera the segments are uni-
formly smooth. In Nannolene and Choctella the pores begin on seg-
ment 6 instead of segment 5 as in the other genera, and in Choctella
the pores are said to be “in front of the transverse suture of the so-
mite.” This would locate them in the anterior subsegment and furnish
another unique condition for this genus, if it has not been misstated.

Five of the genera are without eyes, while in seven genera eyes
are present and composed of from 4 to 40 ocelli, but the presence or
lack of eyes is not associated with other characters, such as dorsal
crests or swellings, or secondary sexual characters. The antennae
of all genera are clavate or subclavate, with the second or third joint
usually longest and joint 5 the broadest, although joints 4 and 6
sometimes are its equal. The clypeus has a row of four to six setif-
erous punctures, except in 7’ridere, where the punctures are much
more numerous and scattered over the surface without definite ar-
rangement. The labrum of all genera has three distinct teeth, and
the base is crossed by a series of 14 to 16 setae, except in 7'ridere,
where there are 20 to 24. The mandibulary stipes are recessed for
the reception of the antennae in Odachurus, Pharodere, and Endere;
in the other genera they are flat or definitely convex.

The last segment is without crests or other surface modifications
in all genera except 7ridere, which has a definite dorsal ridge pro-
duced backward behind the valves into a rather blunt, decurved

ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

mucro. In most of the genera there are two setae at the apex of the
segment, but in Platydere and Leiodere, at least, the number is in-
creased to four, six, or eight setae. No specimens of Paiteya or
Choctella have been examined, and in the single specimen of H’ndere
all setae have been lost.

In all genera the anal valves are without thickened margins, are
evenly inflated, meet at a reentrant angle, and each has two setae
near the opening. The preanal scale usually is nearly three times
as broad as long, and each lateral angle is covered by a small process
from beneath the margin of the last segment.

The first pair of male legs of Paiteya, Nannolene, and Cambala are
reduced in size and 6-jointed, and the two latter genera lack a claw
on the outer joint; instead this joint is short and rounded at tip in
Nannolene, while in Cambala the inner side is deeply excavated from
near the base to the apex. In the other genera of which males are
known the first male legs are normal as to structure but frequently
reduced in size.

The males of Wannolene, Tridere, Pharodere, and Cambala have
lobes of various types on some of the joints of other legs in front
of the gonopods, but in the other genera of which males were exam-
ined none of the pregenital legs are lobed.

From the foregoing brief delineation it is seen how inconsistent
are the characters among the genera, and the following key to the
genera of the family Cambalidae was prepared without attempting
a natural arrangement. Diagnostic characters for the recognition of
the genera of the family Cambalopsidae are given on page 57.

Family CAMBALIDAE
KEY TO THE GENERA OF CAMBALIDAE IN THE UNITED STATES

I. EYES PRESENT.

i. Body, stout, as in Spirobolus_——_ Choctella Chamberlin
Body: slender. .as: in Tulus.- 2 5 eee 2

2. Last segment projecting beyond anal valves in a distinct
mucro; clypeal setae scattered_________________ Tridere, new genus
Last segment not mucronate; clypeal setae in a transyerse row__ 3
3. Repugnatorial pores beginning on segment 6____~- Nannolene Bollman
Repugnatorial pores beginning on segment 5__~-______-__________ A

4. Dorsum with 2 indefinite crests between poriferous prom-
MeCHCRSG == Fee e os 5. TE ee = Ne ee ee Titsona Chamberlin
Dorsum with 4 distinct crests between poriferous carinae_-___~ 5

5. Eyes with 4 to 8 ocelli in a single series; first pair of male
lees: ClAWIESSas- 2 ofc et ee ee ee ee Cambala Gray

Eyes with 9 or 10 ocelli in 2 or 8 series; first pair of male
less twithsclaws 2) 20 ee ee Paiteya Chamberlin

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 33

IJ. Eyes LACKING.
1. Repugnatorial pores beginning on segment 6; dorsum of
segments with a weak longitudinal depression on each
side, leaving mesial portion a little elevated____ Buwatia Chamberlin
Repugnatorial pores beginning on segment 5; dorsum of
segments without longitudinal depressions or a median

CURE GU CONTE ce el I Bon ee ee ee ee ee ee 2
2. Anterior segments not strongly constricted; dorsum with-
OubsCrestS® 5 2 seen veto. Late ee bP ee ese Platydere, new genus
Anterior segments with sides converging backward, form-
ing a pronounced neck; dorsum with definite crests_-_________ o

8. Segment 1 with anterior corners flaring outward away

from sides of body; lateral carinae and median dorsal

crests produced beyond posterior margins of several cau-
daliseements: _ 2. tari obs sh ee eee oe oe Odachurus, new genus

Segment 1 with anterior corners not flaring away from

body; lateral carinae and dorsal crests not produced

beyond posterior margin, even on caudal segments.

Pharodere, new genus

TRIDERE, new genus *

Type.—tTridere chelopa, new species, from southern California.

Diagnosis —The strongly mucronate last segment is the most out-
standing character, since in no other species in this country does
the last segment definitely exceed the anal valves. Also the many
scattered setae of the clypeus are unique.

Description—Body cylindrical, slender, about 16 times as long as
broad; head concealed beneath the enlarged first segment; segments
2 to 4 constricted, necklike; last segment mucronate.

Head with the vertex sulcate beneath the first segment, the ex-
posed surface smooth and shining. Clypeus smooth above, with
numerous scattered setiferous punctations below. Labrum tridentate
and with a transverse row of 20 to 24 fine setae. Mandibulary
stipes concealed by the first segment, not recessed to accommodate
the antennae. Eyes poorly developed and partially covered by the
first segment. Antennae (fig. 10, @) inserted in widely separated,
deep sockets at the sides of the head, each socket bordered by a raised
rim on the upper side and by a projecting lateral corner near the
eye; antennae moderately clavate; joints 5 and 6 distinctly thicker
than the others; joints 2 and 6 of nearly equal length, 3 and 5 some-
what shorter, but longer than joint 4; joint 7 distinctly projecting
and with four olfactory cones. Gnathochilarium as shown in
figure 10, 6.

First segment large, concealing much of the head from above,
longer than the next three segments together and much broader, with

?The description and remarks pertaining to Tridere chelopa were prepared jointly
by Dr. O. F. Cook and H. F. Loomis.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

lateral expansions carried below the head and mouth parts and much
below the ventral line of the adjacent segments; anterior margin
straight to below the eyes, then carried forward and downward in a
broad, even curve to the rounded posterior corner, the curved margin
bordered by a fine raised rim; median surface smooth and shining,
lateral surface slightly granular.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 narrowing caudad; segments 2 and 3 smooth
above, finely striate low on the sides; segment 4 longer than 2 or 8,
with dorsal crests of smaller size but in the same position as those
on the ensuing segments, and with a small lateral tubercle in the
position of the poriferous carinae.

Succeeding segments gradually broadening, the anterior sub-
segments considerably exposed, densely and minutely reticulated,
the posterior portion constricted and coarsely and regularly fluted in
front of the transverse suture; flutings on the lower half of the
body usually corresponding to the crests of the posterior subseg-
ment, but the dorsal flutings somewhat more numerous than the
crests. Posterior subsegments with about 12 crests between the
poriferous carinae; beginning at the middle of the dorsum there is
a small crest, then a distinctly larger one, then 3 to 6 smaller crests,
which are sometimes quite variable in size and length but are more
prominent near the middle of the segment and abruptly lower and
narrower behind; the large. submedian crests often thickened in
front, especially at the anterior end of the body. Lateral carinae
with a very large poriferous prominence in front, the carina abruptly
interrupted behind it but again raised into a large conic tubercle at
the posterior margin. Pores beginning on segment 5 and ending
on the antepenultimate segment, opening outward from the smooth
oval surface of the pore prominence. Sides below pores with 10 to
12 distinct crests separated by striations; a prominent oblique crest
near the legs surrounding a slightly depressed area around the basal
joints of the legs.

Posterior segments narrowed gradually, with dorsal and lateral
crests reduced; penultimate segment very short, with sculpturing
reduced and pores lacking.

Last segment rather long, with an elongate median thickening or
ridge continued as a definite mucro beyond the anal valves, surface
otherwise smooth.

Anal valves facing obliquely downward, very prominent and in-
flated, the margins meeting in a deep groove, surface smooth and
shining. Preanal scale short and very broad, the posterior margin
nearly straight across, somewhat thickened and prominent, with two
minute submedian setiferous punctations,

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—-LOOMIS 35

Legs rather long and slender in both sexes, sparsely hirsute; basal
joint longer than broad; joint 2 very short; joints 3, 4, and 7 long,
subequal; joint 5 slightly shorter; joint 6 still shorter. Pedigerous
laminae minutely reticulated, not striate.

Gonopods quite similar in appearance to those in Cambala, indi-
cating rather close relationship with that genus.

Segment 6 of the male with the ventral posterior margin behind
each leg expanded backward and inward over the gonopods, form-

Figure 10.—Tridere chelopa, new species: a, Antenna; b, gnathochilarium ; c, fourth leg of
male, posterior view; d, seventh leg of male, posterior view; e, seventh leg of female;
f, gonopods of male, anterior view; g, posterior gonopods of male, outer lateral view.

ing two flaplike pieces whose mesial margins lap well beyond each
other instead of being in contact along the middle line of the body.
In segment 7 the opening through which the gonopods are thrust
is broadly rounded behind, the margin raised and thickened, and
the median ventral suture is open.

Males with the first three pair of legs somewhat reduced in size:
legs 4 to 7 inclusive with joint 5 expanded on the inner-posterior
side into a large truncated lobe projecting obliquely distad to near
the middle of the last joint (fig. 10, c,d). Leg 7 of female shown
in figure 10, e.

85370—38——2

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86
TRIDERE CHELOPA, new species
Figure 10; PLAte 2, Ficures 6, 7

Several specimens were collected beside the road from San Diego
to El Centro, Calif., about 2 miles above Mountain Springs, on the
eastern desert slope of the mountains, December 10, 1922, by Dr.
O. F. Cook. The animals were found lying extended under stones
on a hillside of decomposing granite rock. Their movements were
slow and when first disturbed formed a close double coil. The type
is a male, U.S.N.M. no. 1304.

After the original collection was made, the type locality was
revisited on several occasions, but no further specimens were found.
From the dryness of the locality at that time it seemed a very
unlikely place for humus inhabitants, but similar places are known
in the desert regions of the Southwest where millipeds and other
humus animals follow the soil moisture below ground in times
of drought but return to near the surface in seasons when moisture
conditions improve.

Description —Length, 30-40 mm; width, 1.8-2.6 mm. Number
of segments, 52 to 58.

Living animals mostly light colored, rather dull pinkish or pur-
plish; head and anterior segments much paler; antennae and legs
also pale.

Eyes composed of 10 to 15 rather small ocelli in two rows, forming
a transverse, sharply wedge-shaped group, partly hidden beneath
the first segment.

First segment with dorsal surface smooth, the lateral surfaces
with tiny scattered granules and a few short, fine, striations directed
obliquely downward and forward from the posterior margin above
the back corner. Last segment appearing smooth, but slight mag-
nification shows a few faint striae and granules; apex of the mucro
bearing two setae. Other segments as described under the genus.

Gonopods as shown in figure 10, f and g.

Genus CAMBALA Gray

Head with eyes in a single series; antennae moderately stout.

First segment about as long as the next two segments together,
not expanded on the sides.

Body rather slender, the anterior segments not noticeably con-
stricted to form a neck behind the head and first segment. One to
three segments at each end of the body smooth above, the others
with four strong crests between the large poriferous carinae. Pores
beginning on segment 5.

Last segment not projecting beyond the anal valves.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 37

First pair of male legs 6-jointed and without a claw at tip. The
fifth, sixth, and seventh male legs have a large lobe on the ventral
side of the fourth jomt and sometimes one on the fifth joint also.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CAMBALA

1. Body small and slender, not exceeding 20 mm in length and 0.8
mm in width; dorsal crests beginning on segment 4 and ending

on antepenul timate) segment=22— 2s aS texana, new species
Body larger and stouter; crests beginning on segment 2 and end-
INCRONeNeU Ma LOE SGlimN Cn ts a= a en ee ee Se ee Se ee eee 2
2. Body of intermediate size, 25 to 38 mm long and 1.2 to 2 mm
broad: eolor light yellowish’ brown]2= 222222 a ee minor Bollman
Body considerably larger, 44 mm or more in length; color defi-
mitelyAdanker DRO Wil ss eee eee 3 SB eee EE Ee 3

3. Body 18 or 19 times as long as broad; segment 1 with posterior
angles produced backward; poriferous keels very strongly de-
SES 01) CU ees a at re re eee ee ee annulata (Say)
Body decidedly stouter, 14 to 15 times as long as broad; segment 1
with posterior angles less produced backward; poriferous keels
much less prominent; gonopods differing in a number of par-
ticulars, as shown in the drawings__----___-_-____-_- cristula, new species

CAMBALA ANNULATA (Say)
FIGURE 11

Julus onnilatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 2, p. 103, 1821.
Spirobolus annulatus (Say) Woop, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 138, p. 212,
1865.
Cambala annulata (Say) Copr, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 11, p. 181, 1869.
Specimens of this species were collected between Roan Mountain and
Elizabethton, Tenn., in October 1928 and between Marshall and Hot
Springs, N. C., in October 1929 by O. F. Cook. The species has been re-
ported from nearly all the Southeastern States and from Kentucky, but
it now seems likely that at least two species, annulata and cristula,
were confused, and the value of these older records must now be
shared by these two species, though it is usually not definitely certain
to which form specific records apply. The specimens here described
and illustrated are believed to represent the typical annulata of Say,
inasmuch as they are the only ones studied that have the poriferous
carinae distinctly “pyriform” as stated in the original description.
Boliman reported this species from Indiana and Arkansas, but later
he designated the specimens as a subspecies of annulata on account
of their smailer size and lighter color. It is proposed herein to
elevate this subspecies to full specific rank.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

The following description has been prepared from the Tennessee
and North Carolina specimens to facilitate comparison with the
other species of the genus:

Description —Large but moderately slender animals; 45 to 58 mm
long and 2.5 to 3.1mm broad. The specimens examined had 56 to 65
segments. Some of Bollman’s specimens had as few as 50 segments.

Head having eyes composed of four to eight ocelli in a single series
paralleling and almost covered by the first segment. Antennae mod-
erately stout; joint 2 the longest; joint 6 the broadest. Clypeus with
six setiferous punctures; labrum with 16 smaller ones. Mandibulary
stipes with the lower half slightly depressed for the reception of the
antennae. Gnathochilarium with mentum in two distinct parts, the
basal one broader at its apex than the bottom of the upper part.

First segment as long as the three succeeding segments combined
and broader than any of the anterior segments; surface smooth; the
lateral margin distinctly rimmed; posterior angles slightly produced
backward.

a b

Ficurp 11.—Cambala annulata (Say): a, Anterior gonopods, anterior view; b, posterior
gonopods, lateral view.

Behind segment 1 the ensuing segments are considerably narrowed
and then increase gradually in breadth to near the middle of the
body. Segments 2 and 3 have small distinct crests in the same posi-
tions as those on the ensuing segments, the lateral carinae are no
longer than the dorsal crests, but on segment 4 the lateral carinae
are slightly more prominent than the dorsal crests. Segment 2 has
a high, conspicuous ridge on each side just behind the posterior corner
of segment 1.

On the succeeding segments there are four very prominent crests
between the poriferous carinae, intervals between the crests equal but
narrower than the interval between the outer dorsal crest and the
adjacent poriferous carina, these latter more prominent than the dor-
sal crests, the anterior three-fifihs thickened and inflated into an
ovate process somewhat oblique to the side of the body with the pore
near its posterior third; behind the thickened process the carina is
abruptly retracted, forming a short, thin ridge about as high as

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—-LOOMIS 39

the dorsal crests. On the anterior segments the pore swellings are
conic and oblique to the sides of the body, while on the caudal segments
they are lower, more flattened, and nearly parallel with the body.
On the penultimate and antepenultimate segments the lateral carinae
are no larger than the dorsal crests, but on the next segment in front
the differentiation is evident. Below the poriferous carinae are 12 to
14 crests decreasing in size toward the legs, even the upper ones less
conspicuous than the dorsal crests.

Last segment smooth, the apex rounded, not exceeding the valves.

Preanal scale large, about half as long as broad; the tab processes
at the lateral angles relatively large and conspicuous.

Gonopods as shown in figure 11, @ and 0.

First pair of male legs with the last joint bluntly and obliquely
truncated on the inner side halfway to the base, the truncation deeply
excavated, claws lacking. Legs 4 to 7 inclusive with the outer joint
densely hairy beneath; behind the gonopods to the end of the body
the five outer joints also are densely hairy beneath, those at rear
somewhat less so than those in front. Female legs less hairy. Legs
5 to 7 of the males with the fourth joint bearing a large, hairy-tipped,
conic prominence near the distal end on the under side; the fifth
joint of these legs sometimes with a similar but smaller lobe.

Segments 6 and 7 of the males with the margin surrounding the
genital opening greatly elevated mesially, equaling the top of the first
joint of the adjacent legs.

CAMBALA CRISTULA, new species

Ficgure 12

Many specimens collected at Etowah, Tenn. (type locality), No-
vember 1, 1929, and a male and a female collected at Adams Run,
S. C., October 11, 1929, by Dr. O. F. Cook. The type is a male,
U.S.N.M. no. 1305.

This species is closely related to annulata but distinguished from
it by the stouter body, a female specimen 44 mm long being 3 mm
broad; the much less prominent poriferous keels; the smaller pro-
duced posterior angles of segment 1; lateral keel on each side of
segment 4 no larger than the four dorsal crests, while in annulata
there usually is a decided contrast; the presence of a lobe on the
ventral surface of the fifth joint of legs 5, 6, and 7 of the males, a
condition infrequently observed in annulata, but like annulata, with
a large lobe beneath the fourth joint.

The principal difference, however, is found in the structure of the
gonopods (fig. 12, a and }) as a comparison of the drawings of the
two species will show.

Leg 1 of the male is shown in figure 12, ec.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

a b Ei
Figure 12.—Oambala cristula, new species: a, Anterior gonopods, anterior view; b, pos-
terior gonopods, lateral view ; c, first leg of male.

CAMBALA MINOR Bollman

Cambala annulata minor BoLLMAN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 11, p. 404, 1888.
Cambala annulaia (Say) WiLt1AMs and HeErner, Ohio State Univ. Bull. No. 18,
vol. 4, p. 123, illus., 1928.

Specimens of Cambala from Little Rock, Ark., and various locali-
ties in Indiana were designated by Bollman as representing a new
subspecies of C. annulata because of lighter coloration and smaller
size than specimens from the Southeastern States, whence came Say’s
specimens of annulata. Although Bollman’s specimens of minor have
not been examined, it seems probable that they are the same species
as the specimens from Ohio that Williams and Hefner described and
figured as (. annulata. Comparison of their drawing of the gonopods
of the Ohio form with drawings of the gonopods of ennulata, as inter-
preted in this paper, shows that two species are involved. If we as-
sume that the Ohio form is the same as that which Bollman had from
Indiana, it is necessary to give full specific rank to these forms, using
the name Bollman proposed for his subspecies.

Specimens of annulata reported by Packard from the Kentucky
caves were suspected by Bollman of being either his small subspecies
minor, or a true and unnamed cave form, and this point still remains
unsettled.

CAMBALA TEXANA, new species

FIcurE 13

A large number of specimens were collected at Nacogdoches, Tex.,
in January 1931 by H. C. McNamara and Dr. O. F. Cook. The
type is a male, U.S.N.M. no. 1306.

Diagnosis —The smaller size of the body, more numerous non-
crested segments, the granular crests, and the modifications of the
gonopods distinguish this species from the other members of the
genus.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 41

Description: Length, up to 20 mm; width, to 0.8 mm. Number
of segments, 45-51.

Head with four to seven ocelli in a single series. Mentum nar-
rower than in annulata. Mandibulary stipe flattened, with a raised
rim along the lower margin.

First segment wider than the head, providing a recess on either
side into which the antennae may be bent back; lateral margin
bordered by a very fine rim; posterior angles not produced.

Segments 1, 2, and 3 smooth and shining, minutely and sparsely
granular. Crests beginning abruptly on segment 4, with four broad
crests on the dorsum between the scarcely more prominent poriferous
keels, which are represented by oval or subelliptical swellings. On
the side of the body below the poriferous keels there are 14 or 15
thinner crests. Surface of the dorsal and lateral crests and the
poriferous keels finely but distinctly granular. Dorsal crests some-
times evident on the antepenultimate segment but never on the last
two segments.

Ficurn 13.—Cambala terana, new species: a, Anterior gonopods, anterior view; b, pos-
terior gonopods, lateral view; c, first leg of male; d, outer joints of sixth leg of male.

Last segment relatively longer than in annuwlata, the apex more
deflexed and the valves, in lateral view, more oblique. Preanal scale
transverse, much less rounded than in annulata.

Gonopods and first male legs as shown in figure 18, a-c.

Legs 5, 6, and 7 of the male with a very large process on the
ventral side of the fourth joint near its distal end, its apex extending
beyond the end of joint 6 (fig. 18, d).

Genus PAITEYA Chamberlin

This genus has some affinity with Cambala as shown by the pres-
ence of eyes; four dorsal interporiferous crests; first male legs with
six joints. The size, however, is much smaller; the eyes are in two

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

or three rows; the body is “constricted caudad of head, most strongly
so over from about fourth to the ninth segments”; the first four
and the last three segments are smooth above; the pores are borne
“on the enlarged caudal portion of edge of the lateral carina,”
contrary to the position in Cambala and Tridere, which have the
anterior portion of the carina enlarged and bearing the pore.

PAITEYA ERRANS Chamberlin

Paiteya errans CHAMBERLIN, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 3, p. 258, pl. 438, figs.
4-7, 1910.
This species, which I have not seen, was described without definite
locality from southern California. It is 19 mm long, 1.4 mm wide,
and has 47-49 segments.

Genus TITSONA Chamberlin

Eyes well developed, five to seven ocelli in a single series. First,
segment longer than the next three segments together, the sides
encircling the sides of the head but well removed, leaving an inter-
vening space into which the antennae may be folded back. Body
strongly constricted between segment 1 and segments 5 and 6.
First four segments and the last two segments smooth above, the
intervening segments with two low, rounded crests near the middle
of the dorsum, between the hemispherical pore swellings. In the
specific description it is stated that the crests begin on segment 4,
but this condition is not shown in the illustration. First male legs
reduced in size and 6-jointed, the last joint terminating in a strong
claw.

The single species seems more closely related to Paiteya than to
other known genera.

TITSONA SIMA Chamberlin

Titsona sima CHAMBERLIN, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 5, p. 161, pl. 10, figs.
4-6, 1912.

Known only from the original collection of two specimens at
Oroville, Calif. The length is 16 mm; width, 1 mm; number of
segments, 42.

Genus NANNOLENE Bollman

Body small, slender, Zudus-like; smooth above; anterior segments
definitely striate on the sides from the feet to near the pores, the
striae receding on the other segments. Segments, except the first
four and the anal segment, with a broad, deep transverse constric-
tion around the middle, giving the body a submoniliform appear-
ance, the constriction with a series of rounded pits at bottom.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 2

erry 4

Sea

¢
OS |
mr SA

a Li 4
* es mi ad

ba
Cae)
a
Seen
ca
Lo ia
fie ay
ad
Fee”
ow
hn)
oe.
nt ad
oe

.
|

ya ok se ieee ay

1, Pharodere radiata, female, * 714; 2, Leiodere dasyura, male, < 8; 3, Nannolene violacea,
female, <8: 4, Leiodere torreyana, lateral view of female, X 744; 5, L. torreyana, dorsal
view of female; 6, Tridere chelopa, lateral view ot male, X 5%: 7, T. chelopa, dorsal view

of male, K 544.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—-LOOMIS A3

Head with triangular eyes composed of 12 to 26 ocelli in three to
five series. Antennae short and stout with joints 2 and 6 subequal.
Clypeus with four setiferous punctures. Mandibulary stipes in-
flated, not recessed for the reception of the antennae. Gnathochi-
larium with the mentum in two parts.

First segment long, usually equaling or exceeding in length the
next two segments together; anterior angles very broadly rounded
and not produced forward; lateral margin with a raised rim; lateral
surface with one or more longitudinal striae.

Segments 2 to 4 not narrowed to form a necklike constriction.

Pores beginning on segment 6; each pore surrounded by a
flattened rim.

Last segment as long as the two preceding segments together, the
apex broadly rounded and with two setae.

Segment 6 of the males with the pleurae overlapping at the middle
and produced caudad, partially covering the opening for the gono-
pods. Anterior margin of segment 7 distinctly raised and thickened
around the opening for the gonopods.

First pair of male legs reduced in size, 6-jointed, the apical joint
short, rounded-conic, and without a claw.

Sixth and seventh male legs with a hollow conic process on the
interior face of the penultimate joint.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF NANNOLENE IN THE UNITED STATES

1. Size large, 25 mm in length; eyes composed of about 26 ocelli.
burkei (Bollman)
Size not exceeding 20 mm; eyes composed of not more than 22 ocelli_____ 2
2. Body almost white except for a few segments at either end.
minor, new species

Body (darker, more :uniformly-~ pigmentedi—— 2. ee 3
3. Length to 20 mm; number of segments to 51; first segment longer

fi anen Cxtehw OmtOsetheL= s= =) ae ee violacea, new species
Size somewhat smaller, number of segments less; first segment

shorter than next two segments together________________ uta (Chamberlin)

NANNOLENE BURKEI (Bollman)

Iulus burkei Bottman, Amer. Nat., vol. 21, p. 82, 1887.
Nannolene burkei Bottman, Ann. New York Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 40, 1887.
This species was described from two mature female and two imma-
ture male specimens from Ukiah, Calif., and no subsequent localities
have been reported. Chamberlin does not state the source of the
material from which his drawings were made.*
This species is distinguished from our others by the greater num-
ber of ocelli—26 in five series; the larger size of the body—25 mm

4Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 61, art. 10, pl. 1, figs. 4-10, 1922.
85370—38 3,

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

long and 1 mm broad; and the shape of the male genitalia, as
shown by Chamberlin’s drawing in which the anterior plate and the
lateral plate on each side are united instead of two distinct struc-
tures as in the other species.

NANNOLENE MINOR, new species

FIGURE 14

Numerous specimens collected near Bakersfield, Calif., December
12, 1927, by Dr. O. F. Cook. The type is a male, U.S.N.M. no. 1807.

Diagnosis.—This species is closely related to V. burkei and WN. vio-
lacea. It differs from both species in the smaller body, usually
fewer segments, fewer ocelli, and in the structure of the gonopods.

Description.—Body slender, 18 to 20 times as long as broad, mod-
erately moniliform; length, 11 to 16 mm; number of segments, 40
to 47; neck constriction slight, segments 2 to 4 but little narrower
than the adjacent segments.

a b
F1GuRB 14.—Nannolene minor, new species: a, Anterior gonopods, anterior view; b, three
outer joints of leg 7 of male.

Color in life whitish, the extremities of the body darker and very
faintly maculate with light violet-brown without definite arrange-
ment. Each side of body with a series of small, dark spots, the
repugnatorial glands, showing through the segments.

Head not bent under the first segment; surface distinctly reticu-
late; vertex with a pronounced median impressed line, from the an-
terior end of which, on each side, a finer impressed line curves for-
ward and laterad, reaching the upper corner of the eye. Ocelli 12
to 18 in three or four series, forming a subtriangular patch close
to the margin of segment 1. Antennal sockets distant from the
front corners of segment 1. Clypeus with two large setae on each
side. Labrum with three teeth; the base crossed by a series of 16
setae, those on the sides longer than at the middle. Mandibulary
stipes flush with the sides of the head and the first segment, strongly
inflated and with a distinct raised margin and a prominent lower
corner; surface coarsely reticulated.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 45

First segment as long as the next two and a half segments to-
gether; surface finely reticulated; anterior corners inconspicuous,
very broadly rounded but not produced forward; anterior margin
straight; lateral margin very weakly rounded, descending obliquely
to the posterior corner and with a distinct raised rim; posterior cor-
ner sharper than a right angle and clasping the side of the body;
lateral striations distinct, four to five, the middle longest, crossing
from behind to near the anterior margin.

Segments 2, 3, and 4, viewed from the side, are almost flat along
the dorsum, much less convex than the ensuing segments, which
have the two divisions strongly separated by a transverse constric-
tion. Lateral striations increasing in height to segment 5, but not
reaching the line of the pores; thereafter receding gradually, and
on the caudal segments almost entirely confined to the ventral sur-
faces.

Midbody segments with transverse constrictions very broad, rather
shallow, and containing a row of large, irregularly rounded, shallow
pits, frequently separated from one another by more than half their
width; anterior and posterior subsegments convex, the posterior divi-
sion more strongly so and with fine, short, impressed longitudinal
lines in addition to the tiny reticulations that cover the surface;
anterior subsegments more coarsely reticulated. Pores located well
behind the transverse constriction near the anterior third of the
subsegment; each pore surrounded by a conspicuous, broad, flattened
rim.

Last segment as long as the two preceding segments together ;
margin evenly rounded except for a short distance at the apex, be-
tween the two setae, where it is more truncate.

Anal valves projecting behind the last segment; strongly inflated,
with margins meeting in a broad deep groove.

Preanal scale a third as long as broad; transversely elliptic; the
hind margin more acutely rounded and with a seta on each side of
the middle; at each lateral angle a tiny, narrowly elliptic process
bearing a seta projects out from under the margin of the last segment.

Male genitalia nearly concealed, the prominent overlapping pleu-
rae of segment 6 produced backward beyond the line of the margin
elsewhere and partly covering the opening in segment 7, which is
biarcuate behind and has the margin strongly raised and subrevolute.

Male genitalia in two distinct parts. Anterior gonopods (fig.
14, a) differing from those of NV. burkei, as figured by Chamberlin,’
by having the ventral plate transverse at base instead of strongly
produced downward from the lateral angles; each anterior plate
with the apex produced into a short, slightly outward turned lobe,

5 Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 61, art. 10, pl. 1, figs. 4-10, 1922.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

instead of being squarely truncate (the anterior plates in Chamber-
lin’s drawing appear united to the lateral plates); lateral plates
more acute at apex, with the upper half of the posterior margin pro-
duced inward and forward. Posterior gonopods erect, rather slender,
hollowed in front to near the rounded apex from which numerous
papillate hairs curve backward; anterior ectal margin with a tri-
angular process directed forward.

Penultimate joint of male legs 6 and 7 with a conical prominence
on the inner side larger than in JV. burkei and with the apex squarely
truncate and hollow (fig. 14, 0)

First male legs similar to those of burkei as shown in Chamberlin’s
drawings previously referred to.

Legs behind the genitalia with a long cavity in the ventral surface

of joint 3.
NANNOLENE VIOLACEA, new species

FIGuRE 15; PLATE 2, FIGURE 3

Collected by Dr. O. F. Cook in the following California localities:
Many specimens of both sexes south of Atascadero, the type locality,
January 1, 1928; one female from Tejon Pass, December 14, 1927;
one male and many females from Grapevine, below Fort Tejon,
February 28, 1929. Two males, lacking one molt of maturity, from
Medford, Oreg., June 15, 1937, and a similar male from Chico, Cali.,
June 24, 1937, collected by L. D. Christenson and L. 8. Jones and sent
to me by the U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
have been identified as this species. The type is a male, U.S.N.M. no.
1308.

Description.—This species is very closely related to V. minor, from
which it differs most evidently in the following particulars: Body
of the same proportion, but sometimes reaching a length of 20 mm;
segments as many as 51; ocelli in fully developed specimens in four
series containing 18 to 22 ocelli.

Body distinctly pigmented with violaceous-brown, maculate with
colorless spots. Head with vertex colored and maculate with many
small light spots, which sometimes are confluent; in front of this
area the color is unevenly peppered over the surface, becoming lighter
toward the front margin of the head; a very large, transverse, oval,
colorless area on each side between the antennae; above and slightly
mesad of these are two smaller rounded areas. First segment with
a very large oval area mottled with light blotches on each side of the
fine dark median line; these areas bounded by a solid band of color,
broad at the middle of both the front and hind margin and still
broader near the hind angles; outside of this band the margins of the
segment are colorless and semitransparent, the anterior colorless
margin much broader than that behind. Other segments with the

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 47

anterior subsegment and the front half of the posterior subsegment

colored and finally maculate with tiny light spots and with a serias

of much larger light spots across the middle of the anterior subseg-

ment and another less distinct series in the constriction; two areas

maculate with colorless spots on the anterior subsegments near the

legs; the caudal half of the posterior subseg-

ment uncolored and transparent. The series

of brown spots on each side of the body is not

conspicuous as in the other species, the spots

smali and partly masked by the other coloring.

Last segment with the colored surface very

finely peppered with tiny light spots, except

immediately behind and under the penultimate

segment, where there are numerous large light

spots; posterior margin colorless. Valves and

preanal scale slightly colored. FAG Miah inc Lee ae
Genitalia (fig. 15) showing close relationship —_lacea, new species: Ante-

to V. minor, but the ventral plate shorter and = 7°" SLO ar tee

broader; the anterior plates less produced, more

acute at tip, more abruptly expanded and wider at base; lateral plates

with the rolled margins of the apical lobes less conspicuous from in

front, and the lobes of slightly different shape. Posterior gonopods

not observed.

NANNOLENE UTA (Chamberlin)

Nemasoma uta CHAMBERLIN, Ann. Ent Soc. Amer., vol. 5, p. 162, 1912.
Nannole uta CHAMBERLIN, Pan-Pac. Ent., vol. 2, no. 2, p. 61, 1925.

This species was described as a member of the genus Vemasoma
from a single female specimen found in Little Willow Canyon, Utah,
and although the species was again reported from the same locality
it was not stated that additional specimens were involved, and it is
probable that its inclusion in the paper was for the purpose of re-
locating it in the genus Vannolene, the designation “Nannole,” which
appeared in this second report, being a typographical error, I have
been informed by Prof. Chamberlin.

Because of the variations of size, color pattern, numbers of seg-
ments, and ocelli, within the species of this genus, the value of these
characters in single specimens is reduced, but the short first segment in
uta probably is a constant character and should be sufficient to dis-
tinguish this species from the other members of the genus in our
fauna.

Genus BUWATIA Chamberlin

Head without eyes; antennae subclavate, resting in an excavation
extending from the socket to the lower margin of the first segment

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

First segment large, embracing the head; with a fine transverse sulcus
subparallel to the anterior margin and some distance from it; a sec-
ond, submedian, sulcus present. Ensuing segments constricted to
segment 6. Segments smooth, the dorsum a little depressed, with a
weak longitudinal depression each side of middle, leaving mesial
portion a little elevated. Since it was stated that the genus is closely
related to Mannolene, being distinguished from it by the lack of
eyes, it is assumed that the pores begin on segment 6. Last segment
with a depression in front of the apex. Claws long and slender.

This genus may be intermediate in position between Mannolene
and Platydere, because it is thought that pores begin on segment 6
as in the former genus, and it is without eyes as in the latter genus.
From both it differs in having a necklike constriction behind the
head, and the dorsum slightly depressed on either side of a slight
median elevation. There is but one species.

BUWATIA MONTEREA Chamberlin

Buwatia monterea CHAMBERLIN, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 5, p. 159, pl. 10,
fig. 7, 1912.
Described from a single specimen, apparently a female, found at
Pacific Grove, Calif. The species has not since been reported.

PLATYDERE, new genus

Type.—Platydere caeca, new species, from southern California.

Diagnosis.—Closely related to Nannolene, as shown by the smooth
segments, the inconspicuous constriction of the neck segments, the
row of deep pits in the transverse constriction of the segments, and
by the rimmed pores. It differs, however, in being without eyes,
in having the first pores on segment 5, and in having four or possibly
six apical setae on the last segment, the lateral margin of which is
deeply emarginate in front of the processes covering the lateral
angles of the scale.

Description—Body stout, about 16 times as long as broad; with
scarcely any constriction of segments 2 to 4 to form a neck; surface
appearing very smooth and strongly shining.

Head without a median sulcus or transverse impressed lines as in
Nannolene; eyes lacking. Antennae inserted on the dorsolateral sur-
face; moderately clavate; joint 2 shorter than joint 3, which is
slightly longer than any of the others; joints 4 and 6 subequal,
shorter than joint 5, which is the widest joint. Clypeus with sides
almost continuous with the labrum but with middle abruptly raised

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 49

above it; two setae on each side. Labrum tridentate, with a basal
series of setae. Gnathochilarium much as in Nannolene but pro-
portionately wider and with upper section of the mentum relatively
shorter in relation to the lower section. Mandibulary stipes no-
ticeably convex, not recessed to receive the antennae; with a raised
margin.

First segment shorter than the next three segments together; an-
terior corners more prominent than in Vannolene and with the lateral
margin much less oblique, with a raised rim reaching around the
anterior corner, the sides without striae; posterior corners strongly
curved under and clasping the sides of the second segment.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 almost as broad as segments 1 and 5. Seg-
ment 4 with the anterior and posterior divisions distinct and sepa-
rated by a shallow constriction lacking the pits of the succeeding
segments; posterior division more convex than the anterior division
or than segment 2 or 38. Segment 5 slightly larger than segment 4;
the large repugnatorial pore on the anterior fourth of the subsegment
surrounded by a broad flattened rim. On segments farther back the
pore is located just in front of the middle of the subsegment.

Anterior subsegments near the middle of the body but little less
convex than the posterior subsegments and separated from them by
a broad and shallow constriction, in the bottom of which is a row of
closely placed deep oval pits; posterior subsegments evenly convex
from the constriction to the back margin; with many tiny longi-
tudinal impressed lines seldom connected as are those on the segments
of Nannolene. Lateral striations few and wide-spaced, highest on
segments 5 and 6, where they reach halfway to the pores; on the
caudal segments they are almost entirely confined to the ventral
surfaces. Segments near caudal end of body becoming less convex.
Penultimate segment nearly as long as the antepenultimate, almost
flat.

Last segment relatively short, not as long as the two preceding
segments together; apex subangularly rounded but less produced
backward than in Wannolene; with three setae on one side of the
middle and two on the other side in the type specimen, indicating six
setae normally; an additional seta near the middle of the hind mar-
gin on each side; margin immediately in front of the large tablike
processes very deeply emarginate, exposing much of them.

Valves moderately inflated; margins meeting in a deep groove;
each valve with the usual two setae near the opening. Scale rela-
tively long; posterior margin more rounded than the anterior mar-
gin and with a pair of widely separated setae.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
PLATYDERE CAECA, new species

A single mature male specimen collected with specimens of Lezo-
dere dasyura at Tajiguas, Calif., January 1, 1928, by Dr. O. F. Cook.
Type: U.S.N.M. no. 13809.

Description—Body rather stout, 16 mm long and 1 mm wide.
Number of segments, 44. Color almost white, with the repugnatorial
glands showing through the sides of the body as a series of small
orange spots, which turned almost black after the specimen had been
stored in alcohol.

Head smooth and shining; surface of the vertex with tiny, very
faint, impressed reticulations visible only by cross lighting under
moderate magnification; labrum with a series of 14 setae at base.

Segment 1 as long as the next two and a half segments together ;
the posterior corners strongly curved under and clasping the lat-
eroventral surface of segment 2, not produced backward; entire pos-
terior margin straight; as seen from above, the sides of the segment
are almost parallel, being slightly rounded from front to back,
the segment widest at the middle or a little way in front of it.

Seements 2, 8, and 4 scarcely constricted, the posterior margin of
segment 4 being over seven-eighths the width of segment 1 at its
widest part. Segments 2 and 3 not longitudinally convex, flat, when
viewed from the side.

Near the middle of the body the exposed portion of the anterior
subsegments is very smooth and shining and has a few long, slightly
wavy, impressed, longitudinal lines; the covered part of the sub-
segment has coarse reticulations showing through the transparent
posterior subsegment of the preceding segment; posterior subseg-
ments searcely higher than the anterior subsegments.

Preanal scale about three times as broad as long, the posterior
margin rounded.

Genus CHOCTELLA Chamberlin

Body large and stout, only about 10 times as long as broad; dorsal
surface smooth; lateral surface strongly striate from the feet to
the repugnatorial pores. Eyes composed of many ocelli arranged
in five or six rows. Antennae short and stout. Clypeus with six
setiferous punctures. First segment extending forward over the
head and partly concealing the antennae; anterior angles broadly
vounded and distinctly produced forward; lateral margin with a
raised rim. Repugnatorial pores large, beginning on segment 6 as
in Nannolene, but said to be “in front of and well removed from
the transverse suture,” a statement that is open to question, as in all
the other members of the family that the writer has examined the
pore is in the posterior subsegment, definitely behind the constric-

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 51

tion. Last segment evenly rounded at apex and exceeded by the
anal valves. First pair of male legs reduced in size but otherwise
normal. Segment 7 of the males with the margin around the gono-
pods moderately elevated.

Only one species is known.

CHOCTELLA CUMMINSI Chamberlin

Choctella cumminsi CHAMBERLIN, Psyche, vol. 25, p. 25, 1918.

This species was described from a dozen specimens collected in the
Glendale Hills of Tennessee and has not since been reported.

Average length, 50 mm; number of segments, 44 to 48; general
color black, the segments apparently with yellowish or reddish mark-
ings in front and along the posterior margins. Eyes with 30 to 40
ocelli in five or six series forming a triangular group. Antennae with
joints 2 and 3 subequal, longer than the others; joints 5 and 6
broadest. “Coleopods simple, thin plates, each of which is moderately
narrowed distad and narrowly rounded at the apex; below apical
portion the mesal border of each is bent subcaudad. Phallopods
exceeded by the coleopods. Each with distal division narrowly sub-
conical, distally curved mesad, the tip somewhat obliquely truncate.”

PHARODERE, new genus

Type—Pharodere radiata, new species, from southern California.

Diagnosis —This genus and Odachurus are the only eyeless mem-
bers of the family in this country that have well-defined dorsal
crests. Pharodere differs from Odachurus by lacking the flaring
anterior corners of segment 1 and the swollen dorsum near the back
margin, but there are prominent lateral striae on this segment; and
on the caudal segments neither the lateral carinae nor the dorsal
crests project as teeth beyond the back margin, and the crests are
higher and more abruptly raised than those of Odachurus.

Description.—Body slender, about 20 times as long as broad; seg-
ments as many as 64.

Head without eyes. Antennae widely separated, inserted on the
dorsolateral surface, moderately clavate, the basal joints slender as
compared to the outer joints. Clypeus with three setae on each side.
Labrum tridentate, somewhat depressed below the clypeus, and with
a basal row of setae. Gnathochilarium as shown in figure 16, a.
Mandibulary stipes receding beneath the head, the lower half hol-
lowed to receive the antennae.

First segment not quite so long as the next three segments together,
widest near the front corners which are broadly rounded, somewhat
produced forward, and with the intervening front margin nearly
straight; lateral margin with a raised rim, rounded and very obli-

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

quely descending to the back corner, which is not quite a right angle
and clasps the side of the body; lateral surface striate.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 with the sides gradually converging behind,
necklike, the posterior margin of segment 4 only three-fourths as
wide as segment 1. Segments 2 and 3 flat, not at all convex, dorsum
smooth, the sides with striations. Segment 4 with the anterior sub-
division somewhat exposed; the posterior subdivision moderately con-
vex and with crests as on the subsequent segments, but less distinct.

Anterior division of the midbody segments moderately convex;
crossed behind by a series of channels nearly twice as long as broad
and usually with a large, deep, round or oval pit occupying the
back half of each channel; channels separated from each other by a
thin raised ridge; in front of the channels the surface is coarsely
and distinctly honeycomb-reticulated. | Posterior subsegments
abruptly elevated from the constriction but with the dorsum flat,
not at all convex as seen from the side; between the prominent
poriferous carinae are six to eight thin and high longitudinal crests
crossing the subsegment, the inner pair conspicuously thicker and
higher than the others and more widely separated, the smaller crests
number two to four on each side with three the rule. Lateral carinae
prominent, abruptly elevated from the sides, greatly thickened in
front into a broad, oval area with a rather large depression contain-
ing the pore; posterior part of the carina thin, ending in a right
angled corner above the posterior edge of the segment. Beginning
on segment 5 and for several segments thereafter the pores are borne
on broad, rounded elevations rather than on a definite carina. Be-
low the poriferous carinae are 12 to 15 longitudinal striations.
Penultimate segment with dorsal crests and lateral carinae almost
as strong as those on the foregoing segments.

Last segment smooth and shining, the dorsum scarcely convex in
lateral view, not quite so long as the two preceding segments to-
gether; posterior margin thickened, especially at the apex, which
bears two setae and is narrowly rounded and projects a little beyond
the valves but not as a conspicuous mucro. Valves little inflated and
with margins meeting in a narrow, shallow groove. Preanal scale
almost four times as broad as long, the posterior margin nearly
straight; tab processes small.

Segment 6 with the margin around the gonopods scarcely raised
but the overlapping pleurae are strongly produced backward, nearly
covering the gonopods. Segment 7 with the genital opening semi-
circular, the margin not separately raised.

First and second male legs smaller than ensuing legs, with well-
developed claws. Sixth and seventh male legs with a process on the
inner side of the penultimate joint somewhat similar to that in the
same position in Vannolene.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 53
PHARODERE RADIATA, new species
Figure 16; PLate 2, Ficure 1

Several males and numerous females collected with Odachurus
petasatus and Leiodere torreyana under stones on the cliffs near the
sea at Torrey Pines, La Jolla, Calif., November 26, 1925, by Dr. O. F.
Cook and H. F. Loomis. The type (U.S.N.M. no. 1310) is a male.
Other specimens are from the same locality early in 1925 and also
trom Hodges Lake, Calif.

Description.—Body slender, ranging from 12 to 20 mm in length
and from 0.6 to 0.8 mm wide. Number of segments, 43 to 64, the
smallest specimen being a male with 43 segments. Living color
grayish white.

Cc
FicuRH 16.—Pharodere radiata, new genus and species: a, Gnathochilarium, the hypostoma
not shown; b, head and first two segments, lateral view; c, gonopods, anterior view.

Antennae with joint 2 longest; joint 5 next in length and widest
of all; joints 3 and 4 subequal in length and shorter than joint 6.
Labrum a little depressed below the level of the clypeus, especially
at the middle, and with a row of 14 setae across the base. Mandi-
bulary stipes large but receding beneath the head, the upper part
of each stipe a little convex but the surface above the lower marginal
rim distinctly hollowed for the reception of the antennae. Head
and first two segments shown in lateral view in figure 16, d.

First segment with the posterior margin noticeably emarginate at
middle; lateral surface with six striae radiating from a short space

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

along the posterior margin a little way above each corner, the lower
striae about a third as long as the dorsum, the upper ones shorter
and pointing obliquely upward; remainder of surface with minute
impressed lines forming a very inconspicuous network visible only
with rather high magnification.

Segment 2 with a few fine striations low on the sides, the dorsum
smooth. Segment 3 also smooth but with the lateral striations ex-
tending above the line of the pores of the poriferous segments.

Segments near the back end of the body with the pair of large,
inner, dorsal crests and the lateral carinae more elevated than on the
median segments and terminating in right-angled corners, but not
projecting beyond the posterior margin of the segments. Pemulti-
-mate segment a little shorter than the foregoing segment and with
the crests and carinae almost as strong.

Gonopods as shown in figure 16, e.

ODACHURUS, new genus

Type.
nia,

Diagnosis.—Closely related to Pharodere, with which it was found.
It differs in the flaring anterior corners and swollen surface of seg-
ment 1, which lacks lateral striations; the less prominent dorsal ridges
of the principal body segments, although on several segments pre-
ceding the penultimate the inner pair of ridges and the lateral ca-
rinae are produced beyond the posterior margin; penultimate seg-
ment short and smooth.

Description —Body the same shape and size as Pharodere. Head
with the labral and clypeal setae broken off but otherwise not differ-
ing notably from Pharodere. Gnathochilarium not dissected, but ap-
parently the mentum is in two parts.

First segment with the anterior corners obtusely rounded and in-
conspicuously produced forward, very distinctly flaring outward
wway from the sides of the body, when seen from in front or above,
and forming the widest part of the segment; side margins very
oblique, with a raised marginal rim visible only in front as the
posterior half of the margin abruptly rolled under; posterior cor-
ners quite sharp and slightly flaring away from the sides of the body
instead of clasping it as in other genera; dorsal surface inflated,
especially in front of the median part of the posterior margin which
is partly hidden from above; lateral surface without striae.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 forming a neck gradually narrowed to the
posterior margin of segment 4, which is only three-fourths the width

Odachurus petasatus, new species, from southern Califor-

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 55

of the first segment across the anterior corners. Segments 2 and 2
nearly flat longitudinally, without a transverse constriction; lateral
striae reaching to the edge of the dorsum on segment 3. Segment 4
with a transverse constriction, the posterior subsegment moderately
convex and with ridges arranged as on the ensuing segments but
fainter.

From segment 5 to the caudal end of the body the anterior sub-
segments are as in Pharodere, with anterior portion coarsely reticu-
late, the posterior part longitudinally channeled, each channel con-
taining a rounded pit behind. Posterior subsegments abruptly
raised from the transverse constriction, the dorsum a little convex,
with ridges disposed as in Pharodere but less definite in shape; a
large ridge on each side of the middle, the pair widely separated;
between each large ridge and the lateral carina are two or three
smaller, lower ridges; all ridges arising from the front of the sub-
segment but not reaching the posterior margin on any but the hind-
most segments; posterior margin flat and lower than the surface
between the ridges. On several segments immediately preceding the
penultimate segment the large median crests increase in size and
project beyond the hind margin, the other ridges becoming less evi-
dent and not projecting. Pores beginning on segment 5, borne in a
very small and shallow depression in the broad margin of the lateral
carinae. Lateral carinae of less definite shape than in Pharodere,
especially on the anterior segments, where they are little more than
rounded swellings; on the posterior segments they are more flattened
than on segments farther forward, but each is strongly produced
beyond the hind margin as a triangular tooth. Below the lateral
carinae numerous prominent striae reach to the feet. Penultimate
segment very short and without ridges or lateral carinae.

Last segment long; dorsum nearly flat longitudinally; the thick-
ened apex angularly rounded, a little projecting beyond the valves
and with two setae.

Anal valves inflated and meeting in a rather broad, deep groove;
each valve with two setae near the opening. Preanal scale very
short; the hind margin straight across, the front margin broadly
rounded; processes small, each with a short seta.

ODACHURUS PETASATUS, new species
FIGurE 17

A single mature female specimen collected with specimens of
Pharodere and Letodere beneath stones on the cliffs above the sea

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

at Torrey Pines, La Jolla, Calif., November 26, 1925, by Dr. O. F.
Cook and H. F. Loomis. Type: U.S.N.M. no 1811.

Description —Body about 14 mm long and 0.7 mm broad. Num-
ber of segments, 51. Color in life whitish gray.

Head and first segments shown in figure 17, a and b.

Segment 1 has the posterior edge distinctly emarginate medianly,
but the pronounced inflation of the dorsal surface immediately in
front of it hides much of the margin from above.

From segment 5 to near the caudal end of the body the posterior
portion of the anterior subsegments is longitudinally marked with
channels nearly twice as long as wide, each usually containing a
rounded or oval pit behind; channels separated from each other by
a thin, raised ridge. On the anterior poriferous segments the lat-

: b

Ficurw 17.—Odachurus petasatus, new genus and species: a, Head and segment 1, dorsal
view; b, head and first two segments, lateral view.

eral carinae are rounded swellings, but toward the middle of the body,
although low and not abruptly raised from the surface, they be-
come more definite in outline, being distinctly obovate yet not reach-
ing the back margin, as they do on several of the caudal segments,
where they project beyond the margin as acute teeth. Antepenulti-
mate segment with the two large dorsal ridges reduced in size but
strongly projecting beyond the back margin as teeth. Penultimate
segment less than half as long as the foregoing segment and without
dorsal ridges or lateral carinae.

Last segment nearly as long as the three preceding segments to-
gether, the thickened tip angularly rounded, projecting a little be-
yond the valves and with two small apical setae. Preanal scale at
least four times broader than long; hind margin straight, front mar-
gin rounded ; process on each side inconspicuous.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 57

Family CAMBALOPSIDAE

The members of this family differ most fundamentally from those
of the Cambalidae in the possession of an undivided mentum. The
family has hitherto been known only from southeastern Asia, but
the discovery of four new species in California greatly extends the
distribution, no forms being known as yet from the intervening
countries. Two new genera have been required for the inclusion of
these species in the classification system, the genus Hndere having
eyes, recessed mandibulary stipes, and very strongly constricted neck
segments, in contrast to the genus Lezodere, with its lack of eyes, con-
vex mandibulary stipes, and much less strongly constricted neck
segments, to mention only a few diagnostic points.

ENDERE, new genus

Type—Endere disora, new species, from California.

Description—Body slender, about 18 times as long as broad; dis-
tinctly moniliform and a little depressed, as seen in cross section.

Head with ocelli in a single series covered by the anterior mar-
gin of segment 1. Antennae (fig. 18, @) short, subclavate, broadly
separated, inserted on the sides of the head rather than on the dorso-
lateral surface, the bases not exposed from above (fig. 18, 6). Clyp-
eus with six setae. Labrum depressed below the level of the clypeus,
tridentate, with sixteen short setae across base. Gnathochilarium
(fig. 18, c) with mentum entire, nearly as long as the stipes, the up-
per fourth decidedly attenuated and reaching to near the tips of
the lingual laminae, median surface with a rounded depression
deepening behind; stipes without a distinct outer angle, the sides con-
tinuous, broadly and evenly rounded from the outer papillate process
to the base; lingual laminae slender, about half as long as the stipes.
Mandibulary stipes inconspicuous beneath the lateral margin of the
head, the surface distinctly depressed to receive the antennae; lower
margin with a raised rim.

Segment 1 broad and longer than the next three segments com-
bined; anterior corners prominent, produced forward, broadly
rounded; posterior corners nearly right-angled, produced backward
slightly and strongly curved under the body; lateral margin descend-
ing obliquely from in front to just behind the middle, where it bends
upward, forming an obtuse rounded angle, margin with a faint rim;
lateral surface without striations. Head and first five segments
shown in lateral view in figure 18, d.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 flattened, scarcely convex, lacking the trans-
verse constrictions of the succeeding segments, the sides rapidly

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

converging backward to the hind margin of segment 4, which is only
two-thirds as wide as the widest part of segment 1; ensuing seg-
ments abruptly larger. First six segments shown in dorsal view
in figure 18, e.

From segment 5 to the caudal end of the body the posterior sub-
segments are conspicuously raised above the anterior subsegments
and are more convex, with a low, tumid swelling on each side of the
middle and a Jateral swelling or prominence bearing the pore (fig. 18,

f). Pores beginning on segment 5, small and lacking an encircling
rim.

FIGURE 18.—2Hndere disora, new genus and species: a, Antenna; b, anterior portion of
head; c, gnathochilarium; d, head and first five segments, lateral view; e, first six
segments from above; f, midbody segment, posterior view.

Last segment long, the apex even with the valves; setae of inde-
terminate number have been rubbed off.

Anal valves moderately inflated and meeting in a broad, deep
groove.

Preanal scale a transverse ellipse; the process on each side large.

Males unknown.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 59:
ENDERE DISORA, new species
Ficure 18

A single female specimen collected in an ant nest at Sunnyside
Mine, near Seneca, Plumas County, Calif., December 19, 1922, by
H. S. Barber. Type: U.S.N.M. no. 13812.

Description—Body 18 mm long and 1 mm broad; slightly flat-
tened ; number of segments, 46. Color of body in alcohol light yellow
throughout, indicating that it probably was nearly white in life.

Head smooth and shining; vertex unimpressed; antennae widely
separated, the distance between them nearly equal the length of one
antenna; antennae rising from beneath the lateral margin of the
head, the sockets and most of the first jomts hidden from above;
joints 1 and 3 subequal in length, shorter than the subequal joints
4 and 5; joint 2 longest, a third longer than joint 6; joint 7 very
short, scarcely exposed; joints 4, 5, and 6 of nearly equal diameter ;
mandibulary stipes obscured from above by the sides of the head.

Segment 1 smooth and shining; anterior margin straight and
thickened; posterior margin straight across the median part but
bending caudad some distance above the hind angles, which are
somewhat produced backward.

From segment 5 to the caudal end of the body the segments are
strongly constricted at middle; anterior division of each segment
moderately convex, with a series of very shallow, indistinct, oblong
channels behind, the channels separated by very fine raised lines
shghtly beaded along their crests; in front of the channels the sur-
face is marked with distinct honeycomb reticulations. Posterior sub-
segments more elevated, exceedingly convex, without distinct crests
but with a broad, tumid swelling on either side of the metlian line,
the swelling gradually raised from in front to the middle; dorsal
surface with smaller and less conspicuous reticulations than the an-
terlor subsegment. Pores beginning on segment 5, borne on the
anterior slope of a lateral prominence similar to that on each side
of the dorsum. Sides longitudinally striate below the pores, es-
pecially on the antericr segments. Body narrowing rapidly back-
ward at the last three segments.

Antepenultimate segment slightly longer and a little more convex
than the next segment but not so convex as the one before; dorsal
elevations not evident, and the pore not on a prominence as on the
foregoing segments.

Last segment a little longer than the two preceding segments com-
bined, the apex strongly rounded behind, the setae lost. Preanal
scale elliptic and relatively long, being two-fifths as long as broad;
the processes that project from under the margin of the last segment
and cover the lateral angles of the scale are large and conspicuous.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
LEIODERE, new genus

Type—Leiodere torreyana, new species, from southern California.

Description.—Body slender, 15 to 25 times as long as broad, sub-
moniliform; surface smooth, without distinct dorsal ridges.

Head without eyes; antennae rather short and subclavate; clypeus
with four large setae; labrum with 14 smaller setae; gnathochilarium
with the sides converging toward the base, the mentum entire; man-
dibulary stipes hidden from above, slanting under the head, slightly
convex and with a fine raised rim below.

First segment nearly as long as or longer than the next three
segments together; with definite anterior and posterior corners, the
latter somewhat clasping the sides of the body; lateral margin
straight and with a raised rim.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 constricted caudad, forming a more or less
distinct neck; dorsum flat longitudinally, not at all convex. Suc-
ceeding segments with the posterior subsegment convex, abruptly
elevated from the constriction above the anterior subsegment, caus-
ing the body to appear submoniliform. In two of the species there
is a general swelling of the surface on each side of the middle of the
dorsum, with a concomitant median depression; the other species,
having no dorsal swelling, lacks the median depression. Pores small,
beginning on segment 5, the general surface about the pore slightly
more convex than elsewhere, sometimes even raised into a noticeable
swelling. Lateral striae not reaching to the pore on any segment.

Last segment as long as or longer than the two preceding segments
together; each lateral margin containing a seta and four to eight
setae in the apical margin; apex rounded and not projecting beyond
the anal valves.

Anal valves moderately convex, the margins meeting in a groove.
Preanal scale transversely subelliptic. A process on each side of
the scale but not prominent.

First pair of male legs slightly reduced, 6-jointed, the terminal
claw normal.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LEIODERE

1. Body small, less than 15 mm in length; 40 segments or less; an-

tennae with) joint 2 lonvest2 2: | Se. ee ee ee nana, new species
Body 15 mm or more long; segments more than 40; antennae with
joint 2 equaled or exceeded by at least one other joint-._.____._._-_-_______ 2

2. Dorsum of segments with a shallow median depression, bounded
on either side by a broad, indistinct swelling; first segment
longer than next three segments combined; last segment with
RS AcpICA SNOTAEL S24 tA gtk ok Te eae dasyura, New species
Dorsum of segments lacking broad swellings or a median de-
pression ; first segment shorter than next three segments com-
bined ; last segment with 4 apical setae____________ torreyana, new species

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 61
LEIODERE TORREYANA, new species
FIGURE 19; PLATE 2, Ficures 4, 5

Numerous specimens, including the male type (U.S.N.M. no. 1313),
collected at Torrey Pines, La Jolla, Calif., January 11, 1925, by
H. G. McKeever and A. D. Harvey. Others collected by Dr. O. F.
Cook and H. F. Loomis at the same locality beneath stones on the
cliffs above the sea, intermixed with specimens of Pharodere radiata
and Odachurus petasatus, November 26, 1925. Other specimens from
20 miles below Tia Juana, Lower California, January 1925 by Dr.
O. F. Cook.

Description.—Body 20 to 26 times as long as broad; a large female
21 mm long, 0.8 mm broad, with 58 segments; another mature speci-
men has only 43 segments. Color in life dusky cream-white.

b c

Ficury 19.—Leiodere torreyana, new genus and species: a, Antenna; 6b, midbody segment,
lateral view; c, gonopods, anterior view.

Head eyeless, surface smooth and shining. Antennae (fig. 19, a)
short and subclavate, separated by a distance equal to over half their
length; joints 2, 8, 5, and 6 subequal in length; joint 4 shorter than
any except the basal and apical joint, the latter a fifth as long as
joint 6; joint 5 widest. Labrum depressed at middle below the
level of the clypeus. Mandibulary stipes not prominent, slanting
slightly inward, the surface faintly convex and coarsely reticulated.
Gnathochilarium with sides almost parallel, converging toward the
base much less than in the other species.

First segment as long as or a little longer than the next three
segments together; anterior edge subemarginate; lateral margin ex-

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

tending obliquely downward in an almost straight line and with a
narrow rim reaching from around the anterior corner to the posterior
corner, which is almost a right angle and not conspicuously clasping
the side of the body and lacking pronounced striations.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 forming a moderately constricted neck, the
posterior margin on segment 4 five-sevenths as wide as the first seg-
ment at its broadest part. Segments 2 and 3 flat, without transverse
constrictions; segment 4 with a constriction behind which the surface
is more convex.

Anterior division of the subsequent segments quite convex; a
series of shallow channels along its posterior part, the channels less
than twice as long as broad, smooth within, separated by fine, raised,
beaded lines; anterior part of subsegment coarsely reticulated; pos-
terior subsegment abruptly raised from the constriction considerably
higher than the anterior subsegment, strongly convex; dorsal surface
appearing smooth and shining but with correct magnification and
hghting numerous short, irregular, impressed lines appear, which,
when well developed, form reticulations having meshes longer than
broad. A segment from the middle of the body is shown in figure 19, -
b. Pores beginning on segment 5, placed on a very slight swelling
high on each side; on the anterior segments the pore is in front of
the middle of the subsegment, but farther back it is at the middle.
Sides below the pores finely striate longitudinally, the striae of
the anterior segments farthest up the sides.

Antepenultimate segment less convex than preceding but more
so than the nearly flat penultimate segment.

Last segment longer than the two preceding segments together ;
posterior margin broadly rounded, with four apical setae and another
seta on each side.

Anal valves strongly inflated; margins meeting in a narrow, shal-
low groove. Preanal scale over three times broader than long; front
margin rounded more than the back margin; tab process on either
side large.

Gonopods as shown in figure 19, ec.

Segment 6 of male with pleurae not produced backward; segment
7 with the opening for the gonopods U-shaped, its margin strongly

elevated.
LEIODERE NANA, new species

FIGuRE 20

Numerous specimens, including the male type, U.S.N.M. no. 1314,
were collected between Vallejo and Cordelia, Calif., January 4, 1928,
by Dr. O. F. Cook, who also collected a male and two females at
Cordelia on February 20, 1929.

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 63

Description—Body long and slender, 9 to 13 mm long and 0.6
to 0.9 mm broad; cylindrical, not at all flattened as seen in cross
section; number of segments 32 to 40; living color light grayish
white with a series of internal orange spots, the repugnatory glands,
showing through the body wall.

Head with the antennae quite short and stout (fig. 20, a), arising
from the dorsolateral surface, the basal joint almost entirely exposed
from above; joint 2 longest; joints 5 and 6 subequal, next in length;
joints 8, 4, and 1 decreasing in order named; joint 5 broadest.

i b

Ficurp 20.—Leiodere nana, new genus and species: a, Antenna; b, anterior portion of
head; c, gnathochilarium of male; d, head and first five segments, lateral view; e, mid-
body segment, posterior view; f, gonopods, anterior view.

Clypeus with two setae on each side. Labrum almost continuous
with the clypeus, scarcely depressed, with 14 setae across the base.
Anterior portion of head shown in figure 20, 6. Gnathochilarium
as shown in figure 20, ec.

First segment little longer than the next two segments together;
the anterior corners broader than a right angle and slightly pro-
duced forward; lateral margin obliquely descending to near the hind
angle, where it is bent horizontally, the margin with a raised rim;
pesterior corners square, slightly curved under the side of the body,

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOu. 86

two short rudimentary striae sometimes present in the angle; back
margin straight throughout its length. Anterior segments shown
in lateral view in figure 20, d.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 flat, without transverse constrictions; sides
slightly narrowing backward, the posterior margin of segment 4
about ten-thirteenths as wide as the widest part of segment 1; lateral
striae reaching higher on segments 4 and 5 than on any other
segment.

From segment 5 to the antepenultimate segment strong transverse
constrictions are present; anterior subsegments moderately convex,
with coarse reticulations in front sometimes showing through the
semitransparent posterior subsegments, and with shallow rectangular
channels behind, twice as long as broad and separated by fine, raised,
and very inconspicuously beaded lines. Posterior subsegments with
fine median sulcus, more impressed on the back half; surface shining
and with many tiny impressed longitudinal lines except on the
extremely faint lateral swelling where a considerable area around
the pore is dull and conspicuously reticulated. Posterior view of a
segment from near the middle of the body is shown in figure 20, e.
Pores beginning on segment 5, borne on the anterior slope of the
faint swelling, the pore minute, without an encireling rim. Penulti-
mate segment much shorter and less convex than the preceding
segment, the anterior subsegment exposed only on the sides.

Last segment as long as the two preceding segments together; the
apex rather narrowly rounded and exceeded by the anal valves, with
four apical setae but none on the side margins,

Anal valves moderately inflated, meeting rather abruptly in a
narrow, shallow groove. Preanai scale less than half as long as
broad; processes relatively large.

Gonopods as shown in figure 20, /.

First male legs reduced in size but with fully developed claws.
Other pregenital legs without special modifications.

Genital segments prominent below; the back margins of the broad,
overlapping pleurae of segment 6 continuous with the back margin
elsewhere, not produced caudad; opening in segment 7 biarcuate
behind, the surrounding margin strongly raised.

LEIODERE DASYURA, new species
FIGURE 21; PLATE 2, FicuRE 2

Several specimens, including the male type (U.S.N.M. no. 1315),
collected at Tajiguas, Calif., January 1, 1928, by Dr. O. F. Cook, who
also collected a male east of San Lucas, Calif., December 20, 1930.

Description—Body slender, 15 to 18 mm long and 0.8 to 1 mm
broad; females a little stouter than the males; body cylindric, com-

CAMBALOID MILLIPEDS—LOOMIS 65

posed of 41 to 51 segments; living color light grayish white, with a
series of internal orange spots, the repugnatoria! glands, showing
through the body wall on each side.

Head with antennae rising from the dorsolateral surface; especially
slender at base; joint 2 shorter than any of the next four; joint 5
longest and broadest (fig. 21, a). Clypeus with two large setae each
side. Labrum nearly continuous with the clypeus, a series of 14
short setae across base. Mandibulary stipes slanting inward and
downward from the lower margin of the head; with a fine marginal
rim; surface definitely convex. (Gnathochilarium as shown in figure
mi, Ob.

Ficurn 21.—Leiodere dasyura, new genus and species: @, Antenna; 6b, gnathochilarium ;
c, head and first five segments, lateral view; d, anterior gonopods, anterior view.

First segment with the dorsum two-thirds longer than the lateral
margin and longer than the next three segments together; anterior
corners rounded and somewhat produced forward; lateral margin
nearly horizontal, with a raised rim; hind angles squarely rounded,
scarcely curved under the sides of the body; posterior margin straight
its entire length; lateral surface with 5 to 10 striae directed forward
from the back margin just above the angle, the lower striae longest.
Anterior segments shown in lateral view in figure 21, c.

Segments 2, 3, and 4 strongly constricted, necklike; the back
margin of segment 4 only three-fourths as wide as the broadest part
of segment 1; segments 2 and 3 with the dorsum flat, without trans-
verse constrictions; segment 4 with the constriction evident, the
anterior subsegment exposed and the posterior subsegment much more
convex but lacking the swellings of the ensuing segments.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

From segment 5 to the caudal end of the body the channels at the
back of the anterior subsegments are large and conspicuous, about
twice as long as broad, and separated by distinctly beaded raised
lines; in front of the channels the surface is coarsely reticulated.
Posterior subsegments strongly convex, the caudal ones decreasingly
so, the penultimate segment nearly flat; surface of subsegments
slightly rough, with rather coarse reticulations; dorsum on each side
of the middle swollen, the two inconspicuous prominences separated
by a depression which is broader and deeper on the front of the sub-
seginent; high on each side, almost on the dorsum, is a slightly less
apparent swelling with the pore on its anterior slope; pores beginning
on segment 5, small, without a raised rim; lateral striations strong
and conspicuous, reaching nearly to the pores on segments 4 and 5
but still apparent low on the sides of the caudal segments.

Last segment slightly longer than the two preceding segments
together; the apex rather narrowly rounded and with eight setae
projecting from the margin; each side with an additional setae.

Anal valves rather strongly inflated and meeting in a broad, deep
groove. Preanal scale only a third as long as broad; front margin
rounded, the back margin straighter; processes at the lateral angles
small,

Gonopods as shown in figure 21, d.

First pair of male legs small and with well-developed claws; other
jegs without secondary sexual characters. Genital segments rather
prominent below; the pleurae of segment 6 somewhat raised over
the opening in segment 7 but not produced backward; opening in
segment 7 slightly biarcuate behind, its margin strongly raised.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1938 No. 3044

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA 2

By A. S. Pearse

Between June 1935 and May 1936, while I was investigating the
flatworms known to the oystermen of Florida as “leeches,” a number
of species of these polyclads were found along the shores of the Gulf
of Mexico. In attempting to identify these specimens, I examined
turbellarians in the United States National Museum, and the present
paper is the result. Twenty-seven species of the order Polycladida
are now known from the east coast of North America from Texas to
Baffin Bay. Eleven species and three genera are here described as
new.

Grateful acknowledgments are made to George W. Wharton, who
prepared serial sections and made valuable suggestions; to Miss Eliza
Taylor, for serial sections of Hustylochus; and to Prof. Horace W.
Stunkard, who read the manuscript of this paper critically and sug-
gested several improvements.

Order POLYCLADIDA

Suborder ACOTYLINA: Section CRASPEDOMMATA

Family DISCOCELIDAE
Genus DISCOCELIS Ehrenberg
DISCOCELIS GRISEA, new species
Figure 22

A dozen specimens were collected from the Gulf of Mexico on No-
vember 21, 1935, and one on February 10, 1936. When alive, an

1 Published with the permission of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries.
85371—38——-1 67

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

individual of this species looked somewhat like Stylochus inimicus
Palombi but was easily distinguished by the quicker movements and
the fact that when crawling the anterior end was wider than the pos-
terior, so that the shape of the body was oval. The largest individual
was 18 mm long and 5 mm wide when extended. The color of the

S
UV
O

1mm Sug

FicurRn 22.—Discocelis grisea, new species: Enteron at left, gonads at right. e¢, Eyes;
en, enteron; g, gonads; m, mouth; p, pharynx; pe, penis; sg, shell gland; sv, seminal
vesicle; u, uterus; ug, uterine glands; vd, vas deferens; o, male opening; 9, female
opening.

dorsum was gray, with faint radiating light streaks (nerves) and a
light median band (pharynx, etc.) through the middle half. The
ventrum was cream-color, with white genitalia showing through. At
times the worms swam about by waving the sides of the body. There
were no nuchal tentacles, but the tentacular eyes were in low tubercles.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST——PEARSE 69

Preserved, stained, and mounted, the type measures 11.6 mm long
and 5.8mm wide. The structures in the median line are the following
distances from the anterior end: Brain, 2.7 mm; pharynx, 3.5-8.2 mm;
mouth, 8.0 mm; male genital bursa, 8.2-8.8 mm; genital opening, 8.9
mm; shell gland, 9.4 mm; accessory uterine organs, 9.9 mm; posterior
loop of vasa deferentia, 10.2 mm. The cerebral and tentacular eyes
are arranged in two pairs of lateral groups, about 15 in each; about
350 marginal eyes extend along the sides from the anterior end about
halfway to the posterior end.

The pharynx is folded into about 10 lobes and is rather narrow;
1.0 by 5.1 mm. Ten pairs of branched, lobate caeca arise from the
median stem of the enteron dorsal to the pharynx and extend to the
margins of the body. The mouth is ventral, just anterior to the pos-
terior border of the pharynx.

Close behind the mouth the prostate gland and penis are enclosed
in a pyriform sheath with two to four lateral appendages. The coiled
vasa deferentia extend forward from the prostate gland close beside
the pharynx. At about the posterior third of the pharynx each gives
off a lateral branch, which coils posteriorly and fuses with the one
from the opposite side behind the accessory uterine organs. The va-
gina, behind the single genital pore, is surrounded by shell-gland fol-
licles. Two lateral, longitudinal uteri extend forward from the shell
gland along the sides of the pharynx. None of those available con-
tain eggs, and all taper gradually toward the anterior. Behind the
shell gland a slightly sinuous median duct connects with a pair of
transverse accessory uterine organs, which are usually curved ante-
riorly near their distal ends. Numerous ovaries and testes are dis-
tributed in a ring around the pharynx and genital ducts, leaving a
zone about 0.7 mm wide free about the margin.

T'ype.—U. 8. N. M. no. 20186, from Crooked Island Sound, Farm-
dale, Fla.; collected November 21, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks.—This species differs from Discocelis mutadilis Verrill,
1873, in having the cerebral and tentacular eyes arranged in two pairs
of groups and in being colored with radiating light streaks and a

lighter median band.
Family STYLOCHIDAE
Genus STYLOCHUS Ehrenberg
STYLOCHUS INIMICUS Palombi
FIGURE 23
Stylochus inimicus Patomnt, 1931, p. 219.

As Palombi has given a complete description of this species and
as I have published (1938) a paper on the general ecology of this

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

FicurB 23.—Stylochus inimicus Palombi. e, Eyes; en, enteron; m, mouth; nt, nuchal
tentacles; 0, ovary; p, pharynx; sg, shell gland; sv, seminal vesicle; t, testis; u, uterus;
vd, vas deferens; do, male opening; ?, female opening.

FicurB 24.—Stylochus floridanus, new species: Anterior end showing eyes (e) and
tentacles (nt).

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE TA

polyclad and its relations as an oyster pest, it is discussed here but
briefly. It is common on oyster beds, especially in summer and dur-
ing dry periods when estuarine salinities are high, from Apalachicola
Bay along the coast of Florida to Indian River. Palombi (1936)
has described S. tenaz from Apalachicola Bay. After examining
specimens from the same locality and comparing them with others
from the localities from which he describes S. énémicus, I am con-
vinced that all belong to one species. The characters that Palombi
cites as different are variable. Perhaps this may be explained by
the fact that he studied two lots of worms; one was preserved in
alcohol, the other in formol.

STYLOCHUS FLORIDANUS, new species
FIGURE 24

Body of largest specimen observed alive, expanded and actively
creeping; length, 53 mm; width, 27 mm. Five preserved specimens
measure: 31 by 24.5, 30 by 22, 29 by 21, 23 by 22, 20.5 by 13.5 mm.
The margins of the body are always more or less thrown into small
folds. The nuchal tentacles are 0.7 mm long when extended. They
average about a fifth of the length of the body from the anterior end.
They are conical, and each tapers to a rather sharp tip. The enteron
has a median stem and branching lateral caeca, which extend to near
the margins of the body; the mouth is on the median line about two-
fifths of the length of the body from the anterior end; the pharynx
is thrown into about 10 pairs of lateral folds. There are groups of
from 40-odd to more than 100 eyes in and about the base of each
nuchal tentacle. A more or less circular group of about 160 eyes
surrounds the brain and leaves a clear space in the middle. Periph-
eral to this group, eyes are scattered, and these decrease in number
centrifugally. Many marginal eyes extend completely around the
body. These are more numerous and somewhat larger toward the
anterior end and are least numerous at about the junction of the mid-
dle and posterior thirds.

The male genital opening is about 0.5 mm in front of the female
opening. Both are on the median line about one-seventh of the length
of the body from the posterior end. Anterior to the male opening
there is a short conical penis and a pyriform prostate gland. The
vasa deferentia coil along the lateral margins of the pharynx, unite
posterior to it, and enter the penis through a sinuous tube. The
gonads and uteri do not show well in any of the specimens available.
Behind the female opening there is a small globular vesicle.

The color of living specimens is pink. The dorsum is covered
with small pink spots, which measure 0.1 by 0.1 mm to 0.1 by 0.6 mm

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

and show a tendency to be more elongated toward the margins.
These are surrounded by a cream-colored background. The body
appears slightly darker over the pharynx and median portion of the
gut. There are no spots over the brain. The ventrum is creamy,
with a slightly reddish tint. The pharynx and vasa deferentia show
as whitish areas.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20187, from St. Vincent Bar, Apalachicola
Bay, Fla.; collected June 12, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks.—Seven specimens were collected on the oyster beds in
Apalachicola Bay, June 7 to July 25, 1935. Five of these are de-
posited in the United States National Museum. This species was
rather rare, for during the same period hundreds of specimens of
Stylochus inimicus Palombi were found. In color it is somewhat
like the species that Verrill (1873) described as “Stylochus” littoralis,
but its tentacles are farther anterior, the size is larger, and the distri-
bution of the eyes is different.

STYLOCHUS ZEBRA (Verrill)

Stylochopsis zebra VERRILL, 1882, p. 371.

Several specimens of this species were obtained from Woods Hole,
Mass., and are now deposited in the United States National Museum,

Genus EUSTYLOCHUS Verrill

As Bock (1925), Bresslau (1933), and Meixner (1907) have
pointed out, the Stylochidae consist of a heterogeneous collection of
Craspedommata, a fact that makes the separation of various species
into genera rather difficult. Notwithstanding the fact that these
writers do not recognize Verrill’s (1893) genus Hustylochus, it seems
to me proper to do so. The Stylochidae on the east coast of North
America appear to fall into two groups: (1) Those in the genus
Stylochus have two genital pores, which are clearly separate and lie
more than a seventh of the length of the body from the posterior end,
and have marginal eyes around the whole body, weak dermal mus-
culature, and ovaries ventral; (2) those in the genus Hustylochus
have genital pores very close together and less than a twentieth of
the length of the body from the posterior end, usually have marginal
eyes only around the anterior half, heavy dermal musculature, and
ovaries dorsal. George W. Wharton has bred out larvae from the
eges of Stylochus inimicus Palombi and Fustylochus meridianalis,
new species. He finds that at the time of hatching the former bears
no lobes and that the latter has lobes.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE 3

EUSTYLOCHUS ELLIPTICUS (Girard)

Planocera elliptica GrRaArRD, 1850, p. 251.

In the collection of the National Museum there are five specimens
of this species collected on Cape Cod, Mass., in 1879 at low tide mark;
and a specimen from Newport, R. I., August 20, 1880. Although
these are in poor condition, they were stained, mounted, and used for
comparison with specimens of the next two species.

EUSTYLOCHUS species ?

Two poorly preserved specimens in the National Museum collec-
tion, one (U.S.N.M. no. 15624) collected off Newport, R. I., Sep-
tember 2, 1880, the other (U.S.N.M. no. 14398) from Woods Hole,
Mass., September 19, 1882, both determined by A. E. Verrill as
Planocera nebulosus Girard, unquestionably belong to the genus
Eustylochus. They have anterior marginal eyes and contiguous
genital pores very close to the posterior end. These specimens prob-
ably should be identified with the preceding species, but until some-
one makes a careful study of the Eustylochi on the New England
coast, their status, because of their poor state of preservation, must
remain specifically uncertain. For that reason this questioned species
has not been included in the key on p. 94.

EUSTYLOCHUS MERIDIANALIS, new species
FIGURE 25

Body elongate-elliptical; very flat; length of a specimen measured
while crawling and extended on January 9, 1936, 24.0 mm; width,
11.00 mm; another slender individual measured 20 by 5 mm when
crawling; sizes of large preserved specimens are given in the table
below. Tentacles in living specimen, slender, conical; with eyes _
extending to distal sixth; 0.6 mm long; about a seventh of the length
of the body from the anterior end. Mouth, ventral and about in the
middle of the median line. Pharynx a little less than half as long
as the body; with anterior, posterior, and about six lateral lobes. The
enteron has a median stem and eight or more branched caeca on each
side. Brain largely or wholly posterior to the bases of the tentacles.
Eyes vary with age in number and arrangement. The marginal eyes
are seldom distributed posteriorly beyond the anterior fifth or sixth
of body, but in a few individuals they may be. One individual only
1.8 mm long, which perhaps belongs to this species, has eyes all
around its body Seven large individuals show the following ar-
rangement of eyes:

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Locality Body size, | Cerebral | Frontal |Tentacular| Marginal
yO eb) Fe on aE 13.5 by 11.0 6 22 44 700
19 |, ee ae ee ee 14.5 by 11.3 6 8 52 448
Heabrook, Vex 2.) on ena 11.0 by 11.0 54 30 150 820
Charlotte County, Fla....---.---------- 9.3 by 6.8 10 12 44 490
D0 ube elect ce bea dwaenct cots tose 9.3’by 7.2 50 44 44 860
Pamlico ‘Sond, IN. ©. -2..2222----552-5 10.0 by 5.8 6 12 60 500
MUAY De oI. £0 oe oS eee 4.7by 3.0 6 4 22 290

Ficurp 25.—E£ustylochus meridianalis, new species. b, Brain; e, eyes; ej, ejaculatory
duct; en, enteron; m, mouth; nt, nuchal tentacles; p, pharynx; pr, prostate gland;
u, uterus; vd, vas deferens; o, male opening; 9, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST——PEARSE T5

The genital pores are close together and near the posterior margin
of the body, less than one-thirtieth of the length of the body from the
posterior end. On each side of the body is a concentric area where
numerous small testes occur. The coiled vasa deferentia pass poste-
riorly on either side of the pharynx. They unite to form a large,
slightly coiled, pyriform seminal vesicle, which leads to the strong
conical penis, adjacent to the genital pore. The prostate gland lies
above the anterior half of the duct on the penis and opens independ-
ently. The uteri when empty lie lateral to the vasa deferentia but
when distended overlap them. They open into a globular vesicle,
which is posterior to the genital pore. Into it open the shell glands.
The ovate lobules of the ovaries lie in two crescentic areas lateral to
the pharynx, about 170 on each side.

Color reddish brown or, less often, gray; the dorsum finely macu-
late. A light band, about 0.8 mm wide in a worm 22 mm long, ex-
tends down the median line from the anterior tenth to the posterior
fifth of the body. This is bordered for about 1.0 mm by a darker
region where pigment flecks are thicker. The ventrum is brownish
white, somewhat darker toward the margins; the pharynx and parts
of the genitalia show as white bodies.

Type—U.S.N.M. no. 20188, from St. Vincent Bar, Apalachicola
Bay, Fla.; collected December 27, 1935, by George W. Wharton.

Remarks.—Specimens of this species have been taken from living
oysters by Dr. H. F. Prytherch at Shell Point, Swanquarter, Pamlico
Sound, N. C.; J. F. Bass, Bulls Bay, Charlotte County, Fla.; Albert
Collier, Seabrook, Tex.; Prof. Clyde T. Reed, Matagorda Bay, Tex.;
and by A. S. Pearse in Apalachicola Bay and in the region of Crooked
Island Sound, St. Joe Bay, Tampa, Eau Gallie, Englewood, and Crys-
tal River, Fla. In the National Museum collection are specimens
from Plumpoint and Island Creek, Talbot County, Md.

This species is readily distinguished from Eustylochus ellipticus
(Girard) by the position of the brain and the cerebral eyes behind or
between the tentacles and by the absence of a reticulate color pattern.

Section SCHEMATOMMATA
Family LEPTOPLANIDAE
Genus NOTOPLANA Laidlaw
NOTOPLANA ATOMATA (0. F. Miiller)
Polyscelis variabilis Grrarp, 1850, p. 251.

This species has been reported from Maine by Miss Hyman (1938)
and was collected by the writer on the coast of Newfoundland dur-
ing the summer of 1938.

85371—38——2

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
Genus LEPTOPLANA Ehrenberg
LEPTOPLANA ANGUSTA Verrill

Leptoplana angusta Verrill, 1893, p. 105.

An excellent specimen of this species is in the collection of the
United States National Museum (no. 134562). Preserved and mount-

Ficurn 26.—Leptoplana angusta Verrill. ab, Accessory bladder; b, brain; e, eyes;
en, enteron; m, mouth; 0, ovary; p, pharynx; pe, penis; sv, seminal vesicle; u, uterus;
v, vagina; do, male opening; ?, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE tet

ed, it measured 22.5 by 12.7 mm. It was collected near Cobourg Is-
land, Baffin Bay, August 13, 1935, by Capt. Robert A. Bartlett. A
specimen found among ascidians on piles in St. Joe Bay, Fla., on
March 28, 1936, measured 26 by 6 mm when alive and crawling; pre-
served and mounted, it measures 13.8 by 5.83 mm. Four other speci-
mens were taken in this locality. I collected one specimen at Beau-
fort, N. C., during the summer of 1938.

Genus STYLOCHOPLANA Stimpson
STYLOCHOPLANA FLORIDANA, new species

FIGURE 27

Many specimens of this polyclad were collected; two on November
21, 1935, and others in February and March 1936 in old shells from
Crooked Island Sound and St. Joe Bay, Fla. When alive these were
active and moved about, often making quick jerks of their margins.
When disturbed on the surface film they quickly darted to the bottom
of the dish, like a wriggling fish. They had a delicate greenish tint.
Many individuals appeared to be immature, as there were no eggs in
the uteri, but in March some individuals laid eggs in the laboratory,
and some of this group measured 8 by 3 mm when crawling and ex-
tended. Preserved, stained, and mounted the largest individual meas-
ures 6.4 mm long and 2.6 mm wide. The blunt, rounded anterior end
in front of the brain is the widest part of the body; the posterior end
tapers to a point. Various organs are the following distances from
the anterior end: Brain, 1.3-1.6 mm; tentacles, 1.4-1.6 mm; pharynx,
2.0-3.5 mm; mouth, 3.1 mm; seminal vesicle, 3.6 mm; genital opening,
4.2 mm; accessory bladder at posterior end of vagina, 4.3 mm. The
pharynx is narrow (0.6 mm) and arranged in about 10 folds on each
side. The lateral enteric caeca do not appear to anastomose. There
are five or six pairs, and a median anterior caecum. The gut of one
of the specimens collected contains a small polychaete worm, and an-
other had eaten the posterior portion of a copepod. An individual
examined alive on February 10, 1936, spit out some encysted proto-
zoans, which contained red pigment spots and looked like euglenoids.
The tentacles are about 0.1 mm long and bear five or six eyes. Six
eyes lie on each side anterior and lateral to the brain and five on each
side between and posterior to the bases of the tenacles.

The globular seminal vesicle lies close to the posterior border of
the pharynx. It connects with a long (0.3 mm) tube that bears pros-
tate glands and leads to the penis, just anterior to the genital opening.
The vasa deferentia are to be seen coiled on each side at the posterior
end of the pharynx for a longitudinal distance of about 1.5 mm.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

The vagina opens into a short shell gland and is connected by a
sinuous course with a small, globular accessory vesicle. The uteri
curve around the pharynx on each side from the vagina and unite in
front of the pharynx.

Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 20190; from Crooked Island Sound, Farm-
dale, Fla.; collected November 21, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

FIGuRH 27.—Stylochoplana floridana, new species. ab, Accessory bladder; b, brain; ¢,
eyes; ej, ejaculatory duct; en, enteron; g, gonads; m, mouth; nt, nuchal tentacles;
p, pharynx ; pr, prostate gland; sv, seminal vesicle; u, uterus; vd, vas deferens; co’, male
opening; 9, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE 79

Genus HOPLOPLANA Laidlaw

HOPLOPLANA INQUILINA (Wheeler)

Planocera inquilina WHEELER, 1894, p. 196.

Several specimens were obtained from Woods Hole, Mass., and
have been added to the National Museum collections. This polyclad
lives in the shells of the large snail Busycon.

0/4

-rr_7#r—

Ficurs 28.—Hoploplana thaisana, new species. 6b, Brain; e, eyes; en, enteron; g, gonads;
m, mouth; nt, nuchal tubercles; p, pharynx; u, uterus; vd, vas deferens; go’, male
opening; ?, female opening.

HOPLOPLANA THAISANA, new species
FIGURE 28

Body flat and short; in preserved specimens about two-thirds as
wide as long (3.0 by 2.1; 2.4 by 1.5; 2.2 by 1.3, type; 1.6 by 1.3;
1.4 by 0.9; 1.0 by 0.7 mm). Tentacular eyes are almost one-third of
length of body from anterior end. The number in six specimens (3.0—
1.0 mm) was 36, 52, 26, 28, 40, 20. The number of cerebral eyes in
the same animals was 22, 12, 10, 10,6,4. The tentacular eyes are usually

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

arranged more or less in a circle, or in an irregular circular group;
not in horseshoe form with the opening directed posteriorly, as is
usually the case in H. inquilina (Wheeler). The cerebral lobes are
at the posterior end of the first quarter of the body.

The enteron has about 12 lateral branches on each side. These are
subdivided and extend nearly to the margin of the body of all sides.
The mouth is slightly anterior to the center of the body. The
pharynx has about six irregular lobes on each side, and the basal
trunks of these are comparatively smooth. The genital openings
are in the median line about one-fifth of the length of the body from
the posterior end. The one for the female system is about 0.1 mm
behind that of the male. A pyriform seminal vesicle is present but
no separate prostate gland. The penis is armed with a stylet.

Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 20189, from Zhais floridana Conrad; col-
lected at St. Vincent Bar, Apalachicola Bay, Fla., October 14, 1935,
by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks.—This polyclad was usually found on the sides of dishes
in which crushed Zhais floridana floridana Conrad were allowed to
stand, but it was once taken from the sides of pails in which oyster
shells were standing and once from a dish of barnacles. All speci-
mens examined came from Apalachicola Bay, Fla. These have been
compared with specimens of Hoploplana inguilina (Wheeler) that
came from the shells of Busycon canaliculatum Linnaeus at Woods
Hole, Mass. The present species differs from the specimens of that
in Massachusetts in its smaller size, in the arrangement and number
of the eyes, and in the character of the lateral pharyngeal lobes,

Family PLANOCERIDAE
Genus PLANOCERA Blainville

PLANOCERA NEBULOSA Girard

Planocera nebulosa Grrarp, 1854, p. 367.

The only specimens in the collection of the National Museum
carrying this species designation are two determined by the late
A. E. Verrill. These specimens properly belong to the genus
Eustylochus, where I have also referred to them (p. 73). As a mat-
ter of record and for convenience, I have included Girard’s species
in the key to the polyclads of our eastern seaboard, p. 96.

Family STYLOCHOCESTIDAE
CONJUGUTERUS, new genus

Body elongated; at least six times as long as wide when extended;
without marginal eyes, tentacles, or tentacular eye groups; pharynx

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE 81

slightly frilled, in anterior half of body; enteron anastomosed in
posterior half; uteri united posteriorly; male and female genital
apertures separate, at about the posterior end of the middle body
fifth.

Type.—Conjuguterus parvus, new species.

CONJUGUTERUS PARVUS, new species
Ficure 29

Body at least six times as long as wide. The type, examined alive
on March 11, 1935, was 5.2 mm long and 0.8 mm wide when extended
and crawling; preserved, it measures 1.93 by 0.94 mm; two other
preserved specimens measure 2.9 by 1.0 mm and 3.3 by 1.1mm. A
specimen that laid 150 eggs in a dish in the laboratory on January
30, 1936, measures 1.5 by 0.6 mm preserved. A large specimen col-
lected on March 24, 1936, measured 10.3 by 1.9 mm when alive and
extended. In the preserved type, structures along the median line
measure the following distances from the anterior end: Eyes 0.24-0.38
mm; brain, 0.27-0.88 mm; pharynx, 0.39-0.82 mm; mouth, 0.58 mm;
uteri, 0.55-1.23 mm; vasa deferentia, 0.54-1.06 mm; male genital
aperture, 1.1 mm; female genital aperture, 13 mm. The eyes are
arranged in four pairs of groups lateral to the brain, which consists
of two elliptical lobes. The mouth, one-third of the body length
from the anterior end, is about in the center of the pharynx. There
are about 12 pairs of bifid enteric caeca lateral to the pharynx and
nteri; behind the transverse connecting loop of the uterus there are
about 12 more pairs; about five caeca extend forward dorsal to the
eyes and brain. Behind the uterus the enteron consists, besides the
marginal caeca, of a median and two lateral trunks, which are con-
nected by about six transverse canals.

The male genital system is directed backward. The small penis
is armed with a curved stylet. A pyriform seminal vesicle connects
with it as its base and also with a slightly smaller pyriform prostate
gland. The vasa deferentia unite anterior to the seminal vesicle;
they extend forward on either side of the pharynx to forma V. The
pyriform vagina is surrounded by the follicles of shell gland. The
uteri lie lateral and dorsal to the vasa deferentia. They are swollen
and somewhat twisted in gravid individuals; a transverse loop con-
nects them posterior to the vagina; they taper anteriorly and may be
traced forward to about the middle of the pharynx. The body is un-
pigmented on the ventral side but the dorsum has small gray-brown
specks; the enteron and other organs are visible through the integu-
ment; hence most specimens appear to be a delicate light brown.

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Type—U.S.N.M. no. 20197, from St. Joe Bay, Fla.; collected
March 11, 1936, by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks.—Other specimens were collected in Florida from Apa-
lachicola Bay, March 16, 1986; Crystal River, October 3, 1935; Eau
Gallie, January 16, 1936; St. Joe Bay, March 24, 1936. The worms
were always found among old shells. During the summer of 1938,
one specimen was taken at Beaufort, N. C.; and several were collected
at Ellerslie, Prince Edward Island, Canada.

FIGURD 29.—Conjuguterus parvus, new genus and species. 6, Brain; e, eyes; en, enteron;
m, mouth; p, pharynx; u, uterus; vd, vas deferens; ¢’, male opening; 9, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST——PEARSE 83

Section EMPROSTHOMMATA
Family CESTOPLANIDAE
OCULOPLANA, new genus

Similar to Cestoplana, but with marginal eyes completely around
the body. The brain is far back, at least a fifth of the length of the
body from the anterior end. A branch of the gut extends forward
in the median line dorsal to and between the lateral lobes of the brain
to the anterior margin of the body.

OCULOPLANA WHARTONI, new species
Fiaure 30

Body long and slender; in living specimens at least eight times as
long as wide when crawling (8 by 1 mm), often longer when ex-
tended. In three well-preserved specimens the body is five times as
long as wide (11 by 2.1; 8.9 by 1.7; 8.3 by 2 mm, type). The body is
blunt and rounded at both ends; the sides are parallel, and the mar-
gins are so thin and mobile that they curl readily. At the posterior
end there is a weak, poorly defined adhesive organ.

The enteron extends throughout the body. From the median stem
about 95 branched lateral twigs and a dozen short blind pouches ex-
tend on each side. The median stem extends forward and branches
along the anterior margin. The mouth is situated at the anterior
end of the posterior fifth of the body. The pharynx at rest is about
0.75 mm long and 0.85 mm wide; two-thirds of it lies behind the
mouth.

Tie brain is in the anterior end of the second fifth of the body. Its
totai width is about 0.35 mm; the two lateral lobes are 0.1 mm apart.
The single female genital aperture is about one-ninth of the length of
the body from the posterior end, and the male aperture is about 0.1
mm anterior to it and close to the pharynx. The vasa deferentia and
the uteri are to be seen extending forward through a third of the
length of the body. Both lie nearly parallel to the median line; the
former lie lateral to the latter and are more or less twisted. The
penis is unarmed. A pyriform prostate gland is distinct from the
siminal vesicle. About 50 small testes lie on either side of the body
through about the middle fifth.

Living animals are pale yellowish white, without pigment; the yel-
lowish enteron shows clearly through the integument; some individ-
uals have a delicate pinkish tint.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20195, from St. Vincent Bar, Apalachicola
Bay, Fla.; collected August 16, 1935, by George W. Wharton.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Ficurn 30.—Oculoplana whartoni, new genus and species. 0b, Brain; e, eyes; en, enteron;
m, mouth; p, pharynx; u, uterus; vd, vas deferens; oc’, male opening; 9, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE 85

Remarks.—Specimens have been collected in Apalachicola Bay and
near Crystal River, Florida, on shells from oyster bars; June 15 to
October 15, 1935. During the summer of 1938 several specimens were
taken at Beaufort, N. C.

Suborder COTYLEA
Family PSEUDOCERIDAE

Genus THYSANOZOON Grube
THYSANOZOON BROCCHI (Risso)

Tergipes brochi Risso, 1818, p. 373.
Thysanozoon brocchi GRuBE, 1840, p. 55.

Four specimens of this papillate polyclad were found among
eelgrass at Crooked Island Sound west of Farmdale, Fla., No-
vember 21, 1935. When alive and extended they measured 33 by
10, 31 by 10.5, 28 by 12, and 28 by 8 mm. They swam about
actively by waving the sides of their bodies. The colors of the
four individuals varied somewhat. In one the dorsal papillae were
light brown; between them the body was cream color, with a
light yellow reticulum, and minute flecks of black pigment grouped
so as to form spots; a dark median streak had a light irregular stripe
running through it; the region over the brain was unpigmented, but
an area about it and extending up onto the marginal tentacles was
nearly black. The ventrum was buff, with a median light streak.
Two specimens had purplish-brown papillae near the median line,
and the color became light brown toward the sides; some of the
papillae had white spots and dark tips; there was a white T-shaped
area between the purplish marginal tentacles; along the margin there
was a brown and purple reticulum, with a tendency to the formation
of radial bands. The ventrum was cream color and darker toward
the sides. The fourth specimen was intermediate in color between
the brown and purple individuals. On February 10, 1936, 11 more
specimens of this species were collected in Crooked Island Sound,
Fla. They were similar to those previously observed. On March 25
and 26, 1936, 14 specimens were collected in St. Joe Bay, Fla. Some
of these laid eggs in dishes in the laboratory.

Genus PSEUDOCEROS Lang
PSEUDOCEROS MACULOSUS, new species
Fiecure 31

The following description is of a single specimen that was first
examined alive and later preserved, stained, and mounted. In the

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

living animal the body was extremely flat; length, 17 mm; width,
7mm. Tentacles: Length, 1 mm; width, 0.7 mm. Color gray, with a
median light dorsal band and a dark border about this, about 1385
small dark spots scattered irregularly but evenly over the dorsal
surface; ventrum lighter than dorsum but similarly colored, im-
maculate. The dorsum was roughened by small, low, conical papillae,
which were more numerous toward the median line; still smaller
papillae occurred between these. The tentacles were folds in the
anterior margin and had rounded distal ends. The enteron was re-
ticulate and showed clearly. The animal swam abount by waving
its margins but was not so good a swimmer as 7'hysanozoon.

FicurRE 31.—Pseudoceros maculosus, new species: A, Ventral view of body; B, terminal
portions of male and female genitalia; C, marginal tentacles, lateral and dorsal views;
D, distribution of tentacular and cerebral eyes. e, Eyes; en, enteron; g, gonads; m,.
mouth; mt, marginal tentacles; p, pharynx; pe, penis; pr, prostate gland; sg, shelk
gland; su, sucker; sv, seminai vesicle; u, uterus; ug, uterine glands; vd, vas deferens ;
od, male opening; 9, female opening.

Preserved, the body is 13.1 mm long and 8 mm wide. The lobate
pharynx is 1.8 mm from the anterior end, 2.7 mm long, and 1.5 mm
wide; it has about seven folds on each side. The following figures |
indicate the distance of various median structures from the anterior
end: Mouth, 1.7 mm; male genital opening, 4.2 mm; female genital
opening, 4.8 mm; ventral sucker, 7.9 mm; end of median stem of |
enteron, 9.8 mm. There is a clear margin about 0.4 mm wide in
which the reproductive organs are absent, and the branches of the
enteron are therefore clearly visible all around the margin of the

body. The ventral sucker is 0.6 mm in diameter; the muscular >

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST——PEARSE 87

border around it is 0.15 mm wide, and the aperture is 0.8 mm wide;
the margin is wavy. The lateral canals of the enteron are reticulate,
and about 42 pairs of lateral branches enter the median stem poste-
rior to the pharynx. Small enteric twigs extend close to the margin
of the body everywhere, and some are distributed to the tentacles.

The tentacles are blunt and flat. When extended in a living ani-
mal they have vertical grooves on their anterior surfaces. The eyes
are arranged in two pairs of lateral groups. An elongated group of
about 60 are found within and at the base of each tentacle. The two
crescentic cerebral groups each contain 28 eyes. These lie anterior
to the pharynx.

The male genital opening is at the posterior border of the pharynx.
A conical penis, surrounded by a sheath, lies just inside it. This is
connected by ducts with a spherical prostate gland and a long, pyri-
form seminal vesicle, which extends posteriorly to the female genital
opening. The vasa deferentia enter the posterior end of the vesicle
from each side. ‘They have four branches on each side. These con-
nect with the numerous testes, which lie in the lateral areas and ex-
tend across the body posterior to the median enteric stem. The fe-
male genital opening leads into an antrum and a shell gland. Pos-
terior to this is a short slender duct that divides into two branches
on the left side and three on the right. The anterior branches on
each side lead to small uterine glands; the other branches extend
posteriorly on each side of the body. The numerous ovaries are
interspersed with the testes in the lateral and posterior areas.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20191, from Crooked Island Sound, Farm-
dale, Fla., collected November 21, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks.—This species is distinguished from others in the genus
Pseudoceros by its maculate, papillate dorsum and the arrangement
of the female genital ducts.

Family EURYLEPTIDAE
Genus EURYLEPTA Ehrenberg

EURYLEPTA MACULOSA Verrill

Hurylepta maculosa VERRILL, 1893, p. 495.

Verrill’s type and two cotypes are in the National Museum, but they
are poorly preserved and, even stained and mounted, show very little.

OLIGOCLADO, new genus

Like Oligocladus Lang, 1884, but the mouth is not in front of the
brain and the male genital aperture is near the posterior margin of
the pharynx. The body is flat and elliptical. There is a pair of

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

slender conical tentacles at the anterior end, with eyes between the
bases and in the basal halves of the tentacles. Two groups of cere-
bral eyes lie on each side and connect across the anterior margin of
the brain. The median stem of the enteron connects with three pairs
of lateral branches. At its posterior end there is an anus. The uteri
lie lateral to the median enteron, and outside (lateral to) them are
two slender ducts, which connect a glandular organ at the anterior
end of the uteri with the anus. Lateral to these ducts are the coiled
vasa deferentia, which fuse behind the anus and extend beyond as
a short loop.
Type.—Oligoclado floridanus, new species.

Ficurp 32.—Oligoclado floridanus, new genus and species: A, Ventral view, enteron on left,
gonads on right; B, anterior end showing eyes and tentacles. a, Anus; @, eyes; en,
enteron; g, gonads; m, mouth; mt, marginal tentacle; p, pharynx, pe, penis; su, sucker ;
sv, seminal vesicle; u, uterus; ug, uterine gland; vd, vas deferens; ¢, male opening;
©, female opening.

OLIGOCLADO FLORIDANUS, new species
FIGURE 32

A single specimen was collected. When alive and crawling and
extended it measured 18 mm long and 8 mm wide. The tentacles at
the anterior end were slender and acute and bore eyes in their proxi-
mal half. The color of the dorsum was brown, with a purplish me-

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST——PEARSE 89

dian band and a cream-colored margin. The brown color appeared
to be due largely to the enteron. The ventrum was light brown, with
a light band through the middle two-thirds of the body, probably due
to the genitalia.

The specimen preserved, stained, and mounted is 12.8 mm long and
8.0 mm wide. Organs in the median line are the following distances
from the anterior end: Brain, 1.5 mm; pharynx, 1.75-4.4 mm; mouth,
2.0 mm; male genital opening, 4.2 mm; female genital opening, 5.2
mm; ventral sucker, 6.7 mm; median enteric stem, 5.5-9.9 mm; anus,
9.8mm. The tentacles are 1.3 mm long, slender, and tapering. About
80 eyes are at and between their bases; about 50 eyes occupy the prox-
imal half of each tentacle; about 70 cerebral eyes are arranged in the
form of a horseshoe, with the opening posterior.

The tubular pharynx lies immediately behind the brain. From it
the median enteric stem extends to the anus. Three pairs of lateral,
branched caeca leave the stem in its anterior half and extend to all
margins of the body. On each side of the anus two tubes extend for-
ward to the anterior ends of the uteri and there connect with the
anterior ends of what appear to be two lateral glandular organs, which
measure about 1.3 by 0.4 mm.

The male genital system opens on the ventral side of the body at
the anterior margin of the posterior ninth of the pharynx. A coni-
cal antrum leads to a slender penis, which bears a spine and is en-
closed in a sheath. Connected with the penis are two organs: A small
spherical prostate gland and an elongated, pyriform seminal vesicle.
The vasa deferentia extend forward on either side of the pharynx for
a short distance and then coil backward and fuse behind the anus.
They extend posteriorly beyond their point of fusion to form a small
loop and a blind appendage. Numerous small testes are distributed
all round the body, except for a band (0.75 mm wide) about the mar-
gin and in the median space occupied by enteric and genital organs.
The slightly larger ovaries have about the same distribution. The
cylindrical uteri extend longitudinally on each side of the median
enteric stem; length, 3.7 mm; width, 0.8 mm. The ventral sucker is
between their middles. There appear to be three pairs of globular
uterine glands on their anterior halves. Two ducts lead from their
anterior ends to the shell gland and the ventral genital pore.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20192, from Crooked Island Sound, Farm-
dale, Fla.; collected November 21, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

During the summer of 1938 several specimens of this species were
found at Beaufort, N. C.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Genus ACEROTISA Strand
ACEROTISA PELLUCIDA, new species

FIGURE 33

Body flat, delicate and elliptical in outline; size of two preserved
specimens: 7.1 by 4.3; 5.7 by 3.8 mm. The median ventral sucker is
at the posterior end of the anterior third of the body; diameter, 0.2
mm. The cerebral eyes in the two specimens number 34 and 24, re-
spectively. They are arranged in two irregular, elongated groups
anterior and posterior to the brain lobes on each side. There are
about 12 small eyes along the anterior margin; two near the median
line; three lateral to these in a longitudinal series; and two farther
toward the sides. The brain les at the posterior end of the anterior
ninth of the body. A reticulate nervous system is easily seen all
around the margin and is especially clear at the anterior end. The
mouth is immediately behind the brain, about 1.0 mm from the ante-
rior end. The pharynx is tubular, 0.7 mm long and 0.5 mm wide,

Ficurp 33.—Acerotisa pellucida, new species: Dorsal view. b, Brain; e, eyes; en, enteron;
g, gonads; p, pharynx; su, sucker; u, uterus; vd, vas deferens; do, male opening;
2, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—-PEARSE 91

The median stem of the enteron is readily seen extending from the
pharynx to near the posterior end of the body, but the twigs of the
four pairs of lateral branches cannot be made out well in the preserved
specimens available.

The male genital aperture is close to the posterior margin of the
pharynx. The coiled vasa deferentia enter the male bursa near its
anterior end and may be seen to extend posteriorly about 0.8 mm on
either side. Oval testes about 0.05 mm long are scattered evenly
through the interior of the body from the pharynx posteriorly,
except in a zone about 0.5 mm wide about the margin. A prostate
gland is separate from the seminal vesicle. The female genital pore
is about 0.6 mm posterior to that of the male system. It is connected
with two uteri, which bend posteriorly and then anteriorly.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20193, from St. Vincent Bar, Apalachicola
Bay, Fla.; collected June 25, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks——Only two specimens of this species were collected.
These were pale, pellucid and had no pigment or distinctive color,
the body appearing whitish.

Family PROSTHIOSTOMIDAE
Genus PROSTHIOSTOMUM Quatrefages
PROSTHIOSTOMUM LOBATUM, new species
FIGURE 34

Body of living specimen slender; head rounded and wider than
body, which tapers toward the pointed posterior end; three specimens
studied alive on December 2, 1935, measured 17 by 2.7, 11 by 2.3, and
7 by 1mm. Three preserved specimens show the following distances
(in millimeters) from the anterior end to various organs and openings:

Male Female
Mouth opening opening

10.8 by 3.5 1.1 1.7 5.1
5.9 by 1.8 0.3 1.3 3.6
5.3 by 1.8 0.3 0.4 2.7

The last line shows that when the body is strongly contracted the
mouth may be brought in close proximity with the brain. The
sucker is often lobate in contracted specimens, as the figure shows.
This feature is used to give the specific name to the species.

The eyes number about 106 in adult worms, but younger speci-
mens have been examined with 4, 12, 20, 22, 28, 40, 58, and 70. In
three favorable large specimens the number of eyes is as follows:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

Size Cerebral Tapered: Marginal Total

10.8 by 3.5.-- 35 0 70 105
5.9 by 1.8__-. 34 2
5.3 by 1.8...

VoL, 86

FicuRP 34.—Prothiostomum lobatum, new species: A, Ventral view of body; B, ventral

view of middle of body.

ab, Accessory bladder; b, brain; c, eyes; en, enteron; Pp,

pharynx; pe, penis; su, sucker; sv, seminal vesicle; vd, vas deferens; ¢, male opening ;
@, female opening.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE 93

There are no marginal eyes at the anterior end for a space of about
‘0.15 mm wide; on each side of this a group of about 35 eyes extends
along the margin, about two-thirds of the eyes being anterior to the
brain. The cerebral eyes are usually arranged in the form of a horse-
shoe or a V, with the opening directed posteriorly. They le dorsal
to the brain and extend in front of and behind it.

The enteron consists of a median stem and about 22 lateral branches
on each side. The twigs of these extend to near the margin through-
-out the body. The pharynx is often coiled within its sheath or may
even be thrown out of the body in preserved specimens, but in living
worms it rests longitudinally and in moving specimens is indicated
by a median ridge near the anterior end. In it longitudinal muscles
lie within the circular muscles.

About 300 small rounded testes may be seen interspersed among the
lateral twigs of the enteron. They extend forward on either side to
just posterior to the brain. The male genital pore lies immediately
behind the pharynx. Two vasa deferentia enter the genital bursa
near the posterior end from the sides and bend sharply to extend back-
ward at right angles along each side of the median stem of the ente-
ron. The female genital opening is close behind the male opening
about 0.2 to 0.8 mm distant. The uteri coil along the sides and ex-
tend almost to the posterior end of the body. The ovaries are diffuse
lobate structures on either side of the median enteric stem forward as
far as the anterior third of the pharynx. The genital organs do not
occur along the margins of the body; a zone about 0.3 mm wide is thus
left free.

Color, unpigmented except for the eyes. Living specimens are
cream color or dirty white, and darker yellowish-brown toward the
median line because the internal organs show through the integument.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20194; from St. Vincent Bar, Apalachicola
Bay, Fla.; collected August 16, 1935, by A. S. Pearse.

Remarks.—This species was not uncommon in Apalachicola Bay
during 1935-36. It was usually found at the surface of pails of shells
that had been brought in from the oyster bars and allowed to stand.
Several large specimens were collected in St. Joe Bay, Fla., March
24, 25, 1936. Some of them laid eggs in the laboratory. The two larg-
est measured 22 by 3 and 24 by 3.3 mm when extended and crawling
A young specimen was collected near Crystal River, Fla., on October 3,
1935. During the summer of 1938 specimens were collected at Beau-
fort, N.C. The species differs from Prosthiostomum gracile Girard,
1850, in its larger size and in the arrangement of the eyes.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

KEY TO POLYCLADS REPORTED FROM THE EASTERN COAST OF

1 (40).
2 (21).

3 (6).

4 (5).

5 (4).

8 (9).

9 (8).

10 (7).

M1 (22).

12 (11).

13 (14).

14 (13).

(3).
(10).

NORTH AMERICA

Without ventral sucker or marginal tentacles___ suborder Acotylea, 2
With marginal eyes; male genital organs directed pos-
teriorly, no cirrus; nuchal tentacles present or absent;
uteri never fuse anterior to pharynx___. section Craspedommata, 3
Nuchal tentacles absent (or rudimentary) ; pharynx long,
central, frilled; 1 or 2 genital openings close to pharynx,
and not near posterior end; large museular penis; no
wacina )bulbesa 2 viii: ality os riers family Discocelidae, 4
Color gray, with radiating light streaks and a lighter
median band; cerebral and tentacular eyes in 2 pairs
of groups; Florida, North Carolina____Discocelis grisea, new species
Color yellowish brown, with or without darker median
band; cerebral and tentacular eyes tend to form 3
pairs of groups; Connecticut, Massachusetts.
Discocelis mutabilis (Verrill, 1873)

Nuchal- tentacles anresents $< = 4 see ee 7
With 3 genital openings; penis unarmed and _ without
sheath; nervous system reddish in life___--- family Latocestidae, 8

Size large, 20-25 mm by 10-15 mm; color yellowish, pale
over pharynx; Rhode Island, Massachusetts.
Trigonoporus folium (Verrill, 1873)
Size small, 12-15 mm by 6-8 mm; color yellowish or pink-
ish; Cape Cod, 25 fathoms__ Trigonoporus dendriticus Verrill, 1893
With 2 genital openings; body broad or slender oval,
firm; eyes around all or part of margin; tentacular
and cerebral eye groups present but sometimes diffuse;
nuchal tentacles large, small (or absent in non-American
species) ; pharynx central and frilled; male genital
system directed posteriorly; prostate gland, separate;
ejaculatory duct opens into prostate duct or separ-
ately: 110° Vatind ulbOss. oe eee oe family Stylochidae
Female genital opening near posterior end and near that
of male; female system without Lang’s vesicle, genito-
intestinal vesicle, or vaginal duct; nuchal tentacles

renen hee = os Bode s a ee ee eee subfamily Stylochinae, 11
With 2 clearly separate genital openings at least a seventh
of body length from posterior end_____________ genus Stylochus, 13

With genital openings very close together and less than
a twentieth of body length from posterior end.
genus Eustylochus, 19
Body when extended 30-40 mm long and 10-12 mm wide,
rounded at ends; pharynx mostly anterior to middle,
mouth at end of anterior third; color yellowish brown,
with numerous transverse light stripes, sometimes with
a light median band; usually in Busycon shells; New
England, North Carolina___-__________ Stylochus zebra Verrill, 1882
Body when extended not more than three times as long as
wide; mouth and pharynx near middle; not trans-
WVEESOly: Stari pe sae a as Se ee Le re ees ee 15

(16)

(15).

(18).

(17).

(20).

(19).

(2).

(39).

(36).

(29).

(26).

(25).
(28).

(27).

(24).
(33).

(32).

(31)

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—-PEARSE 95

. Color yellowish gray, with brown spots at margin; tenta-
cles small obtuse; pharynx with 5 pairs of lateral
branches; Massachusetts, [? South Carolina].
Stylochus frontalis Verrill, 1893
Color pink or gray; tentacles acute; pharynx with more
Thants pairsot; laveral-urancnes: == Be toss 2 tbat Sees eee tO 17
Body large, 53 by 27 mm; color pink with small oval flecks
on a creamy background; Apalachicola Bay, Fla.
Stylochus floridanus, new species
Body usually of medium size, 48 by 28 mm; color gray;
east and west coasts of Florida__ Stylochus inimicus Palombi, 1931
Body slender, 20 by 6 mm; brain and cerebral eyes in
front of nuchal tentacles; color yellowish brown or
reddish, pattern reticulate; New England.
Eustylochus ellipticus (Girard, 1850)
Body little more than twice as long as wide when ex-
tended, 24 by 11 mm; brain and cerebral eyes behind
and between nuchal tentacles; color reddish or some-
times gray, pattern not reticulate; Maryland to Texas.
Eustylochus meridianalis, new species
Without marginal eyes, or with body ribbonlike and eyes
around whole margin; body more or less delicate________________ 22
No marginal eyes, and eyes that are present far from
front; male genitalia directed posteriorly; body not
ribbonilike sss —eD_ _bifisseis 5 bt section Schematommata, 23
Body somewhat elongated; without or with nuchal ten-
tacles; prostate gland separate when present; penis
with or without stylet; uteri united anterior to pharynz.
family Leptoplanidae, 26
No tentacles; body elongated, elliptical in outline; margin
more orless folded eerie st yiteiad eatin oo genus Leptoplana, 25
With about 12 pairs of lateral pharyngeal lobes; color
light brown with darker median streak; length 12-16
mm by +6 mm; Massachusetts, Baffin Bay, North Caro-
lina eWiorida ee hres ab tent es Leptoplana angusta Verrill, 1893
With 6 or fewer paired pharyngeal lobes__________________-______ 20
Mouth anterior to middle of pharynx; color pale brown,
with darker flecks; size 18 by 10 mm; Cape Cod, 13.5
to: 32 fathoms itt ellines pant Leptoplana virilis Verrill, 1893
Mouth about in middle of pharynx; color variable, yellow-
ish brown, salmon, greenish; Massachusetts, Maine,
Newfoundland; 0 to 42 fathoms.
genus Notoplana, N. atomata (O. F. Miiller, 1776)
Withinuchaittentaclesu= ssi iy + san kite yt ie ee 30
Body elliptical with rather pointed ends; in gastropods.
genus Hoploplana, 81
Lateral pouches of pharynx with smooth basal trunks;
cerebral eyes usually arranged in an irregular circle;
size 3.0 by 2.1 mm; in Thais; Florida.
Hoploplana thaisana, new species
. Lateral pouches of pharynx saccate to base; cerebral eyes
usually arranged in shape of a horseshoe with a pos-
terolateral opening ; size 6 by 4 mm; in Busycon ; Massa-
chusetts===-22) 2 Hoploplana inquilina (Wheeler, 1894)

36
37

45
46

47
48

(30).

(36).

(35).

(23).
(38).

(37).

(22)

(1).

(44).

(43).
(42).
(41).

(50).
(47).

(46).
(49).

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86-

Anterior end of body wide, tapering to a point poster-
iorly ; very active, often swimming__----__ genus Stylochoplana, 34-
Color bright red, with light margins on which are pale
yellow spots; size, 38 by 6 mm; Massachusetts.
Stylochoplana oculifera (Girard, 1854)
Unpigmented with a delicate greenish tint; size 8 by 3
mm; Florida, North Carolina.
Stylochoplana floridana, new species
Uterimmotcnnitedianterior to) pharynx-s-—2 25> s Se ee 3
Body when extended six times as long as wide; mouth
and pharynx in anterior half of body; Florida, North
Carolina, Prince Edward Island.
family Stylochocestidae, Conjuguterus parvus, new genus and species.
Body round-oval; with prostate gland separate from vesic-
ular duct; genital pores not close to posterior end;
mouthiand pharynx central2-2-2-=-="+_=-—= family Planoceridae
Body 29 by 10 mm; color olive-green, with median dorsal
stripes; South Carolina to Massachusetts.
Planocera nebulosa Girard, 1854
With or without marginal eyes’; body ribbonlike, delicate ;
pharynx and male genitalia near posterior end and
the latter directed forward_-_------_--- section Emprosthommata
No nuchal tentacles; eyes in genus Cestoplana do not
occur on margin, but in the present new genus Oculo-
plana they completely surround the body; Florida,
North Carolina.
family Cestoplanidae, Oculoplana whartoni, new genus and species
With a sucker behind the genital pores; often with mar-
ginal tentacles; pharynx frilled, folded, or tubular.
suborder Cotylea, 41
Usually large, often brightly colored, oval, rough or
smooth; with foldlike marginal tentacles; mouth in
middle of front half of body; pharynx folded; enteron
reticulate; sucker in middle of body; vasa deferentia
and uteri branched; eyes in double cerebral groups and
anterior and posterior to tentacles_______ family Pseudoceridae, 42
Dorsum covered with long fingerlike papillae; Florida.
Thysanozoon brocchi (Risso, 1818)
Dorsum not covered with long papillae; Florida.
Pseudoceros maculosus, new species

Marginal tentacles if present not foldlike, but slender
and conical or absent; pharynx) tubulars == ee 45
Body oval or elliptical in shape_____________ family Euryleptidae, 46
Without anterior tentacles; enteric caeca few and little
branchedsalloridal -=545 fee Acerotisa pellucida, new species
With 2 slender anterior marginal tentacles_________-__.__-__.___.--~-. 48

Median stem of enteron with anus at posterior end; body
18 by 8 mm; brown, with median purplish band;
Florida, North Carolina.
Oligoclado floridanus, new genus and species

2 The presence of eyes around the entire body in the genus Oculoplana makes a revision
of Bresslau’s Emprosthommata necessary.

POLYCLADS OF THE EAST COAST—PEARSE O7

49 (48). Without anus; 15 by 10 mm; yellow, with brown spots;
News Hinglan dei ses sk ese Eurylepta maculosa Verrill, 1893.
50 (45). Body elongated, ribbonlike, and delicate; without tenta-
cles; eyes along anterior margin and over brain;
pharynx tubular; mouth behind brain_ family Prosthiostomidae, 51
51 (52). Body 4 by 1.25 mm; marginal eyes continuous across
front; tentacular, cerebral, and frontal eyes in 4 groups;
News linzland=]3232 ee Prosthiostomum gracile Girard, 1850
52 (51). Body 17 by 2.7 mm; eyes in 2 lateral marginal groups;
with a space between them at anterior end, and an
irregular cerebral group; Florida.
Prosthiostomum lobatum, new species

LITERATURE CITED

Bock, SIxTEN.

1925. Planarians, pts. 1-5. Papers (nos. 25 and 27) from Dr. Th. Morten-
sen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. Vid. Medd. Dansk. Naturhist..
Foren. Kgbenhavn, vol. 79, pp. 1-84, 2 figs., 3 pls.; pp. 97-184, 31
figs., pls.

BrESSLAU, ERNST.

1928, 1933. Turbellaria. In Kitikenthal and Krumbach’s Handbuch der Zo-

ologie, vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 52-820, 288 figs.
GIRARD, CHARLES FREDERIC.

1850. Descriptions of several new species of marine Planariae from the
coast of Massachusetts. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, pp. 251—
256, 264-265.

1854. Descriptions of new nemerteans and planarians from the coast of the
Carolinas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 6 (1852-53),
pp. 365-868.

1893. Recherches sur les planariés et les némertiens de l’Amérique du Nord.
Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., ser. 7, vol. 15, pp. 145-810, 4 pls.

Grurr, ADOLPH EDUARD.

1840. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer des Adriatischen und Mittel-
meers nach eigenen Sammlungen beschreiben, 92 pp. 1 pil.
KO6nigsberg.

HYMAN, LispsBix HENRIETTA.
1938. Faunal notes. Bull. Mount Desert Island Biol. Lab., 1938, pp. 24-25.
LAIDLAW, FRANK FORTESCUE.

1903. Suggestions for a revision of the classification of the polyclad Turbel-
laria. Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc. vol. 48,
no. 4, 16 pp., 5 figs.

1904. Report of the polyclad Turbellaria collected by Professor Herdman,
at Ceylon, in 1902. Rep. Pearl Oyster Fisheries Gulf of Manaar,
pt. 2, pp. 127-186, 1 pl.

LANG, ARNOLD.

1884. Die Polycladen. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, monogr. 11,

688 pp., 54 figs., 39 pls.
MEIxnNer, ADOLF.

1907. Polycladen von der Somalikiiste, nebst einer Revision der Stylo-

chinen. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., vol. 88, pp. 385-498, 2 figs., 5 pls.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

PALOMBI, ARTURO.

1931. Stylochus inimicus sp. nov. Polyclade acotileo commensale di Ostrea
virginica Gmelin delle coste della Florida. Boll. Zool., vol. 2, pp.
219-226, 4 figs., 1 pl.

1936. Policladi liberi e commensali raccolti sulle coste del Sud Africa, della
Florida e del golfo di Napoli. Arch. Zool. Ital., vol. 23, pp. 1-45,
27 figs., 1 pl.

PEARSE, ARTHUR SPERRY, 2nd WHARTON, GEORGE WILLARD.

1938. The oyster “leech,” Stylochus inimicus Palombi, associated with
oysters on the coast of Florida. Ecol. Monogr., vol. 8, pp. 605-655,
37 figs.

Risso, ANTOINE.

1818. Mémoire sur quelques gastéropodes nouveaux, nudibranches et tecti-
branches, observés dans la mer de Nice. Journ. Phys., Chimie, Hist.
Nat., et Arts, vol. 87, pp. 368-877.

STUMMER-TRAUNFELS, RUDOLF, and MErxNER, JOSEF,

1930, 1933. Polycladida. Jn Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier-

Reichs, vol. 4, pp. 3371-3596, 1 pl. (col.).
VERRILL, ADDISON EMORY.

1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the
adjacent- waters, with an account of the physical characters of the
region. Rep. U. 8. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, 1871-72, pp. 295-778,
4 figs., 38 pls.

1882. Notice of the remarkable marine fauna occupying the outer banks off
the southern coast of New England, No. 7, and of some additions
to the fauna of Vineyard Sound. Amer, Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 24,
pp. 360-371.

1893. Marine planarians of New England. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts
and Sci., vol. 8, pp. 459-520, 2 figs., 5 pls.

WHEELER, WILLIAM Morton.

1894, Planocera inquilina, a polyclad inhabiting the branchial chamber of
Sycotopus canaliculatus, Gill, Journ. Morph., vol. 9, pp. 195-201, 2
figs.

YeRI, MEGUMI, and KABURAKI, TOKIO

1918. Bestimmungsschliissel fiir die japanischen Polycladen. Annot. Zool.

Japon., vol. 9, pt. 4, pp. 431-442.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1938 No. 3045

HOPEWELLIAN REMAINS NEAR KANSAS CITY,
MISSOURI

By Watpo R. WepEL

Earry in February 1937, the Bureau of American Ethnology was
notified of an Indian village site in Platte County, Mo., about 5
miles northwest of Kansas City. The information was _ shortly
communicated to me, since at the time I was formulating plans for
field work in nearby northeastern Kansas as the initial step in a
projected State-wide archeological survey. According to the cor-
respondent, J. M. Shippee, of North Kansas City, the site was lo-
cated on Line Creek, a small formerly perennial stream falling into
the Missouri from the north about midway between Kansas City
and Parkville. Though long known to local collectors of surface
relics, its possibilities were not realized until recent pipe-line and
highway construction had revealed cultural material to a depth of
2 feet or more. Aside from the fact that no village sites in this
locality had ever been systematically excavated and described, it
was also noted that’on the wooded bluffs just east of the village
were located the Brenner, Klamm, and Keller mound groups. Ex-
cavated many years ago and described by Fowke and others,' some
of these mounds have been found to contain stone-walled burial
chambers, but their cultural identity has never been established.
Upon request, sketches and descriptions of the pottery fragments
and other remains on the nearby village site were furnished us, and
it was at once suspected that the complex represented therein was

1FPowke, Gerard, Antiquities of central] and southeastern Missouri. Bur. Amer. Ethnol.
Bull. 37, pp. 65-73 and references, 1910.

87104—38 99

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

very unlike any heretofore described from the Plains or the Mis-
souri Valley.

This suspicion was confirmed in May 1937, when I proceeded to
Kansas City and made a personal examination of the remains in
company with Mr. Shippee. It was found that the most promising
undestroyed portions of the site were occupied by the owner’s resi-
dence, garage, poultry yard, and garden. Permission to excavate
was nevertheless unhesitatingly granted by the owners, Mr. and
Mrs. Leslie Renner, who had previously and have since protected
the site against vandalism, besides extending to us at all times the
utmost courtesy and cooperation despite the inconvenience to which
they were put. Investigations, in which I was assisted by four
students, subsequently covered the entire month of June. Through
the good services of Ralph Henneman, another interested collector,
and the kindness of Transcontinental Western Air and United States
Bureau of Air Commerce officials, we were enabled to supplement
our records with an aerial reconnaissance of the site and its sur-
roundings.

The Renner site, so named after the owners, is situated on a
small terrace on the right bank of Line Creek about a mile north
of the Missouri River. It covers an area of about 5 acres, imme-
diately below the junction of Juntin Branch and Line Creek, just
before the latter emerges from the bluffs zone to cross the alluvial
river bottoms. Riverside Racetrack is nearby to the south. The
bluffs east and west of the site rise to heights of 150 feet or more
and are still partially covered with oak, ash, elm, walnut, hickory,
and other hardwood species. To the north is the attractive and
fertile Line Creek Valley, in which are other old villages as yet
unexplored.

The new road, on U. S. Highway 169 between U. S. 71 and Missouri
State Highway 45, cut a strip nearly 100 feet wide across the cen-
ter of the site. In the roadside cross sections there had been re-
vealed a dark soil zone extending from the ground surface to a
depth varying from 13 to 30 inches. Below and usually sharply
separated from this dark stratum was bright yellow clay subsoil.
Numerous potsherds, burnt limestone boulders, animal bones, and
flints occurred throughout the upper layer and appeared to be es-
pecially plentiful in and near pits that extended to depths as much
as 6 feet below the present ground surface. Unquestionably, great
quantities of cultural material were destroyed in building the high-
way, but through courtesy of the superintendent of construction,
H. M. Kleifeld, most of what had been rescued was presented to us
for the national collections,

HOPEWELLIAN REMAINS NEAR KANSAS CITY—WEDEL 101

Up to the present, no detailed studies of our findings have been
made. Since further investigations in the locality are now under
consideration, it is likely that the full report will be delayed for
some time. Meanwhile, a preliminary notice of the remains may be
of interest, especially to those concerned with determining the rela-
tionship between early Plains cultures and the archeological com-
plexes found in the Eastern United States. Such generalizations
as may be suggested here are subject to revision in the light of more
intensive analyses and further field investigations.

Our excavations were confined to the remaining part of the site
lying east of the new road, between it and the creek bottoms. Here
over an area of about 3,000 square feet the cultural layer was
stripped off by troweling until subsoil was reached, at which level
the pits showed as dark trash-filled circular spots. Thirty-six of
these were opened, averaging about 3 feet in diameter and 214 to
more than 5 feet in depth. Originally these were probably used for
storage of foodstuffs, but most of them yielded only refuse and a
few artifacts. Noteworthy among their contents, aside from artifact
materials, were charred maize, beans, pawpaw seeds, and several
species of nuts, as well as quantities of mammal, bird, and fish bones.
Bulk of the mammalian remains were apparently of the deer, but
there is evidence also of the bison. No postholes, firepits, or other
traces of houses were noted, although there were numerous large
and small chunks of baked brick-red clay of unknown purpose. It
is inferred that the habitations must have been entirely of perish-
able materials rather than of the substantial earthlodge type used
by many tribes and peoples of the Missouri Valley. There is
some slight evidence for the former existence of refuse mounds, but
mostly the detritus now occurs either in the pits or as admixture in
the old living surface of the village.

Potsherds were found in great abundance everywhere on the site.
It was at first thought that these represented two distinct types, but
more careful scrutiny suggests the presence of intergrading speci-
mens. At one extreme are coarse, thick, gravel-tempered sherds with
cord-roughened exteriors. These apparently are from large pointed-
base jars, none of which have yet been actually reconstructed. Be-
low the squared lip is usually a row of embossed nodes, punched out-
ward from the interior, and above these may or may not be found
the vertical or diagonal imprints of a small cord-wrapped stick or
a dentate implement (pl. 3, @). Other large similarly shaped ves-
sels, also bearing the bosses but with plain neck and rocker-rough-
ened body decoration, are indicated (pl. 3, 7, H, 7). The heavy
gravel-tempered pointed-base jars, with cord-roughening and
punched bosses, are strikingly reminiscent of sherds found at sev-

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

eral deeply buried sites in eastern Nebraska, where they appar-
ently represent the earliest known ceramic horizon.

Greatly superior in quality and decorative technique are many
sherds of a type heretofore unrecorded this far west. Here gravel
or grit tempering is again universal, but it is more sparingly used
and of finer texture. Vessels were small to medium in size (up to
1 or possibly 2 gallons capacity), with thin walls and slightly con-
stricted necks. Rim profiles show a more or less pronounced chan-
nel or groove on the inside, an inward-beveled lip, with cross-hatched
(or rocker-marked) and punctate decoration on the outer surface
(pl. 8, A-D). This ornamentation also occurs on some fragments
of the larger, rougher jars of the preceding type, where the zones
of cross hatching and punctates are occasionally separated by a
row of embossed nodes. From the restorable vessels and larger
sherds it is evident that the neck in this second type of ware was
usually a plain smoothed band, separated by a wide incised line or
groove from the ornamented body. Decoration on the body usually
consisted of rocker-roughening, sometimes with scroll or other cur-
vilinear designs worked out in alternate smooth and roughened
bands separated by narrow to wide shallow grooves (pl. 6, B).
One incomplete jar was evidently square with rounded corners, each
of the latter being rocker-roughened (pl. 5, 7). A few sherds sug-
gest use of a dentate tool such as the roulette (pl. 3, #), but the
majority were impressed with a smooth rocker. Many body sherds
bear no decoration whatever. In most respects this ware closely
approaches the so-called Hopewellian type, but the body ornamenta-
tion is somewhat less intricate and the roulette or dentate stamp
technique apparently less common than on pottery from the classic
sites farther east.?

It is possible that detailed counts of the several thousand potsherds
recovered will reveal some variation in the relative frequency of the
several sherd types at different depths. Such variation, if it exists,
is not now apparent, and it was definitely noted that the various
types occurred together in a number of the pits as well as side by
side throughout the culture stratum.

Of unusual interest is a portion of a smoothed bowl bearing
rocker-roughened designs suggestive of a conventionalized hand (pl.
6, A). Originally there were apparently four of these decorative
units encircling the vessel, each inclosed by a broad incised line.
Miniature pottery, including the bowl of q tiny ladle, a crude bird
effigy (pl. 4, 7), and a few pieces possibly representing human or
animal heads were found.

?Setzler, Frank M., Pottery of the Hopewell type from Louisiana. Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., vol. 82, art. 22, pp. 1-21 and references under footnote 1, 1933.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 3

RIM AND BODY SHERDS FROM THE RENNER VILLAGE SITE.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 4

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

SLIS YANNSAY

S3H1L WOMANS SLOVAILYYV AV ID INV

NYOH

INO

“ANOLS SNOANV TIS9DSIW

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 5

POTSHERDS FROM THE RENNER SITE.

PORTION OF SQUARE VESSEL WITH ROUNDED CORNERS FROM THE RENNER SITE.

(Scale: 5 inches.)

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 6

PORTION OF DECORATED BOWL FROM THE RENNER SITE

As F
Scale: 6 inches.)

RESTORED VESSEL FROM THE RENNER SITE.

(Height, 6% inches; diameter, 6% inches.)

————————— eee ee ee —————

Sade

rer attest

J. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 7

Pee 2
2 Sette 7

VESSEL FROM EARTH MOUND NEAR THE RENNER SITE.

(Height, 3% inches; diameter, 44 inches. Courtesy of J. M. Shippee.)

RESTORED VESSEL FROM STONE-VAULT BURIAL MOUND NEAR WALDRON, Mo.

(Height, 434 inches; diameter, 4% inches. Courtesy of A. H. Hansen.)

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 8

SQUARE VESSEL WITH ROUNDED CORNERS FROM STONE-VAULT MOUND
NEAR WALDRON, Mo.

(Height, 514 inches; maximum diameter, 5%g inches. Courtesy of A. H. Hansen.)

VERTICAL VIEW OF A.

HOPEWELLIAN REMAINS NEAR KANSAS CITY—WEDEL 103

The associated traits in stone, bone, horn, and other materials
represent a somewhat greater variety than occurs in most of the
known Plains archeological complexes. Work in chipped stone
includes numerous heavy stemmed and a few triangular projectile
points (pl. 4, V¥, O), medium to large end scrapers (pl. 4, P), a
variety of knives and side scrapers, drills of straight and expanded-
base types, stemmed “snub-nose” scrapers (pl. 4, A), and various
heavier agricultural, skinning, and other tools (pl. 4, Q). The
largest chipped specimen was a well-made brown chert or jasper
blade with rounded ends measuring 101% by 3 inches. Ground stone
objects included diorite and hematite celts (pl. 4, W/), large and
small three-quarter grooved axes (pl. 4, Z), quartzite balls and
mullers, and cone-shaped or mammiform objects whose use is un-
known (pl. 4,7). The unquestionably inclusive presence of grooved
axes, including one unfinished specimen, is of interest. Implements
of this type are not unknown in surface collections throughout the
Plains, but so far as I am aware, the archeological complex in which
they belong has never before been definitely established by excava-
tion. Several lumps of pumice were evidently used as abradants.
No pipes or pipe fragments were found.

Among the artifacts in bone are deer metapodial beamers of “draw-
shave” type (pl. 4, A), various forms of awls, needles, a dressed
deer-toe bone perforated lengthwise for cup and pin game, a long
thin mat-weaving needle, imitation perforated bear teeth (pl. 4, B),
a small carving of a bird head evidently broken from a larger
object, and several unidentified forms. Conspicuously absent from
the Renner site was the otherwise highly typical Plains digging tool
or hoe made from the scapula of the bison, though the type occurs
commonly in nearby sites of different cultural affinities and probably
of later date. Socketed conical projectile points with characteristic
single basal tangs (pl. 4, 2), curved “cylinders” or tapping tools
(pl. 4, 7), flakers (pl. 4, G), and strainers (?) (pl. 4, £') were made
of deer horn, while from various caches were taken several more or
less complete sets of antlers. Shell was scarce; the only worked
fragment found was small and nondescript, with a single perforation.

One small worked piece of probable native copper was recovered.
There was no metal, glass, or other material in any way suggesting
contact with Europeans.

No burials were found during the course of our excavations, but
some years ago an earth mound was partially dug over by Shippee
and Henneman on the bluffs overlooking the village site from the
west. Interments included four stone-covered bundle and two full-
length burials, as well as four unattached skulls. Scattered about
through the mound dirt were pieces of red and yellow ochre and

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

chipped fiints, the latter including a very fine 1014-inch white chert
blade. There were also a few grit-tempered sherds and one small
roulette decorated vase (pl. 7, A), but the latter was not directly
associated with any of the skeletal remains. An extended infant
burial yielded a few scraps of copper. The bluff north of this mound
is littered with worked and unworked stone, and a large polished
biperforate gorget of altered diorite is said to have been picked up
on the surface here.

More recently, since our work, I have been informed that another
burial mound was opened in a group on the bluffs some 12 miles
upriver from the Renner site, also on the left bank of the Missouri.*
Full details are lacking, but it appears that remains of a number of
skeletons were found here in an oval chamber of coursed stones with
a walled opening toward the south. There was no satisfactory evi-
dence of a specially prepared floor or burial surface. Two incom-
plete male skulls and two frontal bones, including that of one
infant, have been submitted to the National Museum for exami-
nation. The frontal bones in all cases are extremely narrow, and
three exhibit a slight flattening above the middle on each side of
the median line. Both of the crania show simple occipital de-
formity of moderate degree. One is evidently abnormal; the other
is of dolichocranic type. The latter, it may be noted here, strik-
ingly resembles one from the Brenner mound no. 2, described by
Hrdlitka and now in the national collections Marks of rodent
teeth occur on the bones, suggesting that they were originally
placed in an open vault. In support of this view Shippee re-
ports that “the mounds all appear to be flat topped over the vault
enclosure. I presume they once had a roof of logs and stones.”
Associated cultural remains included a small stone knife and two
Hopewellian vessels strongly reminiscent of certain pieces from the
Renner village site (pls. 7, B, and 8). This association, if correct,
is of great interest since it would indicate a direct connection between
at least one stone-vault mound and a village artifact complex similar
to that described in this paper. It would be tempting to go a step
further and view the Brenner, Klamm, and Keller mounds as burial
places for the dead of the nearby Renner site, but in the present
state of our information such a relationship can not be conclusively
demonstrated. With the single apparent exception just noted, it is
still impossible to identify with certainty the builders of this

8 Excavated by Albert Hansen, who kindly forwarded the pottery and part of the skeletal
material found to the U. 8S. National Museum for study. Information that follows was
furnished by Mr. Shippee (letters of Nov. 3 and 14, 1937), who visited the mound at my
request.

4Fowke, G., Op. cit., p. 109. There is no record of pottery or other artifacts associated
with this last find, made within 900 yards to the east of the Renner village site.

HOPEWELLIAN REMAINS NEAR KANSAS CITY—WEDEL 105

type of mound, which has so long puzzled students of prehistory in
the Kansas City region.

Viewed in the light of Plains archeology, the complex briefly in-
ventoried above presents a number of totally new features com-
bined with others that have been known to workers in that area for
some time.’ Widespread throughout Nebraska and apparently also
in Kansas are small often deeply buried sites distinguished by thick
coarsely tempered cord-roughened sherds, with or without the rim
bosses, which are much like the first type described above. These
have heretofore generally been classed as Woodland, and as already
stated stratigraphically they are believed to represent the earliest
known ceramic horizon in the region. Little is known of the asso-
ciated artifact types except that heavy stemmed projectile points
are usually present. On several occasions three-quarter grooved
axes have also been found on these camp sites. The relation between
these small widely distributed sites with their single distinctive
pottery type and such large and comparatively rich manifestations
as the Renner site is still obscure. Otherwise the sherds previously
described in this paper are of types not yet found in Nebraska, al-
though our work in the Kansas valley disclosed at least one camp
site with similar sherds near Manhattan, Kans., 120 miles west of
Kansas City. Metapodial beaming tools have been reported sporad-
ically from the Plains, but so far only in the precontact Upper Re-
publican or a related context. Antler projectile points are scarce
otherwise from the region save in the protohistoric Oneota and
Lower Loup (Pawnee) complexes. Besides the generally more
elaborate ceramic tradition, traits at the Renner site that are either
rare or unknown in other described Plains archeological complexes
include stemmed scrapers, an unusual variety of chipped stone
objects, cone-shaped stone and clay artifacts, imitation bear teeth,
and “strainers.” There is little resemblance to known protohistoric
and historic remains in this portion of the Missouri Valley, and in
fact the complexion of the material is generally non-Plains.

Despite the absence of a detailed tabular analysis by depths of the
Renner site materials, it seems evident that all these various artifact
types represent the remains of a single occupancy. Possibility of a
mechanical mixing of vestiges from distinct culture strata is ruled

®See: Wedel, W. R., Reports on fieldwork by the Archeological Survey of the Nebraska
State Historical Society, May 1—-July 23, 1934, Nebraska Hist. Mag., vol. 15, pp. 132-255,
1934.—Strong, W. D., An introduction to Nebraska archeology, Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,
vol. 93, no. 10, 1935.—Hill, A. T., and Wedel, W. R., Excavations at the Leary Indian
village and burial site, Richardson County, Nebraska, Nebraska Hist. Mag., vol. 17, pp.
3-73, 1936.—Wedel, W. R., An introduction to Pawnee archeology, Bur. Amer. Ethnol.
Bull. 112, 1936.—Bell, E. H., et al., Chapters in Nebraska archeology, vol. 1, University of
Nebraska, 1936.—Hill, A. T., and Cooper, Paul, papers in Nebraska Hist. Mag., vol. 17,
PP. 222-292, 1937.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

out by the fact that the great bulk of the material came from a rela-
tively homogeneous and unstratified deposit below plow sole and out
of the old trash pits. Furthermore, the Renner site is not unique
in the Kansas City area. Five or six miles to the west on a small
unnamed creek about a mile south of the Missouri, in Wyandotte
County, Kans., nearly identical remains have been unearthed by
H. M. Trowbridge, of Bethel. Practically every artifact and pottery
type enumerated above from the Renner site can be duplicated in
the Trowbridge collection. Surface finds have revealed good evi-
dence for recurrence of the complex at five or six other smaller sites
recorded in and below Kansas City, and it is quite likely that still
others will eventually be found both up and down the Missouri
River from this known area of occurrence.

A brief survey of the more recent literature on the archeology of
the upper Mississippi drainage suggests that the Renner site and
similar remains in the vicinity may prove to be rather closely related
to certain Hopewellian manifestations in parts of Illinois and Wis-
consin.® From the limited studies so far made, it is not yet clear
to which, if any, of the currently recognized aspects of the Hope-
wellian phase the newly identified Missouri Valley variant is
assignable. It apparently lacks among other things many of the prac-
tices connected with disposal of the dead farther east and south,
although the evidence hints at a basic similarity even here. Pos-
sibly further work will show that these remains comprise the Kansas
City focus of an as yet unnamed westerly aspect of the Hopewellian,
This point, as well as the exact position of the complex in Missouri
Valley archeology temporally and otherwise, must remain problemat-
ical until systematic investigations have been made in additional
related sites and in some of the fast-vanishing burial mounds of the >
Kansas City area.

®McKern, W. C., A Wisconsin variant of the Hopewell culture, Milwaukee Public Mus.
Bull., vol. 10, no. 2, 1931.—Cole, F. C., and Deuel, T., Rediscovering Illinois, Chicago, 1937.

U. $. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: (938)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1938 No. 3046

THE TYPES OF THE POLYCHAETE WORMS OF THE FAM-
ILIES POLYNOIDAE AND POLYODONTIDAE IN THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM AND THE DE-
SCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS

By Orea Hartman

A survey of the types of annelids of the families Polynoidae and
Polyodontidae in the United States National Museum indicates the
necessity of several nomenclatorial changes. The first part of this
paper is a discussion of some of these types and a revision of some of
the genera concerned. The second part lists all the types in the
Museum, with changes of names and new combinations indicated. For
convenience, type locality, place of publication, and museum catalog
number are given.

Family POLYNOIDAE

Genus IPHIONE Kinberg
IPHIONE FUSTIS Hoagland

FIGURE 35, @
Iphione fustis HoaGLanp, 1920, p. 605 (U.S.N.M. no. 18941; Philippine Islands).

The type may be an immature individual, as already stated by
Hoagland. The paired prostomial antennae have their cirrophores
and cirrostyles subequal. The place of articulation was not indicated
by the describer, but the total length is about as shown. Neuropodia
are considerably more oblique that Hoagland has shown, and the
neuropodial aciculum projects beyond the parapodial lobe; neurocirri
are long, digitiform (fig. 35, a).

87105—38——1 107

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOu. 86

Genus LEPIDONOTUS Leach

LEPIDONOTUS CAELORUS Moore
FIGuReE 35, b-d

Lepidonotus caelorus Moore, 1903, p. 412 (U.S.N.M. no. 15733; Japan).
Polynoé spicula TREADWELL, 1906, p. 1151 (U.S.N.M. no. 5203; Monterey Bay).
Lepidonotus minutus TREADWELL, 1936, p. 262 (U.S.N.M. no. 20112; China).

? Lepidonotus castriensis Sem ier, 1924, p. 41.

The type vial of Polynoé spicula contains three specimens. Each
has 12 pairs of elytrophores, inserted as typical of the genus Lepido-
notus. The prostomium has long anterior peaks and a stout median
ceratophore; lateral antennae are inserted terminally (fig. 35, ¢).
The scales are ornamented with spines and a marginal fringe (fig.
35, d@). Neuropodial setae are distally entire and have a stout tooth

Ficurp 35.—Species of IPHIONE and LEPIDONOTUS

a, Iphione fustis Hoagland: Fifteenth neuropodium in posterior view, x 45.
b-—d, Lepidonotus caelorus Moore (figures based on type of Polynoé spicula Treadwell) :
b, Twelfth foot in anterior view, xX 45; c, prostomial outline, x 45; d, an elytron
from posterior third of body, X 28.

at the distal end of the toothed region. Parapodia are blunt, trun-
cate (fig. 35,5). In both the types of Z. caelorus and P. spicula the
posteriormost scales have the most conspicuous spines. Numerous
collections show variation, however, in relative sizes of spines.

The type of Lepidonotus minutus Treadwell is a small representa-
tive of this common north Pacific species. The prostomium is
strongly retracted into the peristomial ring, and the posterior margin
is thus made out with difficulty. It may be for this reason that the
illustration of Z. minutus shows the prostomium more produced at its
posterior margin than is actually the case. The elytra of the type
are strongly mottled with dark gray. There is great variation in
pigmentation of this species (see also Moore, 1905, p. 546). The
lengths of lateral and median antennae in the original descriptions of

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 109

L. caelorus and L. minutus are seemingly reversed, but the degree of
variation in this respect has already been commented upon (Moore,
1908, p. 331) and is observable in numerous collections examined.

Lepidonotus castriensis Seidler, from northeastern Asia, is close
to, if not identical with, Z. caelorus Moore. The descriptions agree
reasonably well. Seidler describes the elytra as beset with large
“Schuppen .. . die jede in der Mitte einen Hocker zeigt.” The so-
called “Hocker” are presumably the spines, shown by Moore (1905,
fig. 36, a-c). Seidler has not described or illustrated the shape of a
typical parapodium, but the setal structures, prostomial proportions,
and elytra are similar.

LEPIDONOTUS HELOTYPUS (Grube)

Polynoé (Lepidonotus) helotypus GRUBE, 1877, p. 49 (China).
Lepidonotus robustus Moore, 1905, p. 544 (U.S.N.M. no. 5523; Alaska).
(See Seidler, 1924, p. 56, for more complete synonymy. )

Grube’s type from China measures 56 mm long; Moore’s type from
Shelikof Strait, Alaska, measures 45 mm. long. Seidler (1924, p. 56)
indicated the possible identity of Moore’s type with Z. helotypus but
gave no explanation. It seems that this synonymy may be verified
in view of the similarity of the type of LZ. robustus with the descrip-
tion of L. helotypus given by Seidler, who examined Grube’s type.

Genus HALOSYDNA Kinberg, char. emend.

Body moderately short, depressed; number of setigerous segments
about 36; number of eltytra 18 (rarely 19), distributed on segments
2,4, 5, 7,9... 27, 28, 30, 31, 33 (or rarely also on 34). Otherwise
as defined by Kinberg.

Type of genus: Halosydna patagonica Kinberg, from southern
Chile.

The genus Halosydna, as restricted above, includes the following
species which I believe to be valid:

brevisetosa Kinberg (California). parva Kinberg (Chile).

latior Chamberlin (California). patagonica Kinberg (Straits of Magel-
nebulosa Grube (China). lan).

pissisi (Quatrefages) (Brazil). leucohyba (Schmarda) (Jamaica).
fuscomarmorata (Grube) (Peru). virgini Kinberg (Hawaiian Islands).
elegans Kinberg (Galapagos Islands). | marginata (Grube) (Peru).

johnsoni (Darboux) (California). samoensis Grube (Samoa).

millert (Grube) (Chile). tuberculifer Chamberlin (California).

The following names, described in the genus Halosydna, all based
on specimens from California, seem to be synonyms or species in other
genera:

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Halosydna lagunae Hamilton (1915, p. 235) is a Lepidonotus.

Halosydna leioseta Chamberlin (1919b, p. 2) is Arctonoé pulchra (Johnson).
Halosydna macrocephala Essenberg (1917, p. 53) is H. johnsoni (Darboux).
Halosydna succiniseta Hamilton (1915, p. 234) is Arctonoé vittata (Grube).

HALOSYDNA LATIOR Chamberlin

Halosydna latior CHAMBERLIN, 1919b, p. 1 (California).
Halosydna obtusa-cirrata TREADWELL (1937b, p. 143) (Lower California).

Halosydna obtusa-cirrata Treadwell, from Lower California, com-
pares favorably with ZZ. latior Chamberlin, from southern California.
H. latior is readily distinguished from other species of Halosydna by
its broad depressed form and its closely imbricated, broadly reniform
scales, which have a conspicuous fringe on the outer lateral border.
Another characteristic feature mentioned by Chamberlin, but not de-
scribed for 7. obtusa-cirrata, is the elongate nature of the nephridial
papillae; they are about three times as long as thick. I have observed
this feature in numerous specimens deposited in the collections of the
University of California.

Specimens of H. Jatior have been taken in abundance from the
deeper waters of southern California by expeditions of the steamer
Albatross. Many of these collections have not been reported upon.
They are deposited in the University of California and the United
States National Museum.

HALOSYDNA LEUCOHYBA (Schmarda)

Polynoé leucohyba ScHMARDA, 1861, p. 309 (Jamaica).

Halosydna leucohyba WessTER, 1884, p. 309 (Bermuda).

Halosydna brevisetosa TREADWELL, 1902, p. 166 (U.S.N.M. nos. 16009-16012)
(Puerto Rico) ; not Kinberg, 1855, p. 385.

Specimens of H. brevisetosa Treadwell, from Puerto Rico, are all
representatives of //. lewcohyba (Schmarda) as redescribed by Web-
ster. H. brevisetosa Kinberg is thus not known outside of the eastern
Pacific.

HALOSYDNELLA, new genus

Resembling Halosydna Kanberg in prostomium and body contour
but longer. Differs from Halosydna in having about 45 setigerous
segments and 20 to 24 pairs of scales, inserted on segments 2, 4, 5, 7,
9... . 23,25, 28, 29, 32, and on every second or third segment more pos-
teriorly. Ventral setae distally entire or with a subterminal tooth
(fig. 36,¢). Dorsal setae finer than ventral setae and ornamented with
transverse rows of spines. Notopodial setae may be absent from some
posterior parapodia.

Type of genus: Halosydna australis Kinberg, from the La Plata
River.

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN Tt

The following species belong to the genus Halosydnella:

Halosydna australis Kinberg, from the La Plata River.
Halosydna brasiliensis Kinberg, from Brazil.
Halosydna fusca Grube, from Brazil.
Halosydna alleni Day, from False Bay, South Africa.
Halosydna grisea Treadwell, from Argentina.
Polynoé punctulata Grube, from Brazil.
Halosydna galapagensis Monro, from the Galapagos Islands.
Halosydna oculata Treadwell, from Samoa.
Halosydna fusca-maculata Treadwell, from the Barbados.
A comparative study of the types of these species, especially those
from the eastern coast of South America, may reveal the identity of

some of them.
HALOSYDNELLA GRISEA (Treadwell), new combination
Ficur® 36, d, e

Halosydna grisea TREADWELL, 1929, p. 1 (U.S.N.M. no. 19279; Argentina).
? Halosydna australis KinpEre, 1855, p. 385 (La Plata River).

In the type, the lateral margin of the scales of the posterior half of
the body is quite smooth, the margin of the anterior scales is succes-
sively more ciliate, the scales 2 to 8, at least, being ciliate along their
entire free lateral edges, where they do not overlap one another.
Neuropodia are distally truncate, extending laterally well beyond the
papillate notopodium (fig. 36, d). Neuropodial setae number 12 to 15
in a fascicle and are arranged in two more or less irregular vertical
ranks. The subterminal tooth is well outdistanced by the terminal
fang (fig. 36, ¢). There are 4 to 9 transverse rows of pectinae along
the thickened region.

The identity of H. grisea and H. australis seems likely in view of the
similarities that are to be observed in comparing Kinberg’s description
and figures with the type of 7. grisea. Both are from Argentina.

HALOSYDNELLA FUSCA-MACULATA (Treadwell), new combination
FIGURE 36, f, 9

Halosydna fusca-maculata TREADWELL, 1924, p. 5 (U.S.N.M. no. 20330; West
Indies).
Halosydna fuscomarginata TREADWELL, 1924 (in explanation of figures).

The type has 45 setigerous segments and 21 pairs of elytrophores.
Prostomium and elytra are as indicated by Treadwell. The scales,
posterior to the first pair, are tiny and leave the dorsum broadly ex-
posed; those on a side are widely separated from one another by
almost the length of a segment. I was unable to detect a subterminal

113 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

tooth in the neuropodial setae (fig. 36, 7). Treadwell reported the
presence of a subapical tooth in superior neuropodial setae. These
setae have 7 to 10 rows of pectinae, restricted more completely to the
outer side than in H. grisea. Notopodia are papillar, reduced, typi-
cally with only an aciculum (fig. 36, 7).

f g g

Ficure 36.—Species of HALOSYDNELLA, new genus

a—c, Halosydnella oculata (Treadwell) : a, Twentieth parapodium in posterior view, X 453
b, a median neuropodial seta from twentieth parapodium, X 294; c, tip of dorsal-
most neuropodial seta from twentieth parapodium, X 294.

d, e, Halosydnella grisea (Treadwell) : d, Twentieth parapodium in posterior view, X 45;
e, tip of neuropodial seta from twentieth parapodium, xX 294.

f, g, Halosydnella fusca-maculata (Treadwell): f, Neuropodial seta from twentieth para-
podium, X 294; g, twentieth parapodium in posterior view, X 45.

Unidentate neuropodial setae have been described for H. galapa-
gensis (Monro, 1928, p. 565). These two differ, however, in the shape
of the feet, the dorsal cirrophore is notably stouter in H. fusca-
maculata, and the notopodium is more reduced.

HALOSYDNELLA OCULATA (Treadwell), new combination
FIGURE 36, a-c
Halosydna oculata TREADWELL, 1926, p. 8 (U.S.N.M. no. 19141; Samoa).

The type consists of a complete specimen with 46 (possibly 47)
setigerous segments and has 21 pairs of elytrophores, on segments 2,
4,5,7,9...23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 40, 43, 44, 45 on the right side. A typi-

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 113

cal parapodium (20th) has 60 or more neuropodial setae and only 20
or less notopodial setae. The prostomium is unique in that it is broadly
subquadrate and the lateral antennae are inserted ventrolaterally (see
Treadwell, 1926, fig. 9). There is a nuchal hood extending forward
from the peristomium.

Neuropodial setae are long, slender, with distal bladelike portion
not much wider than the stem (fig. 36, 0) ; terminal end is bifid. The
accessory tooth is largest in inferiormost setae (fig. 36, 6), hardly
visible in the superiormost setae (fig. 36, c). Transverse rows of
pectinae are numerous on the cutting edge but exceedingly fine; these
are accompanied with a few heavier teeth on median and ventral
bristles; the opposite edge or back, has a row of teeth (fig. 36, 5).
Notopodial setae include a few straight, smooth, acicular rods and
more numerous straight setae resembling the superiormost neuro-
podial setae but apparently entire at the tip, and with fainter rows
of pectinae.

Genus HYPERHALOSYDNA <Augener

HYPERHALOSYDNA STRIATA (Kinberg)

Lepidonotus striatus KINBERG, 1855, p. 884 (Australia).
Polynoé platycirrus McInTosH, 1885, p. 111 (Australia).
Hylosynda carinata Moore, 1903, p. 417 (U.S.N.M. no. 15732; “off Japan’’).

This species has been well described by Moore and by Augener
(1922, p. 4; 1927, p. 105). It is present in the tropical and subtropi-
cal Pacific.

Genus LEPIDASTHENIA Malmgren

LEPIDASTHENIA LUCIDA (Treadwell), new combination
FIGURE 37 a-c

Polynoé lucida TREADWELL, 1906, p. 1150 (U.S.N.M. no. 5202; off Hawaiian
Islands).

The type is a fragment consisting of the head and 64 setigerous
segments; a posterior portion is missing. Lateral antennae are in-
serted terminally. The notopodia are greatly reduced (fig. 37, a),
without setae but with a slender aciculum. Neuropodia are elongate,
deepest subterminally, with presetal and postsetal lobes broadly tri-
angular and about equally long (fig. 37, a).

Neuropodial setae are of two kinds: A few very slender, superior
setae (fig. 37, c) and a fan-shaped fascicle of numerous thicker setae
(fig. 87, 6). Peristomium has a nuchal hood that extends forward
over the prostomium, its enterior margin in line with the anterior
margin of the posterior pair of eyes.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOu. 86

FicurRE 37.—Species of LEPIDASTHENIA, Eunob, and ArcTONOs

a—c, Lepidasthenia lucida (Treadwell) : a, Thirty-fifth parapodium in anterior view, setae
diagrammatically represented, dorsal cirrus lost, x 28; b, tip of inferior neuropo-
dial seta from thirty-fifth parapodium, X 294; c, tip of superior neuropodial seta
from thirty-fifth parapodium, x 294.

d, Eunoé eura Chamberlin: Fourteenth parapodium in anterior view, X 28.

e, f, Arctonoé tuberculata (Treadwell) : e, Tip of neuropodial seta from tenth parapodium,

xX 294; f, tenth parapodium in anterior view, dorsal cirrus lost, x 45.

é . d e

LEPIDASTHENIA ALBA (Treadwell), new combination

Polynoé alba TREADWELL, 1906, p. 1149 (U.S.N.M. no, 5201; Honolulu),

The type compares favorably with the description given for ZL.
longicirrata Berkeley (1923, p. 214) except that the latter has a row of
papillae on the feet between the bases of the ventral cirrus and the
body wall. Z. longicirrata Treadwell (1928, p. 460) from west of
Peru is probably a Halosydna Kinberg. The type is deposited with
the New York Zoological Society.

The type of Z. alba differs, in part, from Z. lucida (see above) in
having shorter, blunter parapodia; also, presetal and postsetal lobes
are oblique in Z. alba, triangular in L. lucida.

LEPIDASTHENIA INTERRUPTA (Marenzeller)

Halosydna interrupta MARENZELLER, 1902, p. 570 (Japan).
Polynoé semicrma Moore, 1910, p. 331 (U.S.N.M. no. 157388; Japan).
Lepidasthenia ocellata TREADWELL, 1936, p. 264 (U.S.N.M. no. 20118; China).

P. semierma Moore has long been considered a synonym of ZL. inter-
rupta (see Moore, 1910, p. 331).

The type and description of Z. ocellata agree favorably with the
description of Z. interrupta, which has been widely reported from
the northwest Pacific,

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 115

Genus EUPHIONE Mcintosh

EUPHIONE CHITONIFORMIS (Moore)

Lepidonotus chitoniformis Moore, 1908, p. 405 (U.S.N.M. no. 15646; Japan).
?Lepidonotus branchiferus Moore, 1908, p. 409 (U.S.N.M. no. 15721; Japan).
(See Seidler, 1924, p. 108).

Lepidonotus chitoniformis Moore has been transferred correctly to
the genus Huphione by Seidler (1922, 1924). Seidler, furthermore,
considered Z. branchiferus identical with L. chitoniformis. The type
specimens, however, differ from one another in the character of the
major spines on the elytra. In £. chitoniformis these spines are
nodular, the 6 to 15 blunt nodes produced about the tip of a club-
shaped stalk in which the stem is generally smooth. In &. branchi-
ferus the major spines are closely covered with sharp-pointed stellate
spinelets, which are continued on the stalk and on the terminal knob.
Both types were collected from almost the same depth (49-63 and
34-41 fathoms, respectively) from Sagami Bay.

Genus ARCTONOE Chamberlin, char. emend.

Arctono€é CHAMBERLIN, 1920, p. 6B.
Includes Halosydnoides Srmtier, 1924; Halosydna Kineere (pars); Polynoé
(pars) ; Lepidonotus (pars) ; Acholoé (pars).

Body depressed, moderately long, consisting of a varying number
of segments, ranging from 39 [?] to 60 or more. Elytra 18 pairs or
more, continued to end of body but often leaving a broad dorsal area
exposed, inserted as in Halosydna Kinberg on the first 26 segments,
insertion more or less irregular more posteriorly. Last few pairs of
scales usually small, delicate. Prostomium much as in Halosydna,
except that the eyes may be reduced or absent and the lateral paired
antennae inserted somewhat ventrolaterally.

Parapodia unequally biramous, the smaller notopodium provided
with an aciculum and few or no setae; notopodial setae straight,
slightly pectinated or quite smooth, distal end blunt, indiscretely bifid.
Neuropodia often robust, though short, truncate, each provided with
a heavy aciculum and few to many stout, falcate setae, lacking
pectinae or with faint transverse rows of teeth. Falcate setae are
sometimes accompanied by a few superior neurosetae resembling those
of the notopodium. Ventral cirri present on at least the first two
segments, those of the first resembling the dorsal cirri, with a sub-
terminal knob, those of the second cirriform. Ventral cirri of other
segments moderate to inconspicuous or absent. Dorsal cirri more or
Jess similar throughout.

Elytra soft, translucent, with few or no spines or nodules, lateral
margins smooth to greatly frilled, lacking noticeable cilia or hairs.

87105—38——2

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Commensal, in ambulacral grooves of echinoderms or branchial
chambers of mollusks.

Type species: Arctonoé vittata (Grube), new combination,

Discussion—The genus Arctonoé includes a small group of anne-
lids that differ, by degrees, in the reduction or loss of certain parts,
such as the number of notopodial setae, presence or absence of ventral
cirri, number of segments and of scales, size of eyes. The habit of com-
mensalism is possibly largely responsible for certain of these reduc-
tions or deletions. All known species are similar in that they have the
peculiar, heavy, faleate neuropodial setae adapted for attaching to
their hosts, and in other respects enumerated above.

The first species of this group, Polynoé vittata, was described from
Alaska by Grube (1855, p. 82). It has subsequently been delegated to
the genera Lepidonotus (Baird, 1863, p. 107), Halosydna (Baird, 1865,
p. 190), Acholoé (Marenzeller, 1902, p. 576), and Halosydnoides (Seid-
ler, 1921, p. 1834). It has been described as Lepidonotus lordi Baird
(1863, p. 107), as Halosydna succiniseta Hamilton (1915, p. 234 [new
syn.]), and more recently as Arctonoé lia Chamberlin (1920, p. 6B
[new syn.]). Since Chamberlin’s name Arctonoé precedes Halosyd-
noides Seidler (1924), the former is used.

There are now four known species that may be assigned to the genus
Arctonoé. They are: Polynoé vittata Grube (1855, p. 82), Lepidonotus
fragilis Baird (1863, p. 108), Polynoé pulchra Johnson (1897, p. 177),
and Harmothoé tuberculata Treadwell (1906, p. 1154) (see below).
The first three of these have not been reported outside of the north
Pacific, and A. pulchra and A. fragilis are known only in the north-
east Pacific. A. tuberculata is known only from the Hawaiian Islands
(Treadwell, 1906).

An interesting correlation of host species may be observed. All are
more or less commensal with asteroids. A. vittata is more commonly
with fissurellids, though sometimes also on chitons and even in tube of
Thelepus (Berkeley, 1935, p. 212). A. pulchra is more frequently with
holothuroids.

KEY TO THESE SPECIES OF ARCTONOE

1. Dorsum of each segment with a conspicuous median papilla ; noto-
podial setae absent ; neuropodial setae with vestiges of pectinae

Dorsum without such papillae; notopodial setae present on at
least a few anterior segments though often reduced in size and

number ; neuropodial setae without pectinae________---___~________-_ 2
2. External margins of elytra greatly ruffled or folded___________-____ fragilis
External margins of elytra smooth or only slightly ruffled________________ 3

38. Some superior neurosetae with bifid tip; dorsum usually with a
dark "pigment band across Segments! (—S2--2--— =) ae eee vittata

Superior neurosetae resembling inferior .ones; dorsum without
transverse ‘band:of picment=.—=22— 2 ee ee pulchra

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN R17
ARCTONOE TUBERCULATA (Treadwell), new combination
Figure 37, e, f

Harmothoé tuberculata TREADWELL, 1906, p. 1154 (U.S.N.M. no. 5205; Hawaii).

The type is an ovigerous adult, its total length about 15 mm, its
greatest width between segments 12 and 14 about 3mm. All elytra and
dorsal cirri have been lost. Ventral cirri of the first two segments
remain and are moderately developed, as typical of the genus Arctonoé,
defined above. The ventral cirri are completely lacking (fig. 37, f).
Parapodia are short, broad, thick, similar throughout. The noto-
podium is reduced to a fingerlike lobe, extending distally beyond the
neuropodium (fig. 37, f), provided with a slender aciculum and a few
(3 to 6) falcate setae, smooth along their lateral margins except for a
few closely set, transverse rows of minute pectinae in the subterminal
region (fig. 37, ¢).

The prostomium is macerated, its anterior appendages not dis-
cernible, its posterior margin partly overlapped by a peristomial
nuchal hood.

Genus HARMOTHOEK Kinberg

HARMOTHOE ACULEATA Andrews

Harmothoé aculeata ANDREWS, 1891, p. 278 (U.S.N.M. no. 4876; North Carolina).

The type vial contains several specimens, 7 with anterior ends of
which 3 are more or less complete. Total number of setigerous seg-
ments varies from 34 to 36. H. aculeata resembles the European
H. areolata Grube; the areolations of the elytra, however, are much
less marked in /7. aculeata, and the spines of the first pair of scales
are shorter than those more posteriorly. A characteristic feature
is the neuropodial lobe, which is prolonged into a slender, dorsal,
attenuated tip (see Andrews, 1891, fig. 3).

HARMOTHOE VILLOSA Treadwell

Harmothoé villosa TREADWELL, 1926, p. 10 (U.S.N.M. no. 19190; Samoa).

Both dorsal and ventral cirri are hirsute, as are also the prostomial
antennae. Palpi are smooth. This species approaches H. hirsuta
Johnson in the character of its prostomium and appendages, its noto-
podial and neuropodial setae, and the proportions of the parapodia.
The elytra are ciliate along their outer, lateral margins and spiny,
but there are no definite polygonal areas such as Johnson first de-
scribed for H/. hirsuta (Johnson, 1897).

Ditlevsen (1917, p. 86) assigned Hucranta villosa Malmgren (1865,
p. 80) to the genus Harmothoé. This species is a Hucranta Malm-
gren.

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
HARMOTHOE TRIMACULATA (Treadwell), new combination
FicurEs 38, a; 39, a, b
Bvarnella trimaculata TREADWELL, 1924, p. 6 (U.S.N.M. no. 20326; West Indies).

The type of this species has been deposited in the United States
National Museum by the University of Iowa. It is being allocated to
the genus Harmothoé because of the similarity of the neuropodial
setae with one another and the anterior position of the eyes. Para-
podia are long, extending laterally considerably beyond the scales
(fig. 38, a). Dorsal and ventral cirri are hirsute. The neuroacicular
lobe is prolonged in a papillar lobe. A typical parapodium (12th) is
provided with about 12 stout, pectinated notopodial setae (fig. 39, b)
and about 10 slightly slenderer, bifid neuropodial setae (fig. 39, @).
The ventralmost neuropodial setae have the pectinated region more
limited than those more dorsally; it is only about half as long as that
of the dorsalmost setae.

H. trimaculata resembles H. variegata Treadwell (1917, p. 260)
from Florida. I have not seen the type of the latter. The elytral
color markings are somewhat different, the anterior eyes much smaller,
and the parapodia said to be shorter, but whether these differences are
real or of no significance is not certain.

HARMOTHOE TENEBRICOSA Moore

Harmothoé tenebricosa Moorr, 1910, p. 351 (U.S.N.M. no. 16877; California).
Bunoé eroculata TREADWELL, 1923, p. 4 (U.S.N.M. no. 19148; Lower California).

Eunoé exoculata is identical with Harmothoé tenebricosa. The
general aspect of Z. evoculata is darker and the setae are a deeper
amber color. A paratype of ZH. tenebricosa (U.S.N.M. no. 171538) is
somewhat darker than the type but not so dark as /. exoculata. In
other respects the two types are very similar. The characteristic
neuropodial lobes, setae, and prostomium readily distinguish this
species (cf. figures of Moore, 1910, and Treadwell, 1923).

HARMOTHOE TRIANNULATA Moore

Harmothoé triannulata Moore, 1910, p. 346 (U.S.N.M. no. 17154; California).
? Harmothoé benitensis ESSENPERG, 1917, p. 48 (California).

The description of /7. bonitensis agrees reasonably well with that
of H. triannulata. I have seen Essenberg’s type at the University
of California and Moore’s type at the National Museum but have
not compared them side by side.

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 119

Genus EUNOE Malmgren
EUNOE (7?) CRASSA (Treadwell), new combination
FIGURE 38, b-¢
Lagisca crassa TREADWELL, 1924, p. 1 (U.S.N.M. no. 19101, Chile).

The type is a fragment consisting of 32 anterior segments. The last
segment is provided with the fifteenth elytrophore. I could discern
no bifid neuropodial setae. The dorsalmost resembled the ventralmost
(figs. 88, d, e) except for the decreasing length of blade and the

FIGURE 38.—Species of HaRMOTHOE and EUNOE

a, Harmothoé trimaculata (Treadwell) : Twelfth parapodium in anterior view, notopo-
dial setae indicated, uppermost and lowermost neurosetae shown, X 38.

b-e, Hunoé crassa (Treadwell): 6, Prostomium and surrounding parts, * 23; ¢, tip of
notopodial seta from a median parapodium, X 75; d, inferiormost neuropodial seta
from same parapodium, X 75; e, superiormost neuropodial seta from same fascicle
as d, X 75.

smaller size of the ventral bristles. The few scales that remain (the
left on segments 4, 5, and 7 and a pair on 29) are tough, firmly
attached, suborbicular and partly overlain, laterally, by the fascicles
of spinelike notopodial setae.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Anterior pair of eyes are directed forward; the base of the paired
prostomial antennae is over half as long as the main portion of the
style. Palpi, antennae, and cirri are smooth (fig 38, 6). Acicula
and setae are dark amber, but the distal ends of the acicula are darker
and project beyond the acicular lobes. Notopodial setae are entire
distally, the transverse rows of pectinae fine, numerous, and extensive
in width (fig. 38, ¢).

EUNOE EURA Chamberlin

FIGURE 37, d
Eunoé euwra CHAMBERLIN, 1919a, p. 58 (U.S.N.M. no. 19355, Peru).

Notopodial and neuropodial setae are slender, about equally thick,
with extensive pectinated region. Acicular lobes of both notopodia
and neuropodia are long, digitate throughout (fig. 37, 72). The noto-
aciculum emerges near the tip of the lobe, the neuroaciculum about
halfway on the free length of the lobe. Ventral cirri are ciliate, dorsa|
cirri smooth.

Genus ENIPO Malmgren

ENIPO CIRRATA Treadwell
FIGURE 39, d, e
Enipo cirrata TREADWELL, 1925, p. 1 (U.S.N.M. no. 19139, Alaska).

Notopodial setae are reduced in number; there are few (5 to 6) in
anteriormost parapodia (5 in the third foot), and they decrease gradu-
ally in number to the twelfth segment, where only an aciculum is
present. Notosetae, where present, are short, stout, finely pectinated,
with tip entire (fig. 39, ¢). Dorsal cirri are unusually elongate be-
yond the bulbous region (fig. 39,7). The acicular lobes of notopodia
and neuropodia are produced, but the acicula do not extend beyond
the fleshy lobes.

Genus SCALISETOSUS McIntosh

SCALISETOSUS FORMOSUS Moore
FIGURE 39, c

Scalisetosus formosus Moor®, 1903, p. 403 (U.S.N.M. no. 16165, Japan).

It is likely that S. formosus and S. praelongus Marenzeller (1902,
p. 575), from south Japan, are identical. The parapodial and setal
outlines are similar except that in S. formosus the neuroacicular lobes
are somewhat spatulate distally (fig. 39, ¢) and seemingly tapering in
S. praelongus. Ventral cirri in both are short, inserted proximally
on the foot (fig. 39 ¢).

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN iT
Genus INTOSHELLA Darboux
INTOSHELLA COECA (Moore), new combination

Harmothoé (Hunoé) coeca Moorn, 1910, p. 388 (U.S.N.M. no. 17476, California).

The type has two pairs of eyes faintly discernible, an anterior pair
at the lateral margins where the prostomium is widest and a posterior
pair near the posterior margin of the prostomium. All are pale,
small, and about equal in size.

a
b €
FIGURE 39.—Species of HARMOTHOH, SCALISETOSUS, ENIPO, and MACELLICEPHALA

a, 0b, Harmothoé trimaculata (Treadwell) : a, Inferiormost neuropodial seta from twelfth
parapodium, X 245; b, one of the stouter notopodial setae from twelfth parapodium,
xX 245.

c, Scalisetosus formosus Moore: Parapodium, probably from median part of body, in
anterior view, xX 38.
d,e, Enipo cirrata Treadwell: d, Third parapodium in posterior view, X 38; e, notopodial
seta from third parapodium, X 245.
J, Macellicephala aciculata (Moore) : Notopodial seta, < 245.

The genus Jntoshella has been known for only one species, J. ewplec-
tellae McIntosh (1885, p. 108) from the Philippine Islands. From
that species 7. coeca differs in the shape of the prostomium and in
having the palpi long, tapering, about twice as long as the lateral
antennae, and much thicker. /. coeca is about 40 mm long; J. euplec-
tellae is only about half that long.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOL. 86

Genus MALMGRENIA McIntosh

MALMGRENIA NESIOTES (Chamberlin), new combination

Polynoé nesiotes CHAMBERLIN, 1919a, p. 72 (U.S.N.M. no. 19460, Lower California).

The type has the following characters, which agree with the genus
Malmgrenia: Lateral antennae are inserted terminally and they are
smaller than the median antenna; there are 15 pairs of scales, covering
the dorsum; there are only 34 segments, but the type is in two pieces,
and may be incomplete in the midregion. Chamberlin’s description
1s as complete as is possible with the material.

Genus MACELLICEPHALA McIntosh

MACELLICEPHALA REMIGATA (Moore), new combination

Polynoé (?) remigata Moors, 1910, p. 365 (U.S.N.M. no. 17220, California).

This species, like the one following, consists of 18 setigerous seg-
ments. The prostomium consists of a pair of subglobular lobes, the
posterior margin more or less flattened, the dorsoanterior margins
each with a minute, papillar, prostomial peak. Lateral antennae are
probably absent. Moore (1910, p. 365) mentions the swellings just
ventral to the prostomial peaks and says that they “probably repre-
sent the bases of the lateral tentacles.” They seem, more likely, how-
ever, to be fleshy swellings which never had attached antennae.

Neuropodial setae are serrated along one margin only, as in Af. mira-
bilis McIntosh. It is likely that M. remigata and M. mirabilis are
identical. The latter has been widely reported (New Zealand, north
Atlantic, south Pacific, Hawaiian Islands, etc.). I. remigata was
dredged off Santa Catalina Island.

MACELLICEPHALA (7?) ACICULATA (Moore), new combination
FIGURE 389, f

Polynoé (?) aciculata Moors, 1910, p. 367 (U.S.N.M. no. 17405, California).

The single type specimen is considerably macerated. It consists of
18 setigerous segments; the prostomium is strongly bilobed, with a
pronounced median fissure. Eyes are lacking, and no trace of lateral
antennae can be made out. The notopodium is greatly reduced and
the few small dorsal setae are smooth. Neuropodial setae are long,
flattened, transparent, and serrated along two sides (fig. 39, f).

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 123

Genus ADMETELLA McIntosh
ADMETELLA RENOTUBULATA (Moore), new combination

Polynoé (?) renotubulaia Moore, 1910, p. 868 (U.S.N.M. no. 16878, California).

Moore has already indicated the relation of this species with those
of the genus Admetella. The type is notably smaller than those of
two other species in the collections of the Museum, A. dolichopus and
A. hastigerens Chamberlin. Also, it has only 85 segments and 14
pairs of scales as against the 60-75 segments and 23-30 pairs of scales
usually present. Moore’s type may possibly represent an immature

specimen.
Genus Indeterminable

Polynoé (?) filamentosa Moore (1910, p. 366, U.S.N.M. no. 17221),
from California, is unique in its parapodial structures. The noto-
podium is well developed; notopodial setae are pale amber, heavier
than the neuropodials and some quite as long. Neuropodial setae are
flat, thin, transparent, somewhat resembling those in Macellicephala.
The prostomium is more than twice as broad as long, and apparently
without eyes. The median ceratophore is stout, produced between
the prostomial lobes and extends distally to the ends of the tiny
papillalike prostomial peaks. The single type is fragmentary and
does not permit a complete description.

Polynoé innatans Chamberlin (1919a, p. 70, U.S.N.M. no. 19459),
from near the Galapagos Islands, is perhaps a species of H'ucranta
Malmgren. It is tiny, only 9.5 mm long, translucent, and without indi- —
cation of sexual products; thus it may be an immature pelagic stage.
The type resembles H'ucranta as defined by Monro (1936, p. 100) in
that (1) the notopodial setae are stouter than the neuropodials, (2)
the neurosetae are of two kinds, both bidentate distally, and (3) the
superior neuropodial setae are long, slender, pectinated, the inferior
are stouter, shorter. The prostomium is harmothoid. There are only
26 setigerous segments and 11 (or possibly 12) elytrophores.

Family POLYODONTIDAE
Genus EUPANTHALIS McIntosh

EUPANTHALIS MUTILATA (Treadwell), new combination

Ficures 40, a-f

Polynoé mutilata TREADWELL, 1906, p. 1152 (U.S.N.M. no. 5204, Hawaiian Islands).
¢ Hupanthalis oahuensis TREADWELL, 1906, p. 1155 (Hawaiian Islands).

I have not seen the type of Hupanthalis oahuensis. There is no
record of the deposition of this type in the National collections.

The following description is based on the type of P. mutilata. The
specimen consists of head and 78 segments, in two pieces. The head

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

is macerated; the posterior end is lacking. Setae are of four kinds
as characteristic of the genus Zupanthalis, a typical parapodium has 5
to 12 geniculate pointed setae (fig. 40, a) in the ventralmost part of the
fascicle, about 10 spinelike aristate setae (fig. 40, d), 1 or 2 penicillate
setae (fig. 40, c), and a few fine capillary setae (fig. 40, b) in the
superiormost part of a fascicle. The notopodium has a slender
aciculum.

Ficurp 40.—EUPANTHALIS MUTILATA (Treadwell)

a,Inferior pointed neuroseta, X 294; b, superiormost seta, K 294; e, bushy-topped seta,
x 294; d, tip of acicular, bayonet seta, x 294; e, lower right jaw piece from inner
side, X 50; f, tenth parapodium with parapodial cord turned to the side, setae dia-
grammatically indicated, x 45.

The parapodial cord is a long, brown, stiff structure, terminating
at its proximal end in a coil of four or five turns within the body
wall (fig. 40, 7). The four jaws are similar, the lower pieces each
with about 18 low, lateral teeth in addition to the main fang (fig.
40, e). Elytra are pale, translucent, smooth. They are orbicular
along their anterior and median sides, but along their posterolateral
margin they are turned up so as to form a pouch, open dorsally.

Polynoé mutilata was taken from the same station, at the same
time, as was Eupanthalis oahuensis. The two appear to be identical.
The former name is being retained because its type is extant.

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 125
EUPANTHALIS MACULOSA (Treadwell), new combination

Macellicephala maculosa TREADWELL, 1931, p. 313 (U.S.N.M. no. 19548, Philip-
pine Islands).

The type is a fragment of 64 segments; a posterior piece is lack-
ing. Its setal, prostomial, and parapodial structures align it with
the Polyodontidae. The body is long, vermiform. Eyes are sessile;
lateral antennae are inserted terminally, and the median antenna is
near the posterior margin of the prostomium. Parapodia are pro-
vided with glandular fibers. In these respects it agrees with
Eupanthalis.

Genus POLYODONTES Renier
POLYODONTES OCULEA (Treadwell)

Panthalis oculea TREADWELL, 1902, p. 188 (U.S.N.M. no. 15961, West Indies).
Polyodontes oculea Monro, 1928, p. 572.

This species has been redescribed and assigned to this genus by
Monro. Treadwell’s illustration of the length of lateral prostomial
antennae is practically as in the specimen; hence these appendages
are notably longer than those in Monro’s specimens. The absence of
penicillate setae and the presence of a prostomial caruncle are char-
acteristic of the type.

Genus EUPOLYODONTES Buchanan

EUPOLYODONTES ELONGATA (Treadwell), new combination
FieurE 41, a—d

Iphionella elongata, TREADWELL, 1931, p. 315 (U.S.N.M. no. 19544, Philippine
Islands).

The prostomium consists of two rounded lobes separated by a
median depression. Each half has a large anterior eye directed
anteriorly and a smaller dorsolateral eye on the posterior half of
the lobe (fig. 41, @). Paired antennae are inserted terminally; they
are long, slender, with a slight subterminal enlargement (fig. 41, a).
No nuchal tentacle or papilla has been distinguished. First segment
(peristomial) is apparently without setae.

Elytra are broadly orbicular, with a shallow indentation near the
anteroectal margin; the margin is entire but slightly ruffled along
the median or also the outer edges; the point of insertion is far to
the side (fig. 41, 6). LElytrophores are present as follows: On 2

(first setigerous segment), 4, 5, 7, 9, ... and on all alternate seg-
ments at least to 438.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

The lateral extensions of the jaw pieces have teeth as follows: 4
above and 5 below on the right side, and 5 above and 4 below on the left
side. Setae are of 3 kinds (description based on a 10th parapodium) ;
A superior fan-shaped fascicle of 30-35 long, pointed serrulated setae
and a similar fascicle in the inferior part of the neuropodium, (2)
an anterior fan-shaped fascicle of finer, shorter bristled capillaries
(fig. 41, d) in front of the serrulated setae, and (3) about 8 stout,
aristate spines (fig. 41, ¢) in a posterior series. No plumose setae
have been observed.

FIGURE 41.—EUPOLYODONTES ELONGATA (Treadwell)

a, Prostomium in dorsal view with left lateral antenna turned unnaturally to right, x 45;
b, eleventh right elytron in dorsal view, elytral scar indicated in dotted outline, xX 28;
c, tip of stout aristate seta from tenth parapodium, the distal style probably lost,
< 294; d, tip of slender capillary seta in anterior fascicle from tenth parapodium,
X 294.

Genus PANTHALIS Kinberg

PANTHALIS ADUMBRATA Hoagland
Panthalis adumbrata Hoacianp, 1920, p. 606 (U.S.N.M. no. 18944, Philippine
Islands).
Panthialis helleri Hotty, 1934, p. 148 (Philippine Islands).
The description of P. helleri compares favorably with that of P.

adumbrata. Holly has given good illustrations of the characteristic
elytra as well as the setae.

PANTHALIS PANAMENSIS Chamberlin

Panthalis panamensis CHAMBERLIN, 1919, p. 86 (U.S.N.M. no. 19431, Panama).
This species resembles P. adumbrata in having stalked ommato-

phores. It is smaller, however, probably less than 50 mm long; the
elytra lack the black edges, and the prostomium is widest in the

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 127

posterior half instead of having its sides almost parallel as in P.
adumbrata. The jaw pieces of P. panamensis have 5 erect lateral
teeth, those of P. adumbrata have 7 blunt teeth.

PANTHALIS EVANIDA (Treadwell), new combination

Eupanthalis evanida TREADWELL, 1926, p. 186 (U.S.N.M. no. 19208, Philippine
Islands).
This species has globular ommatophores as characteristic of the
genus Panthalis. Parapodial glands are present from the eighth
setigerous segment as in P. oerstedi Kinberg. The two may be

identical.
Family APHRODITIDAE

Genus HERMIONE Blainville

HERMIONE TROPICUS (Treadwell), new combination

Melaenis tropicus TREADWELL, 1934, p. 1 (U.S.N.M. no. 20031, Virgin Islands).

This was originally described as a polynoid, but the type has the
characteristic features of the genus Hermione, of the family Aphro-
ditidae. It is colorless except for the pale amber, stout spines.
There are 15 pairs of soft, imbricated scales; ventral setae are distally
falcate, laterally with a few stout teeth; notopodial setae include some
barbed, arrow-headed. The prostomium has a single median antenna
and a pair of anterior peduncled eyes. These are indicated in the
original figure as the bases of a pair of lateral tentacles.

LIST OF TYPES OF POLYNOIDAE AND POLYODONTIDAE IN THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, WITH CHANGES OF NAME
AND NEW COMBINATIONS

(Bibliographic source, Museum catalogue number, and type locality are given
for ready reference. Synonyms are enclosed in brackets. Species discussed
in the first part of this paper are followed by an asterisk.)

Admetella dolichopus CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 67, pl. 10, fig. 1; U.S.N.M. no.
19325; western Mexico).

Admetella hastigerens Chamberlin (1919a, p. 64, pl. 9, figs. 6-8; U.S.N.M. no.
19326; Central America).

Admetella renotubulata, new combination, for Polynoé renotubulata Moore.*

Antinoé anoculata Moore (1910, p. 358, pl. 30, figs. 3440; U.S.N.M. no. 16882;
California).

Antinoé macrolepidia Moore (1905, p. 538, pl. 35, figs. 21-23; U.S.N.M. no. 5509;
Alaska).

Arctonoé tuberculata, new combination, for Harmothoé tuberculata Treadwell.*

Enipo cirrata TREADWELL (1925, p. 1, figs. 1-4; U.S.N.M. no. 19189; Alaska) .*

Enipo gracilis VERRILL (1874, p. 407, pl. 5, fig. 3; Maine).

Bunoé (7?) crassa, new combination, for Lagisca crassa Treadwell.*

Eunoé depressa Moore (1905, p. 536, pl. 34, figs. 17, 18; pl. 35, figs. 19, 20;
U.S.N.M. no. 5590; Alaska).

Eunoé ewra CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 58, pl. 3, figs. 2-6; U.S.N.M. no. 19355;
Peru) .*

[Bunoé exoculata TREADWELL] (1923, p. 4, figs. 1-4; U.S.N.M. no. 19148; Lower
California). See Harmothoé tenebricosa.*

Eunoé spinulosa Verrm. (1879, p. 169; U.S.N.M. no. 7758; Nova Scotia).

[Bupanthalis evanida TREADWELL] (1926, p. 186, figs. 6-12; U.S.N.M. no. 19208).
See Panthalis evanida.*

Eupanthalis mutilata, new combination, for Polynoé mutilata Treadwell.*

Euphione chitoniformis (Moore); includes Lepidonotus chitoniformis and pos-
sibly L. branchiferus Moore.*

EBupolyodontes elongata, new combination, for Iphionella elongata Treadwell.*

[Evarnella trimaculata TREADWELL] (1924, p. 6, figs. 1-8; U.S.N.M. no. 20826;
Barbados). See Harmothoé trimaculata.*

Gattyana senta Moore (1902, p. 259, pl. 18, figs. 1-18; U.S.N.M. no. 5598; Alaska).

[Halosydna fusca-maculata TREADWELL] (1924, p. 5, figs. 5-9; U.S.N.M. no.
20380; Barbados). See Halosydnella fusca-maculata.*

[Halosydna fuscomarginata TREADWELL] (1924, in explanation of figures). See
Halosydnella fusea-maculata.*

[Halosydna grisea TREADWELL] (1929, p. 1, figs. 1-6; U.S.N.M. no. 19279; Argen-
tina). See Halosydnella grisea.*

Halosydna nebulosa GRUBE (1877, p. 49; China) ; includes Halosydna vezillarius
Moore (see Seidler, 1924, p. 110).

[Halosydna verillarius Moore] (1903, p. 415, pl. 23, figs. 18-15; U.S.N.M. no.
15730; Japan). See Halosydna nebulosa.

Halosydnella fusca-marginata, new combination, for Halosydna fusca-marginata
Treadwell.*

128

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—-HARTMAN 1295

Halosydnella grisea, new combination, for Halosydna grisea Treadwell.*

Halosydnelia oculata, new combination, for Halosydna oculata Treadwell.*

Harmopsides natans CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 48, pl. 6, figs. 1-5; U.S.N.M. no.
19720; Perw)).

Harmothoé aculeata ANDREWS (1891, p. 278, pl. 12, figs. 1-5; U.S.N.M. no. 4876;
North Carolina).

[Harmothoé (Eunoé) coeca Moorr] (1910, p. 388, pl. 28, figs. 7-12; U.S.N.M. no.
17476; California). See Intoshella coeca.*

Harmothoé (Evarne) fragilis Moore (1910, p. 353, pl. 29, figs. 29, 30; pl. 30, figs.
31-33; U.S.N.M. no. 17147; California).

[Harmothoé levis TREADWELL] (19387a, p. 26, figs. 1-5; U.S.N.M. no. 20222;
Greenland). See Harmothoé imbricata.*

Harmothoé mexicana CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 54, pl. 1, figs. 1-9; pl. 2, fig. 1;
U.S.N.M. no. 19370; western Mexico).

Harmothoé scriptoria MookE (1910, p. 344, pl. 28, figs. 18-17; U.S.N.M. no. 17156;
California ).

Harmothoé tenebricosa Moore (1910, p. 351, pl. 29, figs. 28-28; U.S.N.M. no.
16877; California ) .*

Harmothoé triannulata Moore (1910, p. 346, pl. 29, figs. 18-22; U.S.N.M. no.
17154; California).

Harmothoé trimaculata, new combination, for Hvarnella trimaculata Treadwell.*

[Harmothoé tuberculata TREADWELL] (1906, p. 1154; U.S.N.M. no. 5205; Ha:
waiian Islands). See Arctonoé tuberculata.*

Harmothoé villosa TREADWELL (1926, p. 10, pl. 2, figs. 14-18; U.S.N.M. no. 19190;
Samoa) .*

Hololepida magna Moore (1905, p. 541, pl. 35, figs. 24-29; U.S.N.M. no. 5521;
Alaska).

[Hylosynda carinata Moorn] (1903, p. 417; pl. 23, figs. 16, 17; U.S.N.M. no.
15782; Japan). See Hyperhalosydna striaia.*

Hyperhalosydna striata (IKINBERG) (1855, p. 384; Australia); includes Hylo-
synda carinata Moore.*

Intoshella coeca, new combination, for Harmothoé (Hunoé) coeca Moore.*

Iphione fustis HoaGLanp (1920, p. 605, pl. 46, figs. 48; U.S.N.M. no. 18941;
Philippine Islands) .*

[Iphionella elongata TREADWELL] (1931, p. 315, fig. 2; U.S.N.M. no. 19544;
Philippine Islands). See Hupolyodontes elongata.*

[Lagisca crassa TREADWELL] (1924, p. 1, figs. 14; U.S.N.M. no. 19101; Chile).
See Hunoé crassa.*

Lagisca impatiens WEBSTER (1879b, p. 102, pl. 1, figs. 1-7; U.S.N.M. no. 500;
New Jersey).

Lagisca irritans MARENZELLER (1904, p. 92, pl. 1; U.S.N.M. no. 5231; mid-Pacific).

Lagisca lamellifera (MARENZELLER) (1879, p. 115, pl. 1, fig. 5; Japan) ; includes
Lagisca multisetosa papiliata Moore (see Moore, 1910, p. 341).

[Lagisca multisetosa papillata Moore] (1908, p. 385; U.S.N.M. no. 5642; Alaska).
See Lagisca lamellifera.

Lepidametria commensalis WEBSTER (1879a, p. 210, pl. 3, figs. 23-31; U.S.N.M.
no. 521; Virginia).

Lepidasthenia alba, new combination, for Polynoé alba Treadwell.*

Lepidasthenia curta CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 61, pl. 5, figs. 4-9; U.S.N.M. no.

19399; western Mexico).

Lepidasthenia interrupta (MARENZELLER) (1902, p. 570, pl. 1, fig. 2; Japan) ;
includes Polynoé semierma Moore and Lepidasthenia ocellata Treadwell.*

Lepidasthenia lucida, new combination, for Polynoé lucida Treadwell.*

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

[Lepidasthenia ocellata TREADWELL] (1936, p. 264, fig. 18; U.S.N.M. no. 20113;
China). See ZL. interrupta.*

[Lepidonotus branchiferus Moore] (1903, p. 409, pl. 23, figs. 7-9; U.S.N.M. no.
15721; Japan). See Huphione chitoniformis.*

Lepidonotus caelorus Moore (1903, p. 412, pl. 23, fig. 13; U.S.N.M. no. 15733;
Japan); includes Polynoé spicula, Lepidonotus minutus, and possibly LZ.
castriensis Seidler.* ’

[Lepidonotus chitoniformis Moore] (1903, p. 405, pl. 23, figs. 10, 11; U.S.N.M.
no. 15646; Japan). See Huphione chitoniformis.*

Lepidonotus helotypus GruBEe (1877, p. 49; China) ; includes ZL. robustus Moore.*

[Lepidonotus minutus TREADWELL] (1936, p. 262, fig. 18; U.S.N.M. no. 20112;
China). See ZL. caelorus.*

Lepidonotus nesophilus CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 75, pl. 4, figs. 1-7; pl. 5, fig. 13;
U.S.N.M. no. 19400; Galapagos Island).

[Lepidonotus robustus Moore] (1905, p. 544, pl. 36, figs. 32-85; U.S.N.M. no.
5523; Alaska). See ZL. helotypus.*

Lepidonotus variabilis Wrester (1879, p. 205; pl. 1, figs. 6-11; pl. 2, figs. 12-14;
U.S.N.M. no. 431; Virginia).

Macellicephala (7?) aciculata, new combination, for Polynoé aciculata Moore.*

[Macellicephala maculosa TREADWELL] (1931, p. 313, fig. 1; U.S.N.M. 19548; Philip-
pine Islands). See Hupanthalis maculosa.*

Macellicephala remigata, new combination, for Polynoé remigata Moore.*

Malmgrenia nesiotes, new combination, for Polynoé nesiotes Chamberlin.*

[Melaenis tropicus TREADWELL] (1934, p. 1, pl. 1, figs. 1-6; U.S.N.M. no. 20031;
Virgin Islands). See Hermione tropicus.*

Nemidia microlepida Moore (1910, p. 362, pl. 30, figs. 42-44, pl. 31, figs. 45, 46;
U.S.N.M. no. 17113; California).

Panthalis adumbrata Hoaertanp (1920, p. 606, pl. 46, figs. 9-14; U.S.N.M. no. 18944;
Philippine Islands) .*

Panthalis evanida, new combination, for Pupanthalis evanida Treadwell.*

[Panthalis oculea TREADWELL] (1902, p. 188, figs. 14-18; U.S.N.M. no. 15961;
Porto Rico). See Polyodontes oculea.*

Panthalis panamensis CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 86, pl. 11, figs. 4-8; U.S.N.M. no.
19431; Panama).*

Plotolepis nans CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 40, pl. 7, figs. 3, 4; U.S.N.M. no. 19453;
Easter Islands).

Podarmus ploa CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 45, pl. 6, fig. 6, pl. 7, figs. 1, 2; U.S.N.M.
no. 19458; Easter Island).

[Polynoé aciculata Moore] (1910, p. 367, pl. 31, figs. 57, 58; U.S.N.M. no. 17405;
California). See Macellicephala (?) aciculata.*

[Polynoé alba TREADWELL] (1906, p. 1149, figs. 4-6; U.S.N.M. no. 5201; Hawaiian
Islands). See Lepidasthenia alba.*

[Polynoé branchiata TREADWELL] (1902, p. 186, figs. 5-7; U.S.N.M. 16006; Porto
Rico) is identical with Chaetacanthus magnificus (Grube) (see Seidler, 1924,
p. 97).

Polynoé (?) filamentosa Moore (1910, p. 366, pl. 31, figs. 52-56; U.S.N.M. no.
17221 ; California) .*

Polynoé (?) innatans CHAMBERLIN (1919a, p. 70, pl. 8, figs. 1-7; U.S.N.M. no.
19459; near the Galapagos Islands).*

[Polynoé lucida TREADWELL] (1906, p. 1150, figs. 8-10; U.S.N.M. no. 5202;
Hawaiian Islands). See Lepidasthenia lucida.*

[Polyno€é mutilata TREADWELL] (1906, p. 1152, figs. 12-15; U.S.N.M. no. 5204;
Hawaiian Islands). See Hupanthalis mutilata.*

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 131

[Polynoé nesiotes CHAMBERLIN] (1919a, p. 72, pl. 8, fig. 8, pl. 9, figs. 1-5; U.S.N.M.
no. 19460; Lower California). See Malmgrenia nesiotes.*

[Polynoé nodosa TREADWELL] (1902, p. 187, figs. 8, 9; U.S.N.M. no. 16014; Porto
Rico) is identical with Hermenia verruculosa (Grube) (see Augener, 1925,
p. 4, for synonymy).

[Polynoé remigata MoorE] (1910, p. 365, pl. 31, figs. 47-51; U.S.N.M. no. 17220;
California). See Macellicephala remigata.*

[Polynoé renotubulata Moore] (1910, p. 368, pl. 31, figs. 59-64; U.S.N.M. no. 16878 ;
California). See Admetella renotubulata.*

[Polynoé semierma Moorp] (1903, p. 402; pl. 23, figs. 2, 3; U.S.N.M. no. 15738;
Japan). See Lepidasthenia interrupta.*

[Polynoé spicula TRHADWELL] (1906, p. 1151, fig. 11; U.S.N. M. no. 5203; Cali-
fornia). See Lepidonotus caeclorus.*

Scalisetosus formosus Moorp (1903, p. 4038, pl. 23, figs. 4-6; U.S.N.M. no. 16165;
Japan) .*

LITERATURE CITED

ANDREWS, ETHAN ALLEN.
1891. Report upon the Annelida Polychaeta of Beaufort, North Carolina.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 14, pp. 277-802, 7 pls.
AUGENER, HERMANN.
1922. Revision der Australischen Polychaeten-Typen von Kinberg. Arkiv
Zool. Stockholm, vol. 14, pp. 1-42.

1925. Uber westindische und einige andere Polychaeten-Typen von Grube
(Oersted) Krgyer, Mérch und Schmarda. Publ. Univ. Zool. Mus.
K¢gbenhavn, no. 39, 47 pp., 3 figs:

1927. Polychaeten von Stidost- und Stid-Australien (Papers from Dr. Th.
Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-16, no. 38). Vid. Medd. Dansk
Nat. Foren. K¢benhavn, vol. 83, pp. 71-275, 17 figs.

BaArrD, WILLIAM.

1868. Descriptions of several new species of worms belonging to the An-
nelida Hrrantia and Sedentaria or Tubicola of Milne-Hdwards.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, pp. 106-110.

1865. Contributions towards a monograph of the species of Annelides be-
longing to the Aphroditacea, containing a list of the known species,
and a description of some new species contained in the national
collection of the British Museum. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol.
8, pp. 172-202.

BERKELEY, EDITH.

1923. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. 1. Syllidae to

Sigalionidae. Contr. Can. Biol., new ser., vol. 1, pp. 203-218, 1 pl.
BERKELEY, E. and C.

1935. Some notes on the polychaetous annelids of E!khorn Slough, Monterey

Bay, California. Amer. Midl. Nat., vol. 16, pp. 766-775.
CHAMBERLIN, RALPH VARY.

1919a. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 48, 514 pp.,
80 pls.

1919b. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. Journ.

Ent. and Zool., Pomona College, vol. 11, pp. 1-23.

1920. The polychaetes collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

Rep. Can. Arctic Exped., vol. 9, pt. B, 41 pp., 6 pls.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

DITLEVSEN, HJALMAR.
1917. Annelids, I. The Danish /ngolf-Expedition, vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 1-71, 24
figs., 6 pls.
ESSENBERG, CHRISTINE.
1917. Description of some new species of Polynoidae from the coast of
California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., vol. 18, pp. 45-60, 2 pls.
F'AUVEL, PIERRE.
1923. Polychétes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, 488 pp., 181 figs.
GRUBE, ADOLPH EDUARD.
1855. Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Arch. Naturg.,
Jahrg. 21, Band 1, pp. 81-136, 3 pls.

1857. Annulata Orstediana. Vid. Medd. Dansk Nat. Foren. K¢benhayn,
1856, pp. 44-62.

1876. Bemerkungen iiber die Familie der Aphroditeen (Gruppe Polynoina,
Acoétea, Polylepidea). 53ter Jahresber. Schles. Ges. fiir vaterl.

Cultur (1875), pp. 46-72.

1877. Uber eine Sammlung von wirbellosen Seethieren, welche Herr Dr.

Eugen Reimann dem hiesigen zoologischen Museum zum Geschenk
gemacht. 54ter Jahresber. Schles. Ges. fiir vaterl. Cultur (1876),
pp. 48-51.

HAMILTON, WILLIAM FERGUSON.

1915. On two new polynoids from Laguna. Journ. Ent. and Zool., Pomena
College, vol. 7, pp. 234-240, 2 pls.

HOAGLAND, RutTH AGNES.

1920. Polychaetous annelids collected by the United States Fisheries steamer
Albatross during the Philippine Expedition of 1907-1909. U.S. Nat.
Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 1, pp. 603-634, 7 pls.

Hoiiy, MAXIMILIAN.

1934. Polychiiten von den Philippinen, I. Erste Mitteilung tiber Polychiiten.

Zool. Anz., vol. 105, pp. 147-150, 2 figs.
Horst, RuTGer.

1922. On some polychaetous annelids from Curacao. Bijdr. Dierk. Amster-

dam, vol. 22, pp. 193-201, 2 figs.
JOHNSON, HERBERT PARLIN.

1897. A preliminary account of the marine annelids of the Pacific coast,
with descriptions of new species. Pt. 1: The Euphrosynidae,
Amphinomidae, Palmyridae, Polynoidae, and Sigalionidae. Proce.
California Acad. Sci., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 1, pp. 153-198, 6 pls.

KINBERG, JOHAN GuSTAF HJALMAR.

1855. Nya sliigen och arter af Annelider. Ofy. Vet.-Akad. Férh., vol. 12,

pp. 381-888.
MALMGREN, ANDERS JOHAN.

1865. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. Ofy. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 22, pp. 51-

110, 8 pls.
MARENZELLER, EMIL VON.

1879. Siidjapanische Anneliden, I. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 41,
pt. 2, pp. 109-154, 6 pls.

1902. Siidjapanische Anneliden, III: Aphroditea, Eunicea. Denkschr.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 72, pp. 563-582, 3 pls.

1904. Lagisca irritans, sp. nov., ein Symbiont von Hydrokorallen. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 43, pp. 91-94, 1 pl.

TYPES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS—HARTMAN 133

McIntTosH, WILLIAM CARMICHAEL.

1885. Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Challenger
during the years 1873-76. Challenger Reports, Zool., vol. 12,
xxxvi+554 pp., 94 pls.

Monro, CHARLES CARMICHAEL ARTHUR.

1928. Polychaeta of the families Polynoidae and Acoetidae from the vicin-
ity of the Panama Canal, collected by Dr. C. Crossland and Dr. Th.
Mortensen. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 36, pp. 553-576, 30 figs.

1936. Polychaete worms, II. Discovery Reports, vol. 12, pp. 59-198, 34 figs.

Moore, JOHN PERCY.

1902. Descriptions of some new Polynoidae, with a list of other Polychaeta
from north Greenland waters. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
vol. 54, pp. 258-283, 2 pls.

1908. Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka and
Bering Sea. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 55, pp. 401-490,
5 pls.

1905. New species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific, chiefly from Alaskan
waters. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 57, pp. 525-554, 3 pls.

1908. Some polychaetous annelids of the northern Pacific coast of North
America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 60, pp. 321-864,
4 figs.

1910. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U. S. S. Albatross off the
coast of southern California in 1904: 2, Polynoidae, Aphroditidae
and Sigaleonidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 62, pp.
328-402, 6 pls.

SEIDLER, HANS J.

1922. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Polynoiden, I. Zool. Anz., vol. 55, pp.
74-80.

1924. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Polynoiden, I. Arch. Naturg., vol. 89.
(Abt. A, Heft 11), pp. 1-217, 2 pls. (maps), 22 figs.

ScoHMARDA, LUDWIG KARL.

1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um
die Erde 1853-57, vol. 1: Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden,
Diez.

TREADWELL, LOUIS AARON.

1902. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.,
vol. 20 (for 1900), pt. 2, pp. 181-210, 81 figs.

1906. Polychaetous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the
steamer Albatross in 1902. Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm., vol. 23 (for
1903), pt. 3, pp. 1145-1181, 81 figs.

1917. Polychaetous annelids from Florida, Porto Rico, Bermuda, and the
Bahamas. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 251 (Pap. Dept. Marine
Biol., vol. 11), pp. 255-272, 3 pls.

1923. Polychaetous annelids from Lower California with descriptions of
new species. Amer. Mus. Nov., no. 74, pp. 1-11, 8 figs.

1924. Polychaetous annelids collected by the Barbados-Antigua Expedition
from the University of Iowa in 1918. Univ. Iowa Studies in Nat.
Hist., vol. 10, no. 4, 28 pp., 2 pls.

1925. A list of the annelids collected by Captain R. A. Bartlett in Alaska,
1924, with a description of a new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 67, art. 29, 3 pp., 4 figs.

1926. Polychaetous annelids from Fiji, Samoa, China, and Japan. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 69, art. 15, 26 pp., 2 pls.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

TREADWELL, Lours AARoN—Continued.

1928. Polychaetous annelids from the Arcturus Oceanographic Expedition.
Zoologica, vol. 8, pp. 449-485, 69 figs.

1929. Two new species of polychaetous annelids from the Argentine coast.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 75, art. 26, 5 pp., 12 figs.

1931. Four new species of polychaetous annelids collected by the United
States Fisheries steamer Albatross during the Philippine Expedi-
tion of 1907-1910. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 6, pt. 5, pp. 313-
321, 4 figs.

1934. New polychaetous annelids. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 91, no. 8,
9 pp., 2 pls.

1936. Polychaetous annelids from Amoy, China. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol.
83, pp. 261-279, 3 figs.

1937a. Polychaetous annelids collected by Captain Robert A. Bartlett in
Greenland, Fox Basin, and Labrador. Journ. Washington Acad.
Sci., vol. 27, pp. 23-36, 16 figs.

1937b. Polychaetous annelids from the west coast of Lower California, the
Gulf of California and Clarion Island. Zoologica, vol. 22, pp. 139-
160, 2 pls.

VERRILL, ADDISON Emory.

1874. Results of recent dredging expeditions on the coast of New England.
Nos. 6 and 7. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 7, pp. 405-414, 498-
506, 3 figs., 5 pls.

1879. Notice of recent additions to the marine Invertebrata, of the north-
eastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and
species and critical remarks on others, pt. I. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 2, pp. 165-205.

WeEsSTER, HARRISON EDWIN.

1879a. Annelida Chaetopoda of the Virginian coast. Trans. Albany Inst.,
vol. 9, pp. 202-269, 11 pls.

1879b. Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. 382d Ann. Rep. New York State
Mus. Nat. Hist., pp. 101-128, 7 pls.

1884. Annelida from Bermuda, collected by G. Brown Goode. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Bull. 25, pp. 305-827, 6 pls.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1938 No. 3047

REVIEW OF THE FISHES OF THE GENERA POLYIPNUS
AND ARGYROPELECUS (FAMILY STERNOPTICHIDAE);
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES

By Lronarp P. Scuutrz

Tuts study is based on the specimens of fishes of the family Stern-
optichidae in the genera Polyipnus and Argyropelecus in the collec-
tions of the United States National Museum. The term length
herein refers to the standard length, or the distance from the tip of
the snout to the base of the midcaudal fin rays. In the literature
cited in synonymy, all publications have been examined except papers
by those authors whose names are preceded by an asterisk (*).

Drawings for the figures, except figure 42, were made by Jane
Roller.

Genus POLYIPNUS Giinther

Polyipnus GUNTHER, Challenger Reports, vol. 22, pt. 57, p. 170, 1887 (P. spinosus
Giinther).

Acanthopolyipnus (subg.) Fow rr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 85,
p. 257, 1934 (Polyipnus fraseri Fowler).

This genus may be recognized by the following characters: A pair
of diverging spines just in front of the origin of the soft dorsal fin;
the absence of a dorsal blade; ten abdominal photophores; three
supra-abdominal photophores; a lateral photophore; three suprapec-
toral photophores; anal fin undivided.

Figure 42 shows diagrammatically the positions and names of the
various series of photophores as used in this paper.

See Gill, 1884, for early history of names in references to this family.

135
89001—38s——1

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

te J
‘AG SuAb PrA

Ficurn 42.—Diagrammatic sketch of Polyipnus showing the names applied to the various
series of photophores found in Argyropelecus and Polyipnus as used in this paper: A,
Anal organs; Ab, abdominal organs; Br, branchiostegal organs; /s, organs on isthmus;
L, lateral organ; PoO, postorbital organ; PrA, preanal organs; PrO, preorbital organ;
PrOp, preopercular organ; SbO, subcaudal organs; SuA, supra-anal organs; SuAb,
supra-abdominal organs; SuOp, subopercular organ; Su, suprapectoral organs.

Ficure 43.—Polyipnus unispinus, new species: Holotype (U. 8. N. M. no. 103153).

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 137
POLYIPNUS UNISPINUS, new species

Figure 43

Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 103153, 20.5 mm in standard length,
Albatross station 5451, latitude 13°22’22’’ N., longitude 124°00’48’’
E., depth 380 fathoms, June 5, 1909.

Paratypes—Five specimens from the same collection, U.S.N.M.
no. 103029, 16 to 19 mm.

Description—The description is based on the holotype and the
five paratypes. The counts and measurements given outside the
parentheses were taken from the holotype, and those inside the
parentheses were taken from the 5 paratypes, respectively. All
measurements are expressed in hundredths of the standard length.
The dorsal fin is preceded by a pair of short diverging spines, the
number of dorsal soft rays are 12 (11, 12, 11, 12, 12); amal rays 14
(13, 14, 18, 14, 13); pelvic fin rays 7 (probably always 7); pectoral
rays 12 (13, —, 13, 15, 18); gill rakers on anterior margin of first
gill arch 44+8 (4+7, 4+7, 4+8, 4+7, 4+7); abdominal plates al-
ways 10. The lanterns (fig. 42) always occur in pairs on holotype
and paratypes in the following numbers: Branchiostegals always 6;
isthmus always 6; abdominals always 10; anals 12 (11, 13, 11, 11, 11),
the first two or three are much smaller than those that follow and
usually a trifle above the posterior ones; preanals always 5, the
first usually smaller than the 4 posterior ones; suprapectorals always
8; subcaudals always 4; supra-abdominals always 3; preorbital al-
ways 1; subopercular always 1; lateral organ always 1, this is a
small photophore lying above the first preanal organ. Length of
head 31.6 (32.6, 30.3, 31.6, 30.6, 31.2); length of snout 7.8 (8.6, 8.3,
7.9, 7.1, 8.7) ; width of bony interorbital 5.9 (5.7, 5.6, 5.3, 5.9, 6.2) 5
horizontal diameter of eye 15.6 (17.2, 16.7, 15.8, 17.7, 16.9); length
from tip of snout to rear margin of maxillary 21.0 (24.2, 23.4, 22.6,
21.2, 21.9) ; length from snout to origin of soft dorsal 56.2 (57.2, 55.6,
60.5, 54.7, 52.0); greatest depth of body 48.8 (51.5, 50.0, 48.4, 53.0,
50.0) ; least depth of caudal peduncle 10.3 (9.7, 11.1, 10.5, 11.2, 11.8) ;
length of caudal peduncle 19.5 (17.2, 22.2, 21.2, 22.9, 18.8) ; length of
longest gill raker on first gill arch 7.8 (8.6, 8.3, 7.9, 8.8, 7.5); length
of abdomen 39.1 (34.8, 38.9, 33.2, 38.1, 34.4) ; distance from origin of
soft dorsal to base of caudal fin rays 44.0 (45.7, 47.8, 47.4, 47.1, 43.7) 5
length of the posttempora! (nuchal) process measured from nape to
posterior tip of the spine 22.0 (24.0, 23.4, 21.2, 20.6, 21.9).

Remarks.—This new species differs from all other members of the
genus Polyipnus that lack the supra-anal organs by the singie post-
temporal spine without serrations below and the fewer gill rakers,
4+7 or 8 instead of 7 to 10+12 to 18. The following synoptic
key, based upon specimens in the United States National Museum,

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

should enable the reader to distinguish each species referred to the
genus Polyipnus. Table 1 presents comparative data on the several
species of the genus.

The name wnispinus refers to the single long posttemporal spine.

Taste 1—Counts made on various species of Polyipnus

Dorsal soft rays Anal rays ! Pectoral rays

Species —$—$— $$$ a

10 | 11 | 12] 13} 14] 15] 16 11 | 12 | 13 | 14) 15 | 16} 17 jj 12 | 13 | 14] 18

frases 62 a--5e5- eee ee ee eee Mh | cscs gs ome crea a Sac | een gol cet age eciees Dea
ML oo cee ane sana loses So a ee alee [nese lesen | ere eee aes a) £1 1 a], Oy leone eee
untapinus....--..----]=--- 2) ee Se eee ee ee ee BS) Spee. see? Ph Sikora
SUING MN ene | nena ae | Me a eae aes a Lk Lh Oakey = 2
Gstr Utes oe |e | anole OS 2 es ae eee eee eel eee ae Siiceaslocos 4 1
fateraumste 2 sete 3) ee ees ae |e oe eae eee pees 1 E ee ere sees 1
(Wimhanos ..< oo ono elena Fa ee ie ee eee So, aco s}oon eo

Gill rakers on first gill arch

aia weleleleslinzisiaizisieisisisisis|siels
FIEIS (EIS IF IEIE ISI EI ELELE eee elele

= = © wo wo ~- ~- - ~ ~ ~ ao o eo «eo oa a ne

JT ORT no re a ance oka | en meee es se et ee ee aes te Cece ee
NIDBNOL bo - 5 -P aces ae ko tele fees “ON Si [ae FAAS |S == Bifacas boot ote
unispinus....--.------ Be ee a ieee ee ei on el ee ae
STOR a a oe ast eee fe | eee eee | Dot eee ae toca | a ne eee 1
asterouies 2. ee rcs eh ee ee sh es | See Dees Des ce 2) 6 )-ts. |e eoes
URE ce ne DN ere em are eee eae Ne oe eat ai FE ee ctl eagle te es
GEERT ce nne nee aan 1 | iT) | eee re fee fcc Speen ects fete ce cr fee eee se

| Total gill rakers on first gill arch Photophores in the anal series
Species i a ei teed oe ES
11} 12} 13) 14] 15} 16] 17) 18) 19} 20) 21| 22) 23) 24) 25/26) 27|| 4) 6| 6| 7) 8] 9 |10)11)12)13)14)15

eGR cs Fo ee eo i be ee Dee teal ete ab] Sl fot ell othe ee eee
muitingis.o) a eee be cleslos eS aol eefeot- sel ae ER Sis Belen | nee len eelae as [CO] ele lea tee
unispinua..2./222_.c2 525... BY Bh bc hod eee adeel- isa aise fe ctee eb: pee seiee ize ey aed Beers
SUNOS seed oe [oe tee on eel al me Ly Li.) TVSE AP De 2h) obese cee a ah

cateruiiés 255. 145287 so EE se Se fo eof f 2 SP at Cleo a ee eateel Clase loa en teeton
latepnadus 1) 8... ces he CL] ec eg cc faa] El sahoc c=] ae lee eset eas ea ee ee
PTIDAOMOG oo can cose see eos A) A) Sco} oe} nef a fe a ees a eee

1 All rudiments counted as one ray. 2 Data from Garman, 1899, and Parr, 1937.

POLYIPNUS ASTEROIDES, new species
FIGuRE 44

Polyipnus laternatus NorMAN, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 305, fig. 14, 1930.—
JESPERSEN, in Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de l’Atlantique nord, No. 15,
1934.—Fow.er, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, no. 2, p. 1206, 1936.

Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 102979, 39.5 mm in standard length,
First Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-sea Expedition, 1933, tin tag no.

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 139

440, station 81, latitude 18°29’45’”” N., longitude 65°25’50’’ W., to
latitude 18°35’30’’ N., longitude 65°23’54’" W., depth 200 to 400
fathoms, February 26, 1933.

Paratypes—U.S.N.M. no. 102978, 4 specimens, lengths 26 to
39.5 mm, collected by the First Johnson—Smithsonian Deep-sea Ex-
pedition, 1933, tin tag no. 516, station 83, latitude 18°32’54’’ N., longi-
tude 65°23’42’” W., to latitude 18°32’15”’ N., longitude 65°18’45’" W.,
depth 250 to 320 fathoms, February 26, 1933. U.S.N.M. no.
86131, length 20 mm, Grampus station 10482, Gulf of Mexico, depth
500 to 0 meters, March 23, 1917 (this specimen is in such poor con-
dition that measurements and certain counts were not made).

Description.—The description is based on the holotype and the
five paratypes. The counts and measurements given outside the
parentheses were taken from the holotype and those inside the paren-

Fieurn 44.—Polyipnus asteroides, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 102979).

theses, representing the minimum and maximum, were taken from
the paratypes. All measurements are expressed in hundredths of
the standard length. Standard lengths 39.5 (26 to 39.5 mm); the
number of dorsal soft rays are 14 (12 to 15); anal rays 16 (17);
pelvic fin rays 7 (7); pectoral fin rays 14 (14 to 15); gill rakers on
anterior margin of first gill arch 8+16 (7+14 to 16—8+15 to 16);
abdominal plates 10 (10).

The lanterns occur as follows: Branchiostegals always 6; isthmus
always 6; abdominals always 10; anals 9 (9); preanals always 5;
supra-anals always 3; suprapectorals always 3; subcaudals always 4;
supra-abdominals always 8; preopercular, postorbital, preorbital,
subopercular, and lateral organs always 1 each. Length of head
35.5 (84.2 to 35.5); length of snout 8.9 (8.7 to 9.3); width of bony

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

interorbital 6.3 (6.6 to 7.2); horizontal diameter of eye 16.4 (16.7
to 17.2); length from tip of snout to rear margin of maxillary 29.1
(29.0 to 30.4) ; length from tip of snout to origin of soft dorsal 55.8
(52.2 to 57.1) ; greatest depth of body 69.6 (72.2 to 77.8) ; least depth
of caudal peduncle 11.6 (12.6 to 15.0); length of caudal peduncle,
posterior base of anal to base of middle caudal rays, 11.9 (14.5 to
16.0) ; length of longest gill raker on first gill arch 10.1 (8.7 to 10.1) ;
length of abdomen 39.3 (37.7 to 40.0) ; distance from origin of soft
dorsal to base of caudal fin rays 49.4 (52.2 to 55.8); length of base
of dorsal fin 28.4 (27.6 and 29.1).

Remarks.—This species differs from Jaternatus in the number of
anal photophores, 9 instead of 11 or 12, and in their size and ar-
rangement. If Parr’s (1937, p. 56) figure 22 is correctly drawn,
then the width of the first three is equal to the width of the last 5
or 6 anal organs in laternatus, but only equal to the last 334 to 414
in asteroides and triphanos; the first supra-abdominal photophore
extends above the second organ a distance less than its width in
laternatus but more than its width in asteroides; the third supra-
abdominal organ is only slightly higher than the second, or is even
with it.

The name asteroides refers to the starlike photophores.

Ficurp 45.—Polyipnus triphanos, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 103027).

POLYIPNUS TRIPHANOS, new species

FIGURE 45

Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 103027, 20 mm in standard length,
Albatross station 5368, latitude 13°35’30’’ N., longitude 121°48’ E.,
181 fathoms, February 23, 1909.

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 14]

Paratypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 103028, 2 specimens, 17.5 and 21.5 mm,
Albatross station 5500, latitude 8°37’45’’ N., longitude 124°36’45”’ E.,
267 fathoms, August 4, 1909.

Description—The description is based on the holotype and the two
paratypes. Counts and measurements made as in other two new
species. Standard lengths 20 (17.5 and 21.5 mm); the number of
dorsal soft rays are 12 (12 and 12); anal rays 17 (17); pelvic fin
rays probably 7; pectoral fin rays 14 (14); gill rakers on anterior
margin of first gill arch 5+9 and 5+10 (5+11); abdominal plates
10 (10). The lanterns occur as follows: Branchiostegals always 6;
isthmus always 6; abdominals always 10; anals 9 (8 or 9), the last
organ usually rudimentary and very small; preanals always 5;
supra-anals always 3; suprapectorals always 3; subcaudals always 4;
supra-abdominals always 8; preopercular, postorbital, preorbital,
subopercular, and lateral organs always 1 each. Length of head 35
(33.5 and 34.3); length of snout 7.5 (6.9 and 7.9); width of bony
interorbital 6.5 (5.7 and 7.0); horizontal diameter of eye 17.5 (16.3
and 17.1); length from tip of snout to rear margin of maxillary 29.0
(28.0 and 28.5); length from tip of snout to origin of soft dorsal
60.0 (52.3 and 57.2); greatest depth of body 70.0 (62.9 and 64.0) ;
least depth of caudal peduncle 14.0 (11.6 and 12.0); length of caudal
peduncle 13.0 (18.1 and 14.0); length of longest gill raker on first
gill arch 10.0 (8.4 and 8.6); length of abdomen 42.0 (37.2) ; distance
from origin of soft dorsal to base of caudal fin rays 54.0 (51.3 and
51.4) ; length of base of dorsal fin 20.0 (16.3 and 17.1).

Remarks.—This species differs from lJaternatus and asteroides in
the number of gill rakers, 5+9 to 11 instead of 7 to 8+14 to 16,
and in the size and arrangement of the photophores. The width of
the first three anal organs in triphanos equals the width of the last
314 to 414 organs, instead of 5 or 6 in laternatus. The second supra-
abdominal photophore is not in line with the third but is below it
a distance equal to its width, and the second is below the first a
distance equal to 11% to 2 times the width of the first.

The name ¢riphanos refers to the characteristic position of the
three supra-abdominal photophores.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF POLYIPNUS

@ Minute teeth present on vomer and palatines; posttemporal process of one
main spine, which is smooth and shorter than diameter of eye, usually
not longer than diameter of pupil; at anterior end of anal series of pho-
tophores are 3 supra-anal photophores located much above general line of
anal organs.

b*. Anal organs 11 or 12; gill rakers on first gill arch about 8+14; width of
first 3 anal organs equal to width of last 5 or 6 anal organs; first and

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

third supra-abdominal organs nearly in line, second is slightly below

them, the distance not more than half width of first. Range: Atlantic

CWest Indies) 22 = <span a eee ee ee laternatus Garman, 1899
db. Anal organs 7 to 9.

c. Gill rakers on first gill arch 7 or 8+14 to 16; width of first 3 anal
organs equal to width of last 334 to 414 anal organs; last or third
supra-abdominal organ in line with middle organ or only slightly
above it; first organ extends above second and third a distance equal
to 1 or 1% times its width. Range: Atlantic (Bahama Islands; Gulf
Ol CIC D ae ee eee ee Re oe eee asteroides, new species

c*. Gill rakers on first gill arch 5+9 to 11; width of first 3 anal organs
equals width of last 314 to 414 anal organs; last or third supra-abdom-
inal organ above middle organ by a distance equal to its width; first
organ extends above second organ a distance equal to 1% to 2 times
its width. Range: Philippine Islands_________ triphanos, new species

a’. Minute teeth present on vomer but absent on palatines; at anterior end of
anal series of photophores no organ is located high above general line of
these organs.

ad’. Posttemporal process of 3 spines, the middle one variable in length and
position, sometimes almost lacking but never longer than upper spine,
upper spine usually almost straight, pointing backward, variable in
length, often shorter than diameter of pupil or as long as diameter of
eye, upper spine always longer than lower spine, the latter usually
curved downward.

e’. Anal photophores about 12 to 15 in adults; photophores along ventral
margin of body usually without definite spaces between the various
series in large adults, while in smaller fish, between anal and sub-
caudal series, there may be no space or space may equal width of 1 to
3 of subcaudal organs, depending on size of specimen. Range: Pacific
(Japan; Philippines; Celebes Sea; Strait of Macassar; Great Austra-
lian Bight); Atlantic (Gulf of Guinea ?; Gulf of Mexico ?); Indian
Ocean (Andaman Sea; Bay of Bengal)-----_ spinosus Giinther, 1887

e?. Anal photophores 4 in adults; photophores along ventral margin of
body with a definite space between preanal and anal series and an-
other space between anal and subcaudal series, both spaces equal to
or greater than length of subcaudal series. Range: Philippine
Westar 6a gp oh ie i oe el te fraseri Fowler, 1934

@. Posttemporal process of one main spine, which may be smooth or very
rough, spiny, or toothed below.

7’. Gill rakers on first arch 4+7 or 8; main spine of posttemporal process
long and slender, without any trace of spine below it, length of this
spine equal to or greater than diameter of pupil; space between anal
and subeaudal series of organs less than width of 3 subcaudal organs;
anal photophores about 11 to 138. Range: Philippine Islands.

unispinus, new species

f*. Gill rakers 7 or 8+14 to 16; main spine of posttemporal process short
and heavy, its length less than diameter of pupil; space between anal
and subecaudal series of organs greater than width of 3 subcaudal
organs; anal photophores about 11 or 12. Range: Pacific (Hawaiian
Islands; south of Minamitori Shima, Marcus Islands).

nuttingi Gilbert, 1905

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 143
POLYIPNUS LATERNATUS Garman, 1899

Polyipnus laternatus GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 288, 1899.—
?FRASER-BRUNNER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 8, p. 218, 1931.—Parr,
Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, no. 7, p. 55, fig. 22, 1937.

POLYIPNUS SPINOSUS Giinther, 1887

Polyipnus spinosus GUNTHER, Challenger Reports, vol. 22, p. 170, pl. 51, 1887
(depth 250 fathoms, station 200 between Philippine Islands and Borneo) .—
Axcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 4, p. 398, 1889.—Woop-Mason and
Atcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 126, 1891.—Goopr and BEAN,
Oceanic ichthyology, fig. 148 (reversed fig. of Giinther’s fig. of type), 1895.—
ALcocK, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 65, p. 331, 1896.—ALcock, A descrip-
tive catalogue of the Indian deep-sea fishes in the Indian Museum, p. 138,
1899.— BrAvuER, Tiefsee-Expedition . . . Valdivia, 1898-1899, vol. 15, p. 120,
fig. 64 and figs. 65, 66 (7), 1906 (Gulf of Guinea).—WeEBER and BEAUFORT,
The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, vol. 2, p. 1380, fig. 47, 1914.—
NicHots and Breper, Proc. Biol. Sec. Washington, vol. 387, p. 21, 1924
(Grampus station 10482, Gulf of Mexico, lat. 28°52’ N., long. 88°36’ W.,
depth 500 to 0 meters).—BarNnarD, Ann. South African Mus., vol. 21, p. 155,
1925.— Fow ter, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, p. 240, fig. 112, 19386.—
Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, no. 7, p. 55, 1937.

Polyipnus stereope JORDAN and Starks, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 22 (for
1902), p. 581, 1904 (type: U. S. N. M. no. 51451; Albatross station 3698,
Sagami Bay, Japan).—JorpAN, TANAKA, and SNyYpER, Journ. College Sci.
Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 33, no. 1, p. 52, fig. 30, 1918.

Polyipnus tridentifer McCuLtocu, Biol. Results Fish Expt. F. I. 8. Endeavour,
1909-1914, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 78, 87-89, pl. 16, 1914.

I have examined Jordan and Stark’s type of P. stereope and found
it to agree closely with a sketch of the posttemporal spine of Giin-
ther’s type; the sketch was kindly furnished by J. R. Norman, of the
British Museum.

The following specimens are in the collections of the United States
National Museum: U.S.N.M. no. 44429, one specimen, length 43
mm, H. M.S. Jnvestigator, Andaman Sea; and 52 specimens collected
by the steamer Albatross, as follows:

U.S.N.M. no. 102980, 2 specimens, lengths 29 and 36 mm, station 4897, Goto
Islands, latitude 32°33’ N., longitude 128°19’ E., depth 207 fathoms, August 10,
1906.

U.S.N.M. no. 102981, 2 specimens, 39 and 43 mm, station 4913, latitude
31°39'10’’ N., longitude 129°22’30’’ E., 391 fathoms, August 12, 1906.

U.S.N.M. no. 102982, 2 specimens, 52 and 55 mm, station 4967, latitude
83°25'10'’ N., longitude 185°37'20’’ E., 244 fathoms, August 29, 1906.

U.S.N.M. no. 103086, 2 specimens, 48 and 50 mm, station 5221, latitude
18°38'15’’ N., longitude 121°48'15’’ E., 193 fathoms, April 24, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 1038039, 1 specimen, bad condition, station 5280, latitude
18°55’20'’ N., longitude 120°25'55’’ E., 193 fathoms, July 17, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103032, 1 specimen, 49 mm, station 5113, latitude 13°51’30”’ N.,
longitude 120°50’30’’ E., 159 fathoms, January 17, 1908.

§9001—38——_2

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

U.S.N.M. no. 103033, 1 specimen, 37 mm, station 5171, latitude 5°05’ N.,
longitude 119°28’ E., 250 fathoms, February 28, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 1038034, 1 specimen, 44 mm, station 5179, latitude 12°38’15’’
N., longitude 122°12’30’’ E., 37 fathoms, April 9, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 108035, 1 specimen, 29 mm, station 5261, latitude 12°30’55’’
N., longitude 121°34’24"’ E., 56 fathoms, June 4, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 108038, 1 specimen, 48 mm, station 5270, latitude 18°35’45’’
N., longitude 120°58’30’’ E., 235 fathoms, June 8, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103040, 1 specimen, 50 mm, station 5281, latitude 13°52’45’’
N., longitude 120°25’ E., 201 fathoms, July 18, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103041, 1 specimen, 44 mm, station 5291, latitude 13°29’40’’
N., longitude 121°00'45’’ E., 173 fathoms, July 23, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103042, 1 specimen, 21 mm, station 5293, latitude 13°28'15’’
N., longitude 121°04’30’’ E., 180 fathoms, July 23, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103048, 10 specimens, 10 to 56 mm, station 5363, latitude 13°47'20’’
N., longitude 120°43’30’’ E., 180 fathoms, February 20, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103044, 1 specimen, 38 mm, station 5374, latitude 13°46’45’’
N., longitude 121°35’08’’ E., 180 fathoms, March 2, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103045, 1 specimen, 54 mm, station 5388, latitude 12°51’30’’ N.,
longitude 123°26’15’’ E., 226 fathoms, March 11, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103046, 3 specimens, 45 to 54 mm, station 5409, latitude 10°38’ N.,
longitude 124°13’08’’ E., 385 fathoms, March 18, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103047, 1 specimen, 42 mm, station 5419, latitude 9°58’30’’
N., longitude 123°46’ E., 175 fathoms, March 25, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103048, 1 specimen, 53 mm, station 5442, latitude 16°30’36’’
N., longitude 120°11’06’’ E., 45 fathoms, May 10, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103049, 1 specimen, 45 mm, station 5503, latitude 8°86’26’’
N., longitude 124°36’08’’ E., 226 fathoms, August 4, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103050, 1 specimen, 65 mm, station 5537, latitude 9°11’00’’
N., longitude 123°23’00’’ E., 254 fathoms, August 19, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103051, 3 specimens, 45 to 59 mm, station 5538, latitude
9°08'15"’ N., longitude 123°23'20’’ E., 256 fathoms, August 19, 1909. s

U.S.N.M. no. 103052, 3 specimens, 36 to 43 mm, station 5563, latitude
5°48'12"’ N., longitude 120°30’48’’ E., 224 fathoms, September 2, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103053, 1 specimen, 34 mm, station 5569, latitude 5°33’15”’
N., longitude 120°15'30’’ E., 303 fathoms, September 22, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103054, 1 specimen, 59 mm, station 5589, latitude 4°12’10’’
N., longitude 118°38’08’' E., 260 fathoms, September 29, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103055, 1 specimen, 63 mm, station 5590, latitude 4°10’50’’
N., longitude 118°39'35’’ E., 310 fathoms, September 29, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103056, 2 specimens, 39 and 40 mm. station 5592, latitude
4°12'44'’ N., longitude 118°27'44"’ E., 305 fathoms, September 29, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 108057, 1 specimen, 57 mm, station 5593, latitude 4°02’40’’
N., longitude 118°11’20’’ E., 38 fathoms, September 29, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103058, 2 specimens, 57 and 63 mm, station 5621, latitude
0°15'00"’ N., longitude 127°24'35’’ E., 298 fathoms, November 28, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103059, 1 specimen, 55 mm, station 5662, latitude 5°43’00’’
S., longitude 119°18’00’’ E., 211 fathoms, December 21, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103037, 1 specimen, 50 mm, station 5267, latitude 13°42’20’’ N.,
longitude 120° 58’25’’ E., 170 fathoms, June 8, 1908.

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 145
POLYIPNUS FRASERI Fowler, 1934

Polyipnus fraseri Fowirer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 85, p. 257,
fig. 19, 19384 (type, U. S. N. M. no. 92324, examined by the author).—Parr,
Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, no. 7, p. 55, 1937.

The correct catalog number for the type in the United States Na-
tional Museum is 92324 and not as published. The correct locality
is Albatross station 5476, which is in latitude 12°56’24”’ N., longitude
124°25'24’’ K., and not as published. On Fowler’s page 258, second
paragraph, and fig. 19, p. 254, it is stated in the original description
“no adipose fin.” However, when the type was immersed in alcohol
the small adipose fin showed up clearly. In fact all the species of
this genus have a small adipose fin.

POLYIPNUS NUTTINGI Gilbert, 1905

Polyipnus nuttingi GiBeRt, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23 (for 1903), pt. 2,
p. 609, pl. 73, 1905 (type, U. S. N. M. no. 51599, examined by the author,
Albatross station 4088, Pailolo Channel between Molokai and Maui, 297
to 806 fathoms).

Polyipnus spinosus (non Gtinther) GILBERT and Cramer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 19, p. 416, 1897 (U. S. N. M. no. 51593, cotypes, 33 specimens, 34 to 70
mm, Albatross station 4102, between Maui and Molokai Islands, Hawaii,
122 to 182 fathoms, July 23, 1902).

U. S. N. M. no. 47720, one specimen, 41 mm, Adbatross station
3476, latitude 21°09’ N., longitude 157°53’ W., December 6, 1891.

Genus ARGYROPELECUS Cocco

Argyropelecus *Cocco, Arch. Accad. Peloritano, 1829, p. 146 (A. hemigymnus
Cocco).

Be es *Lowe, A history of the fishes of Madeira, p. 64, 1848 (Sternoptyz
olfersii Cuvier).

This genus may be recognized by the following characters: A dis-
tinct dorsal blade in front of the soft dorsal fin; no pair of spines
just anterior to the origin of soft dorsal fin; 12 abdominal photo-
phores; 6 supra-abdominal photophores; the lateral photophore is
lacking, and 2 suprapectoral photophores; anal fin divided.

Argyropelecus elongatus Esmark (1871 p. 489) is too briefly de-
scribed to be recognized. After examining the very inadequate de-
scriptions and poor figure of Argyropelecus bocaget (Osorio, 1909,
pp. 27-28, pl. 2, fig. 8; Seabra, 1911, p. 176; and Nobre, 1935, p. 350)
I agree with Norman (1930) that it is unrecognizable.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ARGYROPELECUS

a’. No spine present at posterior end of abdomen below insertion of pelvic fins;
photophores forming a nearly continuous series from behind pectoral to
base of caudal fin; depth of body 1.8 to 2 and head 3.5 to 3.75 times in
standard length (tip of snout to base of caudal fin rays); preopercle at

146

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

lower angle with one spine, which is nearly straight or a little curved out-
ward and directed ventrally and above which is a very small one directed
outward; greatest height of dorsal blade less than 1 time in base of soft
dorsal and about 2.2 times in length of its own base. Range: Tropical
Atlantic, off:Attica= + 2h ones Se Soe ee gigas Norman, 1930

a*, One or more spines (usually 1 or 2) located at posterior end of abdomen

below insertion of pelvic fins.

bt. Photophores forming a nearly continuous series from behind pectoral to

base of caudal fin; posterior abdominal spines 2, of about equal length
and directed downward; depth of body 2.2 to 2.6, head 3.2 to 3.5 times
in standard length; preopercie at lower angle with 1 spine, straight or
a little curved outward, directed downward, above which is a smailer
one directed outward but not extending past rear margin of preopercle ;
height of dorsal blade 2.8 to 3.3 times in length of its base; no subcaudal
spines; gill rakers 7 or 8 + 11 or 12. Range: Atlantic (West Indies;
Caribbean; off Strait of Gibraltar; southern tip of Africa), Indian
ACO S1T) ea es se ee affinis Garman, 1899

b®. Photophores not forming an almost continuous series but with spaces be-

Cc.

tween the various groups as follows: Above insertion of pelvics, over
first 1 to 3 or 4 anal rays, and anterior portion of caudal peduncle, some-
times including last few anal rays.

A single spine at posterior angle of abdomen.

da’. Abdominal spine serrated and directed backward (often a minute

spinule above its base posteriorly) ; depth of body 1.7 to 1.9, head
3.1 to 3.5 times in standard length; preopercle at lower angle with
an almost straight spine directed downward, upper spine directed
outward and backward, with tip extending past rear margin of
bone; subeaudal spines absent; gill rakers more numerous than in
any other species, about 9 to 11 + 11 to 14, totaling 20 to 25; dorsal
soft rays usually 8. Range: Pacific (Hawaiian Islands; Philippine
Islands; New Zealand?), Atlantic (West Indies; Bermuda; off
South Carolina; Mediterranean; Central Atlantic; South Atlantic),
LnGisn Oeean 2k he a hemigymnus Cocco, 1829

ad’. Abdominal spine smooth and directed downward and usually curved

a little forward; depth of body 1.2 to 1.4, head 3.1 to 3.5 times in
standard length; preopercle at lower angle with one spine pointing
straight downward and curved a little outward, the upper spine
small, pointing outward, its tip not extending past rear margin of
preopercular bone; subcaudal spines present in adults in front of sub-
caudal organs and below them; gill rakers 7 or 8 + 8 to 10, totaling
16 or 17; height of dorsal blade 1 to 1.5 times in length of its base;
dorsal soft rays usually 9. Range: Atlantic (West Indies: Bahamas;
off New Jersey, New York, and Cape Cod), South Pacific (Lord Howe
Tiare) ) tee Ss ee ee es She amabilis (Ogilby, 1888)

c’. A pair of smooth spines at posterior angle of abdomen; gill rakers

7 to 9+8 to 10.

e’. Postabdominal spine longer than anterior spine of pair of abdominal

spines and directed backward, the two spines diverging at an angle
of about 90° or a little more; adults with the dorsal and ab-
dominal ridges serrated; adults with a double series of spines
on lower edge of caudal peduncle; height of dorsal blade 1.3 to 1.5
in length of its base; lower preopercular spine directed straight
downward and curved a little outward, upper spine small, its tip
‘not extending past rear margin of preopercle. Range: Atlantic

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 147

(off Cape Cod, New Jersey, and Virginia; Grand Banks; North
Sea; Gulf of Mexico; West Indies; off South African coast), Indian
Ocean; Pacific (Philippine Islands).
aculeatus Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1850
e. Postabdominal spine about equal in length to anterior spine, the two
spines diverging at an angle of about 45° to 50°; dorsal and ab-
dominal ridges smooth; no spines on ventral margin of caudal
peduncle.

f'. Lower preopercular spine pointing downward, curved slightly for-
ward ‘and outward, the upper very small or absent, its tip not
extending past rear margin of preopercle in adults; depth of
body about 1.5 times in standard length; height of dorsal blade
1 to 1.4 times in length of its base. Range: Pacific (Baja Cali-
fornia; off Panama), Atlantic (off New Jersey and off South
Carolina), Indian Ocean__---------------- olfersii (Cuvier, 1829)

f?. Lower preopercular spine straight, directed downward and often
a little curved outward but not forward, the upper of moderate
size, directed outward and backward, its tip extending past
rear margin of preopercular bone; depth of body 1.3 to 1.7 times
in standard length; height of dorsal blade 1.7 to 2.3 times in
length of its base. Range: Pacific (off Panama; Philippines; off
southern Japan), North and South Atlantic, Antarctic, Indian
OCC nT ee ee ee ee ee ee ae sladeni Regan, 1908

ARGYROPELECUS GIGAS Norman, 1930

Argyropelecus gigas NORMAN, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 302, fig. 10, 1930.—
JESPERSEN, in Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de VAtlantique nord, no. 15,
1934.—Fowtrr, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, p. 1208, 1936.—ParRr,
Bull Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 7, p. 49, 1937.

ARGYROPELECUS AFFINIS Garman, 1899

Argyropelecus hemigymnus (non Cocco) Woop-Mason and ALCOCK, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 126, 1891.

Argyropelecus hemigymnus (non Cocco) GoopE and BEAN, Oceanic ichthyology,
pl. 39, fig. 147, 1895.

Argyropelecus affinis GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 237,
1899.-—*Braurr, Sitz. Ges. Beférd. Naturw. Marburg, 1001 p20: fig. Le
Braver, Tiefsee-Expedition . . . Valdivia, vol. 15, p. 108, pl.%, figs. 1, 2,
1906.—RrEGAN, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 12, p. 218, 1908.—MouRRAY and
Hysort, The depths of the ocean, p. 612, pl. 2, 1912.—JESPERSEN, Report
on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions, 1908-1910, vole ALt2snp: 6,
1915.—Barnarp, Ann. South African Mus., vol. Diliep.* ds2ipl. 8h age JL,
1925.—'TowNSEND and NricHots, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 52, p. 11,
1925.—NorMaAn, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 301, fig. 9, 1980.—RouLE and
Ancet, Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 86, p. 46, 1933.—
JESPERSEN, in Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de VAtlantic nord, no. 15,
1934.—FowLer, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, p. 246, fig. 115; p.
1208, 1936.—Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 7, p. 49, 1937.

Specimens in the National Museum as follows:

U.S.N.M. no. 102776, length 39 mm, First Johnson-Smithsonian Deep-sea
Expedition, 1933, tin tag no. 186, station 33, latitude 18°24’15’’ N., longitude
67°17'50'’ W., to latitude 18°26’40’’ N., longitude 67 214’ W., February 9, 1933,
180 to 360 fathoms.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

U.S.N.M. no. 102778, 25 mm, First Johnson-Smithsonian Expedition, 1933,
tin tag no. 515, station 83, latitude 18°32’54’ N., longitude 65°23’42"' W., to
latitude 18°32'15"’ N., longitude 65°18'45'’ W., 250 to 320 fathoms, February 26,
1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 44593, 32 mm, Albatross station 2117, latitude 15°24’40” N,,
longitude 63°31'30'’ W., 683 fathoms, January 27, 1884.

U.S.N.M. no. 87563, 42 mm, Albatross station 5686, SW. of Abreojos Point,
26°14’ N., 114° W., 980 fathoms, April 22, 1911.

ARGYROPELECUS HEMIGYMNUS Cocco, 1829

Argyropelecus hemigymnus *Cocco, Arch. Accad. Peloritano, 1829, p. 146.—
*Cocco, Giorn. Sci. Lett. Sicilia, vol. 26, fase. 77, p. 146, 1829.—Cocco, Isis,
vol. 24, p. 1342, 1831.—Bonaparrr, Iconografia della fauna italica per le
quattro classi degli animali vertebrati, vol. 3, fasc. 28, pl. 121, fig. 3, 1840.—
CuviER and VALENCIENNES, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 22, p. 398,
1849.—GtntTHer, Catalogue of the fishes in the British Museum, vol. 5,
p. 385, 1864.—CanestrinIi, Pesci d'Italia, in Cornalia’s Fauna d'Italia, pt. 3,
p. 119, 1870.—Doprrtern, Atti Accad. Sci. Palermo, new ser., vol. 6, p. 54,
1879.—LeyniG, Die augeniihnlichen Organe der Fische, p. 26, pl. 1, fig. 5, 1881.—
Moreau, Histoire naturelle des poissons de la France, vol. 3, p. 498, 1881.—
FacciotA, Natural. Siciliano, vol. 2, p. 206, 1883—GoopE and Bean, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 10, p. 220, 1883.—Grer1011, 3d Congr. Geogr. Internaz.,
Venice, 1881, vol. 5, pp. 195, 199, 207, 1884.—VincicuERRA, Ann. Mus, Civ.
Storia Nat. Genova, ser. 2a, vol. 2, p. 469, 1885.—GuntTHER, Report...
voyage of the H. M. S. Challenger, vol. 22, pt. 57, p. 167, 1887.—JorpAN, Rep.
U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisher., vol. 13 (for 1885), p. 833, 1887.—V AILLANT,
Expéditions scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman. . . , Poissons, p.
103, 1888.—Ltrken, Spolia Atlantica, ser. 6, vol. 7, p. 283, 1892.—Carus,
Prodromus faunae Mediterraneae, vol. 2, p. 568, 1893.—Goopr and BEAN,
Oceanic ichthyology, p. 126 (in part; non fig. 147 ), 1895.—AxcocK, Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 65, p. 331, 1896.—JorpAN and EVERMANN, U. S. Nat.
Mus. Bull. 47, pt. 1, p. 604, 1896—Atcock, A descriptive catalogue of the
Indian deep-sea fishes in the Indian Museum, p. 135, 1899.—HAnprick, Zoo-
logica (Stuttgart), pt. 32, pp. 1-68, 6 pls., 1901—Lo Branco, Mitt. Zool.
Stat. Neapel, vol. 16, nos. 7-9, pp. 126, 127, 129, 131, 132, 185, 138-141,
161, 1903.—Cottert, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, 1903, no. 9, p. 110, 1904.—
*BRAGANGA, Cat. Coll., p. 40, 1903.—Braver, Tiefsee Expedition. . . Valdi-
wa, vol. 15, p. 106, fig. 45, 1906.—Rercan, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 12,
p. 219, 1908.—Srapra, Bull. Soc. Portugaise Sci. Nat., vol. 5, fase. 3, Ds 156,
1911.—ZucMayer, Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 35, p. 51,
1911.—Murray and Hsort, The depths of the ocean, pp. 604, 612, 618, 643, 698,
fig. 458, 1912—Hotr and Byrne, Fisher. Ireland Sci. Invest. 1912, no. 1,
pp. 18-19, 21, figs. 7b, 8, 1913—Paprpennemm, Deutsche Siidpolar Expedi-
tion, 1901-1903, vol. 15 (Zool. Abth. 7, p. 182, 1914).—JesperseNn, Report on
the Danish Oceanographic Expeditions, 1908-1910, vol. 2, A. 2, p. 7, 1915.—
Route, Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fasc. 52, p. 25, 1919.—
BarnarD, Ann. South African Mus., vol. 21, p. 153, 1925.—Jespersen and
TAnine, Report on the Danish Oceanographic Expeditions, 1908-1910, vol.
2, A. 12, p. 48, 1926.—Norman, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 303, pl. 2, fig.
4, 1930.—Boroprn, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 72, p. 68, 1931.—ZuGMAYER,
Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 86, p. 80, 1933.—Parr, Bull.
Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 4, art. 6, p. 5, 1934.—*NoronHA and SARMENTO,
Peixes Madeira, p. 117, 1934.—Jespersen, iw Joubin, Faune ichthyologique

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 149

de l’Atlantique nord, no. 15, 1984.—Nosre, Faune marinha de Portugal, vol.
1, p. 851, 1935.—Fow.Ler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, p. 245, 19386.—
Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll. vol. 3, art. 7, pp. 49, 53, fig. 18
(3), 1937.—NorMAN, British, Australia, and New Zealand Antarctic Re-
search Hxpedition, 1929-1931, Rept. Ser. B (Zool. Bot.), vol. 1, no. 2, p. 82,
1937.

Sternoptiz mediterranea Cocco, Giorn. Il Faro, vol. 4, anno 6, p. 7, figs. 2a,
2b, opposite p. 16, 1838 (Argyropelecus emigymnus is the spelling used by
Cocco, 1838, for a synonym of S. mediterranea) —BoNAPARTE, Iconografia
della fauna italica per le quattro classi degli animali vertebrati, vol. 3, fase.
28, pl. 121, fig. 3, 1840.

?Argyropelecus Wurvillei CuvieER and VALENCIENNES, Histoire naturelle des
poissons, vol. 22, p. 405, 1850.—GtntTHer, Catalogue of the fishes in the
British Museum, vol. 5, p. 886, 1864.—Goopr and Bran, Oceanic ichthyology,
p. 127, 1895.

Argyropelecus intermedius CLARKE, Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst., vol. 10
(for 1877), p. 244, pl. 6, 1878.

Argyropelecus heathi GirBert, Bull. U. 8. Fish. Comm., vol. 28 (for 1903), pt.
2, p. 601, pl. 72, fig. 1, 1905 (U.S.N.M. no. 51632, type, examined by author).—
JORDAN and JORDAN, Mem. Carnegie Mus., vol. 10, no. 1, p. 9, 1922.—
Fow.er, Fishes of Oceania, vol. 10, p. 35, 1928.

Argyropelecus “lychnus”’ (non Garman) LENDENFELD, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. 30, p. 170, pl. 6, figs. 24, 25, 1905.

The following 35 specimens were collected by the First Johnson-
Smithsonian Deep-sea Expedition, 1933, in the vicinity of the West
Indies:

U.S.N.M. no. 102779, 5 specimens, length about 5 to 9 mm, tin tag no. 328,
station 62, latitude 19°25’45’’ N., longitude 69°09’00’’ W., to latitude 19°27’45’’
N., longitude 69°14’45’’ W., depth about 350 fathoms, February 18, 1938.

U.S.N.M. no. 102780, 8 specimens, about 8 to 21 mm, tin tag no. 494, station
86, latitude 19°30'30’’ N., longitude 65°14'00’’ W., to latitude 19°18’30’’ N.,.
longitude 65°16’00’’ W., about 350 fathoms, February 27, 1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 102781, 3 specimens, about 15 to 20 mm, tin tag no. 498A,
station 87, latitude 19°18’30’’ N., longitude 65°16’00’’ W., to latitude 19°13’00”’
N., longitude 65°16'00’’ W., about 350 fathoms, February 27, 1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 102782, 8 specimens, about 7 to 14 mm, tin tag no. 176, station 30,
latitude 18°40’30’’ N., longitude 66°30’00’’ W., to latitude 18°40’30’’ N., longitude
66°36'15’’ W., about 1,200 fathoms, February 8, 1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 102783, 1 specimen, length 19 mm, tin tag no. 461, station 85,
latitude 18°39’30’’ N., longitude 65°16'55’’ W., to latitude 18°44’00’’ N., longi-
tude 65°16'15’’ W., about 400 fathoms, February 26, 1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 102784, 2 specimens, 13 and 20 mm, tin tag no. 452, station
84, latitude 18°32'30’’ N., longitude 65°18’30’’ W., to latitude 18°39’00’’ N.,
longitude 65°17'00’’ W., about 300 to 350 fathoms, February 26, 1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 102785, 2 specimens, 21 and 27 mm, the larger fish has tag no. 510,
the other 511, station 83, latitude 18°32’54’’ N., longitude 65°23’42’’ W., to lati-
tude 18°32’15’’ N., longitude 65°18’45’’ W., about 250 to 320 fathoms, February
26, 1933.

U.S.N.M. no. 102786, 6 specimens, about 4 to 11 mm, tin tag no. 24C,
station 5, latitude 18°37'00’’ N., longitude 66°24’30’’ W., about 600 fathoms,
January 31, 1933.

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86:

The following specimens are also in the collections of the United
States National Museum:

U.S.N.M. no. 100526, 1 specimen, 23 mm, Grampus station 10182, off Ber-
muda, latitude 30°27’ N., longitude 66°05’ W., 1,400 to 0 meters, February 19,
1914.

U.S.N.M. no. 100542, 1 specimen, 30 mm, Grampus station 10176, off Ber-
muda, latitude 32°30’ N., longitude 65°48’ W., 750 to 0 meters, February 5,
1914.

U.S.N.M. no. 100841, 1 specimen, 28 mm, Grampus, off South Carolina,
latitude 32°33’ N., longitude 72°14’ W., 1,100 to 0 meters, January 30, 1914.

U.S.N.M. no. 103022, 1 specimen, 15 mm (bad condition), Albatross station
5184, latitude 10°18'30’’ N., longitude 122°23’30'’ E., 565 fathoms, March 30,
1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103023, 1 specimen, 13 mm, Albatross station 5120, latitude
13°45’'30’’ N., longitude 120°30'15’’ E., 393 fathoms, January 19, 1908.

Three lots of Argyropelecus here referred to hemigymnus possess
more numerous gill rakers and may represent a distinct form of that
species. ‘They were taken in the Mediterranean and are listed as
follows:

U.S.N.M. no. 40053, 18 specimens in bad condition, 20 to 28 mm, Messina, Italy,
November, 1883.

U.S.N.M. no. 92244, 2 specimens, 33 and 35 mm, Ganzirri, Messina, Italy.

U.S.N.M. no. 10143, 2 specimens, one in bad condition, other, length 30 mm,
Mediterranean Sea.

ARGYROPELECUS AMABILIS (Ogilby, 1888)

Sternoptychides amabilis Octrgy, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, ser. 2, vol. 3,
p. 1313, 1888.

Argyropelecus olfersii (non Cuvier) GoopE and BEAN, Oceanic ichthyology, p.
126 (in part), pl. 39, fig. 148a, 1895.—RovLe and ANGEL, Résult. Campagnes
Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 86, p. 48, pl. 2, figs. 24, 24a, 1933.

Argyropelecus amabilis McCuLtocu, Ree. Australian Mus., vol. 14, no. 2, p. 118,
pl. 14, fig. 3, 1923.

Argyropelecus antrorsospinus ScHuLrz, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 91, no. 27,
p. 1, fig. 1, 1987.

Argyropelecus micracanthus Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 7,
p. 52, fig. 21, 1937.

Parr (1937, p. 52, fig. 21) described as new Argyropelecus micra-
canthus, based on a specimen but 13 mm in standard length. During
my examination of many more than a hundred specimens of various
species of Argyropelecus from postlarvae up to large adults, it was
observed that the anal, preanal, and subcaudal photophores do not all
appear at once but develop gradually, the posterior one forming last.
This gradual development of the anal photophores also occurs in the
genus Polyipnus. Dr. Parr’s figure 21 of A. micracanthus is obvi-
ously taken from a very young Argyropelecus, because the anal and
subeaudal photophores are in little circular masses which at larger
sizes extend a little anteriorly and considerably posteriorly. In con-

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 151

sideration of these facts and the lack of any other diagnostic char-
acters, I consider it as a synonym of A. amabilis.
The following specimens were examined:

U.S.N.M. no. 102989 (holotype of A. antrorsospinus), off Culebra Island,
latitude 18°32’54’’ N., longitude 65°23’42’’ W., to latitude 18°32’15’’ N., longitude
65°18’45’’ W., February 26, 1938, 250 to 320 fathoms.

U.S.N.M. no. 102987, Albatross station 2208, latitude 39°33’00’’ N., longitude
71°16’15’’ W., August 21, 1884.

U.S.N.M. no. 85561, Albatross station 2209, latitude 39°34’45’’ N., longitude
71°21’30’’ W., August 21, 1884.

U.S.N.M. no. 333898, Albatross station 2075, latitude 41°40’30’’ N., longitude
66°35’00’’ W., September 3, 1883.

U.S.N.M. no. 43855, Albatross station 2717, latitude 38°24’ N., longitude
71°13’ W., September 18, 1886.

ARGYROPELECUS ACULEATUS Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1849

Argyropelecus aculeatus CUVIER and VALENCIENNES, Histoire naturelle des pois-
sons, vol. 22, p. 406, 1849——GUnruer, Catalogue of the fishes in the British
Museum, vol. 5, p. 386, 1864.—Savuvacen, in Grandidier, Histoire physique,
naturelle et politique de Madagascar, Poissons, vol. 16, p. 488, pl. 48, fig. 5,
1891.—LUTKEN, Spolia Atlantica, ser. 6, vol. 7, p. 282, 1892.—Goopz
and BEAN, Oceanic ichthyology, p. 127, 1895.—CotteTt, Forh. Vid.-
Selsk. Christiania, 1903, no. 9, p. 108, 1904—CotieTr, Zool. Anz., vol.
28, p. 726, 1905.—Braver, Tiefsee Expedition ... Valdivia, vol. 15, p.
110, fig. 47, 1906—ReEaan, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 12, p. 218,
1908.—Murray and Hvort, The depths of the ocean, pp. 612, 618, 648,
1912.—JESPERSEN, Report on the Danish Oceanographic Expeditions, 1908—
1910, vol. 2, A. 2, p. 27, 1915.—Norman, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 303,
fig. 11, 1930.—Boropin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 72, p. 68, 1931.—
ZuGMAYER, Result. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 86, p. 79, 1933.—
JESPERSEN, in Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de l’Atlantique nord, no. 15,
1934.—Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 7, pp. 47, 50, 58,
fig. 18 (la—1ec), 1937.

Sternoptyx acanthurus Cuvier and VALENCIENNES, Histoire naturelle des pois-
sons, vol. 22, p. 408, 1849.

Argyropelecus olfersii (non Cuvier) Cottert, Festskrift H. M. Kong Oscar II
ved Regjerings-Jubilaeet 1897, vol. 2, p. 14, 1897.

?Argyropelecus caninus GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 235, 1899.

Argyropelecus olfersii (non Cuvier) VLADYKov and McKewnzis, Proc. Nova
Scotia Inst. Sci., vol. 19, pt. 1, p. 60, fig. 40, 19835 (based on U. S. N. M. no
83495).

Argyropelecus acanthurus (non Cocco) Fow rer, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 70, pp. 246; 1207, 19386. (Cocco described Gasteropelecus acanthurus,
1829, and in Isis, vol. 24, p. 1842, 1831, Cocco states that the species has
“A. 30,” which is for another species of fish. Therefore, the use of the
name acanthurus of Cocco by Fowler for species of Argyropelecus has no
basis, in my opinion.)

The following 9 specimens were examined :

U.S.N.M. no. 102777, 2 specimens, 8 and 13 mm, First Johnson-Smithsonian
Deep-Sea Expedition, 1933, tin tag no. 240, Station 5, latitude 18°37’00’' N.,
longitude 66°24’30’’ W., about 600 fathoms, January 31, 1933.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you, 86

U.S.N.M. no. 33495, 1 specimen, 18 mm, Albatross station 2063, latitude
42°23'00’’ N., longitude 66°23’00’’ W., August 31, 1883.

U.S.N.M. no. 85467, 1 specimen, 38 mm, Albatross station 2195, latitude
39°44'00’’ N., longitude 70°03’00’’ W., August 5, 1884.

U.S.N.M. no. 38116, specimen badly damaged, Grand Banks, September 3,
1886 (coll. W. A. Wilcox 7).

U.S.N.M. no. 74836, 1 specimen, 33 mm, Aldatross station 2565, latitude
88°19'20"’ N., longitude 60°02’ 30’’ W., August 28, 1885.

U.S.N.M. no. 86124, 2 specimens, 12 and 14 mm, Grampus station 10445,
Gulf of Mexico, January 25, 1917.

U.S.N.M. no. 103024, 1 specimen, 16 mm, Albatross station 5246, latitude
6°29'15’’ N., longitude 126°18’45’’ E., depth not given, May 15, 1908.

ARGYROPELECUS OLFERSII (Cuvier, 1829)

Sternoptyxr olfersii Cuvier, Le régne animal, ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 316, 1829.—DtBen
and Koren, Kungl. Vet.-Akad. Handl., 1844, p. 80, pl. 3, fig. 6, 1844.

Argyropelecus olfersii CUVIER and VALENCIENNES, Histoire naturelle des poissons,
vol. 22, p. 408, 1849.—Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, pt. 18, p. 247.—
GuntTHer, Catalogue of the fishes in the British Museum, vol. 5, p. 386,
1864.—GUNTHER, Rep. Voyage H. M. S. Challenger 1873-1876, Zool., vol. 22,
p. 167, 1887.—Cottert, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, 1879, no. 1, p. 84.—
CoLtteTT, Nyt. Mag. Naturv., vol. 29, p. 102, 1885.—JorpAn, Rep. U. S. Comm.
Fish and Fisher., vol. 13 (for 1885), p. 8383, 1887—vVar~Lant, Expéditions
scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman . . ., Poissons, p. 104, 1888.—
Linisesore, Sveriges och Norges fiskarne fauna, vol. 3, p. 3, 1891.—LUTKEn,
Spolia Atlantica, ser. 6, vol. 7, p. 282, 1892——LUrKen, Vid. Medd. naturhist.
For. Kj¢gbenhavn, 1891, p. 211, 1892.—VincicurrrA, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 34, p. 331, 1898.—Smirt, A history of Scandinavian fishes, ed. 2, vol. 2, p.
925, fig. 233, 1895 —-Goopr and Bran, Oceanic ichthyology, p. 126 (non fig. 148
or 148a), 1895.—JorpAN and EverMANN, U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 47, pt. 1, p.
604, 1896.—CoLLeTT, Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 10, p.
127, pl. 3, fig. 14, 1896.—CoLtert, Forh. Vid.-Selsk, Christiania, 1903, no. 9,
p. 105, 1904.—Braver, Tiefsee Expedition ... Valdivia, vol. 15, p. 108, fig. 46,
1906.—ReEeAN, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 12, p. 219, 1908.—- SEaBrA, Bull.
Soc. Portugaise Sci. Nat., vol. 5, fase. 3, p. 176, 1911—Zuamayr;r, Résult.
Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 35, p. 52, 1911—Murray and Hort,
The depths of the ocean, pp. 612, 643, 1912—Hott and Byrne, Fisher. Ire-
land Sci. Invest. 1912, no. 1, pp. 18-20, fig. 7a, 1913 —Webrr and BEAUFORT,
The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, vol. 2, p. 184, fig. 49, 1913.—
Weser, Die Fische der Siboga Expedition, p. 21, 1913.—Jrsprrsen, Report
on the Danish Oceanographic Expeditions, 1908-1910, vol. 2, A. 2, p. 23,
1915.— Rove, Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fasc. 52, p. 25,
1919.— BarnaArp, Ann. South African Mus., vol. 21, p. 1538, 1925.—Kyie and
EXHRENBAUM, Die Fische der Nord un Ostsee, p. xii, f. 54, fig. 32, 1929.—
NorMAN, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 304, fig. 12, 19830—Zucmayrer, Résult.
Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fase. 86, p. 80, 1933.—JESPERSEN, in
Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de l’Atlantique nord, no. 15, 1934.—FowtLrr,
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, p. 243, fig. 114, and p. 1207, 1936.—
Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 7, pp. 46, 50, fig. 18 (5),
1937.

Pleurothyris olfersi Lower, A history of the fishes of Madeira, pt. 1, p. 64, 1843.

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 153

Argyropelecus lynchus GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 234, pl. J,
figs. 1, 1b, 1899.—Bertanske, in Vanderbilt, To Galapagos on the Ara 1926,
Appendix C, p. 182, pl. 5, 1927.

Argyropelecus lichnus TowNSEND and NicHots, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
52.0 ped. 1925;

The following specimens examined:

U.S.N.M. no. 35534, 1 specimen, 39 mm, Albatross station 2208, latitude
39°33’00’’ N., longitude 71°16’15’’ W., August 21, 1884.

U.S.N.M. no. 38211, 1 specimen, 53 mm, Albatross station 2728, latitude
86°30’00’’ N., longitude 74°33’00’’ W., October 25, 1886.

The recent work by Parr (1937) indicates that olferszi, lynchus,
and sladeni each may be distinct species. I have examined many
specimens of this general form and have concluded that because of
much variation in bodily proportions most of the differences indi-
cated by Dr. Parr do not hold good. Therefore since lynchus ap-
pears to have a higher dorsal blade and the upper preopercular spine
is shorter, it is tentatively placed in the synonymy of olferszz.

ARGYROPELECUS SLADENI Regan, 1908

Argyropelecus sladeni ReeAn, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 12, p. 218, 1908.—
Norman, Discovery Reports, vol. 2, p. 304, fig. 18, 1930.—JESPERSEN, in
Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de l’Atlantique nord, no. 15, 1934.—FowLesr,
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. 70, p. 1207, 1986.—Parr, Bull. Bingham.
Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 7, pp. 46, 47, 50, figs. 18 (4), 19, 1937.

The following 50 specimens examined, all from Albatross stations:

U.S.N.M. no. 57885, 2 specimens, 26 and 46 mm, station 3360, latitude 6°17’ N.,
longitude 82°05’ W., 1672 fathoms, February 24, 1891, or station 3395, latitude
7°30’36’’ N., longitude 78°39’ W., 780 fathoms, March 11, 1891.

U.S.N.M. no. 102787, 1 specimen, 39 mm, station 4913, northwest Pacific,
latitude 31°39’10’’ N., longitude 129°22’30’’ E., 391 fathoms, August 12, 1906.

U.S.N.M. no. 1030138, 2 specimens, one 11 mm, other larva, station 5120,
latitude 13°45’30’’ N., longitude 120°30’15’’ E., depth 393 fathoms, January 21,
1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103014, 1 specimen in poor condition, station 5185, latitude
10°5’45”’ N., longitude 122°18’30’’ E., 688 fathoms, March 30, 1908.

U.S.N.M. no. 103015, 2 specimens, 27 and 34 mm, station 5368, latitude
13°35’30’’ N., longitude 121°48’ E., 181 fathoms, February 23, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103016, 1 specimen, 27 mm, station 5387, latitude 12°54’40’’ N.,
longitude 123°20’30’’ B., 209 fathoms, March 11, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103017, 1 specimen in bad condition, station 5447, latitude
18°28’ N., longitude 123°46’18’’ H., 310 fathoms, June 4, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103018, 4 specimens, 14 to 19 mm, station 5497, latitude 9°7’15’’ N.,
longitude 124°59’30’’ B., 960 fathoms, August 3, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103019, 84 specimens, 7 to 19 mm, station 5500, latitude 8°37'45’’
N., longitude 124°36’45’’ B., 267 fathoms, August 4, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103020, 1 specimen, 35 mm, station 5525, latitude 9°12’30’’ N.,
longitude 123°44’7’’ B., 805 fathoms, August 11, 1909.

U.S.N.M. no. 103021, 1 specimen in poor condition, station 5530, latitude
9°26’45’’ N., longitude 123°38’30’’ E., depth not given, August 11, 1909.

LITERATURE CITED

BEEBE, WILLIAM.
1929. Deep-sea fish of the Hudson Gorge. Zoologica, vol. 12, no. 1, 19 pp.
BELANSKE, WILLIAM BD.

1927. Fishes and birds caught. In William K. Vanderbilt’s “To Galapagos

on the Ara 1926,” Appendix C, pp. 127-158, 30 pls.
Boropin, NIKOLAI ANDREEVICH.

1931. Atlantic deep-sea fishes. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 72, pp. 55-89,

1 fig., 5 pls.
BRAUER, AUGUST.

1906. Die Tiefsee-Fische. Wiss. Ergeb. Deutschen Tiefsee-Exped. Dampfer

Valdivia 1898-1899, vol. 15, Syst. Abth. (1), 432 pp., 176 figs., 18 pls.
EsMARK, LAURITZ.

1871. * * * Om tvende nye fiske-arter: Argyropelecus elongatus, Mauro-
licus tripunctulatus. Forh, Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, 1870, pp. 486—
490.

GARMAN, SAMUEL.

1899. Reports on an exploration off the west coast of Mexico, Central and
South America, and off the Galipagos Islands, in charge of Alex-
ander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross,
during 1891. The Fishes. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, 431 pp.,
97 pls.

GILBERT, CHARLES HENRY.
1905. The deep-sea fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.,
vol. 23 (for 1903), pt. 2, pp. 575-713, 45 figs., 36 pls.
GitL, THEODORE.
1884. Note on the Sternoptychidae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, pp. 349-351.
Goopr, GreorGE Brown, and BEAN, TARLETON HOFFMAN.
1895. Oceanic ichthyology. U.S. Nat. Mus. Spec. Bull. 2, xxxv+553 pp., 113
pls.
Jounin, Louis MARIE ADOLPHE OLIVIER EDOUARD.
1934. Faune ichthyologique de ]’Atlantique nord, no. 15, [27] sheets.
NoBRE, AUGUSTO.

1935. Fauna marinha de Portugal, vol. 1: Vertebrados, lxxxiv-+579 pp.,
77 pis.

NorMAN, JOHN ROxBOROUGH.

1930. Oceanic fishes and flatfishes collected in 1925-1927. Discovery Reports,
vol. 2, pp. 261-870, 47 figs., 1 pl.

OsorI0, BALTHAZAR.

1909. Contribuiciio para o conhecimento da fauna bathypelagica visinha das

costas de Portugal. Mem. Mus. Bocage, fase. 1, pt. 1, pp. 1-35, 3 pls.
Parr, ALBERT HIDE.

1931. Deep-sea fishes from off the western coast of North and Central Amer-
ica. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 2, art. 4, 53 pp., 18 figs.

1937. Concluding report on fishes. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3,
art. 7, 79 pp., 22 figs.

ScHULTZ, LEONARD PETER.

1937. A new species of deep-sea fish, Argyropelecus antrorsospinus, of the
family Sternoptichidae. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 91, no. 27,
5 pp., 1 fig.

154

REVIEW OF POLYIPNUS AND ARGYROPELECUS—SCHULTZ 155

SEABRA, ANTHERO IF'REDERICO DE.
1911. Catalogue systématique des vértébres du Portugal, V: Poissons. Bull.
Soc. Portugaise Sci. Nat., vol. 5, fase. 3, pp. 129-227.
VLADYKOV, VADIM DmiITrRIJ, and McKENzIE, RUSSELL ALDERSON.
1935. The marine fishes of Nova Scotia. Proc. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci., vol.
19, pt. 1, pp. 17-118, 1380 figs.
ZUGMAYER, ERIC.
1911. Poissons provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse-Alice (1901-
1910). Résult. Campagnes Sci. Prince de Monaco, fasc. 35, 174 pp.,
48 figs., 6 pls.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938

as 4 Cte
‘ecatday” fab wn

<M, | gests 5 a i

ie
owas,” 2 a REE 7
‘ ¥ ‘ .

n7*

rh Pee naysinns cpaguptuen 4a) ny

te LP ete ie ar ae wre i. A i he

x
'
yee

™

i J
‘

n
ap oer ;
' a aS:
re
it ;
5 1
tah

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1939 No. 3048

REVISION OF THE BEETLES OF THE MELOLONTHINE
SUBGENUS PHYTALUS OF THE UNITED STATES

By Lawrence W. Saytor

SEVERAL years ago I began the study of the scarabaeid beetles of
the subgenus Phytalus Erichson (genus Phyllophaga Harris) with
the aim of bringing together in one paper data on all the described
species, since the literature on the group is somewhat scattered and
unavailable to many. It develops that several changes in taxonomic
standing are necessary, and the knowledge of the distribution of the
various species is greater than has been recorded. In this subgenus
the genitalia of both sexes are of great use as supplementary diag-
nostic characters, and except in the case of Phyllophaga (Phytalus)
omani Sanderson they have not been previously figured.

I am indebted to Dr. E. A. Chapin, Dr. M. A. Sanderson, Prof. E,
C. Van Dyke, and Mark Robinson for the loan of material and for
many other kindnesses.

The group as now defined is restricted to the American continents
and adjacent islands and includes more than 60 described species,
more than half of which inhabit Central America and the West
Indies. In the United States the insects are found most commonly
in the southern regions, specimens having been seen from Arizona,
New Mexico, Texas, Georgia, Alabama, and Tennessee and also from
New Jersey. I have recently received specimens of two of our
United States species, P. pallida Horn and P. sonora Saylor (=debdilis
LeConte), from northern Mexico; a check of the literature reveals
that these two species are apparently not recorded under any other
name in Mexican faunal works.

107283—39 157

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86 |

Phytalus vexatus Horn (=cavifrons Linell) has been removed by
Chapin to the genus Chlaenobia, which differs from Phyllophaga:
(and Phytalus) in that the tarsal soles are usually very densely pilose
in the male and the hind thoracic angles usually constricted rather’
abruptly at the base; the genus CAlaenobia also has a distinct facies,
enabling one familiar with the group to recognize specimens on sight.
Some of the true Listrochelus (e. g., scoparius) also have densely
pilose soles in the male sex, and later studies may show that CAlaeno-
bia may be better placed as a subgenus.

Phytalus is no longer tenable as a genus because some of the species
exhibit characters that absolutely grade into those of Phyllophaga
and leave no single character or group of characters distinguishing
the two. Although it can no longer be used in a generic sense, the
name Phytalus is of use subgenerically as applied to a group of
species having narrowly cleft claws in at least the male sex.

In probably no other group of American scarab beetles is there
such a variety of opinion as to the validity of genera and of their
names as in that of the phyllophagans. In 1920 Arrow, of the Brit-
ish Museum, stated that Phytalus, Brahmina, and Holotrichia were
not separable from Phyllophaga (=Lachnosterna), and with this I
heartily agree,’ as I have found by experience that the use of the
claws alone for generic characters is in most instances unsatisfactory
because the claws may be very different in species that in every other
character are obviously of the same genus.

In Phyllophaga, as at present recognized, there are several good
groups, which, if segregated as different genera, however, would
separate species greatly alike in most characters and apparently of
the same lineage. Such a separation would, in most instances, be
on the basis of the male characters alone, certainly undesirable cri-
teria for generic definitions. Among such characters are the de-
formed middle claws, fixed hind tibial spurs, and narrowly cleft
tarsal claws; the first two are nonvariable, but the last varies greatly
in degree in the sexes. Another group could be defined if the very
long basal claw dilation, giving the appearance of a third tooth,
were used; in the single species concerned, P. heteronycha Bates,
the tarsal claws of the fore and midlegs are 3-toothed, while those of
the hind pair, like those of Phytalus, are narrowly cleft. Such a
Segregation is unadvisable, however, as all degrees in length of the
tooth formed by the basal dilation can be found in various species. ©
Furthermore, in my opinion it would serve no useful purpose to
form a special genus for those species in which the usual three seg-
ments of the antennal club are increased to four or five, as other
characters are the same as in the species with the normal number of
segments in the club.

1 See Revista Ent., vol. 7, fasc. 2-3, pp. 318-322, 1937.

REVISION OF SUBGENUS PHYTALUS—SAYLOR 159

In the course of the present studies, I examined nearly every one
of the United States species and also well over a 100 species of
Neotropical Phyllophaga and allied genera, and in addition more
than 50 species of Oriental Brahmina, Holotrichia, and allied groups.
The necessity is apparent of suppressing the name Brahmina entirely
and of ranking the American Phytalus and the Oriental Holotrichia
as subgenera of Phyllophaga. 'This action has been suggested at
one time or another, in whole or in part, by nearly every serious
student of the group from Blanchard’s time on (Blanchard, Bates,
Arrow, Chapin, and Saylor), and the change was finally made by
me in a recent paper (see footnote 1).

The position of other related genera, Listrochelus and Chirodines,
is also open to some question; the former name seems to be valid
for subgeneric use if restricted to a certain group of species, as has
been done in a revision now in preparation by Dr. E. A. Chapin and
myself. The genus Chirodines was separated on the basis of only
a slight difference in the claws, and when thoroughly studied may
quite possibly be shown to merit only subgeneric status, or may
entirely fail of recognition.

Little is known regarding the economic status of the majority of
the species, but P. pallida Horn has been observed doing a good deal
of damage in Arizona by eating the foliage of rose bushes, young
fruit trees, and walnut trees, often stripping them.

If the subgenus Phytalus is restricted to those species of Phyllo-
phaga having the very narrowly cleft tarsal claws, it embraces the
following species in our fauna: P. bilobatata Saylor, P. georgiana
Horn, P. omani Sanderson, P. pallida Horn, P. sandersonia Saylor,
P. sonora Saylor, and P. obsoleta vanaileri Schaeffer. The males
usually have a flat or convex abdomen, as viewed from the side, and
the antennal club is as long or nearly as long as the funicle; the
females usually have the abdomen concave and robust and the an-
tennal club much shorter than the funicle.

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOU. 86

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS PHYTALUS

MALES
1. Hind tibiae with 1 spur free, the other fixed and immovable______________ 2
Both bing: tibial sours Sree, mow alle. p = —tseccocen ot edie le ot 4
2. Upper tooth of claw longer to very much longer than lower
Une, BiveHine “apementey a a ee i ae 3
Upper tooth much shorter and narrower than lower tooth;
patennme 10-sepmenteas. J 404) gs. i) Ol, lion. sandersonia

3. Yellow-testaceous; scutellum distinctly punctured only at sides;
lower tooth of claw two-thirds or more as long as upper;
fixed spur of hind tibia directly contiguous with tibial margin______ omani
Rufotestaceous; scutellum evenly punctured over entire surface;
lower claw tooth shorter; not more than one-half as long as

upper; entire apical margin or posterior tibia distinct________ georgiana

4. Fifth abdominal segment flattened at middle and coarsely
punctate, not granulate; color reddish brown to piceous________ bilobatata
Fifth abdominal segment lobate or with granular tumosities__._..________ 5

5. Upper tooth of claw much shorter than lower, claw very wide
at base; fifth abdominal segment with a large triangularly
shaped lobe, the latter incised at apex and projecting back

Over sixth .wemment. ioe ei Re obsoleta vanalleri
Upper tooth of claw much longer than lower, fifth abdominal
peement without a. triangular lohe ee 6

6. Lobe of fifth abdominal segment reaching to or beyond apical
margin, granulate, faintly bilobed at apex; pygidium coarsely
rugose-punctate flsi TS ee LO 20) SUR DIM ee pallida
Lobe of fifth abdominal seginent less evident, the surface more
tumid, with transverse granules; pygidium smooth, sparsely

RCN a ees ee es lett et ed i eee sonora
FEMALES
1. Pygidium with a distinct tubercle just above BCS 62h ee 2
Pygidium without tubercle, plane or sometimes thickened api-
Cany SS ee SE Nese 3

2. Densely clothed above with short, erect, tawny hairs; thorax

regularly and densely punctured, the punctures practically
ROMIRCRALUMED MUA! EMEC ce ee ee ee ee sandersonia

Pronotum and elytra nearly or quite glabrous; thorax sparsely

punctured, the punctures separated by 2 to 4 times their di-
I ne ee ea obsoleta vanalleri

3. Lateral thoracic margins distinctly crenulate; claws narrowly

cleft, upper tooth longer than lower; front very closely,

moarwchy Puges-munciate. 2 ees pallida
Lateral thoracic margins entire or neatly ‘se. 2. A ee eee 4
4. Clypeus narrowly and deeply emarginate; color dark castaneous
RAW RMP CGNIR,. 30.10 sa) A 88 ge Se a te leh bilobatata
Clypeus broadly but not deeply emarginate; color testaceous or
ERGO RO iii Sa ee ee 5

5. Last abdominal segment almost flat, slightly transversely sul-
cate; pygidium densely or sparsely punctured (Hastern
NETRRINL U eet S 6

REVISION OF SUBGENUS PHYTALUS—SAYLOR 161

Last abdominal segment convex, not suleate; pygidium sparsely

BeTICEMEOS (AP aONa. IMCXCOD tea ah sonora
6. Scutellum densely, closely punctured; pygidium evenly punc-
AGE esc ws ne mn a ae ees SE oe Lo ee TEN a ea ores er ee georgiana
Scutellum punctured only at sides; pygidium irregularly punc-
Gee eee ek ae ee iad TLE Fs Co ea se a BP 3 OS See omani

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) SANDERSONIA, new name
Piate 9, Ficures la—lec

Phytalus robustus Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 12, p. 120, 1895 (nec
LeConte, 1856).

Phytalus trichodes Barres, Biologia Centrali-Americana, vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 178.
1890.

Male—Robust, elongate-oval, rufocastaneous, shining, entirely
clothed above with short, very dense, suberect hair, that of front
longer. Head with front exceedingly densely variolate-punctate, the
punctures of moderate size and closely contiguous; clypeus punc-
tured like front but less densely so, its apex moderately reflexed and
slightly emarginate at middle. Antennae 10-segmented, club sub-
equal to or very slightly longer than funicle. Thorax very regularly
and extremely densely, evenly punctured over the entire surface; hind
angles obtusely angulate; lateral margins almost evenly arcuate, cren-
ulate, ciliate. Elytra very rugosely wrinkled, densely punctured,
striae other than sutural weakly indicated. Pygidium with or with-
out a very short longitudinal carina at center of basal margin, sur-
face flattened near apex, evenly and densely punctured over the entire
surface, with dense moderately long suberect hairs; apex subtruncate
to subrounded. Abdomen polished, sparsely hairy, widely, shallowly
and longitudinally concave at center; fifth segment plane, with mod-
erately dense setigerous punctures at sides and apex; sixth two-thirds
as long as fifth, more coarsely punctured and with longer erect hairs.
Fixed spur of hind tibia short and twisted. All claws with upper
tooth much shorter and more slender than lower. Front tarsi with
segments 1 to 3, inclusive, with the inner apical margin prolonged
into a strong spine, this character most strongly marked in segment 1.

Female—Pygidium glabrous, sparsely punctured, declivate, and
with a tubercle before apex; posterior tibial spurs free, elongate.
(Amended from original description.)

Length, 17-20 mm. Width, 8.5-10 mm.

Remarks.—Horn described the species from the Rio Grande coun-
try near Matamoros, and I have seen two specimens (that were com-
pared with the type) from Brownsville, Tex. (F. H. Snow and
Charles Schaeffer), and also one male from Del Rio, Tex. (May 15,
1937, A. Meade). Described by Bates from Las Vigas, Veracruz

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Mexico, and seen by me from Jalapa and Monterrey in Mexico
(June). A comparison of the external features and of the genitalia
of a cotype of Bates’ species with Horn’s species proves the two are
identical. This species, to date, has been very rare in the United
States, and less than a dozen specimens in American collections are
known to me as having been taken within our boundaries; it was
cited by Bates as being rather numerous at Las Vigas, Veracruz.
The species is named for my good friend Dr. M. W. Sanderson.

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) OMANI Sanderson

PLATE 9, FIGURES 2a—2e

Phyllophaga (Phytalus) omani SAaNnpERSON, Journ. Kansas Ent. Soc., vol. 10,
p. 66, 1937.

Male—FElongate, cylindrical, yellow-testaceous, the head piceous,
surface shining. Head with front moderately and not closely punc-
tured, the punctures separated by one to several times their own
diameters; clypeus deeply marginate and moderately punctured; cly-
peal suture lightly impressed. Antennae 9-segmented, the club as
long as the entire stem, unicolorous. Prothorax moderately, rather
unevenly punctured, the punctures closer along the anterior and basal
margins; sides parallel in basal half, then gradually rounded to apex;
with an indistinct fuscous spot near the rounded lateral margins.
Elytra punctured like thorax, somewhat rugose, costae except sutural
obsolete. Pygidium rather strongly convex, finely and evenly punc-
tured with a few short hairs at apex, remaining surface glabrous.
Abdomen somewhat flattened at middle and with vague longitudinal
impressions on segments 3 and 4; segment 5 plane; segment 6 slightly
excavated at middle and with a small punctate elevation each side
of middle. One of the spurs of the hind tibia short and fixed.
Upper portion of the claw nearly as wide as lower and distinctly
longer. Lower claw margin very finely and minutely, irregularly
crenulate.

Female.—Club of antennae shorter than funicle; hind tibial spurs
free; abdomen somewhat flattened at middle; pygidium transverse
and evenly punctured. Otherwise similar to male.

Length, 14mm. Width, 6 mm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 9 AND 10

1, Phyllophaga (Phytalus) sandersonia, new name; 2, P. (P.) omani Sander-
son; 3, P. (P.) georgiana (Horn) ; 4, P. (P.) bilobatata, new name; 5, P. (P.)
pallida (Horn); 6, P. (P.) sonora, new name; 7, P. (P.) obsoleta vanalleri
(Schaeffer).

Letters indicate views, as follows: a, En face view of male genitalia; b, side
view of male genitalia; c, tarsal claw; d, female genitalia; e, en face—ventral
view of male genitalia.

U. S. NATIONAL. MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOLUME 86 PLATE 9

GENITALIA AND TARSAL CLAW OF PHYTALUS.

(FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 162.)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOLUME 86 PLATE 10

6. VAN

Wek

Coe

GENITALIA AND TARSAL CLAW OF PHYTALUS.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 162.)

REVISION OF SUBGENUS PHYTALUS—SAYLOR 163

Remarks.—This interesting species is known only from the type
material; the above description is condensed from the original. The
holotype and allotype are from Burnsville, Ala. (July 20, 1930), and
Prattsburg, Ga. (July 24, 1930), respectively; through the courtesy of
Dr. Sanderson I was allowed to examine the male type before its
description. One male in my collection from “North America.”

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) GEORGIANA (Horn)
PLATE 9, FIGURE 3d; PLATE 10, Ficures 3a—3c
Phytalus georgianus Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 12, p. 122, 1885.

Male——Rufous to rufotestaceous, head and thorax darker, surface
shining with a few short scattered hairs. Front of head coarsely
punctured, slightly rugose, with a small very irregular impunctate
area near the vertex; clypeal suture deeply impressed at sides only;
clypeus coarsely rugose-punctate; apex acutely not deeply but rather
broadly emarginate; antennal club slightly longer than remainder of
the antennae, third and fourth segments elongate. Sides of thorax
not crenulate, hind angles rectangular, front angles very obtuse, disk
coarsely and densely variolate-punctate, a few minute hairs near
middle of the base. Elytra densely and coarsely rugose-punctate.
Pygidium very convex, rather densely and irregularly punctured,
glabrous, apex broadly rounded. Abdomen flattened at middle, pol-
ished, with a few setigerous punctures; segment 5 much shorter than
6, abruptly and narrowly declivate at apical margin; segment 6
slightly concave at center, with a transverse carina, the latter bearing
a row of sparse hairs, and the row interrupted at middle. Hind
tibial spurs spiniform, with the fixed one half as long as the other.

Female.—In the specimen at hand, the antennae are 8-segmented,
with segment 3 very elongate, but it is probable that the normal num-
ber of segments is 9; club equal to segments 3-5 combined; last ab-
dominal segment very shallowly transversely sulcate, sparsely punc-
tured and fimbriate at apex; tibial spurs elongate, free; otherwise
similar to male.

Length, 12.5-13 mm. Width, 6-6.5 mm.

Remarks.—I have seen collected specimens from Whitesbog, N. J.
(July 9), “Barcoure,” Ala., and three bred specimens from Lakehurst,
N. J.

Described from Georgia, this rather rare species is distinctly sepa-
rated from the others by the sexual characters. Horn, in describing
the species, apparently overlooked the fact that one hind tibial spur
in the male is definitely fixed and immovable, though unless careful
examination is made the spurs appear to be free.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) OBSOLETA VANALLERI (Schaeffer)
PLATE 9, FIGURE 7d; PLATE 10, FicuRE Ta—7e

Phytalus obsoletus BLANCHARD, Catalogue de la collection entomologique, vol.
1, p. 131, 1850.
Phytalus vanalleri SCHAEFFER, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 22, p. 215, 1927.

Male.—Elongate, subparallel, head and thorax rufous, otherwise
testaceous to rufotestaceous, thorax and elytra glabrous, shining.
Front of head closely, more or less confluently punctured, with long,
erect, testaceous hair; a narrow area behind clypeal suture smooth
and impunctate; clypeal suture not impressed; clypeus broad, faintly
emarginate at middle of the subtruncate apex, the latter strongly
reflexed, disk coarsely and sparsely punctured; antennal club usually
longer than the rest of the antennae. Thoracic angles obtuse but well
defined, base margined except at the middle, sides subangulate, sub-
crenulate; disk moderately, densely, and regularly umbilicate-punctate,
with a small, irregular, median impunctate area; a few of the punc-
tures with a minute testaceous hair. Elytra densely rugose-punctate,
with a few hairs near apex. Pygidium very convex, polished, sparsely
punctured, with suberect hairs; disk narrowly impressed before apex,
the latter broadly rounded and ciliate. Abdomen shallowly im-
pressed at middle, the concavity densely and finely setigerously punc-
tate, the hair long and fine; segment 5 with a broad transverse
carina near apical margin widely interrupted at middle, the carina
densely pilose; segment 5 including the lobe as long as segments 3
and 4 combined; sides of abdomen sparsely punctured. Posterior
spurs long, free.

Female.—Median impunctate area of thorax broader, with the
punctures more distinct, middle of abdomen very slightly canalicu-
late, regularly and sparsely punctured, almost glabrous and highly
polished; segment 5 more densely punctured at the slightly raised
apical margin; segment 6 slightly convex, coarsely and sparsely
punctured; antennal club equal to segments 3-7 combined; otherwise
similar to male.

Length, 16-17 mm. Width, 7.5-8 mm.

Remarks.—This form is rather uncommon in the Southeast, but
specimens have been seen from Alabama, Texas, and Louisiana. It
is easily separated from all others of our fauna by the sexual charac-
ters, and in these it is similar to P. obsolcta Blanchard, which is a
common species in Mexico, Guatemala, and Nicaragua; the two are
very close, and P. vanalleri Schaeffer is probably best regarded at
present as a northern subspecies having a longer antennal club (often
two-fifths longer than the funicle), more crenate lateral thoracic
margins, less elevated pectinate teeth on the lobe of the fifth abdominal

REVISION OF SUBGENUS PHYTALUS—SAYLOR 165

segment, very sparsely punctured clypeus, and smoother front; indi-
viduals are not lacking, however, in which almost all intermediate
degrees of these characters appear, and possibly when more specimens
have been seen from northern Mexico and southeastern United States
the name P. wanalleri Schaeffer may have to be withdrawn altogether.

The antennal club of P. vanalleri Schaeffer is very variable; in most
specimens it is as long as or longer than the stem and scape combined,
while in almost all specimens of typical P. obsoleta Blanchard the
club is noticeably shorter than the scape and funicle combined (aver-
ages about one-fifth longer than the funicle) as well as being lighter
in color. The clypeus of typical P. obsoleta Blanchard is almost
always densely punctured, while that of P. vanalleri Schaeffer is
sparsely punctured at the middle of the clypeal suture.

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) BILOBATATA, new name
PLATE 9, Figure 4d; PLate 10, Fiaures 4a—4c

Phytalus cephalicus Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 12, p. 120, 1885 (not
cephalica LeConte, 1856).

Male—Elongate, dark castaneous to piceous, shining, usually gla-
brous above. Head with front densely variolate-punctate; clypeal
suture rather deeply impressed, slightly bisinuate; clypeus broad,
deeply and very narrowly emarginate at apex, giving a bilobed ap-
pearance to the apical margin, surface slightly tumid in some ex-
amples, densely, coarsely, and somewhat confluently punctured; an-
tennal club slightly smaller than the stem, antennae 10-segmented.
Thorax with a faint suggestion of a longitudinal sulcus on the disk
in some examples, sides obtusely rounded, hind angles obtuse but dis-
tinct, margin entire, disk finely, sparsely and rather regularly punc-
tured, a more or less irregular smooth space at middle. Elytra mod-
erately densely and rugosely punctured, sometimes with very minute
testaceous hairs. Pygidium very convex, densely and rugosely punc-
tured, the punctures each with a short hair; apex broadly rounded,
with a few longer hairs. Abdomen convex, very sparsely and finely
punctured at middle, segment 5 depressed behind, a small group of
sparse, long, erect hairs on each side of the segment; segment 6 ele-
vated, densely punctate, abruptly declivous at base, in some cases
with a faint trace of a longitudinal impression. Posterior spurs
long, narrow, and free.

Female.—Antennal club cick smaller; abdomen more convex, last
segment longer and less densely pancourede otherwise similar to male.

Length, 15-18 mm. Width, 6-7.5 mm.

Remarks.—All positively identified material is from Arizona; local-
ities represented are Nogales, Carr Canyon, Fort Grant, and “Chiri-

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

cahua Mts.,” all collected in June or July. The pygidium and clypeus
vary from slightly convex to tumid; in one female example the basal
half of the pygidium is semitumid. Schaeffer points out that the last
paragraph in Horn’s description of P. robusta (Horn) (i. e., sander-
sonia Saylor) in reality refers to this species, which would seem to
indicate that this species occurs in New Mexico; I have not seen
specimens, however, from that State.

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) PALLIDA (Horn)
PLATE 9, Ficure 5d; Puate 10, Ficures 5a—5e

Phytalus pallidus Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 12, p. 121, 1885; 6th Ann.
Rept. Arizona Comm. Hort. and Ent., p. 30, 1914.

Male.—Testaceous, head and thorax rufotestaceous, almost glabrous,
surface moderately shining. Head with front densely and coarsely
punctured; clypeal suture lightly impressed, bisinuate; clypeus
slightly emarginate at center of apex, faintly reflexed, angles rounded,
surface densely punctured ; antennal club slightly shorter than funicle.
Thorax with sides broadly rounded, crenulate, angles obtuse, disk
coarsely sparsely and rather regularly punctured. Elytra densely
punctured, rugose, sutural costae elevated. Pygidium flattened,
coarsely rugose, moderately and densely punctured, glabrous except
for a few erect hairs at the rounded apex. Abdomen finely and mod-
erately densely punctured, the punctures with short hairs; apical
half of segment 5 with a raised rounded lobe reaching to apical
border, the surface of which is granular-strigose, its apex finely ser-
rate; segment 6 rather deeply and transversely sulcate, the apical and
basal margins carinate. Posterior spurs free, elongate.

Female.—Antennal club equal to segments 3-7 combined; abdomen
convex, sparsely setigerously punctate, segment 5 longer than 4,
slightly tumescent in apical half, densely and coarsely punctured;
segment 6 one-half the length of 5, densely punctured; otherwise
similar to male.

Length, 12-14 mm. Width, 5.5-6 mm.

Remarks.—Most of the specimens examined are from Arizona: Fort
Huachuca, Fort Grant, and Ramsey Canyon, all taken in July. I have
also in my collection a male from Bakachaka, Rio Mayo, Sonora,
Mexico, taken in July by my friend Howard Gentry.

Closely related to P. sonora Saylor but may be separated by the
puncturing of the head and clypeus, as well as by the male sexual
characters,

REVISION OF SUBGENUS PHYTALUS—SAYLOR 167

PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYTALUS) SONORA, new name
Pate 9, Figure 6d; PLate 10, Figures 6a—6c

Phytalus debilis Horn, Trans Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 12, p. 122, 1885 (not
LeConte, 1856).

Male——Highly polished, glabrous, rufotestaceous, varying at
times almost to piceous. Head with front coarsely and moderately
densely punctured, the punctures shallow, more or less umbilicate,
usually separated by one to two times their diameters, a large im-
punctate area on vertex; clypeal suture impressed, strongly biarcu-
ate; clypeus wide, relatively flat, apex narrowly emarginate, slightly
reflexed, disk coarsely and sparsely punctured. Antennal club longer
than funicle. Thorax with sides entire, obtusely rounded at middle,
slightly sinuate behind, front and hind angles obtuse, the latter
prominent; disk regularly punctured, the punctures separated by
one to three times their diameters. Elytra sparsely and shallowly
punctured. Pygidium flattened, sides slightly concave, very sparsely
punctured, glabrous except for a few erect hairs on margin near the
subtruncate apex. Abdomen slightly flattened and very sparsely
punctured at middle; posterior half of segment 5 at center with a
raised granulate lobe, the latter not quite reaching the apical margin
of the segment, segment 6 narrowly and transversely impressed, with
a row of cilia along apical margin. Posterior spurs free.

Female.—More robust, clypeal suture more deeply impressed, faintly
biarcuate; pygidium just before apex with a smooth slightly raised
area, the apex of which has a single row of rather large punctures,
each with a long erect hair; spurs long, apices rounded; abdomen
convex, with segment 5 finely punctured in apical half, segment 6
somewhat transversely impressed at base, sparsely punctured, apex
ciliate; the 10-segmented unicolorous, dark antennae with the club
elongate, equal to segment 3-7 combined; hind femora quite broad;
otherwise similar to male.

Length, 10-14 mm. Width, 5.5-6 mm.

Remarks.—Most of the material is from Arizona: Tucson, Carr
Canyon, Globe, Patagonia, and Badger, taken in June, July, and
August. I have a dozen examples in my collection from Mexico, all
collected in Rio Mayo, Sonora, by Howard Gentry, at Sierra
Charuca (July), San Bernardo (July), and Vinaterio (June). The
species has not been recorded from Mexico before.

A not uncommon species of which the female has apparently not
previously been recognized. In my collection is one individual of
that sex from San Bernardo, Mexico (Gentry), from which the
diagnosis has been drawn. The male pygidium may vary from
almost flat to rather strongly convex. In some few examples, the
sides of the thorax are very finely crenulate.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1989

‘peony eerste “siiiaaes 2 ehh ab sen pid a ay

1 ea aie out a ok Re eee ey

nm | niga

i , - Li
Aid! ’
in galties “elowmte sou sled iy b jute iy wee
iagiispom Dire YET Tit Hie be ait enenid OL: Born
«annals ep, RO ANY WAM Ash Append iit, ady jpertuton mt
a i 4 ti Pt i oath 5 Vit] omy 0 y}) ere ¥' ad wie: “
fl Spy tsh a ‘nit i, a ’ u Gri

s e «arid Ugnre bark 1) he Lad ay to nein
it y i oq bashes le rites ete Vier ail, nee ght ah ry falas aay M4 > 4 1
iat die: lotta Bot ine velop fen ela ia toi mee ns
alls)» iit Me baba ui wecndalee writ i bie hai ef wynt. “shail a ie vis
savial -aitt sonido, eaten bald tatoo dieek batho et

vg frarrerangceeamntstesminy, of, pipe omar yal ors i
s itwoblods bas. vievimre acuylel..eveieeib, ald, ee. 4

oad

igheenaqa. wry yraniwea tl Ut} Ma pcp sell Hi nays FF
ahd, 440) Lira 1). 2 ye re! ‘Wa, AS al gq de Ohh ‘
ure eatte senor hye) heumttal) viadutbe 4 ca Hen da, un ag
ale ahr: 10)an de Go diame ta Diath sore 4 apie tak rf ona
mys ny. dan ony.a ilguas etl dor Wiha yi hub fe (algae u he Bie!
haiee, donaern: peat tlaewrreries) fuen uh sab is te) wal nas ae
he has 7 oo MOTUS wu he ohpapeerd,, 6 tar Linas if syiaka L eilio YO,
| ‘dinint ebowwenc ti (pu ul G02 yet JES do oy ted
; pint. aitipiin ab sone “a ee | "OA bai, agnloly
aiming dxtalinedion de 1 wits, hud, Uoutne 1.x
ny - eriteeobate vip beterat es" , 2) AAD@ ead ner gral Fs che"?
i bs | desanyen), bad Spelt th tr marys sp aba dh diy Rat, Hh ai 9
Bale segs giyreeass aise} stip erage nid ip be Pa a elem iy beat nad 1 .
os ves ects dais “PARMA he Wid j phewasit bes ie ia cers ‘ }
hon ane swiouted. bites bain (ne 100 a 8 ; a a

tin 4 , 4

rg satan § ere dial i ‘Lene
ey d : rary ¢ ‘ ‘ -: =a
i y (ates L a + iM s4 ip) 4) # dps N ‘4 vast ails Le

Pa Ti ood Oe, {ye sh, Hoan “iss phen j Shae pti nape “aK
by fle ‘yonepane 4 rodimalino gin) iti Heys i fa te iil
eerie os ge ew) devmeontl, Au! (apy? aeols

WPA (eats iaatsS out Lapp i clipe Bodh eeu
al 8

ahaa aor he Sagar hag! Quize ve peed; t) a biped me a sf,

tae é ekinetogqe ead abaciot ets doi by. ty esi a i
ke ubivibui aio ei norratlas ) win nk do 7 a

. 7 “gilt aie mtonk, , Cyavt)) 0 ina obrtaary a
ee Cay yout nuibigeg . oleae atl se

a os salqiaeas mat score nk xs bs evita ec)

nA Sane / ls fishy NBT Cont vey,

ae at Lh roa : : iv cr
ch) or av =) @arrhind (ANRC © be . ‘a i iI iy : fe
»
ei ’ a

» \ t

‘ i
{ Ci a 7

prea AUG ea sea ye me
ue aaa, oe rea ae Ay ‘is | aN LA

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

oO OOOOn—_OOS0600—=0—=O—0—=S$@0—0—*—=

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3049

NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETE WORMS OF THE GENUS
EUPHROSYNE, WITH NOTES ON EUPHROSYNE BORE-
ALIS @RSTED

By Aaron L. TreaDWELh

In a recent paper (Treadwell, 1937, p. 25) I identified as
Euphrosyne borealis Mrsted some annelids collected in Greenland by
Capt. Robert A. Bartlett. Later comparison of these with other
members of the genus led me to question the accuracy of this iden-
tification, and through the kindness of Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt I have
had opportunity to examine all specimens of this genus in the col-
lections of the United States National Museum. ‘These were ail
labeled Huphrosyne borealis, but it appears that three species are
represented.

Euphrosyne differs from the other members of the family
Amphinomidae in that the neuropodia and notopodia are fused into
a continuous ridge running from the ventrolateral border to the
dorsal surface, leaving more or less of the middorsal region uncov-
ered. The only species hitherto described from the northeastern
coast of North America is FZ’. borealis Mrsted (1842, p. 113). @Mrsted’s
description is very brief, and the only addition to his account that
I know is that of McIntosh (1885, pp. 5-6; pl. 1, figs. 2, 3; pl. 1A,
figs. 4-6), who corrected Mrsted’s statement that there are no dorsal
cirri and gave some figures of the setae. To this account a few
details may now be added.

107282—39 169

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Genus EUPHROSYNE Savigny

EUPHROSYNE BOREALIS @rsted
FIGURE 46, a, b

Euphrosyna borealis RsTep, 1842, p. 115.

Body oval in outline; length 14 mm, width 7mm. The parapodial
ridge is thickly set with setae and gills, the tips of the dorsal setae —
in each somite overlapping those of the opposite side, their bases —
leaving a median dorsal clear space hardly wider than one-eighth of —
the body diameter. The caruncle (fig. 46, @) extends onto the fourth ©
setigerous somite and has three longitudinal lobes, the median cov-
ering the laterals. At the anterior end of the caruncle lie the —
posterior eyes, overlapped by the basal portion of the median tentacle. —
This tentacle has a thickened, oval, basal portion that abruptly nar-_
rows distally into a slender process about one-third as long as the
basal. An anterior pair of eyes lies on the ventral face of the
prostomium and is not visible from above. In none of my material
was I able to demonstrate the anterior paired tentacles that should
lie at the level of the anterior eyes. In the other species these were —
easily seen. (See 2. branchiata below.) The dorsal cirrus is some-—
times difficult to see since it varies greatly in size. It is slender and, —
as noted by McIntosh (1885, p. 6), is fastened to the body wall almost
in contact with the base of the dorsalmost gill (fig. 46, 6). The
ventral cirrus is much larger and lies near the ventral end of the
seta row, its base surrounded by the ventralmost setae. In two somites ©
taken at random there were six and seven gills in a single row on
the parapodial ridge of one side of the body. Some of these were
single filaments, but others may be 2-, 3-, or 4-branched (fig. 46, 5).
QMrsted described them as “bi-tripartitis.” In the figure the dorsal
cirrus is shown at the base of the gill.

The ventralmost setae form a prominent tuft in which those nearest
the ventral surface are the shortest. Dorsal to the tuft the setae
are shorter and continue of uniform width to the end of the ridge.
The setae are as figured by McIntosh (1885, pl. 1A, figs. 4-6). |

EUPHROSYNE BRANCHIATA, new species
Ficure 46, c—f

Description—Body length 6-7 mm; width 2-3 mm. The body is
elongate-oval in outline and somewhat less shaggy in appearance than
others of this genus. The ventral setae are longer than the dorsal
and extend to a considerable distance from the body. Dorsal to this
tuft of ventral setae the others are much shorter, hardly longer than
the gills. The caruncle extends to the fourth somite, and the median

NEW SPECIES OF EUPHROSYNE—TREADWELL 171

tentacle is about one-fourth as long as the caruncle. It is of uniform
width throughout, lacking the slender terminal portion of EF. borealis
(fig. 46, c). The two pairs of eyes are situated as in borealis, and
near the ventral pair are two slender tentacles. From a dorsal view
only the tips of these tentacles are visible.

On the dorsal surface a clear space of about one-third the body
width separates the upper ends of the parapodial ridges. At the
ventral end of the ridge is a ventral cirrus with a tuft of long setae
just dorsal to it. There follow rows of shorter setae with gills inter-
spersed among them, and a dorsal cirrus is at the dorsal end of the
row. In one row there were five gills, but I cannot say whether this

Ficure 46.—Species of EUPHROSYND

a,b, Euphrosyne borealis Prsted: a, Anterior end, x 6; b, gill and dorsal cirrus, x 22.5.

c-f, Euphrosyne branchiata, new species: ¢, Anterior end, x 7.5; d, gill, x 68; e, small
seta, x 250; f, large dorsal seta, x 250.

g-i, Buphrosyne longisetis, new species: g, Gill, x 22.5; h, smaller seta, x 185; ¢, larger
seta, x 185.

number is constant in all somites. The gills (fig. 46, d) are com-
plexly branched and about as long as the setae. The long setae of
the ventral tuft very considerably in width and in the size of the
larger tooth but are all alike in general structure. At some distance
from the apex is a sharp tooth followed by a narrowing to the
curved, sharp apex. Just behind the apex is a very small, slender
tooth (fig. 46, ¢). In the row with the gills are shorter but heavier
setae, which are hardly longer than the gills. They vary in size,
but all have the general outline shown in figure 46, f. Some are
smooth beyond the fork; others have the marginal lobing shown
in the figure.

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Type—uU.S.N.M. no. 20412. Collected by the U. 8. S. Albatross
at station 2265, October 18, 1884, at latitude 37°07’40”’ N., longitude —
74°35’40’’ W., in 70 fathoms. .

Remarks.—In the character of the gills and setae this species agrees
closely with #. armadillo Sars as described by McIntosh (1900, pp. —
238-240, pl. 35, figs. 2, 8-14), and possibly it may be that species.
McIntosh described the median tentacle as biarticulate, by which I
assume he meant like that figured for /. borealis, but in the present
specimens the terminal slender portion is not present. Also, the sub-
terminal fine tooth on the seta is larger than is shown in McIntosh’s
figure.

EUPHROSYNE LONGISETIS, new species

FIGURE 46, g-i

Description.—Caruncle and median tentacle much as in #&,
borealis, except that in the tentacle the basal portion is much shorter
and the terminal narrow part relatively much longer than borealis.
The setae are of more uniform width than in other species and ex-
tend to a greater distance from the body surface. It differs also from
E. borealis in that the middorsal naked strip is much wider, being
about as wide as one-third of the body width. Im this respect it
resembles £. branchiata. The gills are cirruslike processes of uni-
form diameter and generally unbranched (fig. 46, g), but in larger
individuals a few may have two or three branches. On the para-
podial ridge of one half somite there were six of these gills. Most
of the setae are as shown in figure 46, h, having a conical subterminal —
tooth and the end of the seta blunt. In the dorsal part of the row
the setae are as shown in figure 46, 2, differing only slightly from
those of 2. borealis.

There is some difference in length between the ventral and the
dorsal setae, this being more marked in large than in small indi-
viduals.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 338; labeled as collected in Greenland by
Dr. Charles Liitkens. It is 15 mm long and 5 mm wide.

Remarks.—This species is the commonest of the genus in the
National Museum collections. It is recorded as taken in Massachu-
setts Bay; off Head Harbor (probably U. S. Fish Commission station
x, Aug. 2, 1872, Bay of Fundy, 214 miles about southeast of Head
Harbor Light, Campobello Island, 90 fathoms); Banquereau; and
east end of Cobourg Island, Baffin Bay, latitude 75°40’ N., longitude
78°50’ W.

LITERATURE CITED

McIntTosH, WILLIAM CARMICHAEL.
1885. Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Challenger
during the years 1873-76. Challenger Repts., Zoology. vol. 12,
xxxvi + 554 pp., 94 pls., map.
1900. A monograph of the British marine annelids, vol. 1, pt. 2 (Am-
phinomidae to Sigalionidae), pp. 215-444, pls. 24-42. Ray Society.

QustTep, ANDERS SAND@E.
1842. Udtog af en Beskrivelse af Grgniands Annulata dorsibranchiata.
Naturh. Tidsskrift, vol. 4, pp. 109-127.

TREADWELL, AARON LOUIS.
1937. Polychaetous annelids collected by Captain Robert A. Bartlett in
Greenland, Fox Basin, and Labrador. Journ. Washington Acad.
Sci., vol. 27, pp. 23-36, 16 figs.
173

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

‘Re
Sh

a EES
neh

Fe
i

Lie

ee oO eae ais
Te wr - wen ae of i
. _— ye 7 os ; ,
o ee 7 7 UT , 7 , :

| le

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1939 No. 3050

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE

By ALexanper WETMORE

In continuation of studies begun last year in the east-central group
of States, to secure needed material in birds and mammals for the
United States National Museum, we conducted field work through
the season of 1937 in the State of Tennessee. As in West Virginia
in 1936, W. M. Perrygo of the National Museum was in charge of
the field party; Carleton Lingebach assisted during the spring and
Henry R. Schaefer during the fall. Traveling in a small truck, the
party left Washington on April 3 and continued in the field until
July 17, when work was terminated for the summer. In fall field
work began on September 9 and continued to November 11.

The fcllowing account presents in sufficient detail the results of
studies of the birds obtained. A similar statement? covering the
mammals has been prepared by Dr. Remington Kellogg, assistant
curator of mammals in the United States National Museum.

In addition to remarks on the specimens obtained in 1937, I have
included throughout this report reference to other skins from Ten-
nessee in the National Museum so far as these have come to attention.
Most of these were collected by W. H. Fox near Chattanooga and
on Lookout Mountain in 1882 and near Rockwood in Roane County
in the spring seasons of 1884 and 1885. Fox published only a few
records from the Lookout Mountain area,? but he gave a complete
list of his observations in the latter region.? It has seemed desirable
to include his specimens so far as they have been found in order to

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, no. 3051.

2 Stray notes from Lookout Mountain, Tenn. Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, 1882, pp. 191-192.

3 List of birds found in Roane County, Tennessee, during April, 1884, and March and
April, 1885. Auk, 1886, pp. 315-320; 1887, p. 164.

106951—39——_1 175

{
176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

bring their identification up to date, in view of the long period
that has elapsed since his notes were published. Included also are
notes on a few specimens from northeastern Tennessee collected by
A. H. Howell in 1908 and 1910.

All the data assembled are made available here for the use of
those working on the list of birds of the State or occupied in other
ways with the birds of Tennessee. I have not attempted to make
an exhaustive search of literature for State records, as that is the
province of those engaged on a complete report of all the birds that
have been found in Tennessee. The notes include some records based
on observations where specimens were not taken.

Tennessee is so located geographically that it covers an area where
there is intergradation between a number of forms, so that handling
the present collection has been interesting and, in part, difficult. That
a region of mergence is covered should be borne in mind in reading
the following notes, as otherwise some of the statements may be mis-
understood. Assignment of names has been made only after careful
consideration of the characters found in the individual specimens.

Our work was carried on under permits granted by Howell Buntin,
Director of Game and Fish, Department of Conservation of Tennessee.
We are deeply indebted to Mr. Buntin for his cooperation and to
the officers under his direction throughout the State, who were
uniformly of assistance. The National Park Service courteously
granted permission for work in the Great Smoky Mountains Na-
tional Park, where our party had the friendly assistance of J. R.
Eakin, superintendent, and of Arthur Stupka, park naturalist. Ar-
rangements for investigations in the Unaka National Forest were
made through the courtesy of J. B. Spring, district forest ranger at
Bristol, and in the Cherokee National Forest through J. W. Cooper,
district forest ranger at Cleveland.

Everywhere in Tennessee our party had friendly reception from
citizens and landowners, who aided in many ways, particularly in
granting permission to enter on their lands. We are much in-
debted for this assistance, without which the work would not have
been possible.

ITINERARY

The collecting work was planned so as to cover the different sec-
tions of Tennessee as completely as possible in the time available.
As stated above, the party had a small truck for transportation.
Work began in the southwestern corner of the State with head-_
quarters at Ellendale, not far from Memphis, and covered Shelby |
and western Fayette Counties during the period from April 8 to 22.
Important collections were made in a large area of cypress swamp

near Hickory Withe, where permission for hunting over an exten-

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 17d

sive tract was courteously afforded by A. Weber. On April 23 the
party moved to a new base near Union City to remain until May
8, collecting principally in the region adjacent to Reelfoot Lake.
Through permission of the State authorities these investigations
covered the lake and that part of the adjacent shore included in
the State reserve. Dr. Herbert Friedmann joined the party here
from May 2 to May 5.

On May 9 Perrygo moved to Waynesboro, where collections were
made until May 19 in a region of forested hills extending 10 miles
to the north and covering sections on the Green River and near
Flat Woods on the Buffalo River.

The party then moved to a point near Crossville, on the Cumber-
land Plateau. Collections were made here until May 31 over a con-
siderable area, mainly on Birds Creek and near Pikeville and Mel-
vine. The men then proceeded to the mountainous area of eastern
Tennessee, and on June 1 through the friendly permission of Roy
P. Blevins made camp on a grassy area above Beaverdam Creek
behind the post office at Shady Valley. From this camp, at 2,900 feet
elevation, there was easy access to the Holston Mountains on the west
and to the Iron Mountains on the east, while to the south collections
were made on Cross Mountain and in the valley to the south as far
as Carter. I joined the party here from June 5 to 8. Perrygo and
Lingebach remained in this region until June 16.

On June 17 the men drove south to Gatlinburg in the Great Smoky
Mountains National Park, where through arrangements made by J. R.
Eakin, park superintendent, and Arthur Stupka, park naturalist, they
located next day at a camp 414 miles southwest of Cosby at an eleva-
tion of 2,700 feet, a point highly advantageous for the work in hand.
From here studies were made on Cosby Knob, White Rock, Inadu
Knob, Snake Den Mountain, Old Black Mountain, and Mount Guyot,
the work extending to elevations of 6,600 feet. Much valuable and
important material was obtained, the work continuing until July 5.
Mount Guyot proved most fruitful for Canadian Zone birds.

On July 6 camp was made at Ocoee in the Cherokee National Forest,
through the kind permission of the district forest ranger, J. W.
Cooper. In this region collections were made on Big Frog Mountain
to elevations of over 4,000 feet, and on the dry, pine-covered slopes
of Beans Mountain. Birds were most abundant between 1,800 and
3,000 feet. The party broke camp for the return to Washington on
July 16.

In fall Perrygo left Washington on September 9, accompanied by
Henry R. Schaefer, and on the following day called on the district
forest ranger in Bristol, Tenn., to arrange permission for work on the
lower slopes of Roan Mountain. That afternoon they drove up the

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

mountain, with some difficulty due to wet and slippery roads, and
camped at 6,200 feet elevation. On September 13 camp was moved to
the eastern side of the summit, and two days later the men secured a
cabin as a necessary shelter from the almost constant fog and rain.
While through force of circumstances the camp was located across
the State boundary in North Carolina, all collections were made in
Tennessee. There was much migration movement among the smaller
birds here, black-throated blue warblers and red-eyed vireos being
particularly abundant. Birds were obtained from altitudes of 4,200
feet below Carvers Gap to 6,200 feet across the summit of the moun-
tain. After the extreme heat of the lowlands the cool air of this high
mountain was almost reminiscent of winter.

On September 25 the men moved down to Elizabethton and the
following day established a base near Bean Station 12 miles northeast
of Rutledge in Grainger County for work in the Clinch Mountains,
This area proved to be rather dry, with a mixed second-growth forest
of pine and hardwood, with little of note except a considerable mi-
gration of wood warblers. Collections were made here until October
2. The following two days were occupied in driving across to Reel-
foot Lake, where on October 4 the party located in a cabin on the
western shore of the lake, 4 miles northeast of Tiptonville. Plans
called for work here until October 23 to follow the fall migration,
but results were less than had been expected as birds were only fairly
common and often hard to find because of strong winds that made
them seek cover. Trips were made on the lake by means of boats,
and the western and southern shore lines and adjacent regions were
covered from near Samburg around to Ridgely. They also worked
along the Hickman-Reelfoot Levee near the Mississippi River.

From October 24 to 31 the party located in the tobacco-growing
section at Clarksville, collecting along the Cumberland River near
Dover and Indian Mound and also working in heavy woods north of
the latter pomt. On November 1 the work was transferred to a
farming section in Lincoln and Giles Counties with headquarters at
Fayetteville. Most of the specimens secured here were obtained in the
vicinity of Pulaski and of Frankewing, near where there is a con-
siderable tract of heavy timber. Work terminated on November 10,
and the following day the party reached Washington.

Family COLYMBIDAE
PODILYMBUS PODICEPS PODICEPS (Linnaeus): Pied-billed Grebe

An adult female was taken on May 14, 1937, on the Green River
about 8 miles north of Waynesboro, Wayne County. It does not
seem probable that the bird was on its breeding grounds, as suitable

,
4
1

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 179

cover for nesting was not available. On October 8 an immature
female, with the streakings on the head of the juvenile plumage, was
shot on Reelfoot Lake about 6 miles northeast of Tiptonville. Others
were seen here on October 21. A bird only recently hatched was
taken on Reelfoot Lake on May 25, 1938.

Family PHALACROCORACIDAE

PHALACROCORAX AURITUS AURITUS (Lesson): Double-crested
Cormorant

Common on Reelfoot Lake, where 12 were seen on May 7. Many
were recorded from October 6 to 21. A female in brown plumage,
taken 6 miles northeast of Tiptonville on October 8, is typical in size
of the larger, northern race, having the following measurements:
Wing 311, tail 140, culmen from base 56.2, and tarsus 64.8 mm.

Family ANHINGIDAE
ANHINGA ANHINGA (Linnaeus): Water-turkey

On Reelfoot Lake two were seen on April 26 and another on
May 1.
Family ARDEIDAE

CASMERODIUS ALBUS EGRETTA (Gmelin): American Egret

Observed at Reelfoot Lake from April 24 to May 7 and from
October 5 to 22.

BUTORIDES VIRESCENS VIRESCENS (Linnaeus): Eastern Green Heron

_ Observed as follows: Hickory Withe, April 14; Eads, April 21;
Hornbeak, May 4; Reelfoot Lake, 6 miles northeast of Tiptonville,
October 6; Waynesboro, May 13 and 18; Pikeville, May 31; Rogers-
ville, June 1; Shady Valley, June 3 to 9.

NYCTICORAX NYCTICORAX HOACTLI (Gmelin): Black-crowned Night
Heron

Recorded at Reelfoot Lake April 30, May 7, and October 5.
BOTAURUS LENTIGINOSUS (Montagu): American Bittern
One seen at Reelfoot Lake May 6.
IXOBRYCHUS EXILIS EXILIS (Gmelin): Eastern Least Bittern

On Green Island, Reelfoot Lake, two were seen on May 7, and a
female was taken.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Family ANATIDAE
QUERQUEDULA DISCORS (Linnaeus): Blue-winged Teal
Six seen on Reelfoot Lake on October 21.

AIX SPONSA (Linnaeus): Wood Duck

Seen regularly at Reelfoot Lake from April 29 to May 7 and Octo-
ber 6 to 21.
Family CATHARTIDAE

CATHARTES AURA SEPTENTRIONALIS Wied: Eastern Turkey Vulture

The turkey vulture was observed regularly though not in great
abundance in all the localities where collections were made from the
Mississippi River to the mountains along the eastern border. On
October 24 a flock of 34 passed traveling south, evidently in migra-
tion. Three specimens taken, all females, one from Hickory Withe,
Fayette County, April 10, and two from near Ridgely, Lake County,
October 15, have the measurements assigned to the eastern form as
defined by Dr. Friedmann,‘ the wings being 580, 532, and 538 mm,
and the tails 279, 283, and 287 mm.

CORAGYPS ATRATUS (Meyer): Black Vulture

Records for the black vulture are as follows: Eads, April 21; Ellen-
dale, April 19; Reelfoot Lake, April 29, October 12-19; Union City,
May 24; Pulaski, November 1-4; Frankewing, November 8; and
Crossville, May 24. None were recorded from the higher elevations
of the eastern mountain section, though the species is found there on
occasion.

On October 12 a male was taken near Phillippy, Lake County, in the
vicinity of Reelfoot Lake. This bird has a wing measurement of 415
mm. Friedmann,’ through examination of considerable material, has
confirmed the impression of other workers that there is no appreciable
difference in size between the black vultures of North America and of
South America, so that subspecies in this group cannot be recognized.
In the A. O. U. Check-list for 1931 this bird is listed as Coragyps
atratus atratus.

Family ACCIPITRIDAE
ACCIPITER STRIATUS VELOX (Wilson): Sharp-shinned Hawk

Seen at Reelfoot Lake on October 16; Union City, April 30; Indian
Mound, Cumberland River, October 29; near Bean Station on Clinch

4 Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 46, Oct. 26, 1933, p. 188.
5 Ibid., pp. 187-188.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 181

Mountain, September 27; in Shady Valley, June 9 (one chasing a
quail); and at 6,000 feet elevation on Roan Mountain September 13
and 14.

As the sharp-shinned hawk of the United States is conspecific with
the West Indian races, it must bear the specific designation striatus of
Vieillot as indicated above, since this name antedates in publication
velox of Wilson. It is given in the A. O. U. Check-list for 1931 as
Accipiter velox velox through error.

ACCIPITER COOPERII (Bonaparte): Cooper’s Hawk

A common species, recorded at Ellendale, April 20; Hickory Withe,
April 9; Reelfoot Lake, April 29 and October 7; Tiptonville, October
18; 12 miles northwest of Waynesboro, May 13; near Pulaski, Novem-
ber 2 and 3; Crossville, May 28; Shady Valley, June 3 and 5; Roan
Mountain, September 13 and 22; and 4 miles southeast of Cosby,
June 29.

BUTEO JAMAICENSIS BOREALIS (Gmelin): Eastern Red-tailed Hawk

Recorded as follows: Ellendale, April 7 (partial albino) ; Samburg,
October 18; Tiptonville, October 20; Waynesboro, May 16; Pulaski,
November 2; Fayetteville, November 3; Frankewing, November 4;
Birds Creek near Crossville, May 26; 3 miles north of Pikeville, May
28; Clinch Mountain, west of Bean Station, September 27 and 28;
6 miles northeast of Shady Valley, June 3; Roan Mountain, Septem-
ber 20 and 23; Great Smoky Mountains, southeast of Cosby, June 19,
31, and 27, and Inadu Knob, a pair from June 25 to 29; Big Frog
Mountain, July 10. Listed in the A. O. U. Check-list for 1931 as
Buteo borealis borealis.

BUTEO LINEATUS LINEATUS (Gmelin): Northern Red-shouldered Hawk

The red-shoulder was fairly common, being recorded at the follow-
ing points: Frayser, April 8; Hickory Withe, April 12 to 22 (three
taken) ; near Reelfoot Lake, April 24 to May 5 and October 7 to 20;
Dover, October 30; Pulaski, November 3; Melvine, May 21; and
Kingston, June 1.

The three specimens secured at Hickory Withe, Fayette County, on
April 12, 13, and 15 include one male and two females. These are
somewhat intermediate toward the southern form Buteo lineatus
allent but appear decidedly nearer to true /ineatus and are identified
as that subspecies. Measurements are as follows: Male, wing 309,
tail 203, culmen from cere 20.4, tarsus 78.3 mm; two females, wing
331, 327, tail 206, 199, culmen from cere 23.8, 23.3, tarsus 81.5, 82.1 mm.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vOL. 86

The male is within the minimum range of Jineatus and the maximum
of alleni. The crown is slightly grayer than most lineatus but is defi-
nitely browner than typical allen7. The back is well marked with
brown, agreeing with lineatus, while below the bird is light, as in
alleni. Both females are definitely like lineatus above and both are
darker below than the male. Their measurements, while within the
maximum for alleni, are larger than the average for that form.

The birds from Hickory Withe were on their breeding grounds,
and may be considered representative of the species from that region.

BUTEO PLATYPTERUS PLATYPTERUS (Vieillot): Broad-winged Hawk

Seen near Waynesboro, May 10, and 10 miles east of Pulaski, No-
vember 2. In the mountain area one was recorded 4 miles southeast
of Cosby on June 29, and others at 2,000 feet elevation on Big Frog
Mountain on July 10 and 15. An immature was taken on July 10,
8 miles southwest of Copperhill on Big Frog Mountain.

AQUILA CHRYSAETOS CANADENSIS (Linnaeus): Golden Eagle

On Roan Mountain one was seen over the summit on September 12
and another on September 14.

HALIAEETUS LEUCOCEPHALUS LEUCOCEPHALUS (Linnaeus):
Southern Bald Eagle

On April 29 a bald eagle was seen at Reelfoot Lake, and a nest that
may have been abandoned was recorded. In fall one or two were
observed regularly from October 6 to 23.

CIRCUS CYANEUS HUDSONIUS (Linnaeus): Marsh Hawk

Seen at Reelfoot Lake, October 5, 19, and 21; Huntingdon, April 7;
Dover, October 26 and 30; and near Pulaski, November 2 and 4, In
Carvers Gap on Roan Mountain two were seen daily from September
13 to 23, feeding over the grassy bald and occasionally flying over the
low spruces.

While given in the fourth edition of the A. O. U. Check-list (1931)
as Circus hudsonius, current usage today recognizes the North Ameri-
can marsh hawk as a geographic race of the Old World hen-harrier,
Circus cyaneus. The difference between these two is found in the
more heavily spotted under surface in the adult male of the American
bird (this being regularly without spots in eyaneus) and in the darker
coloration of the female and immature. The two are quite distinct
but seem so allied as to belong to the same specific group.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 183
PANDION HALIAETUS CAROLINENSIS: Osprey

An osprey was seen on Reelfoot Lake on October 7 and another 3
miles north of Waynesboro on May 12.

Family FALCONIDAE
FALCO PEREGRINUS ANATUM Bonaparte: Duck Hawk

Near Walnut Lodge on Reelfoot Lake, October 14, a duck hawk
swooped repeatedly at a barred owl. In the Great Smoky Mountains
one was recorded on Mount Guyot at 6,300 feet on June 29 and
another on Inadu Knob at 5,700 feet on June 30. One was noted
at 6,200 feet on Roan Mountain, September 16.

FALCO SPARVERIUS SPARVERIUS Linnaeus: Eastern Sparrow Hawk

The only sparrow hawk obtained was a male collected at an eleva-
tion of 2,150 feet on Beans Mountain, 214 miles northeast of Parks-
ville, Polk County, on July 13, 1937. ‘This bird has the wing 183,
tail 109.5, culmen from cere 12.5, and tarsus 37 mm. The breast is
nearly immaculate, but there are scattered spots over the abdomen.
There is also in the National Museum a female, taken by W. H. Fox
on Lookout Mountain, March 31, 1882, that held an egg ready to be
laid. This bird has the following measurements: Wing 183, tail
114, culmen from cere 18.5, tarsus 34.4 mm. In short tail and fine
streaking of under surface this bird shows some approach to paulus
but is considered to represent sparverius.

Interesting sight records by Perrygo include a sparrow hawk at
3,700 feet in the Great Smoky Mountains, June 21; two on Big
Frog Mountain near Copperhill, July 8; and others on Roan Moun-
tain at 5,900 feet on September 12 and at 5,500 feet on September 13.

Family TETRAONIDAE
BONASA UMBELLUS TOGATA (Linnaeus): Canada Ruffed Grouse

Three specimens taken include one from Shady Valley, June 4; one
from 6,300 feet elevation on Roan Mountain, September 25; and one
from 6,600 feet on Mount Guyot in the Great Smoky Mountains,
June 21. All these display the heavily barred under parts and the
amount of brown in the under tail coverts that characterize this
race.®

6 See Wetmore, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 84, 1937, pp. 406—407.
106951—39——2

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

In addition to the specimens listed the ruffed grouse was recorded —
by Perrygo as follows: One was heard 5 miles east of Crossville on
Birds Creek on May 28 and another in the Clinch Mountains 6 miles
southwest of Bean Station on September 29. In the Holston Moun- —
tains above Shady Valley grouse were common in June, and females —
with young were recorded from June 11 to 15. On June 6 on Iron —
Mountain I saw two females with young, one brood of half a dozen
being as large as quail. In the Great Smoky Mountains Perrygo
found two broods on Cosby Knob at 5,000 feet on June 19 and re-—
corded others on Mount Guyot, June 21, on Snake Den Mountain,
June 23, and on Inadu Knob, July 2. Two were drumming on July
13 at 2,100 feet on Big Frog Mountain.

Family PERDICIDAE
COLINUS VIRGINIANUS VIRGINIANUS (Linnaeus): Eastern Bobwhite

Recorded at many localities. An adult male was taken at Shady
Valley on June 10.

Family MELEAGRIDIDAE
MELEAGRIS GALLOPAVO SILVESTRIS Vieillot: Eastern Turkey

One seen at 6,100 feet on Old Black Mountain in the Great Smokies.
on June 27.
Family RALLIDAE

GALLINULA CHLOROPUS CACHINNANS Bangs: Florida Gallinule

On Reelfoot Lake an adult and an immature gallinule were taken
on October 6, and nine others were seen on October 21.

FULICA AMERICANA AMERICANA Gmelin: American Coot

On Reelfoot Lake three coots were seen on April 26 and eight on
May 7. In fall they were common from October 6 to 21, specimens.
being taken October 6 and 8.

Family CHARADRIITIDAE
OXYECHUS VOCIFERUS VOCIFERUS (Linnaeus): Killdeer

A male was taken at Hornbeak, Obion County, on May 4. Another
was collected by W. H. Fox at Rockwood on March 9, 1885.

While the killdeer is evidently allied to the plovers usually placed
in the genus Charadrius, the decidedly longer and more graduated
tail and the distinct color pattern seem to me to warrant its separation

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 185

in a distinct genus, instead of listing it in Charadrius as proposed by
Peters.’

Family SCOLOPACIDAE
PHILOHELA MINOR (Gmelin): American Woodcock

One was observed in Shady Valley on June 11 and another at
5,000 feet elevation on Cosby Knob, in the Great Smoky Mountains,
on June 19.

CAPELLA DELICATA (Ord): Wilson’s Snipe

One was seen 6 miles east of Pulaski on November 4. There is one
in the National Museum taken at Rockwood, March 9, 1885, by W. H.
Fox.

TRINGA SOLITARIA SOLITARIA Wilson: Eastern Solitary Sandpiper

Solitary sandpipers were seen near Phillippy on April 27 and near
Reelfoot Lake on April 29. On April 15 near Hickory Withe three
were seen and two were shot, one being the eastern form, a female
with a wing measurement of 134mm. A specimen collected by W. H.
Fox at Rockwood on April 22, 1885, with a wing of 1385.4 mm, is
also the eastern form, though slightly intermediate.

TRINGA SOLITARIA CINNAMOMEA (Brewster): Western Solitary
Sandpiper

A female taken in company with one of the eastern race 3 miles
west of Hickory Withe, Fayette County, April 15, has the following
measurements: Wing 140.5, tail 61.8, culmen from base 32.5, and
tarsus 31.9 mm. In addition to large size this specimen has the white
spottings on the back reduced and the inner web of the outermost
primary distinctly marbled with whitish.

This western race must be considered only casual in its occurrence
so far east of its normal range.

Family COLUMBIDAE

ZENAIDURA MACROURA CAROLINENSIS (Linnaeus): Eastern Mourning
Dove

The widely distributed mourning dove was recorded in all the areas
visited both in spring and in fall. Specimens identified as the eastern
form carolinensis were collected 2 and 8 miles north of Waynesboro,
May 12 and 18; near Rockwood, April 8, 1884 (taken by W. H. Fox) ;

7 Check-list of birds of the world, vol. 2, 1934, pp. 252-253.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

and 3 miles north of Pikeville, Bledsoe County, May 21. The last
is an immature male in juvenal dress. An immature male, supposed

to be a migrant from farther north, was secured 7 miles northeast

of Tiptonville, Lake County, October 20, 1937. The eastern race
appears to be the breeding form of Tennessee except in the extreme

west. It is almost certain that it extends clear to the Mississippi —
River from fall until the opening of spring, as in that period many —

northern migrants invade the State.

ZENAIDURA MACROURA MARGINELLA (Woodhouse): Western
Mourning Dove

A pair of mourning doves taken 4 miles southeast of Hickory

Withe, Fayette County, on April 20 show definitely the paler color
above and below that characterizes the western form. A male se-

cured at Hornbeak, Obion County, May 4, also belongs here though —

slightly darker in color and therefore somewhat intermediate toward
the eastern bird. An immature male taken 7 miles northeast of Tip-
tonville in Lake County on October 20 is also somewhat intermediate,
being darker on the dorsal surface, but it is nearer marginella. Ap-
parently the western bird is the mourning dove of the extreme western
part of Tennessee, in the northwest intergrading with carolinensis,
the eastern race. Further details as to the range of marginella will
be of interest, especially with regard to specimens that are definitely
breeding.

Family CUCULIDAE

COCCYZUS AMERICANUS AMERICANUS (Linnaeus): Yellow-billed
Cuckoo

The first one of the season was collected on May 1 near Horn-
beak, Obion County. In fall another was secured and others were
seen on October 18 near Tiptonville. Near Waynesboro yellow-billed
cuckoos were common from May 10 to 18, and two were taken. Others
were found near Pikeville on May 28 and 31 (one collected on the
latter date). They were recorded at 2,700 feet elevation near Cosby
on June 25, at 2,000 feet on Big Frog Mountain on July 14, and on
the same day at 2,900 feet on Beans Mountain near Parksville, where
one was taken.

COCCYZUS ERYTHROPTHALMUS (Wilson): Black-billed Cuckoo

The two specimens taken of this cuckoo include a female from
Obion County near Reelfoot Lake on April 30. Others were seen in
this area near Hornbeak on May 6 and on Caney Island on May 7.
Another female was shot 4 miles east of Waynesboro on Buffalo

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 187

River, May 17. One was recorded from Low Gap near Cosby in the
Great Smoky Mountains on June 19.

Family STRIGIDAE
OTUS ASIO ASIO (Linnaeus): Southern Screech Owl

A male taken 6 miles east of Frankewing in Lincoln County on
November 9, with a wing measurement of 150 mm, belongs to the
southern race, as defined by Bangs. A female collected on Lookout
Mountain on March 20, 1882, by W. H. Fox, has a wing measurement
of 160 mm and is also this form. On this basis the southern screech
owl has a more extensive range through the southern section of
Tennessee than has been supposed.

BUBO VIRGINIANUS VIRGINIANUS (Gmelin): Great Horned Owl

On September 20 a male was secured at 5,500 feet elevation in
Carvers Gap on Roan Mountain. This species is not included in
A. F. Ganier’s list of the birds of Roan Mountain.°®

STRIX VARIA VARIA Barton: Northern Barred Owl

A male taken at Shady Valley on June 7 and a female from 3,500
feet elevation on Snake Den Mountain (Cocke County) in the Great
Smoky Mountains have the feathering on the toes extending down
past the middle of the final joint, as is characteristic of the northern
race. It is supposed that others heard or seen at 5,000 feet on Roan
Mountain on September 22 and on Cosby Knob (5,000 feet), Inadu
Knob (5,700 feet), and near Cosby (2,700 feet) between June 19 and
June 29 were of this same race.

One heard on Big Frog Mountain is of doubtful status.

STRIX VARIA GEORGICA Latham: Florida Barred Owl

Two young barred owls about two-thirds grown, taken near Eads,
Shelby County, on April 20, have the distal joints of the toes entirely
bare except for a narrow line of feathers down the side of the central
toe. These are characteristic of the southern form. An immature
about three-quarters grown, secured near Hickory Withe, April 22,
seems somewhat intermediate, as the feathering comes down nearly
to the middle on the two lateral toes and to about one-third of the
length of the middle toe with a line down the outer side. This seems
somewhat intermediate but is nearer the southern bird. An adult
male, taken 3 miles south of Ridgely in Lake County on October 14.

§ Auk, 1930, p. 404.
® Migrant, 1936, pp. 83-S6.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

has the outer toe with the proximal third feathered and a line of
feathers down the inner side nearly to the end, the distal joint of
the middle toe bare except for a fairly heavy line down its outer side,
and the inner toe bare for half the distal joint, being somewhat inter-
mediate but nearer the southern bird. These owls were noted in
the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake on April 26 and May 7 and from Octo-
ber 7 to 16. There is no question that Leon Kelso* is correct in
indicating that Strix georgica of Latham ™ applies to the southern
form of the barred owl, currently known as Strix varia alleni Ridg-
way. In addition to the characters discussed by Kelso, it may be
noted that Latham includes his Strix georgica in the group
Inauriculatae, as distinguised from his Awriculatae, pennis auricu-
latum instar extantium, showing clearly that he was describing a
smooth-headed bird.

Family CAPRIMULGIDAE
ANTROSTOMUS CAROLINENSIS (Gmelin) : Chuck-will’s-widow

Heard calling near Ellendale on April 20 and 1 mile east of
Waynesboro on May 10 and 11.

ANTROSTOMUS VOCIFERUS VOCIFERUS (Wilson): Eastern
Whip-poor-will

Specimens were taken 9 and 10 miles north of Waynesboro on
May 11 and 12 and 4 miles south of Crossville on May 29. Whip-
poor-wills were heard in Shady Valley from June 1 to 18, 4 miles
southeast of Cosby at 2,700 feet elevation on June 24, and on Big
Frog Mountain on July 14.

Family MICROPODIDAE
CHAETURA PELAGICA (Linnaeus): Chimney Swift

In the wilder sections of the Great Smoky Mountains from June
19 to 80 chimney swifts were found nesting in hollow trees on
Mount Guyot, Inadu Knob, and Old Black Mountain. A male was
taken near Cosby on June 19. On July 10 several pairs were ob-
served about old trees at 3,700 feet elevation on Big Frog Mountain,
and it was supposed that they were using them for nesting sites.

10 Auk, 1933, pp. 106—107.
11 Strix Georgica Latham, Supplementum jndicis ornithologici, 1801, p. xv (southern
‘Georgia).

12 Strix nebulosa alleni Ridgway, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, 1880, p. 8 (Clearwater,
Fla.).

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 189

Family TROCHILIDAE
ARCHILOCHUS COLUBRIS (Linnaeus): Ruby-throated Hummingbird

The first of the season was recorded at Hickory Withe on April
21. Two females were taken in Shady Valley on June 5 and 10.

Family ALCEDINIDAE
MEGACERYLE ALCYON ALCYON (Linnaeus): Eastern Belted Kingfisher

Observed at the following places: Hickory Withe, April 15; Reel-
foot Lake, April 24 to May 6 and October 11 and 14; Beech Creek,
12 miles northwest of Waynesboro, May 13; Buffalo River, 4 miles
east of Flat Woods, May 17; Pulaski, November 1.

Family PICIDAE
COLAPTES AURATUS AURATUS (Linnaeus): Southern Flicker

The southern race of the flicker, marked by smaller size, is found
through the greater part of the State, ranging east at least as far as
Crossville and in the southeast to Beans Mountain. Records of
breeding birds assigned to this form (with the wing measurements
given in millimeters in parentheses) are as follows: Frayser, 4 miles
east of Memphis, April 8, female (148.6); Hickory Withe, April 9,
female (146) ; 4 miles west of Hornbeak, Obion County, May 3, male
(149), female (148.2) ; 8 miles north of Waynesboro, May 13, female
(151, a little larger than the average); 7 miles southwest of Cross-
ville, May 26, two males (148, 150.5).

The flickers of the eastern mountain section are somewhat puzzling.
Those of Shady Valley are definitely the northern form /uteus, as is
shown in the following account of that form. However, an adult
male taken at 5,000 feet elevation on Cosby Knob in the Great Smoky
Mountains June 19, in fresh plumage with the wing not worn, meas-
ures only 149 mm. On the basis of size it is to be called auratus and
may be either a specimen from a point where intergradation between
the two birds begins or a wanderer from the nearby lowlands. In
view of the strong flights made by flickers through mountain areas,
the latter is possible. More specimens are needed from the Great
Smoky Mountain area to determine the status of the bird in that sec-
tion. A male taken on July 14 at 1,800 feet on Beans Mountain in the
southeastern section of the State measures 148.5 mm. This mountain
does not rise to high elevation. On the higher mass of Big Frog
Mountain a little farther south and east the flicker population seems
distinctly mixed, as in two females taken at 2,100 feet on July 15
the wing in one measures 149 mm, agreeing thus with auratus, while

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

in the other it is 156.5 mm, being well within the limit of Juteus. Ap-
parently the two forms are definitely in contact at this point, so a mixed
population is present.

Specimens assigned to avratus taken in fall include a male from
Tiptonville, October 6 (wing 150), and another from Frankewing,
Lincoln County, November 3 (wing 150.2).

The male from Cosby Knob has a few red feathers in the black
malar stripe near the center of the dorsal margin on either side. A
male from Crossville has a few red feathers along the anterior edge
of the stripe. Other males in the series secured have this mark
entirely black.

COLAPTES AURATUS LUTEUS Bangs: Northern Flicker

In the material collected in 1937 the northern flicker is represented
by breeding birds in specimens from the mountain area, along the
eastern border of the State. Three birds from the vicinity of Shady
Valley in Johnson County are definitely this form, a male taken on
June 3 at 2,800 feet near the base of the Holston Mountains having
a wing measurement of 154 mm and two females secured on June 5
at 2,900 feet elevation near Shady Valley post office measuring 159.5
and 154.5 mm. All three have the ends of the primaries considerably
-worn. Apparently it is near this point that the northern and southern
birds begin to mix, as it will be recalled that one from Cosby Knob has
the measurements of auratus. One female taken by Perrygo on Big
Frog Mountain at 2,100 feet on July 15 has a wing measurement of
156.5 mm, equaling dutews, though another specimen secured the same
day has the small size of auratus.

While auratus is indicated as the breeding bird at Hornbeak in
Obion County, apparently 7uwtews may extend across the northern
border of the State from a short distance farther east, as a male col-
lected by R. J. Thompson at Danville on the Tennessee River on June
29, 1892, has the wing 154 mm, and one secured by A. H. Howell at
3,400 feet elevation on Cross Mountain near the boundary of Anderson
and Campbell Counties on August 15, 1908, measures 158.5 mm.

From fall to spring the northern form covers the entire State.
Dates of interest in the specimens before me include a female from
Hickory Withe, April 9 (155), and a female from 2,000 feet elevation
in the Clinch Mountains, 3 miles west of Bean Station shot September
28 (wing 153). Possibly the latter is a representative of the breeding
stock of its area. Others were obtained as follows: Reelfoot Lake,
October 16; Samburg, October 11; Indian Mound, Stewart County,
October 28; Pulaski, November 2; Lookout Mountain, March 24 and
25, 1882 (W. H. Fox) ; and Rockwood, March 15, 1885 (W. H. Fox).

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 191
COLAPTES AURATUS BOREALIS Ridgway”: Boreal Flicker

Though not included in the fourth edition of the A. O. U. Check-
list in 1931, I can see no reason for not recognizing the boreal flicker
of Ridgway, with a breeding range across the north from Labrador
to Alaska and extending south from the northern limit of trees to the
northern border of the United States from northern Minnesota to
eastern Montana. The majority of the breeding birds from this area
have wing measurements ranging from 160 to 171 mm, dimensions
that are considerably more than those of C. a. luteus to the south.
When birds of this maximum size occur in the south it is during fall,
winter, and spring, when they may be assumed to be migrants from
the north.

Two of these large northern birds are included in the collection
from Tennessee—a male taken by W. H. Fox at Rockwood on April
1, 1885 (wing 164), and a female from Hickory Withe secured by
Baise and Lingebach on April 12, 1937 (wing 164).

CEOPHLOEUS PILEATUS PILEATUS (Linnaeus): Southern Pileated
Woodpecker

Specimens of this fine woodpecker were obtained as follows: Reel-
foot Lake (Obion County), April 26; 4 miles west of Hornbeak, May
3; 8 miles north of Waynesboro, May 14; 6 miles east of Frankewing,
in Lincoln County, November 3; 7 miles southwest of Crossville, May
27; Rockwood, April 12, 1884, and Roane County, April 6, 1885 (W. H.
Fox); Shady Valley, June 10; 4 miles southeast of Cosby, Cocke
County, at 2,700 feet in the Great Smoky Mountains, June 30; Big
Frog Mountain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 10 and 12.
After careful comparison of this excellent series all are identified as
of the typical race pileatus. The wing in males ranges from 216.5 to
229 mm, except for one from Crossville that measures 236.6; in females
from 213 to 225.7 mm. The large individual from Crossville is within’
the minimum range for (. p. abieticola and is a strong, robust bird.
Though it stands out rather sharply from the others and appears
somewhat intermediate, it is not sufficiently large in my opinion to call
it the northern subspecies. It will be noted that birds from the moun-
tains near the eastern border agree in size with pileatus, a male from
Shady Valley (2,900 feet) having the wing 222.5 mm and a female
from near Cosby (2,700 feet) in the Great Smoky Mountains measur-
ing 223.5 mm.

- The pileated woodpecker was especially common in Lake and Obion
Counties in the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake. One was seen near Hickory

13 Colaptes auratus borealis Ridgway, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 24, Feb, 24, 1911,
p. 31 (Nulato, lower Yukon River, Alaska).
106951— 39.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Withe on April 10, but residents in Fayette and Shelby Counties
considered that these woodpeckers were becoming scarce I that area.
They were common on Big Frog Mountain. Young just from the nest
were found near Waynesboro on May 15, and grown young were
recorded on Big Frog Mountain July 10 and 13, and at 2,900 feet
on Beans Mountain 2 miles northeast of Parksville on July 14.

CENTURUS CAROLINUS (Linnaeus): Red-bellied Woodpecker

This woodpecker was common in the area adjacent to the Mississippi
River, especially in the general region of Reelfoot Lake, while it was
less numerous but in fair numbers through the south-central section
visited. Records are as follows: Frayser, April 8; Hickory Withe,
April 9; Reelfoot Lake, April 26 and 27; near Phillippy, Lake County,
October 7, 9, and 12; Cumberland River, 2 miles west of Indian Mound,
Stewart County, October 27 and 29; 8 miles north of Waynesboro,
November 13; western Lincoln County, 6 miles east of Frankewing,
November 9; Rockwood, March 4, 1885 (W. H. Fox).

Measurements of this series are as follows: Males (6 specimens),
wing 123.5-129.7, tail 74.5-79.5, culmen from base 28.9-31.9, tarsus
99.3-942 mm. Females (8 specimens), wing 124.7—130, tail 73.6-80.5,
culmen from base 26—29.5, tarsus 21-22.9 mim.

MELANERPES ERYTHROCEPHALUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS (Linnaeus):
Eastern Red-headed Woodpecker

A female taken 3 miles west of Hickory Withe on April 15 has
about half of the brown head feathers of the immature dress replaced
by red. An adult male was collected at Bartlett, Shelby County, on
April 18. Other birds secured in the breeding season were taken as
follows: Troy and Hornbeak, Obion County, May 4; 8 miles north
of Waynesboro, May 13 and 14; 5 miles east of Crossville, May 28 and
29; and Shady Valley, June 5.

In fall, red-heads were common in the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake.
An immature male with red feathers beginning to appear on forehead
and auricular and malar regions was secured 3 miles south of Sam-
burg, with an adult female, on October 11. Two were seen and one
was taken 2 miles west of Indian Mound on the Cumberland River in
Stewart County on October 29.

Measurements of this series are as follows: Males (9 specimens),
wing 130-137.7, tail 75-78.5, culmen from base 25.8-27.8, tarsus 23-24.
Females (4 specimens), wing 128-134.5, tail 71-75.5, culmen from base
24-26, tarsus 22.2-93.1.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 193

I have given a brief statement of my views on the status of the
eastern and western forms in an earlier paper on birds from West
Virginia.**

SPHYRAPICUS VARIUS VARIUS (Linnaeus): Yellow-bellied Sapsucker

This common winter visitor throughout the State from fall to
spring was recorded as follows: Frayser, 4 miles east of Memphis,
April 8; Hickory Withe, April 9 and 10; 2 miles east of Phillippy,
Obion County, October 9 and 12; 4 miles south of Samburg, October
13; Indian Mound, Stewart County, October 27; 7 miles north of
Dover, October 30; 10 miles east of Pulaski, November 2; 6 miles east
of Frankewing, Lincoln County, November 4; Lookout Mountain,
April 5, 1882 (W. H. Fox); Rockwood, April 3, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ;
Clinch Mountains, 6 miles southwest of Bean Station, September 29.

In the breeding season it was seen on June 4 at 3,800 feet elevation
in the Holston Mountains, above Shady Valley.

Two years ago, in examining yellow-bellied sapsuckers collected in
West Virginia, I noted an apparent difference in size between breeding
birds from the mountains and individuals supposed to be migrant
from the north, but on looking up further material for comparison I
learned that this same problem was under study by Dr. H. C. Ober-
holser, so I did nothing at that time with regard to it. Since then
Oberholser-® has published on the matter, recognizing a northern and
a southern race, using the subspecific name varius for the southern
bird and atrothoraw of Lesson for the northern one.

In study of the present collection from Tennessee I have now
examined this question carefully, with results that are of interest.
The following statements are based on the study of approximately 60
birds of both sexes taken when they were on their breeding grounds.
Comparisons are made between the series from the southern area of the
breeding range of the species in the Appalachian Mountain System
and the northern region as represented by skins from Canada. Fol-
lowing are comparative measurements of the wing (the average being
given in parentheses). The dimensions of tail, culmen, and tarsus are
omitted as they show nothing of significance.

MALES
North Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia (5 specimens)_ 117. 5-122.0 (119.3)
Maryland (2 "Specimen =o ates her eer eee’ 118, 7-122.5 (120.6)
Rennsylvaniaw(G.specimens 222122 ts 82 a 119. 0-124.9 (122.7)

Northern Ontario, Alberta, Athabaska, Mackenzie (15
SPCCUMCNS | ere oS ew eee oe ee ee eB ee 121. 1-126.2 (124. 2)

44 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 84, 1937, p. 411.
18 Dept. Cons. State of Louisiana Bull. 28, 1938, pp. 372-374.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

FEMALES

North Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia (10 speci-
mens) ___----------------------------------------- 117. 7-124. 7 (121.4)
Maryland (3 specimens) ~-~------~--~--------------- 121. 5-127.3 (124.3)
Pennsylvania (3 specimens) —~---~---~-------------- 119. 2-123.0 (121.0)

Nova Scotia, Alberta, Athabaska, Mackenzie (15
specimens) ------------------------~-------------- 120. 8-128.7 (125. 0)

It appears from this tabulation that there is an average difference
of between 3 and 4 percent in length of wing between the northern and
southern groups. A study of the specimens, however, reveals that the
ends of the primaries are more worn in the birds available from the
south than in those from the far north. It is evident that this wear
has shortened the wings of southern birds by at least a millimeter and
probably more, so that the actual difference in size is less than the
average figures indicate, in other words less than 3 percent.

‘There is an extensive area from Pennsylvania across to North
Dakota and from there north to Canada where birds vary between the
twoextremes. A fair number of southern birds are large, and many of
the northern ones are small, so that the actual differences between the
two groups are quite indefinite. Identification of fully half of the
individuals off their breeding grounds, if two races are recognized,
therefore necessarily must be purely arbitrary. In view of this I do
not feel that two geographic races can be accepted. In my opinion the
slight differences that are shown between northern and southern birds
are to be considered merely an indication of the well-known fact that
northern birds among the woodpeckers are larger than southern ones.
In the case of the yellow-bellied sapsucker the difference has not
progressed far enough to warrant systematic recognition.

In this connection, notes that IT have made recently on Lesson’s
Picus atrothorax,® which Dr. Oberholser has used for his northern
race of the yellow-bellied sapsucker, may be of interest. The original
description of Lesson in full is as follows:

62. Pic a plastron noir; Picus atrothorax. Téte brune, pictoée en avant de

rouge; gorge blanche; plastron noir sur le thorax; parties inférieures blanches,
tachetées de brun.

Pucheran * wrote that he had not been able to identify this species
of Lesson’s, but two years later '® he said that Malherbe had found in
the collection at Paris a bird from Newfoundland obtained in exchange
from Canivet in 1828 that he, Pucheran, considered to be the female of
Picus atrothorae and that he identified as Picus varius, mn other
words as the yellow-bellied sapsucker. Pucheran noted that the
crown in this specimen was black instead of brown. It is this speci-
men that Berlioz has marked as the probable type of atrothoraz.

18 Picus atrothorar Lesson, Traité d'ornithologie, 18
7 Rev. Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 162.
18 Rev. Mag. Zool., 1855, p. 22.

51, p. 229 (no locality given).

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 195

When at the Paris Museum recently I took occasion to examine
this bird and checked the discrepancy in head color noted by Pucheran.
I went through the old catalog of the bird collection to find that in
addition to this bird there had been another in the museum prior to
1831, when Lesson named atrothorax, an individual cataloged as No.
2170, marked as taken at Philadelphia by Lesueur in 1824. This second
specimen was located after some search, and was found to be an
immature individual of the eastern Sphyrapicus varius with the
crown brown, spotted with red, but without the black crescent on the
breast.

The first specimen, No. 2168, female, from Newfoundland, is a
mounted bird in fair condition, though a little faded from exposure
to light, and has the following measurements: Wing 122.5, tail 72.8,
culmen from base 22.5, tarsus 21.2 mm. To repeat, this bird has the
crown deep black, with three tiny dots of red on the left side of the
center, and a prominent black crescent on the breast. The second
specimen, No. 2170, an immature bird with sex not marked, from
Philadelphia, is also a mounted bird, complete and in fair condition,
except that some of the rectrices are loose. The crown is brown with
numerous spots of red, and there is no black on the breast. It
measures as follows: Wing 123.7, tail 70.8, culmen from base 23.0,
tarsus 19.2 mm.

It appears that Lesson must have drawn his description from these
two individuals and that the type material is composite.

DRYOBATES VILLOSUS VILLOSUS (Linnaeus): Eastern Hairy
Woodpecker

The State of Tennessee includes an extensive area of intergradation
between the northern and southern forms of the hairy woodpecker,
races that differ mainly in smaller size coupled with some restriction
of the white markings on the dorsal surface in the southern subspecies.
Transition in size from north to south is gradual, without sudden
break. Specimens from the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake are definitely
intermediate between the two races under consideration (wing in 2
males 117 and 119 mm, in 2 females 115 and 115.8 mm), but they seem
slightly nearer the northern group. The specimens seen include skins
from Reelfoot Lake, April 28 and May 7; 3 miles south of Samburg,
October 11; 2 miles south of Ridgley, October 15; and 7 miles north-
east of Tiptonville, October 22. Their identification as villosus is
tentative in view of the fact that the southern race has been recorded
from the Mississippi bottoms in southern Indiana and southern Illi-
nois. In the Biological Survey collection there is a male with the
wing much worn, taken at Lexington by A. H. Howell on July 9, 1910,
with a measurement of 115.5, that seems also intermediate but is in
such a state of plumage that it is difficult to place.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vOL. 86

A pair of birds from western Lincoln County 6 miles east of
Frankewing (male, wing 119.8, female 116.8), taken November 5 and
6, in size and in the considerable extent of white on the back are of
the northern type, as are two males (wing 120.3 and 119.3 mm)
secured by W. H. Fox at Rockwood on March 9 and 28, 1885. A
male collected at 1,900 feet elevation in the Clinch Mountains 3 miles
northwest of Rutledge on October 1 (in molt so that the wing appar-
rently is not quite grown) also belongs here, with a wing measure-
ment of 118.5 mm. Specimens from the higher elevations in the
eastern mountains are definitely of the northern race. A male (wing
120.1) was taken at Shady Valley June 7. Birds secured at eleva-
tions of 5,000 feet or more on Roan Mountain on September 20 to 23
are in molt, so that the wing is not grown but affords sufficiently
large measurements to indicate that they are true vd/losus. In the
Great Smoky Mountains a male (wing 118) was taken at 6,300 feet
on Old Black Mountain on June 21, one (wing 122) at 2,700 feet 4
miles southeast of Cosby on June 23, and one (wing 118) at 6,500
feet on Mount Guyot on June 26.

Birds of the year, fully grown, were taken at Reelfoot Lake on
May 7, at 3,000 feet elevation 7 miles north of Carter on June 7, near
Cosby on June 23, at 5,700 feet elevation on Inadu Knob on June 24,
and at 6,000 feet elevation on Old Black Mountain on June 24, the
last three being in the Great Smoky Mountains. One of the juvenile
females has the center of the crown definitely spotted with white and
with elongated marks of red; another has four or five of the elongated
red markings only; and in a third markings are absent.

DRYOBATES VILLOSUS AUDUBONI (Swainson): Southern Hairy
Woodpecker

The southern race.of the hairy woodpecker has a range uncertainly
delimited at present in the southern section of the State. A female
taken at Bartlett on April 19 has a wing measurement of 112.8 mm;
a juvenile female not fully grown taken on May 14, 8 miles north of
Waynesboro, is identified tentatively as auduboni. Adult material is
necessary to check this allocation. A pair secured on May 27 on
Birds Creek 7 miles southwest of Crossville measure as follows:
Wing, in male 111.0, in female 112 mm. The three adults just men-
tioned have the wings considerably worn, but after careful examina-
tion it does not appear to me that enough of the end of the wing is
gone to permit their being vé//osus. I have examined with particular
care the two from Crossville, since March birds from Rockwood a
short distance east are the northern bird. A juvenile female with
unmarked crown was taken also with the adults from near Crossville.
The southern bird is also the form of Big Frog Mountain in Polk
County, as indicated by two specimens secured 8 miles southwest of

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 197

Copperhill, a male taken at 2,100 feet on July 15, with the wing 112
mm, and a female secured at 1,800 feet on July 12, with the wing
114.5 mm. A juvenile male was collected here on July 15. The
adults are much worn, but the same statement holds with them as
that made for the Crossville specimens.

It is strange that the birds from Frankewing have the size and
color of true villosus, in view of the fact that the bird from Cross-
ville has the smaller size of awduboni. As the Frankewing specimens
were taken in November, it is barely possible that they had moved
into that area from the north, though it seems more probable that
they were resident. Considerable further collecting will be necessary
to work out the status and distribution of the southern form, particu-
larly in the area adjacent to the Mississippi River, and in the south-
east.

DRYOBATES PUBESCENS PUBESCENS (Linnaeus): Southern Downy
Woodpecker

As in the case of the hairy woodpecker, the downy woodpecker
of Tennessee covers a considerable area where there is definite inter-
gradation between the northern and the southern forms. The south-
ern subspecies, pubescens, has the wing in both males and females
ranging from 86 to 91 mm, while in the northern bird, medianus,
the same dimension varies from 91 to 97 mm. It is usually supposed
that the southern bird is duller white below, a character that is
entirely unreliable, as any recent burn will smudge the breasts of
all woodpeckers from the charcoal and ash on the bark of the trees
and shrubs over which they clamber.

Birds that I have identified as typical pubescens come from the
southern sections of Tennessee. A male collected at Hickory Withe,
Fayette County, on April 10 has the wing 88 mm, and a female from
the same point taken on April 9 measures 90.5 mm. In the western
edge of Lincoln County, 6 miles east of the post office of Frank-
ewing, a male measuring 88.8 mm was taken on November 3, and a
female with the wing 90.5 mm on November 6. At this point there
was a mixture, as larger birds measuring 93.8 and 94 mm were ob-
tained at the same time. These are considered medianus and may
be migrant from some mountain or northern area nearby. A male
from Birds Creek, 7 miles southwest of Crossville, May 24, has the
wing 89.6 mm. Mixing is evident at Rockwood also, in material
collected by W. H. Fox, as two males taken on April 11, 1884, and
April 15, 1885, measure 91 mm, and a female secured April 7, 1884,
is 911mm. Another female, taken on March 13, 1885, is 95.5 mm
and represents medianus, and again may have come from a nearby
mountain, A male taken at 2,100 feet elevation on Big Frog Moun-
tain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 9, measures 89 mm.

198 -* PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM - VOL. 86

DRYOBATES PUBESCENS MEDIANUS (Swainson): Northern Downy
Woodpecker

In a considerable area in the northwestern part of the State inter-
mediate specimens of the downy woodpecker occur that are barely
within the size range of the northern form. Specimens of this type
are represented from the region about Reelfoot Lake, as indicated in
the following list where the wing measurements are enclosed in
parentheses following the locality and date of the birds to which they
pertain: Tiptonville, October 19 (2 males, 90 and 93.9; 2 females, 91
and 92); Samburg, October 14 (91.9); and Reelfoot Lake, April 29
(90.5). Specimens in this same category from other localities in-
clude a male from the Cumberland River, in Stewart County, 2 miles
west of Indian Mound, October 27 (wing 91.5), a female from 7 miles
north of Dover in the same county, October 30 (92.4), and a female
from much farther south, in Wayne County, 9 miles north of
Waynesboro, May 11 (wing 92 mm). Further material from this
area is required to establish more certainly the form found there.
For the present it is considered to be medianus.

As indicated in the account of D. p. pubescens, there seems to be
some mixing in the downy-woodpecker population at a few points,
due perhaps to migratory movement or to specimens taken at dif-
ferent altitudes. This is true in western Lincoln County 6 miles
east of Frankewing, where males taken November 5 and 6 measure
93.8 and 94 mm, though others have the size of pubescens, and at
Rockwood where one female secured by W. H. Fox, March 13, 1885,
measures 95.5 mm, though others are pubescens.

In the mountain section in the northeast, from the Great Smoky
Mountains northward, all the birds examined are definitely large
and can be referred without hesitation to true medianus. These
include the following (with the wing measurements again given in
parentheses) : Cross Mountain, near the line of Anderson and Camp-
bell Counties, August 15, 1908, taken by A. H. Howell (male 95.7,
female 95); Bean Station, Grainger County, October 1 (male 95);
3,800 feet elevation in the Holston Mountains, near Shady Valley,
June 3 and 4 (male 95.5, female 92.7 and 93.8) ; 5,000 to 6,200 feet
elevation on Roan Mountain, September 13 to 22 (male 94.2, females
93.9 and 96.1); 6,300 feet elevation on Old Black Mountain, Great
Smoky Mountains, June 25 (male, 95.5); Inadu Knob, near Cosby,
June 21 (female 92.1).

DRYOBATES BOREALIS (Vieillot): Red-cockaded Woodpecker

Perrygo recorded one of these birds near the Cumberland River, 7
miles north of Dover on October 30 but did not collect it. There
are three in the National Museum taken by W. H. Fox at Rockwood,
a pair on April 11, 1884, and a male on April 22, 1885.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS UF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 189

The considerable length of the wing tip in this species is equaled
among our other woodpeckers only by the sapsuckers of the genus
Sphyrapicus, and indicates a considerable divergence from the con-
dition found in the related hairy and downy woodpeckers.

Family TYRANNIDAE
TYRANNUS TYRANNUS TYRANNUS (Linnaeus): Eastern Kingbird

The kingbird was recorded as follows: Hickory Withe, April 10;
Ellendale, April 17 (specimen) ; Reelfoot Lake, April 27 (specimen) ;
Troy, May 1; Hornbeak, May 3; Samburg, May 5 and 6; Waynes-
boro, May 10 to 18 (specimen); Pikeville, May 21 and 29; Cross-
ville, May 27 and 29; Rockwood, April 17, 1885 (specimen by W. H.
Fox); Bearden, June 1; and Cosby, July 5. The western race of
this species described by Oberholser 1° is marked mainly by slightly
grayer dorsal coloration, the alleged difference of larger size hold-
ing only for part of the individuals examined. The white band
on the tip of the tail averages slightly wider in the western race but
is subject to considerable abrasion, so that in numerous specimens
from the west no difference is to be noted. Zimmer”? states that
he has been hesitant about recognizing two races in this species, but
such action to me seems valid, though as indicated the difference
between the two is slight.

MYIARCHUS CRINITUS BOREUS Bangs: Northern Crested Flycatcher

On April 27 a female crested flycatcher was taken at Reelfoot
Lake, and two others were seen. ‘wo were seen near Hornbeak on
May 1, and others about the lake on May 7. They were fairly com-
mon at Waynesboro from May 10 to 14 and near Pikeville on May
31. W. H. Fox collected one at Rockwood on April 15, 1885. One
was taken in the Holston Mountains above Shady Valley on June
4. One was seen on June 24 at 3,800 feet on Snake Den Mountain in
the Great Smoky Mountains, and two at 3,900 feet on Big Frog
Mountain, July 10. |

Eight specimens from Tennessee examined all agree in color and
in size of bill with the northern race.

SAYORNIS PHOEBE (Latham): Eastern Phoebe

Specimens were seen or collected as follows: Hickory Withe,
Fayette County, April 12; Samburg, May 2; Phillippy, Lake County,

29 Tyrannus tyrannus hespericola Oberholser, Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
4, Sept. 19, 1932, p. 3 (mouth of Twenty Mile Creek, Warner Valley, 9 miles south of Adel,
Oreg.).

2 Amer. Mus. Noy., No. 962, Nov. 18, 1937, pp. 12-13.

106951—39—4

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

October 23; Waynesboro, May 12 and 17; Lookout Mountain, March
91, 1882 (specimen by W. H. Fox) ; Birds Creek, # miles southwest
of Crossville, May 24 and 26 (the latter a juvenile bird just from
the nest); Rockwood, April 12, 1884 (specimen by W. H. Fox) ;
2,000 feet elevation, Clinch Mountains, 6 miles southwest of Bean
Station, September 29; 2,800 feet elevation in the Holston Mountains,
near Shady Valley, June 3; 2,700 feet elevation, 4 miles southeast of
Cosby, June 23 and July 2.

EMPIDONAX VIRESCENS (Vieillot): Acadian Flycatcher

Specimens of the Acadian flycatcher were obtained as follows: 8
to 10 miles north of Waynesboro, May 10, 12, and 19; near Shady
Valley, at 3,600 feet in the Iron Mountains, June 6, and at 2,900 feet
in the Holston Mountains, June 12; at 3,000 feet 7 miles north of
Carter, June 7; and at 2,700 feet, 4 miles southeast of Cosby in the
Great Smoky Mountains, June 30 and July 1 and 2.

MYIOCHANES VIRENS (Linnaeus): Eastern Wood Pewee

Specimens were obtained as follows: Eads, Shelby County, April
20; Reelfoot Lake, April 27; near Hornbeak, May 3; 8 to 9 miles
north of Waynesboro, May 11 and 14; 7 miles southwest of Cross-
ville, May 25; Clinch Mountains near Bean Station, September 27
and 28; Shady Valley, June 10; Roan Mountain, at 5,000 feet eleva-
tion, September 25.

Van Rossem* recently has brought up again the question of the
relationship of the eastern and western groups of wood pewees by
listing the western wood pewee as Myiochanes virens richardsonii.
That the two wood pewees are so closely similar in color and form
as to be distinguished at times with difficulty in museum skins is
easily apparent, but that this is external resemblance without closer
relationship than that of distinct species seems evident to me from
knowledge of the two in life. After a familiarity of many years I
am convinced that they are distinct, as indicated by entirely differ-
ent voice. In this regard it is only necessary to consider the close
resemblance of females of the blue-winged and cinnamon teals as a
related case. With the teals the males are entirely different, so that
there is no confusion. With the wood pewees the sexes are alike, so
that the two are separated with difficulty.

NUTTALLORNIS BOREALIS (Swainson): Olive-sided Flycatcher

An adult male was collected at 5,000 feet elevation on Cosby Knob
in the Great Smoky Mountains on June 19. Another was seen at

“ Birds of El Salvador. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 23, 1938, p. 371.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 201

5,700 feet on Inadu Knob on June 23, and one was recorded at 6,100
feet on Roan Mountain, September 12.

In the fourth edition of the A. O. U. Check-list (1931, p. 211)
the olive-sided flycatcher is listed as MNuttallornis mesoleucus
(Lichtenstein) following Hellmayr,?? who based this on Muscicapa
mesoleuca Lichtenstein.” More recently, however, Van Rossem ** has
located Lichtenstein’s type in the Berlin Museum to find that it is
a species of South American flycatcher. This circumstance allows
return again to the familiar name borealis as the specific term for this
attractive flycatcher.

The bird from Cosby Knob, an adult male in good plumage, is
very small, measuring as follows: Wing 100.8, tail 65.9, culmen from
base 17.5, tarsus 15.5 mm.

After examination of a large series of specimens, the contention
of some that there are eastern and western forms of this flycatcher
in my opinion is not upheld. It is true that the specimens with the
longest wings come from the west, and those with the shortest wing
measurement from the east, so that by averages a slight difference
between series from the two areas is evident. The overlap in size in
skins from the two areas is such, however, that the majority of indi-
viduals might be classed in either group, only a few specimens among
the extremes of large and small being susceptible of separation. In
these circumstances I do not consider recognition of two races war-
ranted. The statement is made only after examination of a large
number of skins.

Family ALAUDIDAE
OTOCORIS ALPESTRIS PRATICOLA Henshaw: Prairie Horned Lark

One was seen 5 miles west of Lawrenceburg, May 16.

Family HIRUNDINIDAE

IRIDOPROCNE BICOLOR (Vieillot): Tree Swallow

A male was taken at Rockwood, April 14, 1885, by W. H. Fox.
Perrygo recorded this species near Eads on April 14 and found it
common at the end of April in Obion and Lake Counties, recording
two flocks near Tiptonville on May 1. In fall he observed it in the
vicinity of Reelfoot Lake from October 5 to 21.

RIPARIA RIPARIA RIPARIA (Linnaeus): Bank Swallow

Recorded at Eads on April 16, 19, and 20 and at Reelfoot Lake on
April 24.

22 Wield Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 13, pt. 5, 1927, p. 189.
23 Preig-Verzeichniss Vogel Mexico gesammelt, etc., 1830, p. 2.
2 Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1934, pp. 350-352.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Oberholser 2° has considered the bank swallow of North America
when compared with that of Europe as separable under the name
mawimiliani of Stejneger,”* stating that our bird is darker above in
addition to being slightly smaller. After careful comparison of a
good series in the American Museum of Natural History and the
United States National Museum from England, Sweden, Germany,
Austria, and Russia with a comparable set from Ontario, Quebec, New
York, New Jersey, and Connecticut, I am unable to establish any line
of demarcation between them. There is considerable variation indi-
vidually in the shade of brown above, but light and dark specimens
occur on both continents. There is also considerable range in size in
this race, and there appears no difference in dimensions between Old
World and New World birds. My findings, therefore, agree with
those of European ornithologists who have considered this matter.

STELGIDOPTERYX RUFICOLLIS SERRIPENNIS (Audubon): Rough-
winged Swallow

The specimens secured include two immature birds taken on Octo-
ber'6 at Reelfoot Lake, 6 miles northeast of Tiptonville, where hun-
dreds were recorded, and a male from 3 miles north of Pikeville, on
May 28. At Rockwood W. H. Fox shot a female on April 16, 1884,
and a male on April 4, 1885. I saw one near Carter on June 7, 1937.

While the South American representatives of our rough-winged
swallows are quite distinct in yellowish abdomen and reddish-brown
throat, through Central America intergradation is complete to such
an extent that I have taken specimens in the highlands of Guatemala
that at first glance I thought must surely be migrants from the
United States. All the forms of this widespread group are there-
fore to be treated as geographic races of one species.

After detailed study of the series of specimens in the U. S.
National Museum, I have been unable to detect any differences in
birds from the west, which have recently been described by Ober-
holser as a distinct subspecies aphractus.*" In color and size speci-
mens from the area in which aphractus is supposed to range to me
appear identical with birds from the east. The race named by Gris-
com from Sonora as psammochrous *® is, on the other hand, distinct
m being paler above than serripennis and in averaging somewhat
lighter on the breast, though this last difference is slight and in-

% Dept. Cons. State of Louisiana Bull. 28. 1938, p. 407.

* Clivicola riparia mavimiliani Stejneger, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 29, 1885, p. 378, footnote
(Ipswich, Mass.).

27 Stelgidopteryx ruficollis aphractus Oberholser, Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
4, Sept. 19, 1932, p. 5 (Twenty-mile Creek, 9 miles south of Adel, Oreg.).

°8 Stelgidopteryx rujicollis psammochrous Griscom, Proce. New England Zo@l. Club, vol. 11,
Dec. 14, 1929, p. T2 (Oposura, Sonora, Mexico).

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 203
definite. As Oberholser states in his description of a supposed
western race just cited, psammochrous enters the United States along
the southwestern boundary, there being specimens in the U. S.
National Museum as follows: Texas, near Laredo; Arizona, San
Bernardino Ranch, Santa Cruz River west of the Patagonia Moun-
tains, Adonde, Fort Verde, and Fort Whipple near Prescott; Cali-
fornia, Jacumba and San Diego.

Van Rossem ”° at one time considered that the characters assigned to
psammochrous were due to fading in specimens long in museum collec-
tions, but after further work he informs me that he has found that this
conclusion was wrong. In my own comparisons I have had available
birds of equivalent condition as regards date of collection, and as the
differences are apparent in these I must conclude that psammochrous
is valid.

HIRUNDO RUSTICA ERYTHROGASTER Boddaert *: Barn Swallow

The barn swallow was seen as follows: Common near Reelfoot Lake
at the end of April, seen October 8 and 16; Samburg, May 6, several ;
Waynesboro, May 10, four; Shady Valley, June 1 to 11, seen daily,
and a pair nesting in a barn at the post office.

PROGNE SUBIS SUBIS (Linnaeus): Purple Martin

Seen as follows: Hickory Withe, April 9; Ellendale, April 16;
Eads, April 23; Tiptonville, May 1; Union City, May 2; Samburg
and Hornbeak, May 6; near Beech Creek, 12 miles northwest of
Waynesboro, May 13; Crossville, May 26; Shady Valley, June 4, one.

Family CORVIDAE
CYANOCITTA CRISTATA CRISTATA (Linnaeus): Northern Blue Jay

As a winter visitor this form, marked by larger size, lighter, bluer
dorsal coloration, and more extensive white on the tertials and sec-
ondaries, should be found throughout the State. There are only two
specimens in the present collection that are placed under this race and
those with some reservations. A male taken near Phillippy on
October 7 (with the wing 129.3) is small but has the color and wing
marking of the northern form. While intermediate it is believed to
be near cristata. A male from the Clinch Mountains 6 miles south-
west of Bean Station taken on September 80 measures 181.7. It is of
the proper shade of blue above but has the white margins on the wing
feathers as in florincola. It also appears intermediate. While these
are listed here as cristata, it will be noted that neither is entirely

2°'Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, Apr. 30, 1931, p. 268.
3° See Wetmore, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 84, 1987, pp. 413-414.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

typical of that form. Collections made later in fall and in winter
should include migrants from the north.

CYANOCITTA CRISTATA FLORINCOLA Coues: Florida Blue Jay

From examination of an excellent series of jays taken throughout
the State it appears that the breeding bird from the area represented
is to be identified as the southern form. The identification is made
on the basis of duller, more purplish dorsal coloration, less extent of
white tipping on tertials and secondaries, and smaller size par-
ticularly as indicated in length of wing. It is true that some birds
from the eastern mountain area are larger than the average of
florincola, and so come within the lower size range of cristata, but
in color these larger individuals resemble the others of smaller size.

The birds just mentioned from the eastern mountains are puzzling
and show definite intermediate characters. Two males taken in Shady
Valley on June 8 have wing measurements of 125.5 and 135.4 mm,
and a female collected on June 2 measures 131.6 mm. A male taken
at 4,500 feet on Snake Den Mountain in the Great Smokies on June
24 has the wing 133.8. On the basis of size three of these four
specimens could be called true cristata, but in dorsal coloration they
are distinctly darker, more purplish, and have the white wing mark-
ings restricted. They are identified at present as forincola. A male
from 5,000 feet elevation on Roan Mountain taken on September 23
is even more intermediate. The wing measures 129.5, and the white
on the tertials is reduced as in florincola, but the blue above is brighter
and less purplish. It is possible that when more skins are available
it may prove better to place the jays of the mountain region with
eristata, though the material now available points to the allocation
made here.

Other breeding birds are all definitely of the florincola type of
coloration, and only a few approach cristata in size. All are small
enough to come within the range of measurement assigned to florin-
cola. Following is a list of specimens, with the wing measurements
indicated in parentheses: Hickory Withe, April 12 and 13, 3 males
(180.1, 131.7, 127) ; Reelfoot Lake, April 26 and 27, 2 males (127.3,
128.6) ; Hornbeak, May 1, male (127.7) ; 8 miles north of Waynesboro,
May 13 and 15, 2 males (130, 131.2); Melvine, Bledsoe County, May
21 (133.5); Birds Creek, 7 miles southwest of Crossville, May 27, 2
males (126, 132.2).

Fall specimens allocated here include two from Samburg, a male
taken on October 11 (124) and a female October 13 (124); Cumber-
land River 2 miles west of Indian Mound, October 27, female (123) ;
and Cumberland River, 7 miles north of Dover, October 30, female
(123.5).

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 205

Blue jays were found to be commoner than anticipated through
the mountains of the eastern section of the State. In addition to the
specimens seen they were recorded as follows: Clinch Mountains near
Bean Station, September 27 to 30, several; Holston Mountains above
Shady Valley, June 2 to 16, common; Roan Mountain, September
11, one, and September 23, five; Great Smoky Mountains, Low Gap
near Cosby, June 19, one, Cosby Knob at 5,000 feet, June 19, one,
Snake Den Mountain at 5,000 feet, July 2; Big Frog Mountain, July
13, one.

CORVUS CORAX PRINCIPALIS Ridgway: Northern Raven

The raven was recorded in the Great Smoky Mountains near Cosby
on June 19, when two were seen, and at 6,600 feet on Mount Guyot on
June 27, when four were observed. At 3,000 feet elevation on Big
Frog Mountain one was heard on July 13 and another on the follow-
ing day, but because of the trees the birds were not actually seen.
During work on Roan Mountain three were seen on September 11,
five on September 12, and single birds were observed regularly. They
passed in the morning flying toward the north and returned at dusk
traveling toward the southeast into North Carolina.

CORVUS BRACHYRHYNCHOS BRACHYRHYNCHOS Brehm: Eastern
Crow

The crow population through the greater part of Tennessee is
decidedly intermediate between the rather poorly differentiated
northern and southern subspecies. In general the birds from the
northern part of the State west of the high mountain area to the
Mississippi seem to agree best, on the material at hand, with true
brachyrhynchos when the two characters of length of wing and size
of bill are considered. Several are intermediate, and a larger series
of birds may cause some change in this conclusion. In a pair taken
at Reelfoot Lake near Tiptonville, the male is distinctly of the
brachyrhynchos type with the wing 323 and the culmen from base
52 mm. The female is somewhat small, with the wing 300 and the
culmen from base 49.0. These two birds apparently were mated
with grown young out of the nest. They are the only specimens
taken in the breeding season that are identified as brachyrhynchos.
In three males secured near Phillippy in fall, a male shot on October
7 is very large (wing 329, culmen from base 52 mm). Two others
taken on October 7 and 12 measure as follows: Wing 305 and 300,
culmen from base 51.7 and 50.8 mm. The wings in these two are
decidedly worn, as the primaries have not yet been molted. This

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

accounts in part for the small wing measurement, and because of this
condition and the large bill these are called brachyrhynchos. In two
taken on the Cumberland River two miles west of Indian Mound on
October 27, a male has the wing not yet fully grown, while the cul-
men measures 50 mm. A female has the wing 305 and the culmen
from base 48.5. While intermediate these two are called brachy-
rhynchos.

The recent proposal of Dr. Wilhelm Meise ** and Dr. C. E. Hell-
mayr * to give the American crow status as a geographic race of
Corvus corone, the carrion crow of Europe, is one that does not to me
seem proper. After a field experience gained through three journeys
in western Europe, I am convinced that the resemblance between these
two birds is of a generic nature and that specifically they are distinct.
Their resemblance is found principally in that the two are generally
similar in form, are black in plumage, are alike in size, and have more
or less the same habits and ecological status. In the field, the voice
of the carrion crow is more like that of a raven, quite distinct from
that of our crow, so different in fact that in May 1938 in Switzerland
I did not recognize the call of a carrion crow when heard for the first
time in four years as that of a crow until it had been repeated several
times. In flight the wing action of the carrion crow also is different,
the wings having a wider sweep above and below the longitudinal axis
of the body. Ordinarily, too, in the European species the tips of the
primaries in flight are more widely separated, the wing appearance
being that of a raven. In the hand, the outer primaries are actually
narrower than in the American crow. In view of all this and of the
geographic separation of the two, it appears to me that they should
be considered specifically distinct.

CORVUS BRACHYRHYNCHOS PAULUS Howell: Southern Crow

A male secured near Hickory Withe on April 21 identified as
paulus is distinctly intermediate toward the northern form, with the
wing 805 and the culmen from base 50.2 mm. While this specimen
is here called paulus, further material may demonstrate that the
breeding crows throughout extreme western Tennessee are best called
brachyrhynchos. A female from 5 miles north of Waynesboro on
Green River, with the wing 300 and the culmen from base 44.5 mm,
has the small bill of pawlus. A male from 7 miles southwest of Cross-
ville on Birds Creek is intermediate, with the wing 309 and the culmen
from base 50.5 mm. It is identified as paulus with some reservation.

= Journ, fiir Orn., 1928, p. 8.
* Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. ES, pt. 7, 1904 8ps 1s:

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 207

Breeding specimens from 2,900 feet elevation at Shady Valley are
definitely of the paulus type, a male shot June 5 having the wing 290
and the culmen from base 48.8 mm, while a female taken on June 7
has the wing 295 and the culmen from base 45.3 mm. These two agree
with a breeding bird from White Top Mountain, Va., a short distance
away to the northeast. A female collected in Lincoln County, Tenn.,
6 miles west of Fayetteville, November 1, measures as follows: Wing
297, culmen from base 46.9. It also is considered paulus.

Family PARIDAE

PENTHESTES ATRICAPILLUS PRACTICUS Oberholser: Appalachian
Chickadee

In the higher elevations of the Great Smoky Mountains the black-
capped chickadee though not common is found in fair numbers.
Adult males were taken at 6,300 feet on Old Black Mountain on June
21 and 25, at 6,600 feet on Mount Guyot on June 21, and at 6,100 feet
on Inadu Knob on June 24 and 26.

In commenting recently on a series of these chickadees from the
mountains of West Virginia,®* I noted the slightly darker color of
those birds compared with specimens from New York, New England,
and Ontario. Since then Dr. Oberholser has described these southern
mountain birds as Penthestes atricapillus practicus.+ After com-
parison of the series of these chickadees in the U. S. National Mu-
seum, I am prepared to recognize this as a distinct race though its
characters are comparatively slight. Specimens in worn breeding
dress are most distinct, as the southern birds then are darker gray
above. In fall and winter plumage they appear very slightly darker
than the similar stage from the north, so that individual specimens
can often be separated only with difficulty. This race will include
those specimens noted above from West Virginia listed previously as
Penthestes a. atricapillus.

PENTHESTES CAROLINENSIS CAROLINENSIS (Audubon): Carolina
Chickadee

The nominate race of the Carolina chickadee differs from the
northern subspecies extimus in being darker gray on the back and
rump, paler buffy brown on the sides and flanks (especially in fall
and winter dress), and in averaging very slightly smaller. It is
interesting to find this form spread over eastern and central Ten-

33 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 84, 1937, p. 416.
34 Penthestes atricapillus practicus Oberholser, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 50, Dec-
28, 1937, p. 220 (Mount Guyot, Great Smoky Mountains, N. C.)

106951—39 5

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

nessee even in the lower levels of the eastern mountains. Following
are records based on specimens: 9 miles north of Waynesboro, Wayne
County, May 16; western Lincoln County, 6 miles east of Frank-
ewing, November 3 and 4; 5 miles east of Crossville, May 28 and 29;
Rockwood, March 4 and 18, 1885 (taken by W. H. Fox) ; Rogersville,
May 1885 (taken by J. W. Rogan) ; 2,000 feet elevation in the Clinch
Mountains, 3 miles west of Bean Station, September 30; Holston
Mountains and Shady Valley (2,900 feet elevation), June 3, 5, and 6;
2,600 feet elevation 4 miles southeast of Cosby, June 28 (adult and
immature fully grown) ; 1,800 to 3,000 feet elevation on Big Frog
Mountain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill (adult and grown young),
July 9, 10, and 11; 2,400 feet elevation on Beans Mountain 2 miles
northeast of Parksville (immature), July 13.

Specimens taken in the breeding season agree in dorsal color with
a series of carolinensis from near Charleston, S. C., the restricted
type locality. Fall birds from Bean Station and Frankewing are
very faintly darker above than extimus but have the flanks and
sides paler. Differences in size between extimus and carolinensis are
not of much diagnostic value, as in dimensions the two races are very
similar.

The Tennessee specimens average about the same as those from
South Carolina, and their color is such as to allow no hesitance in
placing them with carolinensis. Following are measurements from
the series from Tennessee: Males (8 specimens), wing 58.4-64.0
(61.3), tail 50.5-55.2 (52.7), culmen from base 8-9.3 (8.6), tarsus
15-16.5 (15.5); females (9 specimens), wing 56.8-60.7 (58.3), tail
49.1-53 (50.8), culmen from base 7.5-9.3 (8.6), tarsus 14-16 (15) mm.

Birds from South Carolina (Kershaw County, Aiken, and the
vicinity of Charleston) measure as follows: Males (8 specimens),
wing 57.8-63.8 (61.0), tail 49.2-54.8°° (51.6), culmen from base
¢.8-9.7 (8.6), tarsus 15.3-17.2 (15.8); females (5 specimens), wing
56.7-58.8 (57.5), tail 47.2-49.6 (48.3), culmen from base 8.1-8.7 (8.5),
tarsus 14.8-15.8 (15.2) mm.

Dr. Oberholser recently has named a race of this chickadee from
Louisiana,** giving as the range the lower Mississippi Valley north
to central Alabama and southwestern Kentucky, which includes
a part of Tennessee. He states that his new form is “similar to
Penthestes carolinensis impiger from Florida, but upper parts paler
and more grayish. Like Penthestes carolinensis carolinensis but
decidedly smaller.

85 Seven specimens.

8 Penthestes carolinensis guilloti Oberholser, Dept. Cons. State of Louisiana Bull. 28,
1938, p. 425 (Belair, La.).

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 209

“VM easurements—Adult male: wing, 57-61 (average, 58.9) mm.;
tail, 48-54.3 (50.5) ; exposed culmen, 6.8-7.5 (7.1) ; tarsus, 16; middle
toe without claw, 9.5-11 (9.9). Adult female: wing, 53-59 (56.6) ;
tail, 46.5-52 (48.5); exposed culmen, 6.5-7.5 (7.2); tarsus, 15-16.5
(15.6) ; middle toe without claw, 9-10 (9.7).”

Without going into the question of the validity of gwéloti in the
southern part of its assigned range, I consider the Carolina chicka-
dees from Tennessee to be identified subspecifically as carolinensis
and extimus according to the data presented under the present and
the following headings.

PENTHESTES CAROLINENSIS EXTIMUS Todd and Sutton: Northern
Carolina Chickadee

In western Tennessee the northern race of this chickadee extends
across the State from north to south as indicated by the following
records based on specimens: Hickory Withe, April 10 and 16; Reel-
foot Lake, April 29; Samburg, Obion County, October 11; Cumber-
land River 2 miles west of Indian Mound, October 27; and Cumber-
land River 7 miles north of Dover, October 30.

These skins are identical in every way with specimens typical of
extimus from West Virginia and elsewhere in the range of this race.
Measurements of the Tennessee series are as follows: Males (6 speci-
mens), wing 59.7-64.8 (62.4), tail 51.5-56.7 (53.9), culmen from base
8.3-9.1 (8.7), tarsus 15.1-16.5 (16.0); females (2 specimens) wing
56.2-59.4 (57.8), tail 51.5, culmen from base 8-8.5 (8.2), tarsus 15-16.2
(15.6) mm.

BAEOLOPHUS BICOLOR (Linnaeus): Tufted Titmouse

This species is common throughout Tennessee except in the higher
elevations of the mountains along the eastern border. Records in the
collection are as follows: Hickory Withe, April 9 and 10; Reelfoot
Lake, April 28; Waynesboro, May 11 and 12; Pulaski, November 1
and 2; Chattanooga, March 18, 1882 (W. H. Fox); Lockout Moun-
tain, March 24, 1882 (W. H. Fox); Crossville, May 26; Rockwood,
April 8 and 19, 1884, and March 24, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ; 2,000 feet
elevation in the Clinch Mountains, 3 miles west of Bean Station, Sep-
tember 30; 2,900 to 3,300 feet in the Holston Mountains, and Shady
Valley, June 2, 5, and 12; 5,000 feet elevation on Roan Mountain,
September 28; 1,800 feet elevation on Big Frog Mountain, 8 miles
southwest of Copperhill, July 12.

In examining this Tennessee material I have made careful compari-
son again of the series in the National Museum to find that in fall
and winter birds from South Carolina (Kershaw County and Charles-
ton and vicinity) the brownish wash on the back is slightly duller

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

than in birds from the north, while in the breeding season the back
is very slightly darker gray. Specimens from Florida are less defi-
nitely marked. In skins from West Virginia and Kentucky north-
ward the dorsal wash in fall is very slightly brighter brown, and the
gray of the back in summer barely perceptibly paler. The differences
appear to me too slight to be worth separation.

Family SITTIDAE
SITTA CAROLINENSIS CAROLINENSIS Latham: White-breasted Nuthatch

While the white-breasted nuthatches that I have seen from eastern
Tennessee are not wholly typical of the northern bird, it appears to
me that they are decidedly nearer to the northern form than to the
southern one. The dorsal color is very slightly darker than in the
bird of the north but is distinctly paler than in atkinsi. The size is
slightly intermediate, some having the somewhat larger dimensions of
carolinensis and some being a little smaller. Specimens allocated here
as carolinensis include the following: Rockwood, March 2, 18, 21, 30,
and 31, 1885 (taken by W. H. Fox) ; Shady Valley, June 4; and 3,800
feet elevation in the Holston Mountains above Shady Valley, June
9. Dr. Oberholser *7 has listed the Rockwood specimens as the south-
ern form, but with more material for comparison they seem to me
to fit better in the northern group. They are definitely paler than
atkinsi, and the single female shows a wash of gray over part of the
black of the crown and nape. Measurements are as follows: Males
(4 specimens), wings 85.8, 89.1, 89.4, 92, tail 46.7, 47.2, 47.4, 48.7, cul-
men from base 16.9, 18.3, 18.5, 18.5, tarsus 17.8, 18.2, 18.5, 19.4; female
(1 specimen), wing 87.6, tail 46, culmen from base 17, tarsus 17 mm.

SITTA CAROLINENSIS ATKINSI Scott: Florida Nuthatch

Birds from the following localities are identified as this southern
race: Reelfoot Lake, April 27; 8 miles north of Indian Mound, Octo-
ber 28; near Waynesboro, May 15 and 17; 7 miles southwest of Cross-
ville, May 26. In color and in size these specimens are similar to skins
from Florida and South Carolina. They are definitely darker gray
on the back than carolinensis and average small in size. Females
from Indian Mound and Crossville have the crown and hindneck black
without gray overwash. The size is definitely small as indicated by
the following: Males (5 specimens), wing 85.4, 87.3, 88, 88.3, 89.5, tail
45, 46.2, 47, 47.5, 47.5, culmen from base 17, 17.5, 17.6, 17.7, 18.3, tarsus
18, 18, 18.9, 18.9, 19; females (2 specimens), wing 85.6, 86.4, tail 45.7,
48.3, culmen from base 17, 17.5, tarsus 17.7, 18.5 mm. Crossville,

37 Auk, 1917, p. 185.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE DT

where birds identified as atkinsit were taken, and Rockwood, where
specimens called carolinensis were found, are not far distant, but the
two series appear definitely different, though as indicated the Rock-
wood birds are intermediate.

The Florida nuthatch ranges well north and skins from as far north
as Kershaw County, in the north-central section of South Carolina,
belong to this race.

SITTA CANADENSIS (Linnaeus): Red-breasted Nuthatch

At the higher elevations on Roan Mountain these nuthatches were
very common from September 13 to 23. One immature male secured
on September 16 still has most of the juvenile plumage, though three
others have nearly completed the molt. These birds were common
also in the higher areas of the Great Smoky Mountains, where speci-
mens were obtained at 5,000 feet on Cosby Knob, June 19, at 6,300
feet on Old Black Mountain, June 21, at 6,600 feet on Mount Guyot,
June 21, 24, and 25, and at 4,700 feet on Snake Den Mountain, June 29.
These are all in worn plumage, with the breast feathers so abraded
that most of the reddish brown color has been lost.

Family CERTHIIDAE
CERTHIA FAMILIARIS AMERICANA Bonaparte: Brown Creeper

The following records pertain to this migrant form: Samburg,
October 11; Ridgely, October 15; Rockwood, April 3, 1884, March 25
and 30 and April 15, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ; Lookout Mountain, March 30,
1882 (W. H. Fox).

CERTHIA FAMILIARIS NIGRESCENS Burleigh: * Southern Creeper

Marked by darker color above, particularly on the crown and
anterior part of the body, this form is known at present in Ten-
nessee only from the Great Smoky Mountains, where it breeds in
the high elevations. Specimens were taken as follows: 6,300 to 6,600
feet elevation on Mount Guyot, June 21, 24, and 25; at 5,500 feet
elevation on Inadu Knob, June 29. These are in fair plumage though
somewhat worn and are decidedly darker than the migrants taken
elsewhere. The birds were found on large spruces.

Family TROGLODYTIDAE

TROGLODYTES AEDON BALDWINI Oberholser: Ohio House Wren

The only house wren secured is an immature male collected 2
miles east of Philippy, Lake County, on October 23. This is an

88 Certhia familiaris nigrescens Burleigh, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48, May 3,
1935, p. 62 (Mount Mitchell, N. C.).

PAP PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86°

example of this recently described race,*® being apparently the first
identification of this bird for Tennessee, though it is probable that
part of the records of the western house wren (7°. a. parkmanit) for
the western part of the State refer to this form. The specimen is in a
somewhat grayish phase.

NANNUS TROGLODYTES HIEMALIS (Vieillot): Eastern Winter Wren

The migrant form of the winter wren is recorded in the collection
at the following points: Hickory Withe, April 10; western Lincoln
County, 6 miles east of Frankewing, November 4 and 6; Rockwood,
March 21, 1885, and April 3, 1884 (W. H. Fox).

While the A. O. U. Check-list has included the American wrens of
this group as specifically distinct from those of the Old World, it
appears that the resemblances between them are so close that they
are best considered as of one species. In view of this opinion I have
listed the winter wrens here under the specific name troglodytes instead
of hiemalis.

NANNUS TROGLODYTES PULLUS Burleigh: Southern Winter Wren

Two winter wrens were taken at 6,200 feet elevation on Roan
Mountain, a male on September 13 and one marked questionably as a
female on September 20. The bird has been recorded as nesting there
by A. F. Ganier,*® but specimens were not available to Burleigh when
he named this southern race. In the Great Smoky Mountains on
Inadu Knob an adult male was collected at 5,400 feet on June 23, and
a juvenile recently from the nest at 5,600 feet on June 28. Another
juvenile comes from 6,600 feet on Mount Guyot, June 24; another from
4,500 feet on Snake Den Mountain, June 28; and an adult female
from 6,300 feet on Old Black Mountain, June 29. One was observed
on Snake Den Mountain at the low level of 3,600 feet on June 25.

THRYOMANES BEWICKII BEWICKII (Audubon): Bewick’s Wren

An adult male was taken near Hornbeak on May 6, and three were
seen near the Mississippi in the vicinity of Tiptonville on October
19. One was recorded 12 miles northwest of Waynesboro on May 13,
and several were observed near Crossville, where a male was taken on
May 27. Others were noted at Melvine and Pikeville on May 31 and
10 miles east of Pulaski on November 2. Immature birds recently
from the nest were taken at 3,300 feet elevation on Cross Mountain,
3 miles south of Shady Valley post office, June 7.

% Troglodytes domesticus baldwini Oberholser, Chio Journ. Sci., vol. 34, Mar. 1934, p. 90
(Gates Mills, Ohio).
40 Migrant, 1936, p. 85.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 213

THRYOTHORUS LUDOVICIANUS LUDOVICIANUS (Latham): Carolina
Wren

This is one of the common species throughout the State, except in
the higher mountains. Specimens were taken as follows: Frayser,
4 miles east of Memphis, April 8; Hickory Withe, April 9 and 10;
Reelfoot Lake, April 28; Hornbeak, May 3; Ridgely, October 15;
near Tiptonville, October 16; Dover, October 26; Indian Mound,
October 29; Waynesboro, May 18; Pulaski, November 1; near Frank-
ewing, November 3; Lookout Mountain, March 25 and 30, 1882 (W. H.
Fox) ; Rockwood, March 16 and 30 and April 14, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ;
2,000 feet elevation in the Clinch Mountains 5 miles southwest of Bean
Station, September 27; 2,900 feet in Shady Valley, June 7 (juvenile
just from the nest); and 2,700 feet elevation in the Great Smoky
Mountains near Cosby, June 30. This excellent series shows the usual
variation in amount of reddish brown on the lower surface, birds
taken in fall being much more richly colored than those in spring and
summer.

CISTOTHORUS STELLARIS (Naumann): Short-billed Marsh Wren

One was seen at Reelfoot Lake on April 30.

Family MIMIDAE
MIMUS POLYGLOTTOS POLYGLOTTOS (Linnaeus): Eastern Mockingbird

The mockingbird, of State-wide distribution except in the high
mountains, was collected as follows: Hickory Withe, April 10 and
12; Hornbeak, May 4; Tiptonville, October 18 and 22; Waynesboro,
May 17; Pulaski, November 3; Pikeville, May 31. Mockingbirds were
seen in Shady Valley on June 3 and 11.

DUMETELLA CAROLINENSIS (Linnaeus): Catbird

A common species of which specimens were obtained as follows:
Eads, Shelby County, April 20; Reelfoot Lake, April 27; Waynes-
boro, May 10; Crossville, May 25; Rockwood, April 19, 1884 (W. H.
Fox); Shady Valley, June 3; 4,200 feet elevation on Roan Mountain,
September 20 and 22; 6,000 feet elevation on Inadu Knob, Great
Smoky Mountains, June 26; Beans Mountain, 2 miles northeast of
Parksville, July 14.

TOXOSTOMA RUFUM RUFUM (Linnaeus): Eastern Brown Thrasher

This widely distributed bird was collected at the following places:
Frayser, 4 miles east of Memphis, April 8; Hickory Withe, April 8;

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Hornbeak, Obion County, May 4; Reelfoot Lake, 2 miles east of
Phillippy, October 9; Crossville, May 26; Rockwood, April 7; and
Roane County, April 20, 1885 (W. H. Fox); Shady Valley, June 9
and 10; 4,100 feet elevation on Roan Mountain, September 20; 2,700
feet elevation 4 miles southeast of Crosby, June 23; 3,000 feet eleva-
tion on Big Frog Mountain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July
10; and Beans Mountain, 2 miles northeast of Parksville, July 13

and 14.
TOXOSTOMA RUFUM LONGICAUDA (Baird): Western Brown Thrasher

An adult male taken on the Buffalo River 4 miles east of Flat
Woods, Wayne County, on May 17 has the maximum size of the
western race of the brown thrasher and is identified as that form.
It measures as follows: Wing 110.0, tail 133.0, culmen from base
26.9, tarsus 34.2 mm. It is of necessity a migrant bird whose pres-
ence at this late date here may arouse some speculation. Possibly
it had been injured in some way, though it may have been merely
a belated migrant, since in the extreme northern part of the range
the first arrivals do not reach the breeding grounds until May 10
or 12, and some come still later.

The western race of the brown thrasher was described originally
by Baird.*? Ridgway * discussed it but did not recognize it, partly
because of unsatisfactory material and partly through some con-
fusion in the allocation of some of the specimens available. Ober-
holser ** has separated the western form again, and after survey of
a considerable series I agree with him that it is valid. Its principal
character is found in its definitely larger size. The alleged differ-
ence of paler color appears to me inconclusive, since while western
birds in worn dress are lighter on the dorsal surface I can see no
difference between the few specimens available in fresh fall plumage
and skins in similar stage from the East. The lighter color found
in the breeding series possibly is due to wear and fading through
the influence of the more intense light and the drier atmosphere in
which the western birds are found; in other words, to actual bleach-
ing. Measurements of skins taken in the breeding season of the two
forms are as follows:

Toxostoma rufum rufum: Males (43 specimens), wing 97.3-106.2
(102.6), tail 112.3-129.0 (121.0), culmen from base 23.1-29.2 (25.9),
tarsus 31.3-36.1 (34.1) mm. Females (27 specimens), wing 96.3-103.8

“ Harporhynchus longicauda Baird, Reports of explorations and surveys... for a rail-
road from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean . . . Birds, vol. 9, 1858, p. 353
‘Republican River, western Kansas).

“U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 50, pt. 4, 1907, p. 188.

* Dept. Cons. State of Louisiana Bull. 28, 1938, pp. 459-460.

a ee

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 215

(100.4), tail 111.1-126.0 (118.9), culmen from base 22.1-27.2 (25.3),
tarsus 32.4-35.4 (34.0) mm. These are the birds that breed from
Louisiana through eastern Kansas northward and eastward.

Toxostoma rufum longicauda: Males (18 specimens), wing 104.1—
116.7 (109.5), tail 120.8-135.7 (127.5). culmen from base 24.2-99.5
(26.8), tarsus 32.7-35.8 (34.6) mm. Females (9 specimens), wing
104.4-116.6 (108.5), tail 122.0-136.7 (126.6), culmen from base 24.7—
27.5 (26.0), tarsus 33.2-37.0 (34.4) mm. The specimens seen come
from the Great Plains area from western Kansas and eastern Colo-
rado (near Denver) north to Alberta and Saskatchewan. Winter
and migrant birds have been examined from Texas, Mississippi. and
Tennessee.

Family TURDIDAE
TURDUS MIGRATORIUS MIGRATORIUS Linnaeus: Eastern Robin

From material available it appears that this race breeds in the
higher altitudes of the mountains of the eastern part of Tennessee
and that it is found at other seasons through the State. Individuals
off their breeding grounds were taken at Ellendale, April 17 (female,
wing 129.4); Frankewing, November 6 (male, wing 130; female,
wing 126.7); and Rockwood, March 3, 1885 (dark, richly colored
male, wing 128.7, taken by W. H. Fox).

Four males secured in the Holston Mountains, bordering Shady
Valley, on June 3, 4, 8, and 9, are large and dark colored (wings
125.9, 128.1, 129.6, and 132 mm). They were taken from the base
of the mountains at 2,800 feet to 3.800 feet elevation. An immature
female in spotted dress was shot at 6,200 feet on Roan Mountain.
September 23. In a pair taken on June 21 on Inadu Knob in the
Great Smoky Mountains, the male has the wing 132.4 mm, while in
the female it measures 124.7. Both birds are dark above and are
richly colored below.

TURDUS MIGRATORIUS ACHRUSTERUS (Batchelder): Southern Robin

The collection includes only a few specimens of robins from the
lowlands that belong to this race, which is presumed to be the breed-
ing form throughout most of the lowland area of the State. A
female taken at Ellendale on April 17 (wing 124.7) has the pale
color of the southern form. The wings are somewhat worn, and it
is believed to be the breeding bird of the area. A male from Union
City, May 6 (wing 125.4), is decidedly dark above but a little paler
below than the average of the northern bird. It is called achrusterus
but is considered intermediate toward migratorius. A female from
Reckwood, with the wing 118.3 mm and the color very light above

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

and below, taken April 12, 1884, by W. H. Fox, is definitely the
southern bird. Two females, collected along Beaverdam Creek at
Shady Valley (2,900 feet elevation) on June 5 and 11, have the
wing 119 and 121.4 mm, respectively, and are light in color. They
appear typical of achrusterus, an interesting fact since specimens
from the slopes of the Holston Mountains bordering the valley, and
only a few miles distant, are the northern subspecies. An immature
female in juvenal dress that is barely grown, taken at 2,700 feet ele-
vation 4 miles southeast of Cosby on July 2, is referred to the south-
ern form, as the brown of sides and flanks is pale. No adults were
obtained at this point. An immature male in fall plumage taken
at 6,200 feet. on Roan Mountain, September 25, which represents
achrusterus, is a fall wanderer from low elevations, since the breed-
ing bird of this mountain is migratorius.

HYLOCICHLA MUSTELINA (Gmelin): Wood Thrush

Specimens were obtained as follows: Reelfoot Lake, April 29; Mel-
vine, May 29; Rockwood, April 23, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ; Shady Valley,
June 7 and 14; 5,100 feet elevation at White Rock, Great Smoky
Mountains, July 1; 2,700 feet elevation, near Cosby, in the Great
Smoky Mountains, July 2. The bird from White Rock is a juvenile
only recently from the nest.

HYLOCICHLA GUTTATA FAXONI Bangs and Penard: Eastern Hermit
Thrush

Found in migration as follows: Hickory Withe, April 9, 12, and 14;
Reelfoot Lake 2 miles east of Phillippy, October 12; Indian Mound,
October 28; Lookout Mountain, April 3, 1882 (W. H. Fox); Rock-
wood, March 8, 4, and 16, 1884, and April 5 and 11, 1885 (W. H. Fox).

HYLOCICHLA USTULATA SWAINSONI (Tschudi): Olive-backed Thrush

In the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake these thrushes were fairly common
in spring, specimens being taken at the lake on April 27 and 28 and
near Hornbeak on May 1. Numbers were seen near Waynesboro from
May 11 (when one was taken) to May 17. In fall three were secured
at 5,000 feet elevation on Roan Mountain, September 20 and 22.

HYLOCICHLA MINIMA ALICIAE (Baird): Gray-cheeked Thrush

Eight specimens were taken at the following localities: Reelfoot
Lake, April 24 and 29; Hornbeak, May 1 and 3; near Waynesboro,
May 15 and 18; and at 6,100 feet elevation on Roan Mountain, Sep-
tember 20.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE a7.
HYLOCICHLA FUSCESCENS FUSCESCENS (Stephens): Veery

Migrants were taken 9 miles north of Waynesboro on May 11.
Several were seen on Roan Mountain from September 13 to 20, one
being taken on September 18. In the Great Smoky Mountains two
were taken at 5,500 and 5,700 feet elevation on Inadu Knob on June 24
and 29, and two at 6,000 feet in Yellow Creek Gap on June 25.

SIALIA SIALIS SIALIS (Linnaeus): Eastern Bluebird

Except in the forested areas of the mountains bluebirds were re-
corded throughout the State. Specimens were obtained as follows:
Hickory Withe, April 13; Hornbeak, May 4; Waynesboro, May 10 and
15; Lincoln County, 6 miles east of Frankewing, November 4, 8, and 9;
Pikeville, May 81, Crossville, May 26; Shady Valley, June 5 (imma-
ture recently from nest) and June 11.

Family SYLVIIDAE
POCLIOPTILA CAERULEA CAERULEA (Linnaeus): Blue-gray Gnatcatcher

This interesting species was collected as follows: Hickory Withe,
April 9; Hornbeak, May 1 and 4; Waynesboro, May 10; Melvine,
Bledsoe County, May 21; Lookout Mountain, March 27, 1882 (W. H.
Fox) ; Rockwood, April 4 and 5, 1884 (W. H. Fox). Most records
for this bird are made early in the season; it is seldom seen after nest-
ing when it ceases to sing, as it is small and keeps in the cover of leaves.

REGULUS SATRAPA SATRAPA Lichtenstein: Eastern Golden-crowned
Kinglet

In migration specimens come from Reelfoot Lake near Tiptonville,
October 18; from Chattanooga, March 13, 1882; from Lookout Moun-
tain, March 22, 1884; and from Rockwood March 26, 1885 (the last
three taken by W. H. Fox). Possibly this kinglet is more numerous
in the higher mountains as a breeding bird than has been supposed.
On Roan Mountain from September 12 to 16 it was fairly common.
As the specimens taken include one secured September 16 with crown
still in full juvenile plumage with no trace of yellow, there can be
no question that the birds nest in that region. This bird has the wings
and tail just grown, while the soft immature dress still clothes the
anterior part of the body. In the Great Smoky Mountains these
kinglets were common in June at several localities in the high alti-
tudes. Specimens were taken on June 24 and 26 at 6,400 to 6,600
feet elevation on Mount Guyot, and on June 21 at 6,300 feet on Old
Black Mountain. One taken on June 21 is only recently from the
nest and is in full juvenal plumage. Several were seen on Inadu
Knob on June 24.

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Breeding birds are almost imperceptibly darker in color above
when compared with birds from the north, but they do not seem to
differ sufficiently to warrant separation.

Regulus satrapa and its races differ from Regulus regulus and its
forms of the Old World definitely and strikingly in the well-marked
white superciliary line of the former. The only approach in the
Palearctic group to this character is found in Regulus regulus japoni-
cus, in which the whole side of the head is lighter but in which there
is no definite superciliary stripe. In fact, to my eye satrapa resembles
Regulus ignicapillus as much as it does R. regulus. I may add that
the song of the golderest (Regulus r. regulus), familiar to me in the
field from work in the Sierra Cantabrica of northern Spain, is quite
distinct in form and phrase from that of our golden-crown. I can
see no basis for the action of Hartert,‘* Hellmayr,*® and others in
listing the North American satrapa as a geographic race of regulus.
In my opinion the two should be treated in our Check-list as distinct.

CORTHYLIO CALENDULA CALENDULA (Linnaeus): Eastern Ruby-
crowned Kinglet

Obtained in migration as follows: Frayser, April 8; Hickory Withe,
April 14; Samburg, October 14; Ridgely, October 15; Pulaski, No-
vember 2; Rockwood, April 3, 1884 (W. H. Fox) ; 2,000 feet elevation
in the Clinch Mountains, 3 miles west of Bean Station, September
28 and 30; Roan Mountain at 6,200 feet elevation, September 15 and
18, and at 4,900 feet, September 20.

Family MOTACILLIDAE
ANTHUS SPINOLETTA RUBESCENS (Tunstall): American Pipit

On March 23 and 24, 1885, W. H. Fox secured specimens of the
pipit at Rockwood.

Family BOMBYCILLIDAE
BOMBYCILLA CEDRORUM Vieillot: Cedar Waxwing

Cedar waxwings were taken at Hickory Withe, April 15, and at
Reelfoot Lake, April 27. Birds were seen at Waynesboro, May 11;
near Frankewing, November 7; and on Cross Mountain near Shady
Valley, June 13. One was collected at 6,100 feet elevation on Old
Black Mountain in the Great Smoky Mountains on June 29.

** Die V6gel der paliiarktischen Fauna, vol. 1, 1910, p. 394.
* Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 13, pt. 7, 1934, p. 510.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 22

the proposal of Bangs and Penard ** to call the red-eyed vireo Vireo
virescens on the grounds that the name Motacilla olivacea Linnaeus
in use for it could not properly be applied to this species, but they
did not find sufficient reason for discarding the current name. The
same question has been revived recently by Hellmayr.*

Family COMPSOTHLYPIDAE
MNIOTILTA VARIA (Linnaeus): Black and White Warbler

The present species was fairly common during summer in the
eastern two-thirds of Tennessee, as shown by the following records:
10 miles north of Waynesboro, May 12; 7 miles southwest of Cross-
ville, May 24 and 25; Lookout Mountain, March 24, 1882 (W. H.
Fox); Rockwood, March 31, 1885, and April 5 and 11, 1884 (W. H.
Fox); Shady Valley, June 7 and 8; 6,000 feet elevation on Roan
Mountain, September 20; 5,000 feet elevation on Inadu Knob, Great
Smoky Mountains, June 26; 2,700 feet elevation, 4 miles southeast of
Cosby, June 30 and July 2; 2,100 feet elevation on Big Frog Moun-
tain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 9 and 15 (including
immature birds not quite grown on both dates).

PROTONOTARIA CITREA (Boddaert): Prothonotary Warbler

The brilliant prothonotary warbler was seen at Hickory Withe
on April 10. At Reelfoot Lake, where three specimens were taken on
April 27 and 29 and May 7, these birds were common, particularly
on Green and Caney Islands. One was seen near Tiptonville on
May 1.

LIMNOTHLYPIS SWAINSONII (Audubon): Swainson’s Warbler

On June 8 an adult male was taken at 3,000 feet elevation in the
Holston Mountains, 3 miles northeast of Shady Valley, in a swampy
area shaded heavily with hemlock and rhododendron. Two others
were recorded at 2,600 feet elevation 5 miles north of Shady Valley,
near Beaverdam Creek.

HELMITHEROS VERMIVORUS (Gmelin): Worm-eating Warbler

The first one observed was found 8 miles north of Waynesboro
on May 16. W. H. Fox secured a male at Rockwood April 24, 1884,
and Perrygo and Lingebach obtained one at 3,000 feet elevation on
Big Frog Mountain 8 miles southwest of Copperhill on July 10.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 67, 1925, p. 206.
47 Wield Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 13, pt. 8, Sept. 16, 1935, p. 130.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

VERMIVORA PEREGRINA (Wilson): Tennessee Warbler

A common migrant that was obtained in spring at Reelfoot Lake
on April 27 and 30, and in fall in this general area, near Samburg
on October 11, and near Tiptonville on October 16 and 18. One
was seen 8 miles north of Waynesboro on May 19. Two were col-
lected at 6,200 feet elevation on Roan Mountain on September 18.

VERMIVORA CELATA CELATA (Say): Orange-crowned Warbler

An immature male was secured along the Cumberland River on
October 26 near Dover.

COMPSOTHLYPIS AMERICANA AMERICANA (Linnaeus): Southern
Parula Warbler

A male taken at Rockwood on April 24, 1884, by W. H. Fox has
the paler upper surface and less heavily banded breast of the south-
ern race. It has the following measurements: Wing 59.4, tail 42.8,
culmen from base 11.7, and tarsus 15.5 mm. Whether this individual
is a wanderer or whether the southern form has a definite range in
the State is something to be ascertained only through further collect-
ing. All others taken belong to the subspecies pusilla.

COMPSOTHLYPIS AMERICANA PUSILLA (Wilson): Northern Parula
Warbler

Birds from the following localities are identified as this race:
neelfoot Lake, April 24; about 4 miles west of Hornbeak, May 3;
Birds Creek, 7 miles southwest of Crossville, May 24, 25, and 27;
and Shady Valley, June 10. All are heavily banded with black and
brown across the chest and are darker above than the southern fori.

DENDROICA AESTIVA AESTIVA (Gmelin): Eastern Yellow Warbler

A female was taken at Reelfoot Lake on April 27. Others were
seen near Hornbeak on May 4 and at Shady Valley on June 3.

DENDROICA MAGNOLIA (Wilson): Magnolia Warbler

‘wo were collected, an adult male 10 miles north of Waynesboro
on May 12, and a female in the Clinch Mountains, 3 miles west of
Bean Station, on September 28.

DENDROICA TIGRINA (Gmelin): Cape May Warbler

There is one specimen of this warbler in the National Museum
collections taken at Rogersville, Tenn., in May 1885, by James Rogan.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 221
the proposal of Bangs and Penard * to call the red-eyed vireo Vireo
wirescens on the grounds that the name Motacilla olivacea Linnaeus
in use for it could not properly be applied to this species, but they
did not find sufficient reason for discarding the current name. The
same question has been revived recently by Hellmayr.*7

Family COMPSOTHLYPIDAE
MNIOTILTA VARIA (Linnaeus): Black and White Warbler

The present species was fairly common during summer in the
eastern two-thirds of Tennessee, as shown by the following records:
10 miles north of Waynesboro, May 12; 7 miles southwest of Cross-
ville, May 24 and 25; Lookout Mountain, March 24, 1882 (W. H.
Fox) ; Rockwood, March 31, 1885, and April 5 and 11, 1884 (W. H.
Fox); Shady Valley, June 7 and 8; 6,000 feet elevation on Roan
Mountain, September 20; 5,000 feet elevation on Inadu Knob, Great
Smoky Mountains, June 26; 2,700 feet elevation, 4 miles southeast of
Cosby, June 30 and July 2; 2,100 feet elevation on Big Frog Moun-
tain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 9 and 15 (including
immature birds not quite grown on both dates).

MNIOTILTA VARIA (Linnaeus): Black and White Warbler

LIMNOTHLYPIS SWAINSONII (Audubon): Swainson’s Warbler

HELMITHEROS VERMIVORUS (Gmelin): Worm-eating Warbler

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 67, 1925, p. 206.
47 Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 13, pt. 8, Sept. 16, 1935, p. 130.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

VERMIVORA PEREGRINA (Wilson): Tennessee Warbler

A common migrant that was obtained in spring at Reelfoot Lake
on April 27 and 30, and in fall in this general area, near Samburg
on October 11, and near Tiptonville on October 16 and 18. One
was seen 8 miles north of Waynesboro on May 19. Two were col-
lected at 6200 feet elevation on Roan Mountain on September 18.

VERMIVORA CELATA CELATA (Say): Orange-crowned Warbler

An immature male was secured along the Cumberland River on
October 26 near Dover.

COMPSOTHLYPIS AMERICANA AMERICANA (Linnaeus): Southern
Parula Warbler

COMPSOTHLYPIS AMERICANA PUSILLA (Wilson): Northern Parula
Warbler

Birds from the following localities are identified as this race:
Reelfoot Lake, April 24; about 4 miles west of Hornbeak, May 3;
Birds Creek, 7 miles southwest of Crossville, May 24, 25, and 27;
and Shady Valley, June 10. All are heavily banded with black and
brown across the chest and are darker above than the southern form.

DENDROICA AESTIVA AESTIVA (Gmelin): Eastern Yellow Warbler

A female was taken at Reelfoot Lake on April 27. Others were
seen near Hornbeak on May 4 and at Shady Valley on June 3.

DENDROICA MAGNOLIA (Wilson): Magnolia Warbler

Two were collected, an adult male 10 miles north of Waynesboro
on May 12, and a female in the Clinch Mountains, 3 miles west of
Bean Station, on September 28.

DENDROICA TIGRINA (Gmelin): Cape May Warbler

There is one specimen of this warbler in the National Museum
collections taken at Rogersville, Tenn., in May 1885, by James Rogan.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 223

DENDROICA CAERULESCENS CAERULESCENS (Gmelin): Black-
throated Blue Warbler

On September 13 Perrygo noted hundreds of these warblers passing
over Roan Mountain during a heavy fog. This was the period of
migration from the north, and several specimens of this northern race
were taken here at elevations varying from 4,700 to 6,200 feet between
September 13 and 20. These are the only certain records for true
caerulescens in the collection.

DENDROICA CAERULESCENS CAIRNSI Coues: Cairns’s Warbler

In June in the Holston Mountains bordering Shady Valley these
birds were common, specimens being taken on June 4 and 9. I saw
several in the Iron Mountains on June 6 and one on Cross Mountain
south of Shady Valley on June 7. On Roan Mountain, among the
host of migrant black-throated blue warblers, a male of this race was
taken at 6,200 feet on September 13 and another at 5,000 feet on Sep-
tember 23. In the Great Smoky Mountains Cairns’s warbler was
common, being collected in Low Gap 6 miles southeast of Cosby on
June 19, when an adult male and a young bird recently from the nest
were taken, and on Inadu Knob June 21, 24, and 26. Two were seen
at 3,700 feet on Big Frog Mountain on July 10. The males have the
blue dark in color, and most of them show a heavy suffusion of black
in the back. The females are darker and duller than those of the
northern form. The young bird secured is decidedly different from
the only juvenile of the black-throated blue warbler available, a bird
just from the nest taken at Upton, Maine, on August 11, 1873, by
William Brewster (U.S. N. M. no. 233447), the specimen of Cairns’s
warbler being much darker colored on the back, and decidedly green-
ish instead of brown. The difference is striking.

DENDROICA CORONATA CORONATA (Linnaeus): Myrtle Warbler

This species, abundant at the proper seasons, was taken as follows:
Hickory Withe, April 15 and 16; Reelfoot Lake, April 27 and October
13 (4 miles south of Samburg); 7 miles northeast of Tiptonville,
October 22; Cumberland River near Indian Mound October 27 (hun-
dreds seen here on the following day); 10 miles east of Pulaski,
November 2; Lookout Mountain, March 29, 1882 (W. H. Fox) ; and
Rockwood, March 3, 1885 (W. H. Fox).

As I have stated elsewhere, I consider the western race of this bird
valid, though it is not recognized in the latest edition of the A. O. U.
Check-list.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOU. 86

DENDROICA VIRENS VIRENS (Gmelin): Black-throated Green Warbler

Specimens at hand come from the following localities: Hornbeak,
May 1; Samburg, October 19; Rockwood, April 3 and 7, 1884 (W. H.
Fox); 3,400 feet elevation on Cross Mountain (near Briceville),
August 15, 1908 (A. H. Howell) ; Clinch Mountains near Bean Sta-
tion, September 28 and 29; 5,700 feet elevation on Roan Mountain,
September 16; 3,200 to 3,400 feet altitude near Cosby, June 30 and
July 1; 3,800 feet elevation on Snake Den Mountain, July 2; 2,100
feet elevation on Big Frog Mountain, 8 miles southwest of Copper-
hill, July 9. Apparently these birds are commoner as nesting birds
in the State than has been supposed. The specimens from Cross
Mountain probably were summer residents. In the Great Smoky
Mountains two were seen on Mount Guyot at 6,600 feet in addition
to those listed. On Big Frog Mountain black-throated green warblers
were common, as 15 were noted one day. Those taken there include
young birds recently from the nest.

From the few specimens that I have seen, the southern race of
this species, Dendroica virens waynei, is distinguished only by its
somewhat smaller and slenderer bill. To me color differences that
have been alleged are not apparent. The breeding birds from Ten-
nessee resemble birds from the north and are to be placed with the
typical race.

DENDROICA CERULEA (Wilson): Cerulean Warbler

A male was taken 8 miles north of Waynesboro on May 19. One
was recorded 7 miles southwest of Crossville on May 25.

DENDROICA FUSCA (Miiller): Blackburnian Warbler

The first one observed was taken at Reelfoot Lake, April 24,
followed by others 4 miles west of Hornbeak, May 4, and 9 miles
north of Waynesboro, May 11. A female was secured on June 4, at
3,800 feet in the Holston Mountains above Shady Valley, and on
June 6 I found Blackburnian warblers common along the summit of
the Iron Mountains 2 miles east of Shady Valley, where I secured a
pair. We saw at least a dozen at an elevation of 4,000 feet in decid-
uous forest, where they ranged both through the higher trees and
in the undergrowth. Subsequently Perrygo found them on Inadu
Knob in the Great Smoky Mountains, at elevations of 5,700 to 5,900
feet on June 23, 24, and 26.

Female birds taken in June appear less yellowish above than those
from the north, the white markings being clearer and the general
tone grayer and darker. There is much individual variation in this

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 225

species, however, and it seems probable that the difference apparent
is due to this. One breeding male is similar to skins from the
north.

DENDROICA DOMINICA ALBILORA Ridgway: Sycamore Warbler

Specimens were obtained near Hickory Withe on April 10, 12, and
16 and at Reelfoot Lake on April 29. Others were observed in the
latter region on May 1 and 7%.

DENDROICA PENSYLVANICA (Linnaeus): Chestnut-sided Warbler

Recorded as follows: 4 miles west of Hornbeak, May 4; Cross
Mountain, 3 miles south of Shady Valley, June 7; and near Cosby,
in the Great Smoky Mountains, June 21 and July 1.

DENDROICA CASTANEA (Wilson): Bay-breasted Warbler

This migrant species was taken near Hornbeak on May 1 and at
Reelfoot Lake on May 7. In fall it was fairly common in this area,
specimens coming from near the lake, 2 miles east of Phillippy,
October 9 and 12, and from 4 miles below Samburg, October 138. A
number were seen near Samburg on October 19. North of Waynes-
boro specimens were secured on May 10 and 11, and one was seen on
May 12. In the Clinch Mountains one was taken 5 miles southwest
of Bean Station, September 27, and one 3 miles northwest of Rut-
ledge, October 1. One was collected at 5,200 feet elevation on Roan
Mountain on September 23.

DENDROICA STRIATA (Forster): Black-poll Warbler

About Reelfoot Lake this species was collected on April 27 and 28.
Others were seen near Bluebank on May 3 and Hornbeak on May 4,
while on May 7 they were very common on Green and Caney Islands
in Reelfoot Lake. A few were recorded near Waynesboro on May
11 and 12.

Hellmayr ** has listed this species under the name Dendroica
breviunguis (Spix) on the ground that “dMuscicapa striata Forster
seems to be barred by Motacilla striata Pallas (in Vroeg, Cat. Rais.
d’Ois., Adumbr., p. 8, 1764) now referred to the genus Musecicapa.”

While this is true under the International Code, which recognizes
secondary synonyms, it does not hold under the A. O. U. code as at
present constituted, as this does not recognize secondary allocation of
names as preoccupation unless in current usage they come within the
limits of the same genus. If the A. O. U. code is followed, the name

4 Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 13, pt. 8, 1955, p. 405,

2926 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

of this warbler will remain striata. If the International Code is
accepted, then the name will change to breviunguis.

DENDROICA PINUS PINUS (Wilson): Northern Pine Warbler

W. H. Fox collected pine warblers at Rockwood on March 13 and
26,1885. Perrygo secured one in the Clinch Mountains 6 miles south-
west of Bean Station on September 29 and one at 6,200 feet elevation
on Roan Mountain on September 22. On Big Frog Mountain young
recently from the nest were taken on July 9 at 2,100 feet elevation, 8
miles southwest of Copperhill. Another young bird molting into
first fall plumage was secured on July 14.

DENDROICA DISCOLOR DISCOLOR (Linnaeus): Northern Prairie
Warbler

Near Waynesboro these birds were common from May 10 to 15.
Specimens were taken also near Crossville, May 24, 25, and 26, and
there are two in the National Museum taken by W. H. Fox near
Rockwood, April 15, 1885, and April 16, 1884.

DENDROICA PALMARUM PALMARUM (Gmelin): Western Palm Warbler

- Fairly common in the general vicinity of Reelfoot Lake from April
26 to May 7. Specimens were taken at Reelfoot Lake on April 26
and near Hornbeak on May 4.

SEIURUS AUROCAPILLUS (Linnaeus): Oven-bird

Records for this common bird are as follows: 4 miles west of Horn-
beak, May 3; 5 miles east of Crossville, May 29; Rockwood, May 15,
1884 (W. H. Fox); Clinch Mountains, 3 miles west of Bean Station,
September 30; Shady Valley, June 2 and 4 (common in the Holston
and Iron Mountains) ; Carter, June 7; Low Gap in the Great Smoky
Mountains near Cosby, June 19; 3,000 to 3,200 feet elevation on Big
Frog Mountain 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 10 (one imma-
ture bird) ; 2,900 to 3,000 feet elevation on Beans Mountain 2 miles
northeast of Parksville, July 13 and 14 (the latter an immature
individual).

SEIURUS MOTACILLA (Vieillot): Louisiana Water-thrush

A small series taken during the spring months includes specimens
from the following localities: Hickory Withe, April 9 and 16; Reel-
foot Lake, April 28; 7 miles southwest of Crossville, May 25; Melvine,
May 29 and 31; Rockwood, April 12, 1884 (W. H. Fox); Holston
Mountains near Shady Valley, June 3 (including a young bird just

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 227

from the nest); 3,600 feet elevation in the Iron Mountains above
Shady Valley, June 6 (others seen at Shady Valley post office and
on Cross Mountain, June 7); at 2,900 feet elevation near Cosby in
the Great Smoky Mountains, June 29; 2,000 feet elevation on Big
Frog Mountain near Copperhill, July 8 (one juvenile).

OPORORNIS FORMOSUS (Wilson): Kentucky Warbler

Found at Hickory Withe, April 16; Eads, April 20; Reelfoot Lake,
April 28; Hornbeak, May 1 and 3; Waynesboro, May 10 to 19; Cross-
ville, May 25 to 28; Shady Valley, June 11; Low Gap in the Great
Smoky Mountains near Cosby, June 19; 3,500 feet elevation 4 miles
southeast of Cosby, June 29.

GEOTHLYPIS TRICHAS BRACHIDACTYLA (Swainson): Northern
Yellow-throat

Specimens were secured as follows: Eads, April 20; Ellendale,
April 17 and 21; Hickory Withe, April 20; Reelfoot Lake, April 28
and 30; Waynesboro, May 17; Crossville, May 26; Rockwood, April
23, 1885 (W. H. Fox); Shady Valley, June 5 and 11; and at 6,100 feet
elevation on Inadu Knob, in the Great Smoky Mountains, June 26.
Males from Shady Valley are very slightly larger than others. All
have the yellow on the lower surface extensive.

ICTERIA VIRENS VIRENS (Linnaeus): Yellow-breasted Chat

Specimens were taken at Reelfoot Lake, April 80; 10 miles north of
Waynesboro, May 12; near Crossville, May 26, 27, and 28; Rockwood,
April 23, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ; Shady Valley, June 16; at 2,700 and 2,800
feet elevation near Cosby, in the Great Smoky Mountains, June 23 and
29; at 3,000 feet on Big Frog Mountain 8 miles southwest of Copper-
hill, July 10; and at 1,800 feet on Beans Mountain, 2 miles northeast
of Parksville, July 14.

Birds from near Reelfoot Lake have slightly more white on the
malar region than those from the eastern part of the State but in no
other way show approach to the western form.

WILSONIA CITRINA (Boddaert): Hooded Warbler

Records for this species are as follows: Hickory Withe, April 14;
Hornbeak, May 1; 10 miles north of Waynesboro, May 12; 7 miles
southeast of Crossville, May 25; Rockwood, May 19, 1884 (W. H.
Fox) ; Shady Valley, June 7 and 10; Low Gap, June 19, and 3,700 feet
elevation on Snake Den Mountain, June 24, in the Great Smoky Moun-
tains (seen near Cosby June 19); Big Frog Mountain, 8 miles south-
west of Copperhill, July 14 and 15; Beans Mountain, 2 miles northeast
of Parksville, July 14 (including one young just from nest).

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

WILSONIA CANADENSIS (Linnaeus): Canada Warbler

Taken only in the Great Smoky Mountains, where specimens were
secured at 5,000 feet on Cosby Knob, June 19, on Inadu Knob, June 21,
and at 4,200 feet on Snake Den Mountain, June 26. ,

Breeding specimens from the mountains of North Carolina (Mount
Mitchell, Graybeard, and Roan Mountain), Tennessee (Great Smoky
Mountains), southwestern Virginia (White. Top and Mount Rogers),
and West Virginia (Middle Mountain, Yokum Knob, and Cranberry
Glades) are very faintly darker gray above, with slightly less greenish
yellow wash, than those from the northern United States and south-
ern Canada. The difference is barely perceptible on close compari-
son and is not one that in my opinion merits a name.

SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA (Linnaeus): Redstart

The following specimens were taken: Eads, April 20; Hornbeak,
May 3; 10 miles north of Waynesboro, May 12; 7 miles southwest of
Crossville, May 25; Rockwood, April 15, 1885 (W. H. Fox); Roan
Mountain, September 16 and 23.

Family PLOCEIDAE
PASSER DOMESTICUS DOMESTICUS (Linnaeus): English Sparrow

A female was taken at Indian Mound on October 29, and a male
was collected at Rockwood on March 24, 1885 (by W. H. Fox).

Family ICTERIDAE
DOLICHONYX ORYZIVORUS (Linnaeus): Bobolink

Seen 2 miles north of Waynesboro on May 17 and 18.

STURNELLA MAGNA ARGUTULA Bangs: Southern Meadowlark

Study of the meadowlarks available from Tennessee has brought to
light an interesting condition in that while all I have seen are to be
identified as the southern form argutula, those from the eastern sec-
tion of the State are intermediate toward the northern bird.

Specimens from the following localities are considered typical of
the southern race: Ellendale, April 17; 7 miles northeast of Tipton-
ville, October 22; Union City, May 4 and 6; 4 miles east of Waynes-
boro, May 17; Fayetteville, November 3; Pikeville, May 31. Meas-
urements of birds in this series are as follows: Males, wing 111.8-121.0,
tail, 71.6-78.3. culmen from base 31.5-36; tarsus 39.6-44; females,
wing 103.5-106.6, tail 62.8-72.1, culmen from base 28.6-31.5, tarsus
36.7-39.3 mm.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE——-WETMORE 229

In specimens from farther east the color of the breast is distinctly
paler yellow as in magna, while the size remains small and the dorsal
coloration is dark as in argutula. ‘These are considered intermediate
but as nearer to argutula. This series includes the following birds:
Rockwood, April 15, 17, and 23, 1885 (W. H. Fox); Shady Valley,
June 11. The specimens measure as follows: One male (from Shady
Valley), wing 115.6, tail 70.3, culmen from base 33.2, tarsus 41.4; four
females, wing 101-108, tail 62.8~-70.1, culmen from base 27.8-82.1,
tarsus 35.6-38.3 mm. These all seem to be breeding birds and may
indicate that S. m. magna is found in Tennessee only as a winter
migrant.

A bird that I collected in the Elk Gardens at 4,000 feet elevation on
White Top Mountain, Va., on September 28, 1935, agrees in dark dor-
sal coloration with the birds from Shady Valley, Tenn., though as it is
in molt comparative measurements are not available.

AGELAIUS PHOENICEUS PHOENICEUS (Linnaeus): Eastern Red-wing

Specimens of this common bird were secured as follows: Ellendale,
April 21; Hickory Withe, April 20; Tiptonville, October 8; Phil-
lippy, October 23; Reelfoot Lake, May 7; Indian Mound, October
29; Rockwood, March 13 and April 17, 1885 (W. H. Fox); Shady
Valley, June 11, 12, and 14.

AGELAIUS PHOENICEUS ARCTOLEGUS Oberholser: Giant Red-wing

In the small series of red-wings obtained there are two females that
are migrants of this large northern race. One taken at Ellendale.
Shelby County, April 17, with the wing 101.4 mm, is noticeable for
the wide, heavy, black streaks on the under surface and the dark
coloration above. Another secured 7 miles northeast of Tiptonville
on October 20 is larger, having the wing 104 mm. It also is heavily
marked below and is especially noticeable for its dark color above.

ICTERUS SPURIUS (Linnaeus): Orchard Oriole

Specimens were taken at Eads, April 22; Hickory Withe, April 22:
and Reelfoot Lake, April 26. The bird was observed near Waynes-
boro, May 11 to 18, and in the vicinity of Pikeville, May 21 to 29.

ICTERUS GALBULA (Linnaeus): Baltimore Oriole

Several were seen and two were taken at Reelfoot Lake on April 30,
Others were seen near Hornbeak on May 3 and 4 and on Caney Island
in Reelfoot Lake on May 7.

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM . VOL, 86

EUPHAGUS CAROLINUS (Miiller): Rusty Blackbird

One was taken from a flock of three along the Cumberland River
near Dover on October 26. There is also a female in the collection
from Rockwood taken on April 18, 1885, by W. H. Fox.

QUISCALUS VERSICOLOR Vieillot: Bronzed Grackle

This form of grackle has the back and rump metallic bronze with-
out concealed purplish bars, except at the point of junction of the
head color with that of the back. It is represented in the collection
by birds typical in every way that are supposed to have been breed-
ing, taken at Hickory Withe, April 15, and at Union City, May 4.
A female from Hickory Withe has not molted properly and is in
such worn plumage that practically all metallic sheen has disap-
peared except on the head and upper breast. In fall, specimens
were obtained at Reelfoot Lake, 3 miles south of Samburg, October
11, on the Cumberland River, 7 miles north of Dover, October 30,
and near Pulaski in Giles County, November 1.

I have indicated beyond that this bird is probably best treated as
a species distinct from the purple and Florida grackles of the east
and south, and now it is with much regret that I have to record
that the long-familiar name of aeneas proposed by Ridgway * for
this grackle has to be replaced by versicolor of Vieillot,® a name
at one time used for the purple grackle. Hellmayr** has listed
Quiscalus versicolor Vieillot as a synonym of @Quiscalus quiscula
quiscula, saying that it is a “new name for Gracula quiscewla Latham
(Ind. Orn., 1, p. 191, 1790) =G@racula quiscula Linnaeus.” There is,
however, in the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris a specimen that
is marked definitely as Vieillot’s type of versicolor and that is a
typical bronzed grackle, so that this name must be used for the
western bird. In May 1938, in company with A. J. van Rossem, I
examined this specimen to find that there is no question as to its
identification as indicated, and there seems to be no doubt that it is
the basis of Vieillot’s description. Hellmayr’s supposition that
versicolor is merely a substitute name for Gracula quiscula Latham
is not borne out by examination of Vieillot’s account, which is not
a transliteration of Latham’s statement but is written anew, evidently
from the specimen cited. The type is labeled as from “Etats-Unis.”

The name for the bronzed grackle, therefore, becomes Quiscalus
versicolor Vieillot if it is considered a distinct species, or Quéscalus

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phiiadelphia, 1869, p. 134. :

Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 13, pt. 10, 1937, p. 75.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 231

wersicolor versicolor if the belief is held that it is conspecific with
the eastern and southern grackles of this group.

QUISCALUS QUISCULA STONEI Chapman: Purple Grackle

The subspecific names applied herein to this grackle and its relative
_ “ridgway?” are used in accordance with the treatment of Dr. Frank M.
Chapman in his detailed studies of these interesting birds.*? In the
identification of the specimens available from Tennessee I have had the
benefit of Dr. Chapman’s advice from his personal examination of the
material.

In my opinion the nomenclatural status of these grackles is subject to
some adjustment from the currently accepted view as expressed at
present in the A. O. U. Check-list of one species divided into several
subspecies. As knowledge of the ranges of the phases in which these
birds occur has grown, it has appeared to me that we have here two
specific groups, one of bronzed grackles (not divided into subspecies)
and the other of purple grackles (with two geographic races, the
Florida grackle and the purple grackle), with hybrids (ridgway?)
occurring in abundance when the ranges of the two overlap. If this
view is accepted, the case would then be like that of the red-shafted and
the yellow-shafted flickers.

Four birds assigned to the purple grackle now known as Quiscalus q.
stonet were secured by W. H. Fox near Rockwood, Tenn., on March 26
and 30 and April 11 and 16, 1885. These show the purplish to greenish
head, the bronzy purplish blue back and sides, and the more or less
concealed iridescent bars on the back, especially on the rump, that
mark the race here under discussion. The April specimens are pre-
sumably breeding birds. Those collected in March may have been
migrants, or they may have been taken on their breeding grounds.

QUISCALUS QUISCULA RIDGWAYI Oberholser: Ridgway’s Grackle

As used by Dr. Chapman, birds to which this name may be applied
have the back and sides brassy green, and the rump bronze without
evident or concealed iridescent bars. The group to which this name
is applied is one that is definitely variable, and as indicated above
it seems probable that it represents a series of hybrids between birds
of the purple grackle complex and the bronzed grackle. Among
specimens taken by W. H. Fox at Rockwood is a male, secured on
March 26, 1885, that is entirely typical of this supposed form. The
back is brassy green with evident iridescent bluish bars and the rump
plain bronze, without markings. A female secured on April 11, 1885,

52 Auk, 1935, pp. 21-29; 1936, pp. 405-416.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

has a bare indication of bars on the rump and so approaches stonez,
though another male taken on April 20, 1885, in somewhat worn
breeding dress, shows somewhat more of an approach toward the
bronzed grackle in the more greenish cast of the dorsal surface,
though this appearance may be due to feather wear. Other birds of
the ridgwayi type were secured by Perrygo at Shady Valley, John-
son County, on June 11 and 14, 1937. A male and two females are
typical in color of the birds placed under this name. A third female
shows a little more approach to stone?.

These birds are segregated under the name r7dgwayi as a matter
of convenience, but I believe they are hybrids and therefore are to be
doubtfully considered as a separate subspecific group.

MOLOTHRUS ATER ATER (Boddaert): Eastern Cowbird

In Lake and Obion Counties the cowbird was fairly common from
April 24 to May 7, specimens being taken at Reelfoot Lake on April
26 and 4 miles west of Hornbeak on May 3. Others were collected in
the vicinity of Waynesboro on May 17 (4 miles east of Flat Woods)
and May 19 (8 miles north). One was collected at Rockwood on April
17, 1885, by W. H. Fox. Perrygo recorded cowbirds at Crossville,
May 29, 4 miles east of Knoxville, June 1, and Shady Valley, June
9, 20;cand a.

Family THRAUPIDAE
PIRANGA ERYTHROMELAS Vieillot: Scarlet Tanager

Specimens were obtained at the following localities: Reelfoot Lake,
April 29; 10 miles north of Waynesboro, May 10; Melvine, May 21;
7 miles southwest of Crossville, May 24; Rockwood, April 19, 1884
(W. H. Fox); Shady Valley, June 3 and 15; Great Smoky Moun-
tains, Low Gap, near Cosby, June 19, and 3,700 feet elevation on
Snake Den Mountain, June 24; and 2,100 feet elevation on Big Frog
Mountain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 15. Two males in
the nine taken have red markings in the middle wing coverts. Two
others (the last two listed) have only partially attained adult color,
the red being dull, with considerable mixture of greenish.

PIRANGA RUBRA RUBRA (Linnaeus): Summer Tanager

While all the records of this tanager are for spring, it is probable
that the birds noted were on their nesting grounds. Specimens were
collected at Hickory Withe, April 15 and 16; Reelfoot Lake, April
28; near Waynesboro, May 11 and 12.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 233

Family FRINGILLIDAE

RICHMONDENA CARDINALIS CARDINALIS (Linnaeus): Eastern
Cardinal

This abundant resident was recorded throughout the State except
in the higher elevations of the eastern mountains. Cardinals were
common in Shady Valley and were found to at least 3,800 feet in the
Holston Mountains. In the Great Smoky Mountains they were seen
near Cosby at 2,700 feet, and they were found on Big Frog and Beans
Mountains.

Specimens were obtained at the following localities: Frayser,
April 8; Hickory Withe, April 12; Reelfoot Lake, April 26; Phil-
lippy, October 7; Samburg, October 13; Dover, October 25; Indian
Mound, October 27; Waynesboro, May 11 and 17; Frankewing, No-
vember 3 and 4; Lookout Mountain, March 24, 1882 (W. H. Fox);
Crossville, May 25; Rockwood, April 16, 1884, and Roane County,
April 6, 1885 (W. H. Fox) ; Bean Station, October 2; Shady Valley,
June 10 and 12; near Cosby in the Great Smoky Mountains, July 3.

HEDYMELES LUDOVICIANUS (Linnaeus): Rose-breasted Grosbeak

While these birds were noted at Eads, April 20, Hornbeak, May 1
and 4, and Samburg, May 7, the only one collected in the western
section of the State was a female secured 7 miles northeast of Tipton-
ville on October 19. Near Shady Valley I saw one at 4,000 feet in
the Iron Mountains on June 6, and Perrygo observed a pair at 3,800
feet in the Holston Mountains on June 10. In the Great Smoky
Mountains several were seen on Inadu Knob, in Low Gap, and on
White Rock, between June 19 and July 2, and an adult male was
taken on the latter date at 5,000 feet on Inadu Knob. The most inter-
esting specimen is an adult female secured on July 10 at 3,700 feet
elevation on Big Frog Mountain, 8 miles southwest of Copperhill.
This bird has the lower throat, the upper breast, and an indefinite
line down the center of the breast antimony yellow, a marking that I
have not observed in any other specimen. From September 20 to 23
rose-breasted grosbeaks were common at 4,000 to 5,000 feet on Roan
Mountain, when several were taken. It is probable that part of these
were migrants.

PASSERINA CYANEA (Linnaeus): Indigo Bunting

This handsome bunting is State-wide in its distribution, having
been noted everywhere except in the higher altitudes. Specimens
were taken as follows: Reelfoot Lake, May 4 and October 7; near
Hornbeak, May 3 and 4; 7 miles northeast of Tiptonville, October

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

99 Waynesboro, May 17; Pikeville, May 31; Bean Station, October
9: Shady Valley, June 4 and 10; near Cosby in the Great Smoky
Mountains, June 23 and 30; 2,000 to 2,300 feet on Big Frog Mountain,
8 miles southwest of Copperhill, July 8, 10, and 15.

SPIZA AMERICANA (Gmelin): Dickcissel

In the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake from April 30 to May 7 these
interesting birds were common. Three were taken 4 miles west of
Hornbeak on May 1 and 3, and they were seen at Samburg, Ridgely,
and Union City. One was observed 6 miles west of Waynesboro on
May 9.

CARPODACUS PURPUREUS PURPUREUS (Gmelin): Eastern Purple
Finch

Found only in spring migration in the western part of the State,
where specimens were taken at Frayser, April 8, and near Hickory
Withe, April 9 and 14. There is an old specimen in the collection
taken at Rockwood, March 28, 1885, by W. H. Fox.

SPINUS PINUS PINUS (Wilson): Northern Pine Siskin

One of the surprises in the present collection is a pine siskin taken
on July 2 at 2,700 feet elevation, 4 miles southeast of Cosby in the
Great Smoky Mountains. The bird is a young female barely grown
and must have been reared at some nearby point. Several were found
mixed with goldfinches on July 2 and 3. As this report was going to
the printer, Ganier and Clebsch °* reported the siskin from Cling-
mans Dome in June 1938.

SPINUS TRISTIS TRISTIS (Linnaeus): Eastern Goldfinch

Recorded as follows: Hickory Withe, April 15; Reelfoot Lake,
April 27; Waynesboro, May 17; Rockwood, March 14, 1885, and
April 19, 1884 (W. H. Fox) ; Shady Valley, June 11; Great Smoky
Mountains, near Cosby, June 19, and at White Rock (5,000 feet eleva-
tion), July 1,

PIPILO ERYTHROPHTHALMUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS (Linnaeus):
Red-eyed Towhee

The distribution of the towhees of Tennessee is somewhat involved,
as two forms are concerned with specimens from certain localities
that are definitely intermediate between the two. After prolonged
study of the series at hand it appears that true erythrophthalmus may
range in the breeding season in the western part of the State west of

53 Migrant, 1938, p. 42.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 235

Wayne County, and from there across the north. Migrants of this
race occur all through Tennessee.

Specimens taken at Frayser, April 8, and near Hickory Withe,
April 12 and 15, are representatives of the northern bird and are as-
sumed to be breeding individuals. A series of five from the Holston
Mountains adjacent to Shady Valley, secured on June 2, 3, and 12, all
have the darker sides and large white area on the outer rectrix char-
acteristic of the northern race. The elevations at which these birds
were collected range from 2,800 to 3,800 feet. Two birds from the
center of the valley, however, are canaster. A series secured by W. H.
Fox near Rockwood is somewhat confusing, since birds that may be
assigned to both races are included. Five taken on March 16 and
April 7, 8, 14, and 15 are referable to true erythrophthalmus. They
may come from a different elevation than one other that I consider
canaster. ‘Though part may be migrants, it seems probable that part
are breeding birds. This may be an area of intergradation.

Other specimens, taken in fall where they may have been migrant
from the north, include birds from the following localities: Tipton-
ville, October 20; Samburg, October 14; Dover, October 25; Pulaski,
November 1 and 2; and Frankewing, November 4.

PIPILO ERYTHROPHTHALMUS CANASTER Howell: Alabama Towhee

As indicated above, the ranges of the two forms of towhee found
in Tennessee can be determined only in general from the material
at hand. It appears that the Alabama towhee, P. e. canaster, is
found from Wayne County eastward throughout the southern section
of the State, its area increasing to the northward as the eastern border
is approached. Two males taken on May 10 and 15 at points 8 and
10 miles north of Waynesboro fall within the limits of canaster in
color of sides and in the extent of the white on the outer rectrix,
this measuring 33.0 and 34.5 mm (the latter bird tending to be inter-
mediate but nearer erythrophthalmus). Another taken 8 miles north
of Waynesboro on May 15, with the tail spot 32.9 mm, has the sides
appreciably darker than the other two and is more definitely an
intermediate individual. An immature male shot 6 miles east of
Pulaski on November 4 is typical of the Alabama form. (Two speci-
mens of erythrophthalmus from this same region taken in November
may be northern migrants.) A male from 9 miles southeast of
Spencer in Van Buren County, May 21, is canaster, as are three from
Birds Creek 7 miles southwest of Crossville. A male taken by W. H.
Fox near Rockwood on April 1, 1885, has the tail spot only 28.6 mm
long and is considered intermediate because of the darker color of
the sides. Three others from near this same point seem typical of
erythrophthalmus, indicating that the line of intergradation is near.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

A male and a female shot near Beaverdam Creek in the valley bot-
tom at Shady Valley on June 5 and 10 are canaster, though birds
from low in the Holston Mountains a few miles west are referred to
erythrophthalmus. This is the farthest north and east that canaster
is recorded. An immature female taken on September 18 at 5,900
feet elevation on Roan Mountain has the tail spot only 27.2 mm,
though the flanks are dark. It is considered intermediate but nearer
canaster. This may be an area of intergradation. Two from the
Great Smoky Mountains, a male taken on June 19 at 5,000 feet on
Cosby Knob and a female on June 29 at 6,100 feet on Old Black
Mountain, are both canaster. These two indicate that the southern
form extends through these mountains and on to the south.

PASSERCULUS SANDWICHENSIS SAVANNA (Wilson): Eastern
Savannah Sparrow

Two eastern Savannah sparrows were taken at Bartlett on April
19, at the same time as one of the paler Churchill form. At Rockwood
W. H. Fox secured specimens on March 18, 21, and 31 and April 7,
1885. These are all dark in general appearance, with the lighter
edgings of the dorsal feathers distinctly brownish.

PASSERCULUS SANDWICHENSIS OBLITUS Peters and Griscom: “
Churchill Savannah Sparrow

Two females collected by Perrygo and Lingebach, at Ellendale on
April 17 and near Bartlett on April 19, are marked by the pale
gray margins and heavy black centers of the dorsal feathers, gray
and black being the predominant colors, with little or no buff or
brown. They are considered migrants of this race, which is recorded
in the original description © from the Great Smoky Mountain region.
The form is well marked and easily distinguished. The abundance
of this subspecies and of the true Savannah sparrow in Tennessee
has still to be ascertained.

In the paper containing the description of this new form, a treat-
ment of geographical variation in the Savannah sparrow, the
authors ** list the Ipswich sparrow as Passerculus sandwichensis
princeps, saying that “there is no absolute difference of any kind
between this form and one or more races of P. sandwichensis. In
size it is not only no larger than P. s. sandwichensis, but the smallest
specimens are smaller than the largest specimens of P. s. savanna.
The pallor of its coloration is not very marked when compared
with P. s. nevadensis, and is exceeded by certain races of the rostratus

* Passerculus sandwichensis oblitus Peters and Griscom, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 80,
Jan. 1938, p. 454 (Fort Churchill, Manitoba).

% Ibid., pp. 456, 458.

% ITbid., pp. 447-448.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 237

group in Lower California.” That Passerculus princeps is closely
related to the Savannah sparrows is easily evident. It is also evident
that it is very distinct from those forms of the Savannah sparrow
labradorius and savanna with which it may associate (oblitus pos-
sibly included on rare occasions on the southeastern coast). If we
concede princeps position as a subspecies of Passerculus sandwich-
ensis by linkage through forms now and probably for all past time
geographically remote, then we arrive at a difficult situation.

It is common in a genus of birds for certain characters of pattern
or color to be repeated in different racial groups. Thus a spotted
shoulder is common among pigeons of the Columba group (using
this name in a broad sense), or a patch pattern, where black and white,
or their combination, gray, occurs in varying arrangements, is found
in the stilts of the genus Himantopus. To me it does not appear
proper to consider such resemblances in groups of individuals geo-
graphically remote from one another, where there is no definite indi-
cation of earlier direct connection through which intergradation might
occur, as denoting subspecific relationship. Such resemblances are
of a generic rather than of a subspecific nature.

It appears to me therefore that Passerculus princeps should be
retained as a species distinct from sandwichensis and its races and
that resemblances between it and far distant races of sandwichensis
are to be ascribed to convergence, and not to that closer genetic rela-
tion that must be held to exist between nearly allied subspecies. The
range and ecological preference of princeps are so restricted as to give
definite support to its separation as a distinct group. If we are to
accept the other line of reasoning proposed, then we might be under
necessity of recognizing with similar nomenclatural treatment far
more remotely connected forms through relationships in remote ages;
and if we were to follow such a line of reasoning far enough we might
be brought to the situation of treating all existing birds as geographic
races of one species through relationship in time and space! The
problem tends to become complicated and to assume a highly hypo-
thetical aspect.

AMMODRAMUS SAVANNARUM AUSTRALIS Maynard: Eastern
Grasshopper Sparrow

Near Pikeville several were seen and three were taken on May 29
and 81. In Shady Valley they were fairly common, two being taken
on June 9and 15. At Rockwood W. H. Fox secured one on March 24
and another on April 18, 1885.

These birds all have the darker coloration of the eastern bird,
though they are of the maximum size for that race. The western
form may occur in migration in the western part of the State.

938 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Measurements of the Tennessee specimens are as follows: Males (5
specimens), wing 60.0, 60.2, 61.8, 62.2, 63.7, tail 40.8, 41.8, 41.8, 45.4,
46.6, culmen from base 11.8, 12.6, 12.8, 18.0 (one imperfect), tarsus
19.2, 19.8, 19.6, 20.7, 20.8; females (2 specimens), wing 57.9, 58.9, tail
40.0, 43.8, culmen from base 12.6, 12.7, tarsus 19.1, 20.0 mm.

POOECETES GRAMINEUS GRAMINEUS (Gmelin): Eastern Vesper
Sparrow

As a breeding bird the vesper sparrow was fairly common in
Shady Valley from June 5 to 15, a male being taken on June 12. It
is probable that birds collected at 5,500 feet elevation on Roan Moun-
tain on September 18, 16, and 17 were local birds also. A male,
assumed to be in migration, was taken 7 miles northeast of Tipton-
ville, October 20. Other specimens in the National Museum were col-
lected by W. H. Fox at Chattanooga on March 13, 1882, Lookout
Mountain on March 238, 1882, and Rockwood on March 6, 1885.

AIMOPHILA AESTIVALIS BACHMANII (Audubon): Bachman’s Sparrow

The only specimens are a small series collected by W. H. Fox, in-
cluding birds from Lookout Mountain, April 4, 1882, and from Rock-
wood, April 3, 1884, and April 14, 15, 17, 22, and 25, 1885.

That there are three geographic races of Aimophila aestivalis in-
stead of the two currently recognized in the A. O. U. Check-list is
evident on examination of the material in the U. §. National Mu-
seum. A. a. aestivalis, very dark brown above, with the feathers
margined broadly with gray and streaked heavily with blackish, is
restricted to southeastern Georgia and Florida. Birds from south-
western Indiana and southern Illinois to southern Mississippi and
eastern Texas are much lighter, more rufescent-brown above, with
black streakings usually entirely absent and where present much
reduced. These are to be known as Aimophila aestivalis illinoensis
(Ridgway).®? As these lines were written Sutton ®* has identified
as alinoensis specimens from McCurtain County, Okla., and Ober-
holser ** has listed under this name birds from Louisiana.

A. a. bachmanii stands midway between these two, differing from
A. a. aestivalis in being brighter, more rufescent, with the gray mar-
gins of the feathers less evident, and from ¢J/inoensis in being darker
brown, with prominent blackish streaks on the back.

The birds from Tennessee, as might be expected, are definitely in-
termediate between bachmanii and illinoensis. One or two are closely

ne illinoensis Ridgway, Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, 1879, p. 219 (Wabash County,

58 Auk, 1938, p. 508.
5 Dept. Cons. State of Louisiana Bull. 28, 1938, p. 661.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 239

similar to the latter, but the series averages slightly darker brown
above and is marked by definite blackish streakings above (though
these are much reduced in two specimens). They are identified as
intermediate, but nearer to bachmanti. True alinoensis should occur
in western Tennessee at least in migration.

JUNCO HYEMALIS HYEMALIS (Linnaeus): Slate-colored Junco

Represented by specimens as follows: Hickory Withe, April 15;
Tiptonville, October 22; Dover, October 25; Frankewing, November
9; Lookout Mountain, March 20, 1882 (W. H. Fox); Rockwood,
March 2, 13, and 21, 1885, and April 7, 1884 (W. H. Fox).

JUNCO HYEMALIS CAROLINENSIS Brewster: Carolina Junco

Juncos were fairly common in the mountains bordering Shady
Valley, specimens being taken at 3,800 to 4,000 feet in the Iron Moun-
tains on June 6 and 14 (the latter a bird in juvenal plumage) and
at 3,800 feet in the Holston Mountains on June 4. On Roan Moun-
tain skins were secured at 6,200 feet on September 22. One is par-
tially albinistic on the throat. In the Great Smoky Mountains the
Carolina junco was very common. Specimens were taken at 5,000
feet on Cosby Knob June 19, at 6,300 feet on Old Black Mountain
on June 21, and at 6,600 feet on Mount Guyot on June 21 and 24.
Others were seen at 5,000 feet and above on Inadu Knob, Camels
Hump, and White Rock. On July 10 a junco was recorded at 4,100
feet on Big Frog Mountain.

SPIZELLA PASSERINA PASSERINA (Bechstein): Eastern Chipping
Sparrow

The familiar chipping sparrow is common in Tennessee, being rep-
resented as follows: Hickory Withe, April 15; Dover, October 25;
Waynesboro, May 11 and 14; Melvine, May 21; Pikeville, May 31;
Crossville, May 27; Rockwood, March 9 and April 1, 1885 (W. H.
Fox); Shady Valley, June 10 and 11; and at 2,700 feet elevation
near Cosby in the Great Smoky Mountains, June 20 and 29.

SPIZELLA PUSILLA PUSILLA (Wilson): Eastern Field Sparrow

A common sparrow that as a breeding bird covers the State except
in the extreme western portion. Records attributed to true puszlla
are as follows: 4 miles west of Hornbeak, May 3; 10 miles east of
Pulaski, November 2 and 8; Chattanooga, March 15, 1882 (W. H.
Fox) ; Rockwood, March 4, 18, and 28, 1885, April 3, 6, and 8, 1884
(W. H. Fox); Shady Valley, June 3; 2,700 feet elevation, 4 miles
southeast of Cosby, Great Smoky Mountains, June 30. A bird from

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Waynesboro taken on May 14 is somewhat intermediate toward
arenacea but is decidedly nearer to pusédla.

SPIZELLA PUSILLA ARENACEA Chadbourne: Western Field Sparrow

There are three specimens in the collection that may be ascribed
to this race, a female taken at Hickory Withe, April 15, and two
immature birds, male and female, from 7 miles northeast of Tipton-
ville taken on October 22. The two last are probably migrants, as
a male taken near Hornbeak on May 8 is the eastern form. It will
be recalled that a female from near Waynesboro while identified as
the eastern form is somewhat intermediate.

The identification of these western Tennessee specimens has come
as the result of speculation and study as to the identity of the western
field sparrow that began more than 30 years ago with skins that I
obtained in southeastern Kansas. In brief summary, Spizella pusilla
arenacea is marked by the very pale brown of the markings of the
upper surface, gray predominating, with little or no bright chestnut,
the restriction of the brown on the crown which usually has a gray
median band, the light margins on the secondaries, the narrowed
black lines on the back, and the grayish white on the lower surface,
which has a suffusion of buffy brown on the breast in fall and
winter only. This type of coloration finds its highest expression in
the Great Plains area in birds from such widely separated localities
as Medora, N. Dak., Fort Pierre, S. Dak., and San Angelo, Tex.,
in which the crown in summer is largely or almost wholly gray.
These Great Plains specimens have the wing, tail, and tarsus actu-
ally, as well as on the average, very slightly longer than specimens
from the East. Measurements are as follows: Males (10 specimens),
wing 67-70, tail 65-72, tarsus 17.5-21.1; females (2 specimens), wing
60.5-64.0, tail 62.2-63.0, tarsus 17.7-17.8 mm.

Spizella pusilla pusilla is extensively brown above, with bright
brown predominating in the coloration of the upper surface, the black
‘streakings of the back broad and heavy, the lighter areas on rump
and shoulder darker in tone, ordinarily brownish gray, the margins
on the secondaries darker, more rufescent, and a suffusion of pinkish
buff on the breast that is indicated even in worn breeding plumage.
Measurements are as follows: Males, wing 59.7-65, tail 58-65, tarsus
17.2-18.5; females, wing 59.4-62.7, tail 54.3-62.2, tarsus 17.2-18.2 mm.
(These measurements are in part those made for Mr. Ridgway and in
part from specimens measured recently for or by me.) Birds of this
type of coloration and with these dimensions are found from southern
‘Quebec to the Carolinas and west to Ohio, West Virginia, central
Tennessee, and Mississippi.

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE QA

There remains between the two ranges indicated an area of consid-
erable extent, reaching in general from the region near the Mississippi
River to eastern Texas, eastern Kansas, and northward (I do not
have material at hand from the section north of Kansas), in which
the field sparrows have the slightly smaller size found in typical
pusilla of the East but are definitely paler and grayer than that bird.
Some are almost as gray above and below as typical arenacea. The
majority are somewhat browner, the brown being dull, however, with
gray predominating, the black streakings reduced, and the light mar-
gins on the secondaries paler. They are distinctly intermediate be-
tween the two races and are variable between the two in their color
characters. In the eastern section of this area of intergradation in-
dividual birds may verge toward the paler group, or they may be
reddish like true pusilla. This condition is found in two skins from
Waterloo, Mich., in which a male taken on April 30 is definitely red-
dish brown, and a female collected on April 16 is distinctly grayer,
though of the pusilla type. Specimens from Mount Carmel, II1.,
Wheatland, Ind., and western Kentucky are of the true pusilla type,
verging only slightly toward the grayer tone of birds of farther west.

After somewhat prolonged consideration it appears to me, and to
some others who have examined the problem with me, that we have
here the ideal condition as regards the concept of subspecific groups
in a species of considerable range. The two races of Spizella pusilla
occupy definite geographic areas with a region of intergradation as
_ they approach. To put the majority of the intergrades with the
western form is to place greater emphasis on color than on size, which
seems proper, as the size differences separating arenacea from pusilla
are minor and the color differences considerable. Color, therefore,
is more important than size. To give the series of intermediates a
separate name would serve in my opinion only to complicate the
picture, with no useful result because of the definitely mixed char-
acter of the population concerned.

ZONOTRICHIA LEUCOPHRYS LEUCOPHRYS (Forster): White-
crowned Sparrow

Specimens were collected near Hornbeak, April 28; near Reelfoot
Lake 7 miles northeast of Tiptonville, October 22; and on the Cum-
berland River near Indian Mound, October 27.

ZONOTRICHIA ALBICOLLIS (Gmelin): White-throated Sparrow

An abundant bird at all localities worked at the proper seasons.
Records are as follows: Hickory Withe, April 9, 10, and 13; Reelfoot
Lake, April 24 and 26; Hornbeak, May 4; Reelfoot Lake, 4 miles south
of Samburg, October 13; Dover, October 25 and 26; Waynesboro, May

942 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

10 and 11; Pulaski, November 1 and 3; Frankewing, November 4;
Rockwood, March 20 and April 1, 1884, and April 16, 1885 (by W. H.
Fox). The first noted in fall ie Perrygo were seen near Reelfoot
Lake, 2 miles east of Phillippy, on October 12.

PASSERELLA ILIACA ILIACA (Merrem): Eastern Fox Sparrow

The fox sparrow was taken at Reelfoot Lake near Tiptonville,
October 18, and on the Cumberland River, 2 miles west of Indian
Mound, October 27. There is one in the collection taken at Rockwood,
March 18, 1885, by W. H. Fox.

MELOSPIZA LINCOLNII LINCOLNII (Audubon): Lincoln’s Sparrow

This shy migrant was collected at Reelfoot Lake, April 29 and 30
and October 23; near Hornbeak, May 3; on the Cumberland River 7
miles north of Dover, October 30; and near Waynesboro, May 13
and 17.

MELOSPIZA GEORGIANA (Latham): Swamp Sparrow

A common visitor recorded as follows: Hickory Withe, April 10
and 16; near Tiptonville, October 16; near Reelfoot Lake, 2 miles east
of Phillippy, October 12 and 23; on the Cumberland River, near
Dover, October 26; near Pulaski, November 4; near Frankewing,
November 4; Rockwood, March 19, 20, and 23, 1885 (W. H. Fox).

MELOSPIZA MELODIA MELODIA (Wilson): Eastern Song Sparrow

Present in the State as a migrant, apparently in small numbers.
Perrygo obtained his first specimen ascribed to this race on Clinch
River, 6 miles northwest of Bean Station, on October 2. Two others
were taken on the Cumberland River near Dover, on October 26, and
another 6 miles east of Pulaski on November 4. These four are dis-
tinctly lighter, and have less distinct dark dorsal markings than
M. m. euphonia obtained at the same season of the year, but are
slightly grayer than the average of typical M. m. melodia. They are,
however, to be ascribed to melodia.

MELOSPIZA MELODIA EUPHONIA Wetmore: Mississippi Song Sparrow

This is the common form of song sparrow of Tennessee according
to present information. In Shady Valley, along Beaverdam Creek,
it was a common breeding bird from June 2 to 15, specimens taken
being typical in dark Balecataae and heavy Hee dorsal streaks.
I collected a set of five nearly fresh eggs here on June 7, the nest
being a cup of grasses and other herbaceous material ideal on the

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF TENNESSEE—WETMORE 243

ground in a clump of grass. The ground color is pale greenish white,
marked heavily with russet, which occurs in small dots or patches
and large blotches, in the main obscuring the lighter background.
One egg is broken. The other four measure as follows: 19.4 by 15.5,
19.4 by 15.6, 19.4 by 15.7, and 19.6 by 15.3 mm.

Several song sparrows were seen in the valley near Carter on June
7, and Perrygo observed one on June 19 and another on June 22
about 4 miles southeast of Cosby in the Great Smoky Mountains.
On Roan Mountain at 5,900 to 6,200 feet song sparrows were fairly
common from September 11 to 18. The five taken are all immature
birds, one being mainly in juvenal plumage, two in heavy molt from
this dress, and two in nearly complete fall dress. These are believed
to be resident birds in this area.

Birds taken in migration season include the following: 7 miles
northeast of Tiptonville, October 22; Reelfoot Lake, 2 miles east of
Phillippy, October 23; Cumberland River near Dover, October 26;
and 10 miles east of Pulaski, November 4. There are also in the
Museum skins taken by W. H. Fox at Lookout Mountain, March 21,
1882, Chattanooga, March 13, 1882, and Rockwood, March 4, 13, and
23, 1885.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

re . : ats 9 . iy sie °
lage aud Vieai = ay Hicvanal cur ci my Fy
etl alia ue Then? te Gayot? net Seah hie fe

hi -
Rien ae esa ‘Ali EFTel Wort dw? arin at? ot ie Wii

ie 9 Ff c, ‘ iv'4 i a, { «ft a fn Tuas’
aah rc li a i ie ot haeh (t ee yy ooh j 4 : mm
‘ f\ , s & 7 iin -
’ wie 4 4. i biAg 4 Aes «oe & uF ¥
} y - -
surtite is bibaie ess gull xi a er deg ee
V « L/¢ iyf ELD: { : siel t? , ;
: ot after Fr “LI i ‘
a rt RN wee we j ie j J TY ; men
ay h 7 7 °
, ‘ ty t a
Ta eho ny WET | 1 a

4
Bt ies iivmurt thes Tyee yes ’ \ 7 a I tite]

FRB Sing. reed aise! er scit loonen) vt oa
ae A Sear di! re ie | pray’ s a rvs 7 i pe wi ree

‘ shiva hem i eee AD _- Mt dtd Cees

> Wd gids weg hin Veh ct wal {204 qatodits, 0) te Odie ba
: = 48 1D appt) ets. peu lt. bomafagehitet’ eo ee ne
pai hy Tl iefo® jidtentetl jo Sane ele ee

4 it yer i, for ; A haa AN ; tf if T¢ d “ ol ane 1 Z

; ; tat
brent ry or et ial the] biti » bd -* Or ® a ee m
.

«, mu
a ' hem
oo
sf : 7

oP
¢

mr é Mi) ot fer

ce , a"
‘ bal it 1 VN
ae .

Sates ts

ae aN
‘y f aj
hve
A! Oy i,
44
4
* *
‘
*
ey 5
¢
.s
‘
LG
ah
‘if
o
é
>
\' e
;
a wt
A olen

A wih UL e®
uae bees 9 M4 act j
’ A sok

1+ Cpa sW tee ria

a avn t alipstia

, a ¥ isthe ti 2
Bs pad i iti “Tt ye Sects
. ak steed

é
1
j
~
A
«
i
Q il 1h, |
tal
al ; \
ned MA ee e
tty ae t i. 7,

i ee 7% Teh

- mare,

ores she Shniae Po,

Lett (’ nt nee

hs Ne i,
4

ie |

hy ae he "
1a Diep j

fe ee

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued As EN) by the

a é 1, a;
ADP, J
STV TOY
INGTON

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3051

ANNOTATED LIST OF TENNESSEE MAMMALS
By Remineton KEtLioce

Dorine 1937 the United States National Museum conducted natural-
history field work in Tennessee, for the purpose of making a collec-
tion of birds and mammals of the State. Watson M. Perrygo was
in charge of the field party, with Carleton Lingebach and Henry R.
Schaefer acting as field assistants. Leaving Washington on April
3, Perrygo and Lingebach traveled across Virginia and Tennessee to
Ellendale, Shelby County, where they established their first camp on
April 7. From this camp they collected at several localities in Shelby
and Fayette Counties until April 22. They worked in the vicinity of
Reelfoot Lake, Obion County, from April 23 to May 9; in Wayne
County from May 9 to 20; and in Cumberland County from May 20
to June 1. The party then commenced field work in the eastern
mountainous section, where with Shady Valley as a base camp they
made collections in this valley and in the Holston Mountains from
June 2 to 16. Moving camp to Cosby, in Cocke County, they worked
in the Great Smoky Mountains from June 18 to July 5. After work-
ing in the vicinity of Big Frog Mountain, Cherokee National Forest,
from July 8 to 15, they discontinued field operations for a few weeks
and returned to Washington on July 17.

On September 9 Perrygo and Schaefer left Washington and drove
to Roan Mountain, where they worked from September 11 to 25.
They collected in the Clinch Mountains and elsewhere in Grainger
County from September 27 to October 2, and around Reelfoot Lake
from October 4 to 24. They worked in Stewart County from Octo-
ber 25 to 30 and in Giles and Lincoln Counties from November 1 to
10, when the season’s work was concluded.

107573—38——-1 245

QA6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

The present paper reports not only on the mammals collected dur-
ing the course of the field work in Tennessee conducted in 1937 but
also on all the Tennessee specimens in the National Museum and the
Biological Survey collections. The collectors of the specimens herein
discussed are listed as follows chronologically according to the year

in which the material was obtained:

U. S. National Museum
Richard Owen, 1854.
J. B. Mitchell, 1856.
John Constable, 1877.
James W. Rogan, 1884.
C. S. Brimley, 1891.
H. H. Brimley, 1891.
William Palmer, 1897.
W. P. Hay, 1902.

Paul Bartsch, 1907.
Porter Dunlap, 1911.
Robert Gorham, 1911.

Clarence B. Moore, 1914, 1915, 1916.

Lloyd Branson, 1915.
J. D. Ives, 1925, 1926.

U. S. Biological Survey
Ty. Park, 180i.
G. A. Coleman, 1892.
Russell J. Thompson, 1892.
H. C. Oberholser, 1895.
Charles R. Ellis, 1904.
Stanley E. Piper, 1904.
Arthur H. Howell, 1908, 1910, 1930.
W. H. Provins, 1908.
W. J. Millsaps, 1909, 1910.
Adam G. Millsaps, 1912.
Morton L. Church, 1912.
Earl May, 1931.
James Silver, 1933.
R. J. Fleetwood, 1934.

J. G. Gillespie, 1927.

R. J. Fleetwood, 1934.
Carleton Lingebach, 1937.
Watson M. Perrygo, 1937.
Henry R. Schaefer, 1937.
A. R. Cahn, 1938.

Measurements herein are given in millimeters.
The birds collected in the Tennessee field work have been reported
on by Dr. Alexander Wetmore.

Family DIDELPHIIDAE
DIDELPHIS VIRGINIANA VIRGINIANA Kerr: Opossum

The opossum seems to be distributed over the whole State, occur-
ring most frequently in the timbered bottomlands and in the rock
ledges on the bluffs bordering the stream valleys. In the mountain-
ous sections of eastern Tennessee, the vertical range of the opossum
goes at least to 3,700 feet. Perrygo and Schaefer were told in Sep-
tember 1937 that opossums were common in valleys northwest of Roan
Mountain.

S. C. Williams relates (1924, p. 217) that Senator Hugh Lawson
White of Tennessee, in replying to a speech by Senator Webster, re-
ferred to the abundance of opossums in the short-lived State of
Franklin. He stated that about 1785 the subtreasurers or collectors
took in peltries for taxes, as provided by law. Although raccoon

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, no. 3050.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 247

skins were readily procured, opossum skins that had little or no value
were even more plentiful. The collectors obtained the requisite num-
ber of opossum skins, cut the tails off the raccoon skins and sewed
them to the opossum skins, and then deposited them in the general
treasury. The raccoon skins were sold by the collectors to the hatters.

During the spring of 1937 1t was reported that opossums were not
so abundant as formerly in Shelby and Fayette Counties. One that
had been run over by an automobile was seen on April 18, 1987, on
the road near Memphis. On April 23, 1937, in Obion County, one was
seen crushed on the road near Hornbeak, and the following day on
the road between Troy and Reelfoot Lake three crushed opessums
were noted. Rhoads (1896, p. 176) did not collect opossums in Ten-
nessee, but he was told by B. C. Miles that the Negroes of Haywood
and Lauderdale Counties claimed there were two kinds, one with
black and the other with white feet.

On May 11, 1937, another crushed opossum was seen on the road 11
miles north of Waynesboro, Wayne County. On November 8, 1937,
a female opossum was taken near Frankewing in a Schuyler trap
set for flying squirrels. Fourteen embryos, the largest of which have
a head and body length of 60 mm, were removed by Russell J.
Thompson from the pouch of a female collected on June 238, 1892, at
Big Sandy. The measurements of the largest male (U.S.N.M. no.
46895, Danville) in this series of 11 Tennessee specimens are as fol-
lows: Total length, 785; tail, 320; hind foot, 52.

Specimens taken at Greenbrier, Sevier County, are listed by Koma-
rek and Komarek (1988, p. 145).

Benton County: Big Sandy, 1.

Carter County: Carvers Gap, Roan Mountain, altitude 3,700 feet, 1.
Grainger County: Thorn Hill, Clinch Mountains, altitude 1,800 feet, 2.
Houston County: Danville, 1.

Humphreys County: South of Johnsonville, 1.

Lincoln County: 6 miles east Frankewing, 1.

Montgomery County: Clarksville, 3.

Sumner County: Rockland [Hendersonville P. O.], 1.

Family TALPIDAE
PARASCALOPS BREWERI (Bachman): Hairy-tailed Mole

Hairy-tailed moles were reported to be common in cultivated fields
in the vicinity of Shady Valley. A female was trapped by W. M.
Perrygo and Carleton Lingebach on June 13, 1937, in a cornfield near
a bog. Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 145) report that hairy-
tailed moles were trapped in damp rhododendron thickets in Sevier
County along Chapman Prong (altitude 3,200 feet) and Buck Fork
of Little Pigeon River.

Johnson County: Shady Valley, altitude 2,900 feet, 1.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

SCALOPUS AQUATICUS AQUATICUS (Linnaeus): Eastern Mole

The range of this race seems to be restricted to the drainage basins
of the upper Tennessee—Clinch, Holston, and French Broad Rivers
in the eastern part of the State. Howell (1909, p. 67) states that
this mole was reported to occur in the vicinity of Briceville, Ander-
son County, and that it was scarce on Walden Ridge near Soddy,
Hamilton County. On the western slope of Low Gap, two moles
were trapped in an old cornfield. The male (U.S.N.M. no. 267145)
from Low Gap has a somewhat shorter skull than average individuals
of the race from Virginia and Maryland, although the well-worn
teeth show that it is fully adult. It is, however, approximately the
same size as a skull (U.S.N.M. no. 99639) from Falls Church, Va.,
which has similarly worn teeth. This mole has been recorded from
Dry Valley, Blount County (Komarek and Komarek, 1938, p. 145).
Blount County: 1.

Cocke County: Low Gap, 414 miles southeast of Cosby, altitude 2,700 feet, 2.
Hamilton County: Walden Ridge near Rathburn [Soddy P. 0O.], 1.

SCALOPUS AQUATICUS MACHRINUS (Rafinesque): Prairie Mole

This mole occurs in the bluegrass region of middle Tennessee,
chiefly in the lower drainage areas of the Big Sandy, Tennessee, and
Cumberland Rivers, as well as in the bottomlands bordering the small
tributaries of the Mississippi River. Jackson (1915, p. 44) lists three
specimens from Nashville, Davidson County.

From Benjamin C. Miles, Rhoads (1896, p. 201) received informa-
tion that the mole is common in Haywood County “wherever land
is rich, and is troublesome in that he burrows in the rows and destroys
growing plants, and runs tunnels up and down hill which I have
seen in one season wash into gullies 18 inches deep.”

Four moles taken by W. M. Perrygo and Carleton Lingebach
during April 1937 extend the range of this race to the southwestern
corner of the State. These moles were trapped in a cottonfield and,
judged from the number of runways, moles were apparently common
in northwestern Shelby County. The four specimens from Shelby
County resemble machrinus in general coloration, but they have
shorter skulls and slightly lighter dentition, as well as a shorter
total length. These specimens approach individuals of howelli from
Ardell (U.S.NM. no. 207227) and Greensboro (U.S.N.M. no. 57050) ,
Ala., in the length of the skull and size of the teeth, but differ in
polae fou The above-mentioned specimens of ioibetl are consider-
ably larger than topotypes. Burrows made by moles were seen along
the edge of the cypress swamp near Hickory Withe, but the museum

party atid not succeed in trapping any.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 249

Benton County: Big Sandy, 1.

Humphreys County: South of Johnsonville, 1.
Montgomery County: Clarksville, 1.

Shelby County: Ellendale, 4.

Sumner County: Bethpage, 1.

CONDYLURA CRISTATA (Linnaeus): Star-nosed Mole

On June 13, 1937, a desiccated mole was picked up by W. M.
Perrygo and Carleton Lingebach at their camp on the edge of the
rhododendron bog at Shady Valley. Audubon and Bachman (1851,
vol. 2, p. 142) refer to this mole’s occurrence in the State as follows:
“To the west we have traced it in Ohio and the northern parts of
Tennessee.”

Johnson County: Shady Valley, altitude 2,900 feet, 1.
Family SORICIDAE
SOREX CINEREUS CINEREUS Kerr: Cinereous, or Masked, Shrew

The range of this masked shrew in Tennessee seems to be re-
stricted to the eastern mountainous portion of the State. Rhoads
(1896, p. 202) writes that the burrows of this shrew “were found
under decaying logs and large stones in moist places along the bridle
path leading directly from Cloudland to the Doe River Valley,” Car-
ter County. ‘Two were taken in September 1937, at an altitude of
6,200 feet in moss at the base of fir trees in the forest on the summit of
Roan Mountain. Masked shrews were trapped by A. H. Howell in
a spruce and fir forest near the summit of the ridge at Indian Gap.
On the summit of Old Black Mountain, these shrews were caught in
runways in damp moss at the base of fir trees. Masked shrews appear
to be generally distributed throughout the wooded ridges of the
Great Smoky Mountains National Park. They have been recorded
from the Buck Fork of Little Pigeon River, Dry Sluice, and Mount
Guyot in Sevier County by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 146).

In tabulating a series of 17 skulls from Roan Mountain, N. C., it
was found that 14 have the third and fourth unicuspids subequal,
3 have the third unicuspid smaller than the fourth, and 1 has the
fourth unicuspid larger than the third. In the case of 11 skulls
from New York (8 from Montauk Point, Suffolk County, and 3 from
Mountain View, Franklin County), 5 have the third and fourth uni-
cuspids subequal and 6 have the fourth unicuspid larger than the
third.

Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitude 6,200 feet, 1.
Cocke County: Old Black Mountain, Great Smoky Mountains, altitude 6,300

feet, 2.
Sevier County: Indian Gap, altitude 5,200 feet, 2.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

SOREX LONGIROSTRIS LONGIROSTRIS Bachman: Bachman’s Shrew

These minute shrews are rarely taken by collectors. One was
found by Raymond J. Fleetwood in a posthole in a field overgrown
with sedgegrass at Greenbrier, Sevier County. Komarek and
Komarek (1938, p. 146) mention another that had been trapped in
one of the buildings of a C. C. C. camp in the Great Smoky Moun-
tains National Park. The Sevier County occurrence indicates that
this species may range northward in the valleys of eastern Tennessee.
The taking of one of these small shrews by Perrygo and Schaefer
near Reelfoot Lake on October 1, 1937, extends the range across the
State to the Mississippi bottomlands. This male was trapped barely
above the water line in matted decayed leaves beside a rotten log in
the swamp bordering Reelfoot Lake.

The identification of these two specimens from Tennessee has led
to a restudy of specimens previously referred to Sorex fontinalis and
Sorex longirostris longirostris. It so happened that the specimens
from southern localities available to Hollister (1911, pp. 378-380)
had the third upper unicuspid smaller than the fourth. The larger
series of specimens now available exhibits so many exceptions that I
am unable to accept the conclusions of Jackson in regard to the dis-
tinctness of these two shrews. The characters listed by Jackson
(1928, pp. 37, 83) as distinguishing S. longirostris from S. fontinalis,
including (1) relatively shorter, broader rostrum, (2) shorter and
more crowded unicuspid row, (3) third upper unicuspid smaller than
fourth, (4) anteroposterior diameter less than transverse diameter of
unicuspid teeth, (5) anteroposterior diameter of molariform teeth
relatively greater, and (6) first incisors, upper and lower, relatively
smaller, do not appear to me so to differentiate a series of 20 speci-
mens. This series comprises 10 Maryland specimens previously re-
ferred to S. fontinalis, collected at Bowie, Cabin John, Cold Spring
Swamp, Glen Echo Heights, Hollywood, Hyattsville, Laurel (2),
and Sandy Spring (2), and a like number of S. longirostris from
Chesapeake Beach, Md., Falls Church, Va., Pisgah National Forest
and Raleigh (2), N. C., Young Harris, Ga., Phillippy and Greenbrier
(Sevier County), Tenn., and Bicknell, Ind. (2). After tabulating
this series according to the relative sizes of the third and fourth
unicuspids, it was found that this character cannot be relied on.
The dimensions of the molariform teeth, the unicuspids, and the
first incisors can be matched in several specimens in both groups.
In one of the Tennessee specimens the anteroposterior diameter of the
third molariform teeth is less than the transverse, and in the other
these measurements are reversed. Micrometer measurements of the
rostrum and of the teeth made with a binocular failed to differentiate
readily specimens from the supposed range of S. longirostris from

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 25k

those of S. fontinalis. A similar crowding of unicuspid teeth was
observed in individuals in both series. Tabulations based on the
above-mentioned characters indicate that they are so highly variable
that not even a limited correlation with geographic distribution
can be discerned. In the light of the present series of specimens it
seems clear that the supposed distinctions between Sorex longirostris
and S. fontinalis are nothing more than individual variations.

Lake County: Reelfoot Lake, 2 miles east of Phillippy, 1.
Sevier County: Greenbrier, 1.

SOREX FUMEUS FUMEUS Miller: Smoky Shrew

Smoky shrews in Tennessee are most frequently found in moist
heavy spruce forests in the colder parts of the Transition and Cana-
dian Zones. They were trapped in runways in the damp moss at base
of balsam fir trees on the west slopes of Mount Guyot and Old Black
Mountain. On the west slope of Inadu Knob, smoky shrews were
caught in the moss on banks of a spring in a balsam-fir forest. They
were likewise taken in moss on the west slope of Low Gap, 414 miles
southeast of Cosby. According to Komarek and Komarek (1938,
p. 146), this shrew has been taken at the following localities in Sevier
County: Chapman Prong and Eagle Rocks Prong of Little Pigeon
River, Dry Sluice (near Mount Collins), and Little River (altitude
2,900 feet). A. H. Howell took one on August 21, 1908, near High-
cliff in a damp heavily timbered ravine near the base of the north
escarpment of Pine Mountain.

Campbell County: Highcliff, altitude 1,000 feet, 1.

Cocke County: Mount Guyot, Great Smoky Mountains, altitude 6,300 feet, 1;
Old Black Mountain, Great Smoky Mountains, altitude 6,300 feet, 4; Inadu
Knob, Great Smoky Mountains, altitude 5,700 feet, 2; Low Gap, 4144 miles

southeast of Cosby, altitude 3,400 feet, 2.
Sevier County: Indian Gap, altitude 5,200 feet, 3.

CRYPTOTIS PARVA (Say): Small Short-tailed Shrew

Five of these little short-tailed shrews were taken during Novem-
ber 1937 by Perrygo and Schaefer in traps set in cotton-rat runways
in thickly matted grass and broomsedge growing between the road
and a small creek east of Pulaski. Four were trapped in Microtus
ochrogaster runways during April and May 1937 in an abandoned
alfalfa field on the edge of Reelfoot Lake. Three were trapped by
A. H. Howell on one night, all within a few yards of one another, in
prairie meadow mouse runways ina patch of dry grass and briers in an
old field near Clarksville. Dr. A. R. Cahn submitted for identifica-
tion a short-tailed shrew collected on October 18, 1937, at Norris,
Anderson County.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

These shrews were reported by Komarek and Komarek (1938,
p. 147) as having been trapped in Sevier County in fallow fields over-
grown with broomsedge at Greenbrier, along Fighting Creek near
Gatlinburg, and in the runways of Stone’s lemming mouse along Fish
Camp Prong of Little River (altitude 2,730 feet).

Giles County: 6 miles east of Pulaski, 5.

Lake County: Reelfoot Lake, 3 miles north of Tiptonville, 4.
Montgomery County: Clarksville, 3.

BLARINA BREVICAUDA TALPOIDES (Gapper): Short-tailed Shrew

The short-tailed shrew is the largest of the five shrews recorded
for the State. It lives in underground burrows and also makes
surface runways under matted leaves and decaying vegetation.
When hunting for food it frequently uses the runways of other small
mammals. Blarinas were caught in the Great Smoky Mountains in
large Schuyler traps that had been nailed to the trunks of trees
5 or 6 feet above ground.

At Shady Valley short-tailed shrews were trapped in a bog in
which rhododendron and hemlock were growing. On the south-
eastern slope of Holston Mountain they were trapped along a small
mountain stream in runways under moss in a growth of rhododen-
dron and hemlock. On the west slope of Mount Guyot they were
taken in a balsam-fir forest and at Low Gap in runways under moss
in hemlock. On Snake Den Mountain, blarinas were trapped in
runways under moss under mixed deciduous and hemlock trees
growing on the banks of a swift-flowing mountain stream. The
vertical range of this shrew extends to at least 6,300 feet. Komarek
and Komarek (1938, p. 147) list specimens from the following local-
ities in Sevier County: Fish Camp Prong of Little River, Grassy
Patch (on Alum Cave Creek, 2 miles east of The Chimneys, altitude
4,000 feet), Greenbrier, Horsehoe Mountain (about 3 miles east of
Mount LeConte and 114 miles north of Mount Kephart), Silers Bald,
and Walker Prong of Little River.

Specimens from eastern Tennessee average somewhat smaller than
those taken in eastern and southern West Virginia, but they have a
larger hind foot than those referred to carolinensis. Until this genus
is revised, this series may be tentatively allocated to talpotdes. From
the eastern mountainous section the average measurements of 11
males are as follows: Total length, 115.6 (110-125); tail, 23.2
(19-27) ; hind foot, 14.7 (13-16). For 9 females from the same area
the average measurements are: Total length, 117.2 (108-126); tail,
23.5 (16.5-27) ; hind foot, 15.1 (1416.5).

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG Doar

Johnson County: Shady Valley, altitude 2,900 feet, 1; Holston Mountain, 4 miles
northeast of Shady Valley, altitude 3,800 feet, 5; Holston Mountain, 3 miles
northeast of Shady Valley, altitude 3,000 feet, 1.

Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitude 4,100-5,000 feet, 6.

Cocke County: Mount Guyot, altitude 6,300 feet, 1; Low Gap, 414 miles southeast
of Cosby, altitude 3,300-3,400 feet, 3; Snake Den Mountain, altitude 3,800
feet, 1.

BLARINA BREVICAUDA CAROLINENSIS (Bachman): Carolina Short-
tailed Shrew, or Mole-shrew

Rhoads (1896, p. 202) found that the southern mole-shrew was
present “in the bottom lands of west Tennessee both in the open and
in deep swampy woods.” He collected specimens at Samburg on the
shore of Reelfoot Lake and in the bottom lands of Wolf River near
Raleigh, Shelby County. Rhoads also lists specimens from Belle-
view in Davidson County, Sawyers Springs on Walden Ridge in
Hamilton County, and Harriman in Roane County.

At Hickory Withe the National Museum party trapped these
blarinas in runways under matted leaves on tussocks on cypress
knees in the swamp as well as in the canebrake, at Frankewing under
matted leaves alongside rotten logs in deciduous woods, and also on
a dry hillside in deciduous woods 8 miles north of Waynesboro.

The short-tailed shrews collected in southern and western Ten-
nessee average somewhat smaller than the eastern series. The aver-
age measurements of three males are as follows: Total length, 98.3
(85-112); tail, 19 (17-22); hind foot, 12.6 (11-14). For three
females the average measurements are: Total length, 96.3 (85-109) ;
tail, 19.6 (18-22); hind foot, 11.5 (11-12.5). These measurements
correspond rather closely with those that are considered typical of
the subspecies carolinensis. The average measurements of 15 males
from localities in South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama are as
follows: Total length, 97.7 (94-110) ; tail, 18.8 (15-21); hind foot,
12 (11-13). For 10 females from the same States the average meas-
urements are: Total length, 95 (86-103); tail, 19.9 (17-25); hind
foot, 12 (11-13).

Benton County: Big Sandy, 1.

Davidson County: Nashville, 1.

Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 3.

Lincoln County: 6 miles east of Frankewing, 1.

Obion County: Samburg, 1.
Wayne County: 8 miles east of Waynesboro, 2.

Family VESPERTILIONIDAE
MYOTIS GRISESCENS Howell: Gray, or Howell’s, Bat

Several thousand of these bats were found by Mohr (19338, pp.
50-51) during June 1932, hanging in compact masses from the roof

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

of a small chamber leading off from the main portion of Indian Cave.
When the bats were disturbed, Mohr observed that hundreds flew
around in the chamber and that probably only 5 percent carried
their young, most of the females leaving their young hanging to the
roof. The youngest of the bats were naked, and the oldest were
about 3 weeks old. Mohr estimated that less than 10 percent of the
bats were mature males. All the bats collected were in the russet
phase. The Museum series from this cave was collected May 23, 1925,
by Prof. J. D. Ives.

During June Mohr likewise found great numbers of these bats
lining the roof of Nickajack Cave. When Mohr (1932, pp. 272-273)
visited this cave on December 24, 1931, he found only a solitary
female in the russet phase. On returning again to the cave on
January 4, 1932, he located three males in the dusky phase. Arthur
H. Howell collected a large series of these bats at Nickajack Cave on
August 31, 1908. Under the name of Myotis velifer, Hahn (1908,
p- 580) listed this bat as occurring in Nickajack Cave.

Grainger County: Indian Cave, on Holston River north of New Market, 15.
Marion County: Nickajack Cave, near Shell Mound, 76,

MYOTIS KEENII SEPTENTRIONALIS (Trouessart): Trouessart’s Bat

On July 2, 1892, Russell J. Thompson found three of these bats
hanging to rocks in Bellamys Cave, 4 miles from the Cumberland
River. Miller and Allen (1928, p. 106) list two specimens from
Hickman County.

Montgomery County: Bellamys Cave, 3.
MYOTIS LUCIFUGUS LUCIFUGUS (LeConte): Little Brown Bat

Rhoads (1896, p. 203) mentions four little brown bats collected by
J. T. Park at Warner, Hickman County. Two specimens from

Greenbrier, Sevier County, are listed by Komarek and Komarek
(1938, p. 148).

MYOTIS SODALIS Miller and Allen: Indiana Bat

About 300 yards from the entrance of Nickajack Cave, Mohr (1932,
pp. 272-273) on December 24, 1931, found a colony of about 300
Indiana bats hanging from the ceiling of a low chamber. On the far
side of the stream in this cave Mohr found four additional clusters
of these bats, each comprising several hundred individuals. On a
second visit, January 4, 1932, Mohr estimated that there were 1,200 to
1,500 bats hibernating in this cave. The clusters contained individ-
uals of both sexes. Not a single specimen of this bat was located
when Mohr (1933, p. 51) revisited Nickajack Cave during June 1932.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 255

Dr. A. R. Cahn submitted for identification two of these bats that
were collected during April 1937 in Ward Cave, Bedford County.
Arthur Stupka, park naturalist, Great Smoky Mountains National
Park, submitted for identification a male taken on September 2, 1937,
at Keener House, Sevier County (altitude 1,500 feet).

Marion County: Nickajack Cave, near Shell Mound, 1.
MYOTIS SUBULATUS LEIBII (Audubon and Bachman): Leib’s Bat

This bat may occur in Tennessee, since it has been recorded on the
north from White Sulphur Springs, W. Va., and Hickmans Cave, Ky.

LASIONYCTERIS NOCTIVAGANS (LeConte): Silver-haired Bat

Rhoads (1896, p. 205) tentatively identified as this species bats
seen at Sawyers Springs on Walden Ridge, Hamilton County, and
on Roan Mountain. It was Rhoads’ belief that “the fluttering, moth-
like flight of some of these mountain bats was characteristic of the
peculiar movements of noctivagans.” 'Two specimens from Cades
Cove, Blount County, and one from Greenbrier, Sevier County, are
listed by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 148).

PIPISTRELLUS SUBFLAVUS SUBFLAVUS (F. Cuvier): Southern
Pipistrelle, or Georgian Bat

The southern pipistrelle is one of the most widely distributed bats
in the State. It is found hibernating in caves during winter, and in
summer it spends the day in rook crevices and the like. Near dusk
and later in the evening during the summer months it may be recog-
nized by its erratic, butterflylike flight over fields, in clearings in
the woods, and near ponds. The two collected at Low Gap were
shot in the evening of July 5, 1937, while flying around abandoned
buildings of a Civilian Conservation Corps camp. On December 24,
1931, Mohr (19382, p. 272) observed a few of these bats about 300
yards from the entrance of Nickajack Cave. Prof. J. D. Ives col-
lected for the Museum a few individuals during December 1925 in
Indian and Nickajack Caves. Dr. A. R. Cahn submitted for identi-
fication five pipistrelles collected during April 1937 in Ward Cave,
Bedford County, and another lot of ten that were captured on
February 10, 1938, in a cave near Dry Creek, Hardin County. Arthur
Stupka, park naturalist, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, sub-
mitted for identification five males taken during July 1937 in Salt-
peter Cave, Blount County (altitude 1,750 feet). Komarek and
Komarek (1938, p. 148) record a specimen from Greenbrier, Sevier
County.

Anderson County: Briceville, 6.
Benton County: Big Sandy, 9.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Cocke County: Low Gap, 4% miles southeast of Cosby, altitude 2,700 feet, 2.
Grainger County: Indian Cave, on Holston River near New Market, 2.
Hamilton County: Rathburn (Soddy P. O.), 2.

Hickman County: 1.

Houston County: Danville, 5.

Jefferson County: Jefferson City, 2.

Marion County: Nickajack Cave, near Shell Mound, 1.

Shelby County: Arlington, 3.
EPTESICUS FUSCUS FUSCUS (Beauvois): Big Brown Bat

Rhoads (1896, p. 204) reports that the brown bat is found on the
Cumberland Plateau but that none were seen on Roan Mountain. He
lists three specimens from Vaughans Cave, Belleview, Davidson
County. H. Allen (1893, p. 152) lists a specimen collected in 1856 by
Prof. J. B. Mitchell in Roane County. Dr. A. R. Cahn submitted for
identification a brown bat collected on July 30, 1937, in Hatmaker
Cave, Anderson County; another taken on October 2, 1937, at Norris;
and a third captured on February 10, 1938, in a cave near Dry Creek,
Hardin County. A specimen taken at Greenbrier, Sevier County, is
listed by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 148).

Hamilton County: Rathburn (Soddy P. O.), 1.
LASIURUS BOREALIS (Miiller): Red Bat

The red bat is occasionally found in caves during winter, but in
summer it is usually found during daylight hours hanging from
the smaller limbs of trees in wooded tracts. G. A. Coleman shot red
bats in the open woods near the Loosahatchie River and in a clearing
along the creek near Big Sandy. Rhoads (1896, p. 203) observed a
few red bats in the mountains of eastern Tennessee. H. Allen (1893,
p. 152) lists a specimen, which cannot now be located, collected in
1854 by Prof. Richard Owen at Tyree Springs, Sumner County.
Miller (1897, p. 108) lists a specimen from Alexandria, De Kalb
County. This bat has been taken also at Cades Cove, Blount County,
and at Greenbrier, Sevier County (Komarek and Komarek, 1938,
p. 148).

Anderson County: Briceville, 2; Coal Creek, 1.

Benton County: Big Sandy, 11.

Cumberland County: 2 miles east of Crossville, altitude 2,000 feet, 1.
Houston County: Danville, 1.

Humphreys County: Waverly, 1.

Knox County: Knoxville, 1.

Marion County: Nickajack Cave, near Shell Mound, 1.

Montgomery County: Clarksville, 1.

Shelby County: Arlington, 2.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 257
LASIURUS CINEREUS (Beauvois): Hoary Bat

Rhoads (1896, p. 203) concluded that the hoary bat “is likely to
occur either as a migrant or resident anywhere east of the Cumber-
land Plateau.”

NYCTICEIUS HUMERALIS (Rafinesque): Evening, or Rafinesque’s, Bat

The recorded occurrences of this bat in the State are all west of the
southern Allegheny Mountains. The evening bat begins to hunt con-
siderably before dark and may be recognized by its rather slow and
steady flight. G.A. Coleman collected a number of individuals dur-
ing June 1892 in an open space near the creek and along the railroad
tracks at Big Sandy, as well as in the open woods near Arlington.
Rhoads (1896, p. 204) refers to specimens of this bat taken in Hick-
man County by J. T. Park during August and September.

Benton County: Big Sandy, 14.
Hickman County: Warner, 1; Hickman County: 1.

Houston County: Danville, 1.
Shelby County: Arlington, 4.

CORYNORHINUS MACROTIS (LeConte): LeConte’s Lump-nosed, or
Big-eared, Bat

Arthur Stupka, park naturalist, Great Smoky Mountains National
Park, lent eight specimens from Cades Cove, 1414 miles southeast of
Maryville, Blount County (altitude 1,750 feet). Of these one was
a female collected at Cades Cove on September 12, 1936, and the
remainder, four males and three females, were taken at the Cades
Cove C. C. C. camp schoolhouse on July 12-15, 1937. This bat has
been taken also in Sevier County at Gatlinburg and Greenbrier
(Komarek and Komarek, 1938, p. 148).

The lump-nosed bat may occur in middle Tennessee, since it has
been recorded by Howell (1921, p. 28) near the northern boundary
line of Alabama at Huntsville, Madison County, and by Miller (1897,
p. 52) at Bowling Green, Warren County, Ky.

Family URSIDAE
URSUS AMERICANUS AMERICANUS Pallas: Black Bear

Black bears appear to have ranged over all Tennessee in early
times, but they have since been exterminated in many sections. No
skulls are available for examination, and this makes it impossible
to say whether the Florida black bear (Ursus floridanus) formerly
occurred in the southern parts of the State.

The Virginia trader Abraham Wood sent James Needham and
Gabriell Arthur in 1673 to the Cherokee Indian town Cota, located

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

in what is now Monroe County, Tenn. While enroute to this place,
Needham, as reported by Wood (Williams, 1928, p. 27), saw bears
along the Holston River in the vicinity of Bays Mountains [? Haw-
kins County]. Dr. Thomas Walker (Williams, 1928, p. 172) relates
that he had killed a male bear in Hawkins County on his trip in
April 1750 to save his dog from further injury. In the valley of
Boones Creek, a tributary of the Watauga River, near the old stage
road between Jonesboro, Washington County, and Blountville, Sulli-
van County, there stood for many years a beech tree on which Daniel
Boone in 1760 carved a notice that he had killed a bear there
(Ramsey, 1853, p. 67). Lt. Henry Timberlake, on his trip down
the Holston River during December 1761 from Kingsport, Sullivan
County, to a large cave below the present site of Three Springs Ford,
Hamblen County, commented on the amazing number of bears that
he had seen (Williams, 1927, pp. 45,47). The same traveler reported
an abundance of bears in 1762 along the Little Tennessee River near
the mouth of Tellico River (Williams, 1927, p. 71). Local residents
reported that a bear was seen near Shady Valley, Johnson County,
in 1936. Perrygo and Lingebach saw a black bear on June 25, 1937,
and also on the following day at an altitude of 5,200 to 5,700 feet
on Inadu Knob, Cocke County. Komarek and Komarek (1988, p.
148) report that a female and a large male black bear were taken
above Greenbrier and another male along Ramsey Fort of Little
Pigeon River in Sevier County. The visible bear “sign” noted by
members of the field parties of the Chicago Academy of Sciences
indicates that black bears are increasing in numbers since the estab-
lishment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.

Bears at one time were plentiful in the vicinity of the Cumber-
land settlements at Nashville, and many were killed for food by the
early settlers. A hunter, Thomas Sharp Spencer, who was well
known to the French and the Indians as the giant with “the big feet,”
hunted bears as early as 1775 a few miles southeast of Castalian
Springs, Sumner County. Ramsey (1853, p. 450) states that a party
of 20 hunters from Eatons Station [Nashville] traveled up the Cum-
berland River to the region between Caney Fork and Flynns Lick
Creek [Smith, Putnam, and Jackson Counties], where they killed
105 bears during the winter of 1782. Putnam (1859, p. 296) writes
that “bears and wolves were found in great numbers for a half-a-
dozen years after the first settlements in the Harpeth Hills,” 10 or
12 miles south of Nashville. During one winter Capt. John Rains
“killed 32 bears within 7 miles of the Bluff, mostly in Harpeth Knobs,
South of Nashville” (Putnam, 1859, p. 122). William Neelly, who
had established a station for making salt at Neellys Bend of the Cum-
berland River, was killed by the Indians in 1788 on the night he

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 259

returned from a hunt for bear and buffalo meat for the workers
(Putnam, 1859, p. 117). The records of Sumner County for 1787
show that “good fat bear meat” was accepted for taxes at 14 pence
per pound, if delivered where troops were stationed (Putnam, 1859,
p- 252).

Francis Baily (Williams, 1928, p. 407) mentions that while travel-
ing the trail between Duck River and Nashville he heard bears and
wolves howling on July 29, 1797. Andrew Michaux also records
(Williams, 1928, p. 335) that bears were present in 1799 in the
vicinity of Nashville. Abraham Steiner and Christian Frederic de
Schweinitz wrote in their journal (Williams, 1928, pp. 504, 505, 519)
that a bear was killed on November 24, 1799, near Drowning Creek
and that John Binkley’s party killed three bears the following
day near Flat Rock [Cumberland County]. These two missionaries
also mention that a Mr. Shaw, at whose cabin they stayed for one
or two days, hunted bears in the vicinity of the Caney Fork road
[Putnam County].

Black bears could be found without difficulty in 1881 in the moun-
tains 15 or 20 miles from Chattanooga (Cee, 1881, p. 309). A few
bears were reported in 1880 (Antler, p. 306) in the Caney Fork
district, Van Buren County. Edward I. Mullins reported to me
that a bear was seen about 1910 on his father’s farm near Huntsville,
Scott County, and that he had followed the tracks for a short dis-
tance. W. M. Perrygo was told by a local resident that a female
and her cubs were killed in 1905 about 6 miles east of Waynesboro,
Wayne County. This was the last bear seen in that vicinity. While
collecting in Cumberland County, Perrygo was informed that a
bear had been killed in 1921 near Crossville.

Black bears were plentiful for many years in the western part of
the State. In his account of a voyage down the Mississippi River
in 1700, Father James Gravier mentioned (Williams, 1928, p. 68)
that “a quantity of bears” had been killed the preceding year at
Fort Prud’homme [above Memphis]. While on his journey up the
Mississippi River in 1723, Diron d’Artaguette camped a league above
the second “Kcores 4 Prud’homme” [above Memphis, between the
mouths of the Hatchie and Coal Creeks] where a “fat she bear of
enormous size” was killed on March 23 (Williams, 1930, p. 10).
Henry Rutherford and his guide, while surveying a large tract of
land in 1785 on the south side of Forked Deer River, Lauderdale
County, killed bears and other game for food (Williams, 1930, p. 44).
David Crockett (1834, pp. 81, 92, 101), in relating his hunting ex-
periences in the lowlands of Obion County, said that he killed bears
in Obion County as early as 1822, and this county, longer than any
other, remained a good hunting ground for bears and deer (Wil-

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

liams, 1930, p. 153). Crockett mentioned that in 1825 he killed
four bears on one day and 105 in less than a year. During the
year 1820, it is reported (Williams, 1930, p. 156) that Reuben
Edmondson and John Bradshaw killed 85 bears in Weakley County.
Benjamin Porter, Jr., born June 12, 1820, at Porters Gap, is said
to have killed more than 100 bears in Lauderdale County during
his lifetime (Williams, 1930, p. 161). From Benjamin C. Miles,
Rhoads (1896, p. 199) learned that a bear killed in 1865 appeared
to be the last record for Haywood County, though bears were oc-
casionally killed in Lauderdale County as late as 1895.

Family PROCYONIDAE
PROCYON LOTOR VARIUS Nelson and Goldman: Alabama Raccoon

Although raccoons are still numerous in some districts in Ten-
nessee, they were even more plentiful when the first settlers arrived.
Lt. Henry Timberlake (Williams, 1927, p. 71) wrote in his journal
under date of January 2, 1762, that raccoons were numerous in the
vicinity of Tellico River, Monroe County. On March 31, 1785, an
act was passed by the General Assembly of the State of Franklin
that made lawful the payment of land taxes in pelts and other
specified commodities. The value of a raccoon skin was fixed at 1
shilling 3 pence (Ramsey, 1853, p. 297). On account of the de-
ranged currency and the scarcity of specie or notes of specie-paying
banks, the General Assembly of the State of Franklin passed an
act authorizing the payment of salaries to civil officers in pelts be-
ginning January 1, 1788. The salary of the secretary to the Gov-
ernor was fixed at 500 raccoon skins (Williams, 1924, p. 215).

Five specimens from Greenbrier, Sevier County, are listed by
Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 149). They report that raccoons
occur in the Great Smoky Mountains at all elevations but are more
numerous at lower altitudes,

About 40 years ago Rhoads (1896, p. 197) stated that raccoons
were “excessively abundant in the bottoms of West Tennessee.” Rac-
coons were reported in 1937 to be quite rare in Fayette County.
They are said to be fairly numerous, however, in the swamps along
the Loosahatchie River, Shelby County, and along the bottoms of
Obion River in Dyer and Obion Counties. Tracks were seen by
Perrygo and Lingebach during April 1937 along a creek in a hard-
wood swamp near Reelfoot Lake, Obion County. Raccoons were
reported (Will, 1884, p. 106) as being abundant near Savannah,
Hardin County, during the winter of 1883-84. Local residents near
Waynesboro in 1937 stated that raccoons were becoming scarcer in
Wayne County. A few are caught each year near Crossville.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 261

Benton County: Big Sandy, 1.
Montgomery County: Clarksville, 1.
Shelby County: Arlington, Le

Family MUSTELIDAE
MARTES PENNANTI PENNANTI (Erxleben): Eastern Fisher, or Pekan

Although Dr. C. Hart Merriam (1888, p. 459), after having accom-
panied Henry Gannett, of the U. S. Geological Survey, several hun-
dred miles through the Great Smoky Mountains of Tennessee and
North Carolina, reported that the pekan was unknown in 1887 to
local residents, reliable information exists that this animal formerly
occurred in that area. Audubon and Bachman (1846, vol. 1, p. 314)
refer to the former presence of the fisher as follows: “We have seen
several skins procured in east Tennessee and we have heard of at
least one individual that was captured near Flat Rock [? Cumber-
land County] in that State, latitude 35°.” The Flat Rock was a well-
known landmark when the wagon road from Clinch River to Nash-
ville was opened for travel in 1795. Latitude 35°, however, is
approximately the southern boundary of the State.

MUSTELA FRENATA NOVEBORACENSIS (Emmons): New York Weasel

The available specimens of this weasel were all taken in the eastern
half of the State. Rhoads (1896, p. 196), however, states that it “is
said to be common in west Tennessee.” A weasel was taken at an
altitude of 3,800 feet near Shady Valley on June 13, 1937, in a large-
size Schuyler trap nailed to the trunk of an oak tree. Another
weasel was trapped on Roan Mountain during September 1937 in a
balsam-fir forest. Local residents in 1937 reported to Perrygo that
weasels were fairly numerous at lower altitudes in the valleys of
eastern Tennessee.

Curiously enough, the three weasels in the National Museum col-
lection from the Allegheny Mountains of West Virginia, as well as
the two collected in eastern Tennessee by the Museum party in 1937,
are all somewhat darker than the Campbell and Hamilton County
specimens. The coloration of the upper parts of these five speci-
mens approaches Prout’s brown or sepia. This coloration is of
doubtful significance, since three specimens from 6,000 feet elevation
on Roan Mountain, N. C., as well as five others from Magnetic City
at the foot of Roan Mountain, have the usual cinnamon-brown colora-
tion. Furthermore, in a series of 37 specimens from localities in
Maryland, Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a young male
and a young female have this dark-colored pelage.

107573—38 2

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Specimens from Lower Ramsey Branch of the Little Pigeon River,
from Pinnacle in Sevier County, and from Knoxville in Knox
County are referred tentatively to the southern weasel (I. n. notia) by
Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 150).

Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.
Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitude 6,100 feet, 1.

Hamiiton County: Walden Ridge, near Soddy, 3.
Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast of Shady Valley,

altitude 3,800 feet, 1.
MUSTELA VISON VISON Schreber: Mountain, or Black, Mink

The early records seem to indicate that the dark-colored mink was
formerly common in the mountainous portion of eastern Tennessee.
Under an act of the General Assembly of the State of Franklin, the
remuneration of a constable serving a warrant was fixed at one mink
skin beginning January 1, 1788 (Williams, 1924, p. 215). W. M.
Perrygo was told in 1937 that a few minks are taken on Roan Moun-
tain by local trappers, but that they are not so abundant as formerly.
One mink was trapped and another seen in 1933 at Greenbrier, Sevier
County (Komarek and Komarek, 1938, p. 159).

MUSTELA VISON MINK Peale and Beauvois: Common, or Brown, Mink

Minks were formerly generally distributed over most of Tennessee.
In many localities they are now rather scarce, and high prices for
pelts about 1920 almost resulted in their extermination in some
counties. Minks were reported (Will, 1884, p. 106) very abundant
near Savannah, Hardin County, during the winter of 1883-84. Local
trappers reported in 1937 that minks were becoming rare in Shelby
and Fayette Counties. Perrygo likewise learned from trappers that
minks are caught occasionally in the vicinity of Reelfoot Lake, Obion
County. Rhoads (1896, p. 198) lists a specimen from Open Lake,
Lauderdale County.

LUTRA CANADENSIS INTERIOR Swenk: Mississippi Valley Otter

The otter doubtless occurred throughout Tennessee in early times,
but persistent trapping by the early hunters and settlers soon reduced
its numbers. No specimens have been received by the U. S. National
Museum from the State, and it is therefore impossible to identify
with certainty the race that may occur there now.

While residing with the Cherokee Indian chief Ostenaco at the
mouth of Tellico River, Monroe County, Lt. Henry Timberlake on
January 2, 1762, made a note in his journal (Williams, 1927, p. 69)
concerning “brooks well stored with fish, otters, and beaver.” Under
an act of the General Assembly of the State of Franklin, passed and

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 263

signed on March 31, 1785, the value of a cased otter skin was fixed
at 6 shillings and that of an uncased skin at 5 shillings (Ramsey,
1853, p. 297). The same Assembly in 1788 fixed the salary of the
State treasurer at 450 otter skins (Williams, 1924, p. 215).

B. C. Miles reported to Rhoads (1896, p. 197) that he had seen an
otter that was killed at Open Lake, Lauderdale County, during the
winter of 1895. Rhoads also learned that otters were often seen by
hunters at Reelfoot Lake.

SPILOGALE PUTORIUS (Linnaeus): Alleghenian Spotted Skunk

Howell (1909, p. 65) states that the spotted skunk was reported
scarce in the vicinity of Briceville, Anderson County. Komarek and
Komarek (1938, p. 150) list one specimen that was taken in the Great
Smoky Mountains National Park but give no definite locality.

Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.
Sullivan County: Holston Mountains, head of Fishdam Creek, 1.

MEPHITIS MEPHITIS NIGRA (Peale and Beauvois): Eastern Skunk

The eastern skunk seems to be distributed in Tennessee west of
the southern Allegheny Mountains. It occasionally takes up resi-
dence under a house or barn but generally is found in its own bur-
rows or in abandoned burrows of some other animal. These are
usually located in rocky terrain hidden by thickets or in clumps of
brush at corners of rail fences. Rhoads (1896, p. 199) was told that
skunks were “rare in the Mississippi lowlands” and reported that he
“rarely detected the signs of this animal in Tennessee, though every-
one seems to be acquainted with the animal in all localities visited
except, perhaps, on the summits of the highest mountains.” Perrygo
reports that he saw no crushed skunks on the roads over which the
Museum party drove their car during 1937 and that the familiar
odor was not noted at any time except in the case of one taken in
Lincoln County. This skunk was trapped in a rock ledge partially
hidden in a hedgerow consisting of scrub cedar, briers, and cacti near
farm buildings west of Fayetteville. Near Waynesboro one was killed
in the deciduous woods on a rather dry hillside. Skunks were re-
ported to be fairly common in Wayne County, but more skunks were
said to be present in Lincoln County than in any other part of the
State visited by the Museum party. The specimen from Camp-
bell County, although not typical, is referred to nigra rather than to
elongata, which occurs in eastern West Virginia.

Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.

‘Lincoln County: 2 miles west of Fayetteville, 1.
‘Wayne County: Waynesboro, 1.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86
MEPHITIS MEPHITIS ELONGATA Bangs: Florida Skunk

Five specimens taken in Sevier County at Greenbrier and Pin-
nacle are referred to the southern skunk by Komarek and Komarek

(1938, p. 150).
Family CANIDAE

VULPES FULVA FULVA (Desmarest): Red Fox

The red fox seems not to have been one of the native mammals
of Tennessee, but it has been introduced into various sections of the
State at different times by those interested in hunting with hounds.
Perrygo was told that red foxes have been liberated recently in a
number of localities. Local residents informed him that red foxes
were plentiful in the vicinity of Waynesboro, Wayne County, but
that they were not common near Crossville, Cumberland County.

Contrary to general belief, Rhoads (1896, p. 200) states that the
red fox was “always numerous in the mountains” but “has spread
with increasing population into west Tennessee, where it was un-
known to the early pioneers.”” Benjamin C. Miles is authority for
the statement that this fox was introduced or migrated into Hay-
wood and Lauderdale Counties about 1845.

Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 150) mention a red fox that
was found dead along Dudley Creek, Sevier County. From the
Blount County Fox Hunters’ Association they obtained informa-
tion that in the years 1924 to 1926 approximately 150 red foxes
were shipped from Waterloo, Minn., and liberated in the Chilhowee
Mountains at several localities in the area between Sevierville and
the Tennessee River.

UROCYON CINEREOARGENTEUS CINEREOARGENTEUS (Schreber):
Gray Fox

The gray fox in former times occurred in most sections of the
State and is still common in many localities. Hunting with hounds
has resulted in the reduction and in some cases the extermination of
this fox in the vicinity of thickly settled regions.

Lt. Henry Timberlake (Williams, 1927, p. 71) mentions that
foxes were very abundant in 1762 along the Little Tennessee River
near the mouth of Tellico River. Ramsey (1853, p. 206) states
that when the first settlers came to the Bluff [Nashville] in 1780
foxes were present in the vicinity.

Under the act of March 31, 1785, of the General Assembly of the
State of Franklin, the value of a fox skin was fixed at 1 shilling 3
pence (Ramsey, 1853, p. 297).

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 265

Local residents reported to Perrygo that gray foxes are occasion-
ally caught in Fayette and Shelby Counties. He was told that
gray foxes were still plentiful in the vicinity of Waynesboro, Wayne
County. Similarly, trappers residing near Crossville informed him
that this fox was no longer caught very often in Cumberland County.

In eastern Tennessee, Rhoads (1896, p. 200) states that the gray
fox “sometimes courses over the balsam belt of Roan Mountain,
when. pursued by dogs, but does not reside at so great an altitude.”
Arthur Stupka, park naturalist, has informed me that specimens
from Cades Cove, Biount County, and Elkmont, Sevier County, have
been acquired by the museum of the Great Smoky Mountains Na-
tional Park and that he has sight records from Gatlinburg, Sevier
County, and elsewhere in the park. His observations indicate that
the gray fox outnumbers the red fox at elevations below 2,000 feet.

Benton County: Big Sandy, 1.
Hamilton County: Walden Ridge, near Soddy, 2.

CANIS LUPUS LYCAON Schreber: Gray Wolf

Wolves, although once numerous, were exterminated in many sec-
tions of Tennessee many years ago. Unfortunately there are few
published records. ‘

The first recorded mention of wolves in eastern Tennessee appears
to be that of James Needham (Williams, 1928, p. 27), who in 1673
saw wolves while traveling from near the present site of Trade, John-
son County, to the Cherokee Indian town Chota in what is now
Monroe County. While engaged in carrying out a peace treaty with
the Cherokee Indians, Lt. Henry Timberlake wrote in his journal
(Williams, 1927, p. 71) under date of January 2, 1762, near the
mouth of Tellico River, Monroe County, that there were an incredible
number of wolves. Dr. C. Hart Merriam (1888, p. 459) wrote, after
his trip through the region in 1887, that wolves were present in the
Smoky Mountains. Rhoads (1896, p. 200) states that a wolf was
seen during the winter, about 1883, near the Cloudland hotel on
Roan Mountain and that a few may persist in the southern Alle-
ghenies. Early settlers in the vicinity of Shady Valley, Johnson
County, resorted to the use of high pen traps baited with live sheep
to rid the country of wolves. Perrygo was shown the location of
some of these trapping sites in the Holston Mountains. These pens
were constructed of logs and built so that one side abutted against
some abrupt cut in a gradual hill slope. A pack of wolves, having
scented the bait, generally came down the slope and jumped into
the pen, from which they could not escape. The trapped wolves were
then killed with a gun or club.

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

References to wolves are more numerous in the early records of
middle Tennessee. Ramsey (1853, p. 206) mentions that wolves were
present in 1780 in the vicinity of the Bluff [Nashville]. Other rec- —
ords show that wolves were so numerous at the time the Nashville
settlements were established that the settlers were compelled to build
pens as traps. During the winter of 1788, when many of the settlers
had sought refuge from the Indians at Rains Station {on Browns
Creek, 214 miles south of Nashville], the hunters, men and boys,
would “occasionally visit their wolf and turkey pens” (Putnam, 1859,
p. 296). An entry in the journal of André, Michaux (Williams, 1928,
p. 835) written at Nashville on June 21, 1795, indicates that wolves
were present in the vicinity. Francis Baily (Williams, 1928, p. 407),
while traveling the trail from Duck River to Nashville, mentions hear-
ing the howling of wolves on June 29, 1797. In John Lipscomb’s
journal (Williams, 1928, p. 276) under date of June 29, 1784, it is
recorded that two big buffalo bulls followed by a wolf were seen at
a lick near Little Barren River [Macon County, Tenn., or Allen
County, Ky.]. Abraham Steiner and Christian Frederic de Schwein-
itz, while traveling eastward on the Caney Fork road, stopped for
a day or so at the cabin of a Mr. Shaw. Under date of December
12, 1799, they wrote in their journal (Williams, 1928, p. 519) that
“here [Smith or Putnam County], in proximity to the wilderness,
there are deer, bear, and wolves in great numbers.” Williams (1930,
pp. 96, 180) writes that in 1819 wolves attacked pigs, young calves,
and fawns and that bounties were paid to the trappers and hunters
for scalps of wolves. Audubon and Bachman (1851, vol. 2, p. 129)
describe a pit trap that was used in Kentucky, and it is quite likely
that similar wolf pits were constructed in western and middle Ten-
nessee. In 1880 (Antler, p. 306) it was reported that gray wolves
were occasionally found in the Caney Fork district, Van Buren
County. It was reported to W. M. Perrygo that a female and her
pups had been killed about 1917 near Waynesboro, Wayne County.
Another wolf was killed in 1919 on North Fork River, Cumberland
County.

No specific mention of gray wolves has been found in the early
accounts of western Tennessee. Benjamin C. Miles (1895, p. 182)
supposed that the large gray wolf extended its range into the river
bottoms of Lauderdale County about 1890 or 1891. Subsequently he
learned from Major Shaw (Rhoads, 1896, p. 200), an old hunter of
Haywood County, that the latter had “captured a litter of seven
wolf pups, three of which were gray and four black.” Major Shaw
was inclined to believe that the “big gray wolf has always been here
and some favorable circumstance must have developed his numbers.”

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 267

Some time later Miles wrote Rhoads (1896, p. 200) that two wolves
had been poisoned about December 10, 1895, within 7 miles of Browns-
ville, Haywood County.

CANIS RUFUS FLORIDANUS Miller: Florida Red Wolf

A right mandible (U.S.N.M. no. 200145), referred to this wolf,
was found by Clarence B. Moore in 1914-15 a short distance above
Chattanooga in debris from the Citico aboriginal mound near Citico
Creek, Hamilton County. It is quite likely that this red wolf ranged
over southeastern Tennessee at least until the time of the arrival of
the first white traders, since iron-blades manufactured by the whites
were found at this site (Moore, 1915, pp. 373-374).

CANIS RUFUS GREGORYI Goldman: Mississippi Valley Wolf

The specific identity of the gray and black wolves of Tennessee is
quite puzzling in view of conflicting statements. According to Ben-
jamin C. Miles (1895, p. 182) the small black wolf was exterminated
about 1870 in Haywood and Lauderdale Counties. Major Shaw
(Rhoads, 1896, p. 200) says that “our present wolf is larger and very
much fiercer than those of my childhood, at least those specimens
were which came under my observation.” Audubon and Bachman
(1851, vol. 2, p. 130) refer to having seen black wolves on trips
through southern Kentucky and mention one hunter who had trained
a black wolf to trail deer. No specimens are available for examina-
tion. It is known, however, that the black phase is quite common in
this species of wolf. Goldman (1937, p. 44) states that “a specimen
from Cherokee, Colbert County, northwestern Alabama, is somewhat
intermediate, but in heavy dentition is nearer floridanus.”

CANIS LATRANS Say: Coyote

Coyotes are reported to have been introduced in Tennessee in recent
years, though no information is at present available as to the source
where they were obtained. A female killed in Maury County was
acquired by the Tennessee State Museum in 1930. According to an
item that appeared in the Migrant,? “it is believed that it is from a
stock of coyotes that were liberated in west Tennessee at Grand Junc-
tion [Hardeman County] for the purpose of training hounds.” The
Bureau of Biological Survey obtained from Earl May the skin and
skull of a female killed on May 23, 1931, at, McCains.

Maury County: McCains, 1.

2 Quart. Publ. Tennessee Orn. Soc., vol. 1, nos. 3—4, p. 19, Dec. 1930.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

FELIS CONCOLOR COUGUAR Kerr: Cougar, Panther, or Eastern Mountain
Lion

An entry in the journal of Lt. Henry Timberlake (Williams, 1927,
p. 71) under date of January 2, 1762, indicates that panthers were
numerous at that date in the vicinity of Tellico River, Monroe Coun-
ty. Dr. C. Hart Merriam, however, reported in 1888 (p. 459) that
the panther was unknown in the Great Smoky Mountains region of
Tennessee and North Carolina. Perrygo was told that a panther
had been killed in 1929 in the Holston Mountains near Shady Valley,
Johnson County. Another panther was seen crossing the trail on
Roan Mountain on September 18, 1937.

Ramsey (1853, p. 206) states that panthers were present in 1780
in the vicinity of the Bluff [Nashville]. While staying at the home
of a Mr. Shaw on the Caney Fork road [? Smith County], Abraham

teiner and Christian Frederic de Schweinitz wrote on December 12,
1799, that panthers were present in that vicinity. A panther was
seen on May 30, 1937, by local residents on North Fork River near
Crossville, Cumberland County.

Williams (1930, p. 96) writes that panthers were present in western
Tennessee in 1819. Some years later Benjamin Porter, Jr., is re-
ported to have killed on one day four full-grown panthers, which av-
eraged 914 feet in length, in Lauderdale County (Williams, 1930, p.
161). Hallock (1877, p. 153) stated that the canebrakes of Shelby
County afforded fine grounds for hunting panthers. It is also reported
that a panther measuring 714 feet from tip to tip was killed by Robert
H. Weaver on Wheatley’s plantation, 8 miles south of Memphis
(Anon., 1880, p. 11). Benjamin C. Miles reported to Rhoads (1896,
p- 201) that a few panthers were said to occur in the most impassable
brakes and “harricanes” of the bottoms of Lauderdale County.

LYNX RUFUS RUFUS (Schreber): Bobcat, or Wild Cat

The first mention of wild cats occurring in the State of Tennessee
appears to be that recorded by Abraham Steiner and Christian
Frederic de Schweinitz. On December 12, 1799, they recorded in
their journal (Williams, 1928, p. 519) that wild cats occur near the
Caney Fork road [Smith or Putnam County]. Williams (1930, pp.
96, 180) records the occurrence in 1819 of wild cats and catamounts
in western Tennessee.

Perrygo was informed by local residents that wild cats are occa-
sionally trapped in cypress swamps in Fayette and Shelby Counties.
In the vicinity of Waynesboro, Wayne County, it was reported that
there were still a few wild cats on the ridges and that a female had
been killed there during March 1937. Local residents in the vicinity of

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 269

Crossville reported that there were relatively few wild cats in Cum-
berland County. The specimens from Walden Ridge are indis-
tinguishable from those taken in eastern West Virginia.

Tracks were seen by Perrygo and Schaefer during September 1937
on Roan Mountain, and they were told that wild cats were not
abundant in the Great Smoky Mountains. Komarek and Komarek
(1988, p. 151), however, report that wild-cat tracks were frequently
seen in Sevier County near Mount Guyot and on Brushy Mountain,
Three specimens were taken by their party at Greenbrier, Sevier
County. Wild cats are frequently trapped in the Cherokee National
Forest. The Florida wild cat (Lynx rufus floridanus) may occur in
this forest.

Hamilton County: Walden Ridge, near Soddy, 3.

Family SCIURIDAE

MARMOTA MONAX MONAX (Linnaeus): Southern Woodchuck, or
Groundhog

During April and May 1937 Perrygo and Lingebach learned that
a few woodchucks were to be found in the bluffs bordering the Mis-
sissippi River lowlands but that they were not common in any of
the western counties drained by the small tributaries of the river.
One was seen April 29, 1937, crossing the road northeast of Horn-
beak, Obion County. In 1895, Benjamin C. Miles informed Rhoads
(1896, p. 193) that woodchucks were very rare in Haywood County.
As far back as the oldest residents could recall, no woodchucks have
been found in Fayette and Shelby Counties.

In middle Tennessee, two were seen during May 1937 near Waynes-
boro, Wayne County. Local residents near Crossville reported to
Perrygo in May 1937 that woodchucks were rather scarce in Cum-
berland County. On the western slope of the Clinch Mountains, a
few occur in the farming sections near the Clinch River, Grainger
County. According to Howell (1909, p. 60) woodchucks were re-
ported as being common in Anderson County on Cross Mountain and
in Hamilton County on Walden Ridge near Soddy. They also occur
on the ridge between Fayetteville, Lincoln County, and Pulaski,
Giles County.

Woodchucks appear to be slightly more abundant in eastern Ten-
nessee. Perrygo and Lingebach found that there were a few living
in the hedgerows bordering farming land in Shady Valley, Johnson
County. Woodchucks were reported as being not at all abundant
in the Great Smoky Mountains. A few were seen in the rocky
ground between hemlock woods (altitude 2,700 feet) and an old
abandoned field at Low Gap, 414 miles southeast of Cosby, but only

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

one was trapped. In eastern Tennessee, according to Rhoads (1896,
p. 193), the vertical range of the woodchuck does not extend upward
into the fir belt, which begins approximately at an elevation of 5,000
feet. Two woodchucks were taken by the Museum party, however,
during September 1937 at Carvers Gap on a bald spot at an altitude
of 5,500 feet. A specimen from Greenbrier, Sevier County, is listed
by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 151).

A few woodchucks occur along the edges of mixed deciduous and
pine woods on Big Frog Mountain, Polk County, where no farming
has been carried on for a great many years. In this region the
vertical range of this animal goes up to at least 2,500 feet.
Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.

Carter County: Carvers Gap, Roan Mountain, altitude 5,500 feet, 2.

Cocke County: Low Gap, 41%4 miles southeast of Cosby, altitude 2,700 feet, 1
Humphreys County: Duck River, 6 miles southwest of Waverly, 1.

Polk County: Big Frog Mountain, 12 miles west of Copperhill, altitude 1,800

feet, 1.
Stewart County: Dover, 1.

TAMIAS STRIATUS STRIATUS (Linnaeus): Southeastern Chipmunk

Very few chipmunks were seen in Tennessee by the Museum party.
Several were observed during June 1937 at an altitude of 3,800 feet
in oak and beech woods on the Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast
of Shady Valley, Johnson County. Chipmunks appear to be more
numerous here than at any other locality visited in 1937. Two were
seen September 18, 1937, at an altitude of 4,000 feet on Roan Moun-
tain, Carter County. One was seen during June 1937 at an altitude
of 2,700 feet on Low Gap southeast of Cosby, Cocke County.
Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 152) state that chipmunks are com-
mon in the deciduous woods of the Great Smoky Mountains and list
specimens from Eagle Rocks Prong of Little Pigeon River, Green-
brier, Horseshoe Mountain (about 3 miles east of Mount LeConte
and 114 miles north of Mount Kephart), Mount Harrison, and Por-
ters Flats in Sevier County, and also from Thunderhead in Blount
County. Rhoads (1896, p. 194) observed chipmunks at Johnson
City, Washington County, and at Greeneville, Greene County.
Howell (1909, p. 59) states that chipmunks were reported to occur
at Highcliff, Campbell County, and on Walden Ridge near Soddy,
Hamilton County, and that one was seen on Coal Creek in Ander-
son County.

In middle Tennessee, Rhoads observed chipmunks at Nashville,
Davidson County, and mentioned two specimens taken at Warner,
Hickman County, during November and December. No chipmunks
were seen by Rhoads “at Chattanooga or Knoxville, nor on the Cum-
berland plateau.” Perrygo reports that a few chipmunks were noted

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 271

in a hardwood forest 8 miles northeast of Waynesboro, Wayne

County. ‘Two were seen near Dover, Stewart County, October 30, 1937.
According to Rhoads, observations (1896, p. 193), chipmunks were

“very sparingly and irregularly distributed in the lowlands of Ten-

nessee.” He observed them near the springs at Raleigh and along

the road from Raleigh to Bartlett, Shelby County. Benjamin C.

Miles informed Rhoads that he saw five or six chipmunks every

summer near Brownsville, Haywood County. Chipmunks were not

found to be very numerous in the sections of Obion and Lake Coun-

ties visited in 1987.

Hickman County: 1.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast of Shady Valley,

altitude 3,800 feet, 1.

Montgomery County: east of Clarksville, 1; Dunbars Cave, Clarksville, 4.

Obion County: Reelfoot Lake, Samburg, 1.

Stewart County: Cumberland River near Dover, 1.

Wayne County: 8 miles northeast of Waynesboro, 2.

TAMIASCIURUS HUDSONIUS ABIETICOLA Howell: Cloudland Red
Squirrel, Pine Squirrel, or Boomer

No red squirrels were seen by the Museum party outside of the
hemlock, spruce, and fir forests of eastern Tennessee, except in the
pine woods of the Cherokee National Forest. One was seen during
June 1937 at an altitude of 2,900 feet in a hemlock bog near Shady
Valley. Rhoads (1896, p. 196) reports that “owing to the severe
winter of 1894-95, the ‘Boomer’ was very scarce in its usual haunts
on the summit of Roan Mountain.” Red squirrels were rather scarce
in 1987 in the balsam-fir and beech forests on Roan Mountain, Carter
County, but Perrygo and Schaefer succeeded in collecting a
few specimens. In the Great Smoky Mountains district it
required considerable effort on the part of Perrygo, Lingebach,
and Schaefer to collect even a few red squirrels in the balsam-fir
forests on Mount Guyot, Old Black Mountain, and Inadu
Knob. They were nowhere numerous, and local residents were of
the opinion that red squirrels would be exterminated within a few
years. Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 152), however, report that
red squirrels were abundant in 1931 and 1932 in the deciduous and
evergreen forests of the Great Smoky Mountains and list specimens
from the following localities in Sevier County: Buck Fork and
Ramsey Prong of Little Pigeon River, Dry Sluice [Gap] (intersec-
tion of Richland Mountain with Tennessee-North Carolina boundary
line), Greenbrier, Horseshoe Mountain, Mount Guyot, and Porters
Flats. One was seen during July 1937 in pine woods at an altitude
of 4,100 feet on Big Frog Mountain, Polk County.

Bis PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitudes 5,000 to 6,100 feet, 4.

Cocke County: Inadu Knob, altitudes 4,500 to 5,900 feet, 7; Mount Guyot, alti-
tude 6,500 feet, 2; Snake Den Mountain, altitude 4,500 feet, 1.

Sevier County: Indian Gap, altitude 5,200 feet, 2.

SCIURUS CAROLINENSIS CAROLINENSIS Gmelin: Gray, or Cat, Squirrel

The gray squirrel was formerly one of the commonest and most
widely distributed mammals in Tennessee. It frequents not only the
moist bottomlands and swamps, where there is an abundance of nut-
bearing deciduous trees, but is also found on wooded hills and the
lower mountain slopes. Four gray squirrels were seen and two col-
lected in deciduous woods on Poor Valley Ridge, Clinch Mountains,
Grainger County. Although both of these are young individuals,
they appear to resemble carolinensis more closely than leucotis.

The gray squirrel is no longer abundant in the more settled parts
of middle Tennessee. André Michaux (Williams, 1928, p. 335) refers
to the presence in 1795 of small gray squirrels in the vicinity of
Nashville. Four years later, Abraham Steiner and Christian Fred-
eric de Schweinitz (Williams, 1928, p. 516) comment on the “tre-
mendous number of squirrels” in the Cumberland settlements in
the vicinity of Nashville. The Museum party did not collect or see
any gray squirrels in middle Tennessee, except in the vicinity of
Fayetteville, Lincoln County, where six were seen and two collected,
and in the deciduous woods 8 miles north of Indian Mound, Stewart
County, where two were seen.

Gray squirrels were fairly common in some parts of southwestern
Tennessee. Only a few were actually seen, however, near Hickory
Withe, Fayette County, during April 1937. Benjamin C. Miles
(Rhoads, 1896, p. 196) in describing the migrations of gray squirrels
from Arkansas to Tennessee states that he has “seen them exhausted
and wet on the east bank of the Mississippi River.” This would
indicate that gray squirrels can swim considerable distances when
necessary,

The hind feet of the specimens from Big Sandy average larger than
those taken in the southern part of the State. The average measure-
ments of 10 males from this locality are as follows: Total length,
453.5 (428-480) ; tail, 215.9 (207-230) ; hind foot, 66.2 (63-68). For
six females from the same locality the average measurements are:
oe see 475.5 (460-485) ; tail, 225.3 (220-230) ; hind foot, 66.3

63-68).

Benton County: Big Sandy, 18.
Campbell County: Highcliff, 4.
Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 1.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 273

Grainger County: Poor Valley Ridge, Clinch Mountains, 8 miles northeast of
Rutledge, altitude 1,200 feet, 2.

Hamilton County: Walden Ridge near Soddy, 3.

Lincoln County: 3 miles south of Fayetteville, 1; 3 miles north of Fayetteville, 2.

Shelby County: Arlington, 7.

SCIURUS CAROLINENSIS LEUCOTIS Gapper: Northern Gray Squirrel

Although not typical, the specimens from the southern Alleghenies
and the Great Smoky Mountains in eastern Tennessee are referred to
leucotis, since they resemble those taken on the north in the moun-
tainous sections of eastern West Virginia in the predominance of
whitish-tipped or whitish-gray-tipped hairs in the tail as well as large
hind feet. The measurements of two males are, respectively: Total
length, 457, 452; tail, 220, 215; hind foot, 69, 68. For two females
the measurements are, respectively: Total length, 451, 454; tail 208,
~ 205; hind foot, 67, 67.

Gray squirrels appeared to be fairly numerous in eastern Tennes-
see during 1937, although it was reported to Perrygo that they were
rapidly diminishing in numbers. One gray squirrel was seen and
another cne collected in oak and beech woods on the Holston Moun-
tains. Rhoads (1896, p. 196) reports that he had seen the skin of
one taken at an altitude of 4,000 feet on Roan Mountain. Gray
squirrels have been taken along Fighting Creek, at Greenbrier, on
Horseshoe Mountain (about 3 miles east of Mount LeConte and 114
miles north of Mount Kephart), and along the Ramsey Prong of
Little Pigeon River in Sevier County, and also on Russell Field,
Blount County (Komarek and Komarek, 1938, p. 153). Six were
seen and two collected in mixed hardwood and pine woods on Big
Frog Mountain.

Cocke County: Snake Den Mountain, altitude 3,600 feet, 1; Inadu Knob, altitude
5,000 feet, 1.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast of Shady Valley, altitude
3,800 feet, 1.

Polk County: Sheeds Creek, Big Frog Mountain, 12 miles west of Copperhill,
altitude 1,600 feet, 2.

SCIURUS NIGER NEGLECTUS (Gray): Northern Fox Squirrel

" A few fox squirrels were reported to Perrygo to occur in the
deciduous woods on the lower levels (altitude 1,500 to 2,000 feet) of
Denny Mountains near Cosby, Cocke County. These are most likely
referable to the northern race but can be only tentatively placed here
until actual specimens are available for examination. These large,
and generally white-bellied, long-tailed fox squirrels have been taken
at two localities in Greenbrier County, W. Va., and should range
southward in the southern Allegheny Mountains.

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86
SCIURUS NIGER RUFIVENTER Geoffroy: Mississippi Valley Fox Squirrel

According to Benjamin C. Miles (Rhoads, 1896, p. 194) the fox
squirrel is always found in big timber but prefers the gum and cy-
press trees in the swamps of Haywood and Lauderdale Counties.
Fox squirrels appear to be most numerous in the northwestern corner
of the State. During May 1937 one was seen near Union City, two
were seen and one collected near Hornbeak, and one was collected on
Green Island, Reelfoot Lake, Obion County. On returning to this
county in October 1937, Perrygo saw two and collected one 3 miles
south of Samburg. Perrygo learned from local residents that fox
squirrels were no longer very numerous in Fayette and Shelby Coun-
ties. He was informed that none occur in the cypress swamp near
Hickory Withe, Fayette County. Along the southern border of the
State, a few fox squirrels were reported to occur in the woods south
of Fayetteville, Lincoln County.

The upperparts of the skins from Obion and Lincoln Counties
appear much darker than those from Campbell County. This con-
dition appears attributable in part to wear, since the black subapical
bands are more conspicuous than the grayish or buffy-gray hair tips.
Howell (1909, p. 59) referred the small series from near the southern
end of Pine Mountains in Campbell County to Sciurus niger texianus.
The ground color of the upperparts of these specimens is more
rufous than those from Obion County. As noted by Howell, five of
these specimens have white noses and the underparts are rufous and
not whitish like those referred to neglectus. Out of a series of 24
skins of Scturus niger neglectus from eastern West Virginia, 14 have
whitish underparts, 9 have the white underparts more or less suffused
with yellowish or light rufous, and 1 has the underparts black.
Three in this series have whitish noses. Howell also states that “fox
squirrels are becoming scarce in many parts of the South, and speci-
mens are often difficult to obtain.”

Campbell County: Highcliff, 3 miles east of Jellico, 7.
Lincoln County: 3 miles south of Fayetteville, 1.

Obion County: Green Island, Reelfoot Lake, 1; Reelfoot Lake, 4 miles west of
Hornbeak, 1; Reelfoot Lake, 3 miles south of Samburg, 1.

GLAUCOMYS VOLANS SATURATUS Howell: Southeastern Flying Squirrel

Flying squirrels are inhabitants of woods and generally reside in
hollow trees, abandoned woodpecker holes, or cavities in stumps. Al-
though rather active at night in good weather, they are seldom seen
and frequently are common without their presence being generally
known. In middle Tennessee, five were trapped in the deciduous
woods along Birds Creek, 7 miles southwest of Crossville, Cumber-
land County. A dead young one was seen caught in a wire fence

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 2715

at the same locality. Five were trapped in deciduous woods north of
Waynesboro, Wayne County. Another one was trapped on an oak
tree near Frankewing, Lincoln County. Howell (1918, p. 24) lists
one specimen from Nashville, Davidson County.

Tn the southwestern corner of the State, four were trapped in the
cypress swamp near Hickory Withe, Fayette County. Local residents
did not know that flying squirrels were present in this area. In the
lowlands of Haywood County flying squirrels were common accord-
ing to B. C. Miles (Rhoads, 1896, p. 197), and in 1890 he routed 30
out of his martin box. Flying squirrels seemed to be less numerous
in the northwestern corner of the State. Only two were trapped in
Obion County, one on a beech tree south of Hornbeak and another

ne near Samburg.

This southern race resembles volans rather closely in external meas-
urements, and typical specimens are darker than the latter. Most of
the Tennessee specimens referred to this race have lighter upperparts
than those from Alabama listed by Howell (1918, p. 25). The average
measurements of eight males are as follows: Total length, 223.7
(211-237) ; tail vertebrae, 97.2 (93-101); hind foot, 30.1 (29-81).
For 11 females the average measurements are: Total length, 221.7
(205-233) ; tail vertebrae, 94.5 (88-102); hind foot, 30.1 (28-32).
Cumberland County: 7 miles southwest of Crossville, 6.

Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 4.

Lincoln County: 6 miles southwest of Frankewing, 1.

Obion County: Reelfoot Lake, 3 miles south of Samburg, 1; Reelfoot Lake, 5
miles west of Hornbeak, 1.

GLAUCOMYS VOLANS VOLANS (Linnaeus): Small Eastern Flying
Squirrel

These small flying squirrels appeared to be rather common in the
Holston Mountains northeast of Shady Valley, for eight were taken
in Schuyler traps nailed to the trunks of oak and beech trees at
elevations of 3,000 to 3,800 feet. One was taken on the trunk of
an oak tree at an altitude of 4,200 feet on Roan Mountain.

Specimens from Greenbrier, Sevier County, and Knoxville, Knox
County, are listed by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 154).

Detailed comparisons of the series from the mountainous section
of eastern Tennessee with a comparable series from eastern West
Virginia failed to reveal any valid differences. It should be noted,
however, that relatively few specimens from the southern Alle-
gheny Mountains were available when Howell (1918) revised this
genus. In the winter pelage, the toes and the fore parts of the
feet are generally whitish in volans in contrast to the rather uni-
formly dark feet of saturatus, although the external measurements
of this race do not differ appreciably from those of the latter. The

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

average measurements of five males are as follows: Total length,

217 (202-234) ; tail vertebrae, 91 (75-101) ; hind foot, 29.8 (28-31).

For eight females the average measurements are: Total length,

930.7 (210-241); tail vertebrae, 102.6 (95-116); hind foot, 30.5

(29-82).

Carter County: Watauga Valley, 2; Roan Mountain, altitude 4,100 feet, 1.

Cocke County: Snake Den Mountain, altitude 4,700 feet, 1.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 3 miles northeast of Shady Valley, alti-
tudes 3,000 to 3,800 feet, 6; Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast of Shady
Valley, altitude 3,000 feet, 2.

Polk County: Big Frog Mountain, 12 miles west of Copperhill, altitude 2,000
feet, 1.

Wayne County: Waynesboro, 8 miles north, 6.

GLAUCOMYS SABRINUS FUSCUS Miller: West Virginia Flying Squirrel

The trapping of a male of this gray-faced flying squirrel on Sep-
tember 23, 1927, in a birch forest on the north slope of Roan Moun-
tain, Carter County, extends the range of this race more than 200
miles south of Cranberry Glades, W. Va. This specimen was caught
in a large-size Schuyler trap nailed to the trunk of a large birch
tree. No additional information has been secured in regard to the
habits of this flying squirrel.

Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitude 5,500 feet, 1.

Family CASTORIDAE
CASTOR CANADENSIS CAROLINENSIS Rhoads: Carolina Beaver

When the French, Virginia, and Carolina traders first visited the
Indian settlements in what is now Tennessee, beavers were generally
distributed in the watercourses over the whole State. Many traders
were bartering for pelts long before 1700, but it is quite unlikely
that any marked depletion of the beaver stock took place until after
1760.

Lt. Henry Timberlake, on his trip down the Holston River dur-
ing December 1761 from Kingsport, Sullivan County, to a large cave
below the present site of Three Springs Ford, Hamblen County,
commented on the abundance of beavers along that watercourse
(Williams, 1927, p. 47). The same traveler stated that beavers were
plentiful along the Little Tennessee near the mouth of Tellico River
(Williams, 1927, p. 69).

According to the verdict brought in by a jury and signed by An-
drew Jackson, attorney for the State, the value of a beaver skin
stolen in 1780 in Davidson County was given as 30 shillings (Lewis,
1903, pp. 294-295). This is rather interesting, for under the act of
March 31, 1785, of the General Assembly of the State of Franklin,

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG Qie

the value of a “good, clean beaver skin” was fixed at 6 shillings
(Ramsey, 1853, p. 297). The same Assembly fixed the salary of each
county clerk at 300 beaver skins, the clerk of the House of Commons
at 200 beaver skins, and members of the Assembly at 3 beaver skins,
_ beginning January 1, 1788 (Williams, 1924, p. 215).

According to an entry in the journal of André Michaux (Williams,
1928, p. 835) under date of June 21, 1795, beavers were present in the
vicinity of Nashville. Williams (1930, p. 96) states that in 1819
beavers were still present in western Tennessee, without giving any
definite localities.

Rhoads (1896, pp. 192-193) examined a beaver house in the cypress
swamp bordering Reelfoot Lake, about 3 miles west of Samburg,
Obion County, and was told by his guide, H. B. Young, that there
were 20 beavers in that district. B.C. Miles informed Rhoads that
he knew of an inhabited beaver house within 9 miles of Brownsville,
Haywood County.

Under the pen name “Will” (1884, p. 106), a resident of Savannah,
Hardin County, wrote on February 11, 1884, as follows: “A few
foxes and otters, several beavers, and multitudes of raccoons have
been trapped here this winter. There are parties who make good
wages trapping, as minks and ’coons are very abundant.”

Family CRICETIDAE

REITHRODONTOMYS HUMULIS HUMULIS (Audubon and Bachman):
Eastern Harvest Mouse

Although this harvest mouse is known at present from only one
locality in the south-central part of the State, it is quite likely that
it ranges over most of middle Tennessee. It seems to prefer old fields
and tangled brier patches bordering cultivated fields, especially areas
where there is an abundance of matted grass, broomsedge, or weeds.
One was trapped at Giles in a cotton-rat runway in a pasture over-
grown with broomsedge.

Six specimens are recorded by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p.
154) as having been taken in Sevier County in broomsedge areas
around apple trees; another specimen was trapped in a similar field
along Laurel Branch in Greenbrier.

Giles County: 6 miles east of Pulaski, 1.

PEROMYSCUS MANICULATUS BAIRDII (Hoy and Kennicott): Prairie
White-footed Mouse

The discovery by Perrygo and Lingebach of this short-tailed white-
footed mouse in Fayette County has extended its range in the Mis-
sissippi Valley at least 250 miles south of previously known Illinois
records. Seven were trapped alongside of logs in a drained cypress

107573—38——3

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

swamp near Hickory Withe. Inasmuch as the Campbell County
specimens were taken near one of the smaller tributaries of the
upper Cumberland River, this mouse may occur elsewhere along
areas drained by that river.

For three males from Hickory Withe the measurements are, re-
spectively: Total length, 153, 145, 141; tail, 60, 61, 59; hind foot,
18.5, 19, 18. The measurements of two females from Hickory Withe
are, respectively: Total length, 166, 137; tail 67, 56; hind foot, 19, 19.

Campbell County: La Follette, 2.
Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 7.

PEROMYSCUS MANICULATUS NUBITERRAE Rhoads: Cloudland White-
footed Mouse

The range of this mouse so far as known is restricted to the eastern
part of the State, occurring chiefly at higher altitudes of the southern
Alleghenies. Though most plentiful in forests of the Canadian
Zone, they frequently occur at lower altitudes in rhododendron
thickets bordering cold mountain streams. Contrary to the assump-
tion of Rhoads (1896, p. 188) that the Cloudland deer mouse was
“exclusively a dweller of the balsam or spruce belt,” which crowns
the summits of the southern Allegheny Mountains, it is now known
to range downward into the hemlock timber as low as 2,700 feet.

Of the 14 taken during July 1937 by Perrygo and Lingebach near
Shady Valley, 4 came from a hemlock and rhododendron bog behind
camp (altitude 2,900 feet). The remainder were caught either among
moss-covered boulders in a dense hemlock forest on the southeastern
slope of Holston Mountains or in large-size Schuyler traps set for
flying squirrels on the trunks of beech and oak trees (altitude 3,800
feet). These mice were found on the west slope of Roan Mountain
in spruce and fir timber as low as 5,000 feet and up into the balsam
fir forest at 6,300 feet, chiefly where there was a thick undergrowth
of rhododendron. Near the foot of the west slope of Low Gap, these
mice were trapped at an altitude of 2,700 feet nround the moss-
covered roots of hemlock trees. The sun never penetrates in this
heavy hemlock timber, and the cool air may explain their presence at
this low level. On Inadu Knob these mice were trapped at an altitude
of 4,500 feet in a dense rhododendron undergrowth in hemlock and
spruce woods and also at an elevation of 5,700 feet in birch and
spruce. They are somewhat arboreal, for the majority of those
collected on Inadu Knob were taken in large-size Schuyler traps
nailed to trunks of spruce trees about 6 feet above the base. On
the west slope of Mount Guyot and likewise on Old Black Mountain,
these mice were caught in runways in the moss growing around
the roots of balsam fir. On Snake Den Mountain, they were taken
at an altitude of 3,700 feet along the banks of a swift mountain stream

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 279

m a dense growth of rhododendron in oak, birch, maple, and hemlock
woods. At 4,500 feet they were trapped between the rocks around
the roots of hemlock trees. Komarek and Komarek (1988, pp. 154-
155) trapped this mouse in spruce forests along the divide of the
Great Smoky Mountains and at lower elevations in shaded ravines
and forested areas with dense crown. ‘They list specimens from the
following localities in Sevier County: Buck Fork, Chapman Prong,
Eagle Rocks Prong, Ramsey Prong, and Walker Prong of Little
Pigeon River, Brushy Mountain, Grassy Patch (on Alum Cave Creek,
2 miles east of The Chimneys), Greenbrier, Mount Guyot, and Silers
Bald. Specimens were taken also at Russell Field and Thunderhead
in Blount County.

This white-footed mouse may be recognized readily by its long
penicillate tail. The average measurements of 10 males from Inadu
Knob (2), Snake Den Mountain (2), Low Gap (1), and Roan Moun-
tain (5) are as follows: Total length, 180.5 (174-185); tail, 92.5
(87-98) ; hind foot, 20.1 (20-21). For 12 females from Indian Knob
(3), Low Gap (1), Snake Den Mountain (4), Roan Mountain (4) the
average measurements are as follows: Total length, 182.9 (170-196) ;
tail, 91 (76-98) ; hind foot, 20.45 (19.5-22).

Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitudes 5,000 to 6,300 feet, 11.
Cocke County: Low Gap, 414 miles southeast of Cosby, altitudes 2,700 to 2,400
feet, 6; Inadu Knob, altitudes 4,500 to 5,700 feet, 18; Mount Guyot, altitude

6,300 feet, 1; Old Black Mountain, altitude 6,300 feet, 1; Snake Den Moun-

tain, altitudes 3,700 to 4,500 feet, 11.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 3 miles northeast of Shady Valley, alti-
tude 3,000 feet, 4; Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast of Shady Valley,
altitude 3,800 feet, 5; Shady Valley, altitude 2.900 feet, 5.

Sevier County: Indian Gap, altitude 5,200 feet, 2.
Sullivan County: Holston Mountains, head of Fishdam Creek, 1.

PEROMYSCUS LEUCOPUS LEUCOPUS (Rafinesque): White-footed Deer
Mouse

This white-footed mouse is generally found in upland woods but
occurs also along the borders of poorly kept cultivated fields, espe-
clally where the hedgerows or fences are a tangled mass of bushes
and briers. At higher elevations it has been found living in crevices
in rock ledges. In the vicinity of Samburg, Rhoads (1896, p. 187)
found that these mice “seemed to frequent the intermediate grounds
between the overflowed bottoms and the bluff.” Osgood (1909, p.
117) lists five specimens from Samburg, Obion County. Five were
caught by Perrygo and Lingebach in wet boggy places in the decidu-
ous woods near Reelfoot Lake, Obion County. Rhoads (1896, p. 187)
trapped this mouse at Raleigh, Shelby County, and at Belleview,
Davidson County. They were rather numerous in sparse second-
growth deciduous woods on the dry hillside north of Waynesboro,

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Wayne County. Others were trapped in rock ledges in the woods
along Birds Creek, south of Crossville, and in mixed pine and hard-
woods on the Cumberland Plateau near Melvine. Near Pulaski and
also at Frankewing, Perrygo trapped this mouse during November
1937 in patches of cacti growing on rocks in clumps of scrub cedar.
The average measurements of 12 males from Waynesboro (3),
Frankewing (1), Crossville (2), Melvine (1), Big Sandy (1), and
Reelfoot Lake (4) are as follows: Total length, 162.4 (152-171) ;
tail, 71 (59-79); hind foot, 20 (19.5-21). For 7 females from
Waynesboro (2), Pulaski (1), Big Sandy (2), Clarkesville (1), and
Reelfoot Lake (1) the average measurements are: Total length, 170.5
(156-181) ; tail, 73.28 (67-83) ; hind foot, 20.2 (20-22).
Anderson County: Briceville, 1.

Benton County: Big Sandy, 9.
Cumberland County: Birds Creek, 7 miles southwest of Crossville, 2; Melvine, L.

Davidson County: Nashville, 5.

Giles County: 10 miles east of Pulaski, 1.

Henderson County: Lexington, 2.

Houston County: Danville, 1.

Lincoln County: 6 miles east of Frankewing, 1.

Montgomery County: Clarksville, 4; Dunbars Cave, 1.

Obion County: Samburg, 1; Reelfoot Lake, 5 miles west of Hornbeak, 5.
Selby County: Arlington, 4.

Wayne County: 8 miles north of Waynesboro, 6.

PEROMYSCUS LEUCOPUS NOVEBORACENSIS (Fischer): Northern
White-footed Mouse, or Deer Mouse

The specimens from eastern Tennessee are not typical, although
they do not differ appreciably from those taken in the mountainous
section of eastern West Virginia. Two were taken on June 15, 1937,
in a hemlock and rhododendron bog behind the camp at Shady Val-
ley. At an altitude of 3,800 feet on the Holston Mountains, 4 miles
northeast of Shady Valley, one was trapped in a large-size Schuyler
trap nailed to an oak tree for flying squirrels.

For two males from Watauga Valley the measurements are, re-
spectively: Total length, 161, 157: tail, 69, 66; hind foot, 20, 19.5.
For two females from Johnson County and one female from Watauga
Valley, the measurements are, respectively: Total length, 186, 172,
176; tail, 83, 88, 76; hind foot, 21.5, 22, 20. Komarek and Komarek
(1938, p. 155) have commented on the difficulty of identifying sub-
specifically the white-footed mice of this area and refer specimens
taken in Sevier County along Fish Camp Prong of Little River, at
Greenbrier, and on Porters Flats provisionally to Peromyscus leuco-
pus leucopus.

Carter County: Watauga Valley, 5.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 4 miles northeast of Shady Valley, alti-
tude 3,800 feet, 1; Shady Valley, altitude 2,900 feet, 2.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 281

PEROMYSCUS GOSSYPINUS MEGACEPHALUS (Rhoads): Rhoads’s
Cotton Mouse, or Cane Mouse

The cotton mouse may occur in suitable localities throughout
western and middle Tennessee. It seems to show some preference for
cliffs and rocky bluffs, especially caves and crevices, and is found also
in brushy thickets and timbered uplands, as well as in swampy areas.
Rhoads (1896, p. 189) found this mouse abundant in deciduous
woods with dense underbrush in the lowest and wettest parts of
overflowed lands bordering Reelfoot Lake near Samburg, Obion
County. In the vicinity of Big Sandy, G. A. Coleman trapped cot-
ton mice in timbered bottomlands. The same collector caught others
in traps set under rocks near the mouth of Dunbars Cave near
Clarksville.

Cotton mice seem to prefer open woodlands and the growths of
brush bordering old cultivated fields in the Great Smoky Mountains
National Park, according to Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 156).
Specimens were collected by their field party at Greenbrier and along
Fighting Creek near Gatlinburg in Sevier County.

This large-footed mouse resembles /ewcopus in general coloration
but attains a somewhat larger size. For six males from Arlington
(4) and Duck River (2) the average measurements are as follows:
Total length, 189.4 (179-200); tail 84.5 (78-90); hind foot, 24.08
(23-25). The average measurements of nine females from Arlington
(3), Big Sandy (1), Clarksville (4), and Duck River (1) are as
follows: Total length, 190.7 (170-205); tail, 83.44 (78-92); hind
foot, 23.55 (23-25).

Benton County: Big Sandy, 3.

Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.

Humphreys County: Duck River, 6 miles southwest of Waverly, 3.
Lawrence County: Lawrenceburg, 1.

Montgomery County: Clarksville, 7.
Shelby County: Arlington, 9.

PEROMYSCUS NUTTALLI NUTTALLI (Harlan): Northern Golden Mouse

The golden mouse may be recognized by its soft, thick pelage and
heavily furred underparts, the white of the latter being suffused with
ochraceous. At an altitude of 3,000 feet in a dense hemlock forest
on the southeast slope of the Holston Mountains, golden mice were
caught by Perrygo and Lingebach in traps set among moss-covered
boulders. They have been taken along the borders of broomsedge
fields, brier patches, and old fences near Fighting Creek, Greenbrier,
and Porters Flats in Sevier County (Komarek and Komarek, 1938,
p. 156). In middle Tennessee they may occur in swampy woodland,
as well as on brushy hillsides and in dry thickets bordering timber.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.

Carter County: Roan Mountain Station, altitude 2,500 feet, 1.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 3 miles northeast of Shady Valley, altitude
3,000 feet, 4.

Knox County: Knoxville, 1.

ORYZOMYS PALUSTRIS PALUSTRIS (Harlan): Rice Rat

The rice rat frequents wet marshy areas in fields, wooded swamps,
grassy bottomlands, and occasionally the edges of cultivated fields.
A female trapped by A. H. Howell on September 138, 1908, near
Lawrenceburg contained four embryos.

Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 156) record the finding of a
dead rice rat on the sill of an old barn near a marshy creek in
Greenbrier (altitude 2,200 feet), Sevier County. Specimens from
three widely separated localities indicate that rice rats may occur
in suitable localities over most of the State west of the mountains
of eastern Tennessee.

Campbell County: Highcliiff, 1.

Lawrence County: Lawrenceburg, 2
Shelby County: Arlington, 1

SIGMODON HISPIDUS HISPIDUS Say and Ord: Eastern Cotton Rat

The cotton rat makes runways in old fields overgrown with grass
and weeds, under brush and weeds growing along borders of culti-
vated fields, as well as in marshes. Near Hickory Withe, Perrygo
trapped cotton rats in runways under a scraggly hedgerow border-
ing a cottonfield. Cotton rats were apparently abundant in the
vicinity of Pulaski durimg November 1937. Numerous runways
were noted in an abandoned field covered with matted grass and
broomsedge and likewise on a nearby dry hillside. Cotton rats
were taken in 1931 and 1932 by Komarek and Komarek (1938, pp.
156-157) in a field overgrown with broomsedge near Greenbrier
(altitude 1,700 feet), Sevier County. They state that these rats
occur also near Knoxville, Knox County.

Hamilton County: Soddy [Rathburn Station], 1.
Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 3.

Giles County: 1 mile east of Pulaski, 5.

Lincoln County: 6 miles east of Frankewing, 1.

NEOTOMA FLORIDANA HAEMATOREIA Howell: Blood Mountain
Wood Rat

The range of this wood rat in Tennessee seems to be restricted to
the eastern Great Smoky Mountains. Arthur Stupka, park natu-
ralist, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, submitted to the
U. S. Biological Survey for identification two specimens taken 3

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 283

miles above Townsend, on Little River, Blount County. These
specimens were caught, respectively, at 1,200 and 1,400 feet altitude.
The type specimen was collected by Dr. Francis Harper near the
summit of Blood Mountain, altitude 4,400 feet, Lumpkin County,
Ga. <A. H. Howell in 1931 trapped an immature individual of this
race at Highlands, Macon County, N. C., about 40 miles south-
southeast of the Tennessee line.

NEOTOMA FLORIDANA ILLINOENSIS Howell: Illinois Wood Rat

This wood rat may inhabit the bluffs and swamp bottomlands
bordering the Mississippi River. Khoads (1896, p. 192) received
information from hunters that some form of wood rat occurred in
southwestern Tennessee.

NEOTOMA PENNSYLVANICA Stone: Allegheny Wood Rat

‘The recorded occurrences of this wood rat are all east of the north-
ward-flowing portion of the Tennessee River, but no specimens, so
far as known, have been taken in eastern Tennessee. Rhoads (1896,
p. 192) states “that this large mountain-dwelling rat [Meotoma
magister| is found in the cliffs of Roan Mountain and other peaks
of the Southern Alleghenies,” although he cites no definite Tennessee
records. Howell (1909, p. 62) reported that there were numerous
signs of wood rats in the rocky bluffs on Walden Ridge, and he found
signs also in the bluffs along a creek near Lawrenceburg.

Hamilton County: Walden Ridge, near Soddy (3 miles southwest of Rathburn),
10.
Humphreys County: Duck River, 2 miles southwest of Waverly, 2.

Lawrence County: Lawrenceburg, 1.
Montgomery County: Clarksville, 1.

SYNAPTOMYS COOPERI STONEI Rhoads: Stone’s Mouse Lemming

This mouse occurs in sphagnum bogs, bluegrass pastures, old
abandoned fields, and hillsides. Rhoads (1896, p. 183) trapped “a
lately nursing female and five young * * * in a small springy
place on the Carolina side of the summit of Roan Mountain.”
Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 157) stated that these lemming mice
were taken in grassy patches on the mountains of Sevier County at
the following localities: Buck Fork and Roaring Fork of Little
Pigeon River, Greenbrier, Little River (altitude 2,900 feet), and
Silers Bald. It was found also on the grassy bald known as Spence
Field (altitude 5,000 feet), about 1 mile west of Thunderhead
Mountain, Blount County.

Hawkins County: Rogersville, 1.
Sevier County: Indian Gap, 1.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

CLETHRIONOMYS CAROLINENSIS (Merriam): Carolina Red-backed
Mouse, or Wood Vole

The recorded occurrences of this red-backed mouse are all in the
eastern mountainous portions of the State. The vertical range here
extends from about 3,000 to 6,500 feet. In the Holston Mountains
northeast of Shady Valley these mice were trapped in the moss coy-
ering the roots of trees and rotten logs in hemlock timber. On Roan
Mountain, Mount Guyot, Old Black Mountain, and Inadu Knob red-
backed mice were caught in traps set in clumps of moss around roots
of balsam fir. Rhoads (1896, p. 186) writes, “Contrary to my expec-
tations, the wood vole of Roan Mountain was not found in wet places
but seemed to prefer rather open runways among the fallen logs,
moss and ferns on the borders of the forest * * *. Such situa-
tions were preferred to the depths of the forest, owing to the variety
of edible grasses and weeds only found in clearings.” Red-backed
mice were trapped by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 157) in the
humid forests as well as around isolated shrubs on the grassy balds
at elevations above 3,000 feet. They list specimens from the follow-
ing localities in Sevier County: Buck Fork and Chapman Prong of
Little Pigeon River and Mount Guyot. It was also taken in Blount
County at Spence Field, a grassy bald located about 1 mile west
of Thunderhead Mountain.

Carter County: Roan Mountain, altitude 6,000 to 6,300 feet, 6.

Cocke County: Inadu Knob, altitude 5,700 feet, 4; Mount Guyot, altitude 6,300
to 6,500 feet, 9; Old Black Mountain, altitude 6,300 feet, 6.

Johnson County: Holston Mountains, 3 miles northeast of Shady Valley, altitude

3,000 feet, 6.
Sevier County: Indian Gap, altitude 5,200 feet, 10.

MICROTUS PENNSYLVANICUS PENNSYLVANICUS (Ord):
Pennsylvania Meadow Mouse, or Vole

There are no specimens of this vole from Tennessee in the National
Museum collection. Rhoads (1896, p. 185) stated that he felt justi-
fied in including this mouse among the mammals listed for Tennessee
since “on the summit of Roan Mountain two specimens of the meadow
vole were secured in a little ‘bulrush’ swamp below Cloudland hotel,
about 100 yards from the Tennessee line in Mitchell County, N. Caro-
lina.” Furthermore, runways similar “to those in which the Mitchell
County specimens were taken were observed in swampy ground near
the summit of the mountain in Carter County, Tennessee, during my
ascent thither from the Doe River ravine.” Perrygo trapped without
success at this same locality from September 14 to 22, 1937.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 285

MICROTUS CHROTORRHINUS CAROLINENSIS Komarek: Smoky
Mountain Rock Vole

This vole was found by Komarek (1932, pp. 155, 158) on “the
wooded slopes above 3,000 feet altitude of the Great Smoky Moun-
tains,” Sevier County, Tenn., and Swain County, N. C. Two were
trapped at an elevation of approximately 4,300 feet on the Dry Sluice
Trail near the divide (Mount Collins), Sevier County. The type
locality is about 5 miles north of Smokemont, on a tributary of
Bradley Fork, a small branch of the Oconalufty River, altitude 3,200
feet, Swain County, N. C. Komarek reports that these voles were
trapped “near rotted and moss-overgrown logs resting on rocky
terrain, near rhododendron thickets,” in a “rather open forest having
a dense crown.” All were caught within 50 yards of small mountain
streams. Subsequent field work by Komarek and Komarek (1938,
p. 158) revealed that this rock vole was most plentiful around mossy
rocks and logs in the humid forests and in rock outcrops on the
grassy balds. They list specimens from the following localities in
Sevier County: Buck Fork, Chapman Prong, and Eagle Rocks Prong
of Little Pigeon River, Sawtooth Mountain (on the Tennessee-North
Carolina boundary line, 5 or 6 miles northeast of Newfound Gap),
Silers Bald, and Thunderhead,

MICROTUS OCHROGASTER (Wagner): Prairie, or Buff-bellied,
Meadow Mouse

A small series of these voles was trapped by Perrygo and Linge-
bach during April 1937 in runways in an abandoned cloverfield,
overgrown with broomsedge and weeds, near Reelfoot Lake. A. H.
Howell collected three of these mice during July 1910 near Clarks-
ville.

Lake County: Reelfoot Lake, 3 miles north of Tiptonville, 8.
Montgomery County: Clarksville, 3.

PITYMYS PINETORUM AURICULARIS (Bailey): Bluegrass Vole,
or Southern Pine Mouse

This pine mouse shows some preference for the bluegrass barrens
of Kentucky and northern Tennessee, digging tunnels in the edges
of old fields and open grassy places. Underground burrows made
by these mice are found also along the borders of cultivated fields,
meadows, and pastures adjoining woods. Rhoads (1896, pp. 185-
186) trapped them near Samburg in Obion County, Raleigh in Shelby
County, Belleview in Davidson County, and Harriman in Roane
County. Near Hickory Withe, Perrygo trapped one pine mouse

107573—38——4

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

in a runway in heavy matted bluegrass on low ground bordering a
cottonfield. A pine vole taken June 17, 1937, at Norris, Anderson
County, was submitted for identification by Dr. A. H. Cahn.

Campbell County: Highcliff, 2; La Follette, 1.
Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 1.

PITYMYS PINETORUM SCALOPSOIDES (Audubon and Bachman):
Northern Pine Mouse

The northern pine mouse is mainly a forest vole and is usually
found along the margins of wooded tracts, but it spreads into dense
forests during periods of abnormal abundance. It has been trapped
on rocky hill slopes, in dense woods where there is a thick carpet of
matted leaves, at low altitudes along the moist banks of mountain
streams, and in sphagnum swamps. In eastern Tennessee it has been
caught also along edges of cultivated fields. Komarek and Komarek
(1938, p. 159) state that pine mice were taken in tunnels in an apple
orchard and also in a marshy area bordering woods at Greenbrier,
Sevier County, and under matted leaves in open deciduous woods at
Cades Cove, Blount County.

Carter County: Watauga Valley, 1.
Hawkins County: Rogersville, 1.

ONDATRA ZIBETHICA ZIBETHICA (Linnaeus): Muskrat

The common muskrat formerly occurred in most of the streams and
ponds of Tennessee. At the time the early traders and trappers
penetrated into the State, pelts of muskrats apparently were not an
important item for barter. No reference is made to them in pub-
lished accounts until 1788, when the General Assembly of the State
of Franklin fixed the compensation for a justice in signing a war-
rant at one muskrat skin (Williams, 1924, p. 215). André Michaux,
while residing at Nashville in 1795, listed (Williams, 1928, p. 335)
the muskrat as occurring in the vicinity. Rhoads (1896, pp. 186-187)
concluded that the food of the muskrat in Tennessee consisted very
largely of mussels. In a fish dam on the Holston River, near its
junction with the French Broad River [Knox County], Rhoads found
that mussel shells had been wedged in among the rocks by the
muskrats.

Local residents of Fayette and Shelby Counties reported to Per-
rygo that muskrats were getting scarce since the drainage of the
cypress swamps. A few muskrats are trapped each year in the
marshes around Reelfoot Lake. Perrygo and Schaefer found that
they were fairly common during October 1937 along the Cumberland
River and some of its smaller tributaries west of Indian Mound.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 287

Those collected were trapped in slides on the river banks and no
houses were seen. A few occur along Clinch River near Bean Station
[11 miles northeast of Rutledge], Grainger County. Local residents
did not believe that any muskrats were left around Roan Mountain
Station. Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 159) report that a musk-
rat was trapped on Little Pigeon River, 2 miles below Greenbrier,
Sevier County.

According to Howell (1909, p. 63) muskrats were reported to be
numerous near Briceville, Anderson County, and common near High-
cliff, Campbell County.

Campbell County: Highcliff, 5.
Carter County: Roan Mountain Station, 1; Watauga Valley, 1.
Stewart County: Cumberland River, 2 miles west of Indian Mound, 3.

Family MURIDAE
RATTUS RATTUS RATTUS (Linnaeus): Black Rat

The black rat appears to have been introduced at an early date into
Tennessee. It may be recognized by its slender body, long tail, and
blackish coloration. B.C. Miles, of Brownsville, Haywood County,
wrote Rhoads (1896, p. 192) that black rats were formerly present
in western Tennessee but that he had seen none for 20 years. Koma-
rek and Komarek (1988, p. 159) state that the black rat is abundant
around barns and that three were trapped at Greenbrier, Sevier
County.

RATTUS RATTUS ALEXANDRINUS (Geoffroy): Roof Rat

This slender, long-tailed rat, with whitish or yellowish underparts,
prefers the attics of houses or the roofs of barns and sheds. A male
trapped by W. J. Millsaps on February 15, 1910, at Soddy, Hamilton
County, is the sole record for the State.

Hamilton County: Soddy, 1.
RATTUS NORVEGICUS (Erxleben): Norway, Brown, or Barn Rat

The Norway rat is a destructive pest in most of the larger cities
of Tennessee. Although it shows a decided preference for buildings
in towns, it is frequently found around farm sheds in which stores of
feed or grain are kept. This rat also digs burrows in the banks of
farm ditches and streams and is found along marshy areas bordering
cultivated fields. One specimen was trapped, according to Komarek
and Komarek (1938, p. 159), at an elevation of about 3,800 feet on
Eagle Rocks Prong of Little Pigeon River, and another at Green-
brier, Sevier County.

988 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

MUS MUSCULUS MUSCULUS (Linnaeus): House Mouse

The house mouse, a native of Europe, appears to be abundant and
generally distributed throughout the State. As its name implies it
shows some preference for buildings, but it occurs also in the wild
state in abandoned and cultivated fields. Perrygo and Lingebach
trapped this mouse in cotton-rat runways in broomsedge and weeds
bordering a cottonfield on the edge of the cypress swamp near Hick-
ory Withe, at least half a mile from the nearest house. Near Pike-
ville one was caught in runways in weeds and matted grass on the
edge of a cloverfield. Another mouse was caught in cotton-rat run-
ways in an abandoned field overgrown with broomsedge 6 miles east
of Pulaski. At Shady Valley four were trapped in grass and weeds
around the edge of a wheatfield, quarter of a mile from the nearest
buildings. Two were trapped in moss in hemlock woods at an eleva-
tion of 2,700 feet at the base of the northwest slope of Low Gap, 414
miles southeast of Cosby. Three specimens taken at Greenbrier,
Sevier County, are listed by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 159).
Rhoads (1896, p. 192) reports that he had specimens of house mice
from Raleigh, Shelby County, and Roan Mountain.

Benton County: Big Sandy, 2.

Bledsoe County: Pikeville, 2 miles north, 1.

Cocke County: Low Gap, 4% miles southeast of Cosby, 2.
Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 2.

Giles County: 6 miles east of Pulaski, 1.

Jobnson County: Shady Valley, altitude 2,900 feet, 4.

Family ZAPODIDAE
ZAPUS HUDSONIUS AMERICANUS (Barton): Carolinian Jumping Mouse

This Jumping mouse has been taken in the mountains of western
North Carolina within the limits of Great Smoky Mountains Na-
tional Park. Arthur Stupka, park naturalist, lent a male found
hibernating November 7, 1935, by Granville Calhoun on Noland
Creek, altitude 2,800 feet, Swain County, N. C. The measurements
of this specimen are as follows: Total length, 190.5; tail, 114.3; hind
foot, 31.75.

NAPAEOZAPUS INSIGNIS ROANENSIS (Preble): Roan Mountain Wood-
land Jumping Mouse

The woodland jumping mouse is found most frequently in dense
woods with little or no underbrush, usually near streams. A. H.
Howell trapped two of these mice at Indian Gap. Perrygo and
Lingebach caught one on a rotten log in open hemlock timber with
dense crown on the west slope of Low Gap, 414 miles southeast of

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 289

Cosby. Woodland jumping mice were trapped by Komarek and
Komarek (1938, p. 160) in the humid forest along Eagle Rocks Prong
of Little Pigeon River, Sevier County. The measurements of the
three females listed below are, respectively: Total length, 185, 221,
2338; tail, 120, 183, 142; hind foot, 29, 29, 29.

Cocke County: Low Gap, 444 miles southeast of Cosby, altitude 2,700 feet, 1.
Sevier County: Indian Gap, altitude 5,200 feet, 2.

Family ERETHIZONTIDAE
ERETHIZON DORSATUM DORSATUM (Linnaeus): American Porcupine

No mention of the porcupine within the State of Tennessee has
been found in the accounts of early explorers. Mercer (1897, pp. 42,
58, fig. 2), however, found the dried feces and quills of a porcupine
in Bigbone Cave near Elroy, Van Buren County, Tenn. During the
recent rearrangement of the mammal collection in the National Mu-
seum, a left mandible of an immature porcupine labeled as coming
from a “Tennessee cave,” but with no other data, was found.

Family LEPORIDAE
LEPUS AMERICANUS VIRGINIANUS Harlan: Virginia Varying Hare

Information received from local residents suggests that varying
hares were formerly present in the mountainous district extending
from Mount Guyot to White Rock, Cocke County. These residents
inquired if Perrygo had seen any of the rabbits that turned white in
winter and made such long jumps when chased in the snow by dogs.
He was told that they were usually “jumped” from rhododendron
thickets near the summits of the peaks. From repeated inquiries,
Perrygo learned that these rabbits were very rare now but formerly
were often seen during winter months by local hunters.

SYLVILAGUS FLORIDANUS MALLURUS (Thomas): Eastern Cottontail

The eastern cottontail ranges westward into the valleys, foothills,
and even the higher mountain slopes of eastern Tennessee. It is
abundant and generally distributed over most of middle and western
Tennessee and occurs along some of the smaller tributaries of the
upper Cumberland River drainage area. It is most abundant in
abandoned farm fields overgrown with broomsedge, weeds, and brush,
brier patches, and the thickets bordering deciduous woods and small
streams. Although largely nocturnal, when routed during the day
from their “form” in some tussock or grass and clump of weeds these
rabbits run with surprising speed, twisting and doubling across the
field or thicket until they reach shelter in a thicket or hollow log.

290, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM You. 86

One of these cottontails was collected by Perrygo and Lingebach
at. the edge of a hemlock bog behind the camp at Shady Valley. At
an elevation of 2,700 feet on the west slope of Low Gap, 414 miles
southeast of Cosby, one was shot in a rhododendron thicket in hem-
lock woods. A cottontail with short ears, but with pelage coloration
and skull similar to that of mallwrus, was caught at an elevation of
6,300 feet on Roan Mountain in a large-size Schuyler trap set by
Perrygo and Schaefer in a rhododendron thicket in a balsam-fir
forest. Cottontails were reported as numerous in the open woods
and broomsedge fields near Greenbrier, Sevier County, and 14 were
collected by Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 160).

Writing in 1896, Rhoads (p. 182) stated that this cottontail was
so abundant in the woods and thickets bordering the canebrakes along
the Mississippi River that it had almost become a nuisance. Near
Brownsville, Haywood County, B. C. Miles wrote Rhoads that cotton-
tails had doubled in numbers during the preceding 20 years and that
he could recall parties of hunters that had killed 100 in a single day’s
hunt during February 1895. In the vicinity of Hickory Withe, Ar-
lington, Eads, and Hornbeak, in the western part of the State, these
cottontails were taken in broomsedge and brier patches on abandoned
fields. At Crab Orchard cotiontails were found in laurel thickets in
deciduous woods. One cottontail was collected north of Indian
Mound in dense deciduous woods with relatively little underbrush.
Bangs (1894, p. 409) records three specimens from Trenton, Gibson
County. Specimens from Samburg, Obion County, and Raleigh,
Shelby County, are listed by Rhoads (1896, p. 183).

Nelson (1909, pp. 174-176) referred specimens taken at Arling-
ton, Big Sandy, and Danville during June 1892 to S. f. alacer. All
these have a much richer suffusion of rusty reddish over the entire
upper parts, the obliteration of the grayish rump patch, and decidedly
rusty legs. Nevertheless, all the cottontails in the collection received
since 1900 have a somewhat different general coloration, being much
lighter and more grayish buff. Howell (1921, p. 70), on the basis
of more abundant material than that at the disposal of Nelson, as-
signed the form ranging through the South Atlantic States to S. f.
mallurus and remarked that “they agree very closely with this race
in color and differ only in having slightly smaller audital bullae.”
The series of cottontails from Tennessee is quite unsatisfactory, inas-
much as relatively few of the specimens have the fresh fall pelage.
It is likely that a more adequate series will show that cottontails
from the eastern mountainous portion of the State should be re-
ferred to mallurus and that those occurring in middle and western
Tennessee are either mearnsi or intermediates between mallurus and
mearnsi.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—-KELLOGG 291

Benton County: Big Sandy, 2.

Campbell County: Highcliff, 1.

Carter County: Watauga Valley, 2; Roan Mountain, altitude 6,300 feet, 1.
Cocke County: Low Gap, 444 miles southeast of Cosby, altitude 2,700 feet, 2.
Cumberland County: Crab Orchard, 1.

Fayette County: Hickory Withe, 1.

Hamilton County: Waiden Ridge, near Soddy, 1.

Houston County: Danville, 1.

Humphreys County: South of Johnsonville, 2.

Johnson County: Shady Valley, altitude 2,900 feet, 1.

Knox County: Knoxville, 1.

Obion County: Hornbeak, 1,

Shelby County: Arlington, 2; Eads, 1.

Stewart County: 8 miles north of Indian Mound, 1.

Sullivan County: Holston Mountains, head of Fishdam Creek, 1.

SYLVILAGUS TRANSITIONALIS (Bangs): New England Cottontail

No specimens of the New England cottontail taken in the State
are listed by Nelson (1909, p. 199). Regarding its possible occur-
rence in the Great Smoky Mountains, Bangs wrote Rhoads (1896,
p. 183) that he had “examined a large series last winter from Roan
Mountain, and they were all true sylvaticus” [=Sylvilagus floridanus
mallurus|. Inasmuch as Howell (1921, p. 71) has taken this cotton-
tail at three localities in northeastern Alabama and has recorded its
occurrence at Brasstown Bald Mountain in Georgia, more intensive
field work should reveal its presence at localities other than those
listed below in the Great Smoky Mountains of eastern Tennessee.

Cocke County: Low Gap, 4% miles southeast of Cosby, altitude 3,300 feet, 1.
Hamilton County: Walden Ridge, near Soday, 1.

SYLVILAGUS AQUATICUS AQUATICUS (Bachman): Swamp Rabbit

The swamp rabbit lives in the canebrakes and deep woods along
the Mississippi River and is found elsewhere in the State in the
swamps and wet bottoms bordering the Tennessee River. Rhoads
(1896, pp. 181-182), after having observed this rabbit on the borders
of Reelfoot Lake, writes as follows: “It preferred hiding among the
half submerged vegetation and piles of driftwood, and when it broke
cover would run with bold, high leaps from log to log for so great
a distance that it was difficult to find it again.” I have observed in
southeastern Kansas that this rabbit will take to water as readily as
a raccoon. Rhoads (1896, p. 182) lists one specimen from Samburg,
Obion County. Perrygo and Lingebach took a male in the cypress
swamp bordering Reelfoot Lake, 5 miles west of Hornbeak. On
Caney Island, Reelfoot Lake, two were seen in a tangle of pea vines,
fallen logs, and cypress trees. Two were seen in another cypress
swamp bordering Reelfoot Lake, 2 miles east of Phillippy. All these

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

swamp rabbits made for the edge of the lake when routed from
their “forms.”

A. H. Howell (1909, p. 64) states that swamp rabbits “were re-
ported to be found sparingly at Henryville,” Lawrence County,
«“ 7 Buffalo Creek from the Tennessee River.”
probably ranging up Buffalo
Perrygo thought he recognized a swamp rabbit in the cypress swamp
near Hickory Withe.

Obion County: Reelfoot Lake, 5 miles west of Hornbeak, 1; Reelfoot Lake, 2
miles southwest of Samburg, 1.

Family SUIDAE
SUS SCROFA SCROFA Linnaeus: Wild Boar

In the spring of 1912, a stock of 15 wild swine of both sexes,
which had been captured in northern Germany, probably in the Harz
Mountains, was purchased by a group of English sportsmen and hb-
erated in an enclosure near Hooper Bald, N.C. According to Stege-
man (1938, p. 280), this original stock was not disturbed for 8 or
10 years. In 1920, however, when an attempt was made to hunt
the animals within the enclosure, about 100 broke through the fence
and escaped into the mountains. Stegeman reports that wild boars
increased in numbers on the Cherokee National Forest notwithstand-
ing the fact that they were freely hunted by natives with dogs until
the outbreak of an epidemic of hog cholera in 1932. It is estimated
by Stegeman that there are now some 115 wild boars distributed over
an area exceeding 50 square miles.

So far as known to Arthur Stupka, park naturalist, no wild boars
have come into the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. He be-
lieves that the Little Tennessee River, which separates the park from
the Cherokee National Forest, may constitute a real barrier against
the northward spread of this introduced species.

Family CERVIDAE

ODOCOILEUS VIRGINIANUS VIRGINIANUS (Boddaert): Virginia Deer

The former abundance of deer in all parts of Tennessee is attested
by records left by the early traders, hunters, settlers, and travelers.
For many years deer skins constituted an important item in the trade.
When dressed they were made into vests, pants, and shirts and also
the fringed hunting shirts and leggings. Under the act of March 31,
1785, the General Assembly of the State of Franklin fixed the value
of “deer skins, the pattern” at 6 shillings (Ramsey, 1853, p. 297).
The same Assembly fixed the salary of the governor, per annum, at
1,000 deer skins and that of the chief justice at 500 deer skins, be-
ginning January 1, 1788 (Williams, 1924, p. 215). Good venison, if

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 293

delivered where troops were stationed, was, according to the records
of Sumner County, accepted for taxes in 1787 at 9 pence a pound
(Putnam, 1859, p. 252).

The first mention of deer in eastern Tennessee seems to be recorded
by James Needham (Williams, 1928, p. 27), who traveled in 1673
down the valley bounded by the Holston River and Bays Mountains
to the Cherokee Indian town Chota [Monroe County]. From that
time onward Virginia and Carolina traders had posts in these Chero-
kee Indian villages, and large numbers of deer skins and other pelts
obtained by barter were transported on pack horses to Charleston
and to the Virginia stations.

Lt. Henry Timberlake (Williams, 1927, p. 47) was impressed in
December 1761 by the number of deer seen during his trip down the
Holston River from Kingsport, Sullivan County, to a large cave be-
low the present site of Three Springs Ford, Hamblen County. Tim-
berlake mentioned that there were an incredible number of deer
along the Little Tennessee River near the mouth of Tellico River
(Williams, 1927, p. 71).

In Martin Schneider’s report (Williams, 1928, p. 253) of his jour-
ney to the upper Cherokee towns there appears the statement under
date of January 1, 1784, that the traders on the French Broad River
had paid one quart of an inferior grade of brandy for two deer skins.

After crossing the Holston River at Stonypoint, Hawkins County,
in April 1797, the Duke of Orleans and his party saw deer and wild
turkeys (Williams, 1928, p. 435).

In middle Tennessee deer appear to have been even more abundant
than in the eastern part of the State. French traders and hunters
had posts and station camps on or near the present site of Nashville
at least as early as 1714. The “long hunters” of the Carolinas and
Virginia did not do much hunting in this general region until 1769.
Isaac Bledsoe mentions (Henderson, 1920, p. 125) that during the
winter of 1769-70 he shot two deer near the lick that has since been
known as Castalian Springs, Sumner County. In 1775, Timothé
de Monbreun, a French voyageur, had a cabin and depot for deer and
buffalo hides and tallow at a mound on the north side of Sulphur
Spring branch [Nashville] (Putnam, 1859, p. 65).

When the settlers arrived at the Bluff [Nashville] in 1779-80, deer
were plentiful in the vicinity (Ramsey, 1853, p. 206), and large num-
bers came to the sulphur or salt spring [French Lick] near that set-
tlement. So abundant were deer and buffalo that Col. John Donel-
son, who settled in 1780 in a tract known as “Clover bottom” a few
miles up from the mouth of Stone River [Davidson County], was
obliged to keep close watch over his growing corn (Putnam, 1859,
p. 622). One party of 20 hunters from Eatons Station [Nashville]

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

traveled up the Cumberland River in canoes to the region between
Caney Fork and Flynns Lick Creek [Smith, Putnam, and Jackson
Counties], where they killed more than 80 deer during the winter of
1782 (Ramsey, 1853, p. 450). Deer were likewise plentiful along
the wagon road between Clinch River and Nashville when it was
opened in 1783 (Ramsey, 1853, p. 501).

John Lipscomb (Williams, 1928, p. 277) reports that he saw sey-
eral deer on July 1, 1784, in Macon County.

Deer were listed by André Michaux (Williams, 1928, p. 335) as
being present in the vicinity of Nashville in 1795. Abraham Steiner
and Christian Frederic de Schweinitz, after arriving at Camp Sta-
tion [Sumner County] on their journey from Nashville to Knoxville,
noted in their journal (Williams, 1928, p. 516) on December 8, 1799,
that deer were present in the Cumberland settlements in the vicinity
of Nashville. These same travelers refer (Williams, 1928, p. 519)
to the great number of deer in the wilderness near the Caney Fork
road [Smith or Putnam County]. Deer appear to have been plenti-
ful in the region of the Cumberland settlements for many years.
Putnam, writing in 1859 (p. 127), mentions that 200 deer were then
kept in a woodland tract of several thousand acres at Belle Meade
[Davidson County].

Relatively few records are available for the region around Chatta-
nooga before 1800. During the Chickamauga expedition commanded
by Evan Shelby, one party of troops in 1779 captured a great quan-
tity of deer skins owned by the trader McDonald at Little Owl’s
town on the Tennessee River (Ramsey, 1853, p. 188). Francis Baily
(Williams, 1928, p. 402) while traveling during July 1797 through
the wilderness east of the Tennessee River reported that deer were
plentiful in the region between Muscle Shoals and Duck River.

Western Tennessee was visited by traders from the Carolinas before
1700. According to Williams (1928, p. 94) several were with the
Chickasaw Indians in 1699, trading for toe-buckskins and Indian
slaves. Father James Gravier mentions (Williams, 1928, p. 69) that
his party killed four does on October 25, 1700, near the present site
of Memphis.

Forked Deer River, which separates Dyer and Lauderdale Coun-
ties, received its name from a buck with peculiar antlers that was
killed in 1785 by a surveying party organized by James Robertson,
Henry Rutherford, and Edward Harris (Williams, 1930, p. 43). This
party depended for subsistence on deer, elk, and bears, while surveying
in Lauderdale County.

According to S. C. Williams (1930, p. 180) an English visitor,
S, A. Farrell, described the deer hunts in the vicinity of Memphis in
1830 as follows: Hunting was done on horseback with dogs. When
the dogs came on fresh deer tracks, the hunters were posted and

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 295

then three persons set forward with the dogs, always following the
deer against the wind. When the deer was started, the hunters fired
as he passed their posts.

Obion County, according to Williams (1930, p. 153), longer than
any other, remained a good hunting ground for deer. Hallock, writ-
ing in 1877 (pp. 152-153), states that deer were then hunted around
Reelfoot Lake, Obion County, and in, the vicinity of Trimble, Dyer
County, that there were deer near Hales Point, Lauderdale County,
and that deer afforded good sport in the canebrakes below Memphis,
Shelby County. He also says that deer were then found in abundance
along the Cumberland River, Davidson County, in the mountains in
the vicinity of Sewanee, Franklin County, and also in the mountains
in the vicinity of Wauhatchie and Chattanooga, Hamilton County.

During the following 15 years, the number of deer was markedly
reduced in many of these areas. A. B. Wingfield (1895, p. 515) states
that “the Cumberland Mountain range has been almost entirely
depleted of its stock of deer” and that 248 carcasses of deer were
shipped from Crossville, Cumberland County, during 1894. The
Tennessee State Legislature in 1895 passed a law prohibiting the
killing of deer for 5 years in Cumberland, Claiborne, Scott, Morgan,
and Anderson Counties. Rhoads (1896, p. 180) was told that there
were then about 20 deer in Haywood County.

Komarek and Komarek (1938, p. 161) report that several deer were
seen near Cades Cove, Blount County, and also near Cosby, Cocke
County, and that until hunting was prohibited with the establish-
ment of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, several were
taken each year in the Butler Tract near Gregory Bald, Blount
County.

CERVUS CANADENSIS CANADENSIS Erxleben: Eastern Elk, or Wapiti

Curiously enough, although there are numerous references to other
kinds of game, only incidental reference is made to elk in the ac-
counts left by early hunters, settlers, and travelers.

James Needham, who was sent in 1673 on a trading expedition to
the Cherokee towns in southeastern Tennessee, wrote in his journal
(Williams, 1928, p. 27) that while traveling down the valley
bounded by the Holston River and Bays Mountains, he observed a
“creat store of game, all along as turkes, deere, elkes, beare, woolfe
and other vermin.”

Ramsey (1853, p. 206) remarks that when the settlers arrived at
the Bluff [Nashville] in 1779-80, the surrounding region was “one
large plain of woods and cane, frequented by buffaloes, elk, deer,
wolves, foxes and panthers.” Putnam (1859, p. 81) likewise states
that “innumerable herds of buffalo, deer and elk came to the “sul-

9296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

phur or salt spring at Nashville. During 1783 when the road was
opened from Clinch River to Nashville by way of Crab Orchard
{Cumberland County] it passed through “vast upland prairie, cov-
ered with a most luxuriant growth of native grasses, pastured over as
far as the eye could see, with numerous herds of deer, elk, and buf-
falo” (Ramsey, 1853, p. 501).

Lewis Brantz, who had been sent out by the merchants of Balti-
more, departed from Nashville on December 28, 1785, and traveled
with a pack horse 140 miles through the barrens to the Holston River
settlements. He noted in his journal (Williams, 1928, p. 286) that
while enroute he saw but one elk, although he observed large numbers
of antlers.

Henry Rutherford and his guide, while surveying a large tract of
land in 1785 on the south side of the Forked Deer River, Lauderdale
County, killed elk and other game for food (Williams, 1930, p. 44).

André Michaux, while residing at Nashville, noted in his journal
under date of June 21, 1795, that elk were present in that region
(Williams, 1928, p. 335).

Putnam (1859, p. 127) states that half a dozen elk were kept in
1859 in a private woodland tract at Belle Meade, or Dunhams Station.

Elk at one time were plentiful in most parts of Tennessee, occur-
ring not only in the high passes and narrow valleys of the moun-
tainous sections but also in association with the buffalo visited the
licks of middle Tennessee, browsed along the rivers and creeks in
the southern counties, and wandered through the canebrakes of the
Mississippi bottomlands.

When the early hunters and settlers first set foot in eastern Ten-
nessee, there were many large tracts covered with native grasses on
the low hills and narrow valleys of the southern Allegheny Moun-
tains that afforded pasture lands for herds of elk and in the summer
for buffalo (Ramsey, 1853, p. 96).

David Crockett (1834) in his autobiographical sketch repeatedly
refers to ell in the bottomlands of Obion and Dyer Counties in the
decade between 1820 and 1830.

According to B. C. Miles (Rhoads, 1896, p. 181) an elk was killed
by David Merriwether about 1849 at Reelfoot Lake, and another was
reported to have been killed in Obion County in 1865.

Under the pen name “Antler” (1880, p. 306) a resident of Piney
Creek Falls, Van Buren County, wrote in 1880 as follows: The Caney
Fork district “embracing the tributaries of the Caney Fork, remains
a wilderness still. The surface is rough and broken. Deer and wild
turkeys are found here in moderate numbers, with a few bears, and
occasionally some gray wolves are found; but the oldest mountaineer
can not remember back to the time when elk and buffalo roamed

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 297

through these forests.” This report seems to indicate that elk were
exterminated on the Cumberland Plateau early in the nineteenth
century.

Family BOVIDAE
BISON BISON PENNSYLVANICUS Shoemaker: Eastern Woodland Bison

Bison once roamed in large numbers over some parts of Tennessee,
but so far as known not a single skull from a Tennessee locality can
be found now in any of the larger museums. All the early explorers
followed buffalo trails through the wilderness, and the Spanish and
French settlements relied to some extent on the buffalo for meat.

J. A. Allen (1876, p. 102), after commenting on the former
abundance of bison in the region around Nashville, concluded that
they probably ranged southward to the Tennessee River, since a
stream called Buffalo River forms one of the larger tributaries of
Duck River. As will be shown hereinafter, bison formerly ranged
southward to below Memphis in the western part of the State and
at least to Monroe County in eastern Tennessee.

James Needham, who was sent by Abraham Wood (Williams,
1928, p. 28) on a trading expedition, in relating his experiences in
1673 at the Cherokee Indian town Chota [located on the south side
of the Little Tennessee River a short distance below Citico Creek,
Monroe County] remarked that “many hornes like bulls hornes lye
upon theire dunghills.” There is at least one bit of evidence to show
that the buffalo may have ranged farther south than Monroe County.
The left mandible of an immature buffalo (U.S.N.M. no. 200148)
was found in 1914-15 by Clarence B. Moore (1915, p. 368) in an
aboriginal burial mound at Hampton Place on the Tennessee River
opposite Moccasin Bend, Hamilton County. There are other rec-
ords showing that buffaloes were found before 1700 much farther
south than the southern boundary of eastern Tennessee. Boyd
(1936, p. 203), quoting from old Spanish documents relating to the
expedition of Marcos Delgado from Apalachee to the Creek country
in 1686, has shown that this Spaniard saw buffaloes near Russ Creek
and northwest of Marianna, Jackson County, Fla., and near the
Little Choctawhatchee River, Houston County, in the southeastern
corner of Alabama.

On March 30, 1750, Dr. Thomas Walker (Williams, 1928, p. 170)
caught two young buffaloes on Reedy Creek and then traveled down
this creek to Long Island, Holston River [Kingsport, Sullivan
County].

On the trip during December 1761 down the Holston River from
Kingsport, Sullivan County, to a large cave below the present site
of Three Springs Ford, Hamblen County, Lt. Henry Timberlake

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 88

wrote in his memoirs (Williams, 1927, p. 47) that “nothing more
remarkable occurred, unless I mark for such the amazing quantity
of buffaloes, bears, deer, and beavers.” In another entry in his
memoir (Williams, 1927, p. 71) Timberlake wrote on January 2,
1762, while residing near the mouth of Tellico River, that “there
are likewise an incredible number of buffaloes.” Again after cross-
ing the French Broad River enroute to Great Island [Kingsport,
Sullivan County] along the Great Path, he wrote on March 15,
1762, that 17 or 18 buffaloes ran among the party (Williams, 1927,
p. 120).

The settlers in Carters Valley, Hawkins County, during the win-
ter of 1776 killed bison 12 to 15 miles northwest of the settlement
(Ramsey, 1853, p. 144).

From these sources we observe that bison formerly passed over
the Cumberland Gap into Tennessee along the Holston, Clinch, and
Powell River Valleys. The number of buffalo in eastern Tennessee,
judged from the records, was never very large.

By far the larger number of bison occurred in the vicinity of
the Cumberland River and its tributaries in middle Tennessee. It
will be recalled that French voyageurs had. been hunting and trad-
ing in that region for more than 75 years before the establishment
of the Nashville settlement, killing buffaloes mainly for tongues and
tallow, and to a less extent for hides. M. Charleville, a French
trader and hunter from Crozat’s colony at New Orleans, came upon
the Shawnees then inhabiting the Cumberland region and built a
post in 1714 on a mound near the present site of Nashville on the
west side of the Cumberland River, near French Lick Creek, and
about 70 yards from each stream (Ramsey, 1853, p. 45). Subse-
quently other French hunters and trappers from Dlinois and New
Orleans camped in the same region.

In 1769, Isaac Bledsoe and Kasper Manscoe [sometimes Gasper
Mansker] established camp on Station Camp Creek in Sumner
County. From that camp each of these men followed in opposite
directions the nearby buffalo trail, one finding the salt licks since
known as Bledsoes Lick and the other Manscoes Lick. On the
100-acre surrounding flat, Bledsoe saw thousands of bison (Hender-
son, 1920, p. 125). This lick is now known as Castalian Springs,
Sumner County.

In 1770, Manscoe, Uriah Stone, and eight others hunted at French
Lick [Nashville], where they found immense numbers of bison and
other wild game (Ramsey, 1853, p. 105). Captain Timothé de
Monbreun, a French voyageur from Illinois, who as late as 1823
lived at Nashville, hunted in that vicinity in 1775. During that
summer Monbreun and one companion had a camp at a site since

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 299

known as Eatons Station [Nashville]. An enormous number of
buffaloes were killed by these French hunters, but only the tallow
and the tongues were saved. These were taken down the Cumber-
land River in a keel boat (Ramsey, 1853, p. 192; Henderson, 1920, p.
128). For more than a decade Monbreun hunted in this general
district, and it is quite likely that his or some other party of French
hunters was responsible for the slaughter of buffaloes at Bledsoes
Lick in Sumner County, which Isaac Bledsoe related to an early
settler, William Hall. According to the latter (Henderson, 1920,
pp. 128-129), “one could walk for several hundred yards a round
the Lick and in the Lick on buffelows skuls, & bones, and the whole
flat round the Lick was bleached with buffelows bones, and they
found out the Cause of the Canes growing up so suddenly a few
miles around the Lick which was in consequence of so many bufie-
lows being killed.”

In February 1777, de Monbreun arrived at Deacons Pond [near
Palmyra, Montgomery County], where he met a party of six white
men and one woman who had traveled by boat down the Cumberland
River from a point near the mouth of Rockcastle River [Laurel
County, Ky.]. This party reported that they had seen immense
herds of buffaloes on this trip (Ramsey, 1853, p. 193).

When the first settlers arrived at Nashville in 1780, bison were still
present in the surrounding country (Ramsey, 1853, p. 206). Col.
John Donelson’s party killed buffaloes along the Cumberland River
near the Kentucky-Tennessee line on March 30, 1780 (Williams, 1928,
p. 241). When Colonel Donelson settled in 1780 a few miles up from
the mouth of Stones River [Davidson County], in a tract called
“Clover Bottom” and planted his corn, there were “immense herds of
buffalo, deer, etc., ranging through these forests” (Putnam, 1859,
p. 622).

According to Ramsey (1853, p. 450) a party of 20 hunters from
Eatons Station [Nashville] traveled up the Cumberland River in
canoes to the region between Caney Fork and Flynns Lick Creek
[Smith, Putnam, and Jackson Counties], where they killed 75 buffa-
loes during the winter of 1782.

When the road from Clinch River to Nashville by way of Crab
Orchard [Cumberland County] was opened in 1783, the top of the
mountain was described as a “vast upland prairie, covered with a
most luxuriant growth of native grasses, pastured over as far as the
eye could see, with numerous herds of deer, elk and buffalo” (Ram-
sey, 1853, p. 501).

John Lipscomb wrote in his journal (Williams, 1928, p. 276) under
date of June 29, 1784, that having come to the lick near Little Barren
River [Macon County, Tenn., or Allen County, Ky.], they “crept to

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86:

the Lick where we found there had been great slaughter made
amongst the buffelow; we had not been there long before we saw two
big buffelow bulls coming toward us sccompanyed with a wolf.”
Again on August 7, 1784, John Lipscomb’s party (Williams, 1928,
p. “278) reached Red River Station, and then traveled through the
barrens, where they saw a “gang of buffaloes” [Sumner County].

After leaving Nashville on December 28, 1785, enroute to Holston
River, Lewis Brantz (Williams, 1928, p. 286) traveled with a pack
horse 140 miles through the barrens cr nothing but grass grows.
Brantz remarked that the buffaloes had been considerably hunted by
the woodsmen and were diminished in number. The first records of
Sumner County show that “prime buffalo beef” was accepted for
taxes in 1787 at 3 pence a pound, if delivered where troops were sta-
tioned (Putnam, 1859, p. 252). Bison apparently were still to be
found in Montgomery County in 1793. Goodpasture (1903, p. 206)
has published a contract signed October 4, 1798, by John Dier for
delivery of 35 hundredweight of buffalo beef to John Edmonson, at
$2 a hundred.

André Michaux (Williams, 1928, p. 335) listed buffaloes as being
present in June 1795 in the region around Nashville. Abraham
Steiner and Christian Frederic de Schweinitz in December 1799 re-
ported that bison were still present near the Caney Fork Road [Put-
nam County] but were “rarely killed by the hunters, as they are shy
and fleet and do not usually fall at the first shot” (Williams, 1928,
p. 519). Writing in 1859, Putnam (p. 127) stated that a woodland
tract of several hundred acres at Belle Meade [Dunhams Station]
belonging to Gen. William G. Harding was stocked at that time with
200 deer, 20 buffaloes, and half a dozen elk. In 1916 Clarence B.
Moore excavated a left metacarpal (8+4) and two phalanges (U.S.
N.M. no. 216652) from a mound at Hales Point, Lauderdale County.

While collecting in Tennessee, Rhoads (1896, p. 179) received in-
formation from local residents that the last buffalo in Fentress
County was killed by John Young, but the date was not obtained.

Bison were once present in some numbers in western Tennessee
along the Mississippi River. From the journal of Diron d’Arta-
guette, inspector-general under the Duke of Orleans, we get our
first information as to the former presence of great herds of bison
in west Tennessee. Traveling up the Mississippi River in March
1723, he saw bison at many places on both sides of the river. It is
recorded in his journal (Williams, 1930, p. 10) that a buffalo cow
was killed near Wolf River, Shelby County. As he continued on
this journey upstream, many buffalo were killed before he passed
the present boundaries of Tennessee.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS-——KELLOGG 301

In the course of his journey down the Mississippi River during
November 1766, George Morgan (Williams, 1928, pp. 216-218)
passed a number of French hunting parties who had ascended the
river from New Orleans to kill buffaloes and bears. Along the
eastern shore between the mouth of Hatchie River above Prud’-
homme Cliff and the present site of Memphis, 10 French hunting
parties were seen. Again in June 1768, John Jenning saw French
hunters on both sides of the Mississippi River in the same region
(Williams, 1928, p. 221).

In 1819, Williams (1930, p. 96) states, the “buffalo, once numer-
ous, had disappeared” in west Tennessee. Haywood, writing in
1823 (p. 234), confirms this and says that “at this time there is
not one in the whole State of Tennessee.”

LITERATURE CITED

ALLEN, HARRISON.
1898. A monograph of the bats of North America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull.
43, ix + 198 pp., 38 pls.
ALLEN, JOZL ASAPH.
1876. The American bisons, living and extinct. Mem. Kentucky Geol. Surv.,
vol. 1, pt. 2, ix + 246 pp., 12 pls.
ANONYMOUS.
1880. Big game near Memphis, Tenn. Chicago Field, vol. 18, no. 1, p. 11.
ANTLER.
1880. Tennessee hunting grounds. Forest and Stream, vol. 15, no. 16, p. 306.
AUDUBON, JOHN JAMES, and BACHMAN, JOHN.
1846-54. The viviparous quadrupeds of North America, vol. 1, xiv + 389
pp., 1846; vol. 2, 334 pp., 1851; vol. 3, v + 384 pp., 1854.
Banos, OUTRAM. A
1894. The geographical distribution of the eastern races of the cotton-tail
(Lepus sylvaticus Bach.) with a description of a new subspecies,
and with notes on the distribution of the northern hare (Lepus
americanus Erxl.). Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. 26, pp.
404-414.
Boyp, MARK FREDERICK.
1936. The occurrence of the American bison in Alabama and Florida. Sci-
ence, new ser., vol. 84, no. 2174, p. 203.
CEE, JAY.
1881. Game near Lookout Mountain. Forest and Stream, vol. 16, no. 16,
p. 309.
CROCKETT, DAVID.
1834. A narrative of the life of David Crockett, of the State of Tennes-
see ... written by himself, 113 pp. Philadelphia.
GOLDMAN, EpwaRkp ALPHONSO.
1937. Wolves of North America. Journ. Mamm., vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 37-45.
GOoDPASTURE, ALBERT V.
1903. Beginnings of Montgomery County. Amer. Hist. Mag. and Tennessee
Hist. Soe. Quart., vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 193-215.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

HAHN, WALTER L.

1908. Notes on the mammals and cold-blooded vertebrates of the Indiana
University farm, Mitchell, Indiana. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 35,
pp. 545-581.

HALLOcK, CHABLES.

1877. The sportsman’s gazetteer and general guide: The game animals,
birds, and fishes of North America, their habits and various meth-
ods of capture, 688 pp.; and A sportsman’s directory to the prin-
cipal resorts for game and fish in North America, 208 pp. New
York.

HaywoopD, JOHN.

1823. The natural and aboriginal history of Tennessee up to the first set-
tlements therein by the white people in the year 1768, viii + 390 +
liv pp. Nashville.

HENDERSON, ARCHIBALD.

1920. The conquest of the Old Southwest: The romantie story of the early
pioneers into Virginia, the Carolinas, Tennessee, and Kentucky,
1740-1790, xxiv -+ 395 pp., 1 map, 15 pls. New York.

HOLLISTER, NED.

1911. Remarks on the long-tailed shrews of the Eastern United States,
with description of a new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40,
pp. 377-381.

HowELL, ARTHUR HOLMES.

1909. Notes on the distribution of certain mammals in the Southeastern
United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 22, pp. 55-68.

1918. Revision of the American flying squirrels. North Amer. Fauna. 4,
64 pp., 4 figs., 7 pls.

1921. A biological survey of Alabama: I, Physiography and life zones; If,
The mammals. North Amer. Fauna 45, 88 pp., 10 figs., 11 pls.

JACKSON, HARTLEY HArRAD THOMPSON.

1915. A review of the American moles. North Amer. Fauna 38, 100 pp.,
27 figs., 6 pls.

1928. A taxonomic review of the American long-tailed shrews (genera
Sorex and Microsorer). North Amer. Fauna 51, 238 pp., 24 figs.
13 pls.

KOMAREK, EDWIN VY.

1982. Distribution of Microtus chrotorrhinus, with description of a new

subspecies. Journ. Mamm., vol. 13, no. 2, pp. 155-158.
KoMAREK, EDWIN V., and KoMAREK, Roy.

1938. Mammals of the Great Smoky Mountains. Bull. Chicago Acad.

Sci., vol. 5, no. 6, pp. 137-162, 6 figs.
Lewis, E. C.

1903. James Robertson, Nashville’s founder. Amer. Hist. Mag. and Ten-

nessee Hist. Soc. Quart., vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 285-295.
MERCER, HENRY CHAPMAN,

1897. The finding of the fossil sloth at Big Bone Cave, Tennessee, in 1896.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 36, pp. 36-70, 26 figs.
MERRIAM, CLINTON Hart,

1888. Remarks on the fauna of the Great Smoky Mountains; with descrip-
tion of a new species of red-backed mouse ( Evotomys carolinensia),
Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 36, no. 216, pp. 458-460.

MILES, BENJAMIN C.

1895. The gray wolf of Tennessee. Forest and Stream, vol. 45, no. 9, p. 182.

TENNESSEE MAMMALS—KELLOGG 303

MILLER, GERRIT SMITH, JY.
1897. Revision of the North Ameriean bats of the family Vespertilionidae.
North Amer. Fauna 13, 140 pp., 40 figs., 3 pls.
MILLER, GERRIT SMIFH, Jr., and ALLEN, GLOVER MoragiLt.
1928. The American bats of the genera Myotis and Pizonyz. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Buli. 144, viii-+-218 pp., 18 maps.
Mour, CHARLES EDWARD.
1932. Myotis grisescens and Myotis sodalis in Tennessee and Alabama.
Journ. Mamm., vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 272-278.
1933. Observations on the young of cave-dwelling bats. Journ. Mamm.,
vol. 14, ne. 1, pp. 49-53.
Moorr, CLARENCE BLOOMFIELD.
1915. Aboriginal sites on Tennessee River. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, new ser., vol. 16, pp. 170-428.
Newson, EpwArD WILLIAM.
1909. The rabbits of North America. North Amer. Fauna 29, 314 pp., 19
figs., 13 pls.
Oscoop, WILFRED HUDSON.
1909. Revision of the mice cf the American genus Peromyscus. North
Amer. Fauna 28, 285 pp., 12 figs., 8 pls.
Purnam, A. W.
1859. History of middle Tennessee; or Life and times of Gen. James Rob-
ertson, xvi-+668 pp., illus. Nashville.
RamsEy, J. G. M.
1853. The annals of Tennessee to the end of the eighteenth century: Com-
prising its settlement, as the Watauga Association, from 1769 to
1777; a part of North Carolina, from 1777 to 1784; the State of
Franklin, from 1784 to 1788; a part of North Carolina, from 1788
to 1790; the Territory of the U. States, south of the Ohio, from
1790 to 1796; the State of Tennessee, from 1796 to 1800; viii4-744
pp., 2 maps. Philadelphia.
RHOADS, SAMUEL NICHOLSON.
1896. Contributions to the biology of Tennessee, No. 3: Mammals. Proce.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 48, pp. 175-205.
STEGEMAN, LERoy C.
1938. The European wild boar in the Cherokee National Forest, Tennessee.
Journ. Mamm., vol. 19, no. 3, pp. 279-290, 3 figs.
WILL.
1884. Tennessee notes. Forest and Stream, vol. 22, no. 6, p. 106.
WILLIAMS, SAMUEL COLE.
1924. History of the lost State of Franklin, xiii+871 pp., illus. Johnson
City, Tenn.
1927. Lieut. Henry Timberlake’s memoirs, 1756-1765: With annotation, in-
troduction and index, 197 pp., illus. Johnson City, Tenn.
1828. Early travels in the Tennessee country, 1540-1800: With introduc-
tions, annotations and index, xi-+-540 pp., illus. Johnson City, Tenn.
1930, Beginnings of west Tennessee: In the land of the Chickasaws, 1541—
1841, xii+331 pp. Johnson City, Tenn.
WINGFIELD, A. B.
1895. Tennessee deer and quail. Forest and Stream, vol. 45, no. 24, p. 515.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1998

= : aS . ie ieee ee a

Raga a ¢ j ie Gees an4 ae ard ada Wye’ iy Paid anny
a = may ve. ye tte bab yeh Ps ra bade ars
a - : ; \ ately J whe mw" a ‘4 Sn u cM gy ry
fa. 7 “uy ‘ a

vd oan aga
ot gy tga eee UP oll
©

ea hee

*
e..*

:
> ‘
7 a
2
»
.

ee vt
<z-3' ’ : Y ite la promt es

’ fo by spats

er oe 53
, -_
ae
a om, '>.?
7 ‘ny '
= 7 1
;
: al
S
7
a of
a © "eS f 4 {
_ 7 -
,
= a
Ao ie
7 -
ai a
te
oo
a
aay
> = :
~~ y
misty j o é a P
rire teh gay
ee ae rie
LORE A * 9 j
rae ss ad 2} pa
rn a Pia aed r a iter

oo TR
am
‘

he :

e
fr
‘

5
i-sa ka vu
ee
*
9
a ,
s = _ ‘°to ; —_ ron is of 7

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3052

SPECIES OF THE FORAMINIFERAL FAMILY CAMERIN-
IDAE IN THE TERTIARY AND CRETACEOUS OF MEXICO

By R. Wricut Barker

During my work as micropaleontologist in Mexico, I have met
with many species of Camerinidae, but in many cases, owing to inade-
quate literature available on the American species of the family, I
have deferred identification of them. During the past few years this
has resulted in the accumulation of many species with only tentative
identifications and in many manuscript names of species believed to
be new.

Recently it became possible to carry out research on the collection,
and I made and photographed large numbers of sections. I wish
to express my thanks to the Compania Mexicana de Petroleo “El
Aquila,” S. A., and to the Bataafsche Petroleum Maatschappij for
permission to publish material that originally formed part of confi-
dential reports; and also to numerous individuals from whom help
and advice were received. Among these must be mentioned especially
Thomas F. Grimsdale, who assisted in sectioning and photographing
the specimens, and Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, who gave helpful
criticism and supplied comparative material. Mrs. R. H. Palmer
furnished valuable samples from Cuba; Dr. Lloyd G. Henbest kindly
sent topotype material from the United States National Museum;
and J. B. Garrett sent further specimens. To all these workers I am
especially grateful, as correctly named material is essential in the
study of any of the so-called “larger Foraminifera,” particularly the
Camerinidae, which do not lend themselves to detailed diagnosis as

110179—39——1 305

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

do most of the other groups, and moreover they have frequently
suffered in the past from very inadequate descriptions and figures.

STRATIGRAPHY

John M. Muir (1936) has recently published an excellent account
of the stratigraphy of the area in which the present collections
were made, and he clearly differentiates the various horizons. I have
been accustomed, in common with many workers in Mexico, to a
slightly different nomenclature, such as Alazan in place of Huasteca
formation, Cole’s Guayabal in place of ver Wiebe’s Tempoal, and
Velasco rather than Tamesi. Though there is little doubt as to the
soundness of Muir’s reasons for changing the nomenclature, both
systems are given in the present account since the ages of the beds
containing the species described were determined by means of the
smaller Foraminifera as described by Nuttall (1932) in his account
of the Upper and Lower Alazan and by W. Storrs Cole (1927, 1928)
in his papers on the Chapapote and Guayabal. As there is some
doubt as to the exact equivalence of the Huasteca to the Alazan as
understood by Nuttall and also a possibility that the Guayabal of
Cole represents a higher horizon than ver Wiebe’s Tempoal (as
exposed at the type localities of these formations), it has been
thought better to give the older nomenclature and, in parentheses,
what is considered to be the equivalent horizon of Muir.

The nomenclature alternative to that of Muir may be found in
a recent publication of the writer (Barker, 1936).

PREVIOUS PUBLISHED WORK

Beginning with Cushman’s monograph, “American Species of
Operculina and Heterostegina” in 1921, a large number of species
referred to Operculina and Nummulites have been described from,
the New World, though it had long been denied that true Vum-
mulites existed there. The greater number of species have been
contributed by Cushman, the elder and younger Rutten, Willard
Berry, Mrs. Palmer, W. Storrs Cole, Dr. Vaughan, and Gravell and
Hanna. The species of both L. and M. G. Rutten are in general
well described, with fairly adequate illustrations; those of Cushman
are very incompletely described, and in many cases sections either
are not illustrated or are so badly illustrated as to be of little value;
the work of Willard Berry is similar to his work on the Peruvian
species of Lepidocyclina and may be neglected in the present résumé.
Of most importance is a recent account by Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan
and W. Storrs Cole (1936) entitled “New Tertiary Foraminifera
of the Genera Operculina and Operculinoides from North America

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 307

and the West Indies,” in which some new Mexican forms, hitherto
unpublished, are described and figured. I have traced 50 recognized
species of the genera Vummulites (Camerina), Operculinella, and
Operculinoides described from the Americas, but it is not considered
necessary to list these here, beyond stating that careful comparison
has been made in the case of all Mexican forms with those previously
found in the New World.

CLASSIFICATION

The Camerinidae possess the most extensive literature of any group
of Foraminifera, so it is not proposed to give here long bibliographic
lists, but only the more important references to American species.

The question of nomenclature is a difficult one, the accepted custom
being to follow d’Orbigny in allotting the various species to the
genera Vummulites (Camerina of Bruguitre), Operculina, and As-
silina, with the addition of Yabe’s genus Operculinella for such
forms as appear Intermediate between Camerina and Operculina.

The establishment of Nummulites or Camerina for completely in-
volute forms with lateral spaces between successive laminae, Opercu-
lina for completely evolute forms, and Assz/ina for forms that are
involute but lacking the lateral cavities, the laminae being thin and
closely appressed, seems at first to be a simple and clearly defined
system of classification. Unfortunately, a certain number of species
commence with an involute spire and later open out becoming com-
planate and evolute. Such forms were included by d’Orbigny and
by Brady (see classification of the Nummulinidae in the Challenger
Report) in Operculina, since the definition clearly states that the
early whorls may be more or less embracing. Yabe, however, pre-
ferred to take such forms out of Operculina into a new genus Oper-
culinella, producing more confusion, as individual ideas as to the
characters of the new genus seem to be greatly varied.

Furthermore, none of the genera satisfactorily fitted the majority
of American species, which are thin, of few whorls, complanate, and
nearly always completely involute, without lateral cavities. As a
result species have been variously attributed to Camerina, Num-
miulites, Assilina, Operculinella, and Operculina according to the
opinion of each individual author. In 1935 Hanzawa erected the
genus Operculinoides for the American group of species mentioned
above: he refers a number of species to the new genus, on the evi-
dence of actual specimens and on the original figures (Hanzawa,
1935, pp. 16-19) but does not illustrate the new genus, and the de-
scription might well be amplified. The genotype is given as Oper-
culinoides willcoxti (Heilprin), and most American species formerly
considered to belong to Operculina are transferred to Operculinoides.

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

The classification of Hanzawa has been adopted by Vaughan and
Cole (1936) in the description of a number of new species of Oper-
culinoides from North and Central America and the West Indies,
and it is also followed herein.

I am not yet convinced as to the advisability of splitting up the
group into so many genera, as in all cases forms can be found inter-
erading from one so-called genus into another. Thus it is often
impossible to state with certainty whether a species should be Oper-
culinella or Operculina, Operculinoides or Camerina, or even Oper-
culinoides or Operculina (as in the case of Operculina tuberculata
Vaughan and Cole), thus leaving much to the discrimination and
personal opinions of the individual workers. There is also the prob-
lem as to whether the law of priority should be followed for Cam-
erina, or the custom of accepted usage involving the use of the term
Nummulites, to which many of the older workers still adhere. In
the present account Camerina has been used, in accordance with the
classifications of Cushman and Galloway, and the question as to
whether the various “genera” could be better considered as subgenera
of Camerina and Operculina has been deferred. I am of the opinion
that Hanzawa (1935) rightly abandoned Hofker’s theory that all
the genera are synonymous with Camerina, and until more work has
been done on the evolution and phylogeny of the group it seems
preferable to adhere to the accepted classification as modified by
Hanzawa.

In addition to the genera mentioned above we have two new genera re-
cently erected by Hanzawa (1937), namely Paraspiroclypeus, referred
to the Camerinidae, and Pel/atispirella, included with Pellatispira in a
new family Pellatispiridae. As Hanzawa notes, Pellatispira was in-
cluded by Umbgrove and by Galloway in the Camerinidae, though
considered by Cushman as showing more affinities with the Calcarin-
idae. Hanzawa removes the genera Pellatispira and Pellatispirella
from the Camerinidae on structure of the shell wall and peculiarities
of the canal system.

The double nature of the walls, which is well exemplified by Pel-
latispirella matleyi (Vaughan) and most species of Pellatispira, is
much less marked in Pedlatispirella antillea Hanzawa and appears to
be a variable character. The principal difference between the canal
system in the Camerinidae and the Pellatispiridae appears to be the
presence of “vertical canals” in the latter. Thus Hanzawa (1937,
p. 114) remarks as follows: “Vertical canals are always found in
the genera Calcarina, Rotalia, and Elphidium, especially in their um-
bonal regions, but never in Camerina, Assilina, Operculina, Heter-
ostegina, and Spiroclypeus.”

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 309

I am not wholly in agreement with this statement, since vertical
canals are seen in transverse sections of Camerina figured by Hofker
(1927, p. 58) and of Heterostegina (1927, pl. 35). Carpenter
(1862) mentions the presence of canals in the pillars in Camerina,
and Mobius (1880, pl. 18) has figured similar canals in Heterostegina.
In addition I have obtained Canada-balsam preparations of Camerina
variolaria (Lamarck) that show excellently developed vertical
canals in the bosses of clear shell material in the umbonal area; Heter-
ostegina also shows vertical canals, and in some sections the aper-
ture is clearly seen to be multiple, along the base of the septa, as
described for Pellatispirella. The vertical canals are, admittedly,
never so well developed in typical Pellatispiridae, but the differences
do not seem to me to justify the formation of a new family. The
various members of the Camerinidae show wide variation in the
form of the canal system, in some cases as great as that shown by
Pellatispirella from typical Camerina, and for these reasons it is
proposed that the Pellatispiridae be allowed to remain in the Cam-
erinidae, as a subfamily. The new species Camerina pellatispiroides
is looked upon as linking the Pellatispiridae with the Camerinidae,
since its canal system is closer to the former than to the latter,
though the aperture is typical of Camerina and there is no sign
of the double nature of the walls described for Pellatispirella.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES
Family CAMERINIDAE Meek and Hayden, 1865
Genus OPERCULINOIDES Hanzawa, 1935

OPERCULINOIDES WILLCOXII (Heilprin)
PLATE 13, Figure 3; PLATE 16, Figure 1; PLATE 21, Ficure 13

1882. Nummulites willcozii Hemprin, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia, vol.
34, p. 191, figs. 1, 2; ibid, vol. 36, pp. 321-822, figs. 1, 2, 1884.

1921. Operculina willcovii (Heilprin) CusHMAN, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper
128-K, p. 129, pl. 20, figs. 9-11.

1928. Operculinella willcovii (Heilprin) VAUGHAN, 19th Ann. Rep. Florida State
Geol. Surv., p. 158.

1935. Operculinoides willcovit (Heilprin) Hanzawa, Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp.
Univ., ser. 2 (Geol.), vol. 18, no. 1, p. 18.

This species has recently been made the genotype of the new genus
Operculinoides (see Hanzawa above). The Mexican specimens have
been compared with specimens from the Gulf coast of the United
States and seem essentially the same species. Their description is as
follows:

Test large, very compressed, completely involute, the last whorl
showing rather clearly on the exterior (after the fashion of Asszlina).
Sutures not clearly visible on the exterior. Diameter, average 5.3 mm,

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

with an observed maximum of 7.0 mm; thickness, up to 1.0 mm, with
an average of between 0.8 and 0.9 mm.

Sections show the coiling to be regular, mature specimens showing
5 to 6 whorls with 37 or 38 chambers in the final one. The septa
are thin and slightly sigmoid in shape, recurving sharply toward the
periphery. Chambers numerous, rather long in proportion to their
width. ‘Transverse sections show that there is a tendency for the
outer walls of succeeding coils to become closely appressed, without,
however, becoming fused.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497829 and 497830.

Other specimens—U.S.N.M. nos. 497831 and 497832.

Occurrence.—Common in the Tantoyuca formation, Jackson Eocene.

OPERCULINOIDES NUMMULITIFORMIS (L. Rutten)
PLATE 17, FIGURE 5; PLATE 21, FIGURE 1

1928. Operculina nummulitiformis L. RurreN, Proce. Sect. Sci. Kon. Akad.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, vol. 81, no. 9, p. 941, figs. 1-12.

19382. Operculina nummulitiformis L. Rutten, M. G. RuTrEN and VERMUNT, Proc.
Sect. Sci. Kon. Akad. Wetensch., Amsterdam, vol. 35, no. 2, p. 239,
pl. 1, figs. 7, 10; pl. 2, fig. 1. (Full synonymy given in this account.)

1937. Operculinella nummulitiformis (lL. Rutten) VAuGHAN, in Sheppard’s
“The Geology of South-Western Ecuador,” pp. 159-160, figs. 116 (1-8).

Mexican specimens identified as this species are described as
follows:

Test of medium size, very compressed, completely involute. The
sutures are strongly beaded and slightly raised, the test being a
little thicker in proportion to diameter than in O. prenummuliti-
formis. Diameter, average 3.0 mm; thickness, average 0.5 mm.

Sections show numerous long narrow chambers, the test showing
31% to 4% whorls, with 28 to 33 chambers in the final whorl. The
septa are rather irregular as shown in Rutten’s original figures of
O. nummulitiformis. The Mexican specimens differ from L. Rutten’s
original description in that they are slightly thicker (0.5 mm average
compared with 0.35-0.45 mm) and from Rutten and Vermunt’s de-
scription in having beaded sutures in place of a smooth surface. This
latter difference may be due, perhaps, to state of preservation and to
local variation, as the degree of beading is variable in specimens
examined. In other respects the species are remarkably similar, and
Rutten and Vermunt’s figure (1932, pl. 2, fig. 1) leaves little doubt
in my mind that the Mexican specimens should be referred to 0. nwm-
mulitiformis. It seems doubtful whether Vaughan’s Ecuadorian
material should be referred to this species, since the specimens fig-
ured show a more rapidly opening spiral with fewer whorls and
fewer chambers in the final whorl in proportion to the size of the

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 311

test than is shown in the figures of Rutten or Rutten and Vermunt.
The latter authors place O. atascaderensis Berry and O. peruviana
in the synonymy of O. nummulitiformis, with which I am in agree-
ment. Thus we have a wide-ranging form occurring in the upper
Eocene of Peru, Ecuador, Curacao, and Mexico.

Plesiotypes—U.S.N.M. no. 497834.

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. no. 497833.

Occurrence (in Mexico).—Tantoyuca formation, Jackson Eocene.

OPERCULINOIDES PRENUMMULITIFORMIS, new species

PLATE 12, Ficures 1, 2; Puare 17, Ficurr 4; PuLatre 21, Ficure 2

Test of medium size, very compressed, completely involute, the last
whorl somewhat thinner than the earlier coils. Sutures are slightly
raised, rather limbate, and show a tendency to become beaded,
especially toward the center of the test. Diameter, up to 4.0 mm,
average 3.25 mm; average thickness, 0.5 mm.

Sections show the test to be composed of 314 to nearly 4 whorls,
with 22 to 27 chambers in the final whorl. The septa are numerous,
thin, and uniformly curved throughout their length. The chambers
are long and narrow and of even size and shape, in contrast to the
irregularities shown by the closely allied form O. nummulitiformis
(Rutten). Sections also reveal the presence of numerous supple-
mentary or secondary apertures, irregularly distributed along the
septa as illustrated by Carpenter (“secondary pores,” 1862, p. 254,
fig. 12). The exact significance of these has not yet been satisfac-
torily explained, but they may have been developed in the first place
in connection with adaptation to such factors as food supply. As
remarked under QO. jennyi, the development of multiple apertures
probably led at a later stage to formation of subsidiary chamberlets,
such as are found in Heterostegina and Spiroclypeus.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497835 and 497836.

Occurrence.—Guayabal (Tempoal) formation, Claiborne Eocene.
Cotypes have been selected from Poza Rica Well no. 8, a further
excellent suite of specimens being obtained from core samples of
Mecatepec Well no. 6.

OPERCULINOIDES TUXPANENSIS (Thalmann)

PLATE 16, FiGURE 2; PLATE 17, FIGURE 2

1935. Operculina tuxpanensis THALMANN, Eclogae geol. Helvetiae, vol. 28,
pp. 603-604, figs. a, b (Tuxpam formation, Mexico).

1936. Operculinoides tuxpanicus VAUGHAN and Cots, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol.
83, p. 494, pl. 37, figs. 4-9.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

This form, which is of medium size, thin and compressed, and
completely involute, is described by Thalmann as having a diameter
of 3 to 4 mm; thickness 0.2 to 0.3 mm, and 314 whorls with 28 to 32
chambers in the last whorl. This, according to Thalmann, is for
the microspheric form, though from his figure this is not certain.
The surface is smooth in all specimens examined.

Sections made from material collected by Thalmann, near his type
locality (various outcrops along the Tuxpam River between Cobos
and Tuxpam) show 3 to 314 whorls, with 20 to 24 chambers in the
final whorl. The coiling is somewhat irregular; the sutures thin, a
thick outer wall giving a thickened, rounded periphery ; the chambers
are numerous, long, and narrow.

Specimens from Biche Quarry, Nariva District, Trinidad, British
West Indies (the Guaracara limestone), in the collection of T. F.
Grimsdale, are considered to belong to this species. There seems to
be no doubt that Operculinoides tuxpanicus Vaughan and Cole is a
synonym of Operculina tuxpanensis Thalmann, though Thalmann un-
doubtedly had much better material than Vaughan. Various meas-
urements are given below for comparison :

Number of
Number of | chambers

Species Diameter | Thickness whorls in final

Operculina tuxpanensis Thalmann
Specimens sectioned by the writer
Operculinoides turpanicus Vaughan and

1 Microspheric.

Plesiotypes—U.S.N.M. no. 497888.
Topotypes (?)—U.S.N.M. no. 497887.
Occurrence —Tuxpam formation, lower Miocene.

OPERCULINOIDES MUIRI, new species

PLATE 14, Ficure 4; PLATE 20, Figure 1; PLATE 22, Ficure 1

Test small to medium in size, completely involute, lenticular and
rather close-coiled, with a fairly well developed, rounded keel of
clear shell material. Diameter, up to 3.0 mm (average for 10 spec-
imens, 2.6 mm) ; thickness, 0.7 to 0.9 mm.

Median sections show regular, rather close coiling, with 4 to 414
whorls, with 20 to 24 chambers in the final whorl. The sutures are
slightly oblique, curving rather strongly as they approach the
periphery. In transverse section the rather inflated lenticular form

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 11

1, Operculinoides oliveri (Cushman), probably a topotype, from Guayabal beds, near Romance, Rio Moctezuma,
Mexico; 2, 3, O. vaughani (Cushman), Guayabal beds, Guayabal, Tamatoco, Veracruz (type locality of W. S.
Cole). X15.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 12

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

1, Operculinoides prenummulitiformis, new species, Guayabal formation, Poza Rica Well no. 8 near Coatzintla, Vera-
cruz; 2, O. prenummulitiformis, Guayabal formation, collection E. Gevaerts no. 551, Zanatepec, Veracruz; 3,
Operculinoides sp. B, Guayabal formation, near Tantoyuca, Veracruz, collection H. Rankin no. 277, Tantoyuca
region; 4, O. ocalanus (Cushman) minor, new variety, Guayabal formation, collection P. von Schumacher no.
2589, east of Tempoal, Veracruz; 5, O. ocalanus (Cushman), Tantoyuca, Jackson Eocene, collection K. Goldschmid
Pit no. 283, southeast of Tempoal; 6, O. vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole, Alazan formation, collection E. Gevaerts
no. 292, southern Miahuapam, Veracruz; 7, O. jennyi, new species, Guayabal formation, collection H. Meyer no.
1477, Santa Clara, southeast of Tantoyuca. X15. :

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 13

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

1, 2, Camerina jacksonensis Gravell and Hanna globosa, new variety, lower part of Tantoyuca formation, Jackson
Eocene, collection H. Rankin no. 50, east of Tantoyuca, Veracruz; 3, Operculinoides willcoxit (Heilprin), Tantoyuca
formation, Jackson Eocene, Tantoyuca type locality: Tantoyuca-Chopopo road, east of Tantoyuca; 4, Camerina
guayabalensis, new species, Guayabal, Claiborne, from Mecatepec Well no. 5; 5, C. moodybranchensis Gravell and
Hanna, Tantoyuca formation, well sample, Poza Rica no. 7; 6, C. jacksonensis Gravell and Hanna, Tantoyuca
formation, Tantoyuca-Chopopo road, near Tantoyuca; 7, C. vanderstoki (Rutten and Vermunt), Guayabal forma-
tion, collection H. Meyer no. 1017, southern Chila Cortaza, east of Tantoynca; 8, Operculinoides palmarealensis,
new species, Alazan formation (Huasteca of Muir), lower Oligocene, Mecatepec Well no. 5, near Poza Rica, Veracruz.

X15.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 14

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

1, 2, Operculinoides antiguensis Vaughan and Cole (fig. 1, microspheric form, Meson formation, below Tampico Country
Club, Tampico, Tamaulipas; fig. 2, megalospheric form, Meson formation, near Bustos, Veracruz); 3, 5, O. tuber-
culatus (Vaughan and Cole), Tantoyuca formation, collection W. H. Hegwein no. 1559, near Tantoyuca, Veracruz;
O. muiri, new species, Alazan formation, collection E. Gevaerts no. 269, southern Miahuapam, Veracruz; 6, 8, 0.
catenula (Cushman and Jarvis), lower part of Chicontepec, near Sabaneta, Veracruz, collection W. Tappolet no. 1998;
7, O. jennyi, new species, Guayabal formation (Tempoal of ver Wiebe and Muir), near Sabaneta, collection H.
Jenny no. 1573. X15.

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 313

of the test, the regular nature of the coiling, and the even develop-
ment of the walls are well brought out (see pl. 22, fig. 1).

The species seems to be identical with an undescribed species ob-
served in samples from the Byram marl of Byram, Miss. (for which
the writer is indebted to Mrs. F. B. Plummer). The nearest de-
scribed species seems to be O. vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole, but
O. muiri is considerably thicker than that species (0.7 to 0.9 mm
as compared with 0.3 to 0.6 mm) and rather more closely coiled.
Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan has examined the types and is of the
opinion that the species is new. It has been named after the late
John M. Muir, who contributed much toward the elucidation of the
stratigraphy of the Tampico region, and whose recent death was
felt very deeply by all connected with Mexican stratigraphy and
petroleum geology.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497839 and 497840.

Occurrence.—Lower Alazan (probably restricted to the lower part
of Muir’s Huasteca formation).

OPERCULINOIDES ANTIGUENSIS Vaughan and Cole

PLATE 14, Ficures 1, 2; Prate 16, Ficurm 3; PiLate 17, Ficure 1; PLate 21,
Figures 10, 11

1936. Operculinoides antiguensis VAUGHAN and Cots, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 88, p. 492, pl. 38, figs. 7-10.

1937. Camerina sp. B THIADENS, Journ. Pal., vol. 11, p. 95, figs. 3B, 3D, pl. 15,
fig. 3 (Oligocene, Cuba).

Test small to medium in size, completely involute, lenticular in
cross section, with a rather acute periphery. Diameter (megalo-
spheric form), average 2.4 mm, with a maximum observed of 2.8 mm;
thickness, average 1.00 mm. The microspheric form (which is fairly
plentiful in the Meson outcrops below the Tampico Country Club)
is a little larger, averaging 3.5 mm in diameter.

The sutures, seen from the exterior, are radiating, lying flush
with the surface of the test, showing as lines of clear shell material
proceeding from a clear central mass. In general, sections show
4 whorls, regularly coiled, with a thick outer wall, the final whorl
showing 23 to 26 chambers. Exceptional specimens may show 28
or 29 chambers in the last whorl.

The most marked characteristic of the species seen in median
sections is the shape of the septa, which are straight and radial
for a little more than half their length and then recurved at an
abrupt angle toward the periphery (see figure). This character is
well shown by Thiadens’s Camerina sp. B (1987, pl. 15, fig. 3), and
there seems little doubt that this should be referred to O. antiguensis.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos, 497841 and 497842.

110179—39——2

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. no. 497848.
Occurrence-—This species has been recorded only from the Meson

formation, middle to upper Oligocene.

OPERCULINOIDES SEMMESI Vaughan and Cole

PLATE 19, Ficures 1-6

1986. Operculinoides semmesi VAUGHAN and Coxg, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol.
83, p. 491, pl. 37, figs. 10-13 and probably 14; pl. 388, figs. 14 and prob-
ably 5 and 6.

In early work I included O. antiguensis and O. semmesi in a sin-
gle species, with a considerable range in variation, but Vaughan
and Cole have separated slightly smaller specimens, with a thinner
test and fewer chambers in the final whorl, as O. semmesi. This
species is similar to O. antiguensis in general appearance, but, in
large numbers of specimens seen by me, is generally smaller and
thinner, though the range in diameter (1.75 to 2.8 mm) is almost
the same for the two species. Thickness, 0.55 to 0.65 mm.

Sections show 3 to 314 whorls, with 18 or 19 chambers in the final
whorl. The septa show the same characteristic curvature as O. anti-
guensis. Tt is still thought that O. semmesi may be only a variety
or a dwarf race of O. antiquensis, since both have the same range in
Mexico and have not yet been found to occur in the same localities,
suggesting that the differences may be due to local changes in en-
vironment.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497844 and 497845.

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497846 and 497847.

Occurrence.—Believed to be restricted to the Meson formation.

OPERCULINOIDES PALMAREALENSIS, new species

PLATE 138, Ficure 8; PLATE 18, FIGURE 1; PLATE 22, FicuRES 7, 8

Test small, stoutly lenticular, completely involute, with an acute
periphery. The septa show as gently curved lines of clear shell ma-
terial radiating from a large, clear central mass. Diameter, 1.8 to
2.2 mm; thickness, average 0.9 mm.

Sections show the septa to be sharply recurved, somewhat as in
Operculinoides antiqguensis and O. semmesi, but the curvature is not
so abrupt, the coiling is less regular, and the test is consistently
smaller and thicker in proportion to the diameter. Mature speci-
mens usually show 4 whorls, with 18 to 20 chambers in the final
whorl. The chambers are somewhat irregular in size and shape.

Cotypes—U.S.N.M. nos. 497848-497850.

Occurrence—Alazan formation (Huasteca formation of Muir),
lower Oligocene. The description is based on cotypes from Meca-
tepec Well no. 5, Mecatepec, Veracruz.

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 315

OPERCULINOIDES JENNYI, new species

PLATE 12, FIGURE 7; PLATE 14, FIguRE 7; PLATE 17, FicurE 8; PLATE 19, FIGURE 7;
PLATE 21, Figure 9

This species was at first separated into two groups according to the
degree of granulation of the sutures and the closeness of the coiling,
but it is now believed that only one species is represented with a wide
range of variation.

Test of medium size, compressed lenticular, completely involute,
complanate to a variable extent. The sutures are frequently irregu-
larly beaded, and the poles are sometimes covered with a thick
tuberculate mass of shell material, which is part of the final whorl.
The sutures are generally raised, and strongly curved near the periph-
ery, which they join at a very oblique angle, as in figures given by
Cushman (1921) for O. ocalanus. Diameter, up to 6.0 mm, averaging
3.8 mm for 20 specimens; thickness, 0.8 to 1.0 mm.

Sections show rather irregular coiling, a very thick outer wall, and
a rapidly opening spiral of 21% to 314 whorls, with 18 to 28 chambers
in the final whorl. Five sections selected to show the range of varia-
tion show the following characters:

one ' Nurler of
. umber of | chambers
Diameter whorls in final
whorl
Mm

3.0 2.5 22

3.1 3 18

3.8 3 23

Ost 3.5 21

a) 3.5 28

The species was at first considered to be a variety of O. ocalanus
(Cushman), but careful comparison with material from the Ocala
limestone and with figures recently published by Vaughan (19387),
taken in conjunction with the discovery of O. ocalanus at a con-
siderably higher horizon in Mexico, have led me to consider this as
a distinct new species. Typical specimens of 0. ocalanus show fewer
chambers in the final whorl and in general a more rapidly opening
spiral, though rare specimens of O. jennyi occur which show all the
essential features of O. ocalanus.

An interesting character of this species is shown by transverse
sections (see pl. 21, fig. 9). The spiral laminae show incipient sub-
division, with splitting off of thin walls, giving lateral cavities sug-
gestive of the lateral chambers of the Orbitoididae. This is a sim-
ilar character to that shown by Camerina chawneri Palmer, which

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yoL, 86

has recently been made the genotype of a new genus, Paraspiro-
clypeus, by Hanzawa (1937, pp. 116-117). In O. jennyi, however,
the subdivision is much less plainly marked, the species being con-
sidered intermediate between Operculinoides and Paraspiroclypeus,
thus substantiating Hanzawa’s theory of the relationship between
the two genera,

A further point that may perhaps have some bearing on this is the
presence of well-marked multiple apertures (seen in median sections)
in O. jennyi. These have been figured by Carpenter as “secondary
pores” (see also under O. prenummulitiformis) and may have led
later to subdivision of the chambers into chamberlets as seen in
Spiroclypeus and Heterostegina.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497855-497858.

Occurrence.—Fairly common in the Guayabal (Tempoal of ver
Wiebe and Muir), Claiborne Eocene. Cotypes selected from an out-
crop 11 kilometers southeast of Sabaneta, Veracruz; collection of
Dr. H. Jenny no. 1573.

This species is named in memory of the late Dr. Hans Jenny, who
spent many years carrying out pioneer work in Mexican stratigraphy
and collected the types of this and numerous other new species of
larger Foraminifera.

OPERCULINOIDES OCALANUS (Cushman)

PLATE 12, FiacurRe 5; PLATE 15, Figure 5

1921. Operculina ocalana CusHMAN, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 128-B, p. 129,
pl. 19, figs. 4, 5.

1935. Operculina ocalana CUSHMAN, referred to new genus Operculinoides by
S. Hanzawa, Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp. Univ., ser. 2 (Geol.), vol. 18, no. 1, p. 18.

1937. Operculina ocalana Cushman, VAUGHAN in Sheppard’s “The Geology of
South-Western Ecuador,” pp. 158-159, figs. 113, 114.

Cushman’s original description of O. ocalanus reads as follows:

Test complanate, much compressed, composed of two to three coils, the
last with 16 to 18 chambers; sutures raised, confluent in the center, some-
what rounded, the area between concave and smooth; chambers three to four
times as long as wide; central area of the test umbonate; periphery somewhat

raised by a thickening in which the raised sutures terminate. Length as much
as 6 millimeters.

Geologie occurrence, Ocala limestone and Jackson formation.

Specimens from Ecuador are considered by Vaughan to differ in
no essential particulars but are generally of smaller size. Speci-
mens from Mexico agree well with the general description of Cush-
man and the later figures of Vaughan but, like the Ecuadorian

specimens, are consistently smaller than the types. The following
is a brief description:

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 317

Test complanate, much compressed, composed of 2 to 21% whorls,
the final whorl opening into a broad flange occupying the greater
part of the test. Owing to bad state of preservation no ornament
can be seen, the surface being worn smooth in all specimens found;
there is evidence of the presence of an umbo at the center of the test,
though not so marked as in typical specimens of O. ocalanus. Di-
ameter, up to 3.0 mm (broken) ; thickness, 0.5 mm. Sections show
12 to 14 chambers in the final whorl, chambers long and narrow and
the septa curved throughout, more strongly so as they approach the
periphery. As in typical O. ocalanus the septa are somewhat raised
and there is a strong tendency toward thickening at the periphery.

If we take into account the fact that all the specimens examined
were incomplete, the slight differences in size, number of whorls, and
number of chambers in the final whorl may be neglected, especially
as the proportional development is almost identical with typical
specimens of O. ocalanus from Ocala limestone.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497859 and 497860.

Occurrence.—In Mexico the species occurs in the Tantoyuca for-
mation, which is considered to belong to the Jackson Eocene. A
larger species, very closely allied to O. ocalanus, and for a, long
time confused with that species, occurs in the Claiborne. This
has now been referred to a new species, Operculinoides jennyji.

OPERCULINOIDES OCALANUS (Cushman) MINOR, new variety
PLATE 12, Ficure 4; PuaTe 15, Fieures 1, 2; PLate 21, Ficure 3

A number of specimens of a small species of Operculinoides have
been sectioned and are referred to a variety of O. ocalanus (Cush-
man), though perhaps the differences from that species are sufficient
to warrant specific distinction. The test is much smaller but shows
a similar umbonate form, with raised septa, the septa showing
coarser beading or granulation than is customary in O. ocalanus.

Sections show the test to consist of 214 whorls, with 15 or 16
chambers in the final whorl. The chambers are long and narrow,
the sutures gently and regularly curved, but showing in general a
rather more pronounced “angle” near the periphery than O. ocalanus,
as may be seen from the figures (pl. 15, figs. 1, 2). Diameter, 2.1 to
2.5 mm; thickness, 0.4 mm.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497861 and 497862.

Oceurrence.—This form occurs rarely in the Guayabal formation
(Tempoal of ver Wiebe and Muir, Claiborne) near the town of
Tantoyuca, Veracruz. The cotypes were obtained from a locality
east of Tempoal, Veracruz; collection of Dr. P. von Schumacher no.
2589.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

OPERCULINOIDES VICKSBURGENSIS Vaughan and Cole
PLATE 12, Ficure 6; Puiate 18, Figure 2; PLATE 19, Figures 8, 9

1936. Operculinoides vicksburgensis VAUGHAN and CoLE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 83, p. 490, pl. 36 (Byram Marl, Vicksburg, Miss.).

Description of Mexican specimens is as follows: Test small to
medium size, compressed lenticular, completely involute, periphery
rather thick and rounded. The sutures as seen on the exterior are
clear lines of shell material, flush with the surface, and slightly sig-
moid in shape. The most important feature in the external appear-
ance is the presence of thin lines of clear shell material similar to
the subdivision into chamberlets shown by Heterostegina, these dis-
appear on sectioning, however, or merely show as thin transparent
lines in the shell wall. This character was also seen to be well de-
veloped in specimens identified by the writer as O. vicksburgensis
from the Byram marl of Byram, Miss. (see pl. 19, figs. 8,9). Diame-
ter, 2.0 to 3.0, average approximately 2.5 mm (compare 1.3 to 3.1
mm for O. vicksburgensis).

Sections show the presence of 3 to 314 whorls, with 18 to 24 cham-
bers in the last whorl. This compares closely with 314 to 4 whorls,
with 18 to 26 chambers in the final whorl in O. vicksburgensis. The
septa are straight for two-thirds of their length, then recurve regu-
larly and rather abruptly toward the periphery.

Plesiotypes—U.S.N.M. no, 497863.

Occurrence.—Alazan formation (Huasteca formation of Muir),
lower Oligocene. (Occurs generally in association with O. muiri.)

Note.—There is clearly an error in the footnote given by Thiadens
(1937, p. 97), referring his Camerina sp. C to this species, since the
former, in my opinion, is either Planularia or Cristellaria (see Thia-
dens’s pl. 15, fig. 4).

OPERCULINOIDES OLIVERI (Cushman)
PLATE 11, Figure 1; PLATE 15, Figure 3

1925. Operculina oliveri CUSHMAN, Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., vol. 9, p. 298,
pl. 6, figs. 1, 2 (Guayabal, Rio Moctezuma, Mexico).

1927. Operculina cushmani Cor, Bull. Amer. Pal., vol, 14, no. 51, D: Zaye cz,
fig. 14 (Guayabal type locality, Guayabal, Mexico).

Test large, involute, very thin, and complanate. From the ex-
terior the test is seen to consist of a rapidly opening spiral, the septa
showing as raised ribs, recurved strongly toward the periphery.
There is at times a tendency toward beading on the septa, this being
usually more strongly developed toward the center of the test. Di-
ameter, up to 8.0 mm, averaging 4.0 mm.

Sections show the presence of 2 to 3 whorls, with 16 to 28 cham-
bers in the final whorl. This large range is due to the inclusion of

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 319

incomplete or immature specimens, adult tests showing generally
24 to 28 chambers in the last whorl. The chambers are long and
narrow, the length being about five times the width, the septa thin
and regularly curved throughout.

Cole’s O. cushmani is considered to be the same as Cushman’s
O. oliveri after careful comparison of topotype material of both
species (from the Guayabal of the Guayabal type locality and the
Moctezuma River, respectively), although it is possible that Cole also
included in his species forms referred by the writer to Operculinoides
vaughani (Cushman), q. v.

O. oliveri is considered to be intermediate between O. cookei (Cush-
man) and O. vawghani (Cushman) and may perhaps be ancestral
to both. These species have all been referred to Operculinoides by
Hanzawa, and the involute nature of O. oliveri and O. vaughani is
clearly seen on plate 11, figures 1-3, of the present account.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497864 and 497865.

Occurrence—So far as is known, restricted to the Guayabal
(Tempoal of ver Wiebe and Muir, Claiborne).

OPERCULINOIDES VAUGHANI (Cushman)

PLATE 11, Ficurss 2, 3

1921. Operculina vaughani CusHMAN, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 128-H, p.
128, pl. 19, figs. 6-7.

1933. Operculina oliveri ELuisor, non Cole, Bull. Amer. Assoe. Petr. Geol., vol.
AT, p) 1299) pl. 2; fie’ ab!

1935. Operculina vaughani Cushman, GRAVELL and HANNA, Journ. Pal., vol. 9,
p. 334, pl. 29, figs. 6, 9, 12, 16-21.

As this species has been well described recently by Gravell and
Hanna, and specimens so identified in the Mexican material are rare,
it is not considered necessary to give here a detailed description.
‘The species differs from QO. oliveri (Cushman) in being of smaller
size, rather more tightly coiled, and narrower and more numerous
chambers and in having more regularly beaded sutures. In Mexico
it occurs rather high in the Claiborne and is much less frequent than
O. oliveri. The best specimens have been found in the Guayabal
(Tempoal), Claiborne Eocene, of the Guayabal type locality of Cole;
it also has been observed in the Guayabal exposed in the neighbor-
hood of Tantoyuca, Veracruz.

OPERCULINOIDES TUBERCULATUS (Vaughan and Cole)

PLATE 14, Figures 3, 5; PLATE 20, Ficures 9, 11

1936. Operculina tuberculata VAUGHAN and CoLgz, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 83,
p. 488, pl. 35, figs. 1-4.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

The following description, though to some extent a repetition of
that of Vaughan and Cole, is based on a larger collection of ma-
terial, including specimens from near Tempoal, Veracruz, and from
near Tantoyuca, Veracruz.

Test small, flattened, very thin, involute, septa raised, somewhat
limbate, and broken up into large tubercles. The poles of the test
also show a group of tubercles, or a large central tubercle surrounded
by small beads. A well-developed keel gives the test a rather trun-
cated periphery. Diameter, up to 2.0 mm, average 1.8 mm.

Sections show regular, rather open coiling, with 214 to 3 whorls,
with 15 to 20 chambers in the final whorl. The septa are thin and
nearly straight for one-half to two-thirds of their length, then
gently curved toward the periphery. Chambers not very numerous,
with a rather rectangular appearance.

This species was long considered to be a variety of O. mariannensis
Vaughan (1928), from which it differs principally in the possession
of a greater number of chambers, a thicker test and generally more
robust form, but it is considered by Vaughan and Cole to rank as
a distinct species. In spite of the thinness of the test and the clear
marking of all whorls on the exterior, I believe that this species
should be referred to Operculinoides. This is supported by
Hanzawa’s placing the closely allied 0. mariannensis in that genus and
by the involute nature of the test shown by the transverse sections
figured by Vaughan and Cole (1936, pl. 35, figs. 3, 8a, and 4). My
preparations also show this involute character.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497866, 499868, and 497869.

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. no. 497867.

Occurrence.—Tantoyuca formation, Jackson Eocene.

OPERCULINOIDES CATENULA (Cushman and Jarvis)

PLATE 14, Ficures 6, 8; PLATE 18, Figure 5; PLATE 21, Ficures 7, 8

1932. Operculina catenula CUSHMAN and JARviIs, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 80,
art. 14, p. 42, pl. 12, figs. 13a—b.

Description of Mexican specimens ascribed to this species is as
follows:

Test small to medium in size, compressed lenticular, completely
involute, with a strongly developed rounded keel. The sutures (on
rather weathered specimens) show as raised radiating ribs, irregu-
larly beaded, with a strong umbonal boss. Diameter, up to 3.0 mm
(average 2.5 mm for 5 specimens) ; thickness, 0.7 to 0.85 mm (cf.
diameter 2.25 mm, thickness 0.6 mm for O. catenula).

Sections show a rather loosely coiled test of 2 to 214, whorls with
17 to 22 chambers in the final whorl (compare 15 chambers in the

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 15

1, 2, Operculinoides ocalanus (Cushman) minor, new variety, Guayabal formation (Tempoal of ver Wiebe and Muir),
collection P. von Schumacher no. 2589, east of Tempoal, Veracruz: 3, O. oliveri (Cushman), Guayabal formation,
topotype material from Romance, Rio Moctezuma: 4, Operculinoides sp. A, Tantoyuca formation, collection P.
von Schumacher no. 1624, east of Tempoal; 5, O. ocalanus (Cushman), Tantovuca formation, collection K. ats
Goldschmid Pit. no. 283, southeast of Tempoal. X20.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 16

1, Operculinoides willcoxii (Heilprin), Tant oyuca formation, nea
2, O. tuxpanensis (Thalmann), Tuxpam formation,
Vaughan and Cole, Meson formation, near Bustos, Veracruz (Bustos Well no. 1). 20.

r Tantoyuca, Veracruz (Tantoyuca type locality);
lower Miocene, near Tuxpam, Veracruz; 3, O. antiguensis

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 17

1, Operculinoides antiguensis Vaughan and Cole, Meson formation, Bustos Well no. 1, near Bustos, Veracruz; 2, 0. tux-
panensis (Thalmann), Tuxpam formation, near Tuxpam, Veracruz; 3, O. jennyi, new species, Guayabal formation,
near Sabaneta, Veracruz, collection H. Jenny no. 1573; 4, O. prenummutlitiformis, new species, Guayabal formation,
well sample, Poza Rica no. 8; 5, O. nummulitiformis (Rutten), Tantoyuca formation, collection P. von Schumacher

no. 2412, east of Tempoal, Veracruz. 20.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 18

1, Operculinoides palmarealensis, new species, Alazan formation (Huasteca of Muir), Mecatepec Well no. 5
vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole, Alazan formation, collection E. Gevaerts no. 292, southern Miahuapam, Vera-

cruz; 3, Camerina canderstoki (Rutten and Vermunt), Guayabal formation, near Furbero, Veracruz, collection J.
Clopton no. 21; 4, C. guayabalensis, new species, Guayabal (Tempoal o

wes

f ver Wiebe and Muir), well sample, Poza
Rica no. 8; 5, Operculinoides catenula (Cushman and Jarvis), lower part of Chicontepec formation, near Sabaneta,
Veracruz, collection W. Tappolet no. 1848. 20.

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 321

last whorl in O. catenula). The sutures are rather thick and gently
curved, the keel showing as a thick outer shell wall along the
periphery.

O. catenula was described by Cushman and Jarvis from beds in
Trinidad regarded as Upper Cretaceous, showing many species in
common with the Velasco of Mexico. There seems little doubt that
the Mexican species should be referred to O. catenula, or, if not to
that species, to a variety, but the original description and figures
are inadequate for exact determination of the original species and
comparative material was unfortunately not available for study. It
has been placed in Operculinoides on account of the involute nature
and the rather loose coiling. In some respects it is not unlike
Pellatispirella but lacks the special features of the aperture and
construction of the shell wall of that species.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497870 and 497871.

Occurrence——In Mexico the species occurs in beds of doubtful
age, which may perhaps be referable to the Chicontepec (probably
Tanlajas formation of Muir).

OPERCULINOIDES species A
PLATE 15, FicurE 4; PLaTe 21, FIicurE 6

Test small, compressed, completely involute. Ornamentation, if
present, is completely obscured by the bad state of preservation.
Diameter, 2.2 mm (average) ; thickness, 0.5 mm. Sections show 214
to 214 whorls, with 21 to 23 chambers in the final whorl. The septa
are rather thick and regularly curved throughout their length.

In many respects this species is similar to Operculinoides advenus
Vaughan and Cole, which has not been observed in the collections
examined. It differs from the latter, however, in having fewer coils
and being in general a smaller form. On account of the small amount
of material available, it has been thought inadvisable to give a
specific denomination at the present time.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497872 and 497873.

Occurrence.—Rare in the Tantoyuca formation, Jackson Eocene.
The above description is based on specimens obtained east of Tempoal,
Veracruz; collection of Dr. P. von Schumacher no, 1624.

OPERCULINOIDES species B
PLATE 12, Ficurp 3; PLATE 20, FicuRE 7; PLATE 21, FIGURE 5

Test. small, compressed lenticular, completely involute, surface
smooth, without ornamentation, septa showing as lines of clear shell
material. A number of small, regularly spaced tubercles occur be-
tween the septa, in a line parallel to and near the periphery (see

aoe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

pl. 12, fig. 3); these may appear only on weathering and are of value
in distinguishing this species from other closely similar small species.
Diameter, average 2.0 mm; thickness, 0.5 mm.

Sections show the test to be close-coiled, consisting of 4 to 5 whorls,
with 22 to 24 chambers in the final whorl. The septa are of mod-
erate thickness, oblique and gently curved, the chambers being only
slightly longer than wide. Owing to the rarity of the species in the
collections examined the material is considered insufficient for the
erection of a new species.

Cotypes—U.S.N.M. nos. 497874, 497875, 497876, and 497877.

Occurrence-—Guayabal (ver Wiebe’s Tempoal), Claiborne Eocene ;
rare. The description is based on specimens from the Tantoyuca
region, Veracruz; collection of H. E. Rankin no. 277.

? OPERCULINOIDES species
PiLate 20, FIGURE 6; PLATE 21, FIGURE 4

Test small, compressed lenticular, sharply keeled, and completely
involute. The sutures are nearly straight, radiating, and show a
slight tendency to become beaded toward the center. The appearance
is similar to flattened specimens of Camerina jacksonensis Gravell and
Hanna. Diameter (for 10 specimens), 1.8 mm; thickness, 0.3 to
0.4 mm.

Sections show a test of 3 to 314 whorls, with 11 to 13 chambers
in the final whorl. The septa are oblique and only slightly curved,
the chambers being slightly greater in width than in length. From
the scarcity and bad state of preservation of the material it is diffi-
cult to say whether the species should be referred to Camerina or
Operculinoides, and for these reasons it is considered unwise to give
a name to the species until more and better preserved material is
available for further study.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497878 and 497879.

Occurrence.—Very rare in the Tantoyuca formation, Jackson
Eocene. The description is based on specimens from near Los Ajos,
Hacienda Santa Clara, southeast of Tantoyuca, Veracruz; collection
of Dr. H. Meyer no. 1471.

Genus CAMERINA Bruguiére, 1792
CAMERINA VANDERSTOKI (Rutten and Vermunt)
PLATE 13, FicuRE 7; Puate 18, Figure 3; PLATE 22, Figures 10-12

1932. Nummulites vanderstoki RuTrEN and VERMUNT, Proc. Sect. Sei. Kon. Akad.
Wetensch. Amsterdam, vol. 35, p. 240, pl. 1, fig. 8; pl. 2, figs. 6, 12.

One of the commoner forms of Camerina found in Mexico has been
referred to O. vanderstoki, after careful comparison with the fig-

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 323

ures and description of that species, and although it occurs at a
lower horizon in Mexico (Claiborne) than in Curacao (Jackson) it
is considered to be at most only a minor variant of Rutten and
Vermunt’s species. As the stratigraphy of the various West Indian
islands is in a somewhat chaotic state, there may perhaps be an
error in the horizon ascribed to NV. vanderstoki in Curacao.

Description of the Mexican specimens is as follows: Test small to
medium in size, flattened lenticular, completely involute, sutures
rather obscure owing to state of preservation, radiate, may be slightly
raised (due to weathering?), with a tendency to form beads of clear
shell material inthe umbonal region. Diameter, up to 4.5 mm, average
3.5 mm; average thickness, 1.2 mm (1.1 to 1.8 mm for 7 specimens).

Sections show 414 to 514 whorls, with 27 to 30 chambers in the
final whorl. The septa are regular, nearly straight for a little more
than half their length, then evenly recurved toward the periphery.
The chambers are rather longer in proportion to their width than
in the smaller, somewhat similar species, Camerina guayabalensis.
Below are given figures for comparison of material from Mexico
with the type from Curacao:

Cham
Species Diameter | Thickness Pear bee oe Re
whorl
Mm Mm
Camerina vanderstoki Mexican specimens-- 3.5 1,2 4. 5-5 27-30
Nummulites vanderstoki Rutten and Ver-
munt| (rom! Curacao) === seer 3.0 1. 2-1. 25 4. 5-5 18-24

Plesiotypes—U.S.N.M. nos. 497880, 497881, and 497882.
Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497883 and 497884.

CAMERINA MOODYBRANCHENSIS Gravell and Hanna
Piate 13, Ficure 5; PLATE 20, FicuRE 2; PLATE 22, FIGuRE 2

1935. Camerina moodybranchensis GRAVELL and HANNA, Journ. Pal., vol. 9, p.
332; pl. 29, figs. 15, 22-24.

This species has been well described and figured already by Gravell
and Hanna, so only a few notes will be given on Mexican specimens
ascribed to this species.

Test small to medium in size, compressed lenticular, completely in-
volute. The septa are not raised and show as nearly straight radiat-
ing lines of clear shell material. Diameter, average 2.5 mm; thick-
ness, 0.7 to 0.8 mm.

Sections show a rather tightly coiled test of 4 to 5 whorls with
25 to 30 chambers in the final whorl. The septa are gently curved
and only very slightly oblique. A comparison of the dimensions and

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

{he accompanying figures with those given by Gravell and Hanna
shows only slight divergences, and this is supported by comparison
of Mexican specimens with material identified as C. moody branchensis
from a well core in Montgomery County, Tex.

Plesiotypes—U.S.N.M. nos. 497885, 497887, and 497888.

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. no. 497886.

Occurrence.-—Tantoyuca formation, Jackson Eocene, in Tantoyuca

area.
CAMERINA JACKSONENSIS Gravell and Hanna

PLATE 13, Ficure 6; PLATE 20, FicuRE 8; PLATE 22, FIGURE 9

1935. Camerina jacksonensis GRAVELL and HANNA, Journ. Pal. vol. 9, p. 331;
pl. 29, figs. 1-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14.

Mexican specimens identified as C. jacksonensis may be described
as follows:

Test small, lenticular, completely involute. The septa are of clear
shell material, radiating, straight to slightly curved, and generally
obscurely beaded toward the umbonal region, where there is a mass
of clear shell material of varying extent. Diameter (average for
10 specimens), 1.6 mm; thickness, average 0.6 mm.

Sections show a regularly coiled test of 4 to 4% whorls with
15 to 19 chambers in the final whorl. The septa are oblique and
show a gentle, even curvature. The spacing of the septa appears
to be somewhat variable, some specimens showing open spacing with
chambers nearly as wide as long (see pl. 20, fig. 8) and others a much
closer spacing with chambers correspondingly more elongate. Typi-
cal specimens, as figured by Gravell and Hanna, show stronger bead-
ing than is usually shown by the Mexican material, but this is con-
sidered to be insignificant.

Plesiotypes—U.S.N.M. nos. 497889 and 497890.

Occurrence.—Occurs fairly abundantly in the lower part of the
Tantoyuca formation, Jackson Eocene.

CAMERINA JACKSONENSIS GLOBOSA new variety
PLATE 13, FieuRES 1, 2; PLATE 20, Fiaures 4, 5; PLATE 22, Ficures 5, 6

Test small, stoutly lenticular to subglobose, completely involute,
with sharply keeled periphery. The sutures are seen to be radiate
and may be raised into ribs, which tend to be beaded to a variable
extent, especially toward the center, where they frequently coalesce
into a boss of clear shell material. Diameter, up to 2.0 mm (average
1.7 mm) ; thickness, average 0.9 mm.

Sections show the test to be rather tightly coiled, consisting of
414 to 5 whorls, with 15 to 17 chambers in the final whorl. The
septa are oblique and gently curved throughout their length.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 19

1-6, Operculinoides semmesi Vaughan and Cole, Meson formation. near Potrero del Llano, Veracruz; 7, 0. jennyt
new species, Guayabal formation (Tempoal of ver Wiebe and Muir), near Sabaneta, Veracruz, collection H.
Jenny no. 1573; 8, 9, O. vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole, specimens from Byram, Miss., for comparison with
Mexican specimens. X20.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 20

1, Operculinoides muiri, new species, Alazan formation (Huasteca of Muir), collection E. Gevaerts no. 269, southern
Miahuapam, Veracruz; 2, Camerina moodybranchensis Gravell and Hanna, Tantoyuca, well sample, Poza Rica
no. 7; 3, ?C. dickersoni Palmer, Cardenas beds (Upper Cretaceous), near Cardenas, San Luis Potosi, 42;
4,5, C. jacksonensis Graveil and Hanna globosa, new variety, Tantoyuca formation, near Tantoyuca, Veracruz,
collection W. H. Hegwein no. 2483; 6, ?Operculinoides sp., Tantoyuca formation, collection H. Meyer no. 1471,
near Los Ajos, Santa Clara, southeast of Tantoyuca; 7, Operculinoides sp. B, Guayabal formation (Tempoal of
Muir and ver Wiebe), collection H. Rankin no. 277, Tantoyuca region; 8, Camerina jacksonensis Gravell and
Hanna, Tantoyuca formation, Tantoyuca type locality, near Tantoyuca; 9, 11, Operculinoides tuberculatus
(Vaughan and Cole), Tantoyuca formation, collection W. H. Hegwein no. 1559, Tantoyuca region; 10, Camerina
pellatispiroides, new species, I] Cristo Well no. 1. All figures except fig. 3 X20.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 21

1, Operculinoides nummulitiformis (Rutten), Tantoyuca formation, collection P. von Schumacher no. 2412, east
of Tempoal, Veracruz; 2, O. prenummulitiformis, new species, Guayabal formation, well sample, Poza Rica
no. 8; 3, O. ocalanus (Cushman) minor, new variety, Guayabal formation, collection P. von Schumacher no.
2589, east of Tempoal; 4, ?Operculinoides sp., Tantoyuca formation, collection H. Meyer no. 1471, near Los
Ajos, Santa Clara, southeast of Tantoyuca: 5, Operculinoides sp. B, Guayabal formation, collection H. E.
Rankin no. 277, near Tantoyuca; 6, Operculinoides sp. A, Tantoyuca formation, collection P. von Schumacher
no. 1624, east of Tempoal: 7, 8, O. catenula (Cushman and Jarvis), lower part of Chicontepec formation, near
Sabaneta, collection W. Tappolet no. 184%, X27; 9, O. jennyi, new species, Guayabal formation (Temporal of
ver Wiebe and Muir), near Sabaneta, collection H. Jenny no. 1573; 10, 11, O. antiguensis Vaughan and Cole,
Meson formation, bluff below Tampico Country Club, Tampico, Tamaulipas; 12, ?C. dickersoni Palmer, Car-
denas beds (Upper Cretaceous), Cardenas, San Luis Potosi, X42; 13, O. willcoxii (Heilprin), Tantoyuca type
locality, near Tantoyuca on road to Chopopo, Veracruz. All figures except figs. 7, 8, and 12 X20.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 22

1, Operculinoides muiri, new species, Alazan formation (Huasteca of Muir), collection E. Gevaerts no. 269,
southern Miahuapam, Veracruz; 2, Camerina moodybranchensis Gravell and Hanna, Tantoyuca formation,
well sample, Poza Rica no. 7; 3, C. guayabalensis, new species, Guayabal formation (Tempoal of ver Wiebe
and Muir), well sample, Poza Rica no. 8; 4, C. pellatispiroides, new species, lower part of Chicontepac forma-
tion, Fl Cristo Well no. 1, Veracruz; 5, 6, C. jachsonensis Gravell and Hanna globosa, new variety, Tantoyuca
formation, collection W. H. Hegwein no. 1503, near Tantoyuca; 7, 8. Operculinoides palmarealensis, new
species, Alazan formation (Huasteca of Muir), Mecatepec Well no. 5, Veracruz; 9, C. jacksonensis Gravell
and Hanna, Tantoyuca formation, Tantoyuca type locality, Tantoyuca-Chopopo road, Veracruz; 10-12,
Camerina vanderstoki (Rutten and Vermunt), Guayabal formation, near Tempoal, Veracruz, collection A. T-

Nolthenius no. 157. X20.

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 325

The principal difference from typical C. jacksonensis lies in the
more globose form of the test, as is indicated by the varietal name.
This is clearly shown by the transverse sections figured.

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497891, 497894497896.

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497892 and 497893.

Occurrence—The variety occurs in the Tantoyuca formation,
Jackson Eocene, possessing a similar range and distribution to the
typical form.

CAMERINA GUAYABALENSIS, new species

PLATE 13, FIGURE 4; PuLatTE 18, Figure 4; PLate 22, Figure 3

Test small to medium in size, compressed globose-lenticular, and
completely involute. The strongly developed rounded keel of clear
shell material gives a somewhat truncated appearance to the periph-
ery. Septa nearly straight, anastomosing to a variable extent at the
poles of the test, where there may be developed a small mass of clear
shell material. Diameter averages 2.8 mm, with a maximum ob-
served of 3.5 mm; average thickness, 0.85 to 0.95 mm.

Median sections show regular coiling with a thick outer wall
(forming the keel mentioned above). The chambers are typically
camerinid in character, being nearly as wide as long, with nearly
straight septa, slightly oblique and joining the periphery in a gentle
curve. There are 414 to 5 whorls, with 24 to 27 chambers in the
final whorl. The canal system is typically that of Camerina.

This species is in many respects similar to C. vanderstoki, (Rutten
and Vermunt), both in exterior and in section, but the latter is gen-
erally larger and thicker, does not show such a heavily developed
keel (with truncation of the periphery), and in section shows more
chambers in the final whorl (28 to 30 chambers in @. vanderstokt
compared with 24 to 27 in C.. guayabalensis).

Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497897 and 497898.

Occurrence.—In the Guayabal (Tempoal of ver Wiebe and Muir)
this species is of fairly frequent occurrence, in association as a rule
with Hulinderina guayabalensis (Nuttall) and Operculinoides pre-
nummulitiformis. Cotypes have been selected from Mecatepec Well
no. 5 and Poza Rica Well no. 8, Veracruz, the latter material giving
superior results on sectioning.

CAMERINA PELLATISPIROIDES, new species

PLATE 20, FiguRE 10; PLATE 22, FicurE 4
While investigating samples from El Cristo Well no, 1 with a
view to obtaining topotype material of Discocyclina cristensis

(Vaughan) and Actinosiphon semmesi Vaughan, I found several
specimens of a small globose camerinid. On sectioning, the species

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

was seen to differ very considerably from any other Mexican form,
examined, being similar in some respects to Camerina wadiai (LL. M.
Davies, 1927, p. 273, pl. 21, figs. 17, 18; pl. 22, figs. 7-9), from the
Eocene of India. With the recent appearance of Hanzawa’s (1937)
paper on Pellatispirella it was seen to show close affinities with that
genus, and for a time was thought to be allied to P. antillea Han-
zawa. Detailed sectioning shows, however, that though measure-
ments agree well with that species, the apertural characters are those
of Operculina and Camerina, and no evidence was found of the
complex double shell wall characteristic of Pellatispirella. The canal
system seems to be much simpler than is usual in Camerina, showing
many similarities to Pellatispirella, and the species may be ancestral
to that genus, thus giving some slight evidence for the inclusion of
Pellatispirella in the Camerinidae.

A description of the new species is as follows: Test small, globosely
lenticular, completely involute. The ornament is not discernible
owing to the very poor state of preservation, with secondary crystal-
lization on the exterior. Diameter, 1.5 to 2.0 mm; thickness, 1.0 mm.

Sections show the test to consist of 2 to 214 whorls, with 7 or 8
chambers in the first whorl, 15 or 16 in the second whorl, and in the
case of larger specimens (214 whorls), 16 or 17 chambers in the
final whorl. The initial chamber, which is spherical to subspherical
in shape, measures 220% to 270» in diameter. The walls and septa
are very thick, the latter being rather irregular and only slightly
curved. The canal system consists of a well-developed marginal cord,
as in Rotalia, with few branches (in distinction from the many
branching marginal system in Camerina) ; strongly developed septal
canals; vertical canals, especially in the umbonal region, are seen in
transverse sections.

Coty pes.—U.S.N.M. no. 497899.

Occurrence.—Basal Eocene, in association with Discocyclina eris-
tensis (Vaughan) and Actinosiphon semmest Vaughan (probably
Chicontepec, or the Tanlajas of Muir). Cotypes have been selected
from samples from El Cristo Well no. 1, 3,785-3,790 feet.

?CAMERINA DICKERSONI Palmer
PLATE 20, FIGURE 3; PLATE 21, Ficure 12

1934. ?0amerina dickersoni PALMER, Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol. 8, p. 248,
figs. 4, 5, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, 8.

Test very small, compressed lenticular, completely involute, with
a well-developed keel of clear shell material. The septa are radiate,
gently curved, terminating at the umbo in a rather large central boss.
Diameter (average for 10 specimens), 1.0 mm; thickness, 0.3 to
0.45 mm.

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER o27

Sections show 21% to 234 whorls, with 17 to 20 chambers in the
final whorl, but as the specimens are badly preserved it is possible
that well-preserved adult specimens would show a slightly larger
test with more chambers in the final whorl. The septa are seen to
be thick, with well-marked canals giving the appearance of double
shell walls. The general appearance in both median and transverse
sections differs considerably from that of Camerina, there being
closer resemblance to Pellatispirella as suggested by Hanzawa (1937,
p. 115), though the sections fail to reveal the typical apertural char-
acters and structure of the shell wall and canal-system of that genus.
It is possible that this species, with C. cubensis Palmer and C. ver-
munti Thiadens, all occurring in the Upper Cretaceous, should be
referred to a new genus, one of the principal features being the
presence of a deep peripheral groove not seen in other species of
Camerinidae.

The principal difference between (. dickersoni and C. vermunti
(from study of Mexican specimens of the former) seems to be in
the form of the septa, which are much thicker and more curved in
the former species. Other characters are compared in the following
table:

neon be eed of
r ; ; Yumber of | chambers
Species Diameter | Thickness sahloria itiinl
whorl
Mm Mm

Gadickersonivealmer 2-2 =e eee 11.0 10. 33 20 16
C. dickersoni Palmer (Mexican specimens)- 21.0 0. 3-0. 45 2. 5-2. 75 17-20
Cuveramnunis EL Niadense en a) ae nee 1.0-1.5 0. 4-0.7 3-3. 5 19-23

1 Cotype.

2 Average.

It is seen that the Mexican specimens approximate very closely C.
dickersoné, although the differences between the three species are not
great.

Plesiotypes.—U.S.N.M. nos. 497901 and 497902.

Other specimens.—U.S.N.M. no. 497900.

Occurrence—This species occurs in Mexico in the Upper Cretaceous
Cardenas beds exposed in the railroad cuttings near Cardenas, San
Luis Potosi, where it is associated with Lepidorbitoides minima
Douvillé and ?Meandropsina ruttent Palmer. This is a similar assem-
blage to that reported from Cuba, and to date the species has not been
recorded from other localities in the Tampico Embayment.

LITERATURE CITED

BARKER, REGINALD WRIGHT.

1936. Micropaleontology in Mexico with special reference to the Tampico
Embayment. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., vol. 20, pp. 433-456,
2 figs.

CARPENTER, WILLIAM BENJAMIN.

1862. Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera, xxii+319 pp., 47 figs.,

22 pls. Ray Society, London.
CoLE, W. STORRS.

1927. A foraminiferal fauna from the Guayabal formation in Mexico. Bull.
Amer. Pal., vol. 14, no. 51, 46 pp., 5 pls.

1928. A foraminiferal fauna from the Chapapote formation in Mexico. Bull.
Amer. Pal., vol. 14, no. 53, 32 pp., 4 pls.

1929. Three new Claiborne fossils. Bull. Amer. Pal., vol. 15, no. 56, 10 pp.,
2 pis.

CoLE, W. Storrs, and Ponton, GERALD MUNGO.

1930. The Foraminifera of the Marianna limestone of Florida. Florida

State Geol. Surv. Bull. 5, pp. 19-69, 7 pls.
CUSHMAN, JOSEPH AUGUSTINE.

1918. The larger fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone. U. S.
Nat. Mus. Bull. 103, pp. 89-102, 12 pls.

1919. Fossil Foraminifera from the West Indies. Carnegie Inst. Wash-
ington Publ. 291, pp. 21-71, 8 figs., 15 pls.

1921. American species of Operculina and Heterostegina and their faunal
relations. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 128-E, pp. 125-137, 4 pls.

1925. An Eocene fauna from the Moctezuma River, Mexico. Bull. Amer.
Assoc. Petr. Geol., vol. 9, pp. 298-303, 3 pls.

DAVIES, ARTHUR MORLEY.

1935. Tertiary faunas, vol. 1 (see section on Nummulitidae, pp. 32-49, and

bibliography of that group), 406 pp., 565 figs. London.
Davigs, L. MERSoN.

1927. The Ranikot beds at Thal (North-west Frontier Provinces of India).

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 83, pt. 2, pp. 260-289, 7 figs., 5 pls.
GRAVELL, DoNALD WINCHESTER, and HANNA, Marcus ALBERT.

1935. Larger Foraminifera from the Moody’s Branch marl, Jackson Eocene,
of Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi. Journ. Pal., vol. 9, pp. 327-
340, 1 map, 4 pls.

HANzAWA, SHOSHIRO.

1935. Some fossil Operculina and Miogypsina from Japan and their strati-
graphical significance. Sci. Rep. Téhoku Imp. Univ., ser. 2 (Geol.),
vol. 18, pp. 1-29, 3 pls.

1937. Notes on some interesting Cretaceous and Tertiary Foraminifera from
the West Indies. Journ. Pal., vol. 11, pp. 110-117, 2 pls.

HEILPRIN, ANGELO.

1882. On the occurrence of nummulitic deposits in Florida, and the as-
sociation of Nummulites with a fresh-water fauna. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 34, pp. 189-193, 2 figs.

328

SPECIES OF CAMERINIDAE—BARKER 329

Horker. J.

1927. The Foraminifera of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie,

monogr. 4 (livr. 107), pt. 1, 78 pp., 11 figs., 38 pls.
Moetus, KARL.

1880. Foraminifera von Mauritius, in “Beitrige zur Meeresfauna der

Insel Mauritius und der Seychellen,” pp. 66-136, 14 pls. Berlin.
Murr, JoHN M.

1936. Geology of the Tampico region, Mexico, xix+280 pp., 41 figs. Tulsa,
Okla.

NUTTALL, WINFRED LAURENCE F'ALKINER.

1928. Tertiary Foraminifera from the Naparima region of Trinidad, British
West Indies. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 84, pp. 57-115, 6 pls.

1932. Lower Oligocene Foraminifera from Mexico. Journ. Pal., vol. 6,
pp. 3-35, 9 pls.

PALMER, DOROTHY KEMPER.
1934. Some large fossil Foraminifera from Cuba. Mem. Soe. Cubana Hist.
Nat., vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 235-264, 5 pls.
RvutTtTEN, Louis MARTIN ROBERT.
1928a. On Tertiary rocks and Foraminifera from north-western Peru.
Proc. Sect. Sei. Kon. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, vol. 31, pp.
931-946, 6 figs., 2 pls.
1928b. On Tertiary Foraminifera from Curacao. Proce. Sect. Sci. Kon.
Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, vol. 31, pp. 1061-1070, 2 figs., 1 pl.
Rutten, M. G.

1935. Larger Foraminifera of northern Santa Clara Province, Cuba.

Journ. Pal., vol. 9, pp. 527-545, 3 figs., 4 pls.
Rutten, M. G., and VERMUNT, L. W. J.

1932. The Seroe di Cueba limestona from Curacao. Proc. Sect. Sci. Kon.

Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, vol. 35, pp. 227-240, 2 figs., 3 pls.
THALMANN, HAns H.

1935. Liste der Foraminiferen von der Typus-Lokalitit der mioziinen
Tuxpan-Stufe (Ciudad de Tuxpan, Veracruz, Mexico). Eclogae
geol. Helvetiae, vol. 28, pp. 602-605, 1 fig.

THIADENS, A. A.

19387. Cretaceous and Tertiary Foraminifera from southern Santa Clara

Province, Cuba. Journ. Pal., vol. 11, pp. 91-109, 3 figs., 5 pls.
VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND.

1924. American and European Tertiary larger Foraminifera. Bull. Geol.
Soc. Amer., vol. 35, pp. 785-822, 6 figs., 7 pls.

1928. New species of Operculina and Discocyclina from the Ocala limestone.
19th Ann. Rep. Florida State Geol. Surv., pp. 155-165, 2 pls.

1929. Additional new species of Tertiary larger Foraminifera from Jamaica.
Journ. Pal., vol. 3, pp. 373-383, 3 pls.

1937. The Tertiary larger Foraminifera of South-west Ecuador, in George
Sheppard’s “The Geology of South-Western Ecuador,” chap. 5, pp.
150-175, 9 figs. London.

VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND, and CoE, W. Storrs.

1936. New Tertiary Foraminifera of the genera Operculina and Operculin-
oides from North America and the West Indies. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 83, pp. 487-496, 4 pls.

NOTE

Additional American species of Operculina and Nummulites (Camerina) have
been described by F. M. Anderson (N. carmenensis, Proce. California Acad. Sci.,
ser. 4, vol. 17, no. 1, p. 26, pl. 1, figs. 23, 24, 1928); Katherine van Winkle
Palmer (N. costaricensis, Bull. Amer. Pal., vol. 10, no. 40, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 9,
1923); P. J. Pijpers (0. bonairensis, “Geology and Palaeontology of Bonaire
(Dutch West Indies),” p. 56, pl. 1, figs. 32, 33, 1933); and Willard Berry
(O. atascaderensis, O. a. samanica, O. peruviana, O. samanica, and O. talara,
Eclogae geol. Helvetiae, vol. 28, 1930, and Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol.
22, 1932). These are not considered of sufficient importance in connection
with the present studies to warrant their inclusion in the foregoing list of
literature.

While the present account was awaiting publication two important additions
were made to the literature of the American species of Camerinidae; namely,
“The Lepidocyclina texrana Horizon in the Heterostegina Zone, Upper Oligocene
of Texas and Louisiana,” by Donald W. Gravell and Mareus A. Hanna (Journ.
Pal., vol. 11, pp. 517-529, pls. 60-65, 1937), in which two new species were de-
seribed (Operculinoides ellisorae and O. howei), and “Stratigraphy and Micro-
paleontology of Two Deep Wells in Florida,’ by W. Storrs Cole (Florida Dept.
Conserv. Geol. Bull. 16, pp. 1-73, pls. 1-12, 1938), referring to several American
species of Operculinoides, with excellent figures. It is regretted that these
publications were received too late for inclusion in the discussion of the Mexican
species of Operculinoides. Reference should also be made to a recent paper by
Donald W. Gravell and Marcus A. Hanna, entitled “Subsurface Tertiary Zones
of Correlation through Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida” (Bull. Amer. Assoc.
Petr. Geol., vol. 22, no. 8, pp. 984-1013, pls. 1-17, 1938), in which notes are given
regarding the distribution and zonal value of a number of species of Camerin-
idae, and several species are figured.

330

U.S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

en te wager :

‘
iy 7 i bt |
i Pe ae
7 a < i ’ :
ie aS? eal 7
or ; 7 a
a= we 1P Sitved © ante

ete eh to
cen Sie |
; : ee - 2

ive

ie an
ee
x : yes ri
‘ F ei

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1939 No. 3053

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE: A CONTRIBUTION
TOWARD A REVISION OF THE AMERICAN PYRALI-
DOID MOTHS OF THE FAMILY PHYCITIDAE

By Cart Hetnricu

INTRODUCTION

Tuts paper is the first of a proposed series dealing with the Amer-
ican moths of the family Phycitidae. It is my intention to publish
from time to time revisions of those groups that, in other orders, are
usually designated as tribes, and to conclude with a general discus-
sion of the family, synoptic keys to these groups and their genera,
and, if circumstances permit, an illustrated catalog of the American
species.

The cactus-feeding group is treated first because names are desired
for certain undescribed species reared in connection with the investi-
gations of the Commonwealth Prickly-Pear Board of Queensland.
For several years A. P. Dodd and his associates on the board have
been experimenting with cactus insects in an effort to eradicate or
control the pricklypear in Australia. Apparently they have been
successful. One phycitid species, Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg), has
been liberated in Queensland and New South Wales and seems to
have established itself and attacked the “pear” with phenomenal suc-
cess. Mr. Dodd has in preparation a book dealing with the experi-
ments of the board and the life histories of the insects they have
studied. It is largely in anticipation of that book that the present
taxonomic paper is offered.

109335—39——1 331

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

Eighteen genera, 46 species, and 2 varieties are here treated. Of
these, 8 genera and 8 species are described as new. The genus Zopho-
dia Hiibner is included because, although not a cactus insect, its
structural characters link it closely with the cactus-feeding group and
also because a number of cactus phycitids either have been described
in that genus or later referred to it. In addition to Zophodia itself
there are a few species now listed in Hwmysia Dyar and Laetilia
Ragonot that share most of the structural characters of the cactus-
feeding group. To the best of my knowledge, however, they are not
cactus insects and belong to a different though closely allied group.
They will be treated separately in a later paper.

I am greatly obliged to Alan P. Dodd and R. C. Mundell, of the
Australian Prickly-Pear Board, for specimens, larval and adult, of
the tropical species. Nearly all the reared material in this group
from South America has come to the National collection from Mr.
Dodd, Mr. Mundell, and Mr. Haywood or has been received through
them. Mr. Dodd also has sent me his unpublished notes on the dis-
tribution, food plants, and larval habits of the tropical species.
With his permission I am using such of this information as is needed
for purely taxonomic purposes. His forthcoming book will contain
more detailed accounts of the various species, their life histories and
earlier stages.

The Phycitidae is a family of prime economic importance. For its
size it probably contains a greater percentage of species of concern
to the economic entomologist than any other family of the Lepidop-
tera. It is important, therefore, that its members be classified in
something approaching a natural order, that the genera and their
grouping conform to the facts of biology and host relationship, and
that larvae and unassociated females may be identified as well as the
male moths. In the cactus-feeding group, as also in some other
groups, we have enough information to attempt such a classification;
and in future papers I hope to be able to follow through the scheme
here adopted, namely, a definition of genera based upon adult and, as
far as they are known, larval structural characters, host associations,
wing pattern, and biology. I do not flatter myself with the thought
that I shall entirely succeed; but the trial at least is imperative.

At present the classification of the Phycitinae is a hopeless muddle.
No one seems to know just what a generic concept stands for or to
what genus a given species (which is not a genotype) should go.
This is not so much the fault of any entomologist as it is of the
phycitids themselves. The family is a fluid one. There are few
obvious, hard-and-fast divisions anywhere, nor can real divisions,
when established, be defined in simple, categorical terms; for there

1 Plant names used in this paper follow Britton and Rose, “The Cactaceae,”’ Carnegie
Inst. Washington Publ. 248, vols. 1-4, 1919-1923. ~

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 333

is hardly a single structural character that does not break down
somewhere. In any large series of any given species there are speci-
mens wherein the venation, for example, varies from that of the
genus or the larger group. The palpal characters grade into one
another by almost imperceptible degrees and are apt to explode
altogether. For example, a perfectly good Dioryctria may have an
aigrettelike male maxillary palpus (which should place it in
Salebria) while its most closely related species and one hardly dis-
tinguishable otherwise may have a perfectly normal squamous pal-
pus. The male of one species may have a short cell and seven veins
in the hind wing while its female exhibits a long cell and eight veins.
Wing pattern and color also vary to some extent but on the whole
are more reliable for specific placement than are venational, palpal,
or antennal characters for genera. The genitalia, both male and
female, seem to be more constant than other structures and to offer
the best characters for the identification of species and genera; but
they, too, must be used with caution. A classification based upon
them alone would be as misleading as any other.

Up to the present only one serious and noteworthy attempt has
been made to classify the family, that of Ragonot in his monumental
“Monographie des Phycitinae et des Galleriinae.”* He left the
second volume unfinished at his death, but Hampson completed it
from his notes, and Hampson himself was working on a generic
revision of the Phycitinae when he retired from active entomological
work. Ragonot’s system was based chiefly upon venation, palpal
structure, vestiture, and secondary male characters. In its broader
outlines it was a natural classification; but its great reliance upon
secondary male characters made it unworkable for unassociated
females; and many species were then and later described from such
females and had to be placed by guesswork. The genera themselves
were more or less artificial entities and (except for the monotypic
genera and some with very few species) usually included species not
closely related to one another or not conforming on all definitive
characters.

Hulst, who worked contemporaneously with Ragonot, followed,
in his own careless fashion, the Ragonot system. He made some
attempt to use the male genitalia, but his observations were entirely
superficial and sporadic, and his statements concerning these struc-
tures are more often misleading than not. Dyar, Hampson, Meyrick,
Caradja, and later authors have published only descriptions of new
genera and species. Dr. A. J. T. Janse has made an extensive study
of the South African Phycitidae and has given special attention to

2 Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 7, 1893; vol. 8, 1901.

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

the genitalia. He probably knows the family better than any living
lepidopterist, but as yet he has not published any revisionary work
on it.

From my own studies I feel that the only possible way to get a
classification that will permit of workable keys and the ready identi-
fication of moths of both sexes is to make small genera, to limit them
to only obviously related species, to define them rigidly, and in the
definition to utilize every available character of structure, habitus,
and biology. I do not suggest that I have done this here or shall
be able to do it in future papers on the group; but such is the ideal.

Family PHYCITIDAE
Subfamily PHYCITINAE

Adult.—Labial palpus well developed. Maxillary palpus always
present. Tongue developed; basal portion scaled. Fore wing en-
tire (not divided); 11 veins or less; 7 absent; 8 and 9 stalked or
united; 1c absent (represented by a fold or crease in the wing mem-
brane) ; no areole. Hind wing with 8 veins or less; 8 closely approxi-
mate to, anastomosing or completely fusing with 7 beyond cell; 1c
always present; a fringe of pecten on lower median vein at base;
frenulum of female simple (a single strong spine).

Larva.—With primary setae only; two setae on prespiracular shield
of prothorax; IV and V approximate and under the spiracle on ab-
dominal segments 1 to 8; a sclerotized, pigmented ring encircling or
partially encircling the tubercle of seta IIb on mesothorax and a sim-
ilar ring encircling tubercle of seta III of eighth abdominal segment
[this character absent from Ltiella zinckenella (Treitschke) and
Ulophora grotei (Ragonot) ]. Prolegs normal; crochets in a complete
circle.

GENERAL CHARACTERS OF THE CACTUS-FEEDING GROUP

Adult—Antenna pectinate or pubescent; sometimes with modified
setae on the basal segments or pectinations of the shaft, but never
with sinus and strong scale tuft; basal segment simple. Labial pal-
pus upturned, oblique or porrect, stout; third segment always ex-
posed, never longer than second. Maxillary palpus alike in both
sexes; usually squamous (with the scales spread on third segment),
rarely filiform (fig. 134a) or flamboyant (fig. 126); never otherwise
modified. Front rounded, the scales either appressed or conically
projecting. Fore wing smooth, oblong, broadest toward termen; ter-
men vertical or slanting; color blue-gray, grayish fuscous, whitish
ocherous, or ocherous-fuscous, with dark markings fuscous or black,

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 335

color alike in both sexes; 11 veins, 10 from the cell, 4 and 5 stalked,
2 and 3 from near lower outer angle of cell, approximate or separate;
no costal fold or other secondary sexual modifications. Hind wing
with 7 veins; 7 and 8 approximate or anastomosing beyond cell
(never completely fused); 3 and 5 connate or stalked; 4 absent; 2
from cell before (but near) lower outer angle; no sex scaling or other
sexual modifications; structurally alike in both sexes; color white in
the male (except in Cactoblastis bucyrus Dyar), white to fuscous in
the female; cell about one-half the length of wing. Abdomen of male
with a pair (rarely two pairs) of ventrolateral hair tufts at base of
eighth segment or with eighth segment simple.®

Male genitalia with uncus broad, subtriangular, never hook-shaped
or otherwise modified ; the lateral edges sometimes slightly sinuate or
concave; apex rounded; outer (dorsal) surface densely covered with
“bristlelike scales. Gnathos terminating in a flanged and hooked
apical process, which is normally bifid but sometimes fused. Trans-
tilla represented by a pair of separate, more or less elongate, and
triangular plates; never forming a bridge or otherwise modified.
Harpe simple, without clasper or extensions from sacculus or costa;
apex broadly or obliquely rounded, rarely bluntly pointed (Zwucu-
mania tapiacola Dyar). Anellus U-shaped, either flat or slightly
curved, the lateral arms often twisted slightly to rest against the
lateral sides of the aedeagus, but otherwise unmodified. Aedeagus
straight or slightly sinuate; usually smooth, but occasionally with
a few very small scobinations at apex. Penis smooth, finely scob-
inate or with sclerotized wrinklings but not otherwise armed.
Vinculum stout and broad, short or Jong, with terminal margin
normally broadly rounded.

Female genitalia with bursa copulatrix membranous, smooth or
with very minute scobinations on inner surface; signum frequently
absent, when present consisting of a small ribbed, weakly serrate,
finely scobinate or cupped plate; bursa never strongly sclerotized or
pigmented. Ductus bursae membranous throughout, never strongly
sclerotized; gradually widening into and not sharply differentiated
from bursa copulatrix. Genital opening normally simple, sometimes
minutely scobinate, rarely with sclerotized dorsal or ventral plates
or a few setae on the inner surfaces of the ductus bursae at the open-
ing; otherwise unmodified or unarmed. Ductus seminalis from
bursa or, rarely, from ductus bursae near junction with bursa.

Larvae.—Internal feeders in the fruits and stems of various cacti.

The eighth segment is considered to be simple when the sternite and tergite appear
merely as flat narrow sclerotized plates (compare figs. 8d, 17d, 21d) and are not developed
into sclerotized pockets or projecting processes, and when sensory hair tufts are absent.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

KEY TO THE GENERA

For convenience of identification separate generic keys are given for males

and females.
MALES

1. Maxillary palpi squamous or flamboyant_----------------__--_-__-_-_-- 2
Madillary, palpl- filiform ——--- = ee 16

2. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 connate (rarely, very shortly
Stalked) 22s = oe oe te paces Se ee ee 3
Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 definitely stalked---_____-----___---__~ 5

8. Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 approximate; antenna bipec-
tinates ‘aedeagus: smooth===—22—- 2222 Ses ee 4

Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 shortly anastomosed; antenna
pubescent; apex of aedeagus finely spined___-__-_--_____- 3. Olyca Walker
4, Labial palpus obliquely ascending_----_---_-_-----------_ 2. Olycella Dyar
Kabialipalpus- porrect 2 = ee eee 1. Melitara Walker
5} Highth abdominal segment simple=-—— = eee 6
Eighth abdominal segment with paired tufts--____---_---_---------------_ 13
6:Antenna .bipectinate.=2 22. 22 oe tS ee ee ic
Avitenna’ spubescent=-=.222 252-2. 28 ee ee eee 8

7. Maxillary palpus not extending above middle of face (United
SS EATERS ATC IM OEIC) ) Se a 4, Alberada, new genus

Maxillary palpus extending above middle of face (South Amer-
1GA) ee ee ee Ae ee el eee 5. Nanaia, new genus
8. Apical process of gnathos partially or completely fused------_---_--- 9
“Apical yprocessiof enathos Diid =) =: = 42 Be ee ee ee 11
9. Apical process of gnathos partially fused______-___ 6. Cactoblastis Ragonot
Apical process of gnathos completely fused_-__.._-_____=---__-_-___-- 10

10. Harpe without subbasal sclerotized pocket; anellus with base of

plate narrowly sclerotized; aedeagus moderately long and
sclerotizedstnroughouts ee ee ee eee 7. Cahela, new genus

Harpe with subbasal sclerotized pocket; anellus with base of

plate broadly sclerotized; aedeagus short and partially
SCIOROUIZEU == eee. 2 et Ee 6 ee 3 ee 8. Rumatha, new genus
AMSA Tale al US POLLO tes ee ee 9. Yosemitia Ragonot
abiale pal pus Up turned je ee ee 12
12. Anellus with arms rather long; aedeagus smooth______ 10. Tucumania Dyar

Anellus shieldlike, with the arms short; aedeagus with a
minutely scobinate flange at apex____________ 11. Eremberga, new genus
dS -Anitenna pubescent 2c i Me es eee 14
ANTENNA INI DECtNALC = = = os, Sa, ee ee as 13. Parolyca Dyar
Antenna bipectinates=2——— =e eae ee eae 15

14. Antenna with basal segments of shaft bearing papillalike setae.
16. Ozamia Ragonot
Antenna without such setae on shaft_____________ 12. Salambona, new genus

15. Maxillary palpus flamboyant, reaching well above middle of face.
14. Sigelgaita, new genus

Maxillary palpus squamous, not reaching above middle of face.
15. Amalafrida, new genus

16. Antenna pectinate or serrate and pubescent; labial palpus up-

CTU Ce asa ee oe a ce ee 17. Cactobrosis Dyar
Antenna simple and pubescent; labial palpus oblique__ 18, Zophodia Hitibner

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 337

FEMALES
i Maxillary palpiesquamous) or flamboyant=_—- =. ee ee 2
Matsa t aisyae pallpoige neh Opry ee ee ee ee, 16
2. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 connate (rarely very shortly stalked)____ 8
Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 definitely stalked________________________ 5
3. Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 approximate; antenna bipectinate______ 4
Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 shortly anastomosed; antenna
UD CSCCNUS a= ae ee ee ee a ee ee 3. Olyca Walker
AUIS ae With OU tS) SEU ee ee re ee ee 1. Melitara Walker
ES ESam Wats Siete eee ee ee ee See 2. Olycella Dyar
Hpluabialk palpusaporrecCtss= =.= eA. oes ee 6
Labial palpus obliquely ascending____________________ 16. Ozamia Ragonot
GeMaxdlaryapalpichamboyant= ses ee 14. Sigelgaita, new genus
Maxilianry, palpi squamous. es Ye ee eee q
Cae UnSae Wau lns] See eee ee) th ee eee 8
Bursanwithout,signumeasss sess se ote ee ee ee ee eee 13
8. Signum a small, shortly spined plate___-____________ 9. Yosemitia Ragonot
Sionume OcnenwiS@ss see akan ren Nak Pe sae ee 9
9. Ductus seminalis from middle of bursa copulatrix__ 4, Alberada, new genus
Ductus seminalis from bursa near or at junction of bursa and
CLUE CULES MOP CLES £1 Ce ee ee ee Se ee ee 10
10. Ductus seminalis from bursa at junction of bursae and ductus
bursae remote-from signum=—_——_-—- 6. Cactoblastis Ragonot
Ductus seminalis from bursa near (but not at) junction of
bursa and ductus bursae, more or less approximate to signum___-_---_ tif!
dieetabitat south -Amenricame=ses= see ee eee 10. Tucumania Dyar
Habitat, southwestern part of United States and northern Mexico_---__ 12
12. Dark markings on fore wing longitudinal; no discal spot.
7. Cahela, new genus
Dark markings on fore wing transverse (at least in part) ; discal
Spot. prominent==2=== 2 sae = a ee 8. Rumatha, new genus
18. Ductus seminalis from ductus bursae___---__--__ 11. Eremberga, new genus
Ductus seminalis from middle or from near end of bursa copulatrix_____ 14
14 Bursascopulatrixelanee ss sae = = eee 15. Amalafrida, new genus
FS ULSA COD ELA GLX SIN ON ee ee ee eee ee 15
15. Ductus bursae finely scobinate at genital opening_--_ 5. Nanaia, new genus
Ductus bursae smooth at genital opening__-_-___ 12. Salambona, new genus
16. Labial palpus oblique; bursa copulatrix large, without signum.
17. Cactobrosis Dyar
Labial palpus porrect; bursa copulatrix small, with signum.
18. Zophodia Htibner
LIST OF GENERA AND SPECIES
1. Melitara Walker 3. Olyca Walker
1. prodenialis Walker 1. phryganoides Walker
2. dentata (Grote) 4. Alberada, new genus
2. Olycella Dyar 1. parabaies (Dyar)
1. junctolineella (Hulst) 2. bidentella (Dyar)
2. junctolineella pectinatella 8. holochlora (Dyar)
(Hampson) 5. Nanaia, new genus
3. nephelepasa (Dyar) 1. substituta, new species

4, subumbrella (Dyar)

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

6. Cactoblastis Ragonot 13. Parolyca Dyar
1. cactorum (Berg) 1. asthenosoma (Dyar)
2. ronnai (Bréthes) 14. Sigelgaita, new genus
3. doddi, new species 1. chilensis, new species
4. mundelli, new species 2. huanucensis, new species
5. bucyrus Dyar 3. transilis, new species
7. Cahela, new genus 15. Amalafrida, new genus
1. ponderosella (Barnes and Mc- 1. leithella (Dyar)
Dunnough) 16. Ozamia Ragonot
8. Rumatha, new genus 1. lucidalis (Walker)
1. glaucatella (Hulst) 2. odioselia (Hulst)
2. bihinda (Dyar) 3. odiosella fuscomaculella
3. polingella (Dyar) (Wright)

. thalassophila Dyar
. stigmaferella (Dyar)

9. Yosemitia Ragonot
1. graciella (Hulst)
2. longipennella (Hulst) . hemilutella Dyar
3. fieldiella (Dyar) . punicans, new species
4. didactica Dyar 17. Cactobrosis Dyar

A Ol

10. Tucumania Dyar 1. fernaldialis (Hulst)
1. tapiacola Dyar 2. longipennella (Hampson)
2. porrecta Dyar 3. maculifera Dyar
11. Hremberga, new genus 4. insignatella Dyar
1. leuconips (Dyar) 5. strigalis (Barnes and McDun-
2. creabates (Dyar) nough)
3. insignis, new species 18. Zophodia Hiibner
12. Salambona, new genus 1. convolutella (Hiibner)

1. analamprella (Dyar)

1. Genus MELITARA Walker

Melitara WALKER, List of specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection
of the British Museum, vol. 27, p. 136, 1863.—Hovtst, Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc., vol. 17, p. 171, 1890.—Raconor, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol.
8, p. 12, 1901.—Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 80, p. 183, 1928.
(Genotype: Melitara prodenialis Walker.)

Megaphycis Grorr, Can. Ent., vol. 14, p. 30, 1882. (Genotype: Zophodia bollit

Zeller.)

Antenna of male bipectinate, of female shortly bipectinate. Labial
palpus porrect. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing with veins
7 and 8 approximate beyond cell; 3 and 5 connate (rarely very
shortly stalked). Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid; harpe with
apex evenly rounded; vinculum short; anellus with base of plate
narrowly sclerotized, arms moderately long and stout; aedeagus
stout, moderately long.

Female genitalia without signum, the latter replaced by a few
very fine scobinations (not distinguishable in most preparations ex-
cept under high magnification), bursa copulatrix otherwise simple;

ductus seminalis from bursa near junction of ductus bursae and bursa
copulatrix.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 339

Larva bluish, not banded; sclerotic plates surrounding body setae
rather small; 3 setae in group VII on abdominal segments 7 and 8.

The larvae feed gregariously in the joints of various species of
Platypuntia.

Eggs laid in chains.

Remarks.—The genus as here defined is separated from other
cactus-feeding phycitids by the following combination of charac-
ters: Antennae pectinate in both sexes; labial palpi porrect in both
sexes; veins 7 and 8 of hind wing approximate; veins 3 and 5 of
hind wing connate; eighth abdominal segment of male simple; larvae
not banded or conspicuously spotted, gregarious in habit throughout
feeding period.

Two species only are recognized as belonging to the genus, and
its distribution is apparently limited to the United States and
adjacent areas in northern Mexico.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF MELITARA

1. Subterminal dentate line of fore wing with a rather shallow

angulation between veins 5 and 6_____________-____ 1. prodenialis Walker
Subterminal dentate line of fore wing with a deep angulation
NEIWCCR VEtMe i MONG See ee ee eee 2, dentata (Grote)

1. MELITARA PRODENIALIS Walker
PLATES 23, 36, 44, 45; Figures 1-1f, 41-41a, 81, 83-S3a, 84

Melitara prodenialis WALK¥FR, List of specimens of lepidopterous insects in the
collection of the British Museum, vol. 27, p. 137, 1863.—Hutst, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 171, 1890; U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429, 1903.—
Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 18, 1901.—HuntTER,
Pratt, and MITcHELL, Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., Bull. 113, p. 28, 1912.—
BARNES and McDunnouGH, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal Amer-
ica, no. 5693, 1917—Dopp, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research,
Australia, Bull. 34, p. 27, 1927—Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30,
p. 133, 1928.

Zophodia bollii ZELLER, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 550, pl. 3, fig. 21, 1872.

Megaphycis bollii (Zeller) Grote, Can. Ent., vol. 14, p. 30, 1882.

Melitara prodenialis boliii (Zeller) Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol.
30, p. 133, 1928.

Melitara Bolliit (Zeller) Dopp, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research,
Australia, Bull. 34, p. 29, 1927.

Male.—Palpi, head, and thorax cinereous-fuscous sparsely dusted
with white, especially on basal segments of labial palpi; posterior
margin of thorax blackish. Fore wing cinereous-fuscous with a
heavy dusting of white on costal half; the fuscous and whitish areas
contrasted but not sharply defined, the white dusting most pro-
nounced between antemedial and subterminal lines and in subapical

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

area beyond subterminal line; a few black scales scattered over entire
wing; antemedial line narrow, black, outwardly angled from basal
fourth of costal margin, the apex of angle at vein 1b, strongly
marked from costal margin to 1b, less sharply defined from there to
inner margin; subterminal line narrow, black, outwardly margined
by a narrow border of white, beyond which is a faintly dark shading
which forms an obscure line paralleling the subterminal line, the
parallel black lines most pronounced from costal margin near apex
to vein 6; subterminal line irregularly dentate and sinuate, the angu-
lations rather shallow; discal dots fused, forming a black line or
smudge along discocellular vein; a row of black dots along termen
at the vein ends; cilia grayish fuscous; underside of wing grayish
fuscous, in some specimens with a more ocherous tint. Hind wing
white, semihyaline with more or less fuscous suffusion at apex and
along costal and terminal margins; cilia white with a narrow, dark,
subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 31-38 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 1-1f) with outer margins of vinculum evenly
curved; elements of transtilla rather broad.

Female.—Similar to the male except that pectinations of antenna
are much shorter (fig. 84), and fuscous shadings on hind wings are
more extended.

Alar expanse, 35-45 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 41-41a) with ductus bursae rather slender for most
of its length.

Types—In British Museum (prodenialis) ; in Cambridge Museum
of Natural History (bolliz).

Type localities—‘United States” (prodenialis); Texas (bollit).

Food plants —Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution—Unitep Srates: Teras, Dallas, Freeport, Utopia,
College Station (Oct.), Brownsville; Mississippi, Biloxi (Sept.) ;
Oklahoma, Wichita National Forest (June); Florida, Altamont
(Sept., Oct.), Key West, Lakeland (Apr.), Crescent City (May),
Miami (Oct.), St. Petersburg (March, June, Sept., Oct.), Fort Meade
(Apr.), Fort Myers (Apr.), Venice (May); Worth Carolina, South-
ern Pines (June) ; Delaware, Indian River Bay (July) ; New Jersey,
Lakehurst (Sept.); Vew York, Rye (July).

Kighty-two specimens examined.

Remarks.—Hulst, Ragonot, and, for several years, Dyar regarded
bollti as nothing more than a synonym of prodenialis, and it has so
appeared in our lists. Dodd treated it as a distinct species and ap-
plied the name to specimens from a restricted area in southern Texas.
In a letter dated July 7, 1936, he writes me that “what we call I/. bol-
i is a form with certain constant differences in habits and life-cycle

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRIOCH 341

which attacks O. lindheimeri in the Laredo-Uvalde section of Texas.
On the Gulf coast of Texas the Meltara attacking O. lindheimeri and
other pricklypears we consider to be prodenialis, identical with Flor-
ida prodenialis. Hence we would continue to retain the Laredo-
Uvalde insect as a distinct form.” Upon similar information from
Dodd, Dyar, in 1928, removed bollii from synonymy but did not give
it full specific rank. He characterized the supposed race as follows:
“Smaller than prodenialis, whiter and smoother, from Texas.”

I am unable to see these distinctions and can find nothing in struc-
ture, color, or size to distinguish pinned specimens of the supposed
bollit from equally small specimens of typical prodenialis. There
may be a biological race or strain in southern Texas that can be dis-
tinguished in the field; but, if so, it is doubtful if the name bolliz
can be applied to it; for Boll’s specimens (from which Zeller de-
scribed his species) were collected in the neighborhood of Dallas,
well north of the range of the supposedly distinct form.

Descriptions of eggs and larvae and a brief note on the life history
are given in the Hunter, Pratt, and Mitchell bulletin.

2. MELITARA DENTATA (Grote)
PLATES 23, 36, 45; FraurEs 2—Zc, 40, 85-85a, 86-86a

Zophodia dentata Grote, Can. Hnt., vol. 8, p. 158, 1876; Bull. U. S. Geol. and
Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. 3, p. 799, 1877.

Megaphycis dentata (GROTE), Can. Ent., vol. 14, p. 30, 1882.

Melitara dentata (Grote) Hurst, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 172, 1890;
U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429, 1903.—Kettioae, Kansas Uniy. Quart., vol.
1, p. 39, 1892—Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 14, 1901.—
Hunter, Pratt, and MITcHELL, Bur. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agr., Bull. 1138, p.
28, 1912.—BarNEs and McDuNNouGH, Check list of the Lepidoptera of
Boreal America, no. 5694, 1917.—Dopp, Council for Scientific and Indus-
trial Research, Australia, Bull. 34, p. 29, 1927—Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soe.
Washington, vol. 30, p. 134, 1928.

Melitara doddalis Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 18, 1925;
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, 184, 1928.—Dopp, Council for Scien-
tific and Industrial Research, Australia, Bull. 34, p. 29, 1927. (New
synonyny. )

Melitara junctolineella Hutsr (in part), Can. Ent., vol. 32, p. 173, 1900.—
BARNES and McDuNNovueH, Contr. Nat. Hist. Lepid. North America, vol.
8, no. 3, p. 199, 1916.

Male.—General color and pattern as in prodenialis except as fol-
lows: Blackish shading on posterior margin of thorax less pro-
nounced and in some specimens not distinguishable. Fore wing with
white dusting rather evenly distributed over the entire wing, the
whitish and fuscous areas not contrasted except (in some specimens)
for a rather narrow pale suffusion along costal margin and a more
or less pronounced dark shade from end of cell to middle of inner

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM You, 86

margin; the subterminal line with no black shading beyond its white
border except for a short distance from apex, markedly dentate and
sinuate, the angulations deep, the angulation between veins 5 and 6
reaching to the cell. Hind wing semihyaline, almost pure white
with little or no fuscous shading, the latter, when present, confined
to a narrow band along costal margin and a fine line along termen;
cilia white.

Alar expanse, 33-43 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 2-2c) with outer margins of vinculum slightly
sinuate; elements of transtilla slightly narrower than those of
prodenialis. Slight differences in the shape of the anellus in the two
species are shown in figures 1d and 2b.

Female.—Similar to the male except that the pectinations of the
antenna are shorter, the maxillary palpus is longer and the fuscous
shadings are nearly always pronounced on the hind wing, though
limited to a narrow border along the costal margin, a slight clouding
at apex, and a thin line along the termen.

Alar expanse, 35-50 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 40) essentially like those of prodenéalis except that
the ductus bursae is normally stouter.

Types.—In British Museum (dentata) ; in United States National
Museum (doddalis).

Type localities—Clear Creek Canyon, Colo. (dentata); Mesilla
Park, N. Mex. (doddalis).

Food plants—Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution—Untrep States: Colorado, Glenwood Springs (July,
Aug., Sept.), Fort Collins, Denver, Rocky Ford (Sept.) ; Utah, Buck-
skin Valley (Iron County, June, July), Eureka (Aug.), Dividend
(Aug., Sept.) ; Zansas, Manhattan (Sept.) ; Avizona, Mormon Lake
(July), Douglas (Aug., Sept.), Oracle (Sept.), Globe (Sept.), Quijo-
toa Mountains (Oct.), Chiricahua Mountains; Vew Mewico, Mesilla
Park (Sept.), Silver City (Sept.), Julimes (Sept., Oct.), Jemez
Springs (July, Aug., Sept.) ; Zevas, Uvalde (Sept., Oct., Nov.) , Hen-
rietta (Oct.), Trent (Oct.), Rock Springs, Laredo (Sept.), Shafter
(Sept.), Albany, Panhandle (Aug.). Mexico: Chihuahua City,
Morelia (Oct.).

One hundred and forty specimens examined.

Remarks.—In his description of doddalis, Dyar pointed out a num-
ber of supposed differences in genitalic and palpal structure between
his species and dentata. These differences are entirely imaginary.
There is not a structural character separating the two forms. There
are some slight color differences between specimens from Colorado and
specimens from Texas, Arizona, and New Mexico. The latter seem to
have a slightly denser dusting of white scales on the fore wing and

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 343

consequently appear somewhat more ashy gray than the Colorado
specimens; but this pale suffusion also shows in Kansas specimens and
in a number of those from Utah.

Dodd has also treated doddalis and dentata as separate species.
He writes: “In our concept, /. doddalis is distinct from UM. dentata.
We would give the distribution of dentata from the Panhandle of
Texas across to northern Arizona, north through Colorado, Utah,
and Kansas to Idaho and Wyoming. J. doddalis occurs through
western Texas and New Mexico to southern Arizona.”

Possibly there may be local races involved, but if so their distribu-
tion does not correspond with any consistent differences in color or
habitus, for, as stated, the Kansas specimens that fall within the
supposed dentata area are more like typical doddalis than they are
like Colorado dentata.

I think that the two names apply to nothing more than local vari-
ants of one rather variable species.

Descriptions of the egg, larva, and pupa are given in the paper by
Kellogg.

As pointed out*by Barnes and McDunnough, the female paratypes
of junctolineella (from Colorado) are not conspecific with the male
type (from Texas) but must be referred here. One of these para-
types is now in the National collection.

2. Genus OLYCELLA Dyar

Olycella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 134, 1928. (Genotype:
Melitara junctolineella Hulst.)

Antenna of male bipectinate, of female shortly bipectinate. Labial
palpus obliquely ascending (sometimes in the female the third seg-
ment is bent forward, which gives the palpus a porrect appearance,
but the second segment is always deflected upward and reaches nearly
as high as the top of the head). Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind
wing with veins 7 and 8 approximate beyond the cell; 3 and 5 con-
nate. Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Female genitalia with signum, the latter a small ridged plate; bursa
copulatrix wrinkled, otherwise simple and without scobinations;
ductus bursae with a pair of sclerotized plates on inner wall at genital
opening; ductus seminalis from center of bursa.

Larva white with broad blackish or purplish cross bands on the
caudal margins of the segments; sclerotized plates surrounding setae
rather small; three setae in group VII on abdominal segments 7 and 8.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

The larvae feed gregariously for a short period after hatching
(probably during the first instar) but thereafter are solitary in habit.
They feed in the joints of various Platypuntias.

Remarks.—In his description of the genus Dyar gives the male palpi
as upturned and those of the female as oblique. Strictly spéaking
they are obliquely upturned in both sexes, though in many females the
third joints are bent forward, which gives the palps a porrect ap-
pearance. The genus is close to Melitara and distinguished from it
only by the following characters: Labial palpi obliquely ascending;
larvae transversely banded and solitary in habit during most of the
feeding period.

Three species and one local race are here recognized. They are
remarkably alike in structure, whatever differences in genitalia there
may be between specimens being individual rather than specific. The
species, however, can be distinguished easily enough by the characters
given in the following key:

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF OLYCELLA

1. General color of fore wing ocherous-fuscous; hind tibia white

with very: little dark..dusting--——..==2— > -* =) eee 2
General color of fore wing grayish fuscous; hind tibia heavily
dusted with fuscous<=2..27- = === ca ee eee 3

2. Transverse markings of fore wing fairly distinct-__ 1. junctolineella (Hulst)
Transverse markings of fore wing obsolete.
2. junctolineella pectinatella (Hampson)
8. General color grayish with a slight brownish overtint (distri-

bution, the central plateau of Mexico) ----__---_-- 3. nephelepasa (Dyar)
General color decidedly grayish (distribution, western Texas
and Arizona to California and Utah) -—--------__~_ 4. subumbrella (Dyar)

1. OLYCELLA JUNCTOLINEELLA (Hulst)

PLATES 24, 36, 45; Ficures 3—3c, 42-42a, 88-88a, 89-89a

Melitara junctolineella Hust, Can. Ent., vol. 32, p. 173, 1900; U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. 52, p. 429, 1903 —Hunrer, Pratr, and MrrcHett, Bur. Ent., U. 8S. Dept.
Agr., Bull. 113, p. 25, 1912—Barnes and McDunnougH, Contr. Nat. Hist.
Lepid. North America, vol. 3, no. 3, p. 199, 1916.—Dopp, Council for Scientific
and Industrial Research, Australia, Bull. 34, p. 27, 1927.

Olyca junctolineella (Hulst) BARNES and McDuNNovaH, Check list of the Lepi-
doptera of Boreal America, no. 5695, 1917.

Olycella junctolineella (Hulst) Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 134,
1928.

Male—Head, thorax, and fore wings ocherous-fuscous dusted with
white and marked with patches and lines of black scales. Labial palpus
with the apical ends of the segments blackish. Maxillary palpus cross-
banded with black scales. Thorax with some black dusting on posterior
margin. Fore wing with whitish dusting slightly intensified in costal

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 345

area; veins faintly outlined in black; a row of more or less obscure
black dots on termen between the vein ends; antemedial line inter-
rupted, sometimes obscure, in fresh, well-marked specimens its outer
dentation much extended and meeting a shade from the inner angula-
tion of the subterminal line at the fold (which indicates the normal
position of the absent vein 1c) ; subterminal line interrupted, strongly
indicated only between veins 5 and the fold and for a short distance
from inner margin; black discal dots at end of cell more or less fused
and pronounced; cilia ocherous-fuscous. Hind wing pure white.

Alar expanse, 38-45 mm.

Male genitalia as figured (figs. 3-3c). The genitalia (male and
female) present no outstanding specific characters.

Female.—Similar to the male except that the antennal pectina-
tions are shorter, the labial palpi appreciably longer, the fore wings
a trifle darker, and the hind wings generally suffused with fuscous,
the intensity of the fuscous shade differing in different specimens.

Alar expanse, 45-55 mm.

Female genitalia as figured (figs. 42-42a).

Type—tIn Rutgers College collection.

Food plants—Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution—Unitep States: 7Z'exas, Brownsville (Apr., June,
July, Aug.), Corpus Christi (Sept., Oct.), Burnet County, San
Benito (Mar., Aug., Sept.), Shovel Mountain (May), Kerrville
(Apr.), Victoria (Oct., Nov.), Laredo (Sept).

Forty-one specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species is most readily distinguished from the
others in the genus by its ocherous-fuscous color, which seems to be
constant. It is remarkably so in the specimens before me. 0.
nephelepasa and subumbrella are decidedly gray in appearance.

Rather full notes on the life history and larval habits of junec-
tolineella are given in Dodd’s bulletin and the bulletin by Hunter,
Mitchell, and Pratt. The latter also contains descriptions of the
larva and pupa.

2. OLYCELLA JUNCTOLINEELLA PECTINATELLA (Hampson)
PLATE 24, Ficure 4

Olyca pectinatella Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 35, 1901.
Olyca junctolineella (Hulst) Barnes and McDunnoucH, Check list of the
Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5695, 1917 (in part).
Olycella junctolineella (Hulst) Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30,
p. 134, 1928 (in part).
In removing pectinatella from the synonymy of junctolineella,
where it was placed by Barnes and McDunnough and by Dyar, I am
doing so chiefly as a precautionary measure. Hampson described his

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

species from a single collected male. There is one other male in
the National collection from the type locality. These two specimens
are a trifle paler than normal junctolineella and are less clearly
marked except for the pronounced discal spots. The transverse
lines on the fore wing are almost obsolete and the veins very slightly
indicated by dark shading.

Inasmuch as we have no larvae or females, or any information on
the life history of the form from Jalapa (which is far south of
the known range of typical junctolineella), I do not think we are
justified in treating it as a mere synonym; or, on the evidence before
us, as a distinct species.

Type——tin United States National Museum.

Type locality —Jalapa, State of Veracruz, Mexico.

Known only from the two males from the type locality.

3. OLYCELLA NEPHELEPASA (Dyar)
PrLate 45, Ficures 87-87a

Olyca nephelepasa Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 7, p. 55, 1919.
Olycella nephelepasa (DyAr), Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 134, 1928.

Male——Similar in pattern and general appearance to junctolineella;
but darker. The fore wing is grayish fuscous with a slight
brownish tint, but decidedly more grayish brown than ocherous-
fuscous. Also the hind tibiae of nephelepasa are heavily dusted with
fuscous, while those of junctolineella are nearly pure white.

Alar expanse, 42-44 mm.

The male genitalia cannot be distinguished from those of juncto-
lineella.

Female.—Similar to the male except pectinations of antennae much
shorter, labial palpi longer, and hind wings fuscous rather than white
and semihyaline.

Alar expanse, 45-52 mm.

Female genitalia essentially like those of junctolineella.

Type—tin United States National Museum.

Type locality —Tehuacan, Mexico.

Food plants—Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution —Me_xico: 'Tehuacan (Sept.), Mexico City, Cuerna-
vaca, Aguascalientes, San Luis Potosi (June).

Eleven specimens examined.

Remarks.—The known distribution of this species is confined to
the central plateau of Mexico. In the National collection there is
one female (determined as nephelepasa) from Monclova, Mexico.

This specimen is colored like typical subwmbrella and is, I think,
only a southern example of that species.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 347
OLYCELLA SUBUMBRELLA (Dyar)
PLATE 36, Figure 438

Olyea subumbrella Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 14, 1925.
Olycella nephelepasa (DyAr), Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 134, 1928
(in part).

Male.—Similar to that of nephelepasa except that the fore wing is
less brownish and more grayish than that of nephelepasa. The gen-
eral color is decidedly gray rather than brownish or ocherous.

Alar expanse, 40-52 mm.

Male genitalia as in nephelepasa and junctolineella.

Female——Similar to that of nephelepasa but without the brownish
overtint characteristic of the latter.

Alar expanse, 43-55 mm.

Female genitalia (figured from paratype from the type locality)
like those of junctolineella. Figure 43 shows the extreme variation
from typical junctolineella; but the differences in the shape of the
sclerotized areas of the collar of the eighth segment and the length
of the supporting rods of the collar are not specific. Every inter-
grade between this and typical junctolineella may be found in each
of the species in the genus.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality—Carlsbad, N. Mex.

Food plants —Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution—Untirep States: 7’exas, El Paso (Mar.); New Mez-
ico, Carlsbad (Sept.) ; Arizona, Dewey, Redington, Palmerlee, Para-
dise (Cochise County, Mar., Apr., May, June), Douglas (May, Aug.),
Pinal Mountains (Apr.), Hualapai Mountains (May); California,
Warner (Sept.), Santa Clara (Apr.); Utah, Dividend (May, June),
Stockton (May), Richfield (May); Nebraska, Scotts Bluff (June).

Sixty-three specimens examined.

Remarks.—In addition to the above there are before me two speci-
mens from Monclova, Coahuila, Mexico (KE. Mortensen collection,
Sept. 1926), which probably are referable here. One (a male) was
in the collection under jwnctolineella, the other (a female) under
mephelepasa. The male is in very poor condition but obviously be-
longs with the female. The latter is in fair shape, and its color
is that of typical subumbrella. More material is needed from north-
ern Mexico before we can determine what species inhabits that region.

In 1928 Dyar sank swbwmbrella as a synonym of nephelepasa,; but
Mr. Dodd informs me that the larval habits of the two are quite dif-
ferent. As he expects to publish his biological notes on the cactus-
feeding Lepidoptera, I shall not discuss these differences, except to
say that they seem sufficient, coupled with the different distributions

109335—39——2

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

of the two forms and their slight, but apparently consistent, color
differences to warrant their separation. I am therefore removing
subumbrella from synonymy.

3. Genus OLYCA Walker

Olyca WALKER, List of specimens of lepidopterous insects of the British Museum,
vol. 11, p. 725, 1857——Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 34,
1901.—Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 183, 1928. (Genotype:
Olyca phryganoides Walker.)

Antennae pubescent in both sexes (the pubescence longer in the
male than in the female), slightly serrate in the male. Labial palpus
of the male obliquely ascending; of the female porrect and down-
curved. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing with veins 7 and
8 shortly anastomosed beyond cell; 3 and 5 connate (occasionally very
shortly stalked). Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid; harpe with
apex evenly rounded; vinculum short; anellus with base of plate nar-
rowly sclerotized, arms moderately long and stout; aedeagus stout,
moderately long, apex armed with many minute, hairlike spines.

Female genitalia without signum; bursa copulatrix simple except
for a few microscopic scobinations; ductus bursae short; ductus
seminalis from bursa somewhat caudad of middle.

Larvae not banded, solitary in habit, feeding in Platypuntias (pre-
sumably in the stems).

Eggs unknown.

Remarks.—Olyca is readily separated from other genera of the
cactus-feeding Phycitinae having veins 3 and 5 of hind wing connate
by having the antennae pubescent in both sexes.

The male genitalia are similar to those of Olycella, differing only
in slight details; the vinculum is slightly shorter, the uncus broader
in proportion to its length, the cleft apical process of gnathos smaller,
the elements of transtilla longer and straighter.

The females differ chiefly in that they lack the signum in the bursa
and the sclerotized plates in the opening of the ductus bursae.

The genus as here defined contains only the type species from the
West Indies.

1. OLYCA PHRYGANOIDES Walker

Plates 24, 37, 46; Ficures 5—5c, 44-44a, 90, 91

Olyca phryganoides Waker, List of specimens of lepidopterous insects of the
British Museum, vol. 11, p. 726, 1857.—Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépi-
doptéres, vol. 8, p. 35, 1901.—Dvyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p.

134, 1928.
Male.—General color (except hind wings) pinkish white, more or
less spotted and suffused with black. Palpi, thorax, and underside of
body heavily dusted and shaded with black. Fore wing with no dis-

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 349

tinguishable antemedial line, the latter being replaced by two more
or less transversely extended black spots; subterminal line only par-
tially and faintly indicated, irregularly dentate; vein ends marked
with blackish dots or dashes; black discal spot large, conspicuous;
below the discal dot a more or less extended black smudge. Hind
wing white; a very narrow blackish-fuscous shade on terminal mar-
gin and a slightly wider dark shade along costal margin; cilia white
with a dark subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 35-40 mm.

Male genitalia figure from specimen from Azuda, Hispaniola.

Female.—Similar to the male except for the sexual differences in
palpi and antennae noted in the generic description and for the
broader diffusion of the dark areas on fore and hind wings. About
three-fourths of the fore wing is suffused with black, the pinkish-
white color being strongly contrasted and limited to a rather narrow
area along the costa, with a triangular projection at the end of the
cell; terminal area and a patch on inner margin opposite discal spot
also pale, but duller and less contrasted than the costal color. Hind
wing with fuscous terminal and costal dark shading somewhat
broader than in the male; veins outlined by fuscous scaling.

Alar expanse, 45-47 mm.

Female genitalia as figured (figs. 44-44a); bursa copulatrix with
a scattering of microscopic scobinations, otherwise simple; scobina-
tions in genital opening stronger and more dense, also in genital
opening a few fine setae (the latter probably constitute a generic
character).

Eggs unknown.

Larva.— ‘Cream or buff colored, with dark spiracular markings”
(Dodd).

Type—In the British Museum,

Type locality—Hispaniola.

Food plant—Opuntia (Platypuntia) sp.

Distribution—Santo Domineo: Azuda (Jan.). Harri: Port-au-
Prince (Jan.).

Seven specimens examined.

Remarks.—Nothing has been published on the life history of this
species, and presumably little is known about it. What information
I have on the larvae and larval habits is from notes supplied by Mr.
Dodd. The larvae are presumably solitary in habit and confined to
the Platypuntias. The distribution of phryganoides is probably con-
fined to the West Indies. Druce,® under the combination “Huzophera
phryganoides,” records it from two Mexican localities (Presidio and
Jalapa) ; but this is an error. His figure suggests that what he iden-

5 Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera—Heterocera, vol. 2, p. 285, 1896.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

tified as phryganoides is one of the species of Cactobrosis. If the
figure is anything like the specimens Druce had, they cannot be
phryganotdes.

4, ALBERADA, new genus

Genotype.—Melitara parabates Dyar.

Antenna of male bipectinate, of female pubescent. Labial palpus
porrect and downcurved. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing
with veins 7 and 8 anastomosing beyond cell; 3 and 5 stalked.
Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid, the two prongs
rather widely separated; harpe with the apex evenly rounded; vin-
culum short; anellus with base of plate narrowly sclerotized, arms
moderately long and stout; aedeagus stout, weakly sclerotized in mid-
dle except on midventer.

Female genitalia with signum developed as a ridged plate; bursa
copulatrix finely scobinate and wrinkled; ductus seminalis from mid-
dle of bursa.

Larvae bluish, not banded; solitary feeders in the joints of Cylin-
dropuntias.

Eggs laid singly or in masses of two or three.

Remarks.—The genus is close to Melitara, differing in the follow-
ing characters: Veins 7 and 8 of hind wing anastomosed, 3 and 5
stalked, aedeagus only partially sclerotized, apical process of gnathos
with prongs well separated, bursa copulatrix with signum.

The distribution is apparently limited to Mexico and the south-
western part of the United States.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ALBERADA

1. General color cinereous-fuscous ; expanse 35 mm and over.
1. parabates (Dyar)
General color pale ocherous-fuscous ; expanse 25 mm or less.
2. bidentella (Dyar)
8. holochlora (Dyar)

1. ALBERADA PARABATES (Dyar)
PLATES 25, 37, 46; Fieures 7-7c, 45—45a, 92-92a, 93-98a

Melitara parabates Dyar, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 44, p. 322, 1913; Proc. Ent.
Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 134, 1928—Barnes and McDunnovuen, Contr.
Nat. Hist. Lepid. North America, vol. 4, no. 2, p. 175, 1918.—Dopp, Council
for Scientific and Industrial Research, Australia, Bull. 34, p. 27, 1927.

Male.—Palpi, face, head, and thorax dark cinereous-fuscous, more
or less dusted with dull ocherous; posterior margin of thorax black-
ish. Fore wing fuscous with area between lower vein of cell and
costal margin and from antemedial to subterminal lines heavily

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 351

dusted with white; area between lower vein of cell and inner margin
and from base to subterminal line suffused with ocherous-fuscous;
on the middle of this area a more or less extended smudge of blackish
brown; antemedial line black, bordered inwardly by a line of white
scales, dentate and sinuate, a sharp dentation at vein 11, a longer one
in the cell (extending nearly to middle of wing), another equally
long and acute dentation at the fold, and two very slight dentations
between 1b and inner margin; subterminal line black with a white
outer border, dentate and sinuate, the angulations deep, the angula-
tion between 5 and 6 reaching almost to cell; area beyond subterminal
line dark fuscous, paler in some specimens; along termen a row of
black dots at the vein ends; discal black dot at end of cell conspic-
uous in most specimens. Hind wing white, semihyaline; costal mar-
gin bordered with fuscous and a fine dark fuscous line on termen
for a short distance from apex.

Alar expanse, 35-45 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 7-7c) over twice as large as those of bidentella;
aedeagus more extensively sclerotized.

Female—Similar to the male in color and markings except that,
in many specimens, there is a somewhat stronger fuscous shading in
the apical area of the hind wing. Labial palpi longer than those of
the male.

Alar expanse, 36-48 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 45-45a) larger than those of the other species of
the genus and with scobinations in bursa finer.

Eggs laid singly or in masses of two or three.

Type.—tiIn United States National Museum.

Type locality —Cerritos, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

Food plants—Opuntia (Cylindropuntia) imbricata (Haworth)
and probably several other Cylindropuntias.

Distribution—Unitrep States: California, San Diego, Warner
(Sept.), Palm Springs (Apr.), Oceanside (Aug.), Riverside (Oct.) ;
Arizona, Christmas (Gila County), Fort Grant (July), Oracle
(July), Redington, Santa Catalina Mountains (Sept.), Baboquivari
Mountains (Apr., June, July, Aug., Sept., Oct.), Sells P. O. (Indian
Oasis, Apr.), Douglas (June, Sept.), Mohave County (Aug.); Tewas,
Presidio County (July), Brewster County. Mrxtco: San Luis Potosi,
Cerritos (Aug.), Tamaulipas, Tula (June).

Ninety-five specimens examined.

Remarks.—The specimens before me are remarkably uniform in
color and markings except for a male from Texas and two males
from Riverside, Calif. These are darker than normal parabates.
In the Riverside specimens there is no appreciable white dusting
on head. thorax, or fore wing. The fore wing is almost entirely
suffused with blackish scales, and the pale areas and lines (normally

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

white) are light ocherous-fuscous. The two specimens are other-
wise normal and represent nothing more than an aberrant color form.

2. ALBERADA BIDENTELLA (Dyar)
Piates 25, 37, 46; Figures 6-6c, 46, 95-95a, 96-96a

Zophodia bidentella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 10, p. 114, 1908.
Eumysia bidentella (Dyar), Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 221, 1925.

Male—Much smaller and paler than that of parabates but with
similar pattern, the ground color more ocherous than fuscous, the
white dusting on fore wing heavier, the dentations of antemedial and
subterminal lines shorter; discal dots distinct and not fused as is fre-
quently the case in parabates.

Alar expanse, 20-24 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 6-6c) similar to those of parabates but much
smaller and with central ventral part of aedeagus more narrowly
sclerotized.

Female.—Similar to the male except for the normal sexual differ-
ences in antennae; the female palpi are little if any longer than those
of the male.

Alar expanse, 19-23 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 46) appreciably smaller than those of parabates;
bursa wrinkled and more coarsely scobinate.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality—San Antonio, Tex.

Food plant.—Unknown.

Distribution—Untirep Staves: Texas, San Antonio (July), San
Benito (June, Aug., Sept.), Brownsville (June); Avizona, Phoenix,
“route between Dewey and Salome.”

Twenty-one specimens examined.

Remarks.—A uniformly marked and colored species, known only
from collected specimens.

3. ALBERADA HOLOCHLORA (Dyar)

PLATES 37, 46; Fiaures 47, 94-94a
Zophodia holochlora Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 15, 1925.

This is probably a synonym or, at most, a variety of bzdentella.
The three females of the type series are the only specimens I have
seen. They are a trifle smaller than typical bidentella, and there are
some slight, though hardly significant, differences in the female geni-
talia (shown in figs. 46, 47). However, until males of holochlora are
discovered and d/dentella has been reared, it will be wiser to keep the
two as separate species,

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 353

According to Mr. Dodd the larvae are solitary in habit and dark
blue and the eggs laid singly.

Alar expanse, 18 mm.

Type.—kIn United States National Museum.

Type locality—Uvalde, Tex.

Food plant—Opuntia (Cylindropuntia) leptocaulis De Candolle.

5. NANAITA, new genus

Genotype.—Nanaia substituta, new species.

Antenna of male bipectinate; of female pubescent. Labial palpus
obliquely porrect (second segment obliquely upturned nearly to top
of face and third segment bent forward or slightly downcurved) ;
third segment long (in the female as long as second segment),
pointed in the male, blunt in the female. Maxillary palpus large, de-
veloped as a broad, curved, somewhat flattened tuft of scales which
reaches well above middle of face. Hind wing with veins 7 and 8
anastomosing beyond cell; 3 and 5 stalked. Eighth abdominal seg-
ment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid, the two prongs
narrowly separated; harpe with the apex somewhat tapering but
bluntly rounded; vinculum moderately long (longer than broad) ;
anellus with base of plate narrowly sclerotized, arms long, tapering
and slightly twisted; aedeagus moderately stout, strongly sclero-
tized throughout.

Female genitalia without signum; ductus bursae and bursa copu-
latrix simple except for fine scobinations in ductus at genital opening;
ductus bursae long; bursa copulatrix small; ductus seminalis from
middle of bursa.

Larva bluish, not banded; sclerotized plates surrounding body
setae small; 2 setae in group VII on abdominal segments 7 and 8.

The larvae are solitary feeders in the trunks of Cylindropuntia and
Trichocereus.

Egg and egg-laying habits unknown.

Remarks.—This genus is close to Alberada but distinguished by
several characters: The fore wings are distinctly narrower, the vin-
culum is longer in proportion to its width, the aedeagus more evenly
sclerotized, the apical process of gnathos more narrowly cleft, the
anellus more decidedly curved, the bursa simple, without signum or
scrobinations, the transverse markings on fore wing almost oblit-
erated, and the maxillary palpi much larger. The maxillary palpi
are similar to those of Sigelgaita, the moths of which resemble in
general habitus those of Nanaia. The two genera, however, are
easily distinguished by their different labial palpi, porrect in Nanaia,
upturned in the males of Sigelgaita.

Known only from Peru.

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
1. NANAIA SUBSTITUTA, new species
PLAaTEs 25, 42, 47; Fiaures 88d, 72-72a, 97-97a

Male—General color (except hind wings) ocherous-fuscous pep-
pered with black and white; the type darker than most of the para-
types. Fore wing with pale color confined to costal half of wing;
terminal area and the area between cell and inner margin darker,
with very little white dusting; in most specimens a rather pronounced,
broad, longitudinal, ocherous-fuscous shade in the fold; transverse
and discal markings almost obsolete; in a few specimens the ante-
medial line faintly indicated and in the palest of the paratypes the
discal black dots distinguishable, also some black scaling along the
veins. Hind wing white with a smoky tint toward apex and termen;
terminal margin blackish fuscous; cilia smoky white with a dark
subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 37-389 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 8-8c) figured from type.

Female—Colored like the male except that the hind wing is
darker, whitish ocherous rather than white.

Alar expanse, 38-40 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 72-72a) with no appreciable scobinations or gran-
ulations in bursa; ductus bursae minutely scobinate at genital open-
ing, otherwise smooth.

Type and paratypes.— U. S. N. M. no. 52748. Paratypes also sent
to Mr. Dodd.

Type locality —Cuzco, Peru.

Food plant—Opuntia (Cylindropuntia) exaltata Berger.

Remarks—Described from male type and 5 male and 6 female
paratypes, all from the type locality and reared by Dr. J. E. Wille
from larvae feeding in the trunks of Opuntia exaltata (“Em. XII-
6-8-36, 1-5-19, 37,” Wille no. 336-86). I also have before me two
specimens (male and female) that may be a variety of substituta but
that are probably a distinct species. They were reared by Dr. Wille
from larvae feeding in trunks of 7richocereus at Cocachacra, Peru
(“Em. XII-12-36 and XII-19-36,” Wille no. 333-36). Unfortunately
these specimens lack abdomens and are otherwise in such poor con-
dition. that it is impossible to determine them any further than to
the genus.

6. Genus CACTOBLASTIS Ragonot

Cactoblastis RAGoNoT, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 15, 1901.—
Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 135, 1928. (Genotype:
Zophodia cactorum Berg.)

Neopyralis BRETHES, Chacaras e Quinaes, vol. 20, no. 1, p. 18, 1920. (Genotype:
Neopyralis ronnai Bréthes.) (New synonymy.)

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 355

Antenna of male pubescent, of female shortly pubescent. Labial
palpus of male ascending (upcurved), of female porrect. Hind wing
with veins 7 and 8 shortly anastomosed beyond cell; 3 and 5 shortly
stalked. Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos partially fused, the
prongs separated only for a short distance; harpe with apex evenly
rounded; vinculum short; anellus with base of plate narrowly sclero-
tized, arms moderately long and rather slender, slightly twisted, very
finely serrate on outer edges toward apices; aedeagus stout, moderately
long.

Female genitalia with signum developed as a series of more or less
fused plates; bursa copulatrix weakly and very finely scobinate;
ductus seminalis from bursa at junction of ductus bursae and bursa
copulatrix.

Larva bright orange or red, with rows of large black spots resem-
bling broken cross bands; two setae in group VII on abdominal seg-
ments 7 and 8.

The larvae feed gregariously in the joints of Platypuntia, Cylin-
dropuntia, Trichocereus, Echinopsis, and Denmoza.

Eggs laid in long chains.

Remarks.—The genus as here defined is distinguished from other
cactus-feeding phycitids by the following combination of characters:
Antennae of both sexes pubescent; labial palpi upcurved in the male,
porrect in the female; veins 7 and 8 of hind wing shortly anasto-
mosed ; veins 3 and 5 shortly stalked; apical process of gnathos par-
tially fused; eighth abdominal segment of male simple; larvae bright
orange or red, with rows of large black spots resembling broken
cross bands, gregarious in habit.

Four (possibly five) species are recognized as belonging to the
genus. Its natural distribution is apparently limited to South Amer-
ica, south of the Equator; but at least one of its species (cactorwm)
has been introduced and become established in Australia.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CACTOBLASTIS

MALES
AP ELING SWAN CSeWihi tense .ots Mee See 2 a eee ee 2
Eindewinksibro wiles ee en wees Pot Dele Ss Je 5. bucyrus Dyar
Can wines ne mil aline: =. s 28 ao hee yt 8 Be ee et Se 3
inde wines) dull white= se ew ee ee 4. mundelli, new species

38. Fore wing with a row of 7 distinct black dots along termen.
1. cactorum (Berg)
Fore wing without such terminal dots or with 3 or 4 very faintly
iNnGicCated et sec wees eae ee bi eee ee eee 3. doddi, new species

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

FEMALES
1. Hind wings semihyaline toward their bases_______----_-~- 1. cactorum (Berg)
Hind wings brownish or’ fuscous throughout. _-=3="_ = eee 2
2 Hind wings smoky ;fuscous 3-322 = ee eee eee 3
Eindowines; DrOwnish) fUSCOUS===- 22 eee 5. bucyrus Dyar
3. Hind wings pale smoky fuscous_____-_-____----_-- 4. mundelli, new species
Hind-winses dark smoky £uScous==- == 38. doddi, new species

1. CACTOBLASTIS CACTORUM (Berg)
PuateEs 26, 38, 44, 47; Ficures 9-9c, 48-48a, 80, 98-98a, 99

Zophodia cactorum Bere, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argentina, vol. 19, p. 276, 1885.

Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8,
p. 16, 1901—Dopp, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Austra-
lia, Bull. 34, p. 30, 1927; Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 27, p. 509, 1986—Dyar, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 185, 1928.

Male—Head sordid whitish ocherous. Palpi pale cinereous, the
tips of the maxillary palpi and the ends of the segments of the labial
palpi blackish fuscous. Thorax dull ocherous-fuscous rather heavily
dusted with blackish fuscous on posterior half. Fore wing ocherous-
fuscous more or less dusted with white on costal half between ante-
medial line and apex; antemedial line black, angulate, the apex of
angle at vein 1b, sometimes obscure except on costal half; subterminal
line black, with a narrow whitish outer border and beyond this a
faint fuscous band, the black line straight from near apex to vein 6,
thence sinuate and dentate to inner margin, the ends of the dentations
rounded; a black spot at end of cell and a few scattered black scales
on disc; along termen at vein ends a row of seven distinct black
dots. Hind wing white, semihyaline, costal margin narrowly bor-
dered with fuscous and on termen a fine black line, the latter not
extending to inner angle. Mid tibia pale cinereous with a narrow,
black, transverse band at outer fourth,

Alar expanse, 23-32 mm.

Genitalia not exhibiting any marked specific characters; the slight
comparative differences from the genitalia of the other Cactoblastis
species are shown in figures 9-9c, 10, 11, and 12~-12c.

Female.—Hind wing white, semihyaline with some fuscous shading
on the veins and a rather broad fuscous suffusion at apex and along
termen for a short distance from apex. Otherwise similar to the
male except for the normal sexual differences in antennae and labial
palpi.

Alar expanse, 27-40 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 48-48a) not exhibiting any marked specific differ-
ences from those of other Cactobdlastis species except perhaps in the
narrower width of the eighth segment collar. This character, how-
ever, is individually variable.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 357

Type.—tLocation unknown.

Type locality Argentina.

Food plants ——Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp. Apparently limited to
the Platypuntias.

Distribution — ARGENTINA: La Plata, Concordia, Tacanitas, Santi-
ago del Estero. Urveuay: Piriapolis. Ausrrania (introduced and
established). According to Dodd “cactorum is a native of Uruguay
and the northern Argentine provinces of Entre Rios, Corrientes
Sante Fe, Santiago del Estero, Tucuman, Salta, and Chaco.” He also
includes Paraguay and southern Brazil in its possible range; but we
have no adult specimens from the latter localities.

Thirty-five specimens examined.

Remarks.—This is the species that has been used with such re-
markable success in the biological campaign against the pricklypear
in Queensland and New South Wales. In 1925, when some 2,750
eggs of cactorum were taken to Australia for rearing and distribu-.
tion of the moths, about 60,000,000 acres had been overrun by prickly-
pear. By 1936 “approximately 25,000,000 acres of good grazing and
agricultural land, previously a wilderness of dense pricklypear, had
been retrieved to such an extent that they are rapidly being de-
veloped and brought into production. The remarkable results are
due to the activities of one insect, the Argentine moth-borer, Cacto-
blastis cactorum Berg.” Dodd’s 19386 paper gives a detailed and
moving account of the great campaign, probably the most spectacular
in the history of economic entomology.

The species seems to be definitely established in Australia.

Descriptions of the larva are given by Berg and Ragonot. They
are detailed and accurate but apply to the genus rather than to
cactorum specifically.

2. CACTOBLASTIS RONNAI (Bréthes), new combination

Neopyralis ronnai BRETHEs, in Ronna, Chacaras e Quinaes, vol. 20, no. 1, p. 18,
1920.—Costa Lima, Terceiro catalogo dos insectos que vivem nas plantas
do Brazil, p. 268, no. 1031, 1936.

The description of Bréthes’s supposed new genus and new species
is misleading, and the placement of them in the Schoenobiinae obvi-
ously an error. Ronna states that the species was reared from cater-
pillars feeding in spineless cactus in Rio Grande do Sul. They are
described as clear yellowish, with black transverse bands or rows of
black spots on each segment. This description can hardly apply to
any cactus larva other than Cactoblastis. Dodd writes that “Mr.
Mundell carried out investigations in Rio Grande do Sul and Santa
Catherina in May 1937. The only larva found attacking pricklypears
was a Cactoblastis, which was generally distributed and often com-

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

mon. The main host plant was an Opuntia closely related to O. vul-
garis Miller (=O. monacantha Haworth), the sole indigenous prickly-
pear located in these states; the larvae were encountered in the spine-
less O. ficus-indica in garden plots. Mr. Mundell was unable to rear
adults, but considered that the larvae and eggs were not typical cac-
torum. I think there can be little doubt that Neopyralis ronnai is
the Cactoblastis of southern Brazil, which is either C. cactorwm or an
allied form.”

Until the Brazilian form can be reared or Bréthes’s types exam-
ined, ronnai must remain as an unrecognized Cactoblastis.

Type.—Location unknown.

Type locality—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

Food plant.—“Spineless cactus.”

3. CACTOBLASTIS DODDI, new species

PLATES 26, 38; Freures 10, 49-49a

Cactoblastis bucyrus Dopp (not Dyar), Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research, Australia, Bull. 34, p. 30, 1927.

Male—Similar to that of cactorum except as follows: White dust-
ing on fore wing less contrasted, sparser; general color darker, de-
cidedly grayish fuscous in specimens from Tucuman; dentations of
subterminal line of fore wing acute and their ends pointed ; black dots
along termen very faintly indicated, normally altogether absent.

Alar expanse, 31-38 mm.

Genitalia similar to those of cactorwm, differing chiefly in the
shorter cleft between the prongs at apex of gnathos (fig. 10). This
character, however, is subject to some individual variation, and
should be used with discretion.

Female.—Similar in color to the male except that the hind wings
are smoky fuscous throughout. Similar to the female of bucyrus
except for the absence of terminal black dots on fore wing.

Alar expanse, 35-41 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 49-49a) with scobinations of bursa somewhat more
uniformly distributed than in other species of Cactoblastis, not an
altogether reliable or satisfactory character in this genus.

Type and paratypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 52749. Paratypes also sent to
Mr. Dodd.

Type locality—Tapia, Tucuman, Argentina.

Food plants —Opuntia (Platypuntia) sulphurea G. Don, Opuntia
(Platypuntia) ficus-indica (Linnaeus).

Remarks.—Described from male type, three male and four female
paratypes from the type locality, reared in October 1936 by R. C.
Mundell from larvae feeding in O. sulphurea; six males and eight

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 359

female paratypes from the type locality reared (by Mundell) in
October 1936 from larvae in O. ficus-indica; six male and three
female paratypes from Mendoza, Argentina, reared (by Mundell) in
October 1937 from larvae in O. sulphurea; and three male and four
female paratypes reared in Australia (Dodd no. 49).

Thirty-eight specimens examined.

According to Dodd, this species “is distributed along the eastern
edge and foothills of the Andes from Mendoza right to the northern
boundary of the Republic in O. sulphurea, and almost certainly into
southern Bolivia at altitudes to 8,000 feet and probably more. Hence,
as far as our information goes, No. 49 (doddi) inhabits territory
lying in between that of cactorum and the Peruvian insect (mun-
delli).”

O. sulphurea seems to be the favored host of doddi. Mr. Dodd
tells me that cactorum does not attack this cactus although it is
abundant in territory within the range of that insect. He also states
that there are consistent differences in the eggs and egg sticks between
the two species and that their larvae can be distinguished in the
field. I am unable to separate alcoholic specimens of the larvae
with any certainty. The moths can be distinguished easily enough
by the characters given in the key.

Named in honor of Alan P. Dodd.

4. CACTOBLASTIS MUNDELLI, new species
Priates 26, 47; Ficgures 11, 100, 101

Male.—Head ocherous. Palpi cinereous, dusted with black. Thorax
ocherous-fuscous, heavily dusted with white and black scales, espe-
cially on tegulae and posterior margin. Fore wing ocherous-fuscous
with a fine dusting of white scales in costal area from base to apex;
some black scaling on the veins; discal dot at end of cell somewhat
obscured by a dark smudge which extends beyond the cell toward
vein 1b; transverse black lines distinct and well contrasted against
the ground color; dentations of subterminal line as in doddi; a row
of seven small black dots on termen at the vein ends. Hind wing
dull white with a faint smoky tint; veins faintly outlined in fuscous-
ocherous; some fuscous shading along costa and a fine fuscous line
on termen from apex to about vein 1b.

Alar expanse, 838-40 mm.

Genitalia with base of apical process of gnathos (fig. 11) nearly
square when viewed from beneath.

Female.—Like the male in color and markings except that the
hind wing is pale smoky fuscous.

Alar expanse, 42 mm.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

Genitalia not specifically different from those ef cactorum except
for a somewhat shorter ductus bursae.

Type and paratypes —U.S.N.M. no. 52750. Paratypes also sent
to Mr. Dodd.

Type locality —Arequipa, Peru.

Food plant.—O puntia (Cylindropuntia) exaltata Berger.

Remarks.—Described from male type and five male and one female
paratypes, all from the type locality and reared by R. C. Mundell

(Oct.-Nov. 1936).
Apparently this species does not attack the Platypuntias. Mr.

Dodd writes that “the Platypuntia, O. ficus-indica (which is a host
of cactorum in Argentina), is grown in cultivations around Arequipa
but seems to be immune from attack. Mr. Mundell states that he
found larvae in O. exaltata growing alongside noninfested plants of
jicus-indica.”

The species is easily recognized by the color of the hind wings and
the ocherous suffusion on the fore wings.

Named in honor of R. C. Mundell.

5. CACTOBLASTIS BUCYRUS Dyar
PLATES 26, 38; FiaurEs 12-12c, 50—-50b

Cactoblastis bucyrus DyAr, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 10, p. 16, 1922;
Proe. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 1385, 1928.

Male—Much darker than males of other species of Cactoblastis.
Palpi and thorax heavily dusted with blackish scales. Head and
collar ocherous. Fore wing brownish fuscous; white dusting incon-
spicuous, the pale scales more ocherous than white; black antemedial
and subterminal lines somewhat obscured by the dark ground color,
conspicuous only toward costa, dentations of subterminal line as in
doddi; a row of seven black dots along termen at vein ends. Hind
wing brownish fuscous.

Alar expanse, 30-32 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 12-12c) with arms of anellus somewhat shorter
than those of cactorwm, doddi, and mundelli.

Female.—In color and markings similar to the male, pale dusting
on fore wing a trifle more noticeable, more whitish than ocherous.

Alar expanse, 40-41 mm.

Genitalia (figs, 50-50b) with bursa very minutely and sparsely
scobinate. The signum, like that of other species of Cactoblastis, is
individually variable. Extremes of variation are shown in figures
50 and 50b.

Type—In United States National Museum.

Type locality —Mendoza, Argentina.

Food plants—Trichocereus, Echinopsis, Denmoza.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 361

Distribution. ARGENTINA : ‘Tucuman, Tapia, Mendoza, Catamarca,
Andalgala.

Twelve specimens examined.

Remarks.—Concerning hosts, Mr. Dodd supplies the following
note: “The food plants of Cactoblastis bucyrus in Tucuman are
Trichocereus terscheckti (Parmentier) and Echinopsis shaferi Brit-
ton and Rose; Stetsonia is not a known host plant, Dyar described
this insect from material reared by W. B. Alexander from Echino-
cactus (?) at Mendoza and from Fchinopsis at Andalgala. The
‘E'chinocactus’ from Mendoza is undoubtedly Denmoza rhodacantha
(Salm-Dyck). The &chinopsis from Andalgala is probably EF’. tubi-
fora (Pfeiffer).”

7. CAHELA, new genus

Genotype.—Olyca ponderosella Barnes and McDunnough.

Antennae of male and female pubescent, the pubescence shorter in
the female. Labial palpus of male obliquely upturned, of female
porrect, with third segment downcurved and second and third seg-
ments longer than those of male; male palpus not extending above
middle of front and with third segment short. Maxillary palpus
squamous. Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 shortly anastomosing be-
yond cell; 38 and 5 stalked. Eighth abdominal segment of male
simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos fused; harpe with
apex evenly rounded; vinculum short; anellus with base of plate
narrowly sclerotized, arms long and broad, slightly twisted; aedeagus
stout, sclerotized throughout.

Female genitalia with signum developed as a ridged plate (a hol-
low, blunt, flattened, more or less thornlike projection into the bursa) ;
bursa copulatrix large, finely scobinate especially in the neighbor-
hood of the signum; ductus bursae scobinate at genital opening;
ductus seminalis from bursa near signum.

Larvae whitish, not banded or conspicuously spotted; solitary in
habit ; stem borers in Cylindropuntias.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks—This genus and the following (Rumatha) are dis-
tinguished from all others in the cactus-feeding group by the com-
plete fusion of the apical process of the gnathos. Several male char-
acters distinguish the two genera from each other, but Cahela is most
easily recognized by the black longitudinal lines between the veins
on the fore wing.

The genus is apparently limited in distribution to the southwestern
part of the United States and northern Mexico.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

1. CAHELA PONDEROSELLA (Barnes and McDunnough)
Piares 26, 38, 47; Ficures 13-13f, 51-5la, 102-102a, 103-103a

Olyca ponderosella BARNES and McDunNoucH, Contr. Nat. Hist. Lepid. North
America, vol. 4, no. 2, p. 175, 1918.
Zophodia purgatoria Dyak, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 222, 1925.

(New synonymy. )
Cactobrosis interstitialis Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 223,
1925; Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928. (New synonymy.)
Cactobrosis phoenicis Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 223, 1925;
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928. (New synonymy.)
Cactobrosis (2?) ponderosella (Barnes and McDunnough) Dyak, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928.

Male.—Head, thorax, fore wings, and body dark fuscous-gray pep-
pered with white and with pronounced, longitudinal, black lines on
the fore wing; a long black line through the cell and extending from
near base of wing to termen; another long black line from base to
tornus running parallel and very close to the fold; in outer area,
from beyond cell to apex and termen, five other shorter black lines,
the longest and most pronounced above vein 6; all the black lines
between and not on the veins; antemedial and subterminal lines
normally obsolete; in a very few specimens a faint indication of a
partial, black, antemedial line and in several specimens a dark shade
from end of cell to middle of inner margin, but no trace of any
transverse subterminal line; body somewhat paler than fore wing or
thorax. Hind wing white, semihyaline, termen for a short distance
from costa very faintly and narrowly edged with fuscous.

Alar expanse, 30-40 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 13-13f) figured from type. There is some variation
in the shape and size of the terminal process of the gnathos in differ-
ent specimens from any given locality. The extremes of variation are
shown in figures 13-13c.

Female.—Similar to the male in color and markings except for a
more pronounced fuscous shading along termen of hind wing.

Alar expanse, 26-42 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 51-51a) figured from paratype from the type locality.
The size of the signum and bursa varies somewhat in different speci-
mens, but the variations are slight and can be found in any series from
one locality.

Types.—In United States National Museum (ponderosella, purga-
toria, interstitialis, phoenicis).

Type localities —Palm Springs, Calif. (ponderosella, phoenicis) ;
Colorado Desert, Yuma County, Ariz. (purgatoria); Presidio, Tex.
(tnterstitialis).

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 363

Food plant.—Opuntia (Cylindropuntia) imbricata (Haworth) and
probably other Cylindropuntias.

Distribution—Unirep States: California, Palm Springs (Apr.,
Aug.), San Bernardino (Apr., May) ; Utah, St. George (May, June) ;
Nevada, Charlestown Mountains (July), Clark County (Apr., May,
June) ; Arizona, Yuma County, Mohave County (Apr., May), Dewey
(June), “en route from Dewey to Salome” (Apr.), Maricopa County
(July), Prescott (Apr., June), Redington, Baboquivari Mountains
(Pima County, May, July, Aug.), Phoenix (May), Tucson (June),
Douglas (May), Christmas (Gila County), Paradise (Cochise
County, June) ; Zexas, Brewster County, Alpine (Apr.), Presidio.

One hundred and thirty-two specimens examined.

Dodd states that the range of the species includes the central
plateau of Mexico, which is what we should expect. I have seen
no Mexican specimens.

Remarks.—The species is remarkably uniform in color and mark-
ings but varies considerably in size, which accounts for some of the
synonymy. Dyar described his purgatoria from an exceptionally
small female (26 mm). ‘There is a male in the National collection
(from Phoenix, Ariz.) only 23 mm in expanse, but this is obviously
an abnormal specimen. Its genitalia are correspondingly smaller
than those of normal males. The usual expanse of both males and
females is about 35 mm. When Dyar described his three species
he had not seen the types of ponderosella and had very few speci-
mens from any locality.

Superficially ponderosella is similar to both H’remberga leuconips
(Dyar) and Cactobrosis strigalis (Barnes and McDunnough).
They also are dark gray with conspicuous black longitudinal lines
on their fore wings, but in Jewconips and strigalis the black lines are
on the veins, while in ponderosella they lie between the veins. This
character at once distinguishes it from other known cactus phycitids.

8. RUMATHA, new genus

Genotype—Zophodia bihinda Dyar.

Antenna of male shortly serrate and pubescent, of the female simple
and pubescent, the pubescence shorter in the female than in the male.
Labial palpi porrect in both sexes; third segment of palpus about
half as long as second. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing
with veins 7 and 8 anastomosing beyond cell; 3 and 5 stalked.
Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos fused; harpe with
apex evenly rounded and with a subbasal sclerotized pocket (pt,

109335—39——_3

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

fig. 14) between sacculus and costa; uncus truncate and short in pro-
portion to its breadth; vinculum short, truncate, almost square in out-
line; anellus with base rather broadly sclerotized, arms short, broad,
slightly twisted; aedeagus very short, stout, partially sclerotized (on
ventral half only). The entire genitalia have a squat appearance that
is characteristic.

Female genitalia with signum developed as a ridged plate with in-
wardly projecting ridge bluntly serrate (except in glawcatella, in
which the signum is as in Cahela ponderosella) ; bursa copulatrix
large, finely scobinate, especially in neighborhood of signum; ductus
bursae scobinate at genital opening and with a pair of more or less
defined sclerotized plates on the dorsal membrane of the ductus at
the opening; ductus seminalis from bursa near signum (but somewhat
farther removed than in Cahela).

Larva of only one species (glaucatella) known; whitish, not banded
or conspicuously spotted; solitary in habit; stem borer in Cylindro-
puntia.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—This genus is very close to Cahela, and for some time I
hesitated about erecting it, for both genera have similar larvae and
host associations and a like structure of the gnathos; but there are
too many other differences in male characters and adult habitus to
permit their lumping. The partially sclerotized aedeagus, the short
stout arms of the anellus, the squat appearance of the whole male
genitalia, the porrect male labial palpi, and the serrate male an-
tennae at once distinguish the males of Rumatha from those of Ca-
hela; and the wing patterns readily separate both sexes. In Rumatha
the discal dot is prominent and the transverse lines on the fore wing
are well defined for at least half their length. In Cahela the distine-
tive wing markings are longitudinal.

Three species are recognized as belonging to the genus. Its dis-
tribution is limited apparently to the southwestern part of the
United States and possibly the adjacent regions of northern Mexico,
although as yet no specimens have been received from Mexico.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF RUMATHA

1. Ground color of fore wing white; expanse 20 mm or less.
1. glaucatella (Hulst)
Ground color of fore wing fuscous; expanse 28 mm and over_------------ 2
2. Indentation of subterminal line of fore wing between veins 5
and 6 deep, extending to cell; no pinkish scaling on costal area
OLSLOLE OWN peel SBE eee ee te he eee 2. bihinda (Dyar)
Indentation of subterminal line of fore wing between veins 5 and 6
shallow, not extending to cell; a scattering of pinkish scales
among white scales on costal area of fore wing---__~_ 3. polingella (Dyar)

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 365
1. RUMATHA GLAUCATELLA (Hulst)
PLatEs 27, 39, 48; Ficures 16-16c, 52, 104-104a, 105-105a

Honora glaucatella HuLst, Entomologica Americana, vol. 4, p. 117, 1888.

Zophodia glaucatella (Hust), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 174, 1890;
U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 430, 1903—Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépi-
doptéres, vol. 8, p. 23, 1901—Barnes and McDuNnnovuGH, Check list of the
Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5712, 1917.

Male—Palpi, head, and thorax pale fuscous, sparsely sprinkled
with white; posterior margin of thorax edged with blackish fuscous.
Fore wing dull white, sparsely sprinkled with fuscous and with a very
pale fuscous stain in a broad area bordering inner margin; antemedial
line angulate, fuscous, rather faint but complete and always distin-
guishable; subterminal line double, consisting of two parallel, faint,
pale-fuscous lines, almost vertical and but very slightly dentate; discal
spot at end of cell blackish fuscous, prominent; a row of small blackish
dots along termen between the vein ends. Hind wing whitish with a
very pale fuscous line edging termen.

Alar expanse, 15-18 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 16-16c) much smaller than those of either bzhinda
or polingella; basal portion of aedeagus narrower in proportion;
harpe with apex more bluntly rounded than that of polingella but
with width of harpe less in proportion to its length than that of
bihinda.

Female.—In color, markings, and palpal structures similar to the
male. Pubescence of antenna much shorter.

Alar expanse, 16-20 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 52) with signum similar to that of Cahela pondero-
sella, the inwardly projecting edge not appreciably serrate; sclerotized
plates in genital opening very weak, hardly distinguishable except
under very high magnification.

Larvae—Solitary in habit, white, not banded or conspicuously
spotted.

Type.—In Rutgers College collection.

Type locality —Texas.

Food plant—Opuntia (Cylindropuntia) leptocaulis De Candolle.

Distribution—Unirep Sratses: Zewas, San Benito (May, June,
July, Aug.), Brownsville (June), San Diego (May), Laredo (July),
San Antonio; Florida (one female, so labeled and without other lo-
cality, from the Fernald collection in the United States National
Museum).

Seventeen specimens examined.

Remarks.—The labial palpus of the male is somewhat misleading.
In natural position the third segment is projected forward as in
fig. 104; but in relaxed and badly prepared specimens it may be bent

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOL, 86

upward. The pattern markings (particularly the pronounced discal
spot) and the male genitalia show that glaucatella belongs with
bihinda and polingella rather than in Cahela.

2. RUMATHA BIHINDA (Dyar)
PLatEs 27, 39, 48; Ficures 14-14c, 54, 108-108a, 109-109a

Zophodia bihinda Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 10, p. 173, 1922.
Eumysia bihinda (Dyan), Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 221, 1925.

Male.—Palpi, head, thorax, fore wings, and abdomen dark fuscous,
dusted with white, giving a decidedly grayish-fuscous appearance
to the moth; the white dusting heavy on costal half of fore wing
and upper surface of abdomen; discal spots and transverse markings
en fore wings blackish fuscous. Fore wing with area between cell
and inner margin brownish, with little or no white dusting and with
transverse lines obscured; costal half (especially above cell) strongly
suffused with white; transverse antemedial line blackish, distinct
only from costa to fold; subterminal line markedly dentate and sin-
uate, blackish, oblique, broad and conspicuous from costa to vein 8,
with a slight dentation between veins 8 and 6 and a deep angulation
between veins 5 and 6 extending to cell, between vein 5 and the fold
straight and inwardly slanting, thence obscure to inner margin of
fore wing; discal dots at end of cell normally conspicuous and fused
into a single black spot, obscure in a few specimens; a row of black
dots along termen at the vein ends; in some specimens faint traces
of a black longitudinal line through center of cell and a line of
blackish scales along the fold. Hind wing white, semihyaline, with
a fine, faint, fuscous line along termen and some fuscous shading
on costal margin. Under surface of abdomen decidedly brownish
fuscous, sparsely dusted with white. Legs with femora whitish, with
some fuscous spotting; coxae uniformly dark brown, with no white
dustings or markings, strongly contrasted against femora.

Alar expanse, 30-35 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 14-14c) appreciably larger than those of other
species in the genus; harpe broader in proportion to its length and
with apex more broadly rounded.

Female.—Similar to the male in color and markings. Labial pal-
pus somewhat longer and pubescence of antenna appreciably shorter.

Alar expanse, 32-36 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 54) similar to those of polingella and hardly to be
distinguished; signum with inner projecting edge irregularly and
bluntly serrate.

Type.—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality — Jemez Springs, N. Mex.

Food plant—Unknown.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 367

Distribution —Unirep States: Tewas, Alpine (Apr.) ; New Mexico,
Jemez Springs (June, July); Arizona, Yuma County (Apr.), “en
route from Dewey to Salome” (Apr.), Dewey (May), Mohave County
(March); Nevada, Clark County (March, Apr., May), Bellevue
(Washington County, May).

Thirty-eight specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species has never been reared and its larva is un-
known. From its close relationship to glaucatella we may expect that
its host will prove to be one of the Cylindropuntias.

3. RUMATHA POLINGELLA (Dyar)
PLATES 27, 39, 48; Fiaures 15-l5c, 53, 106-106a, 107-107a

Zophodia polingella Dyan, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 14, p. 31, 1906.—
Barnes and McDuNNovueH, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America,
no. 5713, 1917.

Male.—Similar in appearance to that of d¢hinda but with trans-
verse antemedial and subterminal lines more distinctly continued to
inner margin of fore wing; indentations of subterminal line not so
deep as in bihinda and not extending to cell; a scattering of pinkish
scales among the white scales on costal area of fore wing.

Alar expanse, 23-34 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 15-15c) similar to those of bihinda but with harpe
narrower, apex of harpe more acutely rounded, and aedeagus slightly
narrower in proportion to its length.

Female.——Similar to the male except for shorter pubescence on
antenna.

Alar expanse, 26-35 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 53) essentially like those of bihinda except that the
sclerotized plates in genital opening are not so distinct and the
signum is on the average smaller.

Type.—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality—Southern Arizona.

Food plant—Unknown, presumably a Cylindropuntia.

Distribution—Unirep Sratrs: Arizona, Douglas (June, Aug.),
Redington, Palmerlee, Paradise (Cochise County, July, Sept.), Pinal
Mountains (Apr.), Baboquivari Mountains (June, July, Aug.,Sept.),
Santa Catalina Mountains (Aug.), “southern Arizona” (Apr.).

Seventy-one specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species also has not been reared, and its life his-
tory is unknown. It is obviously distinct from bihinda but evidently
very close to that species and is quite similar to it in general appear-
ance. The characters given in the key will separate it readily
enough.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

9. Genus YOSEMITIA Ragonot

Yosemitia Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 17, 1901. (Geno-
type: Spermatopthora graciella Hulst.)

Yosemetia Hutst, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429, 19083—Dyar, Insecutor Insci-
tiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 220, 1925. (Misspelling for Yosemitia.)

Antenna of male weakly serrate and pubescent, of female simple
and shortly pubescent. Labial palpi obliquely porrect. Maxillary
palpus fan-shaped and held vertically to the face. Hind wing with
veins 7 and 8 anastomosing beyond cell; veins 3 and 5 stalkeu.
Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid; harpe with
apex evenly rounded; vinculum moderately long; anellus with arms
broad, short, slightly twisted, and base of plate broadly sclerotized ;
aedeagus short and slender, sclerotized throughout.

Female genitalia with signum developed as a small, shortly spined
plate; ductus bursae short; bursa copulatrix finely scobinate, espe-
cially in area about signum; ductus seminalis from bursa near junc-
tion of bursa and ductus bursae.

Larva bluish, dark, not banded or conspicuously spotted.

The larvae feed gregariously (sometimes singly) in Hchinocereus,
Coryphantha, Homalocephala, and presumably also in E’chinocactus
and NVeomamillaria.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—This genus as here defined is distinguished by the fol-
lowing combination of characters: Male antenna serrate and pubes-
cent; labial palpi porrect in both sexes; maxillary palpi fan-shaped ;
male genitalia with vinculum moderately long and rather narrow,
apical process of gnathos bifid, anellus small and stout with broad
short arms, aedeagus slender; eighth abdominal segment of male
simple; female genitalia with signum a small, shortly spined plate,
ductus bursae short and ductus seminalis from bursa copulatrix near
junction of bursa and ductus bursae; larvae not banded and normally
gregarious.

The male genitalia have a characteristic habitus which makes them
easy to place generically; but the differences between species are very
slight and not altogether trustworthy, hardly more than might be
expected within specific limits.

Four species are recognized as belonging to the genus. Its distri-
bution is the southwestern part of the United States and Mexico.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF YOSEMITIA

1. A short blackish line on midcosta of fore wing____________ 4, didactica Dyar
INOFSUCH eines ON Mil CCOSEA MOL cEOL Os wll oes ae eee 2
2. Subterminal line of fore wing interrupted between veins 6 and 5.

1. graciella (Hulst)

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 369

Subterminal line not interrupted between veins 6 and 5____..____. | 3
3. A blackish curved line from antemedial line through cell to upper

OulermanclemOte Ce less see eet ee eg 3. fieldiella (Dyar)
No such blackish line connecting antemedial line and outer angle

ot ce ee ee ee J e _ 2 longipennellay (Emlst)
1. YOSEMITIA GRACIELLA (Hulst)
Plates 28, 40, 44, 48; Figures 21—21d, 57, 79, 111-1114

Spermatopthora graciella Hutst, Entomologica Americana, vol. 3, p. 134, 1887.

Zophodia graciella (Hutst), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, 173, 1890.

Yosemitia graciella (Hulst) RAconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8,
p. 13, 1901—BarnEs and McDunnovucH, Contr. Nat. Hist. Lepid. North
America, vol. 3, no. 3, p. 199, 1916; Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal
America, no. 5699, 1917.

Yosemetia graciella (Hutst), U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429, 1903—Dvyar,
Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 18, p. 220, 1925.

Male.—Palpi, face, head, and thorax pale brownish fuscous, the
palpi sparsely dusted with white, the tegulae with posterior ends
shaded with black. Fore wing pale brownish fuscous dusted and
streaked with black and dusted with white scales; the white scaling
concentrated on and strongly whitening the costal half of the wing;
the black scaling thinly dusted over the lower half of the wing
(between cell and inner margin) and outlining the veins; transverse
lines incomplete, blackish; the antemedial line indicated only by a
transverse dash in the cell and a dot or very short streak on inner
margin; subterminal line prominent from costa near apex to vein 8
(sometimes to vein 6), inwardly slanting, interrupted between veins
6 and 5, obscure between vein 2 and inner margin; discal dots fused
into a line of black scales on discocellular vein; a row of small
black dots along termen between the vein ends. Hind wing whitish,
shaded with very pale fuscous at apex, along costa, and narrowly
along termen; cilia white with a very fine, pale fuscous, subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 25-30 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 21-21c) very little different from those of other
species in the genus; the vinculum is not so broad as that of fieldzella
or so long as that of dédactica; the anelli of the several species (figs.
18b, 19b, 20b, 21b) seem to offer the best characters for separating the
species on genitalic characters; those of graciella and longipennella
are much alike, but in didactica the arms appear to be more sharply
twisted and in fieldiella the basal portion is more narrowly sclero-
tized and the free arms, therefore, correspondingly longer. These
characters, however, may not be constant in long series.

Female.—Superficially like the male except that the labial palpus
is appreciably longer, the antennal pubescence shorter, and the hind
wings very pale, smoky fuscous rather than white.

Alar expanse, 25-30 mm.

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Genitalia (fig. 57) with signum a trifle smaller than that of any
other Yosemitia, otherwise not specifically distinguished.

Larvae “dark, dull blue, and solitary or gregarious in habit”
(Dodd).

Type—tIn Rutgers College collection.

Type locality.—Blanco County, Tex.

Food plants—Echinocereus viridijiorus Engelmann, F. polyacan-
thus Engelmann, and Coryphantha aggregata (Engelmann).
~ Distribution—Unirep Srates: Colorado, Denver (July) and one
specimen with only the State designation; Nevada, Clark County
(Apr., May) ; California, San Bernardino County (Apr.), Providence
Mountains (May), one specimen with only State designation (Apr.) ;
Arizona, Yavapai County, Ajo (Pima County, March), Baboquivari
Mountains (May), White Mountains (June), Pinal Mountains
(Apr.), Quijotoa Mountains (June), Santa Rita Mountains (June),
Sells P. O. (Pima County, May), “en route from Dewey to Salome”
(Apr.), Mojave County (May), Roosevelt (June), Phoenix (March,
Apr.), Redington, no locality except the state (2 specimens reared
from Coryphantha aggregata, June); New Mexico (March); Texas
(no specific locality, one specimen reared from Fchinocereus viridi-
florus, Apr.).

Seventy-six specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species bears a superficial resemblance to Rumatha
bihinda (Dyar) and might easily be confused with that species. On
other than structural characters it is most readily distinguished by
the distinct black scaling outlining the veins and rather strongly con-
trasted against the white dusting on the costal half of the fore wing.

I follow Barnes and McDunnough (1916) and Hulst (1890) in
reference to the type locality. According to the former the type is
from Texas and not Colorado as given by Hulst in 1888.

2. YOSEMITIA LONGIPENNELLA (Hulst)
PLATES 28, 40, 48; Ficures 20-20c, 58, 112-112a, 113-113a

Zophodia longipennella Hust, Entomologica Americana, vol. 4, p. 118, 1888.

Zophodia graciella (Hutst, in part), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 173, 1890,

Yosemitia graciella (Hulst, in part) Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres,
vol. 8, p. 138, 1901.

Yosemetia graciella longipennella (Hust), U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429,
1903.

Yosemitia graciella longipennella (Hulst) Barnes and McDunnovueH, Check
list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5699, 1917.

Yosemetia longipennella (Hulst) Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13,
p. 220, 1925.

Male.—Similar to that of graciella except black dusting on fore
wing sparse, veins not or but very faintly outlined by black scales,

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 371

transverse subterminal line not interrupted between veins 6 and 5,
dentate.

Alar expanse, 21-25 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 20-20c) essentially like those of graciella.

Female—Similar to the male in color and markings except
that the hind wings have a very pale smoky tint, paler on the average
than the hind wings of females of graciella.

Alar expanse, 22-26 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 58) similar to those of graciella but with signum a
trifle larger.

Larvae “dark dull blue, gregarious in habit” (Dodd).

Type.—tIn Rutgers College collection.

Type locality.—Texas.

Food plant—Homalocephala texensis (Hopffer).

According to Dodd the larvae also feed in Neomamillaria.

Distribution —Unirep States: Texas, Uvalde (June), “Big Bend”
(Apr.), San Antonio (June), Van Horn (June), San Diego (Apr.),
San Benito (Apr., May).

Fifteen specimens examined.

Remarks.—When Hulst (1890) transferred his graciella from Siier
matopthora to Zophodia, he sank longipennella as a synonym of gra-
ciella. Ragonot also treated them as one species. Dyar, in his catalog
(1903), listed longipennella as a race or subspecies. Later (1925) he
restored it to full specific rank. He was apparently justified in so
doing, for, while the two species are close and the differences between
them slight, these differences are constant. The host association, the
smaller average size, and the shallow indentation of the subterminal
line of the fore wing between veins 6 and 5 suggest that longipen-
nella is a distinct species rather than a race or variety of graciella.

3. YOSEMITIA FIELDIELLA (Dyar)
PLATES 28, 49; Ficures 18-18c, 114—-114a, 115-115a

Zophodia fieldiella Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 1, p. 35, 1913.—
Barnes and McDunnovueH, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America,
no. 5711, 1917.

Male—Palpi pale brownish fuscous more or less dusted with white
and with some black scaling on ends of maxillary palpi. Head and
thorax paler brown, almost clay colored; tegulae tipped with black-
ish scales. Fore wing heavily dusted with white on costal half and
with some scattered white scales on remainder of wing; area between
inner margin and cell pale brownish, concolorous with thorax; ante-
medial line incomplete, distinct only from costa to lower vein of cell;
subterminal line complete but obscure except for the blackish costal
dash, dentate, the incurvation between veins 6 and 5 shallow; from

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

antemedial line, where it meets the cell, a thin, obscure, curved, black-
ish line extends to upper outer angle of cell; discal dot small, ob-
scure; on some specimens a few black scales outlining vein 6; on
termen a row of obscure blackish dots lying between the vein ends.
Hind wing white, with a very pale fuscous line along termen.

Alar expanse, 22 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 18-18c) with basal portion of anellus more nar-
rowly sclerotized and arms correspondingly longer than in the other
species of the genus; vinculum also broader and shorter.

Female.—Similar to the male in color and pattern except that the
hind wings are very faintly tinted with smoky fuscous.

Alar expanse, 21-25 mm.

Genitalia similar to those of longipennella, but signum somewhat
larger.

Type—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality —La Puerta Valley, Calif.

Food plant—Unknown.

Distribution—Unrirep Srates: California, La Puerta Valley
(July) ; Arizona, Catalina Springs (May).

Remarks.—The only specimens I have seen are those of the type
series in the National collection (one male and five females). The
species has not been reared and its larva is unknown. It is easily
distinguished from the other North American species of Yosemitia
by its paler color and the fine, curved, blackish line on the fore wing
from the apex of the antemedial line to the outer end of the cell.

4. YOSEMITIA DIDACTICA Dyar
PLATES 28, 48; Fiaures 19-19¢, 110-110a

Yosemitia didactica DyAr, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p. 408, 1915.

Male—Palpi pale brownish fuscous sparsely dusted with white.
Head and thorax paler fuscous; tegulae shaded with blackish-
fuscous scales at their apices. Fore wing heavily dusted with white
on costal half; @ short blackish line on midcosta; lower half of wing
concolorous with thorax; antemedial line obscure, incomplete; discal
dot at outer end of cell distinct, blackish; subterminal line complete,
dentate, double for a short distance from apex and thence outwardly
margined by a narrow pale shade, obscure toward inner margin,
parallel to termen; veins 5 to 9 very faintly outlined by dark scaling;
terminal row of dots almost obsolete. Hind wing whitish, faintly
smoke-tinted, somewhat darker toward apex and along termen; cilia
with a pale smoky subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 22 mm.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 373

Genitalia (figs. 19-19c) with vinculum rather longer than that of
any other species in the genus; anellus with arms bent about aedeagus.

Female—Similar to the male in color and markings except that
the hind wings are a trifle darker.

Alar expanse, 22-23 mm.

Genitalia similar to those of graciella.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality —Tehuacan, Mexico.

Food plant—Unknown.

Distribution—Mextico: Tehuacan (May, June), Orizaba.

Three specimens (one male and two females) examined.

Remarks.—This species resembles graciella but is somewhat paler
and the male has slightly darker (smoky) hind wings. It is at once
distinguished by the dark line on the midcosta of the fore wing. Its
life history is unknown.

10. Genus TUCUMANIA Dyar

Tucumania Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 224, 1925. (Genotype:
Tucumania tapiacola Dyar.)

Antenna of male shortly serrate and pubescent, of female simple
and shortly pubescent. Labial palpus of male upturned, reaching
almost to level of top of eye; of female porrect (the second segment
oblique, the third slightly downcurved). Maxillary palpus squamous.
Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 anastomosing for a short distance be-
yond cell; 8 and 5 stalked. Eighth abdominal segment of male
simple.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid; harpe with
apex bluntly pointed or elliptically rounded; vinculum moderately
long (it is somewhat foreshortened in fig. 17), broad; anellus with
base of plate moderately sclerotized, arms rather broad and long,
slightly twisted; aedeagus long, slender; penis weakly scobinate to-
ward outer extremity.

Female genitalia with signum a small ridged or granulate plate;
bursa copulatrix with some fine scobinations in the area about sig-
num; ductus seminalis from bursa near junction of bursa and ductus
bursae.

Larva purplish or wine colored with sclerotized areas about body
tubercles dark brown and large; two setae in group VII on abdominal
segments 7 and 8.

The larvae are solitary feeders in the joints of Platypuntias.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—This genus is distinguished from others having serrate
and pubescent male antennae and squamous maxillary palpi by its
host association, its upturned male palpi, slender aedeagus, female

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM You, 86

genitalia with signum and with ductus seminalis from the bursa. It

is nearest to Eremberga, but that genus is broad-winged and has a

flat, more strongly sclerotized anellus, a scobinate aedeagus, stouter

male genitalia, no signum, and the ductus seminalis coming from the

ductus bursae. In 7ucumania the wings are long and rather narrow.
The known distribution is Argentina and Uruguay.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF TUCUMANIA

1. General color of fore wings dark grayish fuscous ; expanse 30 mm

Or leSs= 2.) = S28 ee 1. tapiacola Dyar
General color of fore wings pale purplish fuscous; expanse over
PRI) Fyn sce Se a ra ee

1. TUCUMANIA TAPIACOLA Dyar
Piates 27, 40, 44, 49; Ficures 17-17d, 59-59a, 82, 121—-121a, 122

Tucumania tapiacola DyAr, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 225, 1925.

Male—Palpi, face, head, thorax, and fore wings dark grayish
fuscous with a sparse scattering of obscure whitish scales (Dyar
states that the coxae and parts of the femora and tibiae of the legs
are black, but even on these parts there is some scattered pale scaling
and the ground color is fuscous rather than black). Fore wing
almost uniformly dark, sometimes a very faint luteous tint in the
median area and a slight pale suffusion in terminal area; transverse
lines black but not strongly contrasted against the dark ground color;
antemedial line bidentate, its apex extending almost to center of cell;
subterminal line dentate, sinuate, the dentations short, bordered out-
wardly by a pale line and beyond this by a rather broad blackish
band, from costa well before apex; apical spot at end of cell large;
veins beyond cell faintly outlined by dark scaling; a row of black
dots along termen at the vein ends. Hind wing whitish, semihyaline,
strongly shaded with fuscous at apex and narrowly along margin of
termen almost to anal angle.

Alar expanse, 27-28 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 17-17c) with apex of harpe bluntly pointed; anellus
with the apices of the arms appreciably broadened. ‘These are pre-
sumably specific characters. I have seen no males of any other species
of Tucumania.

Female—In color and markings like the male except that the
fuscous shading on the hind wing is a trifle more extended.

Alar expanse, 30 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 59-59a) with scobinations of bursa very weak and
distinguishable only in area surrounding signum; signum somewhat
granulate.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 375

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality —Tapia, Tucuman, Argentina.

Food plants—Opuntia (Platypuntia) discolor Britton and Rose,
O. (Platypuntia) aurantiaca Lindley.

Distribution — ARGENTINA.

Remarks.—Only three specimens are before me, the male type and
a pair (male and female) reared in Australia from Argentine stock
and sent me by Mr. Dodd.

2. TUCUMANIA PORRECTA Dyar
Prates 40, 49; Ficgures 60, 123

Tucumania porrecta Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 225, 1925.

Male-——Unknown.

Female.—Larger and paler than that of tapiacola. Thorax pale
fawn color. Fore wing pale purplish fuscous with black markings
diffused ; antemedial and subterminal lines narrow, black, irregularly
dentate, distinguishable throughout but somewhat interrupted; dis-
cal dots at end of cell rather large but not sharply contrasted against
ground color of the wing because of scattered black dusting in the
surrounding area; dots along termen distinct; a short black streak
from base through middle of cell to apex of angulate antemedial line.
Hind wing white, faintly smoke-tinted, especially toward apex.
Legs pale purplish fuscous; femora and tibiae transversely banded
with blackish fuscous on outer sides.

Alar expanse, 32-35 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 60) with scobinations of bursa very fine but denser
than in ¢apiacola; a small patch of somewhat larger scobinations in
neck of bursa; signum larger, with a thin even keel but no granula-
tions.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality.—Paysandu, Uruguay.

Food plant —O puntia (Platypuntia) sp.

Distribution —Unrvevay.

Remarks.—Represented in the National collection only by the type
and paratype from the type locality (A. P. Dodd, Feb. 1925), both
females.

11. EREMBERGA, new genus

Genotype.—Cactobrosis leuconips Dyar.

Antenna of male serrate and pubescent, of female simple and
shortly pubescent. Labial palpus of male upturned, of female ob-
liquely porrect. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing with veins
7 and 8 very shortly anastomosed beyond cell; 3 and 5 stalked.
Eighth abdominal segment of male simple.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid; harpe with
apex evenly rounded; vinculum broad and short; anellus with base
of plate broadly and strongly sclerotized, arms short, broad, not
twisted or bent and with apices pointed; aedeagus moderately long,
rather slender, sclerotized throughout and with a minutely scobinate
flange at apex.

Female genitalia without signum; bursa copulatrix smooth or with
a few scattered microscopic scobinations; ductus bursae short, sco-
binate at genital opening; ductus seminalis from ductus bursae.

Larva white with dark spots forming incomplete cross bands; two
setae in group VII on abdominal segments 7 and 8.

The larvae are solitary or semigregarious feeders in E'chinocereus.
The larva of only one species (Jewconips) is known but the characters
here given presumably apply to the genus.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—This genus is close to Tucumania and has many charac-
ters in common with Olyca. The latter, however, has veins 3 and 5
of the hind wing connate, the ductus seminalis from the bursa rather
than from the ductus bursae, the male labial palpus oblique, the
aedeagus stout, and the basal plate of the anellus narrowly sclerotized.
The characters separating Hremberga from Tucwmania have been dis-
cussed in connection with the latter genus.

Three species are here recognized as belonging to Hremberga.

Its distribution is the southwestern part of the United States and
Mexico.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF EREMBERGA

1. A conspicuous, blackish, discal spot on fore wing at end of cell.
3. insignis, new species

No rsuehi discal spotsom fore. will. — a 2
2. General color of fore wing pale slate-gray______________ 1. leuconips (Dyar)
Predominant colors of fore wing white and luteous__.___ 2. creabates (Dyar)

1. EREMBERGA LEUCONIPS (Dyar)
PLATES 29, 39, 49; Fiaures 22-22¢, 55-55a, 118-118a, 119-119a

Cactobrosis leuconips Dyan, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 224, 1925;
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928.

Male.—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings grayish fuscous densely
sprinkled with white, giving the insect a pale slate color. Labial
palpus banded with blackish fuscous toward the ends of the segments.
Fore wing with veins 3 to 10 outlined in black, the black scaling es-
pecially strong on lower vein of cell; antemedial and subterminal
lines very fine and faint but usually discernible, black; antemedial
line acutely angulate and irregularly sinuate and dentate, more or less
broken and normally obliterated at costa; subterminal line also ir-

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 34

regularly sinuate and dentate, decidedly slanting, obscured toward
costa; no distinct discal marks at end of cell and no dots along termen.
Hind wing glistening white, semihyaline with a band of fuscous
shading along costa and a fine pale-fuscous line along termen for a
short distance from apex.

Alar expanse, 27-37 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 22-22c) with lateral edges of anellus finely and
irregularly serrate; vinculum with terminal margin evenly rounded,
lateral margins not concave or excavate.

Female——Color and markings as in the male except hind wings
dark smoky fuscous, the fuscous shading extending into the cilia and
strongly outlining most of the veins; hind wings paler toward their
bases.

Alar expanse, 26-37 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 55-55a) without any trace of signum; bursa nearly
smooth; ductus seminalis from ductus bursae a short distance from
genital opening.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality —Baboquivari Mountains, Ariz.

Food plant.—Echinocereus polyacanthus Engelmann.

Distribution—Untirep States: Arizona, Baboquivari Mountains
(July, Sept.), Roosevelt (July), Oracle (July), Huachuca Moun-
tains (Aug.), Chiricahua Mountains, Mohave County (Sept.).

Eighteen specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species bears a strong resemblance to Cactobrosis
strigalis (Barnes and McDunnough) and might easily be confused
with it. The latter, however, has filiform maxillary palpi while
those of /euconips are distinctly squamous. Dyar seems to have over-
looked this character in placing many of his species. Also there is
a difference in the longitudinal markings. In sétrigalis the strongest
black longitudinal line is that along the top of the cell and vein 6,
while in /ewconips the strongest line is that along the lower vein of
the cell.

In two males and some of the females of leuconips there is a faint
brownish-fuscous suffusion on the lower third of the fore wing
(bordering the inner margin), but this is not distinguishable on all
specimens and does not seem to be a specific character.

2. EREMBERGA CREABATES (Dyar)
Plates 29, 49; Fiaures 24-24c, 120-120a

Olyca creabates Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 11, p. 29, 1923.

Cactobrosis creabates (Dyar), Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928.
Male—Palpi grayish fuscous. Head grayish fuscous shaded with

white. Thorax luteous, whitish toward anterior margin. Fore wing

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

with basal area (to antemedial line), and all the area between ante-
medial and subterminal transverse dark shade and the fold and costa,
white; area between fold and inner margin luteous; outer area (be-
yond subterminal dark shade) ashy white, shading to luteous at
tornus; transverse antemedial line well contrasted against ground
color, thin, black, irrorate, forming a sharp angle at the fold, the
apex of the angle extending almost to the middle of the fold; sub-
terminal line obsolete, replaced by a dark, transverse shade below end
of cell and some scattered blackish dusting toward apex; veins 2 to
10 and upper and lower veins of cell more or less outlined in black,
the lines very faint on all the veins except vein 4; along termen,
between the vein ends, a row of very faint blackish dots; no discal
marks at end of cell. Hind wing shiny white, semihyaline, with a
faint pale-fuscous shading along costa, on veins 6, 7, and 8, and at
extreme apex.

Alar expanse, 34 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 24-24c) with lateral margins of anellus smooth;
vinculum with terminal margin straight, rather broad, lateral margins
excavate.

Female——Unknown.

Type.——In United States National Museum.

Type locality —San Diego, Calif. (July).

Food plant—Unknown.

Remarks.—Known only from the unique male type. It is a strik-
ing species and should be easily recognized from the description and
genitalic figures.

3. EREMBERGA INSIGNIS, new species
PLATE 29; Ficures 23-23¢

Male.—Palpi, face, head, thorax, and fore wing dark grayish
fuscous. Fore wing very faintly dusted with white on costal half;
lower half of wing faintly shaded with dull luteous-ocherous; ante-
medial and subterminal lines as in leuconips, except antemedial not
obliterated toward costa; veins 2 to 9 very faintly outlined in black,
the black lining most distinct on lower vein of cell; a conspicuous
black spot at end of cell; along termen, between the vein ends, a row
of rather conspicuous black dots. Hind wing shiny white, semi-
hyaline, with a fuscous shade bordering costa and a pale fuscous line
on termen for a short distance from apex.

Alar expanse, 35 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 28-23c) with lateral margins of anellus smooth;
vinculum with terminal margin straight and narrow, lateral margins
outwardly angled.

Female—Unknown.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 379

Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 52754.

Type locality.—San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

Food plant—Unknown.

femarks.—-Described from male type dated July 26, 1930, and
submitted by R. C. Mundell. The specimen may have been reared,
but the label gives no food plant, and the assumption is that it was
merely a collected specimen. A female, collected on July 19 in the
same locality and sent as a presumptive female of the same species, is
a Yosemitia close to and closely resembling graciella. I think it is
undescribed and have figured the genitalia (fig. 56), but I am not
naming it as the moth is in too poor condition for accurate deter-
mination.

F. insignis is easily distinguished from the other two species in
the genus by the conspicuous discal spot on the fore wing. The
palpi were not figured, as they are like those of lewconips.

12. SALAMBONA, new genus

Genotype.—Zophodia analamprella Dyar.

Antenna of male pubescent and slightly serrate, of female simple
and shortly pubescent. Labial palpi of both sexes porrect with the
third segments downcurved, the third segment slightly longer in the
female than in the male. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing
with veins 7 and 8 anastomosed for more than one-half their length
beyond the cell; 3 and 5 stalked. Eighth abdominal segment with
a pair of strong ventrolateral hair tufts.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid, small; uncus
constricted toward apex; harpe with apex oblique; vinculum long;
anellus with base of plate narrowly sclerotized, arms long, curved
and twisted part way around aedeagus; aedeagus long, stout.

Female genitalia without signum or scobinations in bursa; bursa
small, smooth; ductus bursae long, slender, smooth; ductus seminalis
from near end of bursa.

Larvae “grayish-green or blackish” (Dodd), not banded or con-
spicuously spotted ; solitary feeders in fruits of Platypuntia.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—The genus is distinguished from other genera in the
cactus-feeding group by the following combination of characters:
Antenna of male serrate and pubescent; labial palpi of both sexes
porrect and downcurved; maxillary palpus squamous; harpe of
genitalia with apex oblique; vinculum long; eighth abdominal seg-
ment of male bearing a pair of ventrolateral tufts; bursa copulatrix
of female small and without signum or scobinations (smooth) ;
ductus seminalis from near end of bursa; larvae unbanded, dark,
fruit feeders in Platypuntia.

109335—29——4

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Only the type species is recognized as belonging to the genus. It
is known only from Argentina.

1. SALAMBONA ANALAMPRELLA (Dyar)
PLATES 30, 42, 49; FicurEs 26-26c, 69, 116-116a, 117-117a

Zophodia analamprella Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 10, p. 17, 1922.

Male.—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings dark stone gray; the
scales under magnification dark grayish fuscous tipped with dull
white. Fore wing with the costa broadly margined (to top of cell)
with white, the white streak diminishing toward base of wing and
terminating before apex; no transverse lines, or discal or terminal
dots. Hind wing semihyaline with a smoky shade along costa and
a narrow smoke-brown line along termen.

Alar expanse, 25-27 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 26-26c) as figured; characters as given for the
genus.

Female-—Color and markings as in the male, except that the
smoky shade is somewhat more extended on the hind wing.

Alar expanse, 25-27 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 69) with bursa very small and ductus bursae long
and very slender.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality—Carmen Patagones, Argentina.

Food plant—Opuntia (Platypuntia) sulphurea G. Don and prob-
ably other species of Platypuntia.

Distribution ARGENTINA: Carmen Patagones (Jan.), Andalgala
(Mar.), La Rioja.

Seven specimens examined.

Remarks.—Dodd states that “this insect is usually predacious on
cochineal (Dactylopius spp.) but not uncommonly the larvae feed in
Opuntia fruit and flower buds.” From the genitalic and other struc-
tural characters of the moth I am inclined to doubt this. I think
analamprella will prove to be primarily a cactus feeder and only sec-
ondarily predacious on the cochineal scales on the cactus. It is the
other way around with Laetilia coccidivora (Comstock). The latter
is a true predator and follows its coccid hosts no matter to what plant
they may go. It also varies its diet somewhat by occasional feedings
on buds and flowers. According to Dodd it sometimes feeds in
Opuntia flowers ; but this is a secondary habit and the association with
Opuntia accidental. Laetilia is close to but not a part of the cactus-
feeding group of Phycitinae. Salambona, on the other hand, is, in
all adult characters, definitely a member of the group.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 381

The species is a striking one, easily recognized by the white costal
stripe on the fore wing. It most resembles some species now under
Epischnia. ‘The latter, however, have 8-veined hind wings and need
not be confused.

13. Genus PAROLYCA Dyar

Parolyca Dyak, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 17, 1928. (Genotype:
Olyca asthenosoma Dyar.)

Antenna of male unipectinate. Labial palpus of male upcurved.
Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 shortly
anastomosed beyond cell; 3 and 5 shortly stalked. Eighth abdominal
segment with a strong pair of ventrolateral tufts.

Male genitalia with apical portion of gnathos bifid; uncus nar-
rowed well before apex; harpe with apex oblique; vinculum long, its
terminal margin rounded, its lateral margins excavate (probably a
specific character only) ; anellus with base of plate broadly sclerotized,
arms long, rather broad and slightly twisted; aedeagus long, stout;
penis weakly scobinate.

Remarks—The genus is known only from the male of its type
species. Its biology is unknown, but from the genitalic and other
structural characters of the adult its larvae are presumed to be cactus
feeders. It is easily recognized, for it is the only genus in the cactus-
feeding group with unipectinate antenna. The habitat is French
Guiana,

1. PAROLYCA ASTHENOSOMA (Dyar)
PLATES 30, 49; Fiaures 25—25c, 124-124a

Olyca asthenosoma DyAk, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 7, p. 55, 1919.
Parolyca asthenosoma (DyAR), Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 137, 1928.

Male.—Palpi, head, and thorax sordid white. Fore wing white,
with a yellowish tint on area between fold and inner margin; ante-
medial band angulate, consisting of parallel black lines and a central
white line; a black oblique dash in median area from inner margin to
origin of vein 2; subterminal line broken, indicated by a pair of black
dashes at apex, black dots on the veins, and a black spot on inner
margin; a black discal dot at end of cell and some black scaling on
bases of veins 2 to 4; a row of small black dots along termen, between
the vein ends. Hind wing white, semihyaline, with a pale-fuscous
shade along costa, a narrow fuscous line along termen, and some pale
fuscous scaling on veins 2 to 8.

Alar expanse, 30 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 25-25c) with lateral margins of vinculum excavate.

Female——Unknown.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Type—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality—Maroni River, French Guiana.
Food plant—Unknown.

Remarks—Known only from the unique male type.

14. SIGELGAITA, new genus

Genotype.—Sigelgaita chilensis, new species.

Antenna of male bipectinate (in ¢ransilis with a few flattened setae
on the inner row of pectinations of the first five or six segments of the
shaft and also on the same segments); antenna of female shortly
pubescent. Labial palpus of male upcurved, of female porrect (the
second segment obliquely upturned, the third bent forward). Max-
illary palpus large, extending above front, flamboyant. Hind wing
with veins 7 and 8 anastomosing beyond cell; 3 and 5 stalked. Eighth
abdominal segment with two pairs of thin hair tufts (very slight in
chilensis) .

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos small, bifid; harpe
with apex oblique; vinculum long; anellus with base of plate some-
what broadly sclerotized, arms moderately long, slightly twisted (in
transilis) ; aedeagus moderately stout, long; penis weakly scobinate.

Female genitalia with signum weak or absent; bursa small and
finely scobinate; ductus bursae moderately long, finely scobinate
toward bursa and genital opening; ductus seminalis from middle of
bursa.

Larva “blue or blue green” (Dodd), not banded or conspicuously
spotted; two setae in group VII on abdominal segments 7 and 8.

The larvae are solitary feeders in the fruits of Fulychnia, Tri-
chocereus, and Platypuntia.

Egg and egg-laying habits unknown.

Remarks.—This genus is closest to Amalafrida but in many char-
acters more nearly resembles Nanaia. The maxillary palpi are long
in both Sigelgaita and Nanaia but are not so closely appressed to the
face in the former as in the latter. The labial palpi of the males
(upeurved in Sigelgaita, porrect in Nanaia) readily separate the two
genera.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SIGELGAITA

1. Fore wing with a dark shade from outer end of cell to inner mar-
gin; alar‘expanse over 30/mun 2-2 ee a ee 2
Fore wing with no such marking; alar expanse less than 30 mm.
8. transilis, new species
2. General color of fore wing dark gray (from Chile)_ 1. chilensis, new species
General color of fore wing pale brownish fuscous (from Peru).
2. huanucensis, new species

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 383
1. SIGELGAITA CHILENSIS, new species
PxaTEs 31, 42, 50; Ficures 28-28¢c, 70-70a, 125-125a, 126

Male.—Palpus, head, and thorax fuscous, strongly irrorated with
white; head and collar more whitish than fuscous; posterior margin
of thorax shaded with black. Fore wing fuscous, dusted with white,
giving the wing an ashy-gray (in some specimens a bluish-gray)
color; a white suffusion filling the cell; antemedial line near middle
of wing, black, outwardly angulate; from upper angle of cell to
middle of inner margin a more or less prominent blackish shade;
subterminal band dentate, consisting of a thin, black, inner line, a
parallel outer black line, and a central pale line, the dentations of the
outer line acute and extended in short dashes onto the veins; a row of
black dots along termen between the vein ends. Hind wing whitish,
smoky-fuscous toward termen, apex, and costa, and on the veins;
cilia white with a pale-fuscous subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 31-42 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 28-28c) with harpe fairly broad, aedeagus some-
what stouter than in ¢ranszlis, vinculum shorter.

Female——Pattern and color as in the male except smoky-fuscous
shading on hind wing somewhat more extended.

Alar expanse, 38-44 mm.

Female genitalia (figs. 70-70a) with signum present, the latter con-
sisting of three or four minute, more or less coalesced, blunt spines.

Type and paratypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 52751. Paratypes also sent to
Mr. Dodd.

Type locality —Ovalle, Chile.

Food plants —Eulychnia acida Philippi, 7’richocereus chiloensis
(Colla).

Remarks.—Described from male type and two male and four female
paratypes from the type locality, reared March 7, 9, 10, and 11, 1937,
from larvae feeding in fruits of Hulychnia acida; and two male and
four female paratypes from La Serena, Chile, reared January 6, 12,
18, 1937, from larvae feeding in fruits of Trichocereus chiloensis.

Superficially this species and huanucensis resemble Nanaia substi-
tuta. The latter, however, lacks altogether the dark shade between the
outer angle of the cell and the inner margin so characteristic of
chilensis and hwanucensis. The fore wings of the three species are
similar, long and narrow and of about the same size and shape.

2. SIGELGAITA HUANUCENSIS, new species
Puate 42; Ficures 71-71a

Male.—Similar to that of chilensis, except as follows: Paler, white
dusting on head, thorax, and fore wing more pronounced; general

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

color of fore wing brownish rather than gray; transverse dark shade
from outer upper angle of cell to inner margin pale brown; ante-
medial and subterminal lines interrupted, the latter indicated only by
blackish scaling on the veins; a pale brownish shade in area bor-
dering inner margin; hind wing pure white, with a very faint fus-
cous shade along costa and a thin pale-fuscous line on termen for a
short distance from apex.

Alar expanse, 45 mm.

Female—Similar to the male in color and markings except that
on the hind wing the fuscous line on the termen is a trifle broader
and extends nearly to the anal angle of the wing. There is also
some fuscous scaling on the veins.

Alar expanse, 45 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 71-71a) without signum.

Type and paratype —U.S.N.M. no. 52752.

Type locality—Huanuco, Peru.

Food plant.—O puntia (Platypuntia) ficus-indica (Linnaeus).

Remarks.—Described from female type and male paratype from
the type locality, reared December 12, 1928, by R. C. Mundell from
larvae feeding in the fruits of Opuntia (Platypuntia) ficus-indica.

The male paratype was in rather poor condition when received and
had no abdomen.

3. SIGELGAITA TRANSILIS, new species
PLATES 30, 50; Fiaures 27-27d, 127-127c

Male.—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark grayish fuscous
finely peppered with white, giving them a slate-gray color. Fore
wing with antemedial and subterminal lines obscured, indicated by
faint whitish lines bordered, for a short distance from costa, by
blackish streaks; discal spot at end of cell blackish, rather large; a
row of black dots along termen between the vein ends.

Alar expanse, 26 mm.

Genitalia (figs.27-27c) with harpe narrower than that of chilensis,
vinculum considerably longer, and aedeagus slenderer and appre-
clably tapering toward apex.

Female.—Unknown.

Type.—uv.S.N.M. no. 52753.

Type locality—Santa Eulalia, Peru.

Food plant.—Trichocereus sp.

Remarks.—Described from male type reared November 26, 1936, by
Johannes Wille from larva feeding in fruit of an undetermined
species of Z'richocereus (Wille no. 329-36).

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRBICH 385

On some of its characters this species would fit better in the follow-
ing genus (Amalafrida) than in Sigelgaita. The male antenna (figs.
127a-c) has flattened setae on the first five or six segments of the
shaft. In ¢ransilis these setae are on the shaft itself as well as on the
inner row of pectinations. Neither chilensis nor huanucensis shows
any trace of such setae. This one character, however, is all that sug-
gests association with Amalafrida leithella. The maxillary palpus
and the larval habits show that transilis belongs with chilensis and
huanucensis rather than with Jeithella.

15. AMALAFRIDA, new genus

Genotype.—Cactoblastis leithella Dyar.

Antenna of male bipectinate; on each of the inner pectinations of
the first five segments a row of from three to five flattened, spinelike
setae (figs. 128a—c) ; antenna of female simple and finely pubescent.
Labial palpus of male obliquely ascending, of female obliquely por-
rect. Maxillary palpus squamous. Hind wing with veins 7 and 8
anastomosing for over half their length beyond cell; veins 3 and 5
stalked. Eighth abdominal segment of male with two pairs of ven-
trolateral hair tufts.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid; harpe with
apex oblique; vinculum long; anellus with base of plate rather
broadly sclerotized, arms long, slightly twisted; aedeagus long, mod-
erately stout; penis scobinate.

Female genitalia without signum; bursa copulatrix large, weakly
and scatteringly scobinate; ductus bursae long, slender; ductus semi-
nalis from about middle of bursa.

Larvae “grayish in color with a tendency toward pale transverse
bands after the manner of Olycella larvae” (Dodd); solitary
tunnelers in Platypuntia.

Egg unknown.

Remarks.—The genus, at present, is represented by only the type
species. When Dyar described the latter he had only one female be-
fore him. Had he seen a male he never would have placed it in
Cactoblastis, to which the moth bears only a superficial resemblance.
The new genus is closest to Sigelgaita, one species of which (transilis)
also has setiferous pectinations on some of the basal segments of the
male antennal shaft. The form of the maxillary palpi, as well as
the shape of the fore wings, distinguishes the two genera. In Sigel-
gaita the fore wing is much longer in proportion to its width and the
termen more rounded than is the case in Amalafrida. According to
Dodd, Jeithella differs markedly from the species of Sigelgaita in
larval and pupal habits.

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
1. AMALAFRIDA LEITHELLA (Dyar)

PLaTes 31, 42, 50; Ficures 29-29d, 68-68a, 128-128c, 129
Cactoblastis leithella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 135, 1928.

Male.—Palpi whitish, peppered with pale fuscous. Head and
thorax ocherous-fuscous with a very faint rufous tint, some white
dusting on thorax and the thoracic hind margin shaded with black.
Fore wing with the areas between cell and costa, between vein 1b and
inner margin for a short distance, and along costal half of termen
white with a scattering of black scales; ground color of remaining
areas ocherous-fuscous, very faintly shaded with rufous above inner
margin; transverse and discal markings black; antemedial line in-
complete, indicated by a thin, blackish, irregular line from inner
margin to cell and a broad black streak from costa to about middle
of the fold (in some specimens this fuses with a black streak, which
extends from middle of vein 1b to end of cell); subterminal line
black, faint (obscured below vein 6 in some specimens), sinuate and
dentate, outwardly bordered by a whitish line and beyond this by a
second, very faint, parallel, pale-fuscous line; at end of cell a large,
irregular, black spot; a line of distinct black dots along termen be-
tween the vein ends. Hind wing white, semihyaline, with a narrow
pale-fuscous shade along costa and termen; cilia white with a fuscous
basal band.

Alar expanse, 30-32 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 29-29c) with characters as given for the genus.

Female.—Similar to the male in color and markings except hind
wing dark smoky fuscous shading to white toward base.

Alar expanse, 31-83 mm.

Genitalia figs. 68-68a) with bursa very large and irregularly
shaped, minutely scobinate.

Type.—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality —Curacao, Dutch West Indies.

Food plant—O puntia (Platypuntia) sp.

Distribution —Dutcu Wrst Invies: Curacao (Jan.). VENEZUELA.
Caracas (Jan.). Cotompra: Province of Colombia (Jan.).

Nine specimens examined.

Remarks.—Superficially leithella resembles Cactoblastis cactorum
but is easily distinguished on structural characters of the male and
female genitalia and of the male antennae.

16. Genus OZAMIA Ragonot

Ozamia Raconor, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 34, 1901. (Genotype:
Trachonitis lucidalis Walker.)

Antenna of male serrate (except in hemélutella and punicans,
where it is simple) and pubescent with a series of modified, papilla-

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 387

like setae on the inner side of several basal segments of the shaft
(fig. 130a); antenna of the female simple and pubescent. Labial
palpi obliquely ascending in both sexes. Maxillary palpus squamous.
Hind wing with veins 7 and 8 anastomosing beyond the cell; 3 and
5 stalked. Eighth abdominal segment bearing one pair or two
(odiosella) pairs of ventrolateral hair tufts.

Male genitalia with apex of gnathos small or moderately large,
bifid; apex of harpe oblique (except in punicans) ; vinculum long;
anellus with base of plate broadly rather than narrowly sclerotized,
arms long, slightly twisted and curved; aedeagus rather long and
moderately stout (except in Jwcidalis) ; penis scobinate.

Female genitalia with signum weak or absent (lucidalis), when
present developed as a thin, short, scobinate or shortly thorned plate
or a series or cluster of small, weak spines; bursa copulatrix minutely
scobinate, at least toward ductus bursae (wrinkled in the South
American species) ; ductus bursae long or moderately long, scobinate
toward bursa; ductus seminalis from bursa near signum.

Larvae wine-colored, olive-green, or blackish, not banded or con-
spicuously spotted; with two setae in group VII of abdominal seg-
ments 7 and 8; solitary feeders in fruits and flower buds of Opuntia
and Cereus, sometimes (some South American species) in the stems
of Cereus.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks—This genus divides into two natural groups: The
North American species with unwrinkled bursa and minutely scobi-
nate ductus bursae, and all fruit or bud feeders, and the South Ameri-
can species with wrinkled bursa and coarsely scobinate ductus bursae
and either fruit or stem feeders. The West Indian species (luc?-
dalis) is anomalous in some genitalic characters (small abdominal
tufts, rather slender aedeagus, long ductus bursae, and no signum),
but on habitus and other characters it appears closely allied to the
North American group. When males of all the species are known
it may be possible to give a separate generic designation to the
South American forms, but in the absence of definitive male char-
acters that does not seem justified.

The papillalike setae in the male antennal shaft of Ozamia also
occur in Cactobrosis and Zophodia, but the last two genera are dis-
tinguished by filiform maxillary palpi.

Seven species are here recognized as belonging to the genus. Its
distribution appears to be the southwestern part of the United States,
Central and South America, and the West Indies.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF OZAMIA

1. Fore wing dark gray with white transverse antemedial and sub-
terminal lines, but with very little white marking or dusting

other wise@22+ = 2s Sse 3 oe ee ee 4. thalassophila Dyar
Fore wing sordid white or gray, heavily dusted with white in
SONG Aanens 5.2 2 2 ee ee see eee 2

2. Predominant color of moth sordid white; ductus bursae of fe-
male finely scobinate (West Indies, North and Central

America) 22. oa eee eee 3
Predominant color of moth gray; ductus bursae of female coarsely
scobinate,,( South -America) 232232 =- Soe eee, ee eee 5
8. Area bordering inner margin of fore wing shaded with ferru-
ginous; female without signum (West Indies) —~---~ 1. lucidalis (Walker)
Area bordering inner margin of fore wing not ferruginous; fe-
male with signum (United States and Mexico) ~--__-____-_-____-___-_ 4

4. Fore wing with a greenish tint on area bordering inner margin
(discernible only in fresh specimens) ; signum of female a short
line of minute spines (southern California).
8. odiosella fuscomaculella (Wright)
No such greenish tint on fore wing; signum of female a narrow,

minutely spined plate (Texas and eastern Mexico)_-- 2. odiosella (Hulst)
5. General color of fore wing dark gray; mideostal half of wing
white finely peppered with black_--_--_-_-------~- 5. stigmaferella (Dyar)
General color of fore wing paler gray; midcostal half of wing
ashy white (an even peppering of whitish and fuscous scales) —~-----~ 6
6. Fore wing with large pale rust-colored blotches at base and on
iNNCTEN At 92 ee ee ee eee 7. punicans, new species
Fore wing with area between lower vein of cell, vein 2, and inner
margin clear yellow and unmarked_--_--_~~-----__-- 6. hemilutella Dyar

1. OZAMIA LUCIDALIS (Walker)
PLATES 32, 41; Fiaures 30-30e, 66-66a

Trachonitis lucidalis Waker, List of specimens of lepidopterous insects in
the collection of the British Museum, vol. 27, p. 39, 1863.

Ozamia lucidalis (Walker) Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8,
p. 34, 1901.

Male—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing sordid white. Fore
wing with ferruginous-fuscous spottings on the area bordering inner
margin; transverse markings black, shading to ferruginous-fuscous
toward inner margin; antemedial line angulate, white, bordered on
inner and outer sides by black or ferruginous, the outer black marking
at costa a broad spot; subterminal line dentate, slanting from costa
near apex to outer fourth of inner margin, bordered inwardly and
outwardly by dark lines, shading from black to ferruginous; discal
spot at end of cell irregular, frequently extended beyond cell into
two short dashes, black; a row of black dots along termen at the
vein ends. Hind wing white, semihyaline, with a fine fuscous line
along termen; cilia white with a faint, —— subbasal line. Abdom-
inal tufts small.

THE GCACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 389

Alar expanse, 25-26 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 30-80d) with apical process of gnathos small; end
of vinculum bluntly rounded.

Female.—Similar to the male in color and markings, except for a
stronger fuscous line on termen of hind wing.

Alar expanse, 26-30 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 66-66a) without signum; bursa and part of ductus
bursae minutely scobinate; ductus bursae long, slender, bent at
middle.

Type—tIn British Museum.

Type locality —Santo Domingo.

Food plant—Opuntia (Platypuntia) sp.

Dstribution—West Inpies: Cuba, Jamaica, Kingston (Jan.). I
have seen no specimens from the type locality.

Seven specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species is easily identified by the characters given
in the key. It has the smallest bursa of any Ozamia, and there is no
trace of a signum.

2. OZAMIA ODIOSELLA (Hulst)

PLATES 33, 41; Ficures 33-383d, 34, 64-64a

Nephopteryz odiosella Hust, Entomologica Americana, vol. 3, p. 182, 1887.

Salebria odiosella (Huusr), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soec., vol. 17, p. 155, 1890;
U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull, 52, p. 425, 1903.—Raconot, Mémoires sur les Lépi-
doptéres, vol. 7, p. 366, 1893.—Barnes and McDunnovueH, Check list of the
Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5645, 1917.

Ozamia clarefacta Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 7, p. 55, 1919.
(New synonymy.)

Male—Ground color and markings similar to those of Juczdalis
except that transverse markings are blackish throughout, paling
somewhat toward inner margin but not shading into ferruginous;
no ferruginous coloring on fore wing. In fresh specimens a green
shading on area bordering inner margin of fore wing and on collar
of thorax. Abdominal tufts (fig. 33d) much stronger than in /ue?-
dalis and in two distinct pairs.

Alar expanse, 23-28 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 33-33c, 34) with apical process rather large; end
of vinculum bluntly angulate.

Female.——Similar to the male in color and markings except that the
fuscous line along the termen of the hind wing is a trifle stronger.

Alar expanse, 24-28 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 64, 64a) with signum a narrow, minutely spined
plate; bursa copulatrix smooth except toward ductus bursae, where
it is finely scobinate ; ductus bursae of moderate length, swollen toward
bursa.

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 86

Types.—In United States National Museum (odiosella and clare-
facta).

Type localities —Texas (odiosella) ; Orizaba, Mexico (clarefacta).

Food plants—Opuntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution—Unitep States: Texas, Brownsville, Victoria
(May), Burnet County (Oct.), Uvalde (June, July), Kerrville (May,
June), San Benito (Aug.). Mexico: Orizaba (Apr.), Jalapa.

Twenty-two specimens examined.

Remarks.—In the original description of odiosella Hulst called his
specimen a male and gave the type locality as Colorado. In his 1890
paper he gives the locality as “central Texas” and shifts the species
from Nephopteryx to Salebria. Why he ever put it in either genus
is a mystery; for it obviously has but seven veins in the hind
wing. What is presumably Hulst’s original type is before me. It
came from the Fernald collection and bears Hulst’s label: “Wephop-
teryx odiosella Hulst, Type, Tex.” It is a female, as is Dyar’s type
of clarefacta. Dyar evidently considered his name a synonym for
he had all the North American specimens under odiosella with clare-
facta placed after it. The two types are identical in genitalic struc-
ture, color, and markings.

3. OZAMIA ODIOSELLA FUSCOMACULELLA (Wright), new combination

PLATES 32, 41, 50; Ficures 31-31c, 67, 180-130a

Huzophera fuscomaculella Wricut, Ent. News, vol. 27, p. 27. 1916.—Barnes and
McDunnovueH, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5723,
1917.

Ozamia heliophila Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 222, 1925.
(New synonymy. )

This variety is distinguished from typical odiosella only by its dis-
tribution, the lack of any green shading along the inner margin of the
fore wing (a character seen only in fresh specimens), and the char-
acter of the signum of the female. In fuscomaculella the signum
consists of a thin, short line of minute spines. A paratype (male)
of fuscomaculella from the Barnes collection is before me. It agrees
in every detail with the male type of heliophila.

Lypes.—tIn collection of W. 8S. Wright (fuscomaculella) ; United
States National Museum (heliophila).

Type localities —San Diego, Calif. (fuscomaculella) ; Los Angeles,
Calif. (heliophila).

Food plants—O puntia (Platypuntia) spp.

Distribution —Untirep Srates: California, San Diego (May, June,
Aug.), Los Angeles (July), Pasadena (Aug.).

Twelve specimens examined.

Remarks.—I was inclined to treat fuscomaculella and heliophila
as nothing more than synonyms of odiosella, but Mr. Dodd informs

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 391

me moths of odiosella (=clarefacta), when alive, have a decidedly
greenish tint, while living adults of fuscomaculella (=heliophila)
are uniformly “gray” with no suggestion of green, and that this dif-
ference corresponds with the distribution of the two forms; namely,
southeastern Texas and eastern Mexico as against the coastal region
of southern California. Such differences seem to indicate geographical
races, but, in view of the similarity of the two forms otherwise, not
distinct species.

4. OZAMIA THALASSOPHILA Dyar
PLATES 41, 50; Ficukes 63-63a, 131-131la

Ozamia thalassophila Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 15, 1925.

Female.—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark grayish fuscous,
lightly sprinkled with white. Fore wing with some white dusting on
costal half and a slightly more brownish shade on inner half; ante-
medial and subterminal transverse lines whitish, bordered with black
or blackish fuscous, the pattern as in ducidalis and odiosella; discal
spot at end of cell curved, black; between this and subterminal lines
one or two small, obscure, blackish dots; upper and lower veins of
cell faintly outlined by white scales; a row of black dots along termen
at or close to the vein ends; cilia pale ocherous-fuscous. Hind wing
white with a narrow fuscous shade along termen; cilia white, with a
fuscous subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 28 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 63-63a) with signum a small cluster of two or three
more or less fused and minute spines; bursa copulatrix partially
wrinkled (in the region of the signum); ductus bursae of moderate
length, finely scobinate toward bursa.

Type.—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality.—Oceanside, Calif.

Food plant.—O puntia (Cylindropuntia) sp.

Remarks—Known only from the unique female type, reared Au-
gust 1924 from larva in a Cylindropuntia, presumably feeding in the
fruit.

5. OZAMIA STIGMAFERELLA (Dyar), new combination

PLATE 41; Frcures 62-62a

Zophodia stigmaferella Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 10, p. 17, 1922.

Female.—Palpi, head, and thorax dark grayish fuscous sparsely
sprinkled with white. Fore wing dark grayish fuscous; extreme base
black; remainder of basal area and area between cell and costa and
to the subterminal line white lightly dusted with black; antemedial
line obsolete, indicated only by a large black spot on costa (cor-

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

responding to the black shade outwardly bordering the white an-
temedial line in the North American species of Ozamia) ; subterminal
line whitish, dentate, bordered inwardly and outwardly by black; a
short, dentate, black line from vein 8 to vein 2, midway between the
end of cell and the subterminal line and parallel with the latter; a
black curved mark at end of cell; a row of black dots along termen
at or near the vein ends; a faint whitish color dusted with black in
apical area. Hind wing white, semihyaline, with a fuscous shade
at apex and for a short distance along termen; cilia whitish with a
very faint fuscous subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 26 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 62-62a) with signum a small buttonlike thorn;
bursa copulatrix wrinkled and finely scobinate; ductus bursae long,
coarsely scobinate toward bursa.

Type.—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality —Catamarca, Argentina.

Food plant—Cereus validus Haworth.

Remarks.—This species is known only from the female type reared
March 7, 1921, by W. B. Alexander from a larva that had excavated
a hollow in a stem of Cereus validus.

O. stigmaferella and the two following species (hemilutella and
punicans) are the South American representatives of the genus and
differ from the North American and West Indian forms in having
the ductus bursae of the female coarsely scobinate and the bursa
copulatrix decidedly wrinkled.

6. OZAMIA HEMILUTELLA Dyar
PLATES 338, 41; Ficures 35-35d, 65-65a

Ozamia hemilutella Dyan, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 10, p. 17, 1922.

Male.—Palpi, head, and thorax brownish fuscous, finely and evenly
sprinkled with white, making the general color (to the naked eye)
pale gray; collar of thorax with a slight yellowish tint. Fore wing
with area between lower vein of cell, vein 2, and inner margin pale
yellow without any markings; remainder of wing pale gray, concolor-
ous with head and thorax; antemedial line obsolete; from costa just
before middle to middle of lower vein of cell, a rather broad, trans-
verse, brownish shade; a brown discal dot at end of cell and some
brown shading just beyond; subterminal line faint, weakly dentate,
parallel with termen, bordered inwardly and outwardly by thin
faintly brownish lines; a row of minute black dots along termen at
the vein ends; cilia pale gray. Hind wing white, semihyaline with a
thin fuscous line along termen and some fuscous shading bordering
the costa. Abdomen with one pair of strong tufts.

Alar expanse, 29 mm.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 393

Genitalia (figs. 835-35c) with apical process of gnathos small; end
of vinculum bluntly angulate.

Female.—Color and markings as in the male.

Alar expanse, 27-30 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 65-65a) with signum a single, weak, irregular,
thornlike patch; bursa copulatrix wrinkled and finely scobinate;
ductus bursae coarsely scobinate toward bursa.

Type.—tin United States National Museum.

Type locality —La Rioja, Argentina.

Food plant.—Cereus validus Haworth.

Distribution. ARGENTINA: Pioja, La Rioja; Santiago del Estro.

Three specimens (one male and two females) examined.

Remarks.—The moth is easily identified by the clear yellow inner
area of the fore wing. The larvae feed in the fruits and flower buds
and, possibly, to some extent, in the stems of Cereus. Dodd states
that they also attack fruits of Platypuntias.

7. OZAMIA PUNICANS, new species
PLatEs 32, 40; Figures 32-32c, 61-6la

Male.—Palpi fuscous sprinkled with white. Head and thorax
fuscous heavily dusted with white and more or less shaded with pale
rust color, especially on top of head and on collar of thorax. Fore
wing pale gray (fuscous heavily dusted with white) marked with
darker gray and with large blotches of pale rust color; the rust
shade filling about one-fourth of the basal area and nearly all the area
between antemedial and subterminal lines, lower vein of cell, vein 2,
and vein 1b; antemedial line obscure, indicated chiefly by a rather
broad dark-gray shade from costa to lower vein of cell and a thin
dark-gray line thence to inner margin; subterminal line faint, some-
what sinuate but not dentate, approximately parallel with termen,
bordered inwardly and outwardly by obscure dark gray; apical mark
at end of cell irregular, dark gray; between cell and subterminal line
some faint rust shading in the interspaces between the veins; a row
of black dots along termen between the vein ends; cilia pale rust-red.
Hind wing white, semihyaline, with a fuscous shade in costal area to
top of cell and vein 8, some fuscous shading on the vein ends, and a
fine fuscous line along termen to vein 1b; cilia shiny white. Abdom-
inal tufts as in hemilutella.,

Alar expanse, 36-38 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 32-82c) with apical process of gnathos moderately
large; apex of harpe more rounded than in other species of Ozamza;
end of vinculum more rounded than angulate and lateral margins
excavate; penis bearing a number of coarse spines.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Female.—Color and markings as in the male.

Alar expanse, 38-40 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 61-61a) larger than those of any other Ozamia;
with signum a small granulose plate containing a stubby central
thorn; bursa copulatrix wrinkled and finely scobinate; ductus bursae
long, very coarsely scobinate toward bursa.

Type and paratypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 52755. Paratypes also sent to
Mr. Dodd.

Type locality—Tapia, Tucuman, Argentina.

Food plant—Cereus validus Haworth.

Remarks.—Described from male type and two male and four fe-
male paratypes from the type locality and reared by R. C. Mundell
October 19, 23, 25, 28, 29, and 31, 1936, and October 17, 1933, from
larvae boring in the stems of Cereus validus.

According to Dodd punicans differs from other species of Ozamia
in that it is a stem borer and apparently does not attack the fruits or
flower buds. It differs also in that the apex of the harpe is not defi-
nitely oblique, and the maxillary palpi are somewhat narrowly scaled.
However, the latter are of the squamous rather than the filiform
type, and from its general habitus the species is obviously closely
related to hemilutella. The moth can be easily identified by the
rust-red cilia and blotches on the fore wing.

17. Genus CACTOBROSIS Dyar

Cactobrosis Dyar, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p. 406, 1915; Proc. Ent. Soe,
Washington, vol. 30, p. 1385, 1928. (Genotype: Moodna_ elongatella
Hampson.)

Antenna of male with a series of modified, papillalike setae on the
inner sides of several basal segments of the shaft, bipectinate (fer-
naldialis, longipennella) or strongly serrate and pubescent (maculi-
fera, strigalis); antenna of female simple and shortly pubescent.
Labial palpus upturned in the male, oblique in the female. Maxil-
lary palpus filiform (fig. 1842). Hind wing with veins 7 and 8
anastomosing beyond the cell; 8 and 5 shortly stalked. Eighth ab-
dominal segment bearing a pair of ventrolateral hair tufts (the tufts
long and dense except in strigalis).

Male genitalia with apex of gnathos large, bifid; apex of harpe
evenly rounded; vinculum long (moderately long in strigalis);
anellus with base of plate narrowly sclerotized, arms long, slender,
slightly twisted; aedeagus long, stout (shorter and less stout in
strigalis) ; penis more or less densely pubescent (armed with short
hairlike spines).

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 395

Female genitalia without signum; ductus bursae long, finely sco-
binate only at. genital opening or (in strigalis only) sparsely so at
junction of bursa copulatrix and ductus bursae, with two small scle-
rotized dorsal plates and a single ventral plate at genital opening
(the ventral plate absent in strigalis) ; bursa copulatrix large, smooth
(except in strigalis, in which it has a few minute scobinations) ;
ductus seminalis from near end of bursa.

Larvae bluish, not banded or conspicuously spotted; with two setae
in group VII on abdominal segments 7 and 8; gregarious feeders in
Ferocactus, Echinocereus, Peniocereus, and, probably, Carnegiea.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—The genus as here defined is distinguished from all
other genera of the cactus-feeding group by its filiform maxillary
palpi. Zophodia, which it resembles in most structural characters, is
not a cactus-feeding genus, has the male antenna unserrate, the labial
palpus of the female porrect, and a small signum in the bursa
copulatrix.

_ Five species are recognized as belonging to the genus. They are
fairly easy to distinguish but subject to so much individual variation
in wing markings that it is very difficult to key them satisfactorily.

The known distribution is the southwestern part of the United
States and Mexico.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CACTOBROSIS

1. Fore wing without transverse markings and with veins strongly
outlined in black, the strongest black line from base to termen
along upper vein of cell and vein 6; abdominal tufts of male
Wea ksee taba et oe eld 5, strigalis (Barnes and McDunnough)
Fore wing normally with transverse markings and with some
black scaling on veins; but if transverse markings are absent,
veins are not strongly lined nor is there a conspicuous black

line from base to termen; abdominal tufts of male strong______________ 2
2. Fore wing with a strong, submedian, luteous shade; thorax pale
CID E.CO]G ee attrars ear eee aE a a ee 3. maculifera Dyar

Fore wing sometimes with a faint ocherous-fuscous tint on sub-
median area, but never with a strongly contrasted luteous
shaderithonraxerayish fi scOuss siesta ek ee ee 3
3. Fore wing without discal spot or transverse dark markings; a
nearly uniform grayish fuscous with a faint brownish tint.
4, insignatella Dyar
Fore wing normally with dark discal spot and transverse dark
shadings; when suffused, pale slate-gray without brownish
VENTE ee i ap SS 3 ee Pe
4, Pectinations of male antenna (at middle) longer than width of
SCIEN tS] aac 6 wea ee Ne ee 1. fernaldialis (Hulst)

Pectinations of male antenna not longer than width of segments.
2. longipennella (Hampson)

109335—39—_5

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
1. CACTOBROSIS FERNALDIALIS (Hulst)
Puiates 43, 51; Figures 73—73a, 134—-134c, 135-135a

Megaphycis fernaldialis Hust, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 13, p. 168, 1886.

Euzophera gigantella Raconot, Nouveaux genres et espéces de Phycitidae et
Galleriidae, p. 32, 1888; Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 51, 1901.

Melitara fernaldialis (Hust), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 172, 1890;
U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429, 1903—Scuwakrz, Psyche, vol. 8, Suppl. 1, p.
13, 1899.—RaAconot, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 15, 1901.—
HUNTER, PRATT, and MITCHELL, Bur. Ent., U. 8. Dept. Agr. Bull. 113, p.
29, 1912.

Honora cinerella Huxtst, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 8, p. 228, 1901; U. S.
Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 433, 1908.

Melitara fernaldalis DyAR, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 7, p. 36, 1905. (Mis-
spelling for fernaldialis Hulst.)

Cactobrosis fernaldalis (DyAR), Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p. 407, 1915;
Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 223, 1925 (in part); Proc. Ent.
Soe. Washington, vol. 30, p. 185, 1928 (in part).

Cactobrosis fernaldialis (Hulst) BARNES and McDuNNouGH, Check list of the
Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5696, 1917.

Male—Antenna bipectinate. Palpi, head, and thorax grayish fus-
cous dusted with white. Fore wing grayish fuscous dusted with
white and more or less blotched with black; some specimens with a
faint ocherous-fuscous tint in the middle of the cell and on the area
between vein 1b and the cell; normally with antemedial and subtermi-
nal transverse markings indistinct, but indicated by whitish angu-
late and dentate bands shaded inwardly and outwardly by black;
a blackish shade at end of cell, often extending to costa; below it on
inner margin a similar dark spot; veins 2 to 8 faintly lined with black
and in many specimens the fold to a little beyond its middle. Hind
wing white, semihyaline, shaded in costal area above vein 6 and cell
with pale fuscous, with some fuscous scaling on the veins and a fine
fuscous line along termen; anal margin and adjoining cilia faintly
ocherous; cilia otherwise white, with a narrow, fuscous, subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 36-47 mm.

Male genitalia essentially like those of Jongipennella but somewhat
larger, in size and habitus like those of maculifera.

Female.—In color and markings like the male except that there is
never any black streak on the fold of the fore wing; some specimens
are heavily dusted with black over the entire base of the fore wing
as far as the antemedial line; others have the transverse lines and
contrasted dark spots almost obliterated and the wing of a pale
slate-color with only the faintest remnants of the normal markings.

Alar expanse, 34-50 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 73-78a) with the sclerotized ventral plate in ductus
bursae at genital opening smaller than those in longipennella, insig-
natella, and maculifera.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 397

Types—In Rutgers College collection (fernaldialis) ; United
States National Museum (cinerella); Muséum National d’Histoire
Naturelle, Paris (gigantella).

Type localities—Arizona (fernaldialis, gigantella); Santa Rita
Mountains, Ariz. (cinerella).

Food plants——Ferocactus wislizeni (Engelmann) and _ probably
other species of Ferocactus; Peniocereus greggii (Engelmann), one
reared specimen from Maricopa County, Ariz., in National collection
so labeled.

Distribution—Unitep States: Arizona, Catalina Springs (Apr.),
Oracle (July), Tucson (June), Baboquivari Mountains (Apr., May,
June, July, Aug., Oct., Nov.), Christmas, Redington, Pinal Moun-
tains, Santa Rita Mountains (May, June), Huachuca Mountains
(Aug.), Douglas (Apr., May), Mohave County (May), Sells P. O.
(Indian Oasis, Apr.), Dewey (June), Maricopa County (July), “en
route from Dewey to Salome” (Apr., May); California, San Diego
(May, Oct.).

Seventy-three specimens examined.

Remarks.—The synonymy as given here was established by Dyar.
However (in 1915, 1925, and 1928), he also listed the Mexican species
longipennella Hampson and its synonym elongatella under fern-
aldialis, incorrectly, I believe, because the forms from Mexico and
the United States have different male antennae. In his original
description of gigantella Ragonot gives the type locality as “Mexico
or.”; but in his Monograph of the Phycitinae he cites Arizona as
the only locality. If the later citation is correct, gigantella is pre-
sumably a synonym of fernaldialis. If, however, eastern Mexico is
the locality, the name gigantella will probably replace longipen-
nella for the Mexican species. It is quite hkely that fernaldialis
also occurs in northern Mexico near the Arizona border; but we
have no specimens from that country. AJl the specimens in the
National collection that have been identified as fernaldialis are
longipennella.

In addition to moths reared from Ferocactus and Peniocereus the
National collection contains the moths referred to by E. A. Schwarz
(Psyche, 1899) as reared from larvae “feeding in decaying pulp of
the Giant Cactus.” One of the specimens (a female) bears the fol-
lowing label in Schwarz’s handwriting: “bred from cocoons under
Giant Cactus. Em. Apr. 15.” From this it would appear that Car-
negiea gigantea (Engelmann) may also be an occasional host.

2. CACTOBROSIS LONGIPENNELLA (Hampson)
Puates 84, 43, 51; Ficures 37-37e, 74-74a, 136-136b

Euzophera longipennella Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 52,
1901,

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Moodna elongatella Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 269,
1901.

Cactobrosis longipennella (Hampson) Dyar, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p.
407, 1915.

Cactobrosis elongatella (Hampson) Dyar, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p.
407, 1915.

Oactobrosis fernaldalis (Dyar, in part), Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13,
p. 223, 1925; Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 135, 1928.

Male—Like that of fernaldialis except that pectinations of an-
tenna are about half the length of those on fernaldialis (compare
figs. 134a, 184b, and 136a, 136b); transverse pale markings on fore
wing obsolete in some specimens,

Alar expanse, 34-40 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 37-87d) figured from type of elongatella; similar
to those of fernaldialis except smaller; harpe not so markedly creased.

Female.—Similar in color and markings to the female of fern-
aldialis.

Alar expanse, 33-43 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 74-74a) figured from specimen from Oaxaca;
with sclerotized ventral plate in ductus bursae at genitalic opening
larger and the opposing small plates on the dorsal wall of the ductus
narrower than those of fernaldialis.

Types.—In British Museum (longipennella); United States Na-
tional Museum (elongatel/a).

Type localities—Tres Marias Islands, Mexico (longipennella) ;
Orizaba, Mexico (elongatella).

Food plant—Unknown, probably Ferocactus.

Distribution—Mexico: Orizaba, Oaxaca, Tehuacan (June), Cuer-
navaca (June, July), Zacualpan (March, Oct.).

Eleven specimens examined. J have seen no examples from the
type locality of longipennella.

Remarks.—Dyar (1925) made the synonymy of longipennella and
elongatella and sank both names to fernaldialis. The differences be-
tween their male antennae clearly indicate that longipennella and
fernaldialis are distinct, if very close, species. The differences in
female genitalia, while slight, appear to be constant. They are com-
parative, however, and apparent only when one has slides of both
species before him.

3. CACTOBROSIS MACULIFERA Dyar
PLATES 35, 43, 51; Ficures 38-38d, 75-75a, 137-137a

Cactobrosis maculifera Dyar, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p. 407, 1915; Proc.
Ent. Soe. Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928.

Male.—Antenna strongly serrate and fasciculate. Palpi, head,
and thorax pale clay color (“luteous”). Fore wing luteous-gray

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 399

shaded and spotted with dark grayish fuscous, the luteous tint pro-
nounced on basal third of costa and over the submedian area of the
wing; transverse antemedial and subterminal lines obsolete; a fuscous
shade from costa before middle to cell, another from costa at middle,
and below these corresponding streaks or spots on lower vein of cell
and vein lb; a thin blackish line on the fold from its base to near its
middle; a similar dark streak on vein Ib at outer third; short, broken,
dark streaks on the veins at or near the cell; a clouded fuscous spot
at end of cell; outer half of costa shaded with fuscous; a row of dark
spots along termen at or very close to the vein ends. Hind wing
white, semihyaline with only the faintest indication of a fuscous line
on termen toward apex.

Alar expanse, 32-45 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 38-38d) agreeing in size and nearly all details with
those of longipennella except that the arms of the anellus are a trifle
longer in maculifera.

Female-—In color and pattern like the male except that there is
some gray shading on the head and thorax and considerably more
gray on the fore wing (the single specimen before me is in much
better condition than the males, which may account for some of the
differences) ; basal third of wing clouded with dark fuscous; termi-
nal area more faintly clouded; subterminal line faintly indicated,
sharply angulate at middle, broken below; the luteous shade more
contrasted than in the male, but restricted to middle of cell and the
area between veins lb and the fold. Hind wing white, semihyaline
with a narrow fuscous shade along termen and on the veins near
their apices.

Alar expanse, 37 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 75-75a) similar to those of insignatella but with
sclerotized ventral plate in ductus bursae at genital opening smaller.

Type.—In United States National Museum.

Type locality—Oaxaca, Mexico.

Food plant—Unknown.

Distribution.—Mextico: Oaxaca, Salina Cruz (Sept.).

Kight specimens examined.

Remarks.—This species may be distinguished from other species of
Cactobrosis by the strong luteous (pale clay) shade on the fore wing
and the serrate-fasciculate male antenna.

4. CACTOBROSIS INSIGNATELLA Dyar
PLATH 43, FIGURE 76

Cactobrosis insignatella Dyan, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p. 407, 1915; Proc.
Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 136, 1928.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

Male-—Unknown.

Female.—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing of a soft, nearly uni-
form grayish fuscous (with a more brownish than slate-gray tint).
Fore wing without discal spot or transverse dark markings; costa at
base very slightly paler than ground color of wing, concolorous with
collar of thorax; an obscure pale shade on midcosta and the faintest
indication of a pale subterminal line, the latter broadly angulate at
middle; some faint dark shading on the veins from cell to termen
and a row of small, dark dots along termen near the vein ends. Hind
wing white, semihyaline, with a pale fuscous line along termen;
cilia white with a narrow, pale fuscous, subbasal line.

Alar expanse, 37-40 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 76) with the dorsal plates in ductus bursae at
genital opening strongly sclerotized ; ventral plate at opening slightly
larger than in any of the other species.

Type—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality —Oaxaca, Mexico.

Food plant—Unknown.

Remarks—Known only from the female type and paratype from
the type locality. These specimens resemble suffused specimens of
fernaldialis and longipennella except that the latter are more slate
colored. The slight genitalic differences seem to indicate that insig-
natella is a good species and not a mere color form.

5. CACTOBROSIS STRIGALIS (Barnes and McDunnough)
PLATES 35, 44, 51; Ficures 39-39¢, 77, 188-138a, 189-139a

Euzophera strigalis BARNES and McDunNouGH, Can. Ent., vol. 44, p. 127, 1912;
Contr. Nat. Hist. Lepid. North America, vol. 1, no. 4, pl. 1, fig. 14, 1912.
Cactobrosis strigalis (BARNES and McDunNovuaeH), Check list of the Lepidoptera

of Boreal America, no. 5697, 1917—DyAr, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus,
vol. 18, p. 224, 1925; Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 186, 1928.
Male—Antenna strongly serrate. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore
wing grayish fuscous sprinkled with whitish (the ends of the scales
white) making the ground color a pale slate-gray. Fore wing with
the veins outlined in black, the strongest black line being that along
upper vein of cell and vein 6; transverse lines and discal mark absent ;
no dots along termen. Hind wing white, semihyaline, with a faint
fuscous shade bordering costa, and a fine fuscous line along termen
for a short distance from apex. Tufts on eighth abdominal segment
weak.
Alar expanse, 30-43 mm.
Genitalia (figs. 89-39c) with vinculum moderately long, but con-
siderably shorter than in other species of Cactobrosis; aedeagus also
shorter.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 401

Female.—Similar to the male in color and markings except that
hind wing is more or less suffused with smoky fuscous beyond the
base, especially along the veins and termen.

Alar expanse, 338-44 mm.

Genitalia (fig. 77) with sclerotized plates on dorsal wall of ductus
bursae behind the genital opening well developed, but with opposing
ventral sclerotized plate absent, replaced by minute scobinations;
ductus bursae shorter than in other Cactobrosis species; bursa copu-
latrix not entirely smooth, having a few weak scobinations toward
ductus.

Type—tIn United States National Museum.

Type locality — Eureka, Utah.

Food plants—Echinocereus rigidissimus (Engelmann), /. pecti-
natus (Scheidweiler), and probably a number of other species of
Echinocereus.

Distribution—Unttep States: Utah, Eureka (Aug., Sept.), Divi-
dend (Sept.) ; California, San Gorgonio Pass (July); Arizona, Tuc-
son (Apr., July), Texas, Brewster County (July, Aug.), Alpine
(Apr.). Mexico, Mexico City (National University, male reared
from £. pectinatus, June 3, 1931).

Eighteen specimens examined.

Remarks—In a number of respects (its shorter vinculum and
ductus bursae, its weak abdominal tufts, and its partially scobinate
bursa copulatrix) this species fits badly into Cactobrosis. Eventually
it may need a separate generic designation; but this had better be
postponed until the life histories of the other species of Cactobrosis
are more fully known.

The fore wing markings of strigalis resemble those of Hremberga
leuconips (Dyar). The latter, however, is easily distinguished by its
squamous maxillary palpi.

18. Genus ZOPHODIA Hiibner

Zophodia Hisner, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge [sic], p. 370, [1825].—
Ragonot, Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 22, p. 19, 1885—Hutst, Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soe. vol. 17, p. 172, 1890.—Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8,
p. 18, 1901.—Sputer, Die Schmetterlinge Buropas, vol. 2, p. 207, 1910.—
Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 18, p. 220, 1925. (Genotype:
Tinea convolutella Hiibner.)

Dakruma Grote, Bull. U. 8. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. 4, p. 702, 1878.
(Genotype: Dakruma turbatella Grote.)

Antenna of male pubescent and with a series of modified, papilla-
like setae on the inner sides of several basal segments of the shaft;
of female simple and very shortly pubescent. Labial palpus oblique
in the male, porrect in the female. Maxillary palpus filiform. Hind
wing with veins 7 and 8 anastomosing beyond the cell; 3 and 5 con-

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

nate (in occasional specimens very shortly stalked). Eighth abdomi-
nal segment with a pair of weak ventrolateral hair tufts.

Male genitalia with apical process of gnathos bifid, large; apex of
harpe evenly rounded; vinculum long; anellus with base of plate
narrowly sclerotized, arms moderately long, slender, slightly twisted ;
aedeagus moderately long and stout; penis partially ribbed and
pubescent.

Female genitalia with a small weak signum developed as a plate
with an inwardly projecting flange; bursa copulatrix small, minutely
and very weakly scobinate; ductus bursae minutely scobinate, with
two rather large, sclerotized, dorsal plates at genital opening; ductus
seminalis from bursa near signum.

Larva white or green, faintly striped longitudinally but without
cross bands or conspicuous spots; with two setae in group VII on
abdominal segments 7 and 8.

The larvae are solitary feeders in the fruits of gooseberry and
currant.

Eggs laid singly.

Remarks.—This genus is close to Cactobrosis but is not one of the
cactus-feeding group. I treat it here because so many cactus phy-
citids have been referred to it at one time or another and because
in genitalic characters it (with some species now listed under
Laetilia and Fuzophera) resembles more closely the cactus feeders
than any other group in the Phycitinae.

As here defined the genus is limited to its type species. Its
distribution is central and southern Europe, the northern part of the
United States, and southern Canada.

1. ZOPHODIA CONVOLUTELLA (Hiibner)
PuLaAtes 34, 44, 51; Ficures 36—-36e, 78—78c, 132-132a, 133-133a

Tinea convolutella HUsner, Sammlung europiiischer Schmetterlinge, Horde
VIII, Tineae, fig. 34, 1796.

Tinea grossulariella HUsBNER, Geschichte europiiischer Schmetterlinge, Tineae
II, C.a.b., fig. 2.a.b.c., [1807-1809] (larva).

Phycis grossulariella (Hiibner) Zincken, Magazin der Entomologie, vol. 3, p.
144, 1818—TREITSCHKE, Die Schmetterlinge von Europa, vol. 9, pt. 1,
p. 172, 1832; vol. 10, pt. 3, p. 275, 1835.—DuroncHEL, Histoire naturelle des
Lépidoptéres, vol. 10, p. 206, pl. 279, fig. 9, 1836.

Zophodia grossularialis HUBNeR, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge [sic],
p. 370, [1825]. (Emended spelling for grossulariella and to replace con-
volutelia.)

Zophodia convolutella (HUBNER), Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge [sic],
p. 870, [1825].—Von HEINEMANN, Schmetterlinge Deutschlands und der
Schweiz, Abt. 2, vol. 1, no. 2, p. 190, 1865.—Raconot, Ent. Monthly Mag.,
vol. 22, p. 19, 1885.—Hampson, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 20,
1901.—STAUDINGER and REBEL, Catalog der Lepidopteren des palaearctischen

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 403

Faunengebietes, vol. 2, p. 25, 1901.—Sputer, Die Schmetterlinge Europas,
vol. 2, p. 207, 1910.

Myelois (Zophodia) convolutella (Hiibner) Zevier, Isis von Oken, 1839, p. 178;
1848, p. 679.

Homoeosoma, convolutella (Hiibner) Herricu-Scuirrer, Systematische Bear-
beitung der Schmetterlinge von Europa, vol. 4, p. 107, 1849.

Pempelia grossulariae RILEY, 1st Ann. Rept. Ins. Missouri, p. 140, 1869; Papilio,
vol. 1, p. 108, 1881 (suggests synonymy with convolutella).—PackKarp, Guide
to the study of insects, p. 331, 1869.

Dakruma turbatella Grote, Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. 4,
pp. 702, 703, 1878; North Amer. Ent., vol. 1, p. 11, 1879.

Myelois convolutella (Hiibner) PAckarp, Guide to the study of insects (ed. 7),
p. 331, 1880.
Dakruma grossulariae (Riley) Grore, North Amer. Ent., vol. 1, p. 68, 1880.
Dakruma convolutella (Hiibner) Grote, New check list of North American
moths, p. 55, 1882. (Gives grossulariae and turbatella as synonyms.)
Zophodia grossulariae (Riley) Hust, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 173,
1890; U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 429, 1903.—Hampson, Mémoires sur les
Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 21, 1901—Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 7,
p. 37, 1905; Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 221, 1925.—Barnrs
and McDunnou@H, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America, uo.
5705, 1917.—Pacx, Utah Agr. Exp. Stat. Bull. 216, pp. 1-12, 1930.

Euzophera franconiella Hutst, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 17, p. 177, 1890.—
HAMPSON, Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres, vol. 8, p. 61, 1901.

Zophodia bella Hust, Can. Ent., vol. 24, p. 61, 1892—Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Washington, vol. 6, p. 228, 1904.

Zophodia franconiella (Hulst) BARNES and McDunnoucuH, Check list of the
Lepidoptera of Boreal America, no. 5706, 1917.

Zophodia grossulariae franconiella (Hulst) Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus,
vol. 13, p. 221, 1925.

Zophodia grossulariae ihouna Drak, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13, p. 221,
1925. (New synonymy.)

Zophodia grossulariae dilativitta Dyan, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13,
p. 222, 1925. (New synonymy.)

Zophodia grossulariae magnificans Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 13,
p. 222, 1925. (New synonymy.)

Male.—Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing fuscous dusted with
white, the white color strongest in central costal area of fore wing,
the general color gray. Fore wing with antemedial line outwardly
oblique to lower vein of cell and notched between cell and inner mar-
gin, white, bordered outwardly by a more or less extended black
shade; subterminal line oblique, slightly dentate and sinuate, white,
bordered inwardly by a black line and outwardly by a narrow black
line for a short distance from costa; the fold and veins at extreme
base of wing and in area beyond subterminal line faintly outlined in
black; discal mark at end of cell black, curved, rarely replaced by
a pair of dots; a row of black dots along termen between the vein
ends. Hind wing pale smoky white with a narrow dark line along
termen.

Alar expanse, 25-35 mm.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Genitalia (figs. 36-86d) drawn from slide of European specimen.
American examples are identical in all details. Vinculum with lat-
eral margins broadly and shallowly excavate, posterior margin
straight.

Female.—Color and markings as in the male, except hind wings
slightly darker.

Alar expanse, 26-35 mm.

Genitalia (figs. 78-78c) with signum small and weak. The eighth
segment collar is subject to considerable variation in the size and
shape of the unsclerotized dorsal area. Some variations are shown
in figures 78a, 78b, and 78c. These, however, do not conform to the
varieties that have been named and can be found in any series from
one locality.

Larva——Body cream-white, becoming bright green toward ma-
turity and just before pupation purplish green; a dusky green, longi-
tudinal, dorsolateral stripe and a fainter, middorsal stripe extend
from the prothorax to the tenth abdominal segment.

Types.—No known existing types for convolutella, grossulariella, or
grossulariae; Rutgers College collection (franconiella bella) ; British
Museum ? (turbatella); United States National Museum (chouna,
dilativitta, magnificans).

Type localities—Germany (convolutella, grossulariella) ; Missouri
(grossulariae); Oldtown, Maine (turbatella); Franconia, N. H.
(franconiella) ; Massachusetts (bella) ; southern Utah (éhouna) ; San
Diego, Calif. (dilativitta) ; Seattle, Wash. (magnificans).

Food plants—Ribes grossularia Linnaeus and other Ribes species
(larva feeding in the fruit).

Distribution —Evuvrore (central and southern). Unrrep Srarss:
Maine, Orono; New Hampshire, Hampton (May), Durham; Mis-
souri; Colorado, Manitou, Denver (Apr.), Fort Collins (Mar., Apr.),
Utah, Logan (“June”), Beaver Canyon (“VII”); Oregon; Califor-
nia, San Diego; Washington, Seattle, Bellingham (Apr.). Canapa:
Quebec, St. Johns County (Apr.), Mount St. Hilaire (May); On-
tario, Hymers; Alberta, Edmonton (May), Bilby (May); British Co-
lumbia, Kaslo (Apr.), Wellington (Apr.), Alberni (May), Gold-
stream (May), Vancouver Island (Apr.).

The foregoing localities are for the specimens before me. The
species is generally distributed over the northern part of the United
States and southern Canada.

Seventy-four specimens examined.

Remarks—As far back as 1880 Packard identified the gooseberry
feeder in America with the European convolutella, and Grote (1882)
listed convolutella with grossulariae and turbatella as synonyms.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 405

Later writers, however, all treated grossulariae as a distinct species,
and it so stands at present in our lists and economic literature. I
see nothing either in pattern or genitalic structure to distinguish
grossulariae from convolutella even as a geographic race. The sup-
posed western races named by Dyar are nothing but color forms, dif-
fering less from typical European or eastern American forms than
do many specimens from a single eastern State. His ihowna was
described from two faded specimens and dilativitta from a single
fresh and perfect female. His magnificans, though larger than most
eastern examples, can be matched in any long series of specimens
from Europe or eastern Canada.

The species does not feed upon cactus. It is treated here because
its genus has been used as a receptacle for many cactus-feeding species
and also because it is similar in genitalic structure to the cactus feed-
ers. In this country it is popularly known as the gooseberry fruit-
worm and has a rather extensive economic literature. Only one of
the more recent economic references is quoted, but the foregoing
synonymy is complete so far as I can judge, and the principal sys-
tematic references are cited.

It is the most important lepidopterous pest of the gooseberry here
and abroad and often does serious injury. It also is recorded as an
occasional enemy of currants.

There is one generation a year, moths flying from mid-April to early
in June. About 10 months are passed in the pupal stage, the insects
overwintering as pupae in loose cocoons on the ground under fallen
leaves or other rubbish.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

The drawings for the plates accompanying this paper were made
under the author’s supervision by Mrs. Eleanor A. Carlin, of the
U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine. The female
genitalia and head structures were drawn to smaller scale than the
male genitalia.

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS APPLIED TO GENITALIA

Male
aGn, Apical process of gnathos.
An, Anellus.
Hp, Harpe.
pkt, Sclerotized pocket in subbasal area of harpe.
Tn, Elements of a divided transtilla.
U, Uncus.
Vm, Vinculum.
Female
Be, Bursa copulatrix.
Clr, Collar of eighth abdominal segment.
Db, Ductus bursae.
dp, Dorsal plate in ductus bursae at genital opening.
Ds, Ductus seminalis.
Go, Genital opening.
Sn, Signum.
vp, Ventral plate in ductus bursae at genital opening.

PuatTEe 23

1-1f. Melitara prodenialis Walker: 1, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; la, dorsal view of uncus and
tegumen; Ib, gnathos; 1c, elements of divided transtilla; 1d, anellus;
le, aedeagus, lateral view; 1f, aedeagus, ventral view.

2—2c. Melitara dentata (Grote): 2, Ventral view of male genitalia with aedeagus
and one harpe omitted; 2a, elements of transtilla; 2b, anellus; 2c,
aedeagus.

PLATE 24

3-3c. Olycella junctolineella (Hulst): 3, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted (the apical process of gnathos
shown bent somewhat to the side); 3a, elements of transtilla; 3b,
anellus; 3c, aedeagus.
4. Olycella junctolineella pectinatella (Hampson): Gnathos of male genitalia
(the apical process shown in full ventral view).
5-5ce. Olyca phryganoides Walker: 5, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 5a, elements of transtilla; 5b,
anellus; 5c, aedeagus.

406

6-6ce.

7-Tce.

8-8d.

9-9c.

10.
ible
12-12c.

13-13f.

14-14c.

15-15c.

16-16c.

17-17d.

18-18c.

19-19¢.

20-20c.

21-21d.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 407

PuatTe 25

Alberada bidentella (Dyar): 6, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus omitted; 6a, elements of transtilla; 6b, anellus; 6c, aedeagus.

Alberada parabates (Dyar): 7, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 7a, elements of transtilla; 7b,
anellus; 7c, aedeagus.

Nanaia substituta, new species: Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 8a, elements of transtilla; 8b,
anellus; 8c, aedeagus; 8d, sternite and tergite of eighth abdominal]
segment of male.

PLatTE 26

Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg): 9, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 9a, elements of transtilla; 9b,
anellus; 9c, aedeagus.

Cactoblastis doddi, new species: Gnathos of male genitalia,

Cactoblastis mundelli, new species: Gnathos of male genitalia.

Cactoblastis bucyrus Dyar: 12, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 12a, elements of transtilla; 12b,
anellus; 12c, aedeagus.

Cahela ponderosella (Barnes and McDunnough): 13, Ventral view of
male genitalia with aedeagus and one barpe omitted; 13a—c, various
modifications of apical process of gnathos; 13d, elements of transtilla;
18e, anellus; 13f, aedeagus.

PLATE 27

Rumatha bihinda (Dyar): 14, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 14a, elements of transtilla; 14b,
anellus; 14c, aedeagus.

Rumatha polingella (Dyar): 15, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 15a, elements of transtilla; 15b,
anellus; 15c, aedeagus.

Rumatha glaucatella (Hulst): 16, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus omitted; 16a, elements of transtilla; 16b, anellus; 16c,
aedeagus.

Tucumania tapiacola Dyar: 17, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus omitted; 17a, elements of transtilla; 17b, anellus; 17c,
aedeagus; 17d, sternite and tergite of eighth abdominal segment of
male.

PLATE 28

Yosemitia fieldiella (Dyar): 18, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus omitted; 18a, elements of transtilla; 18b, anellus; 18c,
aedeagus.

Yosemitia didactica Dyar: 19, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus omitted; 19a, elements of transtilla; 19b, anellus; 19c,
aedeagus.

Yosemitia longipennella (Hulst): 20, Ventral view of male genitalia
with aedeagus omitted; 20a, elements of transtilla; 20b, anellus;
20c, aedeagus.

Yosemitia graciella (Hulst): 21, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus omitted; 2la, elements of transtilla; 21b, anellus; 2l1c,
aedeagus; 21d, sternite and tergite of eighth abdominal segment of
male.

408

22-22c.

23—23¢.

24-24c.

25-25¢.

26—26c.

27-27.

28—28¢.

29-29d.

30-30e.

31-31e.

32-32c.

33-33d.

34.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

PLATE 29

Eremberga leuconips (Dyar): 22, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 22a, elements of transtilla; 22b,
anellus; 22c, aedeagus.

Eremberga insignis, new species: 23, Ventral view of male genitalia
with aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 23a, elements of transtilla;
23b, anellus; 23c, aedeagus.

Eremberga creabates (Dyar): Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 24a, elements of transtilla; 24b,
anellus; 24c, aedeagus.

PLATE 30

Parolyca asthenosoma (Dyar): 25, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 25a, elements of transtilla; 25b,
anellus; 25c, aedeagus.

Salambona analamprella (Dyar): 26, Ventral view of male genitalia
with aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 26a, elements of transtilla;
26b, anellus; 26c, aedeagus.

Sigelgaita transilis, new species: 27, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 27a, elements of transtilla; 27b,
anellus; 27c, aedeagus; 27d, eighth abdominal segment of male,
showing hair tufts.

PLATE 31

Sigelgaita chilensis, new species: 28, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 28a, elements of transtilla; 28b,
anellus; 28c, aedeagus.

Amalafrida leithella (Dyar): 29, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 29a, elements of transtilla; 29b,
anellus; 29c, aedeagus; 29d, eighth abdominal segment of male,
showing hair tufts.

PLATE 32

Ozamia lucidalis (Walker): 30, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted (apical process of gnathos partly
bent); 30a, gnathos (full ventral view); 30b, elements of transtilla;
30c, anellus; 30d, aedeagus; 30e, tufts of eighth abdominal segment
of male.

Ozamia odiosella fuscomaculella (Wright): 31, Ventral view of male
genitalia with aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 3la, elements of
transtilla; 31b, anellus; 3lc, aedeagus.

Ozamia punicans, new species: 32, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 32a, elements of transtilla; 32b,
anellus; 32c, aedeagus.

PiLatTE 33

Ozamia odiosella (Hulst) (=clarefacta Dyar, type): 33, Ventral view
of male genitalia with aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 33a, elements
of transtilla; 33b, anellus; 33c, aedeagus; 33d, hair tufts on eighth
abdominal segment of male.

Ozamia odiosella (Hulst), Texas specimen: Side view of male genitalia
with one harpe omitted.

35-35d.

36-36e.

37-37e.

38-38d.

39-39¢.

40.
41—-4la,

42-42a.

43.

44-44a,
45-45a.

46.
47.

48-48a.
49-49a.

50-50b.

51-5la.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 409

Ozamia hemilutella Dyar: 35, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 35a, elements of transtilla; 35b,
anellus; 35c, aedeagus; 35d, hair tufts on eighth abdominal segment
of male.

PLATE 34

Zophodia convolutella (Hiibner): 36, Ventral view of male genitalia
with aedeagus omitted (apical process of gnathos bent to one side);
36a, ventral view of apical process of gnathos; 36b, elements of
transtilla; 36c, anellus; 36d, aedeagus; 36e, tufts of eighth abdominal
segment of male.

Cactobrosis longipennella (Hampson) (=elongatella Hampson): 37,
Ventral view of male genitalia with aedeagus omitted; 37a, dorsal
view of uncus and tegumen; 37b, elements of transtilla; 37c, anellus;
37d, aedeagus; 37e, tufts of eighth abdominal segment of male.

PuatTE 35

Cactobrosis maculifera Dyar: 38, Ventral view of male genitalia with
aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 38a, dorsal view of denuded harpe
showing transverse creases; 38b, elements of transtilla; 38c, anellus;
38d, aedeagus.

Cactobrosis strigalis (Barnes and McDunnough): 39, Ventral view of
male genitalia with aedeagus and one harpe omitted; 39a, elements
of transtilla; 39b, anellus; 39c, aedeagus.

PLATE 36

Melitara dentata (Grote): Female genitalia.

Melitara prodenialis Walker: 41, Female genitalia; 41a, dorsal view of
eighth segment collar.

Olycella junctolineella (Hulst): 42, Female genitalia; 42a, collar of
eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Olycella subumbrella (Dyar): Collar of eighth abdominal segment,
dorsal view.

PLATE 37

Olyca phryganoides Walker: 44, Female genitalia; 44a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Alberada parabates (Dyar): 45, Female genitalia; 45a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Alberada bidentella (Dyar): Female genitalia.

Alberada holochlora (Dyar): Female genitalia.

PLATE 38

Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg): 48, Female genitalia; 48a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Cactoblastis doddi, new species: 49, Female genitalia; 49a, collar of
eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Cactoblastis bucyrus Dyar: 50, Female genitalia; 50a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view; 50b, signum, showing extreme of
reduction in the species.

Cahela ponderosella (Barnes and McDunnough): 51, Female genitalia
51a, collar of eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

410

52.

53.

54.
55-55a.

56.

57.

58.

59-59a.

60.

61-6la.

62-62a.

63-63a.

64-64a.

65—-65a.

66-66a.

67.

68-68a.

69.
70-70a.

71-7la.

72-72a.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

PLATE 39

Rumatha glaucatella (Hulst): Female genitalia with eighth-segment
collar and ovipositor omitted and with signum shown, much
enlarged, to the side of bursa.

Rumatha polingella (Dyar): Female genitalia with eighth-segment
collar and ovipositor omitted.

Rumatha bihinda (Dyar): Female genitalia.

Eremberga leuconips (Dyar): 55, Pemale genitalia; 55a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Yosemitia sp.: Female genitalia (see remarks under Eremberga insignis,
p. 379).

Puate 40

Yosemitia graciella (Hulst): Female genitalia (signum shown to the
side, much enlarged).

Yosemitia longipennella (Hulst): Female genitalia with eighth segment
collar and ovipositor omitted (signum shown to the side, much
enlarged).

Tucumania tapiacola Dyar: 59, Female genitalia; 59a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Tucumania porrecta Dyar: Female genitalia with eighth-segment collar
and ovipositor omitted (signum shown to the side, much enlarged).

Ozamia punicans, new species: 61, Female genitalia; 61a, collar of
eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

PuaTe 41

Ozamia stigmaferella (Dyar): 62, Female genitalia; 62a, collar of
eighth abdominal] segment, dorsal view.

Ozamia thalassophila Dyar: 63, Female genitalia; 63a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Ozamia odiosella (Hulst): 64, Female genitalia; 64a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Ozamia hemilutella Dyar: 65, Female genitalia; 65a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Ozamia lucidalis (Walker): 66, Female genitalia; 66a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Ozamia odiosella fuscomaculella (Wright): Female genitalia.

PuiatTE 42

Amalafrida leithella (Dyar): 68, Female genitalia; 68a, collar of eighth
abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Salambona analamprella (Dyar): Female genitalia.

Sigelgaita chilensis, new species: 70, Female genitalia; 70a, collar of
eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Sigelgaita huanucensis, new species: 71, Female genitalia; 7la, collar
of eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Nanaia substituta, new species: 72, Female genitalia; 72a, collar of
eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

73-738.

74-74a.

75-75a.

76.

77.
78-78c.

a9:
80.

81.
82.

83-83a.

84,
85-85a.

86-86a.

87-87a.

88-88a.

89-89a.

90.
91.
92-92a.
93-93a.
94-94a.
95-95a.

96-96a.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 411

PLATE 43

Cactobrosis fernaldialis (Hulst): 73, Female genitalia; 73a, collar of
eighth abdonimal segment, dorsal view.

Cactobrosis longipennella (Hampson) |=elongatella (Hampson)]: 74,
Female genitalia; 74a, collar of eighth abdonimal segment, dorsal
view.

Cactobrosis maculifera Dyar: 75, Part of female genitalia showing
genital opening and eighth segment collar, ventral view; 75a, collar
of eighth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Cactobrosis insignatella Dyar: Female genitalia.

PLATE 44

Cactobrosis strigalis (Barnes and McDunnough): Female genitalia.

Zophodia convolutella (Hiibner): 78, Female genitalia; 78a—c, variations
in the collar of eighth abdominal segment, dorsal views.

Yosemitia graciella (Hulst): Wings, showing venation.

Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg): Wings, showing venation.

Melitara prodenialis Walker: Wings, showing venation.

Tucumania tapiacola Dyar: Wings, showing venation.

PLATE 45

Melitara prodenialis Walker: 83, Side view of head of male showing
palpi; 88a, part of shaft of male antenna.

Melitara prodenialis Walker: Part of shaft of female antenna.

Melitara dentata (Grote): 85, Side view of male head; 85a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Melitara dentata (Grote): 86, Side view of female head; 86a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

Olycella nephelepasa (Dyar): 87, Side view of male head; 87a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Olycella junctolineella (Hulst): 88, Side view of male head; 88a, part
of shaft of male antenna.

Olycella junctolineeila (Hulst): 89, Side view of female head; 89a, part
of shaft of female antenna.

PLaTE 46

Olyca phryganoides Walker: Side view of male head.

Olyca phryganoides Walker: Side view of female head.

Alberada parabates (Dyar): 92, Side view of male head; 92a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Alberada parabates (Dyar): 93, Side view of female head; 93a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

Alberada holochlora (Dyar): 94, Side view of female head; 94a, part
of shaft of female antenna.

Alberada bidentella (Dyar): 95, Side view of male head; 95a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Alberada bidentella (Dyar): 96, Side view of female head; 96a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

109335—-39——6

412

97-97a.
§8—98a.
99.

i00.

101.
102-102a.

103-103a.

104-104a.

105-105a.

106-106a.

107-107a.

108-108a.

109-109a.

110-110a.

111-11 la.

112-112a.

113-113a.

114-114a.

115-115a.

116-116a.

117-117a.

118-118a.

119-119a.

120-120a.

121-121a.

122.
123.

PROCEEDINGS OF THER NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
PuatTEe 47

Nanaia substituta, new species: 97, Side view of male head; 97a, part
of shaft of male antenna.

Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg): 98, Side view of male head; 98a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg): Side view of female head.

Cactoblastis mundeili, new species: Side view of male head.

Cactoblastis mundelli, new species: Side view of female head.

Cahela ponderosella (Barnes and McDunnough): 102, Side view of
male head; 102a, part of shaft of male antenna.

Cahela ponderosella (Barnes and MeDunnough): 103, Side view of
female head; 103a, part of shaft of female antenna.

PuaTeE 48

Rumatha glaucatella (Hulst): 104, Side view of male head; 104a, part
of shaft of male antenna.

Rumatha glaucatella (Hulst): 105, Side view of female head; 105a, part
of shaft of female antenna.

Rumatha polingella (Dyar): 106, Side view of male head; 106a, part of
shaft of male antenna. ;

Rumatha polingella (Dyar): 107, Side view of female head; 107a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

Rumatha bihinda (Dyar): 108, Side view of male head; 108a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Rumatha bihinda (Dyar): 109, Side view of female head; 109a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

Yosemitia didactica Dyar: 110, Side view of male head; 110a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Yosemitia graciella (Hulst): 111, Side view of female head; 11lla, part
of shaft of female antenna.

Yosemitia longipennella (Hulst): 112, Side view of male head; 112a,
part of shaft of male antenna.

Yosemitia longipennella (Hulst): 113, Side view of female head; 113a,
part of shaft of female antenna.

PLATE 49

Yosemitia fieldiella (Dyar): 114, Side view of male head; 114a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Yosemitia fieldiella (Dyar): 115, Side view of female head; 115a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

Salambona analamprella (Dyar): 116, Side view of male head; 116a,
part of shaft of male antenna.

Salambona analamprella (Dyar): 117, Side view of female head; 117a,
part of shaft of female antenna.

Eremberga leuconips (Dyar): 118, Side view of male head; 118a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Eremberga leuconips (Dyar): 119, Side view of female head; 119a, part
of shaft of female antenna.

Eremberga creabates (Dyar): 120, Side view of male head; 120a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Tucumania tapiacola Dyar: 121, Side view of male head; 121a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Tucumania tapiacola Dyar: Side view of female head.

Tucumania porrecia Dyar: Side view of female head.

124-124a.

125-125a.

126.
127-127c.

128-128c.

129.
130-130a.

131-13la.

132-132a.

133-133a.

134-134e.

135-135a.

136-136b.

137-1372.

138-138a.

139-139a.

THE CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE—HEINRICH 413

Parolyca asthenosoma (Dyar): 124, Side view of male head; 124a, part of
shaft of male antenna.

Puate 50

Sigelgaita chilensis, new species: 125, Side view of male head; 125a, part
of shaft of male antenna.

Sigelgaita chilensis, new species; Side view of female head.

Sigelgaita transilis, new species: 127, Side view of male head; 127a-b,
two views of basal segments of male antenna; 127c, three segments
from basal part of shaft, greatly enlarged, showing attachment of
modified setae to shaft and inner row of pectinations.

Amalafrida leithella (Dyar): 128, Side view of male head; 128a-b, two
views of basal segments of male antenna; 128c, inner pectination
from one of basal segments of shaft showing attachment of modified
setae (greatly enlarged).

Amalafrida leithella (Dyar): Side view of female head.

Ozamia odiosella fuscomaculella (Wright): 130, Side view of male head;
130a, basal segments of male antenna.

Ozamia thalassophila Dyar: Side view of female head; 13la, part of
shaft of female antenna.

PuaTE 51

Zophodia convolutella (Hiibner): 132, Side view of male head; 132a,
basal segments of male antenna.

Zophodia convolutella (Hiibner): Side view of female head; 133a, part of
shaft of female antenna.

Cactobrosis fernaldialis (Hulst): 134, Side view of male head; 134a,
maxillary palpus, greatly enlarged; 134b, part of shaft of male
antenna, ventral view; 134c, basal segments of male antenna, lateral
view.

Cactobrosis fernaldialis (Hulst): 135, Side view of female head; 135a,
part of shaft of female antenna.

Cactobrosis longipennella (Hampson): 186, Side view of male head;
136a, part of shaft of male antenna, ventral view; 136b, basal seg-
ments of male antenna, lateral view.

Cactobrosis maculifera Dyar: 137, Part of shaft of male antenna, ventral
view; 137a, basal segments of male antenna, lateral view.

Cactobrosis strigalis (Barnes and MeDunnough): 138, Side view of male
head; 138a, part of shaft of male antenna, lateral view.

Cactobrosis strigalis (Barnes and MeDunnough): 139, Side view of fe-
male head; 139a, part of shaft of female antenna.

i a is
Leo Soe Ney

y my ,
1.

bs fot)

pia i ages Fige:
Pe See a!
va Tee

Jie - 1 is |} . -
hah rg. id reve hs

Ween Ay

wD: :
/ ng’e' ; — éx, :
ae 14 a” vn > f
mera ee
aie Hf oe

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 23

1. prodenialis

2. dentata

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 406.

UES. NAT
ATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 24

e Lay
Bs Ne ps
‘i : ae i
Ys, 23
X Zw
Sy, xg
ce 3

eres

5. phryganordes

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 406.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. & PLATE 25

f..
Yo?

7 perabares

8. subshtuFa

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 407.

Tae aes

fC a
Cot ee aS
eC JX ee E S
ee eS
A ) S
Ne

PROCEEDINGS. VOL. 86 PLATE 26
}

i bile *
A <=.
NR — J SS )

15. ponderose//a

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
9. eactorum

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 407.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 27

16 gleucate//a

UZ,

11. tapracola

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 407.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 28

21. gracre//a
CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 407.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 29

QA. creabares
CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 408.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 30

yy = ie
ak Siete erasain | AG. analampr'ella

\
uN on
ey a

Qi Fransilts

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION CF PLATE SEE PAGE 408.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 31

\ Doe
NS

cog

29. lerthe//a

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 408.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86

PEATE 32

50. fuciadalis

: OL fuseomacule/la
7 226

{

52 punreans

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 408.

PRCCEEDINGS, VOL. €6 PLATE 33

MUSEUM

U. S. NATIONAL

55. odiose//

3A). odose//a

w
&
S
/ 3
<
0
ra}

FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

S-

CACTU
FOR EXPLANAT.ON OF PLATE SEE PAGES 408, 409.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 34

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4C9.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 35

S8 maecu/fera

OY. sfrigcsis

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 409.

U.S. NA
TIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 36

‘
SS

=~
Ss
SSS

AO. dentara

a AS subumbrella
A2. yunctohnee//a

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 409.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 37

AS. parabotes 416 .A:denre/la AT Aolchiora

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4069.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 38

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

A18. cacrorum

51. ponderose//a

50. 4ueyrvus.

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 409.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 39 |

52. glaucate//a

55 polnge/ia Sta e 56. Yosemitra sp.

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 410.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 40

Sh ong 7pe nne/lla

61. punreans 60. porrecva

59. 7apraco/la

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 410.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 41

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

S
®
3
>
=
zt
G
Nv
©

687 fuseomacu/ela

66. WeiWasis

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

65. Aemi/ute//a

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 410.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 42

pbk AA dd

ifs
r
A

70. ehilensis

analampre/ia

68. /erthe/la 11. Auenueensis

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 410.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 43

‘ cee

o—

“

135. ferne/ldalis 16. mnsig6nate/la

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 411.

l
U S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 44

19. Yosemitia

TT strigahs ye
60. Cacroh/asiis

81. Neli#era 82 Tucomana
CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 411

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 45

dentera &.

66 suncrolineela B.

69. zuneto/ineelia 2

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 411.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 46

92. perabates &

95. parabares §.

95. hidenite/la S

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 411.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 4?

100. munde/y 3 101. munde//t &

x]
ky
SH}

102. ponderose//a& lOS.ponderose//a 2

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 41z

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 48

. a
12. 7ongzpenne//a S 15. fonorpennella F

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 412

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 49

: ns
= Luly
os Mee
1142 is
116. ane/amprel/a & "7
b-
Ww
{
a re
{Tv SS.
at SR
Se
119%

119. Jeveonrps &

120. creabarves 3
SKN

NY ea” 125. porrecta %
124 ¢ 124. esthenosoma & .

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 412, 413.

U. S. NATIO
NAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 50

126. ehriensys

150 fuseomaculella $ 11. #Aalessophila %

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 413.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 51

. NATIONAL MUSEUM

oe
Ss.
>}

ty’

VAP
4O CSE

SLLGH
FPP Rg

Wd
RON DR EE:

{

YO,

EPH

Ron S

RA 1 Ye \ XK

OK Vuh Oe

Ry ee ORS

SZ) SA ISAC ¢
é ea

156. fongipenne//la 3 198. strigehs 3
159. strrge/7s 2

CACTUS-FEEDING PHYCITINAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 413.

oir ri

ites

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1939 No. 3054

TWO NEW OPHIURANS FROM THE SMITHSONIAN-
HARTFORD EXPEDITION, 1937

By Housert Lyman CrarK

New echinoderms from the shallow waters of the West Indies are
still to be expected, but it is probable that our knowledge of the
littoral forms will not require the addition of many new names to the
list. It was therefore a great surprise to find that each of two speci-
mens, kindly sent to me for examination by Austin H. Clark, of the
U. S. National Museum, proves to represent an undescribed species.
Each, moreover, is a representative of one of those large and hetero-
geneous genera our knowledge of which is too superficial or frag-
mentary to permit its dismemberment into smaller and more natural
groups.

It is always regrettable to describe a new species from a unique
specimen and never more so than in such genera, but on the other
hand such unique specimens must have names assigned to them if
they are to be of any value in extending our knowledge of those
genera. This is the only justification for publishing the following
descriptions.

I wish to thank Mr. Clark for his generous kindness in permitting
me to examine and describe these interesting novelties.

Genus OPHIACTIS Liitken
OPHIACTIS NOTABILIS, new species
PLATE 52, Ficures 1, 2

Description—Disk very nearly 5 mm in diameter, hexamerous,
slightly puffed out in the interradii and somewhat elevated, though
irregularly, on the upper surface. The disk covering consists of

116508—39 415

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

oval or circular, flat or slightly convex scales, scarcely or not at all
overlapping, and 6 pairs of radial shields, which are flat and very
small, but little larger than the largest of the disk scales; the two
radial shields of each pair are separated from each other or are
barely in contact distally. The interbrachial areas below are cov-
ered near the margin with thin, flat, rounded scales, like those of the
upper surface but much more evidently overlapping; toward the
mouth the scales are lacking and only a thin dark skin covers the
area near the oral shields; there are no granules or spinelets on the
disk, either above or below.

Arms 6, rather short, less than 15 mm long, slender at tip. Upper
arm plates at base of arm at least twice as wide as long, very com-
pletely in contact but the proximal side is not quite so long as the
distal; the lateral margins are very evenly rounded, with no hint
of angles; near the tip of the arm the plates are much smaller and
more nearly separated from each other, the proximal side having
become a more or less truncated point, the general form of the plate
being triangular.

Oral shields small, somewhat elliptical, wider than long, not so
large as the first under arm plate. Adoral plates relatively very
large, narrow and truncate in front of the oral shield, where they are
in contact, much wider, and rounded, radially, where they meet and
almost overlap in front of the first under arm plate. It is possible
that these wide ends cover over and conceal the true first under arm
plate and that the apparent first under arm plate is really the second.
Oral papilla single, located on the small narrow oral plate; it is
about twice as high as wide, flattened, and truncate or bluntly pointed
at tip; apparently it is easily knocked off for several appear to be
wanting; on only one jaw is the papilla present on both sides. Under
arm plates, except the apparent first, which is smallest and evidently
wider than long, squarish with rounded corners; the distal end is a
trifle wider than the proximal and its margin is very slightly con-
vex; lateral margins a very little concave; at the tip of the arm the
plates are much longer than wide; they are more or less fully in con-
tact throughout. Side arm plates low and small, meeting above near
tip of arm, but not below; each carries a series of 4 arm spines, of
which the uppermost and lowest are smallest and subequal; the other
two are also subequal, but noticeably longer, about equaling the
width of the arm; all the spines are blunt and obviously thicker at
base than near tip; compared to the arm spines of O. savigny? they
could be called slender. Tentacle scale single, flat, rounded, and rel-
atively large, as usual in the genus.

Color of dry specimen very pale gray above, with a slight yellow-
ish tinge, cream white below; a dusky blotch is visible on the upper
side of most of the larger arm spines.

‘

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 52

) and oral (4) sides.

_
2

oral (

b
toy
a
os
=
oS
u
©
O
<

0
Zz
<
4
a
I
ao
O
S
wy
Ze
OQ
3
Kk

1, 2. Ophiactis notabilis:
3, 4. Ophiothrix platyactts:

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

TWO NEW OPHIURANS—CLARK 417

Holotype.—Station 19; Puerto Rico; off Puntilla Point, parallel to
Tablazo Shoal; 31% fathoms; broken shell, broken coral, and mud;
W. L. Schmitt, March 29, 1937 (U.S.N.M. no. E. 5590).

Remarks.—This little Ophiactis is quite different from any known
West Indian species. The disk covering may owe its peculiarities to
being regenerated, though the appearance of the basal upper arm
plates does not support such a hypothesis. But the oral papillae are
very distinctive, and the color, the arm plates, and the arm spines,
taken in connection with the number of arms, give this Ophiactis a
status quite apart from any other species now known.

Genus OPHIOTHRIX Miiller and Troschel

OPHIOTHRIX PLATYACTIS, new species

PLATE 52, FicurEs 3, 4

Description.—Disk 6 mm in diameter, quite flat, covered by rela-
tively few scales and the 5 pairs of radial shields; the latter are large,
triangular, 2 mm long and 1 mm wide distally, sharply pointed at
inner end; in each pair the shields are markedly separated from each
other, except at the distal inner corner where they may touch; the
surface of each shield is bare and smooth except for the presence of
2 to 5 minute irregularly scattered rounded granules. Disk scales
comparatively few, coarse and thick, not well defined; each scale
carries 1 to 5 rounded granules much larger than those on the radial
shields; at the interbrachial margins these granules are higher than
thick and might be called low spinelets. Interbrachial areas below
covered with thin overlapping scales, much more delicate than those
of the upper surface; near the margin of each area are a very few
low blunt spinelets.

Arms 5, short and flat, probably less than 30 mm in length, wide
at base but slender at tip. Upper arm plates much wider than long,
more or less triangular with all angles rounded; the basal plates have
the proximal angle truncated, as they are obviously in contact with
each other, but this proximal margin is not half so long as the distal,
which is twice the plate length or even more and straight or flat-
tened-convex; the surface of the plates is very finely roughened, not
nearly so coarse, however, as to be called shagreenlike.

Oral shields much wider than long, with a small blunt proximal
angle, a nearly straight distal margin, and rounded lateral ends.
Adoral plates short and wide, in contact interradially and closely
appressed to the proximal margin of the oral shield. No oral papil-
lae, of course; the cluster of tooth papillae conspicuous as usual, but
not peculiar. Under arm plates quadrilateral, the length and breadth
about equal or, near base of arms, the breadth a little greater; distal
margin notably concave; proximal a trifle convex or with a low

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

rounded median projection; all four corners rounded; the plates are
more or less in contact at the sides but not in the median line. Side
arm plates low, not meeting distinctly either above or below; each
carries a series of 6 to 8 slender, blunt, somewhat flattened arm spines,
which are conspicuously thorny, at least along the sides; the upper-
most spine is very small, but sharp and thorny; the second is more
than twice as long, the third is much longer still, and either it or
the fourth is the longest of the series, the length exceeding the width
of the arm; succeeding spines are shorter and more slender, the lowest
one or two (sometimes three) being notably slender, more or less
smooth except at tip, and blunt. Tentacle scale minute, flat and
rounded.

Color of dry specimen pale gray on disk and upper arm plates, the
disk granules somewhat lighter; at base of arm the middle of each
upper arm plate is very slightly lighter than the sides and one can
almost detect a wide whitish longitudinal line thus marking the upper
surface of the arm. But this is to be detected only in the best light;
farther out on the arm each plate has a faint ill-defined whitish area
at center and on a few plates this has the shape of an hourglass;
there are no dark lines or markings on the upper surface of either
disk or arms. Arm spines glassy at base but becoming distinctly
pink at the tips. Oral surface nearly white, but the interbrachial
areas are gray and the under arm plates and the spines have more or
less of a pinkish tinge.

Holotype—Station 56; Barbados; Pelican Island, Carlisle Bay;
cracked from old blocks of coral; W. L. Schmitt, April 19, 1937
(U.S.N.M. no. E. 5591).

Remarks.—This curious little Ophiothria was first recorded by
Austin H. Clark (1921, Univ. Iowa Studies in Nat. Hist., vol. 9, no.
5, p. 54) under the name of Ophiothrix lineata. In 19338 (Handbook
of Littoral Echinoderms of West Indies, p. 62) I made the futile sug-
gestion, based on the locality and habitat, that the specimen “must
be a peculiar individual” of 0. suensonzi7. I was much farther from
the truth than my colleague, for there is no doubt that platyactis is
much nearer to lineata than it is to swensoniz7. It is readily distin-
guished from all its West Indian congeners by the disk covering, the
upper arm plates, the arm spines, and the coloration. The shape of
the upper arm plates and spines and the absence of dark lines on the
upper side of the arms separate it sharply from /ineata and even
more readily from swensonii, which it does not resemble at all.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3055

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS FROM NORTH, CENTRAL,
AND SOUTH AMERICA

By Liste H. Hyman

A NuMBER of preserved specimens of Turbellaria collected in var-
ious parts of North, Central, and South America sent to me for
identification by the United States National Museum have all been
found to be new species except one. Most of these were fortunately
in full sexual maturity, so that it is possible to furnish a complete
diagnosis. Those not in the sexual state are also undoubtedly new
forms, but a complete description of them must await the fortunate
finding of sexually mature material.

Order TRICLADIDA

Suborder PALUDICOLA, or PROBURSALIA

Family PLANARIIDAE
Genus DUGESIA Girard, 1859

Tn the author’s opinion, Dugesia Girard is a valid genus, of which
Euplanaria Hesse, 1897, is a synonym.

DUGESIA TITICACANA, new species
FIGURE 47, a—c

Material examined—Three specimens, two sexually mature, third
young. Both sexual specimens cut into sagittal serial sections, but m
one the posterior end with the copulatory apparatus was missing.
The other one has hence been made the type.

116427—39-—1 419

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Description —External appearance typical of the genus; type speci-
men (fig. 47, 2) 5 mm long, 1.8 mm wide, contracted, hence longer and
slenderer in life. Head bluntly triangular with blunt auricles and
usual two eyes. Pharynx behind the middle.

Color.—Black above, evenly granular, auricles lighter, dark brown
below.

Histology.—Dorsal epithelium very thickly beset with rhabdites
(fig. 47, 6); beneath the dorsal epithelium a very wide pigmented
region in the parenchyma; just inside this pigmented zone occur the
numerous rhabdite-forming gland cells (fig. 47, 6). Rhabdites, pig-
ment, and rhabdite-forming cells much fewer ventrally than dorsally.
Adhesive zone (fig. 47, 6) very conspicuous at the posterior end, less
so at the anterior end; otherwise this species is rather devoid of gland
cells. Longitudinal fibers of the subepithelial muscle layer well
developed.

Reproductive system—Typical of the genus. Testes numerous,
ventral, of moderate size, extending from just behind the ovaries to
the posteriorend. Vasa deferentia forming the usual expanded “false”
seminal vesicles packed with sperm alongside the pharynx to near
their entrance into the penis bulb. Penis typical of the genus, with
evident bulb and papilla (fig. 47,¢). Penis bulb of rounded form con-
taining many muscle fibers coursing parallel to its external contour.
The slender terminations of the two vasa deferentia pass separately
and without enlargement through the penis bulb and open into the
sides of a rounded cavity, the true seminal vesicle, in the penis bulb.
This cavity is lined by a tall glandular epithelium, which receives the
granular outlets of gland cells situated in the parenchyma of the penis
bulb. Penis papilla short, truncate, with a central depression con-
taining a papilla on which the ejaculatory duct opens. The ejaculatory
duct is directly continuous with the seminal vesicle in the penis bulb
and is lined by a cuboidal epithelium. Penis papilla clothed with a
thin epithelium beneath which is a thick layer of circular muscles.
Its interior consists of parenchyma with loose longitudinal muscle
fibers continuous with those encircling the penis bulb. Ovaries typical,
somewhat more posterior to the eyes than the latter are to the anterior
tip. The oviducts proceed posteriorly and enter separately the bursa
stalk some distance above the entrance of the latter into the genital
atrium. Copulatory bursa of moderate size in usual position between
the penis bulb and the end of the pharyngeal chamber, saclike, lined by
a tall epithelium, and with a thin layer of muscle fibers on its external
surface. Bursa stalk fairly large, lined by a tall ciliated epithelium,
clothed externally with a well-developed muscle layer of intermingled
circular and longitudinal fibers. Genital atrium divided by a descend-

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 421

EE RETO STEELE ETT EIPT ST Yr

oe ole 4 LR ELE ESS

Fiaure 47,—New species of DuGEsIA and SOROCELIS

a-c, Dugesia titicacana: a, Type specimen; b, posterior end, showing rhabdites, pigment
zone, and adhesive zone; ¢, sagittal view of the copulatory complex of the type.
d.e. Sorocelis americana: d, Entire worm; e, head, showing brain and eye arrangement,

4, Brain; 2, mouth; 8, rhabdites; 4, pigment zone; 45, rhabdite-forming cells ; 6, adhesive
zone; 7, copulatory bursa; 8, stalk of same; 9, entrance of oviducts in bursa stalk ;
10, penis bulb; 11, vas deferens; 22, seminal vesicle in penis bulb; 723, penis papilla;
14, cement glands of atrium; 25, common genital atrium.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

ing fold into a larger male portion containing the penis papilla and a
smaller female portion of tubular shape, which continues above into
the bursa stalk and opens below by the common genital pore. Nu-
merous gland cells open into the female atrium, mostly from behind,
some from in front below the penis, and many of them accompany the
terminations of the oviducts and open into the bursa stalk where the
oviducts open. Female atrium lined with a tall epithelium and clothed
externally with a thick layer of intermingled circular and longitudinal
muscles continuous above with the muscle layer of the bursa stalk but
thicker than this and passing ventrally into the regular subepidermal
muscle layer of the body wall.

Locality—Isla de la Sol, Lake Titicaca, Bolivia, collected on
February 18, 1936, by M. C. James.

Type.—As serial sections, U.S.N.M. no. 20402.

Remarks.—It is rather peculiar that all the fresh-water planarians
so far known from South America (listed by Fuhrmann, 1914b, who
also describes some additional species) belong to the genus Dugesia
except “Planaria” patagonica Borelli, 1901, which apparently belongs
to Curtisia. The Dugesia species are very similar in external appear-
ance and anatomy of the copulatory apparatus; hence they are not
easy to distinguish. D. titicacana most nearly resembles D. festae
(Borelli, 1898), also found in high mountain lakes, in Ecuador. The
principal feature wherein DP). titicacana differs from other members of
the genus is the form of the penis papilla, with its central depression
bearing a papilla on which terminates the ejaculatory duct.

Family DENDROCOELIDAE

Genus SOROCELIS Grube, 1872
SOROCELIS AMERICANA, new species

Ficures 47, d, e; 48, a

Material examined.—Seven preserved specimens, all asexual, prob-
ably not fully grown.

Description—Maximum length, 5 mm, width 1.8 mm, somewhat
contracted, hence longer and less plump in life. General external
appearance shown in figure 47, d. Head truncate, center and mar-
gins slightly projecting, giving a wavy effect; the central projec-
tions contains the adhesive organ; the lateral projections corre-
spond to auricles. Eyes numerous, in a lengthwise are on each
side of the brain, each are composed of 10 to 20 eyes (fig. 47, ¢).
Brain large, of elongated quadrangular shape, giving off numerous
branches forward and laterally and the usual two ventral cords pos-

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 423

teriorly. Anterior portions of the ventral nerve cords connected by
numerous connectives having a netlike arrangement (not shown in
the figure). Digestive tract typically triclad (fig. 47, 2); pharynx
unusually large and prominent. Sections of the pharynx show that
the circular and longitudinal fibers of the inner muscular layer are
intermingled, as diagnostic of the family Dendrocoelidae. This fea-
ture serves to distinguish the dendrocoelid genus Sorocelis from the
planariid genus Polycelis, which also has numerous eyes.

Color.—Preserved specimens, uniform yellowish, probably white
or creamy in life.

Histolog y- —The principal fenttine is the weakly developed adhe-
sive organ, in the center of the ventral surface of the median promi-
nence a és anterior margin. This type of adhesive organ is charac-
teristic of the genus. It is shown in median sagittal section in fig-
ure 48, a. The adhesive organ is a small pit lined with eosinophilous
gland cells, whose bodies extend into the adjacent parenchyma, above
and below the intestine. The regular surface epithelium containing
rhabdites alters abruptly at the margins of the adhesive organ into
these gland-cell outlets devoid of rhabdites. Presumably as in other
similar organs, there are attenuated epidermal cells between the
gland-cell outlets but they could not be seen. Some longitudinal
muscle fibers, acting to deepen the pit, extend posteriorly from the
organ along the ventral wall where they soon join the regular sub-
epidermal longitudinal muscle layer. General epidermis cuboidal
to low columnar, packed with small rhabdites except on the adhe-
sive organ and the usual marginal adhesive zone; no special large
marginal rhabdites such as occur in other dendrocoelids and the
American cave planarians of the family Kenkiidae (Hyman, 1937).
Subepidermal musculature moderately developed, weak dorsally,
stronger ventrally. Numerous cyanophilous gland cells in the pre-
pharyngeal region, especially ventrally. Many large eosinophilous
gland cells dorsally in the postpharyngeal region.

Reproductive system completely absent.

Locality—Bat Cave, Adair County, Okla., collected by A. P. Blair.
No date.

Type.—As whole mount, U.S.N.M. no. 20403. Paratypes, as pre-
served specimens and serial sections, U.S.N.M. no. 20404.

Remarks.—This is the first finding of the genus Sorocelis, a typical
Asiatic genus of fresh-water triclads, on the American continents.
The absence of sexual material makes it impossible to differentiate
S. americana exactly from other species of the genus, but the com-
bination of plain’ white color, eye arrangement, and locality should
suffice to distinguish it.

424

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

mae sieee Ts

‘
2
tes
aS

SIR,
= fi tr

egesesg Nth

aha. Ste,
tm, .Sarn>

Trt!

FiGurE 48.—New species of SorOcELIS and GEOPLANA

a, Sorocelis americana; Sagittal section of anterior end, showing the adhesive organ.

b,c, Geoplana mewicana: b, Type specimen; c, sagittal view of immature copulatory
apparatus.

d, e, Geoplana montana: d, Type specimen; e, head, showing eye arrangement and Sinnes-
kante.

1, Adhesive organ; 2, vas deferens; $, male atrium; 4, oviduct entrance; 5, common genital
atrium ; 6, Sinneskante; 7, mouth; 8, genital pore.

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 425
Suborder TERRICOLA

Family GEOPLANIDAE
Genus GEOPLANA Stimpson, 1857

What evidence there is available indicates that Stimpson’s Pro-
dromus (1857), or at least the signature of the Proceedings of the
Philadelphia Academy containing it, was published in February 1857,
while the Heft (or fascicle) containing Schultze’s quotation of
Miiller’s diagnosis of the genus was published and first available on
May 2, 1857 (Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle, vol. 4, p. 11 of the Berichte
appended to the volume, 1858). Ascribing the year 1856 to Geoplana
Miiller, as do some authors, seems to be based on the fact that
Leuckart referred to the paper in his “Bericht iiber die Leistungen in
der Naturgeschichte der niederen Thiere wiihrend des Jahres 1856”
(Archiv fiir Naturg., Jahrg. 23, Band 2, p. 209, 1857), but this note
was published in 1857 and the earliest date assigned to the Miiller
description of the genus is that of the reprint, “auch als Separat-
abdruck Halle 1857” (Leuckart).

GEOPLANA MEXICANA, new species
Fiaure 48, 0}, ¢

Material examined—Two specimens, both immature. Larger
specimen selected as type.

Description—Type, 16 mm long, 2 mm wide at widest part, with
an appearance typical of the genus (fig. 48, 0). Head bluntly
pointed, upturned, body increasing in width to about the middle, then
tapering to the pointed posterior end. Eyes numerous, extending
along the entire margin and across the ventral surface of the anterior
end, larger and in single file anteriorly, becoming smaller and less
regular in arrangement throughout the middle portion of the body,
and few and widely spaced in single file toward the posterior end.
About 85 eyes were counted on each side of the type specimen, but the
number probably increases with age.

Color—A slender middorsal dark stripe, bordered on either side
by a wider light stripe, then dark to the lateral margins. The dark
part of the dorsal surface is a deep brownish black; the two light
stripes are probably yellowish in life. Ventral surface uniform
medium brown.

Reproductive system—The type specimen was cut into serial sec-
tions, but unfortunately it was only at the onset of sexuality. Testes
numerous, ventral, throughout most of the body length. Copulatory
apparatus immature, genital pore not yet formed; what was present

4326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

is shown in figure 48, c. Penis papilla absent; the vasa deferentia
enter the anterior end of an elongated tubular chamber, which curves
ventrally and after receiving the two oviducts proceeds ventrally
and disappears without connecting with the ventral surface. Pre-
sumably this ventral extension is the common genital atrium, which
would later open through the ventral surface. The whole is sur-
rounded by a tissue rich in muscle fibers. This early condition of the
copulatory apparatus closely resembles von Graff's figure (1899, p.
166) of a similar stage of another Geop/ana species, and in fact it ap-
pears that throughout the Terricola the copulatory apparatus gener-
ally passes through such a stage. Hence it is impossible to draw any
conclusions as to the structure of the mature apparatus of Geoplana
mexicana from the immature specimen. G. mexicana can be differ-
entiated from other members of the genus at present only on the
basis of the color pattern.

Locality—Mexico. The label reads: On violets from Mexico (in
cargo) intercepted at Laredo, Texas, Sept. 10, 1935, by M. G. Vinzant.”

Type——aAs serial sections, U.S.N.M. no. 20405. Paratype, pre-
served, U.S.N.M. no. 20406.

Remarks—This species and two others (one known and one new)
from Yucatan recently described by the author (Hyman, 1938) are
the first land planarians to be recorded from Mexico. They probably
represent but a fraction of the terricolous planarians of that country.

GEOPLANA MONTANA, new species

Ficures 48, d, e; 49, a-d

Material examined.—F¥ our specimens, one small and immature, one
in bad condition, the two others fully mature and in a satisfactory
state. The one with the best-preserved coloration selected as the type,
the other as paratype.

Description.—T ype specimen 50 mm long, width at middle of body
5 mm); paratype larger, 70 mm long, 6.5 mm wide at widest region.
Head small, rounded (fig. 48, e), body quickly widening to a broad
flat shape, which it retains to near the posterior end, there tapering
to a point (fig. 48, 2).

Eyes very numerous, a thousand counted on each side of the type
specimen, in single file or slightly doubled on the head, quickly
increasing to form a broad irregular band several eyes deep toward
the middle of the worm, then diminishing in size and number to the
posterior end (fig. 48,7). Figure 49, a, gives the details of the eye
arrangement from a region of the body where the eyes are most
numerous. The eyes continue around the anterior margin of the
head (fig. 48, e) bordering the “Sinneskante,” or sensory margin, a

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 427

white strip of sensory nature forming the body edge. The Sinnes-
kante has been fully treated by von Graff in his classical monograph
on the Terricola (1899). Cross section of the body crescentic, gently
convex above, plane or slightly concave below, entire ventral surface
modified to a creeping sole, as in other members of the genus. Mouth
about three-fourths the body length from the anterior end; genital
pore of type specimen 7 mm posterior to the mouth. Postpharyngeal
portion of the body of both type and paratype removed and cut into
serial sagittal sections.

Color.—Dorsal surface with a broad middorsal light-yellow stripe,
rest of dorsal surface with a mottled dark-brown pattern on the
same light-yellow background (fig. 48, d). Details of the pattern in
a lateral half are shown in figure 49, @; there is simply an irregular
marbling with dark brown and light yellow. In the paratype there
appears to be more yellow and less dark brown in the marbled pattern
with larger yellow areas near the margin; but it is probable that the
color has faded during the long sojourn in alcohol. Ventral surface
dull white, with a little brown pigment on the head.

Reproductive system.—Both specimens have a mature copulatory
apparatus, but the accompanying gland cells are much better de-
veloped in the paratype. Sagittal section combined from type and
paratype shown in figure 49, 6. The genital pore leads dorsally
into the large genital atrium, divisible into an anterior extension,
the male atrium, containing the penis papilla, and a posterior exten-
sion, the female atrium. Penis with poorly developed bulb; penis
papilla large, of elongated conical form, extremely muscular, the
interior filled with simuous muscle fibers, which course mostly in a
longitudinal direction and at the penis base curve posteriorly to be-
come continuous with the muscle layer of the genital atrium and
the parenchymal fibers. The penis papiila is clothed with a low
cuboidal epithelium in which cell walls could not be distinguished
(fig. 49, c) ; beneath the epithelium there appears to be no definite
muscle layer except toward the penis base but a syncytial network.
This is crossed at intervals by bundles of muscle fibers, which reach
the surface of the penis, sometimes elevating this into a small papilla.
Where these muscle bundles come to the surface, the regular epithe-
lium appears to be modified (fig. 49, c), but the available sections
are not thin enough to reveal the histology of the terminations of
these muscle bundles. They seem to inclose some large cells, which
may be gland cells. Fuhrmann (1914a) has observed similar muscle
bundles terminating in papillae in the penis of Geoplana vonguteni
from Colombia. He believes these papillae contain gland cells whose
contents are squeezed out by the muscle fibers encircling them. He
also found the muscle bundles indicated in Geoplana cameliae. Penis

116427392

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou, 86

papilla traversed throughout its length by the tubular ejaculatory
duct lined by a cuboidal ciliated epithelium. At the penis base,
the duct curves ventrally, then turns anteriorly, enlarging into an
elongated chamber, the seminal vesicle (fig. 49, >), called seminal duct
by von Graff (1899), who found a similar condition in Geoplana
marginata ¥. Miiller, 1858. Geoplana cameliae Fuhrmann, 1914a, also
has a seminal vesicle external to the penis papilla, much like that
of G. montana. As a rule, the seminal vesicle in planarians is inside
the penis bulb, but these species lack a definite penis bulb. The
seminal vesicle of G. montana is lined by a ciliated epithelium and
in the paratype is surrounded by a halo of eosinophilous glands
opening into it; at its anterior end it receives the two vasa deferentia.
The female atrium, of elongated-funnel form (fig. 49, 6), extends
posteriorly from the common atrium; it lacks any special muscular
thickening and hence is not regarded as a vagina. At its posterior
end, the female atrium continues into the glandular duct (“Drisen-
gang” of German workers), which curves ventrally as a tube into
whose lower end the two oviducts open. Genital atrium lined by a
very tall extremely glandular epithelium, particularly well developed
in the female atrium, where in the most mature specimen (the para-
type) it is thrown into villushke folds. Toward the male atrium
the epithelium gradually diminishes in height and after turning to
cover the penis papilla soon flattens down to the cuboidal epithelium
of the latter (fig. 49, ¢) ; at the genital pore the epithelium is continu-
ous with the rhabdite-containing body epithelium, here also very tall.
Free ends of atrial epithelium filled with granules (fig. 49, d) stain-
ing blue in Mallory’s connective tissue stain, hence probably mucous
in nature; their source could not be determined, as no gland cells were
seen in the adjacent parenchyma. Outside the atrial epithelium is a
somewhat indefinite muscle layer continueus with the parenchymal
fibers, best developed in the female atrium and diminishing toward
the base of the penis. Glandular duct lined by a tall columnar
epithelium interspersed with the outlets of the innumerable gland
cells, which in the paratype form an immense halo around the duct
and also extend into the parenchyma some distance posterior to the
duct; gland cells of both cyanophilous and eosinophilous types.
Gland cells also accompany the terminal portions of the oviducts.

Locality —TVype and young immature specimen collected at Coro-
nado, Costa Rica, at 1,600 meters, by S. Rafael, April 12, 1935.
Paratype collected at Volein Barba, Costa Rica, at 2,800 meters, by
M. Valerio, January 31, 1929. Fourth specimen, in bad condition,
considered probably the same species, collected at San José, Costa
Rica, 1,160 meters, by M. Valerio, no date, probably 1929.

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 429

=
i
wW
Oe
oy
°
<>

x
S2* SEP
NX

5S
roe

ieee tees

a ae

tio

A and BIPALIUM

ng color pattern and eye
tus, combined from type
thelium and one of

Figure 49.—New species of GEOPLAN

a—d, Geoplana montana: a, Small portion of lateral half, showi
arrangement; 0, sagittal view of the copulatory appara
and paratype; ¢, small portion of the penis papilla, showing epi
the muscle bundles; d, atrial epithelium with granular tips.

e, Bipalium costaricensis: Type specimen.

t; 3, female atrium ; 4,

ejaculatory duct ; 8, extern

common genital pore; 5, penis

1, Oviduct entrance ; 2, glandular duc
al seminal vesicle with

papilla ; 6, muscle bundles of penis ; 7,
gland cells.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 20407, including serial sections of post-
pharyngeal region. Paratype, U.S.N.M. no. 20408, including serial
sections of postpharyngeal region.

Remarks.—Geoplana montana is seen to be an inhabitant of moun-
tain regions in Costa Rica. Its collection in three different locali-
ties, at different times and by different collectors, indicates that the
species must be relatively common. It is closely related and very
similar in sexual anatomy to Geoplana cameliae Fuhrmann, 1914a,
found at 1,400-1,800 meters in the central Cordilleras of Colombia.
It differs from this species in color pattern, eye distribution, greater
muscularity of the penis papilla, and much better development of
the glandular duct. It is a question whether G. montana should
not be regarded as a geographical variety of G. cameliae, but on
present knowledge it seems best to make a separate species of it.
One is forced to place considerable weight on differences in color
pattern, because of the many similarities in general structure and
sexual anatomy between the numerous species of Geoplana.

Family BIPALIIDAE

Genus BIPALIUM Stimpson, 1857

BIPALIUM COSTARICENSIS, new species
Fieurns 49, e; 50, a

Material examined —Two specimens, both asexual.

Description—Type, over 100 mm long (much coiling of the body
made it impossible to get the exact length); paratype, about 80 mm
long; width anteriorly, 3 mm. One of the long, slender species of
Bipalium. Wead 4 mm wide, typical of the genus. Arrangement of
the eyes on the head shown in figure 50, a, dorsal surface to the right,
ventral to the left. Behind the head, the body first widens slightly,
remains of this width for about the anterior third of the body, then
gradually diminishes to the rounded posterior end.

Color.—There is a very narrow middorsal black line that gradually
disappears posteriorly; to either side of this the drab background
gradually takes on a dark-brown color, which increases to the lateral
margins. Posteriorly also the dark-brown color gradually intensifies
until the posterior fourth of the body is a dark brownish black, slightly
lighter toward the median region. Color descriptions based on alco-
holic specimens several years old are, of course, not very reliable, but
both specimens give the same impression as to color shades and pattern,
although one is much more faded than the other. The latter, selected
as the type, appears not to have suffered much loss of color. Ventral
surface drab, with the midventral creeping ridge typical of the genus.

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 431

Sections of the postpharyngeal region of both specimens failed to
show any trace of sex organs. The specific diagnosis therefore rests
on shape and color pattern.

Locality—Type and paratype collected at San José, Costa Rica, at
1,160 meters, by M. Valerio, June 15, 1929.

Type—uU.S.N.M. 20409, including serial sections of pharynx and
adjacent region. Paratype, U.S.N.M. no. 20410, including also a piece
removed for sectioning.

Family RHYNCHODEMIDAE
Genus RHYNCHODEMUS, Leidy, 1851

RHYNCHODEMUS TERRESTRIS (0. F. Miiller, 1774)
FiGuReE 50, b, c

Material examined.—A single specimen.

Description.—Specimen 12 mm long, cylindroid, both ends rounded,
anterior end larger than posterior (fig. 50, 6), this probably the result
of contraction. Eyes not seen in the whole specimen but found in
sections as a pair at the anterior tip. Cut into sagittal serial sections,
but through the mistake of trying to stain the slides before the sec-
tions were fully dried the series was badly damaged. Sufficient re-
mains, however, to enable one to reconstruct the copulatory apparatus.

Reproductive system.—The genital system was found to be so
nearly identical with that of the European Rhynchodemus terrestris
that after some indecision the specimen is placed in that species. The
slight differences found are probably the result of various degrees of
contraction and do not seem to warrant the erection of even a variety.
Sagittal view of the copulatory apparatus is shown in figure 50, e.
Genital pore communicates with genital atrium by a long canal;
genital atrium occupied by the penis. Penis with well-developed bulb
and papilla; papilla and bulb more elongated and slender than shown
in figures of European specimens (e. g., by Bendl, 1908), but this
probably is the result of a greater extension. Penis and bulb ex-
tremely muscular with a longitudinal muscle layer under the flat-
tened epithelium of the papilla; bulb with numerous strong transverse
fibers, appearing like a network. Each vas deferens enlarges slightly
near the penis bulb to an external seminal vesicle, then narrows again,
and enters the bulb where both join an elongated seminal vesicle lined
by a high glandular epithelium. In European specimens this internal
seminal vesicle is figured as a large rounded sac; in the present speci-
men it is elongated, but this again is referable to the extended state
of the penis. In the penis papilla, the seminal vesicle narrows to an
ejaculatory duct lined by a flat epithelium, which proceeds to the
penis tip. Floor and rear of genital atrium lined by a very high

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

epithelium underlain by an indistinct muscularis, of inner circular
and outer longitudinal fibers. From just behind the genital canal
leading to the genital pore, the female canal starts and proceeds
straight posteriorly, then widens into a chamber, which receives the
two oviducts. The proximal part of this female canal is called va-
gina by Bendl (1908), but as it has no special musculature it is best
regarded as a glandular duct. Gland cells were not evident in the
present specimen; Bend] figures many opening into the duct. From
the chamber that receives the oviducts, a tube runs anteriorly again,

“

SERRE Oh gaR Kee DotA

Ficure 50.—Species of BIPALIUM and RHYNCHODEMUS

a, Bipalium costaricensis, new species: Showing eye arrangement—left half (V) is
ventral surface, right half (D) is dorsal surface.
b, c, Rhynchodemus terrestris (O. F. Miiller) : b, Wisconsin specimen, side view; c, sagittal

view of copulatory complex.

1, External seminal vesicle of vas deferens; 2, penis bulb; 3, internal seminal vesicle in
penis bulb; 4, male atrium; 5, penis papilla; 6, genital pore; 7, seminal bursa (so-called
uterus) ; 8, genito-intestinal duct from same to intestine; 9, entrance of oviducts; 1,

glandular duct.

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 433

widening into a sac very near the wall of the genital atrium. This
diverticulum is called uterus by some authors, seminal receptacle by
others; it is probably actually a copulatory bursa. In R. terrestris it
gives off a pair of genito-intestinal ducts connecting with the adja-
cent intestine, one on each side. These ducts were seen in the present
specimen but owing to the damage to the sections could not be traced
into the intestine. Glandular duct and seminal receptacle are lined
by a tall epithelium probably ciliated.

Color—Jet black, uniform.

Locality—In rotten wood in woods near Oconomowoc, Wis.; col-
lected in July 1927, by Cahn.

Remarks.—This is the third land planarian, all species of Rhyn-
chodemus, to be found in the United States. The other two, R.
sylvaticus (Leidy, 1851) and R. atrocyaneus Walton, 1912, are pre-
sumably endemic, although so imperfectly known that it is difficult
to draw conclusions about them. A study of serial sections of the
copulatory apparatus is badly needed. At first the present specimen
was thought to be a new species, but study of the copulatory appa-
ratus revealed no good grounds for separating it from R. terrestris.
The best. figure of the copulatory apparatus of European specimens
is that of Bendl (1908). As already remarked, the Wisconsin speci-
men differs from this figure in the following respects: Long genital
canal between genital pore and atrium; more elongated penis papilla
and seminal vesicle; and different shape of the seminal receptacle.
These differences, however, seem to result from a less contracted
condition of the parts than in Bendl’s figure and do not appear to
justify the creation of a new species or subspecies, especially as the
European specimens vary considerably in color and sexual anatomy.
In view of the wide distribution of R. terrestris in a variety of locali-
ties in Europe, its invasion into the United States is perhaps not
surprising.

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86
Order POLYCLADIDA

Suborder ACOTYLEA: Section SCHEMATOMMATA

Family LEPTOPLANIDAE

Genus LEPTOPLANA Ehrenberg, 1831 (emend. Bock, 1913)

LEPTOPLANA VESICULATA, new species
FIGURE 51

Material examined.—One specimen.

Description.—Specimen 22 mm long, 11 mm wide. Of general
oval form (fig. 51, a), with ruffled edges, hence somewhat con-
tracted, with the typical appearance of a leptoplanid. No tentacles,
eyes in usual four clusters, paired rounded tentacular clusters of about
40-45 eyes, and paired elongated cerebral clusters of about 70-80 eyes.
Pharynx of typical ruffled leptoplanid type, central, encircled by the
uterus packed with eggs (fig. 51, a); mouth posterior to center but
contraction of the specimen may have altered its true position,

Color—Indeterminate, on account of long sojourn in alcohol, prob-
ably consisting of brown flecks dorsally.

Reproductive system.—Male apparatus shortly behind the pharynx,
female pore shortly behind the male pore; genital sucker present be-
tween male and female pores (fig. 51,6). Postpharyngeal portion of
specimen removed and sectioned serially; found to be in full sexual
maturity. Sexual apparatus characteristic of the genus Leptoplana
(sensu stricto, Bock, 1913) but with a Lang’s vesicle absent in the type
species of the genus. Sagittal semidiagrammatic view of copulatory
apparatus shown in figure 51, 6. The male genital pore leads into
a vertical tubular cavity, the antrum masculinum, which, as in the
type species [Z. tremellaris (Miiller, 1774) ], is provided with a fold,
termed by Bock the penis sheath. The portion of the antrum dorsal
to this fold is called by Bock the penis pocket. At its dorsal termi-
nation it has the penis papilla, here very slightly developed, even
less so than in ZL. tremellaris. From the penis the male duct con-
tinues dorsally as a tube considered by Bock to represent the granule
vesicle; no glands entering this tube are evident in the present speci-
men. At its upper end the granule vesicle (if such it be) has the
same lateral diverticulum found in Z. tremellaris. The male duct
now turns sharply forward as a slightly expanded tube, then bends
dorsally again to enter the seminal vesicle. This is a highly muscular
rounded mass composed chiefly of circular fibers. It contains a tubular
cavity, slightly enlarged to a little rounded chamber where the com-
mon vas deferens enters from behind. The two vasa deferentia appear

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 435

For,
> Se Se 5
iM oe

Pulte

= es

FINS
74 SS
= HINS

4h VN

Fraurn 51.—LeEPTOPLANA VESICULATA, new species

a, Type.

b, Sagittal view of copulatory complex.

1, Cerebral eyes; 2, tentacular eyes; 8, mouth; 4, uterus; 4, male pore; 6, female pore;
7, vas deferens; 8, seminal vesicle; 9, duct from seminal vesicle to granule vesicle; 10,
proximal diverticulum of granule vesicle; 11, granule vesicle; 722, penis ; 13, penis pocket ;
1}, penis sheath; 15, male pore; 16, genital sucker ; 77, female pore; 18, bulbous vagina ;
19, cement glands of glandular duct; 20, glandular duct ; 21, entrance of common uterine

duct ; 22, stalk of Lang’s vesicle; 23, Lang’s vesicle.

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

to unite to a common duct before entering the seminal vesicle. Apart
from the very muscular seminal vesicle, the male duct is but slightly
muscular encircled by sparse circular fibers. It is lined by a low
cuboidal epithelium, which is very granular from the beginning of
the granule vesicle to the male pore. Between the male and female
pores is the small bowl-shaped invagination of the genital sucker
lined by a granular epithelium and showing some concentration of
dorsoventral parenchymal muscle fibers. The female apparatus, in
contrast to that of Z. tremellaris, is very strongly developed. The
female pore, situated on an elevation, leads into a large vagina with
thick muscular walls, the fibers chiefly circular, and a granular epithe-
lial lining. The upper end of the vagina is widened into a large sac-
like cavity from the posterior wall of which springs the glandular
duct (Kittdriisengang of Bock, 1913). This type of vagina in
Bock’s terminology would be a bulbous vagina. The glandular duct
is a large tube running forward and then backward in the sagittal
plane, having thus a V-shape. It is lined by an epithelium of tall
slender cells outside of which there is a considerable muscular in-
vestment, mostly of circular fibers with a few longitudinal ones next
the epithelium. The glandular duct receives a tremendous array of
long-necked eosinophilous gland cells, which occupy the parenchyma
around the whole course of the duct and extend for long distances in
all directions. These glands are the shell glands of early authors
but are now generally designated cement glands (Kittdriisen) and
no doubt secrete the adhesive material in which the eggs are imbedded
on laying. At its proximal end the glandular duct receives on its
ventral side the very short common uterine duct which almost at
once divides into the two uteri; these proceed forward one on each
side of the pharynx (fig. 51, @) as wide, thin-walled, coiled canals
stuffed with eggs. Behind the entrance of the uterine duct the
female canal continues as a duct, which after proceeding posteriorly
for some little distance widens into a large sac, Lang’s vesicle in
Bock’s terminology. The duct between this vesicle and the entrance
of the uterine duct is thus the stalk of Lang’s vesicle. In the type
species, Z. tremellaris, Lang’s vesicle is reduced to a slight protu-
berance beyond the uterine duct.

Locality Under rock, Mount Doughty, Puget Sound, Wash., col-
lected on July 15, 1927, by Everett E. Wehr.

Type.—Anterior three-fourths as preserved specimen, U.S.N.M. no.
20411, including serial sections of postpharyngeal region.

Remarks.—In his classical revision of the polyclads, Bock (1913)
has accepted Lang’s opinion that Leptoplana tremellaris (O. F.
Miller, 1774) is the first species to be ascribed to the genus Leptoplana,
and the diagnosis of the genus must then be based on L. tremellaris,

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 437

of which Bock figures the copulatory apparatus. Unfortunately, Z.
tremellaris differs markedly in its sexual anatomy from the great
majority of the many species that have been put into Leptoplana in
the hundred years since the genus was founded, and so it becomes
necessary to allocate practically all the older Leptoplana species to
other genera. Most of them belong in Votoplana Laidlaw, 1903. Bock
does not list any other species but tremellaris under Leptoplana. The
present species, LZ. vestculata, clearly belongs in Leptoplana and
justifies the concept of a leptoplanid genus built around Z. tremellaris.
The distinguishing features of the genus are the wide separation of
the genital pores with a genital sucker between them, the well-devel-
oped seminal vesicle, the tubular, poorly differentiated granule vesicle
without definite external limitation, with a proximal diverticulum,
and the small unarmed penis in a long penis pocket. Since Z. ves?-
culata has a large Lang’s vesicle, Bock’s definition of Leptoplana
(1918, p. 181) must be emended to read: “Lang’s vesicle developed or
rudimentary.”

The only previous publication on the polyclads of the Puget Sound
region is that of Freeman (1933). He does not list any species of
Leptoplana, and it is obvious that LZ. vesiculata is not identical with
any of the species he describes. Polyclads from the California
coast have been studied by Plehn (1896, 1898), Heath and McGregor
(1912), Boone (1929), and Freeman (1930). Bock has transferred
Plehn’s Leptoplana californica to the genus Stylochoplana. Heath
and McGregor describe four new species of “Leptoplana.” Of these,
L. rupicola probably belongs to Notoplana, L. timida is probably not
a Leptoplana, since it has a large penis and definite granule vesicle,
L. saxicola is evidently a Notoplana, and L. inquieta with its com-
mon genital pore would also not fit into Leptoplana. Boone (1929)
figures “Leptoplana” sciophila with a chambered granule vesicle
(whose nature she failed to understand), and hence this species is
either a Stylochoplana or a Notoplana. “Leptoplana” acticola is
also stated by Boone to have a large granule vesicle (which she calls
ejaculatory organ and figures badly), and it must therefore be
removed from Leptoplana. After all that has been said by the fore-
most students of the Turbellaria on the absolute necessity of a study
of serial sections in the taxonomy of this group, there appears to
be no excuse for the further publication of taxonomic descriptions
based only on whole mount studies. These California forms must
be restudied before they can be allocated to the proper genera.

It thus appears that Leptoplana vesiculata is the only member
of the genus so far found on the Pacific coast of the United states.
Old descriptions of Leptoplana species from the Atlantic coast
cannot be evaluated until the specimens are reexamined.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM You, 86

LITERATURE CITED

BENDL, WALTHER ERNST.
1908. Beitriige zur Kenntnis des Genus Rhynchodemus. Zeitschr. Wiss.
Zool., vol. 89, pp. 525-554, 2 pls.
Bock, SIxTEN.
1913. Studien tiber Polycladen. Zool. Bidrag Uppsala, vol. 2, pp. 31-344,
8 pls.
BooNE, ELEANOR 8.
1929. Five new polyclads from the California coast. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 10, vol. 3, pp. 33-46, 4 figs., 2 pls.
BORELLI, ALFREDO.
1898. Planarie d’acqua dolce. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino,
vol. 12, no. 322, 6 pp., 1 fig.
1901. Di una nuova Planaria d’acqua dolce della Republica Argentina. Boll.
Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, vol. 16, no. 400, 5 pp., 1 fig.
EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED.
1831. Phytozoa Turbellaria africana et asiatica. In Hemprich and Ehren-
berg’s Symbolae physicae: Animalia evertebrata, ete. dee. 1.
[Unpaged; plates IV and V pertain to the Turbellaria; plates pub-
lished in 1828.]
FREEMAN, DANIEL.
1930. Three polyclads from the region of Point Fermin, San Pedro, Cali-
fornia. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., vol. 49, pp. 334-841, 1 pl.
1933. The polyclads of the San Juan region of Puget Sound. Trans. Amer.
Micr. Soc., vol. 52, pp. 107-146, 12 pls.
FUHRMANN, OTrTo.
1914a. Planaires terrestres de Colombie. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel,
vol. 5, pp. 748-792, 38 figs., 3 pls.
1914b. Turbellariés d’eau douce de Colombie. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Neu-
chatel, vol. 5, pp. 793-804, 13 figs., 1 pl.
GIRARD, CHARLES FREDERIC.
1850. [Fresh-water species of Planariae.] Proce. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 3, pp. 264-265.
GRAFF, LUDWIG VON.
1899. Monogrophie der Turbellarien. II. Tricladida terricola. Leipzig.
GRUBE, ADOLPH HWDUARD,
1872. Beschreibungen von Planarien des Baikalgebietes. Arch. Naturg.,
vol. 38, pt. 1. pp. 273-292, 2 pls.
HEATH, HARoLpD, AND McGrecor, ERNEST ALEXANDER,
1912. New Polyclads from Monterey Bay, California. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 64, pp. 455-488, 12 figs., 7 pls.
HESSE, RICHARD.
1897. Untersuchungen iiber die Organe der Lichtempfindung bei niederen
Thieren. II. Die Augen der Plathelminthen insonderheit der
tricladen Turbellarien. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., vol. 62, pp. 527-582,
3 figs., 2 pls.
HYMAN, Lippie HENRIETTA,
1937. Studies on the morphology, taxonomy, and distribution of North
American triclad Turbellaria. VIII. Some cave planarians of the
United States. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., vol. 56, pp. 457-477, 2 figs.,
3 pls.
1938. Land planarians from Yucatan. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 491,
pp. 23-82, 9 figs.

NEW SPECIES OF FLATWORMS—HYMAN 439

LAIDLAW, FRANK FORTESCUE.

1903. On a collection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the Straits of
Malacea. (Skeat Expedition, 1899-1900.) Proce. Zool. Soc. London,
1903, vol. 1, pp. 301-318, 7 figs., 1 pl.

Leripy, JOSEPH.

1851. Corrections and additions to former papers on helminthology pub-
lished in the Proceedings of the Academy. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, vol. 5, pp. 284-290.

MUtter, Frirz. (See under Schultze, Max.)
MULLER, OTTO FREDERIK.

1774. Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilium, seu animalium infusoriorum,
helminthicorum, et testaceorum, non marinorum, succincta histora,
vol. 1, pars altera, 72 pp.

PLEHN, MARIANNE.

1896. Neue Polycladen, gesammelt von Herrn Kapitiin Chierchia bei der
Erdumschiffung der Korvette Vettor Pisani, von Herrn Prof. Dr.
Kiikenthal im no6rdlichen Eismeer und von Herrn Prof. Dr. Semon
in Java. Jen. Zeitschr. Naturw., vol. 30, pp. 137-176, 6 pls.

1898. Drei neue Polycladen. Jen. Zeitschr. Naturw., vol. 31, pp. 90-99, 1 pl.

SCHULTZE, MAx.

1858. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Landplanarien nach Mittheilungen des
Dr. Fritz Miiller in Brasilien und nach eigenen Untersuchungen.
Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle, vol. 4, pp. 19-88.

STIMPSON, WILLIAM.

1857. Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum quae in ex-
Ppeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum septentrionalem a Republica
Federata missa, Johanne Rodgers Duce, observavit et descripsit.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 9, pp. 19-31.

WALTON, LEE BARKER.

1912. The land planarians of North America, with a note on a new species.

Science, vol. 35, p. 940.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

‘dy oe
1a Tg .fe fai 7
a *
i) d

y
an

ot iT i

on
‘i: Tay,

ary

eae

aera

‘ 7

‘a
5

ae Ca ‘EY
mas: Tay VEN

tee

me hare rik

; Hi
psekey, | ery? oa Bua Fa

alunctiengy eo) +

Me bide:

4»
wn V
ae ¢. aie 4

‘es 7
Nien egey ree

it whan IL)

cami seg aie a

Lee eae » svoet ier eee aa
3

ae salt , ne’ reali ‘

wg th . “phea bane rey, ness aan

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued te 4

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3056

ECHINODERMS OF THE SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EX-
PEDITION, 1937, WITH OTHER WEST INDIAN RECORDS

By Austin H. Crark

Tue Smithsonian-Hartford Expedition in the ship Joseph Conrad,
made possible through the interest and generosity of George Hunt-
ington Hartford, 3d, between March 15 and May 12, 1987, visited the
Bahamas, Haiti, Puerto Rico, St. Thomas, St. John, St. Croix, Saba,
St. Eustatius, Dominica, Martinique, Barbados, Jamaica, and Cuba,
The naturalists on this expedition were Dr. Waido L. Schmitt,
curator of the division of marine invertebrates, United States National
Museum, and G. Robert Lunz, of the Charleston, S. C., Museum.

The collection of echinoderms brought back was an unusually inter-
esting one, including excellent series of the young of various species,
and no less than three new species of ophiurans, two of which were
recently described by Dr. Hubert Lyman Clark. The discovery of
three new ophiurans in a region so well known as the Caribbean area
shows how intensively and systematically the arduous work of shore
collecting in the Tropics was carried on by Dr. Schmitt and Mr. Lunz.

A list of the Smithsonian-Hartford, Albatross, and Fish Hawk
stations mentioned herein is given at the end of this paper.

ASTEROIDEA
ASTROPECTEN ANTILLENSIS Liitken
Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 10, Bahamas (1, E.
5428). Station 26, St. Thomas (1, E. 5580).
ASTROPECTEN ARTICULATUS (Say)

Locality —Albatross station 2420, Virginia, off Cape Charles (1,
18334).
116509—39 441

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you, 86

ASTROPECTEN ARTICULATUS var. VALENCIENNESI Miller and Troschel
Locality —Texas, Clyde T. Reed (1, E. 5228).
LUIDIA CLATHRATA (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico (arm,
E. 5478). Albatross station 2016, Virginia, off Accomac County (1,
6372). Albatross station 2017, Virginia, off Accomac County (1,
6273). Fish Hawk station 8369, Chesapeake Bay (1, E. 1181). Texas,
Clyde T. Reed (2, E. 5229).

LUIDIA SENEGALENSIS (Lamarck)

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico (2, E.
5582).

Nores.—Both the specimens have 9 arms. In the larger R=145 mm,
and in the smaller R=70 mm.

OREASTER RETICULATUS (Linnaeus)
Locality—Smithsonian-Hartford station 28, St. John (1, E.5415).
OPHIDIASTER GUILDINGH Gray
Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 28, St. John (1, E.5453).
LINCKIA GUILDINGII Gray

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (4, E.5429,
E.5430, E.5447). Station 28, St. John (4, E.5432, E.5433, E.5434).
Station 56, Barbados (1, E.5431). Station 68, St. Thomas (2, E.5477).

Norrs—Two of the specimens from station 12 have 6 arms, the
larger with R=80 mm. Another has 5 arms with R=80mm. The last
is a comet with 1 long arm and 5 short arms. Of the specimens from
station 28 two have 6 and two have 5 arms. The specimen from
station 56 and both of those from station 68 have 6 arms. Thus, of
the 11 specimens collected eight have 6 and three have 5 arms.

THYRASTER SERPENTARIUS (Miiller and Troschel)

Locality —Off Tampa Bay, Fla., James E. Benedict, 1901 (1, 36995).
FREYELLA MEXICANA, new species

Characters.—Disk 11 mm in diameter; 6 stout arms only slightly
swollen in the genital region, 110+ mm long; disk covered with a
pavement of small plates, each with a single spinelet; genital region
uniformly covered with larger plates each with usually 2 to 4 similar
spinelets, more or less in a transverse series; no papulae; pedicellariae
numerous on disk and arms; mouth plates large, the aboral ends of
each pair separated by a small plate and supporting the large circular
azygous interradial; each mouth plate with 9 to 12 spines; first two

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 443

adambulacral plates united by syzygy; proximal adambulacrals with
a diagonal row of 4 or 5 spines; marginals greatly reduced, widely
separated.

Description —The disk is 11 mm in diameter, with the borders
between the broad arm bases straight and only about one-quarter
as long as the width of the arm bases. The surface is flat and on
the same level as that of the abactinal surface of the rays, which is
continuous with it.

The disk is completely covered with a pavement of small subequal
contiguous polygonal plates, each of which bears a single (more rarely
two) long, slender, sharp, roughened or subechinulate spinule.
Thickly strewn over the surface of the disk, with a tendency to
congregate about the spinules, are numerous very small pedicellariae
the tips of which are much broadened, rounded-triangular, with a
smooth and straight or slightly concave distal border. When the
pedicellariae are open the long processes at the base of each blade
extending laterally give them the appearance of having 4 blades, 2
spatulate and 2, at right angles to these, pointed.

In each of the interbrachial angles is a large, circular, swollen
interradial that extends from the abactinal surface halfway to the
actinal and occupies the entire interval between the arm _ bases.
Beneath this are two large contiguous plates representing abactinal
extensions of the mouth plates, which, like the interradial, span the
interval between the arm bases. Immediately below the interradial
is a small plate lying between the abactinal ends of the two mouth
plates and with difficulty distinguishable from them.

The madreporite is rather large, 1.38 mm in diameter, situated at
about its own diameter from the adjacent interradial plate, strongly
convex, and bare of spines. The opening is a rather broad oval slit
crossed by a few delicate calcareous bridges situated on one side.

The anus is rather large and conspicuous, excentric, 4.7 mm from
the edge of the disk.

The 6 arms are 110+ mm long, stout at the base, with a rather
slight fusiform swelling over the genital region, becoming slender
distally. They are 3.8 mm wide at the base, 5.5 mm wide in the
broadest part, about 11 mm from the disk; and the genital region,
beyond which there are no abactinal plates, is 24 mm long, or a
little more than twice the diameter of the disk. The arms are broad
actinally, narrow abactinally, with sharply sloping sides.

The genital region is completely enclosed by a continuous pave-
ment of rather large rhombic, pentagonal, or hexagonal contiguous
plates, which are usually slightly broader than long. These plates
show no indication of arrangement in transverse bands, and each
bears in its central portion 1 to 4 or 5 (usually 2 to 4) well-separated
spinules resembling those on the disk. On a few of the plates at the

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

arm base there may be as many as 6 or 7 spinules, and in the distal
portion of the genital region the number is usually one. Though
commonly irregularly grouped, these spinules show a tendency to
become aligned in a transverse row. On the surface of the plates
in the vicinity of the spinules are more or less numerous very small
pedicellariae resembling those on the disk.

The delicate membrane covering the abactinal surface of the arms
beyond the genital region carries numerous scattered pedicellariae
resembling those on the disk. These seem to have no regular arrange-
ment,

The actinostome is 6.3 mm in diameter. The mouth plates are
triangular, with the interradial (longest) apposed sides straight, the
aboral side obtusely notched, and the radial side obtusely angled
where the actinostome joins the ambulacral groove. The actinostomal
border bears 3 subequal slender spines. Just beyond these, at the
junction of the actinostome and the ambulacral groove, is a small
lobate projection of the mouth plate on which are situated 2 (rarely
3) spines, the one next to the ambulacral groove resembling the
spines just noticed, the other (or others) smaller. Near the distal
end of the plate on the side adjoining the ambulacral groove are 2
(rarely 3) additional spines smaller than those previously mentioned
and situated at some distance from them. In about the middle of
the mouth plate, halfway between the long interradial side and the
opposite angle, is a large stout spine roughly twice as long as the
others mentioned, and between this and the outer angle of the plate
adjoining the ambulacral groove is another spine, about two-thirds
its size. Near the angle between the long interradial side and the
distal margin of the mouth plate there may be another small spine.
All the spines are enclosed in skin sacks, which bear numerous very
small pedicellariae.

The first adambulacral plates are about half again as broad as
long, the second are somewhat longer than their median width, and
those following increase in length, those in the genital region be-
ing somewhat longer than the width of the proximal end or slightly
longer, and the outer being about twice as long as the width of the
proximal end or even longer. All are strongly concave on the side
toward the ambulacral groove. The ambulacral groove, which at
first is rather broad, narrows distally, the adambulacrals finally
meeting in the midline so that the tube feet are arranged in widely
separated pairs.

The first two adambulacral plates are united by a syzygy with
a small ligament mass visible halfway between the median line and
the border of the ambulacral groove.

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 445

The first adambulacral plate bears a long spine, about half again
as long as itself, in the median line (as viewed actinally) about
one-third of the distance from the proximal to the distal end. Near
the distal inner angle of the plate adjoining the ambulacral groove
is a furrow spine about two-thirds the length of the plate. Between
this and the large central spine, forming all together a diagonal
row of 4 spines, are 2 other spines of which that nearest the furrow
spine is a little smaller than the latter, and that near the median
spine is larger, about half as large as the median spine.

The second adambulacral plate has a similar diagonal row of 4
spines, but the large median spine is situated slightly more distally,
at or slightly beyond the middle of the ossicle.

The third adambulacral plate has a diagonal row of 5 spines of
which the 3 inner are subequal, small, and slender, the next is larger
and stouter, and the outermost, in the center of the plate, is half
again as long and much stouter.

The fourth and fifth adambulacral plates have each a similar row
of 5 spines.

On the seventh adambulacral another spine appears, a long spine
half again as long as the plate situated on the outer side just at the
edge of the plated abactinal covering of the arm base, and just beyond
the large central spine. This spine is absent from the eighth adam-
bulacral but occurs on the ninth and twelfth and distally on alternate
adambulacrals.

On the outer adambulacrals the long central spine becomes sepa-
rated from the others; the latter also become smaller, forming a diag-
onal line of 4 small sharp spines at the distal angle of the plate.

On the distal portion of the arm the furrow spines become reduced
to three, then to two, and finally to one.

All the spines are enclosed in skin sacks, which bear numerous
minute pedicellariae.

The adambulacral plates are widely spaced.

The marginals are very small, less than half as long as the adambu-
Jacrals. They adjoin the distal outer angle of an adambulacral and
run distally along the edge of the ambulacral, overlapping the base of
the adambulacral following for about one-third of its length. They
are thus widely separated from each other.

There are no papulae on the disk or on the arms.

Type-—From Albatross station 2379, Gulf of Mexico (U.S.N.M.
no. E.5602).

Remarks.—Heretofore the family Brisingidae was known to be
represented in the Caribbean region only by Hymenodiscus agassizti
E. Perrier, from off St. Croix and Dominica in 391-450 fathoms, and
Odinia antillensis A. H. Clark, from off Puerto Rico in 280-340 fath-

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou, 86

oms. Freyella mexicana is the first species to be reported from the
Gulf of Mexico.

Although in Freyella mexicana the first two adambulacrals are
united by syzygy, the marginals are greatly reduced and do not bear
spines, the number of spines on the mouth plates and on the adam-
bulacrals is exceptionally large, and directly beneath the prominent
interradial there is a small plate that separates the upper ends of the
two mouth plates of each pair, it does not seem to me that it differs
sufficiently from related species to justify the creation of a new
genus for its reception.

The other 6-rayed species of Freyella are: Freyella sexradiata E.
Perrier from west of northern Spain in 2,255 fathoms; F’. tuberculata
Sladen, from between the Canary and Cape Verde Islands, between
Ascension Island and the African coast, and the eastern tropical Pa-
cific in 2,222-9,400 fathoms; F. benthophila Sladen, from the central
south Pacific in 2,550 fathoms; and F. oligobrachia H. L. Clark, from
the eastern tropical Pacific in 2,222-2,320 fathoms. All these differ
from F. mexicana in having the first two adambulacrals articulated
instead of being united by syzygy; in having the marginals with
spines, at least on alternate plates; in lacking the small unpaired
interradial plate between the upper ends of the mouth plates of each
pair; in having the mouth plates with 2 to 4 spines instead of 9 to 12;
and in having the adambulacrals with 1 or 2 spines instead of 4 or 5.

In certain respects Preyella mexicana suggests Colpaster scutigerula
Sladen, from southwest of the Canary Islands in 1,525 fathoms. In
this species the first two adambulacrals are united by syzygy; the
mouth plates have 6 spines, and the adambulacrals have 4 or 5 spines;
and there is an unpaired plate just below the interradial plate as in
F. mexicana, but this is much larger and separates the first adam-
bulacral plates instead of the upper ends of the mouth plates. In
Colpaster the plates of the disk bear stout stumps ending in 4 or 5
radiating thorns instead of spinelets as in Freyella mexicana.

OPHIUROIDEA

OPHIOMYXA FLACCIDA (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (1, E. 5471).
Station 28, St. John (2, E.5474).

HEMIPHOLIS ELONGATA (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico (3,
K.5473). Station 20, Puerto Rico (1, E.5593).

OPHIOSTIGMA ISACANTHUM (Say)

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 17, Puerto Rico (1,
E.5448).

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 447
AMPHIODIA GYRASPIS H. L. Clark

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico (4+,
B.5454, 6.5455, B.5456).

OPHIACTIS NOTABILIS H. L. Clark

Ophiactis notabilis H. L. CLarK, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, p. 415, pl. 52, figs.
el OSO.

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico, (1,
E.5590).

OPHIACTIS SAVIGNYI (Miller and Troschel)

Locality—Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico (6,

B.5451).
OPHIOTHRIX ANGULATA (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (3, E.5399,
E.5400, E.5401). Station 15, Haiti (1, E.5398). Station 19, Puerto
Rico (7, E.5895, E.5396). Station 21, Puerto Rico (11, E.5397, E.5407,
E.5416). Station 23, St. Thomas (4, E.5404, E.5405, E.5406). Sta-
tion 50, Martinique (2, E.5403). Station 55, Martinique (5, E.5402).

Nores.—One of the specimens from station 12, Haiti (H.5400),
is white with the radial shields, except for the outer and inner ends,
violet; the arms are sprinkled with small irregular black dots, and
bear interrupted light violet cross bands at about every fourth pair of
side arm plates. Another specimen from station 12 (E.5401) has the
disk violet with broad light lines on the outer side of the radial
shields and central white marks; the upper and side arm plates are
violet and white. As in the preceding specimen, there is no median
line on the arms. A specimen from station 19, Puerto Rico (E.5395),
has the arms with frequent narrow cross bands and no median stripe.

OPHIOTHRIX SUENSONII Liitken

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 55, Martinique (4, £.5409,
B.5410, B.5411).

OPHIOTHRIX ORSTEDII Liitken

Localities—Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (11, E.5417).
Station 17, Puerto Rico (1, E.5412). Station 27, St. John (1, E.5413).
Station 28, St. John (1, H.5414).

OPHIOTHRIX HARTFORDI, new species
PLATE 53, Fieures 1, 2

Description—The disk is 4.3 mm in diameter, flat, pentagonal,
with broadly rounded interradial angles. The sides of the pentagon,
crossing the arm bases, are straight or slightly concave. The greater

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

part of the surface of the disk is occupied by 5 pairs of large radial
shields. The two shields of each pair are separated by a single
somewhat irregular row of moderate-sized obscurely delimited scales.
The pairs of shields are separated interradially by about 3 rows of
scales with similarly indefinite borders. The scaled central portion
of the disk, a circular area with a diameter equal to about one-fourth
that of the disk, the narrow radial line of scales, and the broad inter-
radial bands are uniformly studded with short, thick, subconical
stumps with blunt spinulose tips that on superficial examination
appear like granules. In the central circular area there are about
40 of these; a single somewhat irregular row runs along the lines
of scales separating the radial shields of each pair; and there are
about 3 irregular rows at the inner ends of the interradial bands
of scales, this number increasing to about 6 at the edge of the disk.
Each scale seems to carry a single stump. The radial shields bear
1 to 5 widely and irregularly scattered stumps. The interbrachial
areas on the oral surface are naked except for 3 or 4 large, rounded,
and well-defined scales in the central portion, one or two of which
may bear centrally situated stumps.

The 5 short arms are 13 mm long. The upper arm plates in-
crease in size to the fourth, which is triangular with the proximal
angle very broadly and the lateral angles more abruptly rounded,
not quite twice as broad as long. The upper arm plates following
gradually increase in length, the angle between the lateral edges at
the same time decreasing, so that at the middle of the arm they are
about as long as broad. Distally they become very narrow, elongate
fan-shaped, much longer than broad, with rounded lateral angles,
remaining always in contact. The surface of the upper arm plates
is finely pustulate.

The oral shields are nearly twice as broad as long, rhombic with
concave sides, the lateral angles rounded and the outer and inner
angles pointed.

The adoral plates are triangular, about twice as long as the width
of the radial ends, with their apices just meeting under the inner
side of the oral shields. Their outer border is closely appressed
to, and of the same length as, the adjoining side of the oral shield.

There are 9 rather short and stout tooth papillae, a column of 4
on each jaw plate and a median one.

The under arm plates are quadrilateral with the proximal and dis-
tal angles rounded, the distal border strongly concave, and the proxi-
mal somewhat convex. They are at first broader than long, becoming
about as broad as long in the middle of the arm and elongate dis-
tally. In the earlier portion of the arms the proximal border is
more or less angulate centrally.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86

471)

SW LZ

OPHIOTHRIX HARTFORDI, NEW SPECIES.

The type specimen (U. S. N. M. No. E. 5592) from station 16, Puerto Rico: Aboral (1)
and oral (2) views. A young individual is visible in the lower right interbrachial angle,

figure 2. XX 5.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 54

S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

OPHIODERMA AND OPHIOCOMA
s stage, from station 12, Haiti (U. S. N. M. No.

2 vicaudum, Ophiocryp
He 5437). < 1) and oral (2) views; 3, Ophiocoma pumila, young, from station 28,
St. John (U.S. N. M. No. E. 5559), aboral view: 4. Ophiocoma echinata, young, from

station 15, Haiti (U.S. N. M. No. E. 5514), aboral view; 5, Ophiocoma riisei, young with
naked disk, from station 17, Puerto Rico (U.S. N. M. No. E. 5522), oral view. All X 5.

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 449

The side arm plates are widely separated on the oral side of the
arms; on the aboral side they extend inward for about one-third the
width of the arm. The arm spines are borne on a high narrow crest.

There are 7 arm spines. The lowest arm spine is in the form of a
stout hook with a long, slender, strongly recurved glassy tip beneath
which is a long and slender supplementary point. The uppermost
spine is short and more or less erect. The longest spine is the third,
counting from the aboral surface. The second is intermediate in
length between the first and the third, usually more nearly resembling
the third. Aborally the spines rapidly decrease in length. The
spines are rather slender, flattened, and rather strongly echinulate.
They are rather short, the longest being only about one-third again
as long as the width of the arm.

The single tentacle scale, situated in the angle between the under
and side arm plate, is short, rhombic, not much longer than broad,
with a finely spinous and more or less rounded tip. The first ten-
tacle scale is on the third tentacle pore.

The color is light pearl gray, the arms above with narrow bands
of darker on about each fourth joint. The spines and the oral
surface are white.

Type.—Smithsonian-Hartford station 16, Puerto Rico, western end
of San Juan Island in the vicinity of Fort San Geronimo; shore;
W. L. Schmitt, March 27, 1937 (U. S. N. M. no. E. 5592).

Nores.—The type specimen carries several young clinging to the
ventral portion of the disk by means of the strongly developed hook
representing the lowest arm spine. The skeleton of the young con-
sists of a very large pentagonal central plate with a large primary
radial extending outward from each of the five sides. There is a
single prominent tubercle or stump in the middle of the inner border
of each primary radial. From the angles of the central pentagon the
sides of each radial converge to the arm base. The arms, as seen
from above, consist of two upper arm plates and 2 pairs of side
arm plates, and terminate abruptly in a small bud. The hook repre-
senting the lowest arm spine is well developed. Above the hook
on the first side arm plate are two very short and very spiny rudi-
ments of arm spines; there is only one of these on the second side
arm plate.

OPHIOTHRIX PLATYACTIS H. L. Clark

Ophiothria lineata A. H. Ciark, Univ. Iowa Studies in Nat. Hist., vol. 9, no.
5, p. 54, 1921 (off Pelican Island, Barbados, 4 fathoms).—H. L. CiakK,
New York Acad. Sci., Scientific survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin
Islands, vol. 16, pt. 1, p. 62, 1933 (possibly O. swensonii).

Ophiothria platyactis H. L. CLark, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, p. 417, pl. 52,
figs. 3, 4, 1939.

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 56, Barbados (1, E. 5591.)

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86
OPHIONEREIS RETICULATA (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (1, E.5469).
Station 15, Haiti (1, E.5470).

OPHIONEREIS SQUAMULOSA (Koehler)

Locality—Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (38, E.5466,
E.5467, E.5468).

OPHIOCOMA ECHINATA (Lamarck)

PLATE 54, FIGURE 4

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (20, E.5498,
F.5499, 6.5500, 6.5501, B.5502, £.5503, B.5504, B.5505, .5506, 6.5507,
E.5508, E.5509, E.5510, E.5511). Station 15, Haiti (2, 1.5513,
E.5514). Station 16, Puerto Rico (2, E.5484, E.5485). Station 17,
Puerto Rico (5, E.5486, E.5487, E.5488, E.5489, F.5490). Station
23, St. Thomas (5, E.5493, E.5494, E.5495, E.5496, E.5497). Station
28, St. John (17, E.5479, E.5480, E.5481, B.5482, E.5483). Sta-
tion 56, Barbados (5, E.5491, E.5492).

Notrs.—In the specimen from station 17, Puerto Rico (E.5522)
(pl. 54, fig. 4) has the disk 4.5 mm in diameter and the arms 16.5 mm
long. In an individual of this size there are 2 tentacle-scales in
the proximal half of the arm, but only one in the distal half. The
aboral surface of the disk is densely covered with small spinulose
granules, which are somewhat higher than thick, but there are no
granules on the oral surface. Five or six of the uppermost arm
spines on each side of the basal portion of the arm, situated on alter-
nate side arm plates beginning with the third, are much swollen
and stand nearly vertically. The presence of 5 arms, granules on
the disk, 2 tentacles scales in the proximal half of the arm, and
markedly swollen upper arm spines make the young of this species
easy to recognize.

OPHIOCOMA RIISEI Liitken

PLate 5, Ficure 5

Localities—Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (4, E.5515,
E.5516, E.5517). Station 17, Puerto Rico (1, E.5522). Station 28,
St. John (1, E.5520). Station 66, St. Thomas (3, E.5518, E.5519,
E.5521).

Norrs.—In the specimen from station 17, Puerto Rico (E.5522)
(pl. 54, fig. 5), the disk is 3.5 mm in diameter and the arms are
about 15mm long. There are no granules on the disk, which, except
for its very dark color, recalls the disk of an Amphiura. The im-

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 45]

bricating disk scales are of moderate size, but the radial shields
are very small, oblong with rounded ends, two to three times as long
as broad, and widely separated. They are situated on either side
of the arm bases, and the two of each pair diverge inwardly. The
lateral border of the disk between the arm bases is sharply keeled.
The first tentacle pore carries 1, rarely 2, tentacle scales; those fol-
lowing have one only. The first side arm plate carries 2 arm spines,
the second carries 3, and the third usually has 4; there are 3 arm)
spines on the side arm plates succeeding as far as the middle of the
arm, beyond which the number drops to 2, with an occasional 8. In
the proximal portion of the arm the uppermost arm spine is equal
in length to about two arm joints, the lowest to one, with the middle
arm spine intermediate. The arm spines are very slender. As the
arm joints become longer distally the arm spines decrease in rela-
tive length, the upper soon equaling one and one-half arm joints with
the lower somewhat shorter. Later the upper is only slightly longer
than an arm joint. In the distal portion of the arm the two arm
spines are of the same length, about as long as an arm joint. Ter-
minally the upper arm spine decreases in length, finally becoming
only about two-thirds the length of the lower. In color the disk
is dark brown, the arms above light brown, the circumoral struc-
tures, spines, and lower surface of the arms white or slightly yellow-
ish white. The naked disk and long and very slender arm spines
easily distinguish the young of this species from the young of O.
echinata and of O. pumila.

OPHIOCOMA PUMILA Liitken
PLATE 54, FIGURE 3

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (33, E. 5526
to E. 5558). Station 16, Puerto Rico (1, E. 5560). Station 23, St.
Thomas (2, E. 5563, E. 5564). Station 28, St. John (1, E. 5559).
Station 56, Barbados (2, E. 5561, EH. 5562).

Nores.—The specimen from station 28, St. John (E. 5559) (pl. 54,
fig. 3), has the disk 4 mm in diameter and the arms about 13 mm long.
There are 6 arms, the 3 on one side slightly larger than the 3 on the
other side. The granules aborally are high, twice as high as thick
or higher, swollen-conical, and somewhat less densely placed than in
larger examples. There are 4 arm spines until near the end of the
arms, where the number falls to 3. Except for the possession of 6
arms, the young of this species more closely resemble the fully grown
than do the young of O. echinata or O. riisei. The occurrence in this
individual of two groups of 3 arms of different sizes suggests that
autotomy may take place at least twice before the ultimate 5-armed
stage is reached.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

OPHIOPSILA RIISEI Liitken

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (6, E. 5460 to
E. 5465).
OPHIODERMA APPRESSUM (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (1, E. 5419).
Station 17, Puerto Rico (1, E. 5418). Station 27, St. John (1, E.
5425). Station 28, St. John (6, E. 5422 to E. 5424). Station 56,
Barbados (1, E. 5420). Station 66, St. Thomas (1, E. 5421).

OPHIODERMA BREVICAUDUM Liitken
PLATE 54, Ficures 1, 2

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 3, Bahamas (1, E. 5448).
Station 12, Haiti (10, E. 5437, E. 5439, E. 5440). Station 15, Haiti (1,
E. 5438). Station 17, Puerto Rico (5, E. 5441, E. 5445). Station 23,
St. Thomas (1, E. 5442). Station 28, St. John (1, E. 5444). Sta-
tion 33, St. Croix (1, E. 5436). Station 56, Barbados (2, E. 5435).

Nores.—One of the specimens from station 12, Haiti (KE. 5437)
(pl. 54, figs. 1, 2), is in the Ophiocryptus stage. The disk is 2.7 mm
in diameter and the arms are 5 mm long. The entire upper and
under surface is uniformly covered with granules from which the
mouth papillae and the short conical arm spines project. On some
of the arms more or fewer of the upper arm plates show raised areas of
various sizes bare of granules indicating the beginning of the transi-
tion to the adult form. The lateral areas between the arm bases are
occupied by a single large somewhat swollen plate evenly covered,
like the rest of both surfaces, with closely set granules. The color is
uniform light and somewhat grayish green, lighter on the oral side.

OPHIODERMA CINEREUM Miiller and Troschel

Locality. Smithsonian-Hartford station 16, Puerto Rico (1, E.
5427).
OPHIODERMA RUBICUNDUM Liitken

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 68, St. Thomas (1, E.
5577).

OPHIOZONA IMPRESSA (Liitken)
Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 4, Bahamas (E. 5472).
OPHIOLEPIS ELEGANS Liitken

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 55, Martinique (4, E.
5458, BE. 5459).
OPHIOLEPIS PAUCISPINA (Say)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (1, E. ee
Station 23, St. Thomas (1, E. 5457).

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 453

ECHINOIDEA

EUCIDARIS TRIBULOIDES (Lamarck)

Localities—Smithsonian-Hartford station 3, Bahamas (1, E. 5586).
Station 12, Haiti (6, E. 5578).

CENTRECHINUS ANTILLARUM (Philippi)

Localities.—Smithsonian-Hartford station 12, Haiti (1, E. 5452).
Station 20, Puerto Rico (1, E. 5583).

Nores.—The specimen from station 12 is small, with banded dark
brown and white spines. In life the large specimen from station 20
was reddish, with pure white spines.

LYTECHINUS VARIEGATUS (Leske)

Localities.—Smithsonian-Hartford station 4, Bahamas (3, E. 5596).
Station 20, Puerto Rico (1, E. 5584). Station 26, St. Thomas (6, E.
5579). Station 28, St. John (1, E. 5525).

Notres.—The specimens from station 4 are 5-9 mm in diameter and
white in color. The specimen from station 20 is white, with the spines
in the 10 poriferous zones green; a narrow wavy red line runs down
the middle of each interambulacrum. The largest specimen from sta-
tion 26 is 76 mm in diameter.

TRIPNEUSTES ESCULENTUS (Leske)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 3, Bahamas (3, E. 5585).
Station 28, St. John (1, E. 5524). Station 33, St. Croix (3, E.
5523). Station 66, St. Thomas (2, E. 5588).

ECHINOMETRA LUCUNTER (Linnaeus)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 9, Bahamas (3, E. 5383).
Station 12, Haiti (31, BE. 5389, B. 5390, E. 5391, E. 5426, E. 5446).
Station 15, Haiti (1, E. 5408). Station 16, Puerto Rico (1, E. 5394).
Station 17, Puerto Rico (5, E. 5392, E. 5393). Station 28, St. John
(7, E, 5384, E. 5385, E. 5386). Station 38, St. Croix (1, E. 5575).
Station 66, St. Thomas (2, E. 5387, E. 5388).

Nores.—The specimens are all small, the smallest having a diameter
of 3.4 mm (station 12, Haiti, E. 5389). In the smallest specimens the
spines are whitish or light greenish with white tips and are con-
spicuously banded, having either one dark band just beyond the
middle, or two dark bands at about the ends of the first and second
thirds.

In the larger specimens the spines are usually dark brownish with
an olive tinge, less commonly with a violet tinge. Rarely they are
light drab, and occasionally they are more or less bright light olive

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM voL. 88

with abrupt and conspicuous deep violet tips (station 12, Haiti, E.
5391; station 28, St. John, E. 5384, E. 5386).

The spines vary somewhat in length, the longest sometimes almost
equaling the lesser diameter of the test (station 28, St. John, E.
5385), though usually they are considerably shorter. Occasionally
they are slender (station 28, St. John, E. 5385), and in one specimen
(station 17, Puerto Rico, E. 5393) they are swollen and club-shaped—
possibly a pathological condition.

CLYPEASTER ROSACEUS (Linnaeus)

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 3, Bahamas (1, E. 5587).
Station 4, Bahamas (1, E. 5595).

Norrs.—The specimen from station 4 is small, 15.5 mm long and
13 mm broad.

MELLITA QUINQUIESPERFORATA (Leske)

Localities —Cherrystone, Va., Col. Marshall McDonald, August 27,
1881 (60+, 4980, 5493, 80901). Hog Island, Virginia, William Stimp-
son (1, 3531). Smiths Island, Virginia, William Palmer, May 19,
1898 (1, 18974). Wallops Island, Virginia, A. A. Riggin (2, 32310).

Norres.—Living examples of this species are very abundant at
Cherrystone, Va., and are common locally at Smiths Island.

ECHINONEUS CYCLOSTOMUS Leske

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 4, Bahamas (74, E.

5594). Station 12, Haiti (9, E. 5476). Station 29, St. John (2, E.
5449, EB. 5450).

Norrs.—The specimens from station 4 are 3-12 mm in length,
mostly very small.

MOIRA ATROPOS (Lamarck)

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 26, St. Thomas (1, E.
5581).
BRISSOPSIS ATLANTICA Mortensen
Locality.—Smithsonian-Hartford station 4, Bahamas (1, E. 5597).
Norrs.—This specimen is very small, 7.5 mm long by 6.7 mm broad.

HOLOTHUROIDEA

HOLOTHURIA GLABERRIMA Selenka

Localities —Smithsonian-Hartford station 15, Haiti (2, E. 5566).
Station 16, Puerto Rico (2, E. 5568). Station 27, St. John (1, E.
5574). Station 33, St. Croix (3, E. 5567). Station 37, St. Croix (1,
E. 5569).

ECHINODERMS OF SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION—CLARK 455

HOLOTHURIA IMPATIENS Forskal
Locality.—Smithsonian-Hartford station 28, St. John (6, E. 5570).
HOLOTHURIA SURINAMENSIS Ludwig
Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 28, St. John (1, EB. 5572).
STICHOPUS BADIONOTUS Selenka
Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 28, St. John (1, E. 5573).
THYONE COGNATA (Lampert)
Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 15, Haiti (1, E. 5565).
PENTACTA PYGMAEUS Théel

Locality —Smithsonian-Hartford station 19, Puerto Rico (9, E.
5571).

LOCALITIES GIVEN IN THE PRECEDING LIST
STATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN-HARTFORD EXPEDITION, 1937

Station 3. Bahamas. Nassau Harbor, west end of Atholl Island; March 15,

Station 4. Bahamas. Nassau Harbor, off the south side of Hog Island, half-
way between east end and anchorage; bottom coral sand with Centrechinus;
March 16.

Station 9. Bahamas. San Salvador (Watling Island), rocky point about 2
miles south of Cockburn Town; March 19.

Station 10. Bahamas. San Salvador (Watling Island), vicinity of anchorage,
Cockburn Town, 414-10 fathoms; white-sand bottom; March 19.

Station 12. Haiti. Tortuga Island, reef to east side of Tierra Baja road;
8 feet; scattered coral heads with turtle grass and Centrechinus; March 21.

Station 15. Waiti. Cape Haitien, near Dames Point; March 22.

Station 16. Puerto Rico. West end of San Juan Island, in the vicinity of
Fort San Geronimo; March 27.

Station 17. Puerto Rico. West end of San Juan Island, in the vicinity of
Fort San Geronimo; March 28.

Station 19. Puerto Rico. Off Puntilla Point, parallel to Tablazo Shoal; 3.5
fathoms; bottom broken shell, broken coral, and mud; March 29.

Station 20. Puerto Rico. Off west shore of San Juan harbor, in line with
and west of preceding markers (station 19); bottom hard sandy mud, worm
tubes, and coral rocks; March 29.

Station 21. Puerto Rico. Mangrove swamp and along peaty shore halfway
between airport landing and bridge crossing the lower end of San Juan harbor;
March 29.

Station 23. St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. Charlotte Amalia, east shore of har-
bor, seaward side of coal dock; April 4.

Station 26. St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. Charlotte Amalia, between ships’
anchorage and revenue cutter dock; 8-20 feet; sandy bottom; April 5.

Station 27. St. John, Virgin Islands. Coral Harbor, east shore, Hurricane
Hole; shingle beach and weed-grown rocks ; April 6.

Station 28. St. John, Virgin Islands. West side of Coral Bay, coral reef off
Lagoon Point; April 6.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Station 29. St. John, Virgin Islands. Little Cruz Bay, anchorage; 4 fathoms;
April 6.

Station 53. St. Croix, Virgin Islands. Judith Fancy Bay; April 9.

Station 37. St. Croix, Virgin Islands. Mangrove Island, Salt River lagoon;
April 10.

Station 38. St. Croix, Virgin Islands. North side of Buck Island; April 10.

Station 50. Martinique. Fort-de-France, shore north of fort and east of
anchorage; April 15.

Station 55. Martinique. Fort-de-France, about 1 to 2,000 yards off the south
shore of the harbor; 8-10 fathoms; almost wholly sponge bottom; April 17.

Station 56. Barbados. Carlisle Bay, north and northeast end of Pelican
Island ; under rocks and cracked from old coral; April 19.

Station 66. St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. Banana Bay, Water Island; April
24.

Station 68. St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. Smith Bay, reef and beach; April 25.

“ALBATROSS” STATIONS

Station 2016. Off the Eastern Shore of Virginia (lat. 37°31’00’’ N., long.
74°52'36’’ W.) ; 19 fathoms; fine sand and shells; May 5, 1883.

Station 2017. Off the Eastern Shore of Virginia (lat. 37°30'48’’ N., long.
74°51'24’’ W.) ; 18 fathoms; fine sand and shells; May 5, 1883.

Station 2379. Gulf of Mexico, south of Mobile, Ala. (lat. 28°00'15’’ N., long.
87°42’00’’ W.) ; 1,467 fathoms; yellow ooze; March 2, 1885.

Station 2420, Off the mouth of Chesapeake Bay (lat. 87°03’20’’ N., long.
74°31'40’’ W.) ; 104 fathoms; black sand, mad, and gravel; April 5, 1885.

“FISH HAWK” STATION

Station 8369. Mouth of Chesapeake Bay (lat. 36°59’55’’ N., long. 76°00’42’’
W.) ; 7.5 fathoms; hard fine gray sand; October 3, 1915.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U, S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3057

A NEW CAVE ISOPOD FROM FLORIDA

By Jamss O. MaLoney

From Horton H. Hobbs, of the University of Florida, the United
States National Museum has received a large number of blind isopods
from two localities: About 100 specimens from Dudley Cave, Gaines-
ville, Alachua County, Fla., and 4 very small specimens from cray-
fish burrows at Blountstown, Calhoun County, Fla. They are all
representatives of an undescribed species, which I take pleasure in
naming for the collector.

Family ASELLIDAE
Genus ASELLUS Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, 1764

As here considered, Asedlus includes Caecidotea Packard, 1871.
This is in accord with the consensus of opinion among most students
of the fresh-water Isopoda.

ASELLUS HOBBSI, new species
FIGURE 52

Holotype.—A male specimen from Dudley Cave, Gainesville, Ala-
chua County, Fla., measuring 914 mm in length and 134 mm in
width, has been selected as the holotype, U.S.N.M. no. 76434.

Description of holotype—The body without antennae and uropods
measures 914 mm in length, 134 mm in width. Head deeply exca-
vate, a little narrower than first thoracic segment, 1 mm long by
114 mm wide. The thoracic segments are almost parallel; the first,

457

116510—39

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

sixth, and seventh segments are about equal in length and are a
little longer than the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments, which
are also about equal. Telson 2144 mm long by 2 mm wide. The
uropods are as long as telson; peduncle is about 11% times as long
as inner joint, outer joint one-half as long as inner and narrower.

First pair of antennae has first peduncular joint broader and a
little shorter than second, the third joint about one-half as long as
second, and a flagellum of 8 articles. Apices of the fifth, sixth,
and seventh joints of flagellum have club-shaped setae. The first
antennae extend to the end of the fifth peduncular joint of the second
antennae.

Second antenna about 714 mm long: the peduncle 2 mm and the
flagellum 514 mm. There are approximately 69 joints in the flagel-
lum. The first three peduncular segments are about equal in length
and together are as long as the fourth segment. The fifth segment
is a little longer than the fourth.

Left mandible with two sets of teeth, each series containing 4
teeth; right mandible has only one set, consisting of 4 teeth. The
margin below teeth with 12 plumose setae on each of the mandibles.

Outer ramus of first maxilla with 11 teeth, the 5 innermost being
serrate. The inner ramus has 5 long plumose setae.

Second maxilla consists of 3 lobes, the inner being triangular, the
two outer ones squarish. Outer lobe has 20 long setae; center one 12
setae; and inner one 10 pronged setae, numerous long, slender hairs,
and a few short, curved ones.

Inner plate of maxillipeds and second, third, fourth, and fifth
articles of palp on inside, thickly fringed with long hairs.

The first pair of legs are subchelate, with a long, slender process
and a shorter bifurcate one at distal end of propodus and 2 spines at
proximal end. The inferior side of dactylus is furnished with a row
of small spines. The carpus has 2 spines and 2 long hairs. The
other legs are ambulatory.

Remarks —Asellus hobbsi is closely related to A. alabamensis
(Stafford) from which it differs chiefly in the proportions of the ar-
ticles of the maxillipeds and in the armature of the propodus of the
first pair of legs. The last two articles of the maxillipeds in A. alaba-
mensis in their relative proportions are half the width of the same
articles in A. hobbsi.

The propodus of the first pair of legs in A. alabamensis is armed
with 2 triangular processes and 3 spines placed proximal to the
processes. A. hobbsi is armed with 2 triangular processes and 2
spines placed proximal to the processes. Moreover, in A. hobbsi the
distalmost of the two processes is bifurcate, whereas in the published
figure of A. alabamensis the corresponding process appears simple.

A NEW CAVE ISOPOD FROM FLORIDA—-MALONEY 459

The four small specimens fr i
ns from Blountstown, w 7 aken 1
ee. n, which were taken in
y , are young of A. hobbsi. Any apparent differences
eases these specimens and the adults are of no greater magnitude
than those ordinarily i t
rdinarily found between young and adults of related
species.

Figures 52.—Asellus hobbsi, new species: a, First leg of female; 5b, first leg of male; c,
second maxilla; d, first maxilla; e, maxilliped ; f, first pleopod of male; g, second pleo-
pod of male; A, first pleopod of femate.

. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

with aseun}, tr Bt

(re Dy, ° A Warvgi’
ae aes eo

_
A "

«2 ng
% in, ad in,

th a) ; Semare A

é WG
—— ie is ern

ati
Pia ee ce wad. vier ao
a a at
ae ae

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1939 No. 3058

TWO NEW ATLANTIC SPECIES OF DOG SHARKS, WITH
A KEY TO THE SPECIES OF MUSTELUS

By STEWART SPRINGER

Dorine the winter months of 1935 to 1938, more than 50 specimens
of dog sharks were taken off Englewood on the west coast of Florida
and brought in to the Bass Biological Laboratory. All were mature
males and were taken in relatively shallow water with gill nets and
trammel nets. No substantiated records were found of dog sharks in
Gulf waters north of Key West, Fla. These specimens with one other,
fortunately an adult female with embryos, in the collection of the
United States National Museum, represent a species here described
as new and named for Prof. H. W. Norris, of Grinnell College.

In examining the collection of dog sharks in the National Museum,
I studied and compared a series of specimens from the east coast of
South America with a large series of Mustelus canis from the east
coast of North America. Constant differences were noted, sufficient
to warrant the separation of the South American form as a new species,
which is named for Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, curator of the division of
marine invertebrates at the National Museum, collector of the type.

In gathering material for the preparation of these descriptions, I
examined the types of Mustelus lunulatus Jordan and Gilbert, M. fas-
ciatus (Garman), M. abbotti Evermann and Radcliffe, and M. nigroma-
culatus Evermann and Radcliffe and studied good series of the species
from North America and Japan and representative series of most
other species. No specimens were seen certainly referable to Mustelus
punctulatus Risso, M. osborni Fowler, or M. mento Cope, and the
European and Australian specimens available for study were few.

116426—39 461

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

I am indebted to the authorities of the United States National Mu-
seum, the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan, the
Field Museum of Natural History, and the Stanford University Mu-
seum for loans of material and to the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Harvard University for permission to examine specimens in its
collections, as well as to Bass Biological Laboratory, for facilities for
carrying out the present study. Jam very grateful to Earl D. Reid,
A. C. Weed, Prof. G. S. Myers, Dr. A. W. Herre, Frank Firth, and
Prof. H. B. Bigelow for assistance in making material available for
examination, and especially I wish to thank Drs. Leonard P. Schultz
and Carl L. Hubbs for their generous help, without which I would
have been unable to prepare this paper.

Genus MUSTELUS Linck
MUSTELUS NORRISI, new species

Holotype—An adult male, 723 mm in total length, U.S.N.M. no.
106639, collected off Englewood, Fla., in about 3 fathoms, March 5,
1938, by Stewart Springer.

Allotype.—An adult female, 825 mm in total length, U.S.N.M. no.
57369, collected in Sawyers Key Channel, a few miles northwest of
Key West, Fla., December 14, 1906, by the Orion. Six embryos,
ranging in size from 182 to 194 mm, were taken from the uterus of
one side, and approximately the same number were present in the
other side. While the embryos did not have a clearly defined pseudo-
placenta, they appeared to be nearly ready for birth, and these organs
may have been partly absorbed by the embryos. ‘There were no
indications of partitions separating the embryos in the uterus.

Paratypes—U.S.N.M. no. 104333; Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. no.
117094 (2 specimens); Bass Biol. Lab. nos. 317, 318, 320, and 321.

Description —A small species (males mature at 600 mm or less in
contrast to those of MZ. canis, which become mature at 750 mm or
more). Form slender, tail long, back little elevated. Head rela-
tively narrow, flattened above; snout rounded, of moderate length.
A middorsal ridge in the skin extending from before the first dorsal
between the fins to the caudal. Fins relatively small; pectorals nar-
row; lower lobe of the caudal well developed and acute in full-grown
specimens; origin of the first dorsal behind the inner angle of the
pectoral. Eyes large, with diamond-shaped pupils; distance between
nostrils less than horizontal diameter of the orbit. Mouth small,
greatly arched, not broadly rounded anteriorly, the lines of occlusion
of the jaws forming an angle of 90° or less at the apex; outer labial
fold either longer or shorter than the inner, of variable length. Teeth
paved but with elevated blunt crowns, higher than in most species of
Mustelus; with several series in function, teeth of upper and lower

TWO NEW ATLANTIC DOG SHARKS—SPRINGER 463
jaws similar, vestigial accessory cusps present on occasional teeth but
most of these single; a few teeth, tricuspid in outline, in most speci-
mens examined. Dermal denticles of adults similar in structure over
the flat surfaces of the skin of the body, typical denticles regular in
outline, 4-ridged, with the two central ridges reaching or nearly reach-
ing the posterior apex, denticles usually longer than broad (one of
average size, 0.21 by 0.35 mm), 6-ridged denticles rare even along the

cmreeg yy pra
Sx ye S wgeswerensene

areas

2:
fey:

a.
ge

HSA Re

Nae

3p: fee

FIGURE 53.—Typical dermal denticles from the lateral surface of Mustelus norrisi, new species, showing
long ridges, reaching or nearly reaching the apex.

middorsal line. Color uniform, without lighter or darker spots; light
gray. Measurements of the types are given in table 1.

Comparisons with other species.—Because of differential growth,
especially pronounced in this family as soon as maturity is reached,
measurements expressed as a percentage of the total length have little
value for taxonomic purposes unless several factors are taken into

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

consideration. Much more material than I have examined would be
required to determine the extent of variation in form within species
of dog sharks, but the specimens seen do not demonstrate great varia-
tion in form when individuals of the same length and sex are compared.

Mustelus norrisi is most closely allied to MZ. lunulatus Jordan and
Gilbert but may be distinguished from it by the more posterior
position of the first dorsal. The specimens of MM. lunulatus seen by me
have the inner or lower labial fold definitely longer than the outer,
while the specimens of M. norrisi usually have the outer labial fold
the longer. The well-developed, sharply pointed, lower caudal lobe
in adults of both VM. norrisi and M. lunulatus (see fig. 55) distinguishes

FIGURE 54.~—Typical dermal denticles from the lateral surface of Mustelus mustelus (Linnaeus), showing
short ridges

them from all other species of the genus. MM. norrisi is much more
elongate and slender in form than M. canis, has teeth with higher
crowns, a more strongly arched jaw, and narrower fins. It may be
easily distinguished from Mustelus mustelus (Linnaeus) by comparisons
of the dermal denticles, which, in that species, are not similar in
structure on the flat surfaces of the body.

Mustelus mustelus probably is not normally, if ever, present in
American waters but is most closely allied to M. californicus Gill. In
these two species, specimens of all ages have strongly ridged denticles
along the middorsal line, some of which have six instead of the four
ridges characteristic of the genus as a whole. Away from the mid-
dorsal line, the ridges of the denticles become weak and do not reach
more than half the distance to the posterior apex (see fig. 54), the

TWO NEW ATLANTIC DOG SHARKS—SPRINGER 465

ridges becoming obscure and even absent on the belly. M. mustelus
and M. californicus are not similar with respect to tooth form, but
tooth form is an unstable character in the genus. In all the species
that I have been able to examine in large series, some individuals,
especially young ones, have been found with abnormal teeth of a more
definitely tricuspid outline than would be usual to the species. Young
specimens of M. canis frequently resemble young specimens of M.
mustelus in this respect, but on the basis of the denticle characters they
are easily separable.

MUSTELUS SCHMITTI, new species

Holotype.—An adult male, 742 mm in total length, U.S.N.M. no.
106640, collected on the coast of Uruguay by Dr. W. L. Schmitt in
1925.

Paratypes——Two adult males, each 600 mm in total length,

U.S.N.M. no. 87680, collected on
the coast of Uruguay by Dr. W.
L. Schmitt; an immature male, 450
mm in total length, U.S.N.M. no.
55582, collected by J. W. Titcomb,
at Buenos Aires, Argentina; a young
male, 260 mm in total length, U.S.
N.M. no. 87782, taken on the coast
of Brazil by Dr. W. L. Schmitt.

Description.—Similar in form to
Mustelus canis but males reaching
maturity at a small size (600 mm
or less). Snout narrower. Fins
broad; lower lobe of caudal not
strongly developed, not acute; ori-
gin of the first dorsal in advance of
theinner angleofthepectoral. Eyes
smaller than in M. canis (horizon-
tal diameter of orbit 2.5 ensue of FIGURE 55.—Upper: Outline of the tail of an adult
total length in average of five spec- male Mustelus griseus Pietschmann, showing
imens as compared with 3.1 per- ‘winded Inrr cua oe Love. Qui of
cent average for M. canis of com- species, showing pointed lower caudal lobe.
parable size); horizontal diameter
of orbit greater than distance between the nostrils. Mouth broadly
arched and rounded anteriorly in the adults; outer labial fold longer.
Teeth paved, crowns not elevated in adults; accessory cusps present
on the teeth of the young specimen, not on the adults examined.
Dermal denticles similar in structure on the flat surfaces of the body,
typical 4-ridged, with ridges reaching about two-thirds of the distance

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

to the posterior apex. Color uniform gray, without light or dark
spots or bands.

Comparisons with other species —Mustelus schmitti is most closely
allied to M. canis. The most striking difference is in the smaller
size of the eye, but this character is less reliable in old specimens in
which the proportionate size of the head is reduced. The distance
between the nostrils is less than the horizontal diameter of the orbit
in all the specimens of M. schmitti examined, whereas in the large series
of M. canis examined the internasal distance was always as great as
and usually greater than the horizontal diameter of the orbit. The
dermal denticles are less uniform in structure than in M. canis, the
ridges of the denticles of the lateral surfaces extend only about two-
thirds the distance to the posterior apex. A few denticles with five

TABLE 1.—Measurements (in millimeters) of the types of Mustelus

M. schmitti M. norrisi
Measurement U.S.N.M. | U.S.N.M. | U.S.N.M.

no. 106640 no. 106639 no. 57369

‘Totalilengthi: 2222 2. os ee oe Saeed 742 723 825
Tip of snout to—
anterior margin ofthe orbit: ...4-..-.-~- 3-4 eee 55 51 57
front of mouth (length snout). 2-===- 222. ~- sees eke 45 42 44
outer angle of nostril. 22-5 ace. oe enc een cae 37 32 33
first pill openin ges - e oee ee eceneoeed 123 lll 125
lssthigill opening] 2 -co8 =o ee ee ee 156 140 149
base.of pectoral-.<- Hass Se eae. case ete ceca 152 134 136
BAUS oooh ee oe ee ae w once taaeworasee 332 317 345
iHorizantal diameter of orbit-2-<-=- 2 -— = 2 ence ence 17 20 23
Wertical diameter of orbit--5.=2.-- + s-s25-—--=5--2-- eee eee 8 10 9
Mouth, angle to angle (width mouth)__.--_-----.-------.---_- 36 35 40
ntenndcal = <2. > 58 =) ee a Se ee Bn a eee 16 19 20
engihmouth..- fas os Se ee ae eee 24 24 27
hength, outer labial 'fold.o= 52.522 2- ote ee ee 16 8 10
engthy inner: lapigitelde-< 22 see - sees eee ee nee 9 7 9
Outermarginiclasper 22 3 Soon ees Se eee ee 60 6B 2s cesctceezes
Triner mister Claspers=2) eo ee ee ee ae 104 Silence eos
Snouvitolorigin first Uorsal=--- a. a as bce eee ences een oeeeeee 225 215 262
Anterior margin first Gorse nose sca = a bere eee ee 88 87 105
Posterior marginifirst dorsal 2-2 oo eee eee eee 29 23 24
Distalwmarpininirsh GUrsal ee ag eee 83 @ONle Roceepesoees
IB AseVirNt COrcal {ess 42 nn ees cee oh oe ee ee 88 71 90
TAG EYOGTSA Cees e en eee ne ee i ee ee ee, Le Cee 161 190 175
FANTORIOn MBI Pla REGONG CORSA yas tee one ee oe eee 78 63 85
Posterior. marzin'sscond Gorse’. 2... ene as esac ao eeeeeee eee 24 23 17
Distaltmargin second Gorsalos- a ae eee ee eee ee 60 Bb es eee
Baselsecond Gorsalee se sek eee ow eae Sees 3 eee ee 66 55 70
Second dorsal to beginning of caudal__..-....----------------- 80 80 90
dkenethintp per candalilohes. 2 ose 3-22 snes = oe oe eee 141 133 150
Wength lower candallobe << = ey. eae ee 5 eer eee ee 59 58 72
ip caudal: to Novels 022 reise ee ee ee 64 45 55
Outerimargin pectoralf2 22 eee ee 102 101 125
inner marpin pectoral2- 2 ce ee eee 60 45 55
‘Distalumargin pectoral 4 e554. ee ee ee 86 C0 aso ck scsess
Basempectoral e222. eh eee RE ee eee 36 27 30
40
20
40

TWO NEW ATLANTIC DOG SHARKS—SPRINGER 467

or six ridges are present along the middorsal line. In this respect the
denticle structure in M. schmiiti is intermediate between that of MM.
canis and that of M. mustelus but closer to that of MZ. canis.

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE SPECIES OF MUSTELUS

The key given below will serve only to indicate some of the charac-
ters that may be used to separate the species described here from others
of the genus. Many of these characters are of doubtful value and
must remain so until large series can be studied. The nomenclature
of the genus and the North Atlantic species follows the recent con-
tributions by Dr. Carl L. Hubbs.' No attempt has been made to
distinguish between the white-spotted species in the key, and Mustelus
mento Cope and Mustelus nagromaculatus Evermann and Radcliffe
are excluded from consideration here, as probably they are not
referable to the genus.

1. Species with white spots of variable size and intensity, per-

sistent along the sides where they tend to form an irregu-
lar line, and usually generally distributed over dorsal

BUTLACCH eer set es) t'aime pm eee co ere a NG iy ea pie reas 13
Species not white spotted; uniform in color or banded or
Spoubedawathudank er sess: 2 Oya eae eae Ok dle os are ere ee eae 2
2 (1). Eye small, horizontal diameter of orbit 3 times or more in
length of snout measured from front of mouth___-__-------------- 3
Eye larger, horizontal diameter of orbit less than 3 times
imelength Ol SNOMG. 2c.) 24-0. oe ee ee ee eee eee 5
3 (2). Color uniform, without transverse dark bars_--------------------- 4
Color not uniform, dorsal surface with transverse dark
DSS ee Seat ne Se oa a Se ye 2 eee fasciatus (Garman)
4 (3). Origin of first dorsal in advance of inner angle of pec-
109 2 Fen ar ae es A ne ee es See ae ee ee dorsalis Gill
Origin of first dorsal behind inner angle of pectorals_ __ osborni Fowler

5 (2). Denticles of sides of body (typical denticles from a point

about equal to horizontal diameter of orbit below origin

of first dorsal) with short ridges not reaching more than

one-third the distance toward posterior apex, denticles

dissimilar in structure on flat surfaces of body, with

ridges very strong near middorsal line and weak or
Absenbion belly sate one ees Se ee te See 2

Denticles of sides of body with longer ridges (see fig. 53),

the central two at least reaching two-thirds or more of the

distance toward posterior apex, denticles nearly uniform

in structure on flat surfaces of body-_--------------------------- 6

6 (5). Lower caudal lobe of adults not strongly developed, tip
TOUUTNCL OG nee rhs ey ts SO Se aren eee raters 8
Lower caudal lobe of adults strongly developed, tip acute------------ 7

7 (6). Origin of first dorsal in advance of inner angle of pectoral
Boe ye RN re Fer G eh Son eS 2 lunulatus Jordan and Gilbert

Origin of first dorsal behind inner angle of pectoral__norrisi, new species

1 Hubbs, C. L., Scientific names of the American ‘‘smooth dogfish,” Mustelus canis (Mitchill), and of
related European species. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, no. 374, 19 pp. 1938.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

8 (6). Species not spotted with black, color uniform_--------------------- 9
Black spots present on dorsal surface_------------ punctulatus Risso
9 (8). Profile of functional surface of typical teeth of upper jaw of
adults a regular curve, teeth without a projecting blunt
CROWMDOL CUSP Sn B32) See eee ee re sak Sia en ene 10
Profile of functional surface of typical teeth of upper jaw of
adults an irregular curve, teeth with a projecting blunt
CLOWN ORCUSD= == 3 22) a ene a ee ee eee ee un
10 (9). Distance between nostrils usually greater than horizontal
diameter of orbit; eyes of embryos at time of birth large
(horizontal diameter of orbit less than 2 times in length of
SNOUEy. 302415 8 ees eel to. fae a ee ae canis (Mitchill)
Distance between nostrils usually less than horizontal
diameter of orbit; eyes of embryos at time of birth not
proportionately large (horizontal diameter of the orbit
more than 2 times in length of snout)_-------- schmitti, new species
11 (10). Origin of first dorsal behind inner angle of pectoral; inner
labial fold reaching farther forward than outer__griseus Pietschmann
Origin of first dorsal over or in advance of inner angle of
pectoral; outer labial fold reaching farther forward than
INR OPS oe ee ee a ein ee ee ee antarcticus Giinther
12 (5). Inner labial folds usually reaching farther forward than
outer; teeth of adults usually without accessory blunt
CUISTIB OF CEO WS ss rae ee oe rns ere californicus Gill
Outer labial folds usually reaching farther forward than
inner; teeth of adults frequently with accessory cusps
on either or both sides of principal crown_------ mustelus (Linnaeus)
13 (1). Mustelus asterias Cloquet and Mustelus manazo Bleeker
are white-spotted species. In all the specimens ex-
amined these spots have been present although not al-
ways distinct in those that have been in preservative
for a Jong period. Pietschmann? regards these two
species as identical. I have not examined a large
enough series of M. asterias to form an opinion on this
point, but certainly M. manazo has a wide range in the
Pacific; specimens have been examined from San Diego,
Calif., and Wanganui, New Zealand, as well as from the
northwest Pacific. The type but not the paratypes of
Mustelus abbotti Evermann and Radcliffe belongs here.

2 Zur Unterscheidung der beiden europdischen Mustelus-Arten, Zool. Anz., vol. 33, p. 159-164, 1908.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. &

Washington : 1939 No. 3059

A NEW SEA STAR OF THE GENUS PORANIOPSIS FROM
JAPAN

By Watrer K. FisHer

THE NEW species of Poraniopsis (Echinasteridae) described herein
was known to me 30 years ago. It was found in a jar containing
fishes dredged off Honshu, Japan, by the A/batross in 1906. The
genus is an isolated one with a rather curious distribution. First,
there is the present Japanese species, the extent of whose range is
unknown. P. inflata (Fisher) has been dredged from off Oregon
to San Diego, Calif., in 26 to 159 fathoms. P. inflata flewilis Fisher
is a deeper-water race (344 to 600 fathoms) from California, and
probably extends to the Gulf of Panama, 458 fathoms. The latter
record is based on Alexandraster mirus Ludwig, 1905, which is
doubtfully distinct. Poraniopsis mira (Ludwig) is untenable on
aecount of Poraniopsis mira (de Loriol) described a year prior as
Lahillea mira. In the Magellanic region is found P. echinaster
Perrier, type of the genus, its range extending to Gough Island
south of Tristan da Cunha, 50 to 70 fathoms. T have examined a
specimen from this locality and it is P. echinaster rather than
P. capensis H. L.. Clark, from Cape Colony. 160 to 230 fathoms.
Finally, there is P. mira (de Loriol) from the Gulf of San Mathias.
Argentina, very distinct from P. echinaster.

116511—29 469

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Genus PORANIOPSIS Perrier
PORANIOPSIS JAPONICA new species
FIGURE 56; PLATES 55, 50

Poraniopsis sp. Fisher, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 76, pt. 1, p. 264, 1011 (off Honshu,
Japan, 182 fathoms).

Diagnosis—Dittering from P. inflata (Fisher) in having a larger
disk, rays broader at base, a decidedly broader abactinal area with
more numerous abactinal spines, numerous delicate thorny spinelets
immersed in the thick membrane of papular areas, more widely
spaced interomarginal spines, adambulacral spines without well-
marked groove. R=77 mm, r=38 mm, R=2r, br=40 mm.

Description.—When the animal is viewed directly from above the
superomarginal series of spines curves downward on the sides of ray
and marks the border of the actinal area. Im /nffuta it is higher on
side of ray and fairly straight. As a result the abactinal area is
broader in japonica. Including the first superomarginal spine of
each side, one can count 10 to 12 spines across base of ray, whereas
in inflata the number is 5 to 8. This means that the dorsolateral
spines are more numerous in japonica; and as the photograph shows,
neither they nor the median radial spines form regular longiseries.
These spines are about as long as in ¢nflata of comparable size, that
is, from 3 to 6 mm, the apparent height being somewhat enhanced
by the central convexity of the lobed plate upon which they stand.
The skeleton forms well-marked rounded ridges connecting the
spines and outlining the large papular areas with their papulae.
The skin is rather thicker than in 77flata and is traversed by num-
erous anastomosing channels. On the papular areas are low dermal
papillae smaller than the papulae, in which are delicate, slender
spinelets with thorny sharp projections all along the sides. These
spinelets are 0.4 to 0.55 mm long and 0.15 mm thick including thorns,
which are 0.027 mm long. These are in the outer layer of the integu-
ment. Usually independent of the dermal spinelets, in a lower layer
of the integument, are more numerous small plates, 0.12 to 0.6 mm
in diameter. The smallest are scarcely more than 3 tiers of very
open irregular meshwork, but the largest are thick and opaque under
high power. It may be that the thorny spinelets were originally con-
nected each with a platelet and became dissociated by a swelling of
the dermis in alcohol, but there are more platelets than spinelets.
The latter resemble the dermal spinelets of Porania glabra Sladen
and may prove to be as variable in number as in that species. They
have not been detected in inflata and echinaster but immediately
suggest the thorny dermal spinelets of Poraniopsis mira (de Loriol).

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 5

PORANIOPSIS JAPONICA, NEW SPECIES.

Abactinal surface of type. Slightly larger than natural size.

ATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 56

PORANIOPSIS JAPONICA, NEW SPECIES

\ctinal surface of type. Shightiy larger than natural size.

A NEW SEA STAR FROM JAPAN—FISHER 471

In this species, from Argentina, the spinelets are larger and thicker,
the length being 2.5 times the thickness, while the thorns are vela-
tively smaller (de Loriol, 1904, pl. 3, fig. 1A).

The convex madreporite is 4.5 mm on the interradial (longer)
diameter, is guarded by 4 spines, and its inner border is at the middle

of r.

FIGURE 56.—Poreniopsis japonica, new species: a, Dermal spinelet from abactinal papular
area, <X 100; b, outer of the two adambulacral spines, with its sheath, or sacculus,
showing the outer face or that away from the ambulacral furrow, <* 10; c, same spine
as 0b, with sheath removed, xX 10; d, fifth and sixth adambulacral plates and spines
viewed from furrow and showing the sides opposite to b, & 5

The broad intermarginal papular areas, 12 to a side, are actinal in
position, becoming lateral sometimes at end of ray. The proximal
areas contain the dermal spinelets. Interradially, the distance be-
tween the first superomarginal and corresponding inferomarginal!
spines is one-third r. Superomarginal spines 13, spaced about their
own length. The proximal 1 to 5 inferomarginal plates carry a
single spine, the others 2 spines except for 1 or 2 triplacanthed plates
at midray and a sporadic monacanthed plate near the end; 15 plates
in all. The superomarginal spines taper from a broad base to a
rather slender blunt point. The inferomarginals are similar, al-
though the tip is sometimes compressed, rounded or incipiently bifid
but not markedly channeled. Intermarginal spines at base of ray
tor the-10/areas are’: 1, 1, 0,1, 0,2; 0-1, 1,2

Actinal interradial areas with 20 to 27 prominent spines, there
being a well-defined arcuate series similar and parallel to the intfero-
marginals, the outermost spinelet at about middle of ray measured
on side. Inside of this an incomplete second series is indicated,
which in number and arrangement is not materially different from

4AT2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

that of inflata except that the spines are not grooved and have a
somewhat heavier sheath.

The adambulacral spines are narrowly spatulate, with subparallel
sides, rounded tip, and sometimes a slight concavity of the terminal
part but not a marked groove. The rather thick sheath, however,
has a well-marked groove for the whole length of the outer side, but
the spine itself is not gouge-shaped as in énflata. The furrow spine
is set on the furrow face of plate at a slightly lower level than the
subambulacral, and on proximal plates measures 4.5 mm while the
slightly more robust subambulacral is 5 to 5.5 mm.

The mouth plates have 4 (or 3) marginal and 1 suboral spine;
the inner marginal is truncate, shallowly grooved, and 5 mm long;
the next 3 are successively shorter, the outermost being 2.5 mm.
All have rather heavy sheaths.

Type—vU. S. N. M. no. E. 5603.

Type locality —Albatross station 5049, off Honshu, Japan, lati-
tude 38°12’ N., longitude 142°02’ E.; 182 fathoms; dark gray sand,
broken shells, Foraminifera: bottom temperature 37.8° F.; one
specimen.

Remarks.—This specimen was mentioned by me (1911, p. 264)
connection with an account of P. inflata. I have recently studied a
specimen of P. echinaster Perrier from Gough Island. This speci-
men lacks any trace of dermal spinelets. It has numerous perforated
embryonic plates much smaller and simpler than those of inflata and
comparable to the first stages of the platelets of japonica. P.
echinaster has 2 inferomarginal spines over part of the ray, very
few actinal spines, while the adambulacral spines (occasionally 3)
are flattened, spatulate, and not grooved. P. capensis H. L. Clark
is probably only a race of echinaster. P. mira (de Loriol). from
Gulf of San Mathias, Argentina, differs in having shorter tubercular
abactinal spines often with a capitate tip, and, in addition to the
spines, the surface of body is covered by a multitude of almost
microscopic thorny spinelets, larger and much more numerous than
those in japonica.

LITERATURE CITED

FISHER, WALTER KENRICK.

1911. Asteroidea of the North Pacific and adjacent waters. U.S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. 76. pt. 1, 419 pp.. 122 pls.
LORIOL, PERCEVAL DE.

1904. Notes pour servir A l'étude des échinodermies, ser. 2, fasc. 2, 68 pp..
4 pls.

1 Lahillen mira de Loriol, 1964. p. 22. pl. 3. figs. 1—1¢.

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued A

C4
,

oy e. . Y
NAT HSON oe sy
ey Eve ed

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3060

A REVISION OF THE TOADFISHES REFERRED TO
PORICHTHYS AND RELATED GENERA

By Cari L. Hugps and Lronarp P. Scaurrz

In identifying a second species of Porichthys occurring along the
coasts of southern California and Lower California, we found that
the species referred to this American genus stand in need of revision.
We have therefore studied all the material of these species in the
United States National Museum, in the Museum of Zoology of the
University of Michigan, and in the museum of Stanford University
and have examined the pertinent literature, as the basis for the present
paper. One new genus and two new species are described:

Aphos (for Batrachus porosus Valenciennes).

Porichthys myriaster (southern California and Lower California).

Porichthys analis (Gulf of California).

The toadfishes treated are those members of the family Batrachoi-
didae having the following characters: 2 dorsal spines and 1 strong
opercular spine, both solid and without connected poison glands;
subopercle small, without spine; some of the teeth caninelike; no
scales; 4 lateral lines. With the exception of the Chilean and Peru-
vian porosus, here made the type of a distinct genus, Aphos, all species
of this group have rows of many photophores (Greene, 1899) follow-
ing the course of the multiple lateral lines. The presence of these
organs is therefore not consistently associated with the increased num-
ber of the lateral lines and does not seem to furnish warrant for the
separation of a family Porichthyidae, as proposed by Ribeiro (1915).

We separate another genus from Porichthys, recognizing Nauto-
paedium Jordan for porosissimum, the single, wide-ranging Atlantic
species of the group. Thus Porichthys, with 5 or 6 species, is re-

473
121760—39——_1

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

stricted to the Pacific coast, from southern Alaska to Colombia. Only
Porichthys notatus occurs north of southern California and only P.
greenei and P. margaritatus in the general vicinity of Panama. In
southern California and on the outer coast of Lower California both
P. notatus and P. myriaster occur. The center of abundance for the
group seems to be the region of the Gulf of California and Cape San
Lucas, where we find the northern P. notatus, the Panamie P. margar-
itatus, and apparently 2 or 3 additional forms, one of which is here
named P. analis,

In distinguishing the species of Porichthys, we have found the num-
ber of anal rays to be particularly useful. Series of counts of anal
rays have therefore been made and presented in table 1.

TABLE 1.—Anal-ray counts of Porichthys (last ray counted as a double ray)

Number of anal] rays

Species and locality SS eon Tee ener —
27 | 28 | 29 | 30] 31 | 32] 33 | 34 | 35 | 36] 37

P. myriaster:

Southern Caloris. nooo cece sae embed ee ee eee ee 2| 71/161 OF Zit 35.06

ower California. 2- 222-2225.23 225-22 poe is Sept ee ee eh esi 1 1 1} 36.00
P. notatus:

British Columbia (Strait of Georgia) --_.--- Senleaeoleune Le eee Uren aera ree poe 31.14

Pope Gourd. 28 oe ot Soe ee ee eens Ae BB Ue ee aoe eee 31. 24

Geniral Californian. -- 22. see | oe eters ee 13) 26) 36) eo lat ces ee 32. 12

Southern Californian’ 22o2—= 2 Sees See e aoe See Ta eee A eee lol eine 32, 17

Outer coast, Lower California_.........---- seco 3 6) 4 Meshes eae sales 31. 23

TTD Gh GallOrw a= oe = ae et ee whe | ee ee Bh 2 Nowell oe | | eee 30. 67
P. species:

Cape San Lucas, Lower California_._...--- © 2 ees see oe ee ee Se hee 27. 67
IP? ONG RS fan cee ea ee Se ee es ee tee ae | rede ae tee es eee eee ee ee oe 2 }----] 36.00
P. margaritatus:

Power California: cso. 2c05 sunk soo cee 3. {|S Ml VOSS eee ae ae 31.33

PANAMS = so S22 3-0 basen aemacomea| shan lwo moe We | AO Ae noel eee ole Sap 30. 90

Colombise-. 388 2a Sat See Pasa ee ese OAS) Os occ loa welcete lesen cee 30. 86

GalkpaposTslands®. 2's eee Mb Behe heal ee ieee 31. 50
PN OTOCNOR io sade dence fon nace annenenehaaeaieee Sere eet 1 Srl oon nee EY Mime A age 2 eed (ieee 32. 50

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PORICHTHYS AND
RELATED GENERA

la. Dorsal spines 2. Opercle with a single strong spine. Subopercle small, with-
out a spine. Dorsal and opercular spines solid and without connected
poison glands. Some of the teeth caninelike. Lateral lines 4. Scaleless.

2a. Photophores absent.
3a. Teeth of palatine and premaxillary not directed forward; those of pala-
tine rather numerous and not confined to front of bone. Peru and
Chiles = oa ee ee ee __. Aphos
4a. Dorsal and anal fin free from caudal. Pectoral fin pointed medially.
Peritoneum white in adult. Lateral line organs, especially of dorsal
and. anal iseries.fimbriates=2 == == eee Aphos porosus

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 475

2b. Photophores very numerous, developed in rows generally following the
courses of lateral lines.’
3b. Teeth of palatine and premaxillary directed slightly backward in adults
of both sexes; those of palatine numerous and not confined to front of
bone. Southern Alaska to Colombia__..________________ Porichthys
4b. Dorsal and anal fin free from caudal. Pectoral fin pointed medially.
Peritoneum blackish in adults. Lateral line organs, especially of
dorsal and anal series, fimbriate. Photophores of minute size de-
veloped above and below some of the accessory dorsal lateral line
organs.

5@. Branchiostegal rows of photophores with a U-shaped forward-di-
rected commissure, not markedly constricted at base. Palatine
teeth large, needle-shaped canines.

6a. Body with dusky dorsal saddles in young; becoming plain with
age. Top of head unmarked. Dorsal fin usually more or less
blotched with dusky. Anal fin definitely margined with dusky

to blackish (except in young). Pleural row of photophores end-

ing abruptly above end of second third of anal base, behind end

of pleural lateral line. Anal rays 33 to 37, usually 34 to 36.
Dorsal rays 36 to 388. Southern California and outer coast of
Lower California, close to shore_______-. Porichthys myriaster

5b. Branchiostegal rows of photophores united in a broad V, without
forward projection. Palatine teeth small, somewhat compressed.
6b. Body with weak dorsal saddles in young, usually very weak ; be-
coming plain with age. Top of head unmarked. Dorsal fin
plain, or with a dusky edge, as a border or in spots. Anal fin
more or less darkened, but usually without dark margin, or

with a merely dusky border. Pleural row of photophores ending
abruptly above end of second third of anal base behind end of
pores and cirri of pleural lateral line. Anal rays 29 to 34,
usually 31 to 33. Dorsal rays 338 to 36, usually 35. Alaska to

Cape San Lucas; in rather deep water south of Point Conception.
Porichthys notatus

6c. Body with 8 rather strong and persumably persistent, broad, light-
~ brown dorsolateral bars, without light centers; without smaller,
alternating spots. Top and sides of head unspotted. Dorsal fin

with a row of 7 marginal light-brown blotches (separated by

light areas from the body bars). Anal fin whitish, with a dusky
brown border. Pleural row of photophores not ending above

end of second third of anal base but continued backward (as
smaller organs) nearly to end of fin; pleural lateral line (pores

and strong cirri) extending to caudal fin. Anal rays 36. Dorsal

rays 38 or 39. Gulf of California_______-_- Porichthys analis

6d. Body with strong and persistent dorsolateral blotches, often with
light centers; with smaller, alternating spots in adult. Top and

sides of head (and humeral region) definitely spotted with dark.
Dorsal fin with a row of marginal black spots or blotches. Anal

fin white or dusky to margin. Pleural row of photophores not

1The arrangement of the photophores of Porichthys is described and figured in great
detail and accuracy by Greene (1899), whose account was abstracted by Jordan and Ever-
mann (1898, pp. 2317-2318) and partly quoted by Jordan (1905, vol. 1, pp. 190-197).

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

ending above end of second third of anal base but continued
backward (as smaller organs) nearly to end of fin; pleural lat-
eral line (pores and weak cirri) extending almost or quite to
caudal fin. Anal rays 30 to 32. Dorsal rays 31 te 36. Pacific
coast of Tropical America, from Gulf of California and Cape
San Lucas to Colombia___------_--~- Porichthys margaritatus
4c, Dorsal and anal fin joined to caudal. Pectoral fin rounded. Peri-
toneum white in adult (adult very small). Lateral line organs
usually simple pores. Photophores absent just above and below
accessory dorsal lateral line organs.
5c. Branchiostegal rows of photophores uniting in a broad V, from the
point of which a short median branch extends forward. Palatine
teeth somewhat compressed.
6e. Body with 6 large, persistent, solid, blackish saddles; without alter-
nating smaller spots. Top of head crossed by a definite blackish
bar. Dorsal and anal fins whitish, unmarked. Pleural row of
photophores ending above middle of anal fin, but pores of pleural
lateral line continued to caudal. Anal rays 29 to 35. Dorsal
rays 32 to 388. Pacific coast of Panama___ Porichthys greenei
8c. Teeth of palatine in the adult of both sexes and the posterior premax-
illary teeth in adult male directed forward; those of palatine few
(usually 3 to 6) and confined to front of bone. Atlantic coast from
Virginia to Argentina (except West Indies?) ~-__-____ Nautopaedium
4d. Dorsal and anal fin free from caudal. Pectoral fin pointed medially.
Peritoneum white in adult. Lateral line organs fimbriate. Photo-
phores of minute size developed above and below accessory dorsal
lateral line organs.
5d. Branchiostegal rows of photophores with a U-shaped forward-di-
rected commissure noticeably constricted at base. Palatine teeth
very large, needle-shaped canines.
6f. Body sometimes plain, but usually with a row of dorsolateral spots
and another row along dorsal base (the 2 rows often connected
in young). Top of head plain or dark-spotted. Dorgal fin with
3 rows of small spots (spots sometimes fused into streaks, or
lacking). Anal fin margined with dark. Pleural row of photo-
phores ending above end of second third of anal base, but pleural
lateral line continued to end of anal fin. Anal rays 31 to 35.
Dorsal rays: 33 to’ S8- 23>. SS Nautopaedium porosissimum

Bibliographic references of prime systematic importance are
starred in the synonymies and in the bibliography. In the synony-
mies we attempt to give an analysis of the literature as it relates to
the nomenclature, distribution, and general biology of each species
treated, but do not refer to bare lists or to copied statements of
locality or distribution.

APHOS, new genus

Orthotype—Batrachus porosus Valenciennes,

In agreement with the very plausible suggestion made by Thomp-
son (1916, p. 468), we erect this new genus for the sole reception of
Porichthys porosus (Valenciennes), because this species alone among

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 477

all those referred to Porichthys lacks the complex photophores
(Greene, 1899) so characteristic of the group. The photophores in
A phos seem to be totally lacking, despite the statement by Evermann
and Radcliffe for the type of Porichthys afuerae (which we regard as
a synonym of Aphos porosus) that “the lines of phosphorescent organs
are essentially the same as in P. margaritatus, but much smaller and
less clearly defined, in some places being almost invisible.” Presum-
ably these authors were confusing the pores and the photophores, for
the type of afuerae shows no photophores.

In other respects, so far as apparent, Aphos agrees with Porichthys,
as that genus is here defined, but the one distinction is regarded as
fully sufficient for generic separation. We do not, however, agree
with Ribeiro (1915) in regarding the characters as of family signifi-
cance.

The one species of Aphos occurs in Peru and Chile, where it is the
only representative of the Porichthys group.

Aphos, from 4, without + ¢as, light.
APHOS POROSUS (Valenciennes)

Batrachus porosus *VALENCIENNES, in Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1837, pp. 506-
507, pl. 868 (original description) .—Gay, 1848, p. 296 (Valparaiso).

Porichthys porosus *GIRARD, 1855a, p. 141 (new combination).—*GUNTHER, 1861,
p. 177 (description).—*JorDAN, 1884b, p. 41 (teeth).—*MEEK and HALL,
1885, pp. 55, 56 (diagnosis, synonymy ).—REeEpD, 1897, p. 661 (Valparaiso) .—
STEINDACHNER, 1898, p. 306 (Iquique, Chile).—Detrin, 1901, pp. 89-90
(synonymy, records).—Fow Ler, 1916, p. 65 (Valparaiso).—Thompson, 1916,
pp. 456, 458 (Tome, Chile). (Type locality: Valparaiso, Chile.)

Batrachus chilensis *GAy, 1848, p. 297 (original description).—REzpD, 1897, p. 661.
(Type locality indicated only by name of species.)

Porichthys afuerae *EVERMANN and RADCLIFFE, 1917, pp. 152-153, pl. 14, fig. 1
(original description). (Type locality: Lobos de Afuera, Peru.)

The examination of new material (table 2) fails to confirm Ever-
mann and Radcliffe’s (1917) separation of a larger-headed Peruvian
species (afuerae) from the typical, Chilean porosus. These authors
indicated that the length of the head in the types of afuerae enters the
standard length 38 times and the total length 3.6 or 3.41 times (two
statements), whereas in P. porosus the head is contained 4.66 times in
the total length, according to Giinther.

In addition to the fishes listed in table 2, we have examined the
following material, all very small specimens collected by Dr. W. L.
Schmitt in Peru, during January 1935: U.S.N.M. no. 101722 (18
specimens), Afuera, Lobos Islands, North Bay, 12 fathoms, January
17; nos. 101723 (1 specimen) and 101724 (8 specimens), all from
Afuera, Lobos Islands, South Bay, 14 to 16 fathoms, January 17;

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

no. 101720 (2 specimens), Independencia Bay, clean sand bottom at
3.5 fathoms, January 14; no. 101721 (1 specimen), Callao, January 11.
The lack of photophores in these specimens is definitely appreciable.

TABLE 2.2—Measurements of the head in specimens of Aphos porosus from
Peru and Chile

In hundredths of standard length

Locality

3The data in this table were taken from specimens bearing the following U.S.N.M. num-
bers: 77382, Tome, Chile; 77383, locality ?; 77552 (type of P. afuerae), Lobos de Afuera,
Peru; 88808, Lota, Chile; 101719, north shore of Middle Chincha Island, Peru; 102048, In-
dependencia Bay, Peru; and 103432, locality ?; and Stanford University no. 22680, Tome,
Chile. In addition, 12 specimens from San Juan and Independencia Bays, Peru, collected
by the 1938 Hancock Expedition, are recorded through the courtesy of Dr. George 8. Myers.
The lengths of all specimens range from 19.9 to 222 mm.

Genus PORICHTHYS Girard

Porichthys *Grrarp, 1855a, p. 141 (original description) ; 1858, p. 134 (descrip-
tion).—*GUNTHER, 1861, pp. 175-176 (deseription).—*Knerr, 1865, pp. 189-
190 (description ).—*JorpDAN and GILBERT, 1883a, pp. 750-751 (diagnosis, type
designation ).—*MEEK and HALL, 1885, pp. 52, 55-57 (description, review of
species).—* JORDAN and EVERMANN, 1898, pp. 2317-2323 (description, descrip-
tion of lateral line and pore structure quoted from Greene, analysis and
description of species).—BEAN and WEED, 1910, pp. 514, 515, 525 (compari-
son).—RIpEiro, 1915, p. — (description, type of new family).—MEEK and
HILDEBRAND, 1928, pp. 910, 922 (diagnosis, Nautopacdium a synonym).

Type—Porichthys notatus Grd.= Batrachus porosissimus.C. & V.”
(designated by Jordan and Gilbert, 1883a, p. 751).

The species of Porichthys are compared in the preceding key and
in tables 1 and 38.

PORICHTHYS MYRIASTER, new species
FIGurRE 57, b

Porichthys notatus (misidentifications) Yarrow and HENsHAw, 1878, p. 202
(color).—JorDAN and EVERMANN, 1898, pp. 2321-2322 (synonymy, descrip-
tion; in part).—Srarks and Morris, 1907, pp. 230-231 (color, range, and
habitat ; in part).—Srarxs and Mann, 1911, p. 16 (bathymetric distribution ;
in part).—Osrurn and NicHors, 1916, p. 177 (records for bays on outer
coast of Lower California, identifications presumptive).—Husss, 1920, p.
380 (bionomics; in part).—GREENE and GREENE, 1924, pp. 501-506, fig. 1
(San Pedro Harbor record, phosphorescence ; good figure) —BARNHART, 1938,
pp. 92-98 (diagnosis; in part), fig. 281.

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 479

Porichthys porosissimus (misidentifications) Jorpan and GILBERT, 1880, p. 25
(San Diego; in part).—Bran, 1880, p. 83 (records; in part).—JorpAN and
Gitrert, 1881a, p. 454, and 1881b, p. 65 (records; in part) ; 1883a, pp. 751-752
(description ; in part).

Porichthys margaritatus (misidentifications) Jorpan and GILBERT, 1882b, p. 291,
and 1888a, p. 958 (in part) ; Jorpan, 1884b, p. 41 (range and synonymy ; in
part) ; 1885b, p. 116 (in part).—MerK and Hart, 1885, p. 56 (synonymy; in
part).—HIGENMANN, 1892, p. 171 (in part).

As indicated in the key, this heretofore unrecognized species differs
from P. notatus (and from all other species here retained in Porich-
thys) in the U-shaped forward-directed commissure of the branchi-
ostegal rows of photophores (compare fig. 57, b and c); in the larger,
more needlelike palatine teeth; typically in the more conspicuous
dorsal saddles and more blotched dorsal fin (these juvenile traits
tend to disappear with age but are more persistent in myriaster than
in notatus) ; and in the definitely dark-margined anal fin (the young
have the fin clear). The distinctness of myriaster from notatus is
proved by the higher number of anal rays, for there is little overlap
in the counts (table 1). The corresponding difference in number of
dorsal soft rays (table 3) is not quite so sharp.

Porichthys myriaster also shows a habitat distinction from P.
notatus, although its entire range is overlapped by that of notatus.
Along the coasts of southern California and Lower California my7i-
aster is the characteristic form of the muddy and sandy bays, and
along the open shore it tends to live in shallower water than notatus.
The difference in bathymetric range is partly obscured by the tendency
of the young of notatus to mingle with myriaster in rather shallow
water (to 25 fathoms). The only specimen of myriaster known from
water deeper than 25 fathoms is one adult taken at 69 fathoms.

P. myriaster apparently does not share with P. notatus the habit
which that form exhibits (in the cooler portion of its range) of mi-
grating into the intertidal zone of the rocky reefs for spawning
(Hubbs, 1920). The very few records of Porichthys approaching or
entering this zone in southern California probably refer to P. notatus.
P. myriaster is apparently more of a bay and less of a reef inhabitant.

The holotype of Porichthys myriaster (U.S.N.M. no. 8483) is
an adult 306 mm in standard length and 347 mm in total length, col-
lected by Cassidy at San Diego. It is apparently not the specimen
(U.S.N.M. no. 694) recorded as Porichthys notatus by Girard
(1858) as taken by Cassidy at San Diego, for that fish was also found.

Description of holotype——Dorsal, II-36; anal, 33; pectorals 20-20;
pelvics I, 2. Gill rakers on lower part of first arch 17. Palatine
teeth caninelike, curved backward, 9 in the single series on each side ;
vomerine canines 1 or 2 at each outer angle of bone, very strong,
curved backward; premaxillary teeth conical, strong, uniserial ;

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOu. 868

mandibular teeth conical, strong, biserial at front of jaw with the
inner row continued backward ascanines. Peritoneum blackish. The
coloration of head, body, and fins is described in item 6a of the key
(p. 475).

Measurements in thousandths of the standard length for the holo-
type and (in parentheses) for 9 paratypes 53 to 304 mm long:
Greatest depth, 173 (163-219) ; distance from tip of snout to origin
of soft dorsal, 353 (328-366); to origin of spinous dorsal, 281
(260-800) ; from tip of chin to anus, 451 (385-430) ; length of head,
286 (270-310) ; interorbital width, 88 (68-95); length of orbit, 36
(86-60) ; of upper jaw, 150 (140-159) ; of snout, 78 (64-87) ; distance
from tip of lower jaw to anteriormost point of the U-shaped forward
extension of the branchiostegal row of photophores, 62 (47-62) ; be-
tween the nearly parallel ventral rows of photophores, 33 (23-33) ;
from anus to anterior extension of ventral row of photophores, 199
(165-195) ; height of pectoral arch of pleural row of photophores, 38
(23-44) ; length of this arch, 118 (94-148).

Measurements of 9 paratypes 53 to 304 mm long, stepped into stand-
ard length: Greatest depth, 4.8-6.1; length of head, 3.2-3.7. Height
of pectoral arch of the pleural row of photophores in length of arch,
2.8-4.2; least distance between ventral rows, 4.9-6.5 in distance from
anus to anterior tip of that row; distance from tip of chin to anterior
tip of branchiostegal row, 3.6-6.5 in head.

The following paratypes of Porichthys myriaster are deposited in
the National Museum: U.S.N.M. no. 17046, Santa Barbara, Calif.;
nos. 24814, 24863, 24881, 26805, 31349, 34757, 34777, 54738, 54748,
54749, 54757, 54760, 54764, and 62409, all from “San Diego” or San
Diego Bay, Calif.; no. 103431, from latitude 32°34’30” N., longitude
117°18’45”" W.

The following paratypes of Porichthys myriaster are deposited in
the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan: No. 63610, Anaheim
Bay, Calif.; 64146, off Mira Mar Pier, Calif.; 64148, 34°21’20’’ N.,
119°31’20’" W.; 64149, 3293600” N., 117°13’15’’ W.; 86050 and
105489, Turtle Bay, Lower California; 80829, Magdalena Bay, Lower
California; 115795, San Pedro, Calif.; 115820, from 34°17’20” N.,
120°13’00’" W.; 115821, Carpenteria to Rincon, Calif.; 115822,
84°27’30’" N., 120°11’20”" W.; 115823, 34°27'00” N., 120°03’30’" W.

myriaster, from yipias, myriad + dornp, star, referring to the
multitudinous photophores, which when active shine like stars.

PORICHTHYS NOTATUS Girard

Porichthys notatus *GrrArp, 1855a, p. 141 (original description) ; 1855b, p. 151
(records) ; *1858, pp. 184-136 (description, records) ; *1859, p. 50, pl. 25
(diagnosis, figure of type).—Suck trey, 1860, p. 356 (diagnosis; Fort Steila-
coom, Puget Sound).—*Jorpan and Starks, 1895, p. 840 (natural history;

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 481

distinct from margaritatus).—*JorpAN and EyERMANN, 1898, pp. 2821-2322
(synonymy, description; in part).—*GrReEnn, 1899, pp. 667-696 (photophores,
range except Panama).—Jorpan, 1905, vol. 1, pp. 190-197, figs. 146-148
(Greene quoted on plotophores); vol. 2, p. 526.—EverMANN and Goxps-
BOROUGH, 1907, pp. 224, 335 (Union Bay, British Columbia, not Alaska).—
Srarks and Morris, 1907, pp. 230-231 (color of young; Sitka to Gulf of Cali-
fornia; in part)—Hoiper and Jorpan, 1909, pp. 315-318 (noise, ete.) .—
EVERMANN and LAtimMerR, 1910, p, 189 (records).—SrarKs and Mann, 1911,
p. 16 (bathymetric distribution; in part).—(?) Merz, 1912, p. 41 (records,
not verified) —HALKEtTT?, 1913, p. 109 (range, including British Columbia).—
Kincaip, 1919, p. 40 (natural history; Puget Sound).—Brean and Wexrp,
1920, p. 79 (Ucluelet, Vancouver Island).—*Housps, 1920, p. 380 (bionomics;
in part, but nearly all observations based on notatus).—GREENE and GREENE,
1924, pp. 500-506 (Monterey Bay; phosphorescence).—Scuutrz, 1936, p.
197 (range).—ScHuLtz and DELAcy, 1936, p. 142 (record; Puget Sound).—
BARNHART, 1936, pp. 92-93 (diagnosis; in part). (Type locality: [South
Fork” of] San Francisco [Bay], California.)

Porichthys porosissimus (misidentifications) GUNTHER, 186i, p. 176 (records for
Vancouver Island only).—BeEan, 1889, p. 83 (records; in part).—JorDAN
and GILBERT, 1880, p. 25 (San Diego; in part); 188la, p. 454 (records; in
part) ; 1881b, p. 65 (habitat; in part).—Jorpan and Jouy, 1881, p. 5 (rec-
cords).—JORDAN and GILBERT, 1883a, pp. 751-752 (description; in part)—
KerMopE, 1909, p. 89 (British Columbia).—Princr, 1910, pp. 1068-1069
(voice, parental care; name misspelled porissimus).

Porichihys margariiatus (misidentifications) JorDAN and GiiBERT, 1882b, p. 291
(in part) ; 18829, p. $58 (in part).—Jorpsn, 1884a, p. 291 (Vancouver Is-
land record only); 1884b, p. 41 (range and synonymy; in part); 1885a,
p. 888 (in part); 1885b, p. 116 (in part).—*MErEK and Hatn, 1885, p. 56
(synonymy; in part).—Terst, 1889, pp. 48-52, pl. 4 (photophores).—E1cEn-
MANN and HIGENMANN, 1889a, pp. 32-34 (photophores) ; 1889b, p. 181 (eaten
by rock cod, Cortez Banks).—EVvERMANN and JENKINS, 1891, p. 162 (syn-
onymy; in part; Santa Barbara record).—EIGENMANN, 1892, pp. 126, 1381,
171 (synonymy, egg. ecology; in part; Cortez Banks).—BEAN and WEE»,
1920, p. 79 (Vancouver Island).

Porichthys FRASER, 1921, p. 48 (intertidal reef, Strait of Georgia).

This species has a wide distribution, both geographically and eco-
logically. It ranges from Sitka in southern Alaska to the Gulf of
California (Starks and Morris. 1907, p. 230) and occurs (as a variant
race) almost as far south as Cape San Lucas. Bathymetrically its
habitat extends from the intertidal zone to depths as great as 145
fathoms. It has generally been stated that this form lives in deeper
water to the southward, but this seems true only in that it largely
avoids the bays and shoals in the south. From the vicinity of Point
Conception northward it freely migrates (Greene, 1899) into the
intertidal zone to spawn but seldom enters this zone south of Point
Conception (Hubbs, 1920). It is common in the bays from central
California northward, whereas to the southward it is largely if not
entirely replaced in the bays by Porichthys myriaster. It occurs in
deep water in the north as well as in the south.

121760—39—-—-2

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

In view of its wide geographic and bathymetric range, it is not
surprising that Porichthys notatus exhibits considerable variation.
The anal rays (table 1), averaging highest in California, decrease
in average number both toward the north and the south. A marked
backward extension of the pleural row of photophores was indicated by
Greene (1899, p. 676) for Alaskan specimens, but some doubt is
attached to the claim (see page 488). The race in the Puget Sound
region is unusually heavy-set and dark. Specimens dredged in
moderate depths off the outer coast of Lower California and in the
Gulf of California differ from typical nofatus not only in the
slightly reduced number of anal rays but also in a slightly greater
tendency for the retention into half-grown stages of the 6 or 7
dusky saddles, and in the more frequent and distinct tendency of
the anal fin to become margined with dusky; they also average
lighter in color. Occasionally one or a very few minute photophores
may be discerned behind the normal termination of the pleural row.

The most aberrant individual that we have referred to P. notatus
was dredged the farthest south, on the outer coast of Lower Cali-
fornia not far north of Cape San Lucas. This specimen (U.S.N.M.
no, 46675), a large young fish 82 mm in standard length, was
dredged by the A/batross on May 1, 1888, at station 2830, in 66
fathoms, at latitude 23°33’ N., longitude 110°37’ W. Unlike the
two doubtful forms described below, it has 33 anal and 36 soft dorsal
rays. It differs distinctly from the types of P. analis in having
fewer blotches on the back and on the dorsal fin, the margin of the
anal fin darker, no cirri on the posterior pores of the pleural lateral
line, and the head larger (3.4). The 6 large dark-brown dorsolateral
blotches are more conspicuous than in notatus but less so than in
margaritatus. The marginal blotches on the dorsal fin are quite
unlike the continuous dark edging of notatus but are rather fewer
and more elongate than in analis or margaritotus. The blackish-
brown border of the anal fin is stronger than in any other specimen at
hand of notatus. A few small photophores are present in the pleural
row behind the main ones, and pores without developed cirri con-
tinue in the pleural row about to the end of the anal base.

In various respects the Lower California races of P. notatus show
some approach toward P. myriaster and toward P. margaritatus.
No intergradation between notatus and myriaster is indicated, how-
ever, for the distinction in the course of the branchiostegal row of
photophores remains trenchant, and the difference in the number of
anal rays is accentuated in Lower California (table 1). It is possible
that intergradation with P. margaritatus will be discovered, since
that species and notatus seem very closely allied. The interrelation
between margaritatus and notatus, in the approximate region of the

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 483

overlap in their distribution, is complicated by the probable exist-
ence there of two additional forms of the same general type. These
are discussed below as Porichthys sp. and Porichthys analis, new
species.

The following collections of Porichthys notatus in the U. S. Na-
tional Museum have been examined: U.S.N.M. no. 520, San Francisco
Bay (type) ; 521, Presidio, Calif.; 523, Fort Steilacoom, Wash.; 694
and 103435, San Diego, Calif.; 4474, San Francisco, Calif.; 7536, Vic-
toria, British Columbia; 26647, off Point Loma, Calif.; 26889, Santa
Barbara, Calif.; 27277, Puget Sound, Wash.; 41878, Cortez Banks,
Lower California ; 46461, 34°12’80’’ N., 120°32’30”" W.; 46462, 34° N.,
120°23’ W.; 46476, 32°44’30’ N., 117°23’ W.; 46479, 24°24’30” N.,
111°53’ W.; 46481, 26°14’ N., 1138°13’ W.; 46493, 32°34’30” N.,
117°18’45’" W.; 46494, 29°19’00’’ N., 112°50’ W.; 46644, 28°07’00” N.,
111°39'45’’ W.; 46675, 23°33’ N., 110°37’ W.; 46781, 29°40’ N.,
112°57’ W.; 48572, 37°3800’" N., 123°02’30” W.; 53817, Bellingham,
Wash.; 54500, 34°23’30 N., 120°19’30’" W.; 54628, 37°06’40” N.,
122°37'30’" W.; 59399, 37°30’00’’ N., 123°02’30’ W.; 59400, Comox,
British Columbia,; 60582 and 60821, Union Bay, British Columbia;
60588, near Port Townsend, Wash.; 67818, San Pablo Bay, Calif.;
67314, San Francisco Bay, Point San Bruno; 70957, Union Bay,
Bayne Sound, British Columbia; 75459, Pacific Grove, Calif.; 75607
and 75608, off Point Pinas Light, Calif.; 75610, off La Jolla, Calif. ;
T7979, 33°17'00” N., 118°24’00’’ W.; 82155, Ucluelet, British Colum-
bia; 83971, Union Bay, east of Coal Wharf, British Columbia; 101400,
Dillon Beach, Calif.; 102286, Santa Barbara or Santa Barbara
Islands.

The following collections of Porichthys notatus in the Museum of
Zoology, University of Michigan, have been examined: Nos. 56332
and 63608, from Monterey Bay, Calif.; 61695, between Avila and
Pismo, Calif.; 61696, Mussel Point, Pacific Grove, Calif.; 61697,
near Piedras Blancas, Calif.; 63601, 63602, 63604, 63607, and 63609,
all from San Francisco Bay, Calif.; 63603, near Point Reyes, Calif. ;
63605, Elkhorn Slough, Calif.; 63606, off Del Monte, Calif.; 64145,
34°27'30” N., 120°11’20” W.; 64147, 34°27'00” N., 120°03’30’" W.;
64148, 34°21’20” N., 119°31’20’” W.; 64150 and 64151, off Long Beach,
Calif. ; 64152, Carpenteria to Rincon, Calif.; 64153, lat. 34°17’20” N.,
long. 120°13’00” W.; 64154, off San Pedro, Calif. ; 92602, Drakes Bay,
Calif.; 94012-94017, all from Hoods Canal, near Holly, Wash. ;
115796, Puget Sound, Everett, Wash.

The following collections of Porichihys notatus in the Natural
History Museum of Stanford University have been examined: No.
91, 34°18’30’" N., 119°41’ 00’” W.; 5050, 87°06’00” N., 122°32’00’" W.;

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vOL, 86

5191, 87°13’50’" N., 122°32’30’" W.; 5192, 37°44’50” N., 122°43’00’’
W.; 5211, 35°40’30’’ N., 121°22’40’" W.; 5574, Pacific Grove, Calif. ;
10700, San Francisco Market; 21341, San Juan Islands, Wash.;
32242, McNears Point, San Pablo Bay.

PORICHTHYS species

Porichthys margaritatus (presumably a misidentification) JORDAN and GILBERT,
1882¢, p. 368 (record of specimens discussed below).

Three young specimens (U.S.N.M. no. 3004), 39.5 to 41.5 mm in
standard length, collected by Xantus at Cape San Lucas, seem to rep-
resent an undescribed species of Porichthys. The anal rays are 27 in
one and 28 in two, whereas only one other specimen of the genus ex-
amined (an example of P. notatus) has as few as 29 anal rays. The
dorsal rays are correspondingly decreased (table 3). The specimens
though poorly preserved show 6 large dusky dorsolateral blotches.
The small photophores in the pleural row behind the main ones are
rather numerous, at least on one side of one specimen (some are eyvi-
dent on the opposite side of this individual, and on the other speci-
mens), but the condition of preservation does not permit it to be
determined with certainty whether these small organs are as well
developed as in P. margaritatus. Nor are the lateral line structures
to be precisely determined,

TABLE 8.—Dorsal rays in species of Porichthys

Number of dorsal rays

Species
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
PY BC ET Se a ee Se a ae =e 4 5 tH acceee
TOLLE LS ee ee en eee eee eee 1 4 16 One oa eco ona eee
Species ete 2 rere tebe en Fl ed De We Re) et UE = eal ee a ee a ee ee
TN ge sk ae ES A eae Ss Sa eg Se Be Nee So ee 1 uf
3 eee ee eee eee tees

AL NULL ee ee ne eee eee ee Yee
CPAF OL CENCE ee a ee ee SAT 2 |

The V-shaped branchiostegal row of photophores as well as the
number of fin rays excludes these specimens from P. myriaster.
The contrast in radial formula is greatest when these specimens are
contrasted with the two types of P. anal’s. They agree rather well
with corresponding young of either notatus or margaritatus and may
represent aberrant examples or a subspecies of either form. The
agreement is particularly close with the original figure and descrip-
tion of Batrachus margaritatus from the Gulf of Fonseca, and they
may represent the true margaritatus if that form should be distinct
from the one (nautopaedivm) usually assigned the name,

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 485

The available specimens of this form are unfit to serve as the basis
for the proposal of a new name. The examination of material newly
collected about Cape San Lucas should solve its status.

PORICHTHYS ANALIS, new species

‘Two specimens of Porichthys from the Gulf of California present
characters that indicate rather conclusively a specific difference from
both notatus and margaritatus. They were dredged by the Albatross
on March 24, 1889, at station 3017, in 58 fathoms, at latitude
29°54’30’”" N., longitude 113°01’00’ W. The holotype, 95.5 mm in
standard length and 108 mm over all, is cataloged in the National
Museum as no. 46645. The one paratype, measuring 80 and 93.5 mm,
is U.S.N.M. no. 106503.

In number of dorsal and anal rays (tables 1 and 3) P. analis agrees
with P. myriaster, but it has the V-shaped branchiostegal row of
photophores characteristic of notfatus and its variants as well as
margaritatus. When analis is compared with notatus the increased
number of fin rays seems particularly significant in view of the
apparent decrease southward (from California) in average number
of rays. It differs further from notatus in having the pleural row
of photophores as in margaritatus continued backward (as smaller
organs) from the end of second third of anal base nearly to end of
fin. Instead of ending before the end of the large organs of the
pleural photophores, the pores and cirri of the pleural branch of the
lateral line extend to the caudal fin. The pores in this extension of
the pleural line are even stronger than in margaritatus. Further
differences between analis and both notatus and margaritatus lie in
the coloration of the body, head, and fins, as specified in items 60,
6c, and 6d of the key (pp. 475-476).

Dorsal II-38 (II-39)?; anal 36 (86) ; pectorals 19-20 (20-20) ; pel-
vies 1,2. Gill rakers on lower part of first arch 16 (16). Palatine teeth
caninelike, very slightly curved backward, 7 to 9 in the single series
on each side, the anteriormost teeth strongest ; veomerine canines 1 or 2
at each outer angle of bone; rather strong, very slightly curved back-
ward; premaxillary teeth conical; mandibular teeth biserial an-
teriorly, with the inner row continued backward as strong canines.
Peritoneum brownish black. The coloration of body, head, and fins
is given in the key, under item 6¢ (p. 475).

Measurements in thousandths of the standard length: Greatest
depth, 181 (195) ; distance from tip of snout to origin of soft dorsal,
324 (336) ; to origin of spinous dorsal, 268 (275) ; from tip of chin to
anus, 872 (388); length of head, 273 (280); interorbital width, 65

8 Items in parentheses are for the paratype.

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

(66) : length of orbit, 58 (61); of upper jaw, 187 (150) ; of snout, 63
(73); distance from tip of lower jaw to tip of V of branchiostegal
row of photophores, 81 (85) ; least distance between the nearly paral-
lel ventral rows of photophores, 31 (37) ; from anus to anterior exten-
sion of ventral row of photophores, 156 (160); height of pectoral
arch of pleural row of photophores, 42 (42); length of this arch,
88 (92).

It is possible that specimens of this species have been reported
under another name. The material recorded from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia by Jordan and Gilbert (1882a, p. 274), Evermann and Jenkins
(1891, p. 162), and Breder (1936, p. 47) in particular should be
reexamined with this idea in mind.

analis, pertaining to the anal (fin), with reference to the mcreased
number of rays.

PORICHTHYS MARGARITATUS (Richardson)
Figure 57, d

Batrachus margaritatus *RICHARDSON, 1844, pp. 67-69, pl. 38, figs. 2-4 (original
description).

Porichthys margaritatus *JoRDAN and GILeERT, 18S82b, pp. 291-292 (nolatus a
synonym; comparison); 1888a, p. 958 (in part); 1883¢c, p. 626 (Central
America).—JORDAN, 1884a, p. 291 (Panama record; distinct from porosis-
simus); *1884b, p. 41 (range and synonymy; in part); 1885a, p. 388
(Panama); 1885b, p. 116 (in part)—*Mrexk and Harr, 1885, pp. 55-57
(synonymy; in part; distinct from porosissimus).—EVERMANN and JENKINS,
1891, pp. 127, 162 (synonymy; in part; Guaymas record, not verified).—
*JoRDAN and SrarxKs, 1895, p. 840 (notatus distinct; nautopaedium a syno-
nym).—*JoRDAN and EvERMANN, 1898, pp. 2319, 2322-2323 (description,
synonymy ).—*GILBeRT and SrarKs, 1904, pp. 184-185 (Panama record).—
*MrEEK and HILDEBRAND, 1928, pp. 922-924 (synonymy, description).—
Breper, 1936, p. 47 (records, northern part of Gulf of California to Perlas
Islands, Panama—perhaps in part based on other species).—KuMADA,
HryaMa, ArITA, Tomita, and MurAMATSU, 1937, p. 57 (misspelled margita-
tus), pl. 41. (Type locality: Gulf of Fonseca, Pacific coast of Central
America.)

Porichthys porosissimus (misidentification) *GiUnruer. 1861, p. 176 (in part).—
(?) JorpDAN and Gitgert, 1882a, p. 274 (Gulf of California in 15 fathoms—
record not verified) ; 1883a, pp. 751-752 (description; in part).

Porichthys notatus (presumed misidentification) BouL_eNncrer, 1899, p. 3 (Rio
Tuyra, Darien).—GREENE, 1899, p. 668 (Panama).

Porichthys nautopaedium *JORDAN and Bor~MAN, 1890, pp. 171-172, 182 (original
description, records).—GREENE, 1899, pp. 668, 678 (photophores; name mis-
spelled nautopedium). (Type locality: Pacific Ocean off coast of Colombia
at Albatross station 2802, lat. 8°38’ N., long. 78°31'380’’ W., in 16 fathoms.)

Some doubt is attached to the use of the name margaritatus for the
species more recently named nautopaedium. The original description

487

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ

g2 9099 9999220000

or 990 4990000°°

Do .
9° 9 99900 G00 G0n9Q90

® 60 990090000000000

9099P 2%
92040 i ela 920090909009" a0

° 09° 9006 DO a gQ0K000

200%, 9 09. %o
%, 9900°90p- 09009900099 F006 3
% °o Sn00
6 oO,
205 % See 200

eee ae ee ee

eo ong

0999779,
0092800060000 2000? o

%000000099° 9G %809, 8
s000

gac? ©2308S8q0¢0
oe

O99,
9009
“oo? ©°0 00599 9000"
°

3 oO

006009009 000@0000

Ficurw 57.—Diagrams of the under side of the head and anterior portion of the body illus.

in: a, Nautopaedium porosissimum; b, Purichthys
ritatus.

trating the courses of the photophores

ce, P. greenei; d, P. marga

.
>

ter

myrias

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

and figure of Batrachus margaritatus probably represent this species,
although the anal rays are given as only 26 and the 8 dorsal saddles
are indicated as merely dusky and as not being interspersed by smaller
spots. Nor are any small spots shown on the top of the head. The
marginal spots on the soft dorsal are barely indicated. In these
respects this original account of margaritatus agrees better with the
specimens discussed already as Porichthys species. The anal-ray
count was likely an error, however, and the discrepancies in colora-
tion are likely attributable to the small size (3.75 inches) of the type
of margaritatus. The figure clearly shows the disconnected vertical
fins and the simple V-shaped pattern of the branchiostegal photo-
phores characteristic of margaritatus (also ana/is and notatus) as
contrasted with greenei.

One of the best distinctions between this species and P. notatus les
in its longer pleural row of photophores, which, instead of ending
abruptly above end of second third of anal base, is continued back-
ward nearly to the end of the fin. This same arrangement was noted
by Greene (1899, p. 676) for the 3 specimens from Alaska that he
referred to notatus. Unless these are examples of margaritatus with
erroneous data, they would seem to represent an undescribed species.
We have seen no specimens of Porichthys from Alaska, and the only
record for Alaska we have found is that of Sitka, given by Starks and
Morris (1907, p. 230) as the northern limit of range for notatus.

The 6 specimens from La Paz Bay, near Cape San Lucas, agree
well with the series at hand from Panama, Colombia, and Galapagos.
In 3 specimens from Indefatigable Island, 65 to 89 mm long, there are
about 7 bands, without intermediate dark mottlings. The dark
mottlings in the vicinity of the first dorsal are inconspicuous.

The following collections of Porichthys margaritatus in the National
Museum have been examined: U.S.N.M. nos. 41145 and 41164, from
lat. 7°56’ N., long. 79°41’30’" W.*; 41161, Indefatigable Island ‘¢;
41192, La Paz Bay, Mexico; 41287, Pacific [Panama ?]; 41491 and
41492, from 7°57’ N., 78°55’ W.5; 101726, Pinas Bay; 101727 and
101728, Pinas Bay, north of first small island, coarse sand; 101729,
Port Utria, Colombia; 101730, Port Utria, Colombia, mud; 101731,
Pinas Bay, Bight of Bay, Panama, sticky mud; 101736, Gorgona
Island, Colombia, near Gorgonilla Channel; 101737, north end,
Gorgona Island, Colombia.

The following collections of Porichthys margaritatus, in the
Natural History Museum of Stanford University, have been examined :
No. 227, Indefatigable Island °; 5849, Indefatigable Island.

«Listed as types of P. nautopaedium.
® Listed as cotypes of P. nautopaedium.

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 489
PORICHTHYS GREENEI Gilbert and Starks
FIGURE 57, c

Porichthys sp. GREENE, 1899, pp. 668, 678 (description of photophores in types).

Porichthys greenei *GILBERT and STarxKs, 1904, pp. 184-185, pl. 30, fig. 56
(original description) —Bran and Weep, 1910, pp. 511, 513, 515, 516, 526,
figs. 3, 4, pl. 32, fig. 4 (opereular spine, pectoral fin; one of types of Thalasso-
phryne dowt is this species) —*MrEK and HILprepranp, 1928, pp. 922, 924-
925 (description, records). (Type locality: Tide pools; Panama reef.)

Should the genus Porichthys be further dismembered, this small
species would probably be the first to be set apart, on the basis of the
conjoined vertical fins, the usually simple (nonfimbriate) pores of the
lateral lines, the lack of minute photophores about the pores of the
dorsal branch of the lateral line, the short median branch extending
forward from the apex in the branchiostegal row of photophores, and
the rounded pectoral fin.

The following collections of Porichthys greenei in the National
Museum have been examined: U.S.N.M. no. 76548, Panama Canal,
Panama City; 81689 and 81690, tide pool, Panama; 81691 and 81692,
tide pools, Balboa, Canal Zone; 81693, Panama Bay, Balboa, Canal
Zone; 81965, Chame Point, Panama; 101732, 101733, and 101946, all
from Secas Isle, Panama.

The following collections of Porichthys greeneit in the Natural
History Museum of Stanford University have been examined: No.
6485 (type), Panama reef; 6512, Panama.

Genus NAUTOPAEDIUM Jordan
Nautopaedium *JorDAN, 1919, p. 342 (diagnosis).

Orthotype.—“Porichthys plectrodon Jordan and Gilbert= Batrachus
porosissimus Cuv. & Val.”

We follow Jordan in distinguishing generically between the single
Atlantic species and the several Pacific forms commonly referred to
Porichthys. The prime difference lies in dentition. In Porichthys
the palatine and premaxillary teeth as usual in fishes are directed
slightly backward, whereas in Mautopaedium the palatine teeth are
directed forward in the adults of both sexes and the posterior pre-
maxillary teeth are directed forward in the adult male. Both the
palatine and the premaxillary teeth are much more enlarged in the
adult male than in Porichthys. The few (usually 3 to 6) developed
palatine teeth are confined to the front of the bone, instead of being
spread along the entire edge. Meek and Hildebrand (1928, p. 922)
did not accept the genus, and we do not regard it as very trenchantly
distinct.

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

The marked age variations and sexual dimorphism in the teeth of
Nautopaedium porosissimum largely explain the discrepancies in
published descriptions.

NAUTOPAEDIUM POROSISSIMUM (Valenciennes)
FIGURE 57, @

Batrachus porosissimus *VALENCIENNES, in Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1837, pp.
501-506 (original description; pre-Linnaean synonymy).—Jenyns, 1842, pp.
99-100 (Bahia Blanca).

Porichthys porosissimus *GrRARD, 1855a, p. 141 (new combination).—*GuUn-
THER, 1861, pp. 176-177 (margaritatus and notatus as synonyms, descrip-
tion ).—*KNErR, 1865, pp. 190-191, pl. 8, figs. 1, la (description; Rio de Jane-
iro).—JorDAN and GILBERT, 1882b, p. 291 (comparison) ; 1888a, pp. 751-752
(description; in part).—*JorpDAN, 1884a, p. 291; 1884b, p. 41; 1995b, p. 116
(teeth, range; plecirodon as synonym).—*MEEK and HAttr, 1885, pp. 56-57
(teeth, synonymy ).—JORDAN and SWAIN, 1885, p. 545 (Pensacola, Fla.).—Jor-
DAN, 1886, p. 229 (eaten by red snappers, Snapper Banks, Fla.).—Prrvuata,
1891, p. 620 (Montevideo).—Bernre, 1895, pp. 69-70 (synonymy; in part; South
American records).—REED, 1897, p. 661 (Chile by error, fide Delfin, 1901,
p. 89).—*JorDAN and EvERMANN, 1898, p. 2319 (description, synonymy) ;
1900, p. 3301, pl. 335, fig. 811.—JorpAN, 1905, vol. 2, p. 526, fig. 481—Recan,
1914, p. 23 (off Cape Frio, Brazil).—Rreermo, 1915, pp. 14 (description; Rio
de Janeiro).—DEvVINCENZI, 1924, p. 258 (diagnosis; Uruguay).—*MEEK and
HILDEBRAND, 1928, pp. 922-923 (description, synonymy, records).—BREDER,
1929, p. 266 (diagnosis, range). (Type locality: “De Surinam... Cay-
enne... Rio Janéiro... et de Sainte-Catherine, du Brésil”; commonly
given as and hereby restricted to Surinam.)

Porichthys plectrodon GoopE and Bran, 1882, p. 236 (nomen nudum; Gulf of
Mexico).—*JorpAN and GILBERT, 1882b, p. 291 (original description) ; 1883a,
p. 958 (diagnosis; South Carolina to Texas) ; 1883b, pp. 616, 620 ¢Charles-
ton, 8S. C.). (Type locality: Galveston, Tex.)

The anal rays in NV. porosissimum have been variously counted by
different authors. In 24 specimens we count the dorsal and anal rays
as indicated in table 4.

The following collections of Nautopaedium porosissimum in the
National Museum have been examined: U.S.N.M. no. 30894, Galves-
ton, Tex. (types of Porichthys plectrodon) ; 32801, Pensacola, Fla. ;
39375 and 39376, lat. 28°50’ N., long. 83°00’ W., northwest end, St.
Martins Reef, Fla. ; 39877, off Cape Sable, Fla.; 44667 and 45995, from
10°37’40’" N., 61°49’40’” W.; 45751 and 45996, 33°20’ N., 77°05’ W.,
or 33°18'30" N., 77°07'00’’ W.: 47638, Alacran Shoals; 73040, off
Northwest. Channel, Fla., 24°40’45’”” N., 81°53’40’ W.; 73041, Hawk
Channel, Fla.; 73042, Pigeon Key Lake, Fla.; 73043, Pepperfish Key,
Fla. ; 73044, 29°48’10’’ N., 83°55'15’’ W.; 73045, Deadmans Bay, Fla.;
73046, off Key West, inside reef, Fla.; 73047, North Key, Fla.; 73048,
Key West, Fla.; 73049, Deadmans Bay, Fla.; 73050, Pepperfish Key,
Fla., 29°33’05’’ N., 83°23’03’’ W.; 83164 and 83168, from Rio de

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 491

Janeiro; 83833, 34°35’30’’ N., 75°45’30’" W.; 83834, 34°38/00’” 1.
76°12’00”" W.; 86118, Palma Sola, Fla.; 86740, coast of Uruguay;
87722, outside of bay, Rio de Janeiro; 87723, Uruguay; 87753, Santos
[Barro]; 94375, off Cape Henry, Va.; 94549, Corpus Christi, Tex.;
100882, market at Santos, Brazil.

The following collections of Nautopaedium porosissimum in the
Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, were examined: No.
95501, Necochea, Argentina; 110159, off Englewood, Fla.; 105490, near
Horn Island, Miss. (shrimp trawl).

The following collection of Nautopaedium porosissimum in the
Natural History Museum, Stanford University, was examined: No,
9568, 10°37’40’’ N., 61°42’40’" W.

TasLE 4.—Dorsal and anal ray counts in Nautopaedium porosissimum

Number of rays

LITERATURE CITED

BARNHART, PERCY SPENCER.
1936. Marine fishes of southern California, iv-+209 pp., 290 figs. Berkeley.
Bran, Barton APPLER, and WEED, ALFRED CLEVELAND.
1910. A review of the venomous toadfishes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 88,
pp. 511-526, 8 figs., 4 pls.
1920. Notes on a collection of fishes from Vancouver Island, British Colum-
bia. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, ser. 3, vol. 13 (1919), sect. 5, pp.
69-83, 4 pls.
BeAN, TARLETON HOFFMAN.
1880. Check-list of duplicates of North American fishes distributed by the
Smithsonian Institution in behalf of the United States National
Museum, 1877-1880. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, pp. 75-116.
Bera, CARLOS.
1895. Enumeracién sistemitica y sinonimica de los peces de las costas Ar-
gentina y Uruguaya. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, vol. 4, pp. 1-120,
1 pl.
BouLENGER, GEORGE ALBERT.
1899. Viaggio del Dott. Enrico Festa nel Darien e regioni vicine. Poissons
de ’ Amérique centrale. Boll. Mus. Zool. et Anat. Comp. Uniy. Torino,
vol. 14, no. 346, pp. 1.
BREDER, CHARLES MARCUS, Jr.
1929. Field book of marine fishes of the Atlantic coast from Labrador to
Texas, xxxvii+332 pp., 403 figs., 8 col. pls. New York and London.
1986. Heterosoma to Pediculati from Panama to Lower California. Bull.
Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 2, art. 3, 56 pp., 19 figs.
Cuvier, GEORGES, and VALENCIENNES, ACHILLE.
*1837. Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, xxiv-+-507 pp., 25 pls. Paris.
DELFIN, FEDERICO TEOBALDO.
1901. Cat4logo de los peces de Chile, 133 pp. (from Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat.,
vols. 3-4, 1899 and 1900). Valparaiso.
DEVINCENZI, GARIBALDI JOS&.
1920-1924. Peces del Uruguay. Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, ser. 2, vol. 1,
pp. 97-134, 139-293, 16 pls.
EXIGENMANN, Cart H.
1892. The fishes of San Diego, California. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15,
pp. 123-178, 9 pls.
EIGENMANN, CARL H., and EIGENMANN, Rosa SMITH.
188$a. On the phosphorescent spots of Porichthys margaritatus. West Amer.
Sci. vol. 6, pp. 32-84.
1889b. The fishes of Cortez Banks. West Amer. Sci., vol. 6, pp. 123-132,
147-148.
EVERMANN, BARTON WARREN, 20d GoLDSBOROUGH, EDMUND LEE.
1907. The fishes of Alaska. Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fish., vol. 26 (1906), pp. 219-
860, 144 figs., 29 pls.
492

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 493

EXVERMANN, BARTON WARREN, and JENKINS, OLIVER PEEBLES.

1891. Report upon a collection of fishes made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico,
with descriptions of new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 14,
pp. 121-165, 2 pls.

EVERMANN, BARTON WARREN, and LATIMER, HOMER BAKER.

1910. On a collection of fishes from the Olympic Peninsula, together with
notes on other west coast species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
vol. 23, pp. 131-139.

EVERMANN, BARTON WARREN, and RADCLIFFE, LEWISs.
*1917. The fishes of the west coast of Peru and the Titicaca Basin. U. 8.
Nat. Mus. Bull. 95, 166 pp., 14 pls.
FRASER, CHARLES MCLEAN.
1921. Association, commensalism and parasitism among marine animals in
the Strait of Georgia. Can. Field Nat., vol. 35, pp. 48-50.
Fow Ler, Henry WEED.
1916. Notes on some fishes from Chili. Copeia, no. 34, pp. 64-65.
Gay, CLAUDIO.
*1848. Historica fisica y politica de Chile, vol. 2, 372 pp., lus. Paris.
GILBERT, CHARLES HENRY, and STARKS, EDWIN CHAPIN.
*1904. The fishes of Panama Bay. Mem. California Acad. Sci., vol. 4, 304
pp., 33 pls.
GiraRD, CHARLES FREDERIC.

*1855a. Enumeration of the species of marine fishes, collected at San Fran-
cisco, California, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, naturalist attached to
the survey of the Pacific R. R. route, under Lieut. A. W. Whipple.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 7 (1854-55), pp. 141-142.

1855b. Observation upon a collection of fishes made on the Pacific coast
of the United States, by Lieut. W. P. Trowbridge, U. S. A., for the
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. IJbid., pp. 142-156.

*1858. Fishes. U. S. Pacific R. R. Expl. and Surv., vol. 10, pt. 4, xiv-+400

pp., 21 pls.

#1859. Report upon fishes collected on the Survey. U. 8. Pacific R. R. Expl.

and Surv., vol. 10, pt. 6, pp. 47-59, 14 pls.
Goopr, GroRGE Brown, and Bean, TARLETON HOFFMAN.
1882. A list of the species of fishes recorded as occurring in the Gulf of
Mexico. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp. 284-240.
GREENE, CHARLES WILSON.
#1899. The phosphorescent organs in the toadfish, Porichthys notatus Girard.
Journ. Morph., vol. 15, pp. 667-696, 3 pls.
GRrENE, CHARLES WILSON, and GREENE, HArotp H.
1924. Phosphorescence of Porichthys notatus, the California singing fish.
Amer. Journ. Physiol., vol. 70, pp. 500-506, 1 fig.
GUNTHER, ALBERT.
#1861. Catalogue of the acanthopterygian fishes in the collection of the Brit-
ish Museum, vol. 3, xxv-+586 pp.
HALKETT, ANDREW.
1913. Check-list of the fishes of the Dominion of Canada and Newfound-
land, 138 pp., 14 pls. Ottawa.
Hover, CHARLES FREDERICK, and JorDAN, DAvID STARR.
1909. Fish stories, viii+336 pp., illus. New York.
Huses, CARL LEAVITT.
*1920. The bionomics of Porichthys notatus Girard. Amer. Nat., vol. 54,
pp. 380-384.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOU, 86

JENYNS, LEONARD.
1842. Fish. In “The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Beagle,” pt. 4,
xv-+172 pp., 29 pls. London.
JORDAN, DAVID STARR.
*18849. Notes on American fishes preserved in the museums at Berlin, Lon-
don, Paris and Copenhagen. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1883, pp. 281-293.
*1884b. Note on Aeclurichthys eydourii and Porichthys porosissimus. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, pp. 40-41.
1885a. A list of fishes known from the Pacific coast of tropical America,
from the Tropic of Cancer to Panama. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol.
8, pp. 861-394.
1885b. A catalogue of the fishes known to inhabit the waters of North
America, north of the Tropie of Cancer, with notes on the species
discovered in 1883 and 1884. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries,
pt. 13, pp. 789-973, 1887. [Separate, pp. 1-185, 1885.]
1886. Notes on some fishes collected at Pensacola by Mr. Silas Stearns, with
descriptions of one new species (Chaetodon aya). Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 9, pp. 225-229.
1905. Guide to the study of fishes, vol. 1, xxvi+624 pp., col. frontisp., 893
figs.; vol. 2, xxii+599 pp., col. frontisp., 506 figs. New York.
*1919. New genera of fishes. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 70, pp.
341-344.
JORDAN, DAvip STarR, and BoLtMAN, CHARLES HARVEY.
*1890. Descriptions of new species of fishes collected at the Galapagos Islands
and along the coast of the United States of Colombia, 1887-’88.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 12, pp. 149-183.
JORDAN, DAvip Starr, and EvVERMANN, BARTON WARREN.
*1898. The fishes of North and Middle America. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 47, pt.
3, xxiv-+2183a-3136 pp.
1900. The fishes of North and Middle America. Ibid., pt. 4, ci-+3137-3313 pp.,
392 pls.
JORDAN, DAvip Starr, and GILBERT, CHARLES HENRY.
1880. Notes on a collection of fishes from San Diego, California. Proc. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., vol. 3, pp. 23-24.
188la. List of the fishes of the Pacific coast of the United States, with a
table showing the distribution of the species. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 3, pp. 452-458.
1881b. Notes on the fishes of the Pacific coast of the United States. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 4, pp. 29-70.
1882a. List of fishes collected by Lieut. Henry E. Nichols, U. S. N., in the
Gulf of California, and on the west coast of Lower California, with
descriptions of four new species. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 4, pp.
273-279.
*1882b. Notes on fishes observed about Pensacola, Florida and Galveston,
Texas, with description of new species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5,
pp. 241-307.
1882e. Catalogue of the fishes collected by Mr. John Xantus at Cape San
Lucas, which are now in the United States National Museum, with
descriptions of eight new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp.
353-371.
*1883a. Synopsis of the fishes of North America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 16,
lvi+1018 pp.

REVISION OF PORICHTHYS—HUBBS AND SCHULTZ 495

JorDAN, Davip STARR, and GILBERT, CHARLES Henry—Continued.
1883b. Notes on a collection of fishes from Charleston, South Carolina, with
descriptions of three new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp.
580-620.
1883c. List of fishes now in the Museum of Yale College, collected by Prof.
Frank H. Bradley, at Panama, with descriptions of three new
species. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp. 620-632.
JorpAN Davin Srarr, and Jouy, Pierre Louis.
1881. Check-list of duplicates of fishes from the Pacific coast of North Amer-
ica, distributed by the Smithsonian Institution in behalf of the
United States National Museum, 1881. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 4,
pp. 1-18.
JORDAN, DAvip STARR, and STarKS, Epwin CHAPIN.
*1895. The fishes of Puget Sound. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 5,
pp. 785-855, 29 pls.
JORDAN, Davip STARR, and SWAIN, JOSEPH.
1885. Deseription of three new species of fishes (Prionotus stearnsi, Prio-
notus ophryas, and Anthias vivanus) collected at Pensacola, Florida,
by Mr. Silas Stearns. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, pp. 541-545.
Kermoon, FRANCIS.
1809. Provincial Museum of Natural History and Ethnology, Victoria, British
Columbia, 92 pp. 45 pls. (Fishes, pp. 75-92.)
KINCAID, TREVOR.
1919. An annotated list of Puget Sound fishes, 51 pp., 114 figs. State of
Washington Department of Fisheries.
Kner, RubOoLF.
*1865. Fische. In “Reise der 6sterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde
in den Jahren 1857-1859,” Zool. Thiel, Abth. 1-3, 483 pp., 16 pls.
KuMADA, Tosto; H1yaMA, Yosio; et al.
1937. Marine fishes of the Pacific coast of Mexico, 75 pp., 102 pls. Nissan
Fisheries Institute, Odawara, Japan.
MEEK, SetH EUGENE, and Hatt, EpwaArp A.
*1835. A review of the American genera and species of Batrachidae. Proc
Aead. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1885, pp. 52-62.
Meex, SETH EUGENE, and HILDEBRAND, SAMUEL FREDERICK.
1928. The marine fishes of Panama. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., zool. ser.,
vol. 15, pt. 3, pp. 709-1045, 31 pls.
Merz, CHARLES WILSON.
1912. The fishes of Laguna Beach, California, I. 1st Ann. Rep. Laguna Mar.
Lab. (Pomona College), pp. 19-66, 31 figs., 5 pls.
OsBURN, RAYMOND CARROLL, and NICHOLS, JOHN TREADWELL.
191G. Shore fishes collected by the Albatross expedition in Lower California,
with descriptions of new species. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
35, pp. 189-181, 15 figs.
PERUGIA, ALBERTO.
1891. Appunti sopra alcuni pesci sud-americani conservati nel Museo Civico
di Storia Naturale di Genova. Ann. Mus. Civ. Storia Nat. Genova,
ser. 2, vol. 10, pp. 605-657, fig.
PRINCE, EDWARD ERNEST.
1910. Discussion. [To paper by Theodore Gill, “A Plea for Observation of
the Habits of Fishes and Against Undue Generalization.”] Bull.
U. S. Bur, Fisheries, vol. 28, pt. 2 (1908), pp. 1068-1069.

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

REED, EDWYN CARLOS.
1897. Catélogo de los peces Chilenos. Anal. Univ. Chile, vol. 98, pp. 653-673.
REGAN, CHARLES TATE.
1914. Fishes. In “British Antarctic Terra Nova Expedition, 1910,” Zool.,
vol. 1, no. 1, 54 pp., 8 figs., 13 pls.
RIBEIRO, ALIPIO DE MIRANDA.
1915. Porichthyidae [separately paged portion of Fauna Brasiliense—Peixes
V (Eleutherobranchios asperiphoros) Physoclisti]. Arch. Mus. Nac.
Rio de Janeiro, vol. 17, pp. 1-4.
RICHARDSON, JOHN.
*1844. Ichthyology. In “The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur,”
pp. 51-150, 80 pls. London.
ScHuLtTz, LEONARD PETER.
1936. Keys to the fishes of Washington, Oregon and closely adjoining re-
gions. Univ. Washington Publ. Zool., vol. 2, pp. 103-228, 46 figs.
SCHULTz, LEONARD PETER, and DELACY, ALLAN CLARK.
1936. Fishes of the Pacific Northwest. A catalogue of the fishes of Wash-
ington and Oregon, with distributional records and a bibliography.
Mid-Pac. Mag., vol. 49, pp. 127-142.
SrarKs, EDWIN CHAPIN, and MANN, WILLIAM M.
1911. New and rare fishes from southern California. Univ. California Publ.
Zool., vol. 8, pp. 9-19, 2 figs.
SrarkKs, Epw1n CHAPIN, and Morris, EARL LEONARD,
1907. The marine fishes of southern California. Univ. California Publ.
Zool., vol. 3, pp. 159-251, 1 pl.
STEINDACHNER, FRANZ.
1898. Die Fische der Sammlung Plate. Zool. Jahrb. (Suppl.), vol. 4, pp.
281-338, 7 pls.
SUCKLEY, GEORGE.
1860. Report upon the fishes collected on the Survey. U.S. Pacific R. R.
Expl. and Surv. (Stevens), vol. 12, book 2, no. 5, pp. 308-868, 21 pls.
Test, FREDERICK CLEVELAND.
1889. New phosphorescent organs in Porichthys. Bull Essex Inst., vol. 21,
pp. 48-52, 1 fig., 1 pl.
THOMPSON, WILLIAM FRANCIS.
1916. Fishes collected by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer
Albatross during 1888, between Montevideo, Uruguay, and Tome,
Chile, on the voyage through the Straits of Magellan. Proc. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., vol. 50, pp. 401-476, 5 pls.
Yarrow, Harry Crécy, and HENSHAW, HENRY WETHERBED.
1878. List of marine fishes collected on the coast of California, near Santa
Barbara in 1875, with notes. Ann Rep. U. S. Geogr. Surv. West
100th Merid., 1878, pp. 201-205.

©. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1938

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued WY

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3061

A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES FROM THE ALEUTIAN
ISLANDS

By Austin H. Cuark

Durine the summer of 1937, Dr. Victor B. Scheffer, of the United
States Bureau of Biological Survey, made an unusually extensive col-
lection of shallow-water echinoderms in the Aleutian Islands.
Among the starfishes included were two very smal] 6-rayed individ-
uals, one from Attu and the other from Amchitka, that at first, sight
appeared to represent a species of Pteraster. Closer examination re-
vealed the fact that they are assignable to the Ganeriidae, although
they are quite different from any of the other forms included in that
family.

The family Ganeriidae includes the genera Ganeria, Lebrunaster,
Radiaster, Scotiaster, Cycethra, Kampylaster, and Leilaster. Of
these six genera two, Radiaster and Leilaster, are known only from
the West Indies in water of from slight to great depth; all the others
live in the Antarctic or immediately adjacent regions. It is especi-
ally interesting, therefore, to find a member of this family in the
North Pacific.

ALEUTIASTER, new genus

Diagnosis —A genus of Ganeriidae in which the superomarginals
are absent; the inferomarginals, which are but little larger than the
plates of the abactinal surface, are decumbent outwardly and broadly
imbricating; and the actinal plates consist of a single row not quite
reaching the arm tips, with a second irregular row traceable to about
the middle of the arm; hexamerous.

126513—39 497

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83

Genotype—Aleutiaster schefferi, new species.

Habitat—Aleutian Islands; 1-7 fathoms.

Remarks.—At first I regarded Aleutiaster as most closely related
to Perknaster, later deciding that its affinities were rather with
Cycethra. I have never been able to examine a specimen of any
species of Perknaster, which I know only from descriptions and
figures.

Prof. Walter K. Fisher, who examined the two specimens of A/evti-
aster schefferi, writes that he is of the opinion that A/eufzaster is a
little nearer to Perknaster than to Cycethra—or possibly the three
genera may be placed at the three apices of a triangle.

Both the specimens of the type species of Aleutiaster are very small
and possibly immature, but their characters are so distinctive that
even if the adults should prove to be much larger they will be readily
recognizable.

ALHUTIASTER SCHEFFERI, new species

PLATE 57, FIGURES 14

Description.—A very small species with six short arms, perhaps
better described as hexagonal with obtuse reentrant angles. The
abactinal surface is elevated, having a somewhat inflated appearance,
and the abactinal side passes over in a broad curve to the flat actinal
surface. The entire animal is covered with a thick skin, which com-
pletely conceals the underlying plates. The spines are enclosed in
skin sacks, and the adambulacral spine combs are webbed. The re-
semblance at first glance to a small Pteraster is striking. R=5 mm.;
r=3.5 mm. R=about 14 r. Height at center, 3.5 mm. (=r).

The plates on the abactinal surface are very thin, scalelike, glassy,
and very strongly imbricating. Those in the center are circular to
broadly 4- or 5-lobed, or more or less elongate; those on the
arms are broadly and roundedly wedge-shaped. Each plate has an
abruptly thickened and roundedly elevated opaque portion that
stands high up from the glassy scalelike base. This elevated por-
tion is central on some of the plates on the disk, but on the plates on
the arms it involves the adcentral half, or rather less; on these
plates it is somewhat elongate transversely and commonly has a
slightly concave thickened adcentral border. Interradially as the
abactinal passes into the actinal surface the plates become elongate-
triangular with the swollen narrow base away from the mouth. In
the central portion of the abactinal surface the plates are somewhat
irregular in arrangement, but on the arms they become arranged in
diagonal lines. The greater portion of each plate is concealed be-
neath the plate following, so that the abactinal surface seems to be
covered by the thickened and elevated portions of the plates, slightly

U. S. NATIONAL M
USEUM PROCEEDINGS VOLE. soe PEATE o7

NEw GENUS AND SPECIES.
(2)

ALEUTIASTER SCHEFFERI,
bactinal (1) and actinal
1 (3) and actinal (4) sides.

1, 2. The type specimen from Attu, a sides. 5:
3, 4. The specimen from Amchitka, abactina

has been denuded to show the plates.

5. One ray

A NEW GENUS OF STARFISHES—CLARK 499

separated from each other, all standing on a uniform filmy calcare-
ous body investment. In the center of the abactinal surface the imbri-
cation of the plates is more or less outward, but this soon changes
so that the plates on the upper surface of the arms imbricate toward
the center of the animal, those on the sides of the arms becoming
somewhat oblique and those adjoining the marginals imbricating at
right angles to them, toward the midline of the arms. In each in-
terradius, about midway between the center of the disk and the
interradial angle, there is a single large circular plate with a central
elevated boss, which, except for the boss, is entirely concealed by
the overlapping of the surrounding plates.

The elevated portion of each plate bears 1 to 10, usually 4 to 6,
short spinelets situated irregularly about its summit, leaving a more
or less conspicuous central area bare. These spinelets may or may
not be in contact basally. They are cylindrical with roughened or
denticulate tips and are short and rather stout, three or four times
as long as thick. The groups of spinelets are well separated from
one another. In the actinal interradial areas the groups of spinelets
tend to become elongated and to be arranged in irregular rows.

There is no madreporic body, and superomarginals are absent.

A series of 13 inferomarginals runs from the interradial angle to
the arm tip. These are triangular, with the apex of the triangle
toward the arm base and the outer portion, which broadly overlaps
the base of the inferomarginal succeeding, much swollen. Only the
swollen outer portion is visible, so that the inferomarginals appear
as much swollen, broadly rounded plates about twice as high as long.
They are somewhat larger than the plates just above them and are
distinguished particularly by their radial, instead of transverse,
imbrication. They bear 5 to 8 spinelets in a double row.

Between the inferomarginals and the adambulacral plates, and
connecting the two series, is a series of very small actinal interme-
diate plates that runs to the arm tip. The basal four or five of these
plates carry a single spine; the others are without spines. As far
as the eighth adambulacral plate a row of very minute plates alter-
nates with these at their inner ends. Opposite the proximal six
adambulacral plates the actinal intermediate plates become larger,
and in the interradial angles between these and the inferomarginals
there are about half a dozen small irregularly arranged additional
plates.

There are 18 fully developed adambulacral plates along each side
of the ambulacral groove. These are about three times as broad as
long, project well above the general surface, and are separated from
one another by their own width or more.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

On the first four to six adambulacral plates there is a pair of
spines of about the same size, one proximal] and one distal, next the
furrow. At right angles to these, and to the furrow, are at first
two, then three, slightly smaller spines forming a comb. Beyond the
fourth to sixth adambulacral plate the distal spine of the pair next
the furrow moves downward and inward toward the furrow to a
position in line with the other spines, so that a comb of five echinate
spines is formed of which the innermost, at the edge of the am-
bulacral groove, is slightly longer and stouter than the others, and
the outermost is slenderer.

The mouth plates are large and triangular. The outer ends, ad-
joining the adambulacrals, make an angle of about 45° with their
inner opposed borders, and the length is about three times the great-
est width. The pair of mouth plates dips downward toward the
mouth, the inner surface rising toward the tip and toward the outer
borders. Each plate bears on its long outer side four cylindrical
spines resembling those on the adjacent adambulacrals, with a larger
and more tapered spine at the inner angle and a smaller one on the
inner portion of the distal border.

The tube feet are in two rows.

Localities —Attu, Aleutian Islands; 2-7 fathoms; sandy bottom;
Victor B. Scheffer, June 10, 1937 (type, U.S.N.M. no. E. 5600; origi-
nal no. 44). (Pl. 57, figs. 1, 2.)

Amchitka, Aleutian Islands, 1-5 fathoms; Victor B. Scheffer, July
19, 1937 (1, U.S.N.M. no. E. 5601; original no. 9). (PI. 57, figs. 3, 4.)

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

a —
Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3062

ELEVEN NEW SPECIES AND THREE NEW GENERA OF
OCEANIC FISHES COLLECTED BY THE INTERNATIONAL
FISHERIES COMMISSION FROM THE NORTHEASTERN
PACIFIC

By Wiisert McLrop CuapMan

Durine the past 10 years the International Fisheries Commission
has conducted extensive macroplankton work in the northeastern
Pacific Ocean in their investigation of the early life history of the hali-
but. Incidental to the taking of eggs and young stages of halibut a
wealth of other ichthyological material has been amassed, consisting
of eggs, young stages, and adult specimens of a great many species
of fishes. The present report is a study of the pelagic and bathy-
pelagic fishes in the collection that are new to science.

I am indebted to Dr. W. F. Thompson, director of investigations,
International Fisheries Commission, and director of the School of
Fisheries, University of Washington, for permission to work on these
fishes. Dr. L. P. Schultz, of the United States National Museum,
gave much helpful advice. The work was done in the laboratories
of the International Fisheries Commission and the School of Fisheries,
University of Washington, while I was a student at the latter institu-
tion. Appreciation is expressed for the use of facilities of the two
institutions. Tables giving the individual measurements and counts
for each specimen reported upon are to be found in doctorate thesis
no. 317884 in the University of Washington Library, Seattle, Wash.
The holotypes and some of the paratypes of the new species are
deposited in the United States National Museum. The other speci-
mens are in the collection of the International Fisheries Commission,
Seattle.

501
130052—39——1

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86
LOCATION OF STATIONS

In the years 1926 to 1934, 2,246 net hauls were made at 1,161
stations in the northeastern Pacific by the International Fisheries
Commission (hereafter referred to as the IFC). The area covered
extends from off Cape Flattery, Wash., to the Sanak Islands, Alaska.
It includes the coast of British Columbia and Alaska to the entrance
of Bering Sea and extends throughout the Gulf of Alaska north of
latitude 54° N.

Since the work was done to capture eggs and larvae of halibut, it
covered principally only that time of year when they were to be ex-
pected in the plankton, that is, from January 1 to July 28. No
stations were worked at any other time of the year. In the period
January through March, stations were worked in 1928, 1929, 1930,
1932, 1933, and 1934. During this season the area around the
Queen Charlotte Islands, especially in the vicinity of the Whaleback,
Cape St. James, and the entrance to Hecate Strait was very well
covered, as was also the northern part of the Gulf of Alaska from
Yakutat to Cape Chiniak on Kodiak Island. No stations were
worked west of that point. Stations were also worked farther out
in the Gulf of Alaska, and a few off Cape Flattery, Wash. From
April 1 to May 21, stations were worked in 1929, 1930, 1931, and
1932. The area around the Queen Charlotte Islands was again well
covered. Many stations were worked across the Gulf of Alaska
between latitudes 54° N. and 58° N. A few in the vicinity of Yakutat
were the only ones worked in the northern part of the Gulf during
this period. The area from Cape Chiniak to the Shumagin Islands
was well covered. No stations were worked south of Queen Charlotte
Sound. In the third period, between May 22 and June 27, stations
were worked in 1931 and 1932. During this season no net stations
were worked in the vicinity of the Queen Charlotte Islands or south-
ward. Several lines of stations were run across the middle of the
Gulf of Alaska to Kodiak Island. Another series was taken to the
southwest of Kodiak Island, between it and the Alaskan Peninsula.
A number of stations made in 1931, in the latter part of June and in
July, were worked between Kodiak Island and the Sanak Islands.

The “standard” stations were made as follows: Three 1-meter nets
were put on the wire at intervals of 300 meters. The wire was then
played out until the bottom net was 900 meters from the boat. After
being towed at slow speed for 20 minutes, 100 meters of wire were
brought in. After another interval of 20 minutes the nets were
raised another 100 meters. When the nets had been towed at these
depths for another 20 minutes they were hauled to the surface. Their
contents were removed and immediately preserved in 4 percent
formalin. Thus the “A’”’ nets were towed for 20 minutes at each of

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—-CHAPMAN 503

100, 200, and 300 meters; the ““B” nets at 400, 500, and 600 meters:
and the ‘“‘C”’ nets at 700, 800, and 900 meters. Collections at 344 of
the stations were of this type. At times other nets were added below
when the depth of the water permitted. At other times, when the
boat was over shallower water, the bottom net, and sometimes also
the ““B” nets, were omitted. When towing over shallow water, the
depth intervals of the nets were often altered to conform with the con-
tour of the bottom. The time that they were towed at each depth
was then nearly always one hour. Some vertical hauls were also
made both with the regular open nets and with closing nets. This
type of haul yielded very few fish.

All the “standard” hauls were made with 1-meter nets of the same
type. These were nets, 1 meter in diameter at the mouth, made of
silk 24 meshes to the inch in the cone and 14 to the inch in the cylinder.
This type of net was used as the standard for the winter work because
of the ease with which it could be handled in stormy weather and its
relative efficiency. In smooth weather hauls were sometimes made
with nets 2 meters in diameter at the mouth made of silk grit gauze,
and Petersen Young fish trawls constructed out of quarter-inch mesh
cotton netting. These latter were sometimes hauled at depths as
great as 1,500 meters and caught many deep-sea fishes. Another
type of net, the Danish trawl, was used extensively in 1931. It was
a cone of “stramin” cloth hung on a hoop about 7 feet in diameter.
It also yielded many fish.

DEPTH OF CAPTURE

Because of the fact that the hauls were made with open nets, it is
not possible to determine accurately the depth at which any individual
specimen was captured, for presumably the nets fished both on the
way down and up. The bottom nets, therefore, had an opportunity
to catch fish in the surface and intermediate levels as well as at the
depths they were supposed to fish. This would not have been the
case had closing nets worked satisfactorily. Unfortunately, the clos-
ing nets were unsuccessful as captors of adult fish. Furthermore,
although a heavy weight was attached to the end of the wire, it did
not hang straight down in the water. The IFC has used 85 percent of
the length of wire out as an approximation of the depth at which the
net was fishing. An effort was made to keep the cable at a constant —
angle, but in the stormy weather and strong tidal currents prevalent
at times in the area covered it was impossible always to do so. It
turned out, however, that an approximation could be made of the ver-
tical distribution of several species because, although an individual
would perhaps be caught during the short period of raising or lowering,
it was safe to assume that numbers were taken only during the actual

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

horizontal haul. Some species were taken only in the ‘‘C” nets or in
only the ‘“‘C” and ‘‘B” nets, while others were captured only by “A”
nets or ‘‘B” and ‘‘A” nets. The approximate vertical distribution of
each species is discussed in the ‘‘Systematic Account.”

It is interesting to note that many of the species are limited in their
distribution to the open ocean where the water is 100 fathoms or more
deep, even though they may be taken in the upper layers. Off the
west coast of the Queen Charlotte Islands, especially in the vicinity of
Cape St. James and the outer part of Queen Charlotte Sound, the
bottom shelves off rapidly until only a few miles from shore it is over
1,500 fathoms deep. It was in this area that many of the most inter-
esting fish were taken. This peculiarity of distribution cannot be
attributed to the manner in which the hauls were distributed because
as many or more stations were made over shallow water as were taken
over deep water. Nevertheless, fish that were taken frequently in
the shallow nets over deep water were never taken in nets hauled at
the same levels over shallow water. They, therefore, must occupy
normally a typically pelagic or bathypelagic habitat. This is dis-
cussed under each species in the text.

A complete description of each of the stations worked can be found
in Report No. 9 of the International Fisheries Commission (‘Thompson
and Van Cleve, 1936, table 16, pp. 134-160).

DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED

In the descriptions of the luminescent organs of the Iniomi the
terminology adopted by Parr (1928, pp. 50 and 51, fig. 6) has been
used. The term ‘‘photophore” designates those circular or ovoid
luminescent organs that appear in the regular series on the body, or
the similar organs on the head in distinction to the other type of
luminous organ, the so-called luminous scales and plates. The
regular series of photophores on the body are defined as follows:

PLO=Suprapectoral organ, macula suprapectoralis, found usually between
the base of the pectoral fin and the lateral line.

PVO=Subpectoral organs, maculae subpectoralis, between the base of the
pectoral fin and the PO series.

PO=Thoracie organs, maculae pectoralis, along the ventral line between
the isthmus and the base of the ventral.

VLO=Supraventral organ, macula supraventralis, between the base of the
ventral fin and the lateral line.

VO= Ventral organs, maculae ventralis, between the base of the ventral
fin and the first rays of the anal fin, on the ventral line.

SAO=Supra-anal organs, maculae supraanalis, between the anus and the
lateral line.

AO=<Anal organs, maculae analis, along the base of the anal fin, often
divided by a distinct gap into two series, the antero-AO=antero-
anal organs, maculae analis anteriores, and postero-AO=postero-
anal organs, maculae analis posteriores.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 505

POL= Posterolateral organ(s), macula(e) posterolateralis, between the
lateral line and the gap between the two series of AO.

PRC=Praecaudal organs, maculae praecaudalis, along the base of the
lower lobe of the caudal fin and along the posteroventral surface
of the caudal peduncle.

The series of luminous scales along the dorsal and ventral side of the
caudal peduncle in some of the fishes are called respectively the
supracaudal and infracaudal series.

In treating the stomiatoid fishes the luminescent organs of the
lateral, ventral, and caudal series have been described (after Parr,
1927, p. 23, fig. 19) as follows:

The upper, or lateral, series is divided into—
O-V=Photophores present between the gill opening and a perpendicular
from the base of the ventral fin.

V—A= Photophores between the perpendicular from the base of the ventral
and the beginning of the single caudal series (A—C).

The lower, or ventral, series is divided into—

I—P= Photophores anterior to the base of the pectoral fin.
P-—V=Photophores between the bases of the pectoral and ventral fins.
V—A= Photophores from below the base of the ventral to the beginning of

the single caudal series (the A—C).

The ‘‘ength” in the descriptions is, unless specifically stated other-
wise, the straight line from the tip of the snout to the bases of the
middle rays of the caudal fins, the “length without caudal.”

The “proportions of length” in the descriptions are the result of
dividing the particular measurement of the body into the length
without caudal.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT
Order ISOSPONDYLI: Suborder SALMONOIDEI

Family BATH YLAGIDAE
Genus BATHYLAGUS Giinther, 1878

BATHYLAGUS ALASCANUS, new species

Ficure 58

Types.—The holotype, a specimen 83 mm long without caudal
taken at station 444C, June 13, 1931, latitude 58°25’ N., longitude
146°04’ W., U.S.N.M. no. 108148, and 35 paratypes ranging from 27
to 81 mm in length without caudal taken at the following stations’:
4B; 6C; 12B; 21C; 184B; 189B; 218C; 234B; 236B; 256B; 258C;
267B; 290C; 293C; 303C; 324C; 326C; 336C; 338B; 384C; 391D;
407B; 447D.T.; 450C; 455D.T.; 456C; 457D.T.; 493D.T.; 495D.T.;
622C; 636C; 639C; 764B; 1116B.

1 For data on stations listed in this paper see Report No. 9, International Fisheries Commission (Thomp-
son and Van Cleve, 1936, table 16, pp. 134-160).

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

The paratypes in the United States National Museum bear the
numbers 108151—108156.

Description —(The proportions and counts of the holotype are
given, followed by the ranges and averages of the paratypes in
parentheses.) Dorsal rays 8 (7 to 9; 7.7); anal rays 24 (23 to 27;
24.3); caudal rays 51 (46 to 56; 50.8); pectoral rays 14 (13 to 14; 13.9);
scales in lateral series 25 (23 to 27; 24.6). Proportions of the length
without caudal: Length of head 3.4 (3.2 to 4.0; 3.59); snout to dorsal
1.8 (1.8 to 2.3; 2.01); snout to adipose 1.2 (1.1 to 1.3; 1.20); snout to
pelvics 2.0 (1.9 to 2.4; 2.0); snout to anal 1.4 (1.3 to 1.6; 1.55); greatest
depth 4.4 (4.2 to 6.2; 5.46); origin of dorsal to base of caudal 2.0
(1.6 to 2.1; 1.90); origin of anal to base of caudal 3.1 (2.5 to 3.1; 2.82);
dorsal to adipose 2.9 (2.5 to 3.1; 2.82). Proportions of the length of
head: Diameter of eye 2.6 (2.2 to 2.8; 2.59); length of upper jaw 6.2

S.N.

FIGURE 58.—Bathylagus alascanus, new species: Holotype (U.S
station 444C.

M. no. 108148), 83 mm long, from

(3.2 to 6.7; 4.43); depth of caudal peduncle 4.4 (3.2 to 5.0; 4.16);
interorbital space 3.7 (3.1 to 6.5; 4.34). Some of the proportions
shown above vary considerably. Part of this variation is due to the
changing of the body proportions during growth. The small number
of specimens does not permit a statement of the degree of this change.
Some part of this variation is due also to difficulties in measuring the
soft small specimens accurately.

The body is completely clothed with large caducous scales. The
eyes are large and circular, projecting slightly into the dorsal outline.
The interorbital space is decidedly concave. The snout is short.
The mouth is small. The maxillary reaches nearly to a vertical from
the anterior edge of the lens of the eye. The teeth on the dentaries
are small and sharp, in a single closely packed row. There are four
moderately large teeth on the head of the vomer, and none on the
shank or on the palatines, premaxillaries, maxillaries, or tongue.
The lower jaw projects slightly. The origin of the dorsal fin is, in most
specimens, a little ahead of the middle of the body. The adipose
originates over the sixteenth or seventeenth ray of the anal, with the
distal portion extending over the second or third caudal ray. The

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 507

free lobe is proportionately large. The pectorals are inserted low
and have broad and nearly vertical bases. The rays reach a vertical
from the ventral when depressed. The ventrals are inserted under
the third or fourth ray of the dorsal. The caudal rays extend ante-
riorly along the caudal peduncle until there is only a slight space left
between them and the adipose above and the anal below.

Remarks.—The only species in the genus with which this form could
be confused is Bathylagus milleri Jordan and Gilbert (Jordan and
Evermann, 1896-1900, p. 2825). In the original description of
that species, based on a single badly mutilated specimen, the dorsal
rays are given as 8 and the anal rays as 24, both of which are within
the range of B. alascanus. However, it was stated that the origin
of the dorsal is nearer the base of the caudal than the tip of the snout.
Out of 28 specimens of B. alascanus 18 specimens have the origin of the
dorsal nearer the tip of the snout than the base of the caudal, 6 have it
equidistant between them, and 4 have the origin of the dorsal closer
to the base of the caudal. It is also stated that in B. milleri “the
interorbital space is converted into a very deep channel by two verti-
cal thin lamellae which arise on either side and mark off the narrow
interorbital space from the contiguous supraocular areas.” In B.
alascanus the interorbital is only moderately concave. In fact, in the
smaller specimens, such as that from station 1116B, the mterorbital
space is flat, sloping forward. The concavity of the large specimens
is caused by the expansion dorsally of the large eyes. In B. miller
the occipital region is swollen and prominent, much higher than the
interorbital space. In B. alascanus the occiput is normal, and slopes
gradually to the interorbital space. In view of these differences, the
sketchy description of B. milleri, the badly mutilated condition of the
type specimen of that species, and the striking differences of B. alas-
canus from the other species in the genus, it is described as new.

The locations of the stations at which this form was taken show a
range for B. alascanus extending from off Cape St. James (southern
tip of Queen Charlotte Islands) throughout the Gulf of Alaska to
south of the Shumagin Islands. All the specimens except three were
taken outside the 100-fathom line. These three, at stations 218C,
338B, and 407B, were taken on the edge of the 100-fathom line.
None of the specimens taken in the standard hauls was taken in the
“A” nets, 12 were taken in “B” nets, 17 were caught in the “C”
nets. Only one specimen (from station 391D) was taken in a surface
net. These data would indicate a bathypelagic habitat, outside the
edge of the continental shelf, as normal for this species.

Named in reference to its habitat, the Gulf of Alaska.

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

MACROPINNIDABE, new family

Diagnosis.—Stomiatoid fishes with an adipose fin. The ventral
fins are abdominal, situated on the side of the body above the ventral
outline, and with very elongate rays, reaching to, or beyond, the base
of the caudal. The anal fin is normal as long as or longer than the
dorsal, and well separated from the caudal fin. The anus opens some-
what ahead of the origin of the anal. The ventral surface is normally
rounded. ‘There is no flat ventral “sole,” with an anterior projection
below the head. The eyes are cylindrical, pointing directly upward.
They are covered with dense black pigment laterally and anteriorly so
that vision can be only vertical. The maxillaries are present, broadly
expanded posteriorly. The gape is minute. The opercle is small
and ovoid, with its longest diameter only a little more than its short-
est. It doesnot project below the level of the pectoral base. The sub-
opercle is only a little smaller than the opercle and is of the same
general shape. The body is short and stubby; the head is large.
There are no luminous spots on the body or head. There is no men-
tal barbel.

This family of peculiar fishes appears to be somewhat related to the
Opisthoproctidae, which are found in the eastern Atlantic (Vaillant,
1888; Zugmeyer, 191la and b; and Roule and Angel, 1933); the western
Atlantic (Gregory, 1933); and the western Pacific in the South China
Sea (Trewavas, 1933). No fish remotely resembling the present
species has been described from the eastern Pacific. From the
Opisthoproctidae they differ strikingly in the presence of a maxillary
(absent in the Opisthoproctidae), which is broadly expanded poste-
riorly; by the perfectly normal anal fin, which is larger than the dorsal,
and the normally placed anus (in the Opisthoproctidae the anus opens
posteriorly near the base of the caudal fin; the anal fin is normally
atrophied, and is either very small and only slightly separated from
the caudal or is so closely appressed to the latter that it appears to be
absent); by the differences in the size and shape of the opercle and
subopercle (the Opisthoproctidae have the opercle long and narrow;
the subopercle is very small and is almost hidden by the preopercle) ;
by the lack of a ventral ‘“‘sole’’ (this peculiar structure, characteristic
of the Opisthoproctidae, consists of a flattened ventral surface which
projects more or less beyond the normal outline under the head and is
supported by the anterior arm of the cleithrum); by the position and
extreme length of the ventral and pectoral fins (in the Opisthoproctidae
the ventral fins project into the ventral outline and are of normal
length); and by numerous other peculiarities (see Trewavas, 1933).
The Macropinnidae, however, resemble the Opisthoproctidae in the
small gape, the general shape of the body, the presence of an adipose
fin, and the dorsally directed eyes.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 509

MACROPINNA, new genus

Genotype.—Macropinna microstoma, new species.
The characters of the genus are those of the species.

MACROPINNA MICROSTOMA, new species

Figure 59

Types.—The holotype, a specimen 39.5 mm long from station 621C,
collected March 28, 1932, latitude 53°50’ N., longitude 134°20’ W.,
U.S. N. M. no. 108143, and 27 paratypes from the following stations:
7B; 25C; 122A; 132A; 132B; 192; 207A; 245C; 260C; 268B; 293B;
334C; 339A; 396A; 407C; 410A; 412A; 434A; 491D.T.; 546D.T.;
593B; 621C; 626B; 627B; 817A; 953C; 1017C; 1113A.

Those paratypes in the United States National Museum bear num-
bers 108177-108185.

Description.—Twenty-eight specimens of this species are in the
IFC collection, ranging in length without caudal from 6.5 to 39.5 mm.
The specimen from station 621C is taken as the holotype, with the
other 27 as paratypes. Its counts and bodily proportions follow:
Dorsal ray 11; anal rays 14; caudal rays 40; pectoral rays 17; ventral
rays 10; number of scales in the lateral line 24. Length without
caudal 39.5mm. Proportions of the length without caudal: Length of
the head 2.0; snout to dorsal origin 1.4; snout to adipose 1.1; snout
to insertion of ventrals 1.3; snout to origin of anal 1.4; greatest
depth 2.7. Proportions of the length of the head: Diameter of eye
2.8; length of upper jaw 5.6; least depth of caudal peduncle 3.9;
length of caudal peduncle 3.9.

A second adult specimen from IFC station 407C had the following
counts and proportions: Dorsal rays 11; anal rays 14; caudal rays 10;
pectoral rays 18; ventral rays 10; scales along the lateral line 26.
Length without caudal 27.5 mm. Proportions of the length without
caudal: Length of the head 2.1; snout to dorsal origin 1.4; snout to
adipose 1.1; snout to insertion of ventrals 1.8; snout to origin of anal
1.4; greatest depth 3.2. Proportions of the length of the head:
Diameter of eye 2.6; length of the upper jaw 4.3; least depth of
caudal peduncle 3.7; length of caudal peduncle 3.7.

The body is deep and short, quite unlike the slender form of the
smaller specimens. It appears to have been completely covered by
large cycloid scales, although only those along the lateral line remain
on the holotype. The snout is broad, flat, and shovellike. It is
U-shaped in dorsal aspect. The eyes are not round, but are cylin-
drical, with the pupils pointing directly upward so that the cornea
projects into the dorsal outline. They are completely surrounded
laterally by a densely pigmented area. Dorsoanteriorly this light

130052—39——-2

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

shield bears a dorsal projection which cuts off the light coming from
ahead. The region of the head immediately anterior to the eyes is
transparent, except for a slight amount of pigment around the open-
ings of the nostrils, which are placed here. The adductor man-
dibularis, the eye muscles, and the ramifications of the cranial nerves
are plainly visible.

The gape is extremely small, not reaching more than a third of
the way to the eye. No teeth can be seen on any of the bones of the
mouth, although there may be a few minute teeth on the premaxil-
laries and the dentaries. The specimens remained in formalin until
the osseous structures became flabby. The maxillary is short but
greatly expanded posteriorly so that it is nearly as broad as it is long.

FIGURE 59.—Macropinna microsioma, new genus and species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108143), 39.5 mm
long, from station 621C,

The dentary is even more expanded posteriorly than the maxillary.
This expanded portion fits in under the maxillary, between that bone
and the palatine.

The opercle is oval, with the Jongest diameter vertical. It is a
proportionately small bone. It does not extend below the base of
the pectoral fin. The subopercle is a small oval bone about the size
of the opercle. The dorsal arm of the preopercle is normal, but the
ventral arm is enormously expanded ventrally and is the largest bone
in the opercular series. The interopercle is also large and expanded
ventrally. It is mostly overlain by the preopercle. It does not reach
to the subopercle. The four branchiostegal rays are broad and very
thin. The gill rakers are short, broad, triangular, and thin; the gill
membranes are broadly united and attached to the isthmus with a
broad free fold behind.

The dorsal and anal fins are similar to each other; the former is
inserted a little ahead of the latter. The adipose is situated on the
caudal peduncle about midway between the end of the dorsal and the
first rays of the caudal. The pectoral fins are large and are situated

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 51]

well up on the body, about midway between the dorsal and ventral
outlines. Their rays are fine and long, reaching to the middle of the
anal fin. The ventrals are likewise placed high on the body and well
forward so that they are only a short way ventral and posterior to the
pectoral fins. They are inserted far ahead of the origin of the dorsal.
Their rays are moderately stout near their bases and extremely long,
reaching beyond the posterior end of the body. Although the caudal
fin is frayed, it can be seen that it is distinctly divided into a dorsal
and a ventral lobe. The anus opens far ahead of the origin of the
anal fin, only a short distance posterior to a vertical from the bases
of the ventral fins.
6.5-MILLIMETER STAGE

The specimen from station 817A is the smallest one in the collection.
It is 6.5 mm in total length. Unfortunately, like most of the smaller
specimens, it is so badly twisted that measurements cannot be accu-
rately made. The head is contained in the total length 2.9 times.
The eyes are torn from the sockets, and it is not possible to see how
much they point dorsally. There is a small spot of pigment at the
nape. Along the posterior half of the dorsal midline there is a row
of 14 small pigment spots arranged segmentally. A similar line of
pigment extends from the sixth segment behind the vent to the base
of the caudal fin. There is a small amount of pigment around the
posterior half of the abdomen. The lateral bars of pigment so
characteristic of the later postlarval stages are completely absent.
The large head, the long flat snout, and the tiny mouth are similar to
the same structures in the older specimens. The number of body
segments (35), together with the former characters, makes the identi-
fication of this peculiar fish easy even at such a small size. The
notocord projects almost straight back from the body. The caudal
rays are just beginning to form along its lower side. There is no trace
of the dorsal, adipose, pectoral, ventral, or anal fins.

12-MILLIMETER STAGE (FIG. 60)

The specimen from station 953C is 12 mm in length without caudal.
The head is contained in the length 3.7 times; the greatest depth of
the body 6; and the snout to the insertion of the ventrals 2.3. The
specimen is long and slender, quite unlike the adult in this character.
The characteristic large head with the long flat snout and tiny mouth
are present. The eyes at this stage point nearly vertically and are
surrounded laterally by black pigment. There is a fine line of pig-
ment extending backward along the ventral side of the head from
each corner of the lower jaw. A similar, but median, line of pigment
lies along the ventral midline below the heart and the anterior portion
of the alimentary tract. The pigment along the dorsal and ventral

§12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

midlines of the posterior half of the fish, found in the smaller speci-
men, is not present on individuals of this length. There is a round,
brownish blotch of pigment at the base of each of the ventral fins
which extends above the middle of the body. A similar but lighter
patch is found at the base of the caudal fin, covering two-thirds of the
base. On each segment, except the first two anterior ones, there is a
characteristic short bar of pigment below the lateral line. Posteriorly
these bars fade and merge into each other. The similar bars found
above the lateral line in the larger specimens are not found in fish of
this size, although there is a slight indication of them. The pectoral
fins are well formed; the rays are formed but are short and do not
extend to the base of the ventrals. The ventral rays are also formed

VY TTT]

—s

FIGURE 60.—_Macropinna microstoma, new genus and species: Specimen 12 mm long, from station 9530.

but are likewise short and reach only to the anus. Most of the caudal
rays are formed and the hypural plate is present. There is no indi-
cation of the dorsal, anal, or adipose fins, although there is a moder-
ately large fin fold extending from the vent to the base of the caudal
fin and another along the dorsal side from the caudal to above the
insertion of the ventrals. The anus is inserted at about two-fifths of
the way from the base of the ventrals to the caudal. The intestine
extends from the third pigment bar ahead of the base of the ventral,
where it emerges from the right side of the stomach, in a straight line
to the sixth pigment bar behind the base of the ventrals. At this
point the intestine becomes constricted and there is a dextral flexure.
The intestine then widens out to form the rectum, and the anus lies
below a vertical from between the ninth and tenth pigment bars
behind the base of the ventrals.

16.5 MILLIMETER STAGE (FIG. 61)

The specimen from station 593B, 16.5 mm in length without caudal,
has the typically slender body of the postlarval stages but differs
somewhat from the 12 mm specimen. The body is somewhat deeper
throughout than that of the latter. The head, snout, mouth, and
eyes are the same. The lines of pigment extending back from the
corners of the lower jaws are still present. The blotch of pigment at
the base of the ventrals is constricted so that it lies over the abdominal
cavity but does not extend up on the side of the body beyond the

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 513

insertion of the ventrals. The caudal pigment blotch extends com-
pletely across the base of the caudal fin. In addition to the segmen-
tally arranged bars of pigment that are found below the lateral line
on the smaller specimen there is a similar series above the lateral line
that is prominent anteriorly but fades out before the origin of the
dorsal. The rays of the pectoral are larger and extend beyond the
base of the ventrals. The ventral rays are also much longer than
those in the smaller specimen. They extend to the end of the anal
fin. The dorsal and anal fins are both present, although their rays
are not yet fully developed. The origin of the adipose fin can barely
be made out in the median fin fold remaining between the dorsal and
the caudal. The ventral median fin fold has disappeared. The large

FIGURE 61.—Macropinna microstoma, new genus and species: Specimen 16.5 mm long, from station 593B,

rays of the caudal approach the form of the older specimens but the
small rays dorsally and ventrally have not yet become differentiated.
The intestine still originates from the right side of the stomach, but
the pylorus has turned dorsally so that the intestine makes a
half turn around the stomach. The posterior dextral flexure of the
large intestine still lies under the sixth pigment bar behind the ventral
base, but the small intestine has coiled back nearly to the level of the
ventral origin. It has likewise lengthened. The anus has, in the
meantime, moved forward until it lies under the eighth pigment bar
behind the ventral origin and only a short distance posterior to the
intestinal flexure.

Length without caudal 16.5 mm. Proportions in length without
caudal: Length of head 2.8; greatest depth 5.1; snout to origin of the
dorsal 1.4; snout to insertion of ventrals 2.1; snout to origin of anal
1.4. Proportions in the length of the head: Length of upper jaw, 4.0;
diameter of eye 4.8; length of caudal peduncle 4.0; depth of caudal
peduncle 3.4.. There are 37 segments in the body.

25-MILLIMETER STAGE

The specimen from station 293B, 25 mm in length without caudal,
has practically attained the adult form and characters but is important
in that it still retains some of the larval characteristics. The seg-
mentally arranged pigment bars below and above the lateral line,
although faded, are still present. The peritoneum has become heavily

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vor, 86

pigmented. Three small spots remain of the blotch of pigment that
covered the base of the caudal in the smaller specimens. The body
is otherwise without pigment. Although the digestive organs have
become enlarged so that the depth of the body anteriorly approaches
that of the adult form, the enlargements of the bases of the dorsal and
anal fin remain transparent so that this fish appears to have the
characteristic slender body of the smaller specimens. Whereas in the
case of the 12 mm specimen the pectoral and ventral fins were well
separated and the rays of the pectoral did not reach to the base of
the ventrals, in this specimen the base of the ventrals lies only a short
distance behind the bases of pectorals and the rays of the pectoral,
when depressed, extend nearly to the base of the anal. The rays of
the ventrals have become even more elongate and reach to the first
rays of the caudal fin. Although the flexures of the intestine are
obscured by the dense pigment of the peritoneum, it is apparent that
the anus has moved farther anteriorly until it lies anteriorly to the
posterior flexure of the intestine. It is considerably nearer a vertical
from the base of the ventral than the origin of the anal. The scales
have not yet formed.

Length without caudal 25 mm. Proportions of the length without
caudal: Length of head 2.3; snout to origin of dorsal 1.3; snout to the
adipose 1.0; snout to insertion of the pelvics 1.7; snout to the origin
of the anal 1.3; greatest depth 3.4. Proportions of the length of the
head: Diameter of eye 3.1; length of upper jaw 3.7; depth of caudal
peduncle 3.7; length of caudal peduncle 3.1. There are 37 segments
in the body.

Remarks.—Several characters are remarkably changed during the
development of this species. The intestine coils and the anus moves
anteriorly nearer to the level of the origin of the ventrals. The bases
of the ventrals move forward nearer to the bases of the pectoral.
The growth downward of the abdominal cavity also makes the bases
of the ventrals appear to move higher on the body. The depth of
the body and the bulk of the head increase so considerably that the
general shape of the adult fish little resembles that of the long slim
postlarvae. The rays of the pectoral and the ventral, especially the
latter, become greatly elongate. The adipose is the last of the fins
to appear.

This peculiar species of fish appears to be somewhat related to the
species of the genus Opisthoproctus of the family Opisthoproctidae,
which are found in the eastern Atlantic (Vaillant, 1888; Zugmayer,
1911la and 1911b; and Roule and Angel, 1933); the western Atlantic
(Gregory, 1933); and the western Pacific in the South China Sea
(Trewavas, 1933). No fish remotely resembling the present species
has been described from the eastern Pacific. From the species of
Opisthoproctus this species differs strikingly in the presence of a

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 515

maxillary (absent in Opisthoproctus), which is broadly expanded
posteriorly ; by the perfectly normal anal fin, which is larger than the
dorsal, and the normally placed anus (in Opisthoproctus the anus
opens posteriorly near the base of the caudal fin; the anal fin is nor-
mally atrophied and is either very small and only slightly separated
from the caudal, or is so closely appressed to the latter that it appears
to be absent); by the differences in the size and shape of the opercle
and subopercle (Opisthoproctus has the opercle long and narrow; the
subopercle is very small and is almost hidden by the preopercle); by
the lack of a ventral sole (this peculiar structure, characteristic of
Opisthoproctus, consists of a flattened ventral surface which projects
more or less beyond the normal outline under the head and is sup-
ported by the anterior arms of the cleithra); by the position and
extreme length of the ventral and pectoral fins (in Opisthoproctus the
ventral fins project into the ventral outline and are of normal length);
and by numerous other peculiarities (see Trewavas, 1933). The new
genus and species resembles Opisthoproctus in the small gape, the
general shape of the body, the presence of an adipose fin, and the
dorsally directed eyes.

Named in reference to the elongate pectoral and ventral fins and
the tiny mouth.

Family MELANOSTOMIATIDAE
PHOTONECTOPS, new genus

Genotype.—Photonectops multipunctata, new species.

Stomiatoid fishes having the general characters of the Melano-
stomiatidae as defined by Parr (1927). Vertical fins confined to the
tail; dorsal and anal fins beginning at the same vertical and covered
with only normal fin membrane. Pectoral fins absent. Pelvic fins
close together and inserted well behind the middle of the body.
Vertebrae 82 as counted by Dr. Schultz and Mr. Reid of the National
Museum from an X-ray of the type made through the courtesy of offi-
cials of the U. S. Naval Hospital.

Mouth noticeably curved upward so that the symphysis of the
lower jaw projects beyond the snout when the mouth is closed. Teeth
in lower jaw very numerous with some fanglike; arranged in many
obliquerows. Teeth on maxillary also arranged in several rows. Pre-
maxillary teeth stout and recurved, not depressible. Two rows of
large depressible fangs on the “tongue.” Teeth present on the
palatines but not on the vomer.

Snout rather reduced; not protractile or movable. Normal
membranous floor between lower jaws. Lateral photophores well
developed and very numerous. A large suborbital organ posteriorly ;
a smaller anteroventral luminescent organ on the border of the eye;
and a similar small organ on the anterodorsal margin of the eye.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Photonectops is probably most closely related to Photonectes from
which it is differentiated by the more numerous photophores in the
lateral series, the more numerous teeth, which are arranged in several
rows, by the absence of pectoral fins (present in some species of
Photonectes), and by more than one suborbital organ on each side of
head. From Melanostomias and Echiostoma it is differentiated by
the more numerous teeth, the more numerous photophores, the
elongate slender shape, and the cleft of the mouth being long and
strongly curved upward anteriorly. From Lchiostoma it differs
further in having no pectoral fins. From Lamprotorus, Grammato-
stomias, and Opostomias it differs by the more posterior insertion of
the ventrals. From Eustomias and Flagellostomias it is distinguished
by the anal and dorsal fins beginning at the same vertical. From
Photostomias and Malacosteus it is separated by the presence of a
barbel and the presence of a normal floor between the lower jaws.
From Pachystomias it is told by the presence of teeth on the maxillaries
and the normal floor between the lower jaws. From Aristostomias
it is differentiated by the normal floor between the lower jaws, the
strongly curved jaws, and lack of pectorals.

Other characters of the genus are those of the species.

PHOTONECTOPS MULTIPUNCTATA, new species

FIGcureE 62

Types.—Holotype, a specimen 280 mm in standard length from
station 1256C taken January 3, 1935, latitude 51°15’ N., longitude
131°37’ W., U.S.N.M. no. 108144, and one paratype from station
665C, April 14, 1932, latitude 51°16’ N., longitude 130°35’ W.,
U.S.N.M. no. 108160.

Description.—The species is described from two specimens. The
holotype is in good condition except for the loss of some skin on the
dorsal surface, the sides, and the caudal region and fraying of the fins.
The barbel is reduced to a short black stub. It is not possible to
determine whether this is the natural state or whether the organ has
been broken off. Except for the broken tips of the fin rays the smaller
paratype (from station 665C) also is in excellent condition.

The proportions and counts for the holotype are: Dorsal rays 16;
anal rays 19; pelvic fins 10 rays on the left side and 9 on the right.
Length without caudal 280 mm. Proportions of the length without
caudal: Snout to insertion of the ventrals 1.5; snout to insertion of
anal 1.1; greatest depth (before ventrals) 14.8; depth behind head
21.5; diameter of eye 56.0; length of lower jaw 11.7; length of snout
46.6; length of longest ventral ray 7.6. The large, nearly circular,
luminous spot behind and below the eye is covered by dark pigment;
the smaller one on the anteroventral border of the eye, noted in the

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 517

smaller specimen, is here reduced to a small spot. Above the latter
on the anterodorsal margin of the eye, is a third small luminescent eadt
of crescentic shape. Scattered over the body and head are a myriad
of small glandular bodies. Between each pair of branchiostegal rays
is a photophore of the same type as those in the lateral and ventral
rows. The two rows of photophores along the lower half of the body
typical of the fishes of this relationship, are present here. In the
lateral series there are 46 photophores between the operculum and the
base of the ventral fin (O-V) and 20 between the base of the ventral
and the beginning of the caudal series (V-A). In the ventral series
there are 57 photophores between the isthmus and the base of the

FIGURE 62.—Photonectops multipunctata, new genus and species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108144), 280
mm long, from station 1256C.

ventral (I-VO) and 21 between the base of the ventral and the be-
ginning of the caudal series (V—A).

Because of loss of skin, the caudal series can not be counted accu-
rately on the large specimen.

In the lower jaw there are about 85 teeth varying in size from
minute denticles to moderate-sized fangs. Near the symphysis
there are 2 teeth, behind these a group of 3 teeth, and posterior to
this there is a patch of 4 teeth. Posterior to this last group, and
separated from it by a short interspace, the remaining teeth are
arranged in 11 oblique, parallel rows, which have 5 to 7 teeth in each.
The teeth on the anteroexternal end of the rows are minute denticles.
The others graduate in size to the large fangs on the posterointerior
end of the row. The teeth in the rows become smaller toward the
corner of the jaw. In the upper jaw there are 21 teeth of assorted
sizes. Eight of these are on the palatine, 4 on the premaxillary, and
the remaining 9 are arranged in 3 oblique rows on the maxillary.
There are no teeth on the vomer. The teeth on the two palatines are
separated by a median bare space anteriorly. The 4 teeth on the
premaxillary are stout and recurved, differing from all the other large
teeth in the mouth by not being depressible. They are up on the side
of the jaw and do not enter into the gape. There are two rows of
large depressible fangs on the “tongue,” each consisting of 6 teeth.
The first three pairs are based on the glossohyal and are separated by
a small interspace from the last three pairs, which are apparently borne
by the first basibranchial. The mouth is noticeably curved upward,

130052—39-——3

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

and the heavy symphysis of the lower jaws projects beyond the snout
when the mouth is closed.

The eye is large, being only a little less in diameter than the length
of the snout. The interorbital space is wide and convex. The lower
jaws are connected by a full membrane, which is attached to the tip
of the isthmus. There are 13 branchiostegal rays. The barbel is a
little nearer the isthmus than the symphysis. It is a short, stout, jet-
black stub, which, as mentioned above, may be natural or may be
only the remainder of a mutilated organ. As it is, it does not show
in the ventral outline but is entirely contained in the concavity be-
tween the two jaws.

The body is jet-black over all. Much of the thin epidermis was
rubbed off in removing the fish from the net, although great care was
taken to avoid such mutilation. This exposed a lead-gray dermis.
The form of the body is elongate and terete. It is most compressed
and deepest ahead of the insertion of the ventrals. There are no
pectoral fins. The pelvic fins are inserted well behind the middle of
the body and near the ventral outline. The base is broad; the rays
are stout. Although many of the rays have been broken off, the four
which are intact are long (7.6 in length without caudal) and taper to
fine filaments. The anal and dorsal originate on the same vertical and
are both covered only by a normal membrane. The caudal is small
and deeply notched.

The much smaller paratype differs in some respects from the above
description. It has 14 dorsal rays, 19 anal rays, and the ventral on
both sides contains only 8 rays. The caudal has 25 rays, 3 short fine
rays above, 4 long thick rays forming the upper lobe of the fin, 11
shorter, much more delicate rays forming the fork of the tail, 4 more
long stout rays forming the lower lobe, followed by 3 rays on the
ventral side of the fin similar to those on the dorsal side. The length
without caudal is 99 mm. Proportions of the length without caudal:
Snout to ventrals 1.5; snout to anal 1.2; depth ahead of ventral in-
sertion 19.8; depth behind head 22.0; diameter of eye 33.0; length of
the lower jaw 9.2; length of snout 38.2; the longest ventral ray 14.1.

The anterior two-thirds of the circular postorbital luminous spot
shows as a typical white patch; the posterior one-third is covered by
pigment. The spot on the anteroventral margin of the eye is more
distinct than that in the holotype. There is no luminous spot on the
anterior dorsal margin of the eye. Owing to the lighter color of the
epidermis the myriad tiny glandular dots over the body and head are
more apparent than they are on the larger specimen. They each
consist of a white dot surrounded by black pigment. They are not
arranged in any definite pattern except upon the lower jaw, where
there is a straight, closely crowded row extending back along the

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 519

ventral surface from the symphysis, and around the eye, where a row
completely encircles that organ. In the lateral series there are 45
photophores in the O-V series and 18 in the V-A series. In the ven-
tral row there are 57 organs in the I-V series and 19 in the V-A series
In the caudal series there are 138 photophores. There are 14 phate-
phores in the branchiostegal series, and 13 branchiostegal rays.

The body is slenderer than that of the larger specimen. It is black
along the abdominal region, but not densely jet-black as in the holo-
type. The rest of the body and the head are a rich brown. The
barbel is 4 mm long, and is completely contained in the depression
between the lower jaws. Its base is stout and it tapers to a fine point.
It is rather simple, devoid of luminous bulbs or tendrils, and does not
appear to have been broken.

There are only 45 teeth on the lower jaw. These are arranged
similarly to those in the holotype except that there are only 9 oblique
rows posteriorly and each of these rows contains only 4 or 5 teeth.
On the upper jaw there are about 30 teeth arranged like those on the
larger specimen. The rows on the “tongue” have 7 teeth in each,
the additional pair being inserted upon the basihyals.

Remarks.—Both of these specimens were taken off the west coast
of British Columbia. The depth of their capture indicates that they
are probably similar to the other Gymnophotodermi in being confined
to a truly bathypelagic habitat.

Named in reference to the numerous photophores in the lateral and
ventral series.

Order INIOMI

Family SUDIDAE
Genus SUDIS Rafinesque, 1810
SUDIS SQUAMOSA, new species

FIGURE 63

Holotype.—A specimen 85 mm without caudal, from station 734B,
taken May 10, 1932, latitude 56°55’ N., longitude 156°11’ W..,
U.S.N.M. no. 108150, is clearly referable to the genus Sudis but
differs from any other species described in that genus.

Description.—Dorsal rays 12; anal rays 21; caudal rays 41; pec-
toral rays 20; ventral rays 10; branchiostegal rays 9; gill rakers
9+30 on the first arch. Proportions of length without caudal:
Length of head 3.9; snout to dorsal 1.8; snout to adipose 1.2; snout to
pelvics 1.8; snout to anal 1.4; greatest depth 7.7; diameter of eye
14.2; length of snout 12.1; length of upper jaw 8.5; interorbital space
21.2; depth of caudal peduncle 17.0; length of caudal peduncle 12.1;
length of pectorals 8.5; length of ventrals 7.7; length of dorsal base

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

7.7; length of anal base 6.1; dorsal origin to base of middle rays of
caudal 2.3; anal origin to base of caudal 3.9; length of adipose fin
base 10.6.

The body is covered everywhere with minute scales that can
scarcely be made out without the help of a lens. The head is naked
and bears no pronounced ridges. The snout is conical and pointed,
only slightly longer than the diameter of the large round eye. The
premaxillary reaches to a vertical from the middle of the eye and
excludes the maxillary from the upper jaw. ‘The lower jaw projects
slightly. The premaxillary is completely toothed along its lower
edge with a single row of small, conical teeth. The dentary is simi-
larly toothed on its anterior two-thirds. The symphyseal knob is
toothed and projects into a toothless cavity at the junction of the
premaxillaries when the mouth is closed. The vomer has a single
row of minute conical teeth on the anterior edge of the head of the
bone; there are no teeth on the shank. The palatines have an irregu-
lar row of minute teeth along nearly the whole length of each bone,
which is double on the anterior half of the bone and single posteriorly.
The entire dorsal surface is covered with small, widely spaced teeth.
The gill membranes are not united and are not attached to the isth-
mus. The gill rakers are long and slender.

The dorsal fin is high and short and is inserted nearer to the tail
than to the snout. The adipose fin originates over the middle ofthe
anal. Its base is long; the fin is low and fimbriated. Neither the tip
of the adipose nor the rays of the anal, when depressed, reach to the
rudimentary rays of the caudal. The pectoral fins are inserted very
low, with the bases oblique and quite broad. The fin is the same
length as the upper jaw. The pelvic fins originate under the second
dorsal ray. Their rays are heavier and thicker than those of the
pectorals, and the fins are slightly longer than the latter. The anal
fin is long and moderately low and is inserted far back on the body so
that the distance from the anal origin to the base of the middle rays
of the caudal is the same length as the head, or 3.9 in the length with-
out caudal. The caudal fin is forked, with rudimentary rays dorsally
and ventrally, short weak rays in its middle and longer, stout rays
forming the dorsal and ventral lobes. The anus opens directly before
the anal fin.

Remarks—Two other species of this genus, Sudis ringens and
S. coruscans, have been described from the west coast of the United
States by Jordan and Gilbert (188la and 1881b), the former from
southern California and the latter from the Straits of Juan de Fuca.
From both of these the present species can be easily distinguished.
In Sudis squamosa the greatest depth is contained in the length without
caudal 7.8, the length of the head 3.9, the snout to anal 1.3; the upper
jaw is contained in the head 2.2, the length of the caudal peduncle 3.1;

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 521

\\\
Within. aft
\\ Nt Wi ity
Kita
\ Mtl MT]
\\ |
\

\\\ Mt
\\ hy u I

\Ys
‘i
HI
\

AX
\

ANI
NY

\
\
\\
\

a a

wa *s]
Re

Sree
“A

FIGURE 63.—Sudis squamosa, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108150), 85 mm long, from station 734B.
FIGURE 64.—Lestidium (Bathysudis) parri, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108140), 57 mm long, from station 118B.

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

there are no canine or fanglike teeth on the tongue, dentaries, or
palatines, the gill rakers are long and slender; the vent is in its normal
position before the anal fin, far behind the bases of the pelvics; there
are 12 rays in the dorsal, 21 in the anal, and 20 in the pectorals; the
scales are very minute; and the ventrals are inserted under the second
ray of the dorsal. Sudis ringens (according to Jordan and Gilbert,
188la, p. 273) has the depth contained in the length 16.0 times, the
head 6.1 times, and the snout to the anal 1.25 times; the upper jaw
is contained in the head less than 2 times, the length of the caudal
peduncle 2.7 times; there are canine teeth on the dentaries and pala-
tines; there are no teeth on the tongue; the gill rakers are short, sharp,
spinelike; there are 11 rays in the dorsal, 26 in the anal; the scales are
very large. In Sudis coruscans (Jordan and Gilbert, 1881b, pp. 411-
412) the depth is contained in the length 13 times; teeth not fanglike;
the gill rakers are broader than they are long; the vent is slightly
behind the base of the ventral fins; dorsal rays 8, anal rays 31; pectoral
rays 9; scales small with those of the lateral line large, nonimbricated
and platelike; the ventrals are inserted completely behind the base of
the dorsal. These differences, among many others, show the present
species to be widely different from these two. It appears to be more
similar to Lestidium (Bathysudis) speciosum, from which, however,
it can be told by the presence of scales, the more anterior insertion
of the ventral, and other characters (according to the description and
figure of Parr, 1928, pp. 42-43 and fig. 4) Sudis ringens has been
synonymized with Sudis rissoi kroyeri by Parr (1928).
Named in reference to the squamation.

Genus LESTIDIUM Gilbert, 1905
LESTIDIUM (BATHYSUDIS) PARRI, new species

FicureE 64

Types.—Holotype, a specimen 57 mm in length without caudal,
from station 118B, taken February 12, 1929, latitude 59°45’ N., longi-
tude 147°00’ W., U.S.N.M. no. 108140, and 3 paratypes from station
120, taken February 13, 1929, latitude 59°49’ N., longitude 144°50’
W., in the IFC collection.

Description.—(In this paragraph the measurements and counts are
given for the holotype followed by the range of the paratypes in
parentheses.) Dorsal ray 11 (11 to 13); anal rays 20 (20 to 22);
caudal rays 43 (41 to 45); pectoral rays 11 (11); pelvic rays 8 (8);
gill rakers on first arch 5+18 (5+17 to5+18). Proportions of length
without caudal: Length of head 4.0 (3.8 to 3.9); snout to dorsal 1.8
(1.8); snout to adipose 1.2 (1.2); snout to pelvic 2.0 (1.8 to 2.0);
snout to anal 1.4 (1.4); greatest depth 8.1 (7.1 to 7.2); diameter of
eye 19.0 (14.3 to 18.0); length of snout 14.2 (14.3 to 16.7); length of

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 523

upper jaw 8.1 (7.1 to 7.2); interorbital space 16.3 (15.4 to 16.7); depth
of caudal peduncle 16.3 (15.4 to 16.7); length of caudal peduncle 8.1
(8.3 to 9.0); length of pectorals 8.1 (8.3 to 9.0); length of pelvics 8.1
(8.3 to 9.0); length of dorsal base 9.5 (9.0 to 9.1); length of anal base
Fasoe41 0.5.6).

The body and head are moderately compressed, the latter deeper
than wide. There are no scales on the bodies of any of the specimens.
All the fish, however, are obviously juveniles and the scales have
perhaps not yet developed. There is a lateral line present. The
length of the snout is the same or only slightly greater than the diam-
eter of the eye. The eyes are moderately large and are placed later-
ally. The interorbital space is broad and is only slightly convex.
The nostrils lie midway between the tip of the snout and the eyes.
The premaxillary extends to or beyond a vertical from the posterior
margin of the eye.

The lower jaw projects, the symphyseal knob is slightly elevated,
toothed, and fits into a toothless concavity at the junction of the pre-
maxillaries. There is a single row of relatively large, recurved teeth
on the premaxillaries that becomes smaller posteriorly. The teeth
hook over the outside of the dentaries when the mouth is closed.
The teeth on the dentaries form an irregular single series, some of the
anterior of which project out slightly to meet those of the premaxil-
laries. The vomer bears a line of 4 or 5 large teeth on the head and
one on the shank. The palatines have an irregular series of teeth
running nearly the length of the bone; some of these are considerably
larger than the others. The tongue is free anteriorly and bears 5 or 6
large canine teeth upon its dorsal surface. The largest of these is
in a median position anteriorly. Behind it there is a row of either
2 or 3 similar teeth on each side that are spaced rather widely. Ex-
tending posteriorly along the basihyals and basibranchials is a double
row in which the teeth are smaller and more closely set than those on
the tongue. The maxillaries are large and long, extending along
three-quarters or more of the length of the premaxillaries. The gill
rakers are long and slender. The pseudobranchiae are well developed.

The dorsal fin is high and short. The adipose is inserted above
the posterior third of the anal. It is moderately high and has a
distinct lobe projecting freely behind. The pectoral fins are small
and have weak rays. They are placed very low on the body, nearly
in the ventral outline. The pelvics are likewise placed low, a little
behind the middle of the body, yet in front of the origin of the dorsal.
Their rays are stouter than those of the pectorals. The anal origi-
nates well behind the dorsal and contains nearly twice as many rays
as the latter. The tail, measured from the origin of the anal to the
base of the middle rays of the caudal, is less than one-third the length

of the body.

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

The dorsal third of the body is liberally sprinkled with brown
punctulations. The base of the anal bears 4 or 5 larger pigment
spots. There are a few pigment spots on the caudal peduncle. A
ring of small pigment spots nearly encircles the eyes, and the snout
and anterior dorsal surface of the head likewise bear chromatophores.
At the symphysis of the dentaries there are a few spots which extend
nearly half the distance down each dentary. The rest of the body is
without dark pigment except along the ventral midline between the
pectoral and pelvic fins where the body musculature is not complete
and the blue-black peritoneum is exposed.

Remarks.—This species is most closely related to Lestidium (Bathy-
sudis) speciosum. It differs from that species by the presence of teeth
on the vomer, the characteristic dentition of the tongue and pharynx,
and the fact that the upper jaw extends to or beyond a vertical from
the posterior edge of the eye.

The subgenus Bathysudis, which Parr (1928) has introduced for
L. speciosum and to which the present species clearly belongs, should
probably be recognized as a separate genus. The comparatively
short and rounded body, the short conical snout, and the wide gape
extending to or beyond the anterior edge of the eye mark these two
species from the rest of the genus Lestidium, for the tendency in that
genus is toward a long snout with the maxillary not reaching to the
eye and toward a long slender body with a comparatively short tail.

All the specimens were taken in moderately shallow water, the
deepest net having only 170 meters of wire out. Both stations were
taken in the northern part of the Gulf of Alaska, station 118B near
the mouth of Prince Williams Sound, and station 120 near Cape St.
Elias.

Named for Dr. A. E. Parr, in honor of his extensive work with
deep-sea fishes.

Family MYCTOPHIDAE
Genus MYCTOPHUM Rafinesque, 1810

MYCTOPHUM OCULEUM, new species

Figure 65

Types.—Holotype, a specimen 42 mm without caudal, from station
533D.T., taken July 3, 1931, latitude 54° 15’ N., longitude 158° 23’ W.,
U.S.N.M. No. 108146, and 37 paratypes from the following stations:
11B; 25B; 34B; 106B; 167C; 171C; 172B; 184A; 189A; 209B; 256A;
256C; 266B; 282C; 284C; 306B; 307B; 317B; 322C; 333C; 340B; 344B;
350:'.365;°3738; 382: 3862: 389C: 426G; 451D 7.7 4528: 453D 1:
528D.T.

The paratypes in the United States National Museum bear the
numbers 108158 and 108159.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 525

_ Description —(The measurements and counts of the holotype are
given followed by the range and average of the paratypes in paren-
theses.) Dorsal rays 13 (11 to 13; 11.7); anal rays 25 (22 to 25; 23.5);
pectoral rays 16 (15 to 16; 15.1); pelvic rays 8 (8); scales in ee
line 38 (35 to 39; 36.9); number of AO 17 (15 to 18;16.0). Proportions
of the length without caudal: Length of head 2.9 (2.6 to 3.1; 2.90);
snout to dorsal 2.1 (1.7 to 2.1; 1.93); snout to adipose 1.3 (1.2 to 1.4;
1.29); snout to pelvics 2.4 (2.0 to 2.4; 2.25); snout to anal 1.7 (1.6
to 1.9; 1.75); greatest depth 3.5 (3.0 to 3.9; 3.38). Proportions of the
length of head: Diameter of eye 2.5 (2.0 to 2.8; 2.35); length of upper
jaw 1.5 (1.2 to 1.6; 1.40); length of caudal peduncle 2.5 (1.8 to 3.4;

iy VI
Sn aa

My ZWD)
7 Selig

Ne Sse Viieoee

[}
SS ] k
Beira
SS =

FIGURE 65.—Myctophum oculeum, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108146), 42 mm long, from station
533D.T.

2.49); depths of caudal peduncle 3.8 (2.7 to 4.0; 3.45); length of
pectoral fins 1.9 (1.4 to 2.0; 1.69); length of pelvic fins 2.1 (1.5 to 2.1;
1.96).

The body is compressed, short, and deep. The scales are cycloid
and caducous. Those of the lateral line are greatly broadened. The
eyes are large but normal; the lenses are only slightly elliptical and
are not noticeably turned upward. The anterior profile is more
rounded than common in the genus. The premaxillaries have each
a band of small villiform teeth along the entire edge, even on the
lateral portion of the bone. The dentaries are toothed in a similar
fashion. The vomer has a small round patch of teeth at each of
the two anterolateral corners of the head of the bone, but none be-
tween or on the shank. The palatine has a small patch of teeth lying
closely behind the patches on the head of the vomer, a short bare
space, and then a small band of teeth extending ventroposteriorly to
the end of the bone. The maxillary is expanded posteriorly, forming
a broad triangle; the square-cut posterior edge reaches beyond a
perpendicular from the posterior margin of the eye. The gill rakers
are long and slender and bear a row of toothlike processes on the
inner edge of each.

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

The dorsal is short and high, its longest ray (the fourth) reaches
past the end of the fin base to the origin of the adipose. The adipose
lies over the posterior fourth of the anal fin; its free portion is slightly
longer than its base. The pectorals are inserted moderately high on
the body and are good sized. Their rays reach beyond the anterior
SAO and nearly to the insertion of the anus. The pelvics are inserted
on the ventral contour of the body a little nearer the insertion of
the pectorals than the origin of the anal. Their longest rays extend
past the anus to the third or fourth ray of the anal fin. The anal is
long and moderately high, its longest ray (the third) when depressed
reaches two-thirds of the length of the base of the fin; it originates
under the posterior third of the dorsal.

There are the usual three photophores on the under jaw, the small
one at the end of the premaxillary, and the larger one directly above
on the angle of the preopercle. The PLO is well below the base of
the pectoral fin, on a level with the most anterior and ventral of the
two PVO and is nearly hidden by the edge of the subopercle. The
ventral PVO lies a third of the way along a straight line from the
dorsal PVO to the most anterior of the PO series. There are 5 PO,
all of which are on the same level; but the last three are closer together
than the first two. The VLO is about midway between, and forms a
straight line with the dorsal PVO and the most anterior SAO. There
are 4 VO all on the same level. The middle one of the 3 SAO is
about one-third of the distance from the posterior one and lowered
enough so that the three form a wide anteriorly facing angle. ‘The AO
are in a single series that is well separated from the PRC. All the
photophores are on the same level. There are 2 PRC; the posterior
one is slightly more dorsal than the anterior one. Luminescent
scales are found above or below the caudal peduncle on the larger
specimens, but not in both places on the same specimen. ‘There are
no antorbital or suborbital luminescent organs; no photophores
above the lateral line; and no POL.

Remarks.—Myctophum oculeum is most closely related to that group
of species of the genus that have no photophores above the lateral
line, no POL, with the AO in one single continuous series, and with
the PLO at or below the base of the pectoral fin. This group consists
of M. parallelum, M. arcticum, M. rissoi, M. anderssoni, M. antarc-
ticum, and M. subasperum. In the following sentences, the characters
given for these species are taken from Parr (1928) unless otherwise
noted. From M. parallelum this species is differentiated by the first
two SAO and the two PRC not being separated by conspicuously
wider interspaces as in the former; the head is included 2.6 to 3.1 in
the length without caudal instead of 4.0; the AO are generally less
than 18 (in only one specimen out of 38 are there 18 AO) while in
M. yarallelum the AO are 18; the eyes are not telescopic, and the lens

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 527

is never more than slightly excentric. M. oculeum is separated from
M. arcticum by its eyes being normal and the lens not being markedly
excentric; by having the dorsal rays 11 to 13 instead of 9 as in the
latter (according to Goode and Bean, 1895); and by having 22 to 25
anal rays instead of 17 (op. cit.). This species differs from M. rissoi
by having the eye 2 or more in the head instead of 2 or less; by having
the PLO on a level with the lower PVO instead of above the dorsal
one as shown by Goode and Bean, 1895, for the latter; and by having
15 to 16 AO instead of 11 (op. cit.). From M. anderssoni, M. oculeum
can be told by the longer head (2.6 to 3.1 in M. oculeum, 3% in M.
anderssoni); and by the two anterior AO not being elevated as in
M. anderssom. M. oculeum is distinguished from M. antarcticum as
described by Goode and Bean, 1895 (under the name of Myctophum
collett.), by having 11 or 12 dorsal rays instead of 15; by having more
than 21 anal rays, and 15 instead of 13 pectoral rays. M. subasperum
has the origin of the anal at the vertical from the end of the base of
the dorsal fin and has ctenoid scales, whereas M. oculeuwm has the anal
originating under the posterior third of the dorsal fin and has cycloid
scales. Furthermore, M. parallelum, M. arcticum, M. rissoi, and
M. anderssoni have never been taken in the Pacific, according to
Parr (1928). MM. antarcticum is found only in Antarctic waters.
Although M. subasperum has been taken in the Pacific, it has never
been taken in the northeastern section of that ocean. M. oculeum
represents the first record of a species of this interesting group from
the Pacific coast of North America.

The present range of M. oculewm extends from off the coast of
Washington through British Columbia waters and the Gulf of Alaska
to off Kodiak Island. It has been taken only in waters outside the
100-fathom line.

Named in reference to the large and peculiar eyes.

Genus LAMPANYCTUS Bonaparte, 1840
LAMPANYCTUS MICROPUNCTATUS, new species

FiGurReE 66

Types.—Holotype, a specimen 77 mm in length without caudal,
from station 622C, taken March 28, 1932, latitude 53°40’ N., longi-
tude 134°15’ N., U.S.N.M. no. 108142, and 19 paratypes from the
following stations: 167A; 183C; 189B; 319A; 338B; 621C; 683C; 699C;
752A; 765B; 976C; 1014B; 1020B; 1110C; 11180; 1120C; 1143A.

Those paratypes in the United States National Museum bear the
numbers 108161—108167.

One of the two specimens from station 338B was too desiccated to
use in the measurements.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Description.—(In this paragraph the proportions and counts of the
holotype are outside the parentheses and those of the paratypes in the
parentheses.) Dorsal rays 15 (14 to 16); anal rays 18 (17 to 19);
caudal rays 36 (33 to 38); pectoral rays 15 (14 to 15); pelvic rays 8
(8); scales in a lateral series 36 (36 to 39); AO 7+8 (6 to 8+7 to 8);
supracaudal luminous scales 4 (3 to 5). Infracaudal luminous scales
7 (5 to 8). Proportions of the length without caudal: Length of the
head 3.7 (1.3 to 3.8); snout to dorsal 2.1 (1.9 to 2.1); snout to adipose
1.3 (1.3 to 1.4); snout to ventrals 2.5 (2.1 to 2.5); snout to anal 1.8
(1.7 to 1.9); greatest depth 5.4 (5.0 to 5.9); length of caudal peduncle
4.7 (4.0 to 5.0). Proportions of the length of head: Diameter of eye

FIGURE 66.—Lampanyctus micropunctatus, new species: Paratype, 85 mm long, from station 183C.

5.4 (5.4 to 6.5); length of snout 4.7 (3.4 to 5.4); length of upper jaw 1.4
(1.1 to 1.4); depth of caudal peduncle 2.8 (2.7 to 3.8).

The adipose fin is inserted over the last four rays of the anal. The
pectorals are inserted below the angle of the opercle. The base is
narrow; the rays are fine and filamentous, the middle ones reaching
beyond the bases of the ventrals. The ventrals are placed well ahead
of the origin of the dorsal. The anal originates under the third or
fourth from the last dorsal ray.

All the photophores on the head and body are very small, those on
the head being especially degenerate. The antorbital is marked only
by a small bit of black pigment on the anterior edge of the orbit on a
level with the center of the eye. The customary row of photophores
under the mandible is only faintly visible through the covering skin.
The photophore at the angle of the jaw is a tiny dot; the one on the
operculum directly above it, and a little above a horizontal line through
the upper pectoral rays, is larger but is only faintly seen through the
skin. There are no photophores on the cheek or on the shoulder.
The PLO is high, situated about one-fourth the distance from the lat-
eral line to the base of the pectoral, and only a little posterior to a line
through the PVO and the second PO. The upper PVO is level with
the dorsal pectoral rays; the second lies halfway from the upper PVO
on a line from that organ to the second PO. There are four PO, all
lying on the same level. The first lies under the edge of the branchios-

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 529

tegal membrane and is farther from the second than the second is
from the third ; the second, third, and fourth are separated by approxi-
mately equal interspaces. The VLO is about the same distance from
the lateral line to the base of the ventrals. There are four or five VO
all on the same level and separated by nearly equal intervals. The
SAO form an angle of about 100°. The upper one is separated from
the lateral line by a distance only slightly greater than its small dia-
meter; the second is halfway along a straight line between the upper
SAO and the most posterior VO; the third is far forward, nearer to a
perpendicular through the second VO than one through the third, and
it is slightly below the level of the second SAO. The AO are in two
distinct series 6-8 -+ 7-8. Where the PRC are confluent with the
posterior series of AO they have been counted as four, in accordance
with the method of Parr (1928, p. 77). The remainder of the series
has been counted as AO posteriores. The first AO anterior is a little
below the level of the rest of the series; the others are all on the same
level. There are two POL the dorsal one touching the lateral line
and lying over the interspace between the two series of AO; the ventral
one in on a line between the dorsal POL and the last photophore of
the anterior AO series, nearer to the latter than to the former. There
arefour PRC. The ventral three are close together and lie in a gentle
are curving upward from the level of the AO. The dorsal PRC is
separated from the ventral three by a wide interspace and lies directly
on the end of the lateral line. The PRC are usually separated from
the AO posteriores but in some specimens on one or both sides the two
series are confluent. There are luminescent scales both supra- and
infra-caudally on all specimens. The supracaudal series (3 to 5
scales) is always shorter than the infracaudal series (5 to 8 scales).
While these luminescent scales are not so well defined as in the species
of Myctophum, their boundaries can be made out in each case. There
are no other such luminescent scales on any other part of the body or
head. There are no photophores above the lateral line.

Remarks.—Lampanyctus micropunctatus does not appear to be
especially close to any other species in the genus. If the phrase
“PRC distinctly separate from AO” be eliminated from A, I in Parr’s
key (Parr, 1928, p. 78) this species will fit into the group containing
L. nicholsi, L. braueri, L. maderensis, L. townsendi, and L. warmingi.
It should be included under a separate division C, under A, I. This
division C should read “Only four PRC. Four PO.” The character
“four PO” will serve to separate this species from those listed in the
group above.

Lampanyctus micropunctatus has been taken off Queen Charlotte
Sound, off the west coast of the Queen Charlotte Islands, off Prince
of Wales Island, off Portlock Bank, and off Albatross Bank. “Off”
is necessary in the above phrases because it has been on each occasion

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

taken outside the 100-fathom line. No specimens have been taken
at the stations between the one near Prince of Wales Island and the
one near Portlock Bank.

Named in reference to the tiny photophores.

Family SCOPELARCHIDAE
NEOSCOPELARCHOIDES, new genus

Genotype.—Neoscopelarchoides dentatus, new species.

The characters of the genus are those of the species.

This genus is most closely related to the genera Scopelarchus and
Scopelarchoides. It differs from both in the proportionately slender
and longer body, in the lack of differentiation of the teeth on the
glossohyal, in the much longer caudal peduncle, and in the fact that
the ventrals are inserted ahead of the dorsal. From Scopelarchus
it is further differentiated by having the pectoral fin shorter, smaller,
and with much weaker rays than the stout pelvic fins. It can be
separated from Scopelarchoides by the normal musculature of its
abdominal walls which contrasts so strongly with the peculiar and
apparently characteristic abdominal musculature of the latter (see
Parr, 1929 and 1931). In common with this genus, however, it has
weak pectoral fins and very stout ventral fins.

Neoscopelarchoides can be separated from the genus Benthalbella
by the fact that the former has teeth on the vomer and palatine while
the latter does not. From Promacheon the new genus differs in the
absence of enlarged teeth of any kind on the premaxillary, in contrast
to the striking dentition on the premaxillary of the former (see Weber,
1913, and Weber and Beaufort, 1913).

NEOSCOPELARCHOIDES DENTATUS, new species

FIGURE 67

Types.—Holotype, a specimen 162 mm in length without caudal,
from station 102C, taken January 29, 1929, latitude 56°22’ N.,
longitude 145° 54’ W., U.S.N.M. no. 108145, and 12 paratypes
ranging in length without caudal from 42 to 97 mm, taken at the fol-
lowing stations: 172C; 220C; 237B; 333C; 337B; 389B; 633B; 1028B;
MIC 11.17 B 1134

Those paratypes in the United States National Museum bear
numbers 108168-108176.

Description.—(In the following description the count or proportion
of the holotype is given, followed by the range and average of the
specimens in parentheses.) Dorsal rays 7 (6 to 7; 6.9); anal rays 20
(17 to 21; 18.9); caudal rays 45 (43 to 46; 44.9); pectoral rays 23
(22 to 25; 23.5); pelvic rays 9 (9); scales in a lateral series 56 (56 to 58;

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 531

56.9); branchiostegal rays 9 (8 to 9; 8.9). Proportions of length with-
out caudal: Length of head 4.9 (4.7 to 5.5; 5.15); snout to dorsal 2.5
(2.4 to 2.6; 2.52); snout to adipose 1.2 (1.2); snout to pelvics 3.0 (2.6
to 3.0; 2.72); snout to anal 1.6 (1.5 to 1.6; 1.55); greatest depth 8.1
(7.5 to 9.2; 8.10); length of caudal peduncle 4.3 (4.2 to 5.0; 4.73);
dorsal origin to base of middle caudal rays 1.6 (1.6 to 27 31465): smal
origin to base of the middle caudal rays 2.8 (2.8 to 2.9; 2.83). Pro-
portions of length of head: Diameter of eye 3.7 (2.7 to 4:0 :-3:26);
length of snout 3.3 (2.4 to 3.3; 2.76); length of upper jaw 1.4 (1.3 to
1.6; 1.40); interorbital space 26.9 (6.7 to 26.9; 10.83); depth of caudal
peduncle 3.9 (3.9 to 4.6; 4.20).

The body is long, slender, and moderately compressed. It is com-
pletely covered with scales. In the specimens less than 74 mm in

FIGURE 67.—Neoscopelarchoides dentatus, new genus and species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108145), 162
mm long, from station 102C.

length the scales have not yet formed. The scales along the lateral
line are considerably enlarged. The small specimens (less than 74 mm
in length without caudal) all have a characteristically translucent
abdominal cavity. If the fish is held toward a light, the shape of its
visceral organs can be plainly seen. The head is moderately com-
pressed and is scaleless. The nostrils are a little nearer the snout
than the eyes. The eyes, even in the small specimens, are distinctly
telescopic. They look dorsally and anteriorly. Around their ventral
two-thirds they are encased in black pigment. Below and behind the
lens, but on the eyeball, is an oval patch of pearly white material,
similar in appearance to the luminescent patches found on the genus
Diaphus. There are no other luminescent bodies on the fish. The
eyes are separated by only a very narrow interorbital space. In the
smaller specimens the interorbital space is proportionately much
wider than in the larger specimens because of the fact that a specimen
42 to 43 long has an interorbital space of the same width as one 162
mm long. The lower jaw extends far behind the eye, almost to a
vertical from the upper end of the opercle.

The bones of the mouth bear a surprising array of teeth. There are
(in the holotype) 10 teeth in a single series on the glossohyal. The
most anterior one of these arises ventrally to the bases of the others,
on the very tip of the tongue. It is about twice as long as the others
and more recurved. The remaining nine are short and stout, not

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vor, 86

especially enlarged and not barbed or hooked. They are not com-
pressed. They bear no resemblance to the peculiar glossohyal teeth
of the Scopelarchus anale as depicted by Parr (1929, fig. 4). Along
the full length of the premaxillary is a single series of minute recurved
teeth. These are so small that on the anterior two-thirds of the bone
they do not project through the skin. The teeth on the dentary are
similar to those shown by Parr (1929, fig. 2) for Scopelarchus anale.
On the holotype and the larger paratypes the teeth at the symphysis
are much reduced. On the palatine there is a double row of teeth.
The anterior three in the inside row are enlarged and have the same
shape as the fangs on the dentary. The other teeth grow progres-
sively smaller posteriorly. Exterior to and slightly anterior to each
of the teeth in this row, except the anterior fang, there is a smaller
tooth. These form the incomplete second row. There is a small
stout tooth on the outer angle of each side of the vomer. The teeth
on the dentary and palatine are depressible. Those on the glossohyal
and the vomer are not.

The dorsal is inserted nearer to the insertion of the pectorals than
the origin of the anal. The fin is short; the rays are slight. The
pectoral fins are small and have finerays. They are inserted obliquely
just above the articulation of the lower jaw and the quadrate, with
the upper ray midway between the ventral outline and the lateral line.
The pelvic fins are inserted slightly ahead of the dorsal fin. Their rays
are stout and broad; the fins are much longer and larger than the
pectorals. The anal is moderately long and high. The caudal fin
is long and distinctly forked. It consists of 11 or 12 short rays ex-
tending along the dorsal side of the caudal peduncle, 22 stout rays
forming the fin proper, and 11 to 13 short rays running along the
ventral edge of the caudal peduncle. The caudal peduncle is as long
as or longer than the length of the head.

Remarks.—This species is evidently distributed widely in the Gulf
of Alaska. The holotype was taken in the middle of the Gulf, about
200 miles south of Cape St. Elias, the nearest land. The longest
paratype was captured southeast of Kodiak Island. The rest of the
paratypes were captured along the outer coast of southeastern Alaska
and British Columbia from the latitude of Cape Scott on Vancouver
Island to midway between Salisbury Sound and Cape Cross on Chich-
agof Island. All the specimens were taken outside the 100-fathom
line over deep water. None of the specimens was taken in the upper
(“A”) nets, 6 were taken in the middle (““B”) nets, and 7 were cap-
tured by the lower (‘‘C’’) nets. This indicates that the species lives
in a bathypelagic habitat.

This species is differentiated from the other fishes of this relation-
ship under the discussion of the new genus. It is named in reference
to its striking dentition.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 533

Order XENOBERYCES

Family MELAMPHAIDAE
Genus MELAMPHAES Giinther, 1864
MELAMPHAES CAVERNOSUS, new species

Figure 68

Types.—Holotype, a specimen 70 mm in length without caudal,
from station 824C, taken June 8, 1932, latitude 56°06’ N., longitude
152°09’ W., U.S.N.M. no. 108147, and 3 paratypes, ranging in length
from 56 to 70 mm from station 429D, U.S.N.M. no. 108157, and
station 1119C.

Description.—(In the following description, the proportions and
counts of the holotype are given, followed by range of the specimens
in parentheses.) Dorsal rays III-16 (15 to 16); anal rays I-8 (8 to
9); caudal rays 1V-19-III (III to V-19-III); pectoral rays 16 (15
to 16); pelvic rays I—-7 (I-7); scales in a lateral series 29 (29 to 31);
gill rakers on lower part of anterior arch 15 (15 to 16). Proportions
of the length without caudal: Length of the head 2.7 (2.7 to 2.8);
snout to dorsal 2.3 (2.3 to 2.4); snout to pelvic insertion 2.3 (2.3 to
2.4); snout to anal 1.5 (1.5); greatest depth 3.2 (3.2 to 3.4); length of
pectoral fins 3.2 (3.2 to 3.3); length of pelvics 4.7 (4.3 to 5.4); length
of caudal peduncle 3.7 (3.7 to 3.9); base of dorsal 3.9 (3.3 to 4.0).
Proportions of the length of the head: Diameter of eye 6.2 (6.2 to 7.1);
length of snout 3.7 (3.6 to 4.3); length of upper jaw 2.4 (2.1 to 2.5);
length of pectoral fins 1.2 (1.1 to 1.2); length of pelvics 1.7 (1.5 to
1.9); depth of head 1.2 (1.2 to 1.3); depth at pectoral insertion 1.2
(1.1 to 1.2); depth of caudal peduncle 3.2 (3.1 to 3.3); iterorbital
space 2.0 (2.0 to 2.4); base of dorsal 1.4 (1.2 to 1.4); base of anal
4.3 (3.6 to 4.3). Depth of caudal peduncle divided into the length
of caudal peduncle 2.6 (2.3 to 2.6).

The cavernous head does not bear prominent ridges or spines.
The mouth is distinctly oblique. The maxillary ends under the middle
of the eye. No rostral spine is present. There are teeth in bands
on both jaws. The preopercle is armed with two weakly developed
spines at its lower angle. The opercle is scaled. Pseudobranchiae
are present. The pelvic fins are inserted slightly ahead of the pec-
torals. The anal fin originates under the last or next to last dorsal
ray.

‘Remarks—This species is closely related to Melamphaes macro-
cephalus, M. microps, and M. lugubris. From M. macrocephalus* it
is differentiated by the lack of a rostral spine; by the smaller head
(2.7 to 2.8 in length without caudal in M. cavernosus, 2.0 to 2.3 in

1 Measurements taken from Parr, 1931

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

M. macrocephalus); the wider interorbital space (2.0 to 2.4 in M.
cavernosus, 2.6 to 3.0 in M. macrocephalus); and by the shorter max-
ilary (ending below the middle of the eye in M. cavernosus and beyond
a vertical from the posterior margin of the eye in M. macrocephalus).

From M. microps* this species is separated by the deeper body
(3.2 to 3.4 in length without caudal from M. cavernosus, 4.75 to 5.0
in M. microps); the wider interorbital space (2.0 to 2.4 in head in
M. cavernosus, 3.0 to 3.25 in M. microps); the shorter maxillary (end-
ing under the middle of the eye in M. cavernosus, under or beyond the

FIGURE 68.—Melamphaes cavernosus, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108147), 70 mm long, from
station 824C.

posterior margin of the eye in M. microps); more rays in the pectoral
(15 to 16 in M. cavernosus, 14 in M. microps); longer caudal peduncle
(3.7 to 3.9 in length without caudal in M. cavernosus, 4.25 to 4.5 in
M. microps). From the subspecies M. microps longivelis, described
by Parr (1933), this species is easily told by the longer caudal peduncle
(3.7 to 3.9 in length without caudal in M. cavernosus, about 5.0 in
the other).

This species is distinguished from M. lugubris* by the greater
number of scales in a longitudinal series (29 to 31 in M. cavernosus,
26 to 27 in M. lugubris); by the wider interorbital space (2.0 to 2.4
in head in M. cavernosus, 3.0 in M. lugubris); shorter maxillary (ending
under middle of eye in M. cavernosus ending below posterior border of
eye in M. lugubris); wider pectoral fin (16 rays in M. cavernosus, 14 ?
in M. lugubris); longer caudal peduncle (3.7 to 3.9 in length without
caudal in M. cavernosus, 5.0 in M. lugubris); and in the position of the
origin of the pelvics (behind the insertion of the pectorals in M.
cavernosus, ahead in M. lugubris).

The portion of the key to the species of this genus, published by
Norman (1929) and added to by Parr (1931 and 1933), dealing with
the above species should be modified as follows in order to accom-
modate this new species:

3 Measurements from Norman, 1929.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 535

xz. Head 2% to 3 in the length without caudal; origin of pelvic a
little behind or below pectoral base; eye 5 to 6% in head;
depth 3% to 4 in length; interorbital width 3 to 3% in head___M. microps
wx. Head 2% to 2% in length without caudal; origin of pelvic a
little behind pectoral base; eye 6% to 7% in head; depth 3.2
to 3.4 in length; interorbital width 2 to 2.4 in head______ M. cavernosus
vex. Head 2% in the length without caudal; origin of pelvic a little
in front of pectoral base; eye 6 to 6% in head; depth 3% to 4
in the length; interorbital width 3 in head________________ M. lugubris
xaxrt. Head 2 to 2% in length without caudal; origin of pelvic a little
in front of pectoral base; eye 8% to 9% in head; depth 3% in
length; interorbital width 2% to 3 in head__________ M. macrocephalus

Named in reference to the cavernous nature of the bones of the
head.

MELAMPHAES RUGOSUS, new species
Figure 69

Holotype.—A specimen 94 mm in length without caudal, from sta-
tion 453D.T., taken June 16, 1931, latitude 55°32’ N., longitude
136°25’ W., U.S.N.M. no. 108141.

Description.—Based upon the holotype, the only specimen known.
Dorsal rays III-12, anal rays I-9; pectoral rays 13, pelvic rays I-7;
caudal rays IJJ—19-II1; scales in a lateral series 25; gill rakers on the
anterior arch 9 above, 22 below. Proportions of the length without
caudal are: Length of head 2.7; snout to dorsal origin 2.0; snout to
insertion of pectorals 2.6; snout to insertion of ventrals 2.5; snout to
anal origin 1.6; greatest depth of body 3.4; length of pectoral fin 3.1;
length of ventral fin 5.2; length of caudal peduncle 3.5; base of dorsal
fin 3.9; base of anal fin 7.2. Proportions of the length of the head:
Diameter of eye 5.8; interorbital width 2.1; length of snout 3.5;
length of maxillary 2.3; length of pectoral fin 0.9; length of ventral fin
1.9; greatest depth of body 1.8. The caudal peduncle is 2.7 times as
long as the least depth. The maxillary extends to the posterior
border of orbit. The pectoral origin lies a little in front of the inser-
tion of the ventrals. The anal originates under the ninth dorsal ray.
There are scales on the operculum. The preopercular margin is
vertical. The head is rough and cavernous. A high thin ridge with
many small spines runs on either side of the top of the head from the
nape to a perpendicular through the anterior margin of the orbit; a
similar nearly horizontal ridge over the eye extends a distance equal
to the diameter of the eye anterior to the orbit; a third slightly oblique
ridge of the same length runs under the eye; and a fourth, less prom-
inent, ridge behind the eye joins the posterior ends of the supra- and
infraorbital ridges. A rostral spine is present (2.9 mm long). The
long gill rakers (longest 7 mm) are toothed on their inner margins.
Pseudobranchiae are present. The dentition is very weak. There are

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

no teeth on the tongue or maxillary and only tiny patches on the
vomer and palatine. The dentaries and premaxillaries each bear a
thin band of villiform teeth. The origin of the dorsal fin is a little
closer to the snout than to the base of the middle caudal rays. The
distance from the origin of the anal to the snout is contained 1.5
times in the distance from the origin to the base of the middle caudal
rays.

Remarks.—This species is related to that group of species of the
genus that have more than 20 scales in a lateral series and also have
a distinct rostral spine. This group contains M. megalops, M. macro-

FIGURE 69.—Melamphaes rugosus, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108141), 94 mm long, from station
453D.T.

cephalus, M. cristiceps, M. crassiceps, M. atlanticus, M. nigrofulvus, M.
unicornis, and M. triceratops. From M. megalops® it is distinguished
by the deeper caudal peduncle (2.4 as long as deep in M. rugosus, 4.0
to 4.5 in M. megalops); larger eye (5.8 in head in M. rugosus, 3.5 to
3.75 in M. megalops); and the more posterior insertion of the ventrals
(behind the pectoral base in M. rugosus, ahead of the base in M.
megalops).

It is separated from M. macrocephalus* by the larger eye (5.8 in
head for M. rugosus, 8.5 to 9.4 for M. macrocephalus); wider interor-
bital space (2.1 in head in M. rugosus, 2.66 to 3.0 in M. macrocephalus);
and the more posterior insertion of the pelvics.

From M. cristiceps* it is distinguished by the larger eye (5.8 in
head in M. rugosus, 7.0 to 8.5 in M. cristiceps); the wider interorbital
space (2.1 in head in M. rugosus, 3.25 to 3.5 in M. cristiceps); and by
the smaller pectoral fin (13 rays in M. rugosus, 14 to 15in M_ ccris-
ticeps).

From M. crassiceps* M. rugosus is distinguished by the size of the
eye (5.8 in head in the latter, 7.0 to 8.5 in the former); and by the
wider interorbital space (2.1 in M. rugosus, 3.25 to 3.5 in M. crassiceps).

It can be told from M. atlanticus,? to which it seems most closely
related, by the deeper body (3.4 in length without caudal in M. rugo-

1 Measurements taken from Parr, 1931.
3 Measurements from Norman, 1929.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 537

sus, 3.8 to 4 in M. atlanticus); wider interorbital (2.1 in head in M.
rugosus, 3.25 in M. atlanticus); smaller pectoral fin (13 rays in M,
rugosus, 15 in M. atlanticus).

M. rugosus can be differentiated from M. nigrofulvus * by the shorter
head (2.7 in length without caudal in M. rugosus, 2.25 to 2.5 in M.
nigrofulvus); more anterior insertion of dorsal (snout to dorsal origin
less than from dorsal origin to base of caudal in M. rugosus, greater in
M. mgrofulvus); more anterior insertion of anal fin (distance from
snout to anal origin less than from origin to base of anal in M. TUGOSUS,
greater in M. nigrofulvus).

From M. unicornis* it can be separated by the wider interorbital
space (2.1 in head in M. rugosus, 4.66 in M. unicornis); and larger eye
(5.8 in head in M. rugosus, about 7.0 in M. unicornis). Finally, it dif-
fers from M. triceratops by the lack of the prominently projecting hori-
zontal spine anteriorly, characteristic of that species, and the longer
dorsal (III, 12 in M. rugosus, III, 10-11 in M. triceratops).

The portion of the key referred to above, which includes these spe-
cies, should be modified as follows to include this species:

B. A spine on the middle of the snout between the nostrils or ante-
rior parts of eyes; origin of anal below posterior half of dorsal.
1. Origin of pelvic a little in front of pectoral base; caudal ped-
uncle 4 to 44 times as long as deep; diameter of eye 3% to 3%
ITM nec) Pyne Notte Si ee ee Re ee ip ie A ees 8 M. megalops
2. Origin of pelvic slightly in front of pectoral base; caudal pe-
duncle 2 to 24% times as long as deep; diameter of eye 8% to 94
in head; head 2 to 2% in length without caudal_-_-_--_- M. macrocephalus
8. Origin of pelvic below or a little behind pectoral base; caudal
peduncle 2% to 3 times as long as deep.
a. Dorsal III, 12-15; origin nearer end of snout than base of
caudal; interorbital width 2 to 3% in head.
x. Diameter of eye 7 to 8% in head; maxillary extending to a
little beyond the posterior margin of the eye; head 2% to
2% in length without caudal.
o. Head 2% to 2% in the length without caudal; last ray
of dorsal behind vertical from middle of anal fin
base; caudal peduncle 2% to 2% as long as deep__M. cristiceps
oo. Head nearly 3 in the length; last ray of dorsal a little in
front of vertical from middle of anal; caudal pe-
duncle nearly 3 times as long as deep_---------- M. crassiceps
zz. Diameter of eye 5% to 6% in head; maxillary extending to
below posterior 4 of eye; head 2%» to 3 in length with-
out caudal; caudal peduncle 2% to 3 times as long as
deep.
p. Interorbital 2% in head; pectoral with 13 rays_-- M. rugosus
pp. Interorbital 3% in head; pectoral with 15 rays.__-_M. atlanticus
b. Dorsal III, 10-12; origin a little nearer base of caudal than
end of snout; caudal peduncle 2% to 2} times as long as
deep; head 2% to 2% in length without caudal.
z. Interorbital width about 8 or less; eye 6 in head_----- M. nigrofulvus

3 Measurements from Norman, 1929.

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

zz. Interorbital width about 424; eye 7 in head_________- M. unicornis
c. Dorsal III, 10-11; origin nearer end of snout than base of
caudal; frontal crests each with a prominently projecting
horizontal spine anteriorly; caudal peduncle about 2%
times as long as deep; head 2% to 2%4 in length without

caudal =) sare gia Si gre Fe Pe. Ae. M. triceratops

Named in reference to the rough and spinous nature of the head.

Order PEDICULATA

Family ONEIRODIDAE
Genus ONEIRODES Liitken, 1871
ONEIRODES BULBOSUS, new species

FicurReE 70

Holotype—A specimen 57 mm in length without caudal, from
station 1109C, taken March 11, 1934, latitude 53°50’ N., longitude
133°54’ W. (about 25 miles WSW. of Frederick Island, one of the
Queen Charlotte Islands), U.S.N.M. no. 108149.

Description.—The body and all it appendages, except the bulb of
the illicium, are jet black. The form is deep, wide, and nearly bulb-
shaped. The greatest depth (at a vertical from in front of the iso-
lated dorsal ray) is equal to the breadth of the fish between the down-
ward projecting spines at the posteroventral corner of the opercular
apparatus. The sphenotic spines are well developed. They project
from the surface of the head to a height a little greater than the dia-
meter of the tiny eye. They arise at a vertical well behind the eye.
The cheek is a large roughly triangular concavity formed by a ridge
running from this spine down along the preoperculum and the upper
jaw. A little above the center of this concavity the tiny eye projects
from the skin to a height equal to its diameter. Between the two
sphenotic spines there is a large, deep concavity that extends from be-
hind the level of those spines to the basal bone of the illicium. At the
level of the sphenotic spines this cavity is 7 mm wide and 5 mm deep
(8.1 and 11.4 in the length without caudal respectively). The bottom
of the cavity is a dark brown, distinctly lighter than the rest of the
body. The walls of the cavity are formed by the frontal bones. The
upper and lower jaws are both heavy. The former extends back to a
vertical between the eye and the sphenotic spine; the latter projects
slightly and is provided with a rounded mental knob. Posterior to
the corner of the mouth, and below its level, there is a sharp stout
spine of about the same size and shape as the sphenotic spine, which
projects outward and downward at an angle of about 80° with the
head. Below this there is a broad, heavy, flat, triangular spine, which
projects downward at the posteroventral corner of the opercular appa-
ratus nearly to the ventral outline.

FISHES FROM NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC—CHAPMAN 539

In the lower jaw there are 11 teeth on the left side, 10 on the right.
These teeth are unequal in size and irregularly spaced in a single row.
They are long and slender, are depressible, and slant inwardly. There
are 12 teeth in each upper jaw, similar to those in the lower jaw but not
so long or strong. There is a bare space 8 mm wide at the junction of
the premaxillaries. There are 2 teeth on the right side of the vomer
and 3 on the left.

The illictum is 17 mm long, the basal bone 7 mm (3.4 and 8.1, re-
spectively, in the length without caudal). The basal bone projects
slightly beyond the snout. The bulb of the illicium bears 4 projections

FIGURE 70.—Oneirodes bulbosus, new species: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 108149), 57 mm long, from station
1109C.

arranged in an anteroposterior line across its top. The first one
anteriorly is a short tentacle from whose end branch several bifid or
trifid secondary tentacles. The next two are arranged bisymmetrically
on either side of the midline behind the one just mentioned. They
each branch and rebranch several times to form a large clump of
moderately long secondary tentacles. Behind these and past the cen-
ter of the midline is a small round projection which bears no tenta-
cles. Lastly there arises just above the edge of the pigment line
posteriorly a long slender tentacle that bears no secondary tentacles
but is curved anteriorly so that its end lies in the above mentioned
double clump of tentacles. There is no pigment on the bulb or ten-
tacles. Between the posterior two projections on the bulb there is a
small pore.

The isolated dorsal ray is located at a vertical from the base of the
pectoral. It is fleshy and lax andis9mm long. The soft dorsal con-
sists of 5 rays, none of which is bifid. It is inserted far back on the
body, at the same vertical as the anal, and its base slopes sharply down
to the short caudal peduncle behind. The caudal contains 8 rays.

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Its formula is 2-4-1-1; that is, the two dorsal rays are simple, the next
four bifid, the next one simple, and the ventralmost bifid. The anal
has 4 rays, none of which is bifid. Its base is considerably shorter
than that of the dorsal. The pectorals contain 13 rays, the ventral
one of which is bifid. The ventral ray on the left fin is trifid, with
one division deeper than the other so that there at first appear to be
14 rays in this fin. Directly behind and below this fin is the gill
opening, which is 6mm high. The vent is a short distance ahead of
the origin of the anal.

Remarks.—Regan (1926, pp. 26, 27) has limited the genus Onei-
rodes to those members of the family Oneirodidae having the pre-
maxillaries not particularly protracted, the illicium near the end of
the snout, followed by an isolated simple ray that appears on the
middle of the back. To this genus, then, he leaves Oneirodes esch-
richtii, noting that O. niger Brauer and O. cornutus Gilchrist probably
are species of the genus Dolopichthys. Oneirodes bulbosus differs from
O. eschrichtii in having 13 instead of 17 pectoral rays, 5 dorsal rays
instead of 6. From the picture of the latter species given by Regan
(1926, p. 26) the new species differs in having the sphenotic spine
posterior to the eye, the maxillary not extending posteriorly to a
vertical from the sphenotic spine, the basal bone of the illicium pro-
jecting past the snout, in having the above mentioned spine below
and behind the corner of the mouth, and in several other characters
such as the gill opening extending down only a small distance from
the base of the pectoral. The structure and the position of the
appendages of the illictum are quite different from those shown for
O. eschrichtit.

It is believed that this is the first example of the genus Onetirodes
taken in the Pacific Ocean. Besides Dolopichthys thompsoni Schultz,
which likewise was taken by the International Fisheries Commission
(Schultz, 1934), this species is the only member of the suborder
Ceratoidea that has been taken from the northeastern Pacific Ocean.

Named in reference to the nearly spherical shape of the body of the
fish.

LITERATURE CITED

Goopz, GrorGE Brown, and Bran, TarLteTton Horrman.

1895. Oceanic ichthyology, a treatise on the deep-sea and pelagic fishes of the
world, based chiefly upon collections made by the steamers Blake,
Albatross, and Fish Hawk in the northwestern Atlantic, with an
atlas containing 417 figures. U.S. Nat. Mus. Spec. Bull. 2, xxxv+
553 pp.

Grecory, Wititiam KINa.

1933. Fish skulls: A study of the evolution of natural mechanisms. ‘Trans.

Amer. Phil. Soc., new ser., vol. 23, pt. 2, pp. 75-481, 302 figs.
JoRDAN, Davip Starr, and EvERMANN, BARTON WARREN.

1896-1900. The fishes of North and Middle America: A descriptive cata-
logue of the species of fish-like vertebrates found in the waters of
North America, north of the Isthmus of Panama. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Bull. 47, pts. 1-4, 3313 pp., 392 pls.

JORDAN, Davip Starr, and GILBERT, CHARLES HENRY.
1881la. Description of two new species of scopeloid fishes, Sudis ringens and
Myctophum crenulare, from Santa Barbara Channel, California.
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, pp. 273-276.
1881b. Description of a new species of Paralepis (Paralepis coruscans) from
the Straits of Juan de Fuca. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, pp.
411-413.
1896. Jn Jordan and Evermann, 1896-1900.
NorMAN, JOHN Roxsruau.

1929. A preliminary revision of the berycoid fishes of the genus Melamphaés.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 4, pp. 153-168.
Parr, ALBERT ErpE.

1927. The stomiatoid fishes of the suborder Gymnophotodermi (Astrones-
thidae, Melanostomiatidae, Idiacanthidae) with a complete review
of the species. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 2, 123 pp.,
62 figs.

1928. Deepsea fishes of the order Iniomi from the waters around the Bahama
and Bermuda Islands with annotated keys to the Sudidae, Mycto-
phidae, Scopelarchidae, Evermannellidae, Omosudidae, Cetomi-
midae and Rondeletidae of the world. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.
Coll., vol. 3, art. 3, 193 pp., 43 figs.

1929. A contribution to the osteology and classification of the orders Iniomi
and Xenoberyces with description of a new genus and species of the
family Scopelarchidae, from the western coast of Mexico; and some
notes on the visceral anatomy of Rondeletia. Occ. Pap. Bingham
Oceanogr. Coll., no. 2, 45 pp., 19 figs.

1931. Deepsea fishes from off the western coast of North and Central Amer-
ica with keys to the genera Stomias, Diplophos, Melamphaes and
Bregmaceros, and a revision of the macropterus group of the genus
Lampanyctus. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 3, art. 4, 53 pp.,
18 figs.

1933. Deepsea Berycomorphi and Percomorphi from the waters around the
Bahama and Bermuda Islands. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll.,
vol. 3, art. 6, 51 pp., 22 figs.

541

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

REGAN, CHARLES TaTE.

1926. The pediculate fishes of the suborder Ceratioidea. Oceanogr. Rep.
Danish Dana Exped. 1920-22, no. 2, 45 pp., 27 figs., 13 pls. Copen-
hagen.

REGAN, CHARLES TaTE, and TREwAvASs, ETHELWYNN.

1930. The fishes of the families Stomiatidae and Malacosteidae. Oceanogr.
Rep. Danish Dana Exped. 1920-22, no. 6, 143 pp., 138 figs., 14 pls.
Copenhagen.

Route, Louis, and ANGEL, FERNAND.

1933. Poissons provenant des campagnes du Prince Albert Iet de Monaco.

Rés. Camp. Sci. Prince de Monaco, fasc. 86, 115 pp., 4 double pls.
ScuMipT, JOHANNES.

1918. Argentinidae, Microstomidae, Opisthoproctidae, Mediterranean Odon-
tostomidae. Rep. Danish Oceanogr. Exped. 1908-10, vol. 2 (Biol-
ogy), pt. A (5), 40 pp., 33 figs.

Scuuttz, LEONARD PETER.

1934. A new ceratiid fish from the Gulf of Alaska. Copeia, 1934, pp. 66-68,
4 figs.

THompson, WILLIAM FRANCIS, and Van CLEvE, RICHARD.

1936. Life history of the Pacific halibut. (2) Distribution and early life
history. Intern. Fish. Comm. Rep. no. 9, 184 pp., 72 figs. Seattle.

TREWAVAS, ETHELWYNN.

1933. On the structure of two oceanic fishes, Cyema atrum Giinther and
Opisthoproctus soleatus Vaillant. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1933,
pt. 3, pp. 601-614, 8 figs., 2 pls.

VAILLANT, Léon Louts.
1888. Poissons. Exped. Sci. Travailleur et Talisman, 406 pp., 28 pls. Paris.
Weser, Max.

1913. Die Fische der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie, monogr. 57,

livr. 65, xii+710 pp., 123 figs., 12 pls. Leiden.
Weser, Max, and Beaurort, LIEVEN FERDINAND DE.

1913. The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. II. Malacopterygii,
Myctophoidea, Ostariophysi: I. Siluroidea. Vol. 2, 404 pp., 151
figs. Leiden.

ZUGMAYER, ERIcH.

191la. Diagnoses des poissons nouveaux provenant des campagnes du yacht
Princesse-Alice (1901 & 1910). Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco,
no. 193, 14 pp.

1911b. Poissons provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse-Alice (1901-
1910). Rés. Camp. Sci. Prince de Monaco, fasc. 35, 174 pp., 6
double pls.

U.S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

onheD. oi p4
cae

7
at,

m4 9 HOD

"ties
Vea

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

issued

INGTOF:
ee

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3063

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS OF THE FAMILIES: NOTODON-
TIDAE AND BOMBYCIDAE IN THE UNITED_STATES
NATIONAL MUSEUM

By Wiu1aAmM ScHAvs

THis paper contains the descriptions of 34 new species of moths,
some of the specimens being received from friends for identification
and some gained by purchase. Twenty-four of the species are from
various parts of Brazil, the remaining ten from scattered localities in
Central and South America. Twenty-six are assigned to the family
Notodontidae; eight belong to the Bombycidae, one in the subfamily
Epiinae and seven in Zanolinae. The material is all in the United
States National Museum.

Family NOTODONTIDAE
Genus PRONERICE Schaus

PRONERICE LUDECIA, new gpecies

Female.—Head and collar mottled fuscous, buffy olive and white,
the patagia with numerous white-tipped scales; abdomen above buffy
olive with faint pale transverse lines, underneath shell pink with dark
olive-buff transverse lines. Fore wing dark citrine with a brownish
tinge; costal margin with transverse black lines and white points
before apex; veins from cell finely darker; an antemedial irregular
black line; a white line on discocellular; a postmedial black line,
partly punctiform, lunular from vein 3 to inner margin; a subterminal

124776—39 543

044 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

sinuous fine white line expanding at apex; terminal small white
streaks on interspaces. Hind wing dull buffy brown; a small white
line above anal angle; cilia white. Wings below brownish drab; fore
wing with the costa finely, the termen narrowly pale vinaceous-pink;
hind wing deep olive-buff, the outer margin broadly brownish drab;
the termen vinaceous-pink.

Expanse, 60 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34725.

Genus NYSTALEA Guénée

NYSTALEA DAHNI, new species

Male.—Head and collar saccardo’s umber, with a posterior lateral
black spot; thorax concealed by the patagia, which are hair brown
streaked with fuscous; metathorax black with lateral tufts of long
white hairs; abdomen dorsally with black tufts at base, the following
segments grayish olive with transverse black lines, underneath white,
at base faintly vinaceous. Fore wing mostly light cinnamon-drab
mottled with light yellowish olive; base narrowly white outwardly
edged by a black line from costa to median vein; short antemedial
paired lines on costa; a fine medial, sinuous, black line, inbent on
inner margin toward base; a subterminal black line forming three
lunules from costa to inner margin, the two upper lunules proximally
edged with white, the upper lunule joined by a dark outbent shade
from costa, the middle lunule preceded by a fuscous vertical streak;
the small lunule on inner margin with only a little white proximally;
the lunules outwardly edged with white on costa and from vein 4 to
inner margin; an irregular terminal black line, somewhat dentate before
tornus; cilia mostly white with black spots. Hind wing white at base,
the termen broadly hair brown, the veins postmedially with fine dark
lines. Fore wing below yellowish white, the veins from cell finely
black; a smoky medial streaky shade; white points on costa before
apex; a subterminal black line parallel with termen, which is white
with black lines on veins. Hind wing below white with faint yellow-
ish suffusions on costa; subterminal small black spots on veins, a
larger spot at veins 3 and 4.

Expanse, 51 mm.

Habitat Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34711.

Two paratypes from the same locality.

Allied to N. multiplex Dognin.

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 545

Genus PROELYMIOTIS Schaus

PROELYMIOTIS SUTILANS, new species

Male.—Palpi buff above, fuscous underneath. Head and collar
mottled gray and brown, the patagia warm buff, dorsally fringed with
dark brown. Abdomen dorsally drab, with pale transverse ines the
last segment and claspers ecru-drab, underneath brownish Tee at
base becoming whitish with dark transverse lines. Fore wing warm
buff with deep olive-buff suffusions and irrorations, the veins with fine
dark streaks; a subbasal fine dark angled line; antemedial line, almost
medial, double, irregularly outcurved, above inner margin inbent
toward base; a black point at each end of discocellular; the veins on
outer half with fine dark streaks, interrupted by the pale postmedial
line, which is outcurved on costa, somewhat sinuous, and incurved to
inner margin; termen with a faint darker angled line from apex to
vein 3, below the vein to vein 4 with an inbent fuscous line, and below
vein 4 a small fuscous lunule, the tips of veins mostly with white and
black scales. Hind wing pale olive-buff with terminal irregular deep
olive-buff suffusions, and a similar median broken fascia. Wings below
colonial buff, a faint dark streak below costa of fore wing.

The female has the hind wing entirely hair brown, with the cilia
white; the wings below almost entirely suffused with citrine-drab.

Expanse, male 36 mm., female 45 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34735.

The species is somewhat variable.

Genus TACHUDA Schaus

TACHUDA ERNEA, new species

Male.—Head and thorax hair brown, metathorax white with
irregular black lines; abdomen above light drab, the basal segment
partly vinaceous, underneath whitish. Fore wing base broadly hair
brown expanding on costa with grayish scaling at base, and with faint
paler spots on costa, and an irregular subbasal black line; antemedial
line double, black, very irregular, filled in with some white scales from
cell to inner margin; an irregular black medial line with a distinct white-
edged line on discocellular; a double postmedial black lunular line
filled in with white scaling, inbent from costa to vein 3 and excurved to
inner margin closely followed by a series of dark lunules, these lines
preceded and followed by vinaceous-buff shading; subterminal black
lunules basally white edged, the tips extending on either side of veins
to termen; an interrupted terminal black line; cilia mottled white and
brown. Hind wing above pale wood brown slightly whitish at base.

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

Fore wing below vinaceous-drab, the costal edge finely pale vinaceous,
also the termen below apex, the inner margin whitish. Hind wing
below partly white, the costal margin and termen slightly vinaceous.

The female differs only in the white shading at costa before the post-
medial line, and a short white streak at apex, this variability existing
no doubt in both sexes.

Expanse, male 33 mm., female 34 mm.

Habitat—Itatiaya Est do Rio, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34704.

Genus SALLUCA Schaus

SALLUCA DURANI, new species

Male.—Head and collar mottled vinaceous-fawn and wood brown;
thorax fuscous concealed by the white patagia; abdomen above fawn
color with paler transverse lines; anal hairs seashell pink; thorax
below and abdomen white, the latter with dark, fine, transverse lines.
Fore wing light buff, the markings cinnamon-buff; an antemedial out-
curved series of small spots; a less intensive series of medial spots,
the space between these two lines buff pink; a small white crescent,
darkly edged, at end of cell; an irregular series of small, subterminal,
triangular points; cilia with white spots on interspaces. Hind wing
light buff, the margins broadly vinaceous-fawn. Wings below whitish
buff, the apex of fore wing suffused with vinaceous-fawn.

Expanse, 40 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34705; also a paratype in the collection.

Closely allied to S. schausi Dognin.

SALLUCA DEFLECTANS, new species

Male.—Palpi black, fringed with roseate and clay color, the vertex
partly fuscous; collar anteriorly pinkish buff, posteriorly deep greenish
olive; thorax white thickly irrorated with sorghum brown. Abdomen
above dorsally army brown, paler laterally, the middle segments with
paler transverse lines, the last segments and underneath pinkish buff.
Fore wing with a fuscous line at base of costa, below it a whitish line
upbent to costa, along which it extends to near apex, medially expand-
ing to a triangular space edged below with buffy olive, the inner
margin and termen paler; subterminal dark points on interspaces; a
dark-angled terminal line mostly finely edged by pale lines proximally ;
cilia with olive-brown spots. Hind wing with inner margin tawny-
olive; costa and a postmedial line from costa to anal angle avellaneous
cut to the veins; termen broadly buffy brown; cilia whitish. Fore
wing below dark olive-buff suffused with light cinnamon-drab, the

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 547

costal edge, termen narrowly, and inner margin broadly white. Hind
wing below white, the costa suffused with light cinnamon-drab.
Expanse, 60 mm.
Habitat —Espirito Santo, Brazil.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34736.
Quite different from any species described.

Genus DISPHRAGIS Hiibner

DISPHRAGIS COREMISTA, new species

Male.—Head and thorax dull green, the tegula crossed and edged
by black. Abdomen above dull reddish at base, then somewhat fus-
cous with faint greenish dorsal scales, the next to last segment testa-
ceous, posteriorly with biscay-green scaling and two small fuscous
spots. Fore wing dull citrine with darker suffusions; subbasal and
antemedial fine, double, black lines faintly lunular; a similar post-
medial line sinuous, incurved below vein 2; subterminal paired black
points on interspaces; small black spots on cilia at veins. Hind wing
flesh ocher, the inner margin dull red, the termen with darker, duller
suffusions; cilia on termen and inner margin white. Fore wing below
light ochraceous-salmon with a darker streak below costa not reaching
termen, the base, tornus, and termen white; cilia with fine dark streaks
at veins. Hind wing below white, with faint roseate suffusions below
costa.

Expanse, 36 mm.

Habitat Hansa Humboldt, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34720.

DISPHRAGIS BACTRINA, new species

Male.—Head dark green; collar fuscous anteriorly then dull cinna-
mon tipped with white; thorax and patagia light green, the patagia
with black lines laterally ; abdomen at base cinnamon-drab, the follow-
ing segments fuscous with slight cinnamon-drab segmental lines.
Fore wing above: Some pale green at base and a wavy black basal
line, followed by a broad saccardo’s olive space with a small green
space below cell, this space outwardly edged by a sinuous black line,
which is followed from cell to inner margin by a pale-green space
limited by a series of small black spots from celi medially to tornus; @
faint cinnamon-buff shade above the oblique series of spots; apical
space roman green preceded by dark reddish suffusions and a greenish
oblique line inbent from apex with fuscous green spots: below it:
termen from vein 4 to tornus yellowish green with subterminal paired
dark spots. Hind wing olive-drab, with a fuscous streak along the

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

inner margin; cilia vinaceous. Wings below white, the fore wing with
faint subterminal dark spots on interspaces.

Expanse, 35 mm.

Habitat—Espirito Santo and Sao Paulo, Brazil, the specimen from
the latter place from the Dognin collection.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 347138.

The species is closely allied to D. bactrea Schaus (=D. crocea
Dognin) from the Amazons and Guianas.

DISPHRAGIS HANDLEYI, new species

Female.—Head and collar mottled light buffy brown and fuscous;
thorax medially black, the patagia mottled with dull green, dorsally
edged with black; abdomen dorsally dull buffy citrine, underneath
ecru-drab. Fore wing olive-citrine, somewhat darker antemedially;
fine darker lines on costa; traces of postmedial and subterminal lines
outcurved on costa, the former line continues as short dark streaks
on veins, the latter line with dark streaks on veins, below vein 3 with
broader spots at inner margin proximally edged by a fine white line.
Hind wing white, the costa broadly olive-citrine, the termen very
narrowly so; some fuscous scaling along inner margin. Wings under-
neath white; costa of fore wing suffused with grayish olive not reaching
apex; terminal small dark spots on cilia at tips of vein; on hind wing
the cilia with very fine dark streaks at veins.

Expanse, 51 mm.

Habitat.—Pueblo Guasca, Colombia.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34722.

Genus MALOCAMPA Schaus

MALOCAMPA MONITA, new species

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen above dark greenish olive, some
white hairs on vertex, the patagia and anal hairs white; body below
and legs white. Fore wing yellowish olive; base white with olivaceous
mottling; medial space on costa and in cell with grayish-olive mot-
tling; termen from below apex to tornus white, the proximal edge ex-
panding irregularly and crossed by some wavy dark scaling. Hind
wing white, the costa and inner margin narrowly dark olive-gray.
Fore wing below silvery white with light olive-gray shading toward
base; a greenish-olive streak below costa to near apex. Hind wing
below light pinkish lilac, the termen white.

Expanse, 38 mm.

Habitat—Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type. —U.S.N.M. no. 34708; also a paratype in collection.

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 549
MALOCAMPA EDNANA, new species

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen above blackish brown, the
abdomen with slightly paler transverse lines; the mietathoras ih
two white spots; abdomen below light buff with darker transverse
lines. Fore wing dark buffy brown, the inner margin white with
some faint darker irrorations, narrow at base, then upturned to near
cell, then slightly downbent toward tornus and upturned to termen
to vein 4 enclosing a small buffy brown spot; a short whitish streak
to apex. Hind wing buffy brown the cilia faintly pale drab-gray.
Fore wing below light purple-drab; inner margin and termen to vein
4 above tornus whitish; a fine darker postmedial line and similar sub-
terminal shading. Hind wing below lilacine white; a fine dark post-
medial line and still fainter subterminal shading.

Expanse, 37 mm.

Habitat —Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34707.

Allied to M. sida Schaus.

MALOCAMPA GRIFFINI, new species

Male.—Palpi fuscous fringed with vinaceous-fawn; head vinaceous-
fawn with a small fuscous spot; collar russet in front, posteriorly fus-
cous; thorax fuscous with a dorsal white line, the patagia light grayish
olive; abdomen dorsally fuscous, narrowly at base, then expanding
laterally, underneath and laterally at base light ochraceous-salmon.
Fore wing largely olive-gray, a chamois spot at base of inner margin
limited by a curved fuscous line; followed by very fine darker lines;
an almost medial black point on costa, and one below it in cell, also a
dark inbent streak from vein 2 to submedian; fine darker lines on post-
medial space, which extends to termen from vein 5 to vein 7 with
black subcostal spots at and before apex; a broad terminal fuscous
space from vein 4 to tornus; termen partly crenulate with black
points at tips of veins. Hind wing partly hyaline with fine dark lines
on veins expanding at the narrow dark termen; inner margin broadly
light ochraceous-salmon, preceded by a dark streak and white point
above anal angle. Fore wing below dark grayish brown; the base
pale ochraceous-buff; costal edge before apex white with four black
points. Hind wing below whitish suffused with light ochraceous-
salmon at base and along inner margin; termen faintly light drab.

Expanse, 58 mm.

Habitat.—Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34706.

Three paratypes in collection.

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86
MALOCAMPA OCCAMA, new species

Male.—Head and front of collar grayish white, with a few dark
hairs predominating on the collar posteriorly; thorax gray with trans-
verse dark scaling; abdomen above drab, the base and terminal seg-
ments mottled with white hairs; abdomen below mostly white. Fore
wing glossy gray; a little white at base crossed by a sinuous dark
line, followed on costa to antemedial line by a hair-brown patch not
extending below median vein, the antemedial dark line double, lunular
dentate to inner margin; an irregular medial line with two black points
on it in cell and followed by an irregular narrow fuscous fascia; post-
medial line double, irregular, with double black points on veins, end-
ing at a hair-brown patch at tornus; a terminal hair brown patch from
apex to vein 4 its proximal edge curved; a lunular terminal black line,
and black spots on the white cilia, at tips of veins. Hind wing
whitish on inner margin, the medial space with pale vinaceous-drab
suffusions; termen broadly citrine-drab; cilia white. Fore wing below
citrine-drab with some white at base and whitish spots postmedially ;
cilia white on interspaces. Hind wing below white with a narrow
terminal citrine-drab shade at apex reduced to short lines on veins
toward anal angle.

Expanse, 37 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34717.

Five paratypes in collection.

MALOCAMPA DELOSIA, new species

Male.—Head and thorax grayish white mottled with fuscous hairs
on collar forming transverse lines; abdomen with base and terminal
segments similar to thorax, the intermediate segments hair brown with
drab-gray segmental lines, underside pale vinaceous-pink. Fore wing
pale brownish vinaceous with darker irrorations; a subbasal lunular
black line, partly double; a double antemedial line, broken by veins,
outbent to postmedial line above submedian; a large triangular post-
medial spot resting on costa, its apex at vein 4 continued as a narrow
line to inner margin; a postmedial double series of small black spots
on interspaces from vein 5 to inner margin; terminal black spots on
interspaces and similar spots at tips of veins. Hind wing ecru-drab,
the veins finely dark; termen narrowly drab, the cilia white. Fore
wing below drab with white suffusions at base and postmedially on
interspaces; cilia white with dark points at tips of veins. Hind wing
below and cilia white; some ecru-drab scaling on costa.

Expanse, 39 mm.

Habitat —Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34718.

Three paratypes in collection.

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS ool

Genus CHADISRA Walker

CHADISRA MARCIDANA, new species

Male——Head buffy brown; collar black with some gray hairs
posteriorly; thorax buffy brown, the patagia white dorsally edged
by a black line. Abdomen dorsally light drab at base, the segments
following darker drab with transverse white lines, the two last seg-
ments white, underneath as above. Fore wing above: Base with a
narrow black wavy line followed by white with dark irrorations from
below cell to inner margin; an antemedial broad hair brown triangular
space from costa to apex below cell, where it becomes linear to inner
margin, edged outwardly by a somewhat lunular medial line, this
line adjacent to a white spot in cell; postmedial space whitish with
dark streaks on costa and irregular dark spots to submedian; a
postmedial! black line outangled on costa from a small costal spot
vertical from vein 7 to vein 6, incurved from vein 6 to vein 4, then
inbent somewhat lunular, closely followed by light drab to vein 4
and divided by a narrow white line; termen rather broadly white
extending basad between veins 4 and 3; a terminal lunular black
line; cilia white with deep grayish-olive spots at veins. Hind wing
above white on inner margin preceded by a light grayish-olive space
to below cell; the medial space on costa whitish; termen citrine-
drab, also the veins; termen from vein 5 to tornus with pale spots
on interspaces. Fore wing below dark vinaceous-drab with ter-
minal white spots on costa and larger spots on termen. Hind wing
below silvery white, the costa and termen dark vinaceous-drab, on
termen diminishing toward anal angle.

Expanse, 50 mm.

Habitat—Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34712.

Also a paratype in National Collection. Closely allied to C.

hymen Dyar.
CHADISRA ALSOPIA, new species

Male—Head and thorax white, mottled with light-gray hairs;
abdomen above to beyond middle dusky brown, the last segments
and the underside white. Fore wing white with faint grayish irrora-
tions; a fine black basal line inangled on median closely followed by
a fainter very irregular line; antemedial line well marked on costa,
very fine, outcurved to median and outbent to inner margin; traces of
a faint postmedial line; subterminal line from costa before apex,
wavily inbent to vein 4 then fainter and sinuous to tornus; a fine

124776—39——2

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM von. 86

wavy terminal line. Hind wing whitish, the margins suffused with
smoky gray, broader from apex to vein 3; cilia white. Fore wing
below silvery white, with postmedial dark suffusions at costa. Hind
wing below silvery white.

Expanse, 42 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type—U.S.N.M. no. 34709.

Ten paratypes in collection.

Genus MERAGISA Schaus

MERAGISA GLACIDIA, new species

Male.—Head and collar white with some grayish hairs. Abdomen
black, overlapped at base with drab hairs; terminal segment white
with fine grayish irrorations; a fine dark and irregular subbasal line;
antemedial line black, double on costa, then outbent, below costa
wavily downbent, fine, partly indicated by black scales; medial line
very faint with a dark point in cell; postmedial line double on costa,
preceded on costa by a short fuscous streak, outbent and fine, joining
the subterminal irregular lunular line; terminal line deeply lunular
from apex, below vein 3 with the lunules wider apart; cilia white.
Hind wing hair brown on termen, the disk with pale greenish suffusions,
the cilia white. Fore wing below yellowish white on base and inner
margin, the outer space broadly hair brown, the costal edge and cilia
white. Hind wing below yellowish white, the costal margin and ter-
men suffused with dark olive-buff.

Expanse, 48 mm.

Habitat —Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34728.

MERAGISA NICOLASI, new species

Male.—Head, collar, and thorax white mottled with light mouse-
gray hairs. Abdomen above at base avallaneous, the following three
segments fuscous with paler transverse lines, the terminal segments
white, underneath white. Fore wing, white with some fine black
and brownish irrorations; a fine dark angled line on costa subbasally;
a small black lunule on costa antemedially, a point medially, paired
black spots postmedially, and three points subterminally on costa;
a slight black streak on discocellular; small postmedial lunules be-
tween veins 2 and 3 and veins 4 and 6; a deep black lunular line on
termen; cilia white. Hind wing grayish olive, the inner margin
broadly mustard yellow, the cilia white, wings below light grayish
olive, the fore wing with the base and inner margin, the costa narrowly

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 553

white, the hind wing with the inner margin broadly white, the cilia
on both wings white.

Expanse, 45 mm.

Habitat —Jepelacio, north Peru.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34734.

Allied to M. dasra Dognin, but very different underneath.

Genus RIFARGIA Walker

RIFARGIA MOLLERI, new species

Female.—Head deep olive-buff; collar in front fuscous, posteriorly
also thorax whitish with gray vertical lines. Abdomen above vina-
ceous-gray, underneath white. Fore wing grayish white with dark
irrorations and fine dark lines; the subbasal line wavy, partly double;
antemedial line double, faintly lunular, vertical to median, then
more wavy, filled in and edged with fuscous scales, expanding on
inner margin; medial line double approximated across discocellular;
postmedial line double, vertical from costa to vein 4, then wavily
incurved followed below vein 3 by four small black spots forming
part of similar spots upbent to costa before apex; a fine terminal
black line; cilia whitish with black spots at veins. Hind wing white,
the termen broadly deep grayish olive, the cilia white. Fore wing
below deep grayish olive, faintly whitish on discocellular, the cilia
white with black points at veins, and on costa near apex. Hind wing
below as above.

Expanse, 40 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Brazil:

Type —U.S.N.M. no. 34730.

Described from a unique specimen.

RIFARGIA EDVINA, new species

Male—HUead dark grayish drab; collar partly clay color; thorax
and patagia drab-gray; abdomen dorsally light drab, laterally drab,
underneath white. Fore wing above whitish, the markings dark
olive-buff; a basal patch on costa; a broad antemedial fascia below
cell to inner margin where it expands toward base and is joined at
cell by a narrow medial spot from costa; a postmedial black line wavily
inbent to vein 3, preceded by a similar line from vein 5 forming large
lunules to inner margin, these lines followed by a narrow shade from
costa to vein 3, where it expands to termen filling the tornal space;
a fine subterminal black line with projecting streaks on veins. Hind
wing above white, the termen narrowly dark drab. Fore wing below
white on inner margin and termen; below costa a blackish-brown
shade from base expanding toward termen, projecting dark lines on

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

the veins. Hind wing below white; a short dark line below base of
costa and similar terminal spots at apex.

Expanse, 42 mm.

Habitat.—Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34716.

RIFARGIA VALTERIA, new species

Male.—Head heliotrope-slate with some lateral white hairs; collar
pale smoke gray edged posteriorly by a fuscous line; thorax and
patagia grayish white, the patagia with a lateral black line; abdomen
with the base and three terminal segments grayish white, the inter-
mediate segments deep mouse gray, underneath white. Fore wing
with the basal half white with grayish irrorations limited by a deep
mouse-gray thick line, outcurved on costa; a subbasal black line; an
antemedial double outcurved line, dentate from costa to median then
lunular; outer half of wing pale purplish gray, with the veins and a
double postmedial lunular line light purplish gray; a subterminal
lunular black line from costa to vein 4, then fainter and straight to
inner margin; a terminal deeply lunular black lime. Hind wing with
basal half and inner margin whitish, the veins finely dark; termen
broadly deep mouse gray. Fore wing below dark violet-gray, the
base whitish, also postmedially on interspaces; costa terminally finely
white also the cilia. Hind wing below white, the termen broadly
dark violet gray, the cilia white.

Expanse, 48 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34715.

Two paratypes in collection.

RIFARGIA OGDENI, new species

Male.—Head and collar mottled gray and brown; thorax mottled
with brown and gray hairs; abdomen above dark purple-drab with
dull grayish hairs at base and on terminal segments. Fore wing
grayish white at base on inner margin and at tornus; basal and sub-
basal irregular black lines and spots; antemedial line black, double,
lunular partly filled in with buff; medial space white with fine dark
irrorations; a conspicuous velvety-black spot at end of cell followed
by a fine outcurved dark line and a fine double lunular postmedial
line followed on costa by short black streaks; a whitish subterminal
line preceded and followed by black streaks on veins; subterminal
fuscous spots on interspaces and similar spots on tips of veins; some
fuscous scaling at tornus. Hind wing hair brown, slightly paler at
base; cilia white also a small spot above anal angle. Fore wing below
hair brown with slight paler suffusions on basal half; cilia white on

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 559
interspaces. Hind wing below whitish below costa and on inner
margin, the costa and termen broadly hair brown; cilia white.

Expanse, 35 mm.

Hatbitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type—uvU.S.N.M. no. 34714.

Also two paratypes in collection.

Genus NAVARCOSTES Schaus

NAVARCOSTES OAKLEYI, new species

Male.—Head and collar cinnamon-buff, the latter tipped with black
scales; thorax vinaceous-brown, the metathorax cinnamon-buff :
patagia white at shoulder; abdomen above dull taupe brown, with a
quadrate tuft of fuscous scales at base, and a faint brownish-drab
dorsal line, the anal hairs white; thorax below light grayish olive, the
venter white on terminal half. Fore wing above with the base from
costa to submedian vein crossed by a double fine black line forming
two lunules; space beyond to subterminal pallid quaker drab crossed
by numerous fine dark olive-buff striae; an antemedial darker ante-
medial shade, broad on costa, expanding on inner margin, preceded
and followed on costa by short black lines and forming in cell a small
spot; subterminal line slightly outcurved on costa and inbent to inner
margin, parallel with termen, consisting of double black lunules on
interspaces, also with a few black points, expanding distally beyond
cell; termen white from vein 5 to tornus; apex suffused irregularly
with light brown and gray, the costa with small black spots and
striae; subterminal black lunules, merely punctiform at tornus; ter-
minal dark shading from apex to vein 4. Hind wing hair brown, the
base with pale suffusions, the cilia white. Fore wing below mostly
grayish olive, the costa, termen and inner margin white, a terminal
black line, also the veins terminally black; cilia cinnamon at apex.
Hind wing below white, the costa and termen grayish olive, more
diffused than on fore wing.

Expanse, 44 mm.

Habitat.—Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34710.

Two paratypes in collection.

Genus KURTIA Schaus

KURTIA DELOSIA, new species

Male.—Head fuscous with a white patch in front of antenna; palpus
black above, underneath white; front of collar fuscous; thorax and
patagia mottled avellaneous and fuscous; abdomen above dark drab,
underneath light grayish vinaceous with transverse drab bands. Fore

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

wing buffy olive, somewhat glossy, the costa broadly pale ochraceous-
salmon; a dark spot at base of costa. Hind wing dark olive-buff,
somewhat metallic, with faint whitish suffusions at base. Fore wing
below paler than above, strongly metallic, the costa slightly vinaceous.
Hind wing below glossy white with faint darker suffusions.

Expanse, 48 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Brazil.

Type —vU.S.N.M. no. 34721.

Genus HEMICERAS Guénée

HEMICERAS TRISTANA, new species

Male.—Palpi chamois, the upper edge tawny; vertex gray with a
few dark scales; collar in front and patagia light grayish vinaceous,
the latter dorsally edged with fuscous, also the thorax; abdomen dor-
sally drab, sublaterally and underneath cameo pink. Fore wing
honey yellow, silky and with a faint roseate tinge with dark irrorations
forming lines; at base a costal spot to median vein; an antemedial
shade slightly outeurved from subcostal to inner margin followed by
black points on subcostal, median and below median; some dark shad-
ing medially above inner margin; a small black spot in cell at subcostal;
an oval narrow black spot on discocellular; a black point at base of
vein 5 closely followed by a larger black spot; a pale postmedial line
from costa to vein 2, then slightly incurved, its proximal edge with
black points on veins and with darker shading distally at inner
margin; termen with irregular dark shading. Hind wing whitish with
honey-yellow suffusions, dark at anal angle. Fore wing below light
pinkish cinnamon, the hind wing white.

Female.—The wings distinctly darker, the suffusions broader, al-
most dark vinaceous-drab; a fine pale outcurved antemedial line.

Expanse.—Male 44 mm.; female 47 mm.

Habitat.—Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34726.

Allied to Hemiceras latior Draudt and H. punctata Dognin, differing
in the three discal spots on fore wing. Five males and two females in
collection.

HEMICERAS ROSTERIA, new species

Male.—Head and body above cinnamon-buff, abdomen laterally
and underneath pinkish buff. Fore wing antimony yellow, somewhat
darker on inner margin; the lines fine, darker, the antemedial, vertical,
pale edged proximally, the postmedial from costa at two-thirds from
base, inbent to inner margin near antemedial, pale edge distally; a
subterminal line more indistinct; a faint streak on discocellular, the
inner margin lobed at middle. Hind wing white suffused with pale

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 557

yellow-orange; stigma small, the color of fore wing. Wings below pale
ochraceous-salmon, the fore wing with traces of antemedial and post-
medial lines, the cilia finely dark red.

Female.—Fore wing somewhat darker than in the male, the sub-
terminal line better defined and distally pale edged.

Expanse-—Male 32 mm.; female 44 mm.

Type —U.S.N.M. no. 34727.

Habitat —Aroa, Venezuela.

Allied to Hemiceras ruizi Dognin. Three males and four females in
collection.

Family BOMBYCIDAE

Subfamily EPINAE

Genus QUENTALIA Schaus

QUENTALIA CAMELOI, new species

Female—Head, collar, and thorax aniline black; abdomen vina-
ceous slate. Fore wing deep heliotrope-gray, the markings aniline
black; a streak on base of costa; a basal patch below cell; an angled
faint medial line; the end of cell and slightly beyond connecting with
a postmedial angled line; the termen narrowly, and a subterminal line
from apex pale vinaceous-drab. Hind wing vinaceous-slate; a faint
paler subterminal line; on inner margin three small black spots sepa-
rated by pale grayish vinaceous scaling. Wings below dark helio-
trope-gray. Fore wing with termen below apex narrowly dark slate-
violet not reaching tornus, proximally edged by a pale ecru-drab line;
dark suffusions at base; inner margin ochraceous-buff. Hind wing
below with a thick darker medial line and a fine streak on discocellular ;
a subterminal dark Junular line distally edged with some paler scales.

Expanse, 34 mm.

Habitat—Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, Mexico.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34701.

Collected by Joaquin Camelo.

Subfamily ZANOLINAE

Genus APATELODES Packard

APATELODES MERLONA, new species

Male.—Head, collar, and patagia light russet-vinaceous; a small
dorsal black spot on collar, thorax posteriorly black, probably the
same under patagia; abdomen somewhat darker with fine dark trans-
verse lines, the anal segment above fuscous. Fore wing light russet-
vinaceous, the termen partly and tornal space with dark vinaceous-
drab suffusions forming broad upright lines; subbasal, antemedial,
medial, and postmedial black points on costa with faint, darker,

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

sinuous lines, the medial line double, the postmedial line outcurved,
then punctiform; a velvety-black outcurved spot on inner margin
beyond base followed by a fine upright black line. Hind wing above
mostly light cinnamon-drab, the costa whitish, the veins finely dark;
a somewhat paler medial shade; a postmedial black spot on inner
margin, edged below with white. Fore wing below vinaceous-fawn,
the costal margin white to near apex, the postmedial line broad,
darker, faintly curved at costa then vertical; a fine dark angled line
on costa before apex; termen dark vinaceous-purple narrowing to
tornus. Hind wing below with basal half of costa broadly light
grayish vinaceous, a pale vinaceous large triangular spot on inner
margin broadly edged above and below with dark vinaceous-drab;
a short dark medial line from costa; an outcurved postmedial white
line with some pale vinaceous scaling above it at inner margin;
termen mostly vinaceous-drab.

Expanse, 52 mm.

Habitat—Cheyel, Guatemala.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34698.

APATELODES FLORISA, new species

Female.—Head, collar, and thorax light vinaceous-gray with a
medial fuscous line; abdomen light vinaceous-drab, with fuscous
dorsal tufts and lateral fuscous segmental lines, underneath purplish
vinaceous. Fore wing largely light grayish vinaceous; some light
brownish vinaceous scaling followed on inner margin by a dark vina-
ceous upright oblique spot on one wing, on the other formed by a
series of short upright lines; a double outcurved dark line from costa,
united below cell, downbent double, lunular on inner margin; a faint
whitish line at end of cell; a dark postmedial line outbent from costa,
then lunular dentate, indistinct, followed by a parallel line with
black points on veins; a broken black triangular line on costa before
apex distally edged with white; termen partly shaded with fuscous
from vein 5 to near tornus on one wing, on the other the shading is
absent. Hind wing cinnamon-buff, darker on termen; faint medial
and postmedial lines; inner margin with dark scaling, an angled white
line above anal angle. Fore wing below cinnamon-pink, the inner
margin whitish; a triangular white spot on costa before apex; termen
from apex to vein 2 hessian brown. Hind wing below cinnamon-buff;
inner margin white from base to medial line which is slightly excurved
below vein 3; postmedial line fine, white, proximally edged by a black
line. The apex of fore wing acute, the termen rounded.

Expanse, 35 mm.

Habitat—Tucuman, Argentina.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34696,

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 559
APATELODES VISTANA, new species

Female.—Vertex light grayish vinaceous; collar and thorax cinna-
mon-buff, the former with a small dorsal black spot, the latter posteri-
orly black connected with a basal black band on abdomen, which is
slightly darker than the thorax. Fore wing with the base and ante-
riorly light pinkish cinnamon; an antemedial fine dark line, basally
pale edged outwardly curved from costa, preceded on inner margin
by a large, almost quadrate velvety-black spot nearly reaching cell;
medial, postmedial, and subterminal fine outcurved lines; the tornal
area to vein 3 from medial line to termen suffused with mikado brown,
also along termen to apex inwardly limited by a pale roseate line from
costa. Apex of wing produced, the termen excurved below it. Hind
wing pecan brown, the costal margin more roseate; a dark antemedial
curved line and a pale postmedial line; a livid pink streak on inner mar-
gin cut by a small black spot. Fore wing below vinaceous-fawn the
costal margin white to near apex; the lines faint except the distinct post-
medial line; a subterminal fine white line from costa, faintly indicated
from vein 4 to inner margin; termen dark vinaceous-purple except at
tornus. Hind wing below somewhat darker except the broad roseate
costal region; a short dark line at cell, a distinct dark medial line, and
a fine whitish subterminal line more deeply curved; termen at anal
angle dark vinaceous-purple; the pale line on inner margin as above.

Expanse, 73 mm.

Habditat.—Buena Vista, Colombia.

Type —U.S.N.M. no. 34697.

APATELODES DAMORA, new species

Male.—Head and collar pale congo pink; patagia white, irrorated
with grayish-vinaceous hairs; thorax concealed by patagia. Abdomen
above with white hairs at base, then roseate followed by white seg-
ments all crossed by black segmental lines; anal hairs partly cinnamon-
drab; underneath roseate. Fore wing base with costa white, followed
by gray and black scaling in base of cell, a light russet-vinaceous ante-
medial space from below costa to inner margin followed by white
scaling in cell; a medial cinnamon-drab fascia, broad on costa, con-
stricted to a line from cell to below vein 2, expanding on inner margin,
the whole limited by a sinuous drab line; terminal third lilacine white;
a postmedial fine dark lunular line; traces of a subterminal from costa
to vein 3; a small russet-vinaceous spot on costa before apex with a
small white spot. Hind wing cinnamon-buff without lines; costa
whitish; inner margin whitish with two small dark spots. Fore wing
below whitish faintly suffused with pinkish buff; a faint postmedial
line; a triangular terminal russet-vinaceous patch from apex to vein a

560 ROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 86

a small hyaline spot above vein 6. Hind wing below with basal half
as on fore wing, the termen broadly brownish vinaceous; medial dark
points on costa and discocellular; two similar points before the white
inner margin; a fine dark curved postmedial line.

Expanse, 40 mm.

Habitat—Hansa Humboldt, Brazil.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34700.

APATELODES EROTINA, new species

Male.—Head avellaneous with a small black spot; collar and patagia
drab-gray, the collar anteriorly dark brown, the patagia dorsally with
some black hairs and medially crossed by a black line; thorax posteri-
orly fuscous. Abdomen dorsally hair brown, laterally with pale
segmental lines. Fore wing drab-gray mottled with ecru-drab, the
lines very fine, dark; the antemedial outbent to vein 2 then sinuous
and downbent, the medial line slightly outcurved and downbent,
touching the antemedial at vein 2, both lines then diverging to inner
margin; the cell crossed at discocellular by a whitish line, followed by
an outcurved line from costa; postmedial line more prominent and
darker, more sinuous from vein 4 to inner margin; subterminal line
white from costa expanding into a small white spot at vein 5, then
faintly indicated; a dark curved shade from below angle of cell to
tornus; a curved fuscous spot on inner margin antemedially; apex
acute, termen rounded. Hind wing avellaneous, paler on costa; faint
darker medial and postmedial lines; anal angle fuscous, and a small
black spot above it on inner margin. Fore wing below from base for
two-thirds pale salmon color; costa finely whitish; terminal third
avellaneous, the apex narrowly fuscous; a subterminal dark straight
line from costa to tornus. Hind wing below with the large pale grayish-
vinaceous spot on inner margin acute toward base touching a similar
broad shade on basal half of costal margin, the spot outwardly edged
with mikado brown; a postmedial curved line from costa to inner
margin just above the anal angle, this line fine, dark, distally edged
with white, proximally broadly army brown from costa to vein 5;
termen broadly light russet-vinaceous and cinnamon-drab; anal
angle edged with dark purple-drab.

Expanse, 42 mm.

Habitat.—Erotina, Costa Rica.

Type —U.S.N.M. no. 34699.

Genus THELOSIA Schaus
THELOSIA MAYACA, new species

Male.—Head, collar, and thorax drab; abdomen light pinkish
cinnamon. Fore wing ochraceous-buff, the termen broadly suffused

NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS—SCHAUS 561

with roseate, the costa sorghum brown, the inner margin whitish not
reaching tornus; faint subbasal, antemedial, and medial darker lines
all irregular; a fuscous point in cell; postmedial almost vertical Breil
buckthorn brown; an irregular subterminal line, punctiform, a es
margin lunular; a submarginal deeply lunular line, hair brown; cilia
dark tipped with white. Hind wing tawny-olive, darker on termen;
a faint darker medial line. Fore wing below purplish drab, the costa
and termen warm buff; a postmedial dark line, almost vertical; the
submarginal line of upper side indicated; a dark terminal line. Hind
wing below warm buff with some dark irrorations, a black point on
cell; medial line downbent from costa, at cell inbent to middle of
inner margin; traces of a subterminal line; cilia white with dark
points at tips of veins.

Expanse, 37 mm.

Habitat —Pumayacea, Peru.

Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 34694.

THELOSIA HERTA, new species

Male.—Closely allied to Thelosia mayaca Schaus, differing in the
following respect: Abdomen below white. Fore wing more of a
salmon-buff; the medial line more distinct; postmedial line finer,
nearer termen; subterminal line distinct, lunular; marginal line also
lunular; hind wing darker, no medial line. Wings below light ochra-
ceous-buff, the fore wing with a point in cell, the postmedial line very
fine, faintly sinuous approximated by the distinct subterminal line;
submarginal line sinuous. Hind wing below with the medial line
faint, lunular dentate, as also the subterminal line.

Expanse, 23 mm.

Habitat.—Villa Rica, Paraguay.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 34695.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

=
x re
THSOS SS
rita Cy
INGTOR

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington: 1939 No. 3064
SS :79:°9OT”O*o*F*FEheEo*ez*T“0O=*—eoeamwOOe——SSO eee ee

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA (LEPIDOP-
TERA: GELECHIIDAE), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
GENERA

By Aveusr Busck

Tue cenvs Gelechia Hubner; type G. rhombella (Schiffermiiller),
has become, in the course of years since its erection, a “wastebasket” 2
for hundreds of heterogeneous species of gelechiids that could not
readily be assigned to other genera on wing or palpal characters. The
result is an aggregation of more than 400 such species under the
gereric name Gelechia. Quite aside from the inconvenience of such
an unwieldy number of species in one genus, it is apparent that this
lumping does not represent a natural grouping, but that many of the
included species are less related to their associates in the check lists
under that genus than they are to the species placed in other genera.
Gnorimoschema Busck (Phthorimaea Meyrick), for example, which
has been correctly separated for many years on obvious pterogostic
and oral characters, is clearly more closely related to Gelechia proper
than most of the genera here eliminated from the concept. For this
reason it is included in the synoptic tables in this paper, and figures
of the genitalia are given for comparison (pl. 58, fig. 2; pl. 65, fig. 36).

Several sound attempts have been made by workers in continental
Europe, notably Heinemann,’ to make a more natural classification
by the erection of separate genera for species with certain slight modi-
fications of wing structure and palpal characters in common, but the

1 Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge, p. 415, 1816.
2 As early as 1872 V. T. Chambers commented on “the elastic limits of that accommo-

dating genus Gelechia, the microlepidopterists’ waste-paper box,” Can. Ent., vol. 4, p. 147,
1872.
8 Schmetterlinge Deutschlands und der Schweiz, 1870.

126129—39——1 on

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

absence of any striking differences in these characters left, never-
theless, a large residue of species, not closely related, in the genus
Gelechia, which thereby became difficult to define concisely. Spuler *
states after his description of the genus: “Die Verschiedenheiten im
Bau verlangen eine Aufteilung der Arten in mehrere Genera,” and
several others have pointed this out. On the other hand, Meyrick ®
discarded even these attempts and lumped 380 species in Grelechia.

Of late, new species have been described as “Gelechia species” or
“Gelechia? sp.,” ° and, as many more new species of this group are yet
to be described, it is desirable, both for practical and for taxonomic
reasons, that the genus, which contains a number of species of eco-
nomic importance, should be divided into its different natural
components.

A study of the genitalia of both sexes reveals characters by which
this division can be made, and a more natural arrangement of the
numerous species can be effected. A first step toward this was made
by Pierce and Metcalfe’ for the limited British fauna. These
authors reduced the number of British species included by Meyrick
in Gelechia from 31 to 8. The present paper is a further attempt to
divide the genus on genitalic characters, but as it deals mainly with
the North American and European species, it is to be expected that
additional work along the same lines will be required for the species
of other faunas. The resurrection on genitalic characters of nearly
all the genera proposed in this group by earlier workers, but which
have later been discarded and placed as synonyms in Meyrick’s re-
vision of the family, is one gratifying result of this study. Besides
these it has been found necessary to define seven new genera.

The generic division on genitalic characters does not contradict
the characters of venation and mouth parts; on the contrary, the
genitalia serve further to support these characters, but it is realized
that some of the wing characters are not so stable in this group as
hitherto supposed. For example, the close approximation of veins
3 and 4 in the fore wing of Gelechia, as now restricted, culminates
in some of the species in the stalking of these veins, and this ap-
parently does not justify generic separation. Overemphasis of this
character, which recurs in several other genera, led Walsingham °
to assert that in any division of Gelechia the genonym must be re-
stricted to the group having veins 3 and 4 of the fore wings stalked,
and on that ground he associated the common American bosquella

4Die Schmetterlinge Europas, vol. 2, p. 360, 1910.

® Genera insectorum, fasc. 184, pp. 74-84, 1925.

° Keifer, Monthly Bull. California Dept. Agr., vol. 25, p. 240-242, 1936.

7 Genitalia of the tineid families of the Lepidoptera of the British Islands, 1935.
§ Biologia Centrali-Americana, vol. 4, p. 60, 1911. F

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSOK 565

Chambers with the genotype of Gelechia, the European rhombella;
bosquella, however, differs from Gelechia in other venational charac-
ters and on the basis of genitalia structures belongs to a quite differ-
ent group, for which Meyrick has erected the genus Stegasta, the
type of which is the Indian species variana Meyrick. For com-
parison the striking genitalia of this genus are figured (pl. 63, figs.
26, 27; pl. 70, figs. 60, 61). gi

The genus Bryotropha Heinemann, sunk by Meyrick as a synonym
of Gelechia, owing to the supposed lack of stable venational charac-
ters to differentiate it, although retained by the continental European
workers, proves to be very distinctly defined by the genitalia, as
already shown by Pierce and Metcalfe’, and its validity is further
emphasized by the venation and by the single bristle on the basal
antennal joint, a character that does not seem to have been recorded
before, apparently having been overlooked; it is a remnant of a
pecten, which is very significant and unusual in the family
Gelechiidae, shared only by very few genera, like Sitotroga and
Pectinophora, from which Bryotropha is widely separated on other
characters.

In Avroga, which was mainly founded on the separation of veins
3 and 4 in the hind wings, it is found that this character varies
within closely allied species and even in the sexes of the same species.

Like the generic characters in venation and labial palpi, certain
characters of the genitalia are found not to be absolute. Nature does
not conform with artificial synoptic tables, and these must be used
with discretion and with an intimate knowledge of allied forms as
well as of the group under study. Thus the signum of the female
bursa is absent in some species that are clearly referable on all other
characters to genera where the signum normally is present. This
absence in isolated species of a character present in closely related
species is as difficult to explain as is the purpose of the character
itself, but numerous examples of such absence in widely separated
families lead to the opinion that the absence of this character is not
necessarily of generic significance and that the exception to the rule
does not disprove the rule, as we are able to conceive it. Similarly it
is found that characters of the male genitalia, which normally are
remarkably constant and dependable in the separation of genera, are
found in certain genera to be variable, even within the species. Thus
while symmetry and asymmetry of the genitalia are not normally
found within the same genus, both occasionally do occur as variations
within a single species, as for example in the genus Chionodes, which,
therefore, must be defined on other more stable genitalic characters.

7 Genitalia of the tineid families of the Lepidoptera of the British Islands, 1935.

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOu, 86

In spite of these and other variations the genitalia are, as is the
venation, remarkably constant and offer excellent characters for
generic and specific definition as well as for family grouping. The
fact that scarcely any two specimens of our common cosmopolitan
clothes moth, Zineola biselliella (Hummel), have identical venation
does not nullify the value of venation, and this species may actually
be identified on its venation alone in spite of the variation. Simi-
larly there is very great variation in the harpes of the gelechiid spe-
cies Chionodes dentella (Busck), but the species may nevertheless be
definitely identified by the genitalia alone.

No apology is needed for the use of the characters of the genitalia
as major determinating factors in the definition of genera. Their
value in the sound classification of Lepidoptera is conceded by all
modern workers. The time has passed when the dissection of these
parts of the males was deplored and consolation found in the belief
that “this new science will not classify the females, so it is a pleasant
reflection in these days of equal suffrage to know that the females
will still look forward” while “it may be necessary some day to turn
our males around in our collections and let them travel backwards.” ®

Too little is known as yet about the early stages of this group to
warrant generalizations about the larval and pupal characters, but
the few species of which these stages have been properly studied and
figured, mainly by Heinrich and Keifer, clearly substantiate further
the generic divisions made in this paper. The presence or absence
of a cremaster in the pupa and the length of the wing covers and
antenna of the pupa, for example, appear from the evidence at hand
to be constant within the genus; these characters will presumably
prove to be of generic value and verify the divisions made in this
paper on adult characters.

The present contribution is based on material in the United States
National Museum. The figures were drawn under the author’s super-
vision by Mrs. Mary Foley Benson from slides made by the author.
The plates were arranged by Mrs. Eleanor A. Carlin. To both
thanks are due for their expert help.

The group of genera here considered have the following external
and venational characters in common: Antennae shorter than fore
wings; second joint of labial palpus thickened with scales, and with
rough and normally furrowed tuft beneath; terminal joint nearly as
long as or slightly longer than second. Fore wings elongate, more
or less pointed; 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa, 6 sometimes out
of 7 near base, 3 and 4 approximate, connate or short-stalked, 1b
furcate at base, 1c absent. Hind wings nearly as broad as or broader

° A. F. Braun, Ent. News, vol. 32, p. 118, 1921.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 567

than fore wings, trapezoidal ; apex pointed or obtuse; termen more
or less sinuate; 8 veins; 3 and 4 closely approximate, connate or
short-stalked ; 5 nearer 4 than 6 at base; 6 and 7 approximate at
base or connate, or stalked. Hind tibiae atin haired above.

fet ek ek
ow bo

ft
ix

ADOor DS eH

HK SOoMONDOUA

GENERA DEFINED IN THIS PAPER

. Gelechia MHiibner; type, rhombella (Schiffermiiller). Synonym, Oeseis

Chambers; type, bianulella (Chambers).

. Gnorimoschema Busck; type, gallaesolidaginis (Riley). New synonym,
Phthorimaea Meyrick; type, operculella (Zeller).

. Keiferia, new genus; type, lycopersicella (Busck).

. Lita Treitschke; type, longicornis (Curtis).

. Friseria, new genus; type, lindenella (Busck).

Chionodes Hiibner; type, lugubrella (Fabricius).

. Filatima, new genus; type, serotinella (Busck).

. Bryotropha Heinemann; type, terrella (Schiffermiiller).

. Frumenta, new genus; type, nundinella (Zeller).
. Aroga Busck; type, paraplutella (Busck).

. Pseudochelaria Dietz; type, pennsylvanica Dietz.

. Fascista, new genus; type, cercerisella (Chambers).

. Epilechia, new genus; type, catalinella (Buseck) (tehuacana Busck), new

synonymy.
. Faculéa, new genus; type, triangulella (Busck).

OTHER GENERA FIGURED FOR COMPARISON

. Mothris Hiibner; type, verbascella (Schiffermiiller).

. Stegasta Meyrick; type, variana Meyrick.

. Evippe Chambers; type, prunifoliella Chambers.
. Anacampsis Curtis; type, populella (Clerck).

. Recurvaria Haworth; type, nanella (Htibner).
. Strobisia Clemens; type, iridipennella Clemens.
. Dichomeris Hiibner; type, ligulella (Htibner).

SYNOPTIC KEY TO THE GENERA BASED ON MALE GENITALIA

. Unecus hood-shaped, with apex sometimes indented or bifid------------- 2
FLO) re US TT OEE OO Les Tn eno Cl ee a ee 10

. Base of gnathos soft, pillowlike, minutely spined, with slight
TEIN ANN AIRS CLC Tete Zelda eee 3
Gnathos aestrong shook 22 -2-— 4 2 te Sd =a ee ea eee 4

. Alimentary canal within tegumen supported by two flattened
ROC Geer. ne rio een Dk ee et Sh See eee Gelechia
Alimentary canal without such support—------------------ Gnorimoschema
. Uncus very short, edged with row of strong spines-------------------- 5
Uncus large_____.-_-----_-------------------------------=-----------= 6
. Aedeagus straight, with stalk below entrance hole for penis---------- Lita
Friseria

Aedeagus curved, with bulbous base__---------~------------------

. Aedeagus with long stalk below entrance hole for penis= === === Chionodes
Aedeagus without such stalk_----_----------------------------------- rb
. Aedeagus short, stumpy, with lateral branches or spines_—_=—----------—-

Aedeagus long, slender, with bulbous base_---------------------------

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

10.

11.

12.

13.

Harpes divideds:s!ais..)) }t eee Se ee Filatima
Harpes not, divided +2... 24s se eS ee Epilechia
Hook of enathos) pointed=—~—-— 2— == 322 eee Bryotropha
Hook of ‘gnathos, Spoon-shaped= == —- = a ee Frumenta
Uncus’ pomted; ‘sm0cth == = see ee 11
Uneus“ blunt, spiny 2.2 22 es ee Pseudochelaria
Gnathos -weak or absent®]—=3 4. SSS eS Se 12
Gnathos, strongly. developed. -== = see 13
Harpes ending: in: Sharp spine: 2.2 =e = eee Aroga
BEV Sys ep SS Ta Ee TO 20 Lal a a Keiferia
Harpes divided OF fturcstewt Uip-2 =. 2 ee Fascista
iMarpes ‘Simple: 222 2 S225 sae a es ee 8 ee ee Faculta

SYNOPTIC KEY TO THE GENERA BASED ON FEMALE GENITALIA

1, Signum: doubles 233 SS) ee eee 2
Signum single:...-2-=<_. #2 SS. eee ee eee eee 3
2) Signa two istronglydentite’ plates: ee eee Lita
Signa two large, flattened, smooth-edged plates_____-----_-----_ Epilechia
3... signum.& ‘single thorn or spine2220 =) es ee ee 4
Signum not 6022222 eee ee ee eee 7
4; Signum ‘strongly dentate=— eee Filatima albilorella (Zeller)
Signum’ not dentate ‘or: only ‘slightly ‘so3 2 ee eee 5
5. Signum a sharp-edged, compressed thorn from a flattened base_-_ Fascista
Signum n0t :60222— See Ee a 8 ee eee 6
6. Signum! long;. curved, sharply pointed. —..-- "on ee Keiferia
Gnorimoschema
Signum straight, obtusely pointed. = ee eee Frumenta
7. Signum an involuted, double-flanged, spiny plate--__-_----_-__----__-_ ela
Siempm | NOE SO. a ee 10
§. Signum Jarge, angular, with,.minute spines_=-- =. eee 9
Signum small, oval, with dentate edges._._.________.__-_~.-_.. Chionodes
9. Ostia plate with. IAteral TORO = oe sae ee eee ee ee Gelechia
Ostial plate; without lateralllobes2.. =e eee Pseudochelaria
10, Upper partor Dursa(spined = - 205-6 e S —eee eh
Bursal wall not. spines. 2-2 5 ne be ap Ee ee 13
1. Ductus..bursae. short, straight... > 2 ee ee 12
Duetus bursaevlong, “twisted upon’ itself. 282 )_ Cote Jeera Friseria
12) Signum: with-four- long? arms. - = a ee Faculta
Signum ‘NOCBOL 2 O22 Sele ee ee ee ee Filatima
except F. albilorella (Zeller)

13. Signum a small rectangular plate with a strong spine at each

corner: Detail er) fe lea vorniite -senirees iin eu Ry ree Aroga
Signum a spiny plate with two transverse raised keels____---- Bryotropha

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 569

1. Genus GELECHIA Hiibner

PLATE 58, Figure 1; PLATE 61, Fiaure 19; PLate 65, Ficure 34

Gelechia HUsner, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge, p. 415, 1816.
type, Tinea rhombella Schiffermiiller. )

Cirrha CHAMBERS, Can. Ent., vol. 4, p. 146, 1892. (Genotype, Depressaria albi-
sparsella Chambers.)

Oeseis CHAMBERS, Cincinnati Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 2, p. 295, 1875. (Genotype,
Oeseis bianulella Chambers.)

(Geno-

Fore wings with veins 3 and 4 closely approximate, connate or
stalked. Hind wings broader than fore wings. Veins 6 and 7 closely
approximate or more often stalked.

Male genitalia with uncus reduced as a soft, hoodlike upper edging
of tegumen with few short, nearly equidistant spines. Gnathos a
soft, minutely spined pillow *° terminating in a small, weakly chitin-
ized, often 3-forked hook. Socii absent. Alimentary canal supported
by two large flattened rods within tegumen. Upper branch of harpe
long, often flattened, spindle-shaped, pointed, hairy at tip; lower
branch of harpe shorter, often abruptly bent forward on middle.
Aedeagus specialized, pointed, scobinate at tip and normally with a
short branch. Vinculum strong, with flattened process. Eighth
segment developed into a cover for the genitalia; dorsal half largest
and with two thin, curved hair tufts from near base.

Female genitalia with short lateral lobes on genital plates; signum
quadrangular with the two opposite edges bent upward and inward to
form a pocket, normally heavily covered with short spines; rarely
signum absent (rhombella).

The American QOeseis bianulella Chambers was mistakenly made a
synonym of the European sabinella Zeller by Meyrick and placed in
the genus Wothris; the two species are congeneric but quite distinct
specifically and do not belong to Vothris Hiibner, which has a different
type of genitalia (pl. 63, fig. 25, and pl. 71, fig. 63). Both species fall
in Gelechia as here defined; if a separation seems necessary, of the
species that are here placed in Gelechia but which have the brush on
the second joint of the labial palpi longer and pointed, approaching
that of Dichomeris, the generic name Oeseis Chambers may be utilized.
The character does not appear to be of generic importance in this
group, however, because all the intergrades between the evenly short-
furrowed brush to the longer brush with uneven length of scales are
found in otherwise closely similar species.

10 Pierce and Metcalfe (op. cit.) consider this the anus, but the alimentary canal opens
behind it, between it and the uncus, and from comparison with the similar structure in
Gnorimoschema I believe it to be associated with the gnathos. The assignment of name
may be debatable; but whatever the designation, the structure is very striking and an
excellent character in the definition of the two genera possessing it.

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86
NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF GELECHIA
bianulella (Chambers). Synonyms: ] mandella Busck.
ocellella Chambers, sabinella Mey-| lynceella Zeller.
rick (nec Zeller). caudata Clarke.
anarsiella Chambers. trilineella Chambers.
monella Busck. desiliens Meyrick.
panella Busck. dromicella Busck.
dyariella Busck. obscurosuffusella Chambers. Synonym:

canopulvella Chambers.
ribesella Chambers.
benitella Barnes and Busck.

rileyella (Chambers).

albisparsella (Chambers).
platanella (Chambers).

versutella Zeller.

Synonym:

EUROPEAN SPECIES OF GELECHIA

rhombella (Schiffermiiller).
muscosella Zeller.
hippophaella Zeller.
rhombelliformis Staudinger.
sororealella Hiibner.

nigra Haworth.

pinguinella Treitschke.
scotinella Herrich-Schaeffer.
cuneatella Duponchel.
obscuripennis Frey.
sabinella Zeller.

asinella Zeller.

Undoubtedly others belong here, but several intervening species in the Euro-
pean check lists do not belong to Gelechia as here restricted.

2. Genus GNORIMOSCHEMA Busck
PLATE 58, FiecurRE 2; PLATE 65, FIGURE 36

Gnorimoschema Buscx, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, p. 227, 1900. (Genotype,
Gelechia gallaesolidaginis Riley.)
Phthorimaea Meyrick, Ent. Mon. Mag., vol. 38, p. 103, 1902. (Genotype,

Gelechia operculella Zeller.)

Third joint of labial palpus more or less thickened with scales
normally protruding beyond the apex. Fore wings with veins 2, 3,
4, 5, and 6 nearly equidistant. Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 parallel
or nearly so; veins 3 and 4 connate or stalked ; 5 approximate to 4.

Male genitalia with uncus short, hood-shaped, often bluntly
pointed; gnathos with large, soft, pillowlike, spiny base terminating
in slightly curved, tongue-shaped, sclerotized hook, sometimes
3-forked. Upper arms of harpes long, slender, normally bent for-
ward; lower branches of harpes shorter, hairy at tip. Aedeagus
nearly straight, somewhat enlarged at base, with entrance hole for
penis lateral. Vinculum strong, with broad, flattened, anterior process.
Eighth segment large, dorsal half largest and normally with two
thin hair tufts from near base.

Female genitalia with upper part of ductus more or less sclerotized ;
posterior apophyses stout, pointed, fused with a strongly sclerotized,
large genital plate; bursa large, oblong; signum a single, curved,
sharply pointed, sometimes slightly dentate thorn with bulbous base
extending outside the wall of bursa.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 571

AMERICAN SPECIES OF GNORIMOSCHEMA

gallaesolidaginis (Riley).

gallaeasteriella (Kellicott).
caesiella (Brodie),
(Fyles).

salinaris Busck.

subterranea Busck.

charcoti (Meyrick).

gibsoniella Busck.

septentrionella (Fyles).

alaricella Busck.

semirosea Meyrick.

busckiella Kearfott.

eucausta Meyrick.

laguna Busck.

lipatiella Busck.

plaesiosema (Turner), described from
Australia. New synonyms; melano-
plintha (Meyrick), described from
New Zealand; tuberosella Busck, de-
seribed from Peru.

consueta Braun,

tetradymiecila Busck.

miscitatella Clarke.

chenopodiella Busck.

polemoniella (Braun).

axrenopis (Meyrick).
misiella Kearfott.

erigeronella Braun.

batanella Busck.

ochroschista (Meyrick).

chiquitella Busck.

sacculicola (Braun).

macromaculata Braun.

lavernella (Chambers). Synonym: phy-
salivorella (Chambers).

henshawiella Busck. Synonym:
ochreostrigella (Chambers).

potentella Keifer.

grisella (Chambers). Synonym: dis-
comaculella (Chambers).

Synonyms:
gallaediplopappi

Synonym: arti-

operculella (Zeller). Synonyms:
solanella (Boisduyal), tabacella
(Ragonot).

minor Buseck.

gudmannella (Walsingham).

brackenridgiella Busck. Synonym: de-
tersella (Clemens).

scutellariaeella (Chambers).

ambrosideella (Chambers).

pallidochrella (Chambers).

versicolorella (Chambers).

albimarginella (Chambers).

serratipalpella (Chambers).

contraria Braun.

lutescella Clarke.

banksiella Buseck.

washingtoniella Buseck.

triocellella (Chambers).

albangulata Braun.

octomaculella (Chambers).

semicyclionella Busck.

florella Busck.

vastifica Braun.

bacchariseila Busck.

coquillettella Busck.

ericameriae Keifer.

édudiella Busck.

saphirinella (Chambers).

splendoriferella Busck.

princeps Busck.

radiatella Busck.

striatella (Murtfeldt).

sporomochla Meyrick.

compsomorpha Meyrick.

milleriella (Chambers).

emancipata (Meyrick).
marmorella (Chambers).

inexperta (Meyrick). Synonym: sim-
pliciella (Chambers).

terracottella Busck.

faustella Busck.

collinusella (Chambers).

atripler Busck.

petrella Busck.

neopetrella Keifer.

lectulifera Meyrick.

fercularia Meyrick.

Synonym:

8. KEIFERIA, new genus

PLATE 58, Figure 3; PLATE 61, Ficure 18; PLATE 65, Fiaure 35

Closely allied to Gnorimoschema and with the same palpal and
wing characters but differing strikingly in the form of the uncus.

126129—39——2

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Labial palpus with brush on second joint slightly furrowed, ter-
minal joint slightly thicknened with scales, which protrude beyond
the tip.

Fore wings with 12 veins, veins 2 to 6 nearly equidistant. Hind
wings with 8 veins, 3 and 4 connate or short-stalked, 5 approximate
to 4; 6 and 7 nearly parallel.

Male genitalia with upper branch of harpe slender, broadened at
tip, often furcate at tip; lower branch or harpe short; uncus a large
hook, pointed; gnathos weak or undeveloped; vinculum broad and
long; aedeagus slender, curved, with bulbous base and hooked apex.
Female genitalia with upper part of ductus bursae sclerotized ; bursa
large, oblong, with a single strong, sometimes slightly dentate, thorn-
like, strongly curved signum, the base of which extends outside the
bursa wall.

Named in honor of H. H. Keifer, assistant entomologist of the
California Department of Agriculture, who has done much careful
biological work with this group of economically important species.

Genotype, Gnorimoschema lycopersicella Busck.**

NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF KEIFERIA

lycopersicella (Busck).

glochinella (Zeller). Synonyms: solaniella (Chambers), cinerella (Murtfeldt),
inconspicuella (Murtfeldt).

elmorei (Keifer).

altisolani (Keifer).

All these names are transferred from Gnorimoschema.

4. Genus LITA Treitschke
PLATE 58, FicurE 5; PLate 65, Fiaures 37-39

Lita TrREITSCHKE, Die Schmetterlinge Europas, vol. 9, p. 76, 1833. (Genotype,
Lita zebrella Treitschke, synonym of Anacampsis longicornis Curtis.)

Labial palpus with second joint very long, slender; brush short
and hardly furrowed; terminal joint long, slender, acute.

Fore wing with vein 2 distant from 3. Hind wing with veins 6
and 7 separate at base, nearly parallel; veins 3 and 4 approximate,
connate or stalked.

Male genitalia with uncus very short, broad, edged with strong,
flattened spines; gnathos a strong curved hook; upper branch of
harpe long, curved, club-shaped; lower branch shorter, serrated on
edge; aedeagus straight, with stalk below entrance hole for penis;
eighth segment moderate.

Female genitalia with signa two strong dentate plates.

1 Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 7, p. 171, 1928.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 13

Two of the described American species of the genus, Lita puertella
(Busck) and Lita invariadilis (Kearfott), have a peculiar sharply
toothed, strongly sclerotized process on the front of the head pro-
truding beyond the scales (pl. 65, figs. 38, 39), undoubtedly eens.
sponding to a similar prominence on the pupa, which assists the latter
In cutting its way out through a tough surface, such as the stalk
of a dry desert plant. It is a specific character only, the other
species of the genus having normal flat or evenly rounded faces.

AMERICAN SPECIES OF LITA

longicornis (Curtis). Synonyms: alter- | diversella (Busck).
natella (Kearfott), alpicola (Frey), | rectistrigella (Busck).

petulans Braun. tezanella (Chambers). Synonym:
barnesiella (Busck). chambersella (Dyar).
variabilis (Busck). prorepta (Meyrick). Synonym: ful-
invariabilis (Kearfott). menella (Busck), preoccupied.

puertelia (Busck).
The names listed above have been cataloged under Gelechia in North Ameri-
ean literature.
EUROPEAN SPECIES OF LITA

longicornis (Curtis). [Probably others. ]
solutella (Zeller).

5. FRISERIA, new genus
PLate 58, Ficure 4; PLatre 67, Figure 46

Labial palpus with brush on second joint small; terminal joint
longer than second, smooth, pointed.

Fore wings with veins 3, 4, and 5 equidistant; veins 2 and 6 farther
separated. Hind wings as broad as fore wings; veins 3 and 4 closely
approximate but separate; 6 and 7 connate.

Male genitalia with uncus very short, hood-shaped, edged with
stiff spines; gnathos a strong slender hook; harpes divided into three
arms; vinculum broad; aedeagus slender, curved, with large bulbous
base.

Female genitalia with long ductus bursae, closely spiraled upon
itself; signum a large rectangular plate with two sinuate arms, or
with spines in the four corners.

Genotype, Gelechia lindenella Busck.

AMERICAN SPECIES OF FRISERIA

lindenella (Busck). cockerelli (Busck).
malindella (Busck). fuscotaeniella (Chambers).
repentina (Walsingham). sarcochlora (Meyrick).

All these species were described in the genus Gelechia.

18 Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 25, p. 876, 1903.

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86
6. Genus CHIONODES Hiibner
PLATE 59, FicurEs 6-9; PLATE 66, FicurEs 40-43
Chionodes Hissner, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge, p. 420, 1816. (Geno-

type, Chionodes luctificella Hiibner, synonym of Tinea lugubrella Fabricius.)

Second joint of labial palpus with slightly furrowed brush be-
neath; terminal joint smooth, pointed.

Fore wings with veins 2 to 6 equidistant. Hind wings with veins
3 and 4 connate or short-stalked; 6 and 7 closely approximate, con-
nate or stalked.

Male genitalia with uncus large, hood-shaped, sometimes divided
at apex; gnathos a strong curved hook; harpes very variable, even
within the species, and often asymmetrical, upper arm normally long,
slender, somewhat enlarged and commonly bifurcate at tip, but some-
times, within the same species, reduced, asymmetrical, with the right
harpe much shorter than the left, and sometimes (the genotype)
rudimentary; lower arms short, stumpy, spiny at apices; aedeagus
elongate, with long slender stalk below entrance hole for penis, apex
with strongly modified lateral projections. Eighth segment de-
veloped into large enveloping upper and lower sheaths.

Female genitalia with upper part of walls of ductus granulated,
bursa large, with upper part of wall spined; signum oval, dentate
with stronger teeth along its edges.

In spite of the diversity of forms and the individual variations in
the genitalia, they conform to a general, easily perceived pattern,
and the genus, as restricted, constitutes a natural group, which should
not be further subdivided.

AMERICAN SPECIES OF CHIONODES

lugubrella (Fabricius). Synonym: luc-| aristella (Buseck).

tificella Hiibner.

viduella (Fabricius).
doriella (Clemens).

continuella (Zeller). Synonyms: tri-
maculella (Packard), albomaculelia
(Chambers).

periculella (Buseck).

maculimarginella (Chambers).

seculaella (Clarke).

arenella (Forbes).

nigrimaculella (Busck).

coticola (Busck). New synonym: no-
tochlora (Meyrick).

chloroschema (Meyrick).

fructuaria (Braun).

Jigurella (Busck).

fondella (Busck).

pseudofondella (Busck).

Synonym: labra-

abdominella (Busck).

sistrella (Busck).

dentella (Busck).

ranthophilella (Barnes and Busck).
pinguicula (Meyrick).

retiniella (Barnes and Busck). New
synonym: langei (Keifer).

luteogeminata (Clarke).

mediofuscella (Clemens). Synonyms:
vagella (Walker), liturosella (Zel-
ler), rhedaria (Meyrick), fusco-

ochrella (Chambers).
acrina (Weifer).
trophella (Busck).
abella (Buseck).
kincaideila (Busck).
fluvialella (Busck).
psiloptera (Barnes and Busck).

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK

ceanothiella (Busck).
marinensis (Keifer).

nanodella (Busck).

trachycosma (Meyrick).

lophosella (Busck). Synonym: lophella
(Meyrick).

ochreostrigella (Chambers).

notandella (Busck).

bicostomaculeila (Chambers). Syno-
nyms: gibbosella (Chambers), querci-
foliella (Chambers).

vernella (Murtfeldt).

braunella (Keifer).
(Keifer).

occidentella (Chambers).

terminimaculella (Kearfott).

New synonym:

Synonym: arborei

575

negundella (Heinrich).
dammersi (Keifer).
helicosticta (Meyrick).
paralogella (Busck).
thoracealbella (Chambers).
caryaevorella (Packard).
metailica (Braun).
argentipunctella (Ely).
discoocellella (Chambers).
violaceofusca (Zeller).
hibiscella (Busck).
trichostola (Meyrick).
vanduzeei (Keifer).
chrysopyla (Keifer).
leucocephala (Walsingham), St. Croix,
West Indies.

Synonym:

All above names have been cataloged in American literature under Gelechia.

7. FILATIMA, new genus
PLATE 60, FiaguRrs 11-13; PLate 66, FiaurE 44; PLATE 67, Figures 47, 48

Labial palpus with well-developed, dense, furrowed brush on second
joint ; terminal joint slender, pointed, nearly or fully as long as second.

Fore wings with veins 3, 4, and 5 somewhat approximate, veins 2
and 6 farther separated. Hind wings with 3 and 4 connate, 6 and 7
approximate; in the males with more or less elaborate sex scaling on
the underside (“curtain-fringed”).

Male genitalia with uncus moderate, hood-shaped. Gnathos a
rather short, robust, blunt hook, often sawtoothed on inner edge;
harpe with upper and lower branches solidly united at bases, upper
branch long, slender, lower branch shorter, robust, pointed, often saw-
toothed and porrect. Vinculum large, rounded. Aedeagus short,
robust, with sharp lateral projections; upper and lower parts of
eighth segment large, rounded, enveloping the genitalia.

Female genitalia with ductus bursae very short and wide, inner
wall covered with short spines, bursa double, with signum in the
larger half consisting of two strong dentate thorns from a common
base (in /. albilorella Zeller only one such thorn) ; signum sometimes
absent.

Genotype, Gelechia serotinella Busck.**

AMERICAN SPECIES OF FILATIMA

serotinella (Busck). amorphaeella (Chambers).
pseudoacaciella (Chambers). Synonym: ornatifimbriella (Clemens). Synonym:
caecella (Zeller). unctulella (Zeller).
persicaeella (Murtfeldt). Synonym :| abradescens (Braun),
confusella (Chambers). abactella (Clarke).

18 Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 25, p. 882, 1903.

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

monopa (Meyrick). albilorella (Zeller). Synonym: trifas-
auleae (Clarke). ciella (Chambers).
pravinominella (Chambers. Syno-| fulginea (Meyrick).

nym: quadrimaculella (Chambers). | bimaculella (Chambers). Synonyms:

normifera (Meyrick). sylvaecolella (Chambers), ternariella
wanthuris (Meyrick). (Zeller).
lepidotae (Clarke). arizonella (Busck).
demissae (Keifer). clarkella Buseck, new name for albi-
saliciphaga (Keifer). femorella (Clarke) preoccupied by
monotaeniella (Bottimer). G. albifemorella Hoffman.
striatella (Busck). biforella (Busck).
ochreosuffusella (Chambers). Syno-|gilvomaculella (Clemens). Synonym:
nym: depressostrigella (Chambers). biminimaculella (Chambers).
rivulata (Meyrick). minimaculella (Chambers).
isocrossa (Meyrick). pullifimbriella (Clemens).
gomphopis (Meyrick). obscuroocellella (Chambers).
inquilinella (Busck). depuratella (Busck).
bigella (Busck). New synonym: spilo-| promonitriz (Meyrick).
sella (Barnes and Busck). hemicrossa (Meyrick).
neotrophella (Heinrich). catacrossa (Meyrick).

natalis (Heinrich).

All the above species are transferred to this genus from Gelechia.

8. Genus BRYOTROPHA Heinemann

PLATE 60, FicuRE 10; PLATE 67, FIGURE 45

Bryotropha HEINEMANN, Schmetterlinge Deutschlands und der Schweiz, vol. 2,
p. 233, 1870. (Genotype, Tinea terrella Schiffermiiller. )

Basal joint of antenna with a single bristle (remnant of pecten).
Labial palpus with well-developed, furrowed brush on under side of
second joint; terminal joint as long as or longer than second, smooth,
acutely pointed.

Fore wing with veins 2 to 6 nearly equidistant, subparallel; 7 and 8
stalked. Hind wing with apex produced; veins 6 and 7 stalked; veins
3 and 4 connate or short-stalked.

Male genitalia with uncus large, hood-shaped; socii small but dis-
tinctly developed, with a few long bristles; gnathos very large,
bulbous, terminating in a strong curved hook. Posterior branches
of the harpes small with spiny apices; anterior branches larger, spiny,
sometimes with a short branch from near base. Aedeagus long,
slender, curved, with bulbous base and apex soft, whiplike. Vincu-
lum well developed, with pointed tip.

Female genitalia with ductus bursae of medium length, straight;
bursa oval, without spines; signum, in the typical species, two paral-
lel, transverse, heavy ridges connected by and surrounded with scobi-
nations; in some European species a rectangular plate with spines in
the corners, approaching the signum in Avoga; for the latter group

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK are

of species Pierce and Metcalfe ™ suggest that a new genus is required
but the transition from the typical form of signum with the ra
transverse ridges and surrounding scobinate plate, which by them-
selves form a rectangle, seems natural, and I include all these species
(genus 20 of Pierce and Metcalfe) in Bryotropha.

AMERICAN SPECIES OF BRYOTROPHA

branella _(Busck). inaequalis (Busck). New synonyms:
clandestina (Meyrick). inaequalis (Walsingham), anisectis
(Meyrick).

The above names are new transfers from Gelechia.
EUROPEAN SPECIES OF BRYOTROPHA

affinis (Dougias). decrepidella (Herrich-Schaeffer).
terrella (Schiffermiiller ), [And others. ]
desertella (Douglas).

9. FRUMENTA, new genus
PLATE 60, Figure 14; PrLate 68, Figure 49

Second joint of labial palpus with well developed, slightly fur-
rowed brush on under side; terminal joint shorter than second, thick-
ened with scales in front, apex acute.

Fore wing with vein 2 well before angle of cell; 3, 4, and 5 equi-
distant at base, nearly parallel from end of cell; vein 6 approximate
to stalk of 7 and 8. Hind wing broader than fore wing, termen but
shghtly sinuate, apex not produced; veins 3 and 4 short-stalked, vein
5 cubital, but distant from and nearly parallel to 4; 6 and 7 separate.

Male genitalia with large hood-shaped uncus; gnathos a large flat-
tened, spoon-shaped hook; harpes simple, robust, with rounded apex
bent downward. Vinculum large with two short, stout, hairy proc-
esses posteriorly ’® and with a long slender process anteriorly.
Aedeagus slender, nearly straight, with bulbous base.

Female genitalia with ductus bursae moderately long, narrow,
slightly twisted; bursa long elliptical; signum a single, straight,
robust spine with blunt apex.

In the character of the palpi, scaling, and aedeagus this genus is
similar to G@norimoschema and is probably correlated with or derived
from it.

Genotype, Gelechia nundinella Zeller.° This is the only species at
present included.

4 Genitalia of the tineid families of Lepidoptera of the British Islands, 1935.

18 This part of the genitalia, including the bases of the harpes, is strongly sclerotized
and fused, and it is debatable whether the two short posterior processes actually belong to
the vinculum or should be considered the lower branches of the harpes; but comparison
with other forms in which both branches of the harpes are clearly developed, and in which
similar processes are found on the yinculum at the same time, indicates that the present
conception is correct.

18 Verh. zool-bot. Ges. Wien, vol. 23, p. 256, 1873.

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

10. Genus AROGA Busck
PLATE 61, Figures 15-17; PLATE 68, Figures 50-52

Aroga Busck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, p. 138, 1914. (Genotype, Gelechia
paraplutella Busck.)

Second joint of labial palpus with slightly furrowed brush on un-
der side; terminal joint slender, acute, nearly as long as second.

Fore wing with veins 2, 3, 4, and 5 nearly equidistant. Hind wing
with veins 3 and 4 closely approximate or connate, 6 and 7 separate,
5 cubital.

Male genitalia with uncus a long, slightly bent, pointed hook;
gnathos absent; harpe single, long, slender, ending in a sharp point;
vinculum with two large, broad, hairy posterior processes.’ Aedea-
gus straight or nearly so, with base not bulbous, entrance hole for
penis at the base, not lateral. Ventral sclerites of eighth abdominal
segment large, elaborately developed with lateral branches, discern-
ible without dissection on the dry pinned specimen.

Female genitalia with signum a nearly square plate with strong,
pointed, sometimes serrate spines from the four corners.

The genus was erected in an attempt to clarify Gelechia of authors
on venational characters, stress being laid on the separate veins 3
and 4 in the genotype; this character, however, is found to be not
dependable, even within the species, but the genitalia prove the genus
to be valid, embracing a natural group of species with very striking
genital characters in common.

AMERICAN SPECIES OF AROGA

paraplutella (Busck). morenella (Buseck).

paulella (Busck). coloradensis (Busck).

leucaniella (Busck). alleriella (Busck).

acharnaea (Meyrick). rigidae (Clarke).

chlorocrana (Meyrick). eriogonella (Clarke).

hipposaris (Meyrick). eldorado (Keifer).

aristella (Busck). monumentella (Chambers).
unifasciella (Busck). trialbamaculella (Chambers). Syno-
camptogramma (Meyrick). nym: epigaeella (Chambers).

EUROPEAN SPECIES OF AROGA
velocella (Duponchel). | [Probably others. ]

All the above names with the exception of paraplutella (Busck) are new
transfers from Gelechia.

17 These processes could be regarded as the lower branches of the harpes, but from com-
parison with similar structures in other genera I consider them a part of the vinculum.
Compare with footnote under Frumenta (p. 577).

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 579

11. Genus PSEUDOCHELARIA Dietz

PLATE 62, FicurEs 22, 23: PLATE 69, Ficure 55

Pseudochelaria Dirrz, Ent. News, vol. 11, p. 352,1900. (Genotype, Pseudochelaria
pennsylvanica Dietz.)

Second joint of labial palpus with even, furrowed brush beneath ;
terminal joint shorter than second, with apex acute.

Fore wing with veins 3, 4, and 5 nearly equidistant at base, 3 from
before the end of the cell, 2 more distant, 6 approximate to 7. Hind
wing with veins 3 and 4 connate, 5 cubital, 6 and 7 separate but
approximate at base.

Male genitalia with uncus elongate, enlarged at apex, which is
3- or 2-pronged by the presence of short, stout spines. Gnathos
large, hook-shaped, also sometimes shortly 3-pronged at tip. Tegu-
men with large lateral projections. Upper branches of the harpes
long, slender, enlarged and fiattened on outer half; lower branches
of the harpes very small or rudimentary. Vinculum small, with a
very long, slender, posterior process. Aedeagus straight or curved,
with the entrance opening at base, not lateral.

Female genitalia with rather short, slightly twisted ductus; sig-
num an involuted, spiny, nearly quadrangular plate very similar to
those found in the genus Gelechia; plate of ostium simple, without
lateral lobes.

The genus has never been described in print except by those char-
acters that can be deduced from Dietz’s specific description, which
did not include the venation. In determining the genotype for
Dietz, Lord Walsingham gave him the generic name of the unpub-
lished manuscript; by using it and describing the genotype and one
other species Dietz inadvertently became the author of the genus and
his definite designation of the genotype as pennsylvanica must stand.
Bainbrigge-Fletcher '* erroneously quotes walsinghami Dietz as
genotype.

Pseudochelaria, comprises a small natural group of moths, recog-
nizable on habitus alone. The genus has not been discovered outside
of North America.

AMERICAN SPECIES OF PSEUDOCHELARIA
walsinghami Dietz. arbutina (Keifer).
pennsylvanica Dietz. manzanitae (Keifer).
scabrella (Busck).
The last three of the above species are here transferred to Pseudochelaria
from Gelechia.

18 Fist of genera and names used for Microlepidoptera, Mem. Dept. Agr. India, vol. 11,

p. 189, 1929.

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 86

12. FASCISTA, new genus

PLate 62, FicurRE 24; PLatTe 69, FicurEe 56

Second joint of labial palpus thickened, with an even, slightly
furrowed brush on the under side; terminal joint nearly as long as
second, slender, acute.

Fore wing with veins 2, 3, and 4 nearly equidistant at base, from
before the end of the cell; 5 from end of cell; 6 approximate to stalk
of 7 and 8. Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 closely approximate or
sometimes connate; 5 cubital, near 4 at base, 6 and 7 closely approxi-
mate or connate.

Male genitalia with uncus a long, slightly curved hook with sharp-
pointed tip; gnathos elaborately developed, with a large process
anteriorly and with a hinged, large, curved, sharp-pointed hook
nearly reaching the tip of uncus; harpe long, stout, divided or
bilobed at outer fourth into a broad, flattened part xa a strong,
curved hook; vineulum short and broad, sharply cut off anteriorly
and with two hairy processes posteriorly; a small spool-shaped plate,
hinged to the vinculum between these two processes, must be con-
sidered an anellus, a structure normally absent in the family; aedea-
gus stout, cylindrical, slightly serrate near apex, entrance hole for
penis lateral, near base.

Female genitalia with ductus slightly enlarged and sclerotized just
above ductus seminalis, bursa ample, with a single, strong, com-
pressed, sharp signum from a quadrangular base.

The curiously developed gnathos has its counterpart in the even
more elaborate gnathos of the genus Hvippe Chambers (pl. 63, fig.
28), which is probably a derivative of or correlated with Faseista.

Genotype, Gelechia cercerisella Chambers.’®

AMERICAN SPECIES OF FASCISTA

cercerisella (Chambers). Synonyms:] quinella (Zeller).
olympiadella (Zeller), cercerella} albipectus (Walsingham).
(Meyrick).

The above names are transferred from Gelechia.
13. EPILECHIA, new genus
PLATE 62, FicuRE 21; PLATE 69, FicuRE 54
Second joint of labial palpus long and slender, only slightly thick-
ened by a short, furrowed brush on under side; terminal joint as
long as second, stiooth; acutely pointed.

Fore wings with veins 2, 3, 4, and 5 nearly equidistant; 2 and 3
from before the end of the elle 6 closer to stalk of 7 and 8 than to 5.

1 Can. Ent., vol. 4, p. 108, 1872.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 581

Hind wings broader than the fore wings, with veins 3 and 4 connate,
5 cubital, 6 and 7 approximate at base, diverging outwardly; termen
but very slightly sinuated below apex.

Male genitalia with a very large hood-shaped uncus and a very large
hook-shaped gnathos; harpe simple, flattened, oval, with a single
strong spine on the middle of sacculus; aedeagus short, stumpy, with
an incision a little below the blunt apex, entrance hole for penis at
base, not lateral.

Female genitalia with ductus short; bursa very large; signa two
large, curved plates covered with short spines.

The genus, to which at present only one species can be referred, is
correlated with and close to Pectinophora Busck and feeds like this
in the fruit of malvaceous plants, Hibiscus. It possesses no antennal
pecten.

Genotype, Gelechia catalinella Busck.®°

AMERICAN SPECIES OF EPILECHIA

catalinella (Busck). New synonym: tehuacana (Busck).

14. FACULTA, new genus
PLATE 62, Ficurre 20; PLATE 69, Ficurn 53

Second joint of palpus with well-developed, rough, furrowed brush
on under side, larger at base than at tip; terminal joint nearly as long
as second, smooth, acutely pointed.

Fore wing with vein 2 well before end of cell; veins 3, 4, and 5 equi-
distant, approximately from end of cell; 6 nearer stalk of 7 and 8.
Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 connate, 5 cubital, 6 and 7 separate,
nearly parallel.

Male genitalia with uncus a short pointed hook; gnathos flattened,
tonguelike, pointed; harpe simple, short, pointed, bent forward; vin-
culum large, with very large posterior process rounded at tip; aedeagus
short, cylindrical, with long, branched, leaflike process at apex;
entrance hole for penis at base, slightly lateral.

Female genitalia with short and wide, sclerotized ductus; bursa very
large, irregular in outline, upper part armored with numerous long
spines close together forming an irregular circle, a single shorter and
stouter spine lying separate from the rest; signum large, with four
long, curved arms, the two longer cylindrical and pointed, the two
shorter flattened and obtuse, from a small base, extending outside
the wall of the bursa.

Genotype, Gelechia triangulella Busck,” the only North American
species at present known to belong here.

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

SPECIES TREATED IN THIS PAPER, WITH THEIR GENERIC
ASSIGNMENTS

abactella (Clarke), Filatima.

abdominella (Busck), Chionodes.

abella (Busck), Chionodes.

abradescens (Braun), Filatima.

acharnaea (Meyrick), Aroga.

acrina (Keifer), Chionodes.

affinis (Douglas), Bryotropha.

alaricella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

albangulata Braun, Gnorimoschema.

albifemorella (Clarke) (preoccupied), Filatima. Synonym of clarkella Buseck,
new name.

albilorella (Zeller), Filatima. Synonym: trifasciella (Chambers).

albimarginella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

albipectus (Walsingham), Fascista.

albisparsella (Chambers), Gelechia. Synonym: platanella (Chambers).

albomaculella (Chambers), Chionodes. Synonym of continuella (Zeller).

alleriella Busck, Aroga.

alpicola (Frey), Lita. Synonym of longicornis (Curtis).

alternatella (Kearfott), Lita. Synonym of longicornis (Curtis).

altisolani (Keifer), Keiferia.

ambrosiaeella (Chambers), Gnrorimoschema.

amorphaeella (Chambers), Filatima.

anarsiella Chambers, Gelechia.

anisectis (Meyrick), Bryotropha. Synonym of inaequalis (Busck).

arborei (Keifer), Chionodes. Synonym of braunella (Keifer).

arbutina (Keifer), Pseudochelaria.

arenella (Forbes), Chionodes.

argentipunctella (Ely), Chionodes.

aristella (Busck), Aroga.

arizonella (Busck), Filatima.

asinella Zeller, Gelechia.

atripler Busck, Gnorimoschema,

auleae Clarke, Filatima.

artimisiella Kearfott (preoccupied), Gnorimoschema. Synonoym of awvenopis
(Meyrick).

azxenopis (Meyrick), Gnorimoschema. Synonym: artimisiella Kearfott (pre-
occupied ).

baccharisella Busck, Gnorimoschema,

banksiella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

tarnesiella (Busck), Lita.

tatanella (Buseck), Gnorimoschema.

beneficentella (Murtfeldt), Frumenta. Synonym of nundinella (Zeller),

venitella Barnes and Busck, Gelechia.

bianulella (Chambers), Gelechia. Synonyms: ocellella (Chambers), sabinella
Meyrick (ec Zeller).

bicostomaculella (Chambers), Chionodes. Synonyms: gibbosella (Chambers),
quercifoliella (Chambers).

biforella (Busck), Pilatima.

bigella (Busck), Tilatima. New synonym: spilosella (Barnes and Busck).

bimaculella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonyms: sylvaecolella (Chambers), ter
nariella (Zeller).

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 583

biminimaculella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonym of gilvomaculella (Chambers).

brackenridgiella Busck, Gnorimoschema. Synonym: detersella (Clemens).

branella (Busck), Bryotropha.

braunella (Keifer), Chionodes. Synonym: arborei (Keifer).

busckiella Kearfott, Gnorimoschema.

caecella (Zeller), Filatima. Synonym of pseudoacaciella (Chambers),

caesiella (Brodie), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of gallaeasteriella (Kellicott).

camptogramma (Meyrick), Aroga.

canopulvella Chambers, Gelechia. Synonym of obscurosuffusella Chambers.

caryaevorella (Packard), Chionodes.

catacrossa (Meyrick), Filatima.

catalinella (Busck), Epilechia. New synonym: tehuacana (Busck).

caudata Clarke, Gelechia.

ceanothiella (Busck), Chionodes. New synonym: marinensis (Keifer).

cercerelia (Meyrick), Fascista. Synonym of cercerisella (Chambers).

cercerisella (Chambers), Fascista. Synonyms: olympiadella (Zeller), cercerella
(Meyrick).

chambersella (Dyar), Lita. Synonym of texanella (Chambers).

charcott (Meyrick), Gnorimoschema.

chenopodiella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

chiquiteila Busck, Gnorimoschema.

chlorocrana (Meyrick), Aroga.

chloroschema (Meyrick), Chionodes.

chrysopyla (Keifer), Chionodes.

cinerella (Murtfeldt), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of glochinella (Zeller).

clandestina (Meyrick), Bryotropha.

clarkella Busck, Filatima. New name for albifemorella (Clarke) (preoccupied).

cockerelli (Buseck), F'riseria.

collinuseila (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

coloradensis (Busck), Aroga.

compsomorpha Meyrick, Gnorimoschema.

confusella (Chambers) (preoccupied), Filatima. Synonym of persicaeella (Murt-
feldt).

consueia Braun, Gnorimoschema.

continuella (Zeller), Chionodes. Synonyms: trimaculella (Packard), alboma-
culella (Chambers).

contraria Braun, Gnorimoschema.

coquillettella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

coticola (Busck), Chionodes. New synonym: notochlora. (Meyrick).

cuneatella Duponchel, Gelechia.

dammersi (Keifer), Chionodes.

decrepidella (Herrich-Schaeffer), Bryotropha.

demissae (Keifer), Filatima.

dentella (Busck), Chionodes.

depressostrigella (Chambers), Filatima, Synonym of ochreosuffusella
(Chambers).

depuratella (Busck), Filatima.

desertella (Douglas), Bryotropha.

desiliens Meyrick, Gelechia. f

detersella (Clemens), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of br ackenridgiella Busck.

discomaculella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

discoocellella (Chambers), Chionodes. Synonym: violaceofusca (Zeller).

distinctella (Zeller), Chionodes.

diversella (Busck), Lita.

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 86

dromicella Busck, Gelechia.

dudiclla Busck, Gnorimoschema.

dyariella Busck, Gelechia.

eldorado (Keifer), Aroga.

elmorei (Keifer), Keiferia.

emancipata (Meyrick), Gnorimoschema. Synonym: marmorella (Chambers).

epigaeella (Chambers), Aroga. Synonym of trialbamaculella (Chambers).

ericameriae Keifer, Gnorimoschema.

erigeronella Braun, Gnorimoschema.

eriogonella (Clarke), Aroga.

eucausta Meyrick, Gnorimoschema.

faustella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

fercularia Meyrick, Gnorimoschema.

figurella (Busck), Chionodes.

florella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

fuvialella (Buseck), Chionodes.

fondella (Busck), Chionodes.

fructuaria (Braun), Chionodes.

fulginea (Meyrick), Filatima.

fulmenella (Busck), Lita. Synonym of prorepta (Meyrick).

fuscoochrella (Chambers), Chionodes. Synonym of mediofuscella (Clemens).

fuscotaeniella (Chambers), Friseria.

gallaeasteriella (Kellicott), Gnorimoschema. Synonyms: caesiella (Brodie),
gallaediplopappi (Fyles).

gallacdiplopappi (Fyles), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of gallaeasteriella (Kel-
licott).

gallaesolidaginis (Riley), Gnorimoschema.

gibbosella (Chambers), Chionodes. Synonym of bicostomaculella (Chambers).

gibsoniella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

gilvomaculella (Clemens), Filatima. Synonym: biminimaculella (Chambers).

glochinella (Zeller), Keiferia. Synonyms: solaniella (Chambers), cinerella
(Murtfeldt), inconspicuella (Murtfeldt).

gomphopis (Meyrick), Filatima.

grisella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema. Synonym discomaculella (Chambers).

gudmannella (Walsingham), @norimoschema.

helicosticta (Meyrick), Chionodes.

hemicrossa (Meyrick), Filatima.

henshawiella Busck, Gnorimoschema. Synonym: ochreostrigella (Chambers).

hibiscella (Busck), Chionodes.

hippophaella Zeller, Gelechia.

hipposaris (Meyrick), Aroga.

inaequalis (Busck), Bryotropha. Synonyms, inaequalis (Welsingham), ani-
sectis (Meyrick).

inconspicuella (Murtfeldt), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of glochinella (Zeller).

inexperta (Meyrick), Gnorimoschema.

inquilinella (Buseck), Filatima.

invariabilis (Kearfott), Lita.

isocrossa (Meyrick), Filatima.

kincaidella (Busck), Chionodes.

labradoriella (Clemens), Chionodes. Synonym of viduella (Fabricius).

laguna Busck, Gnorimoschema.

langei (Keifer), Chionodes. New synonym of retiniella (Barnes and Busck).

lavernella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema. Synonym: physalivorella (Chambers).

lectulifera Meyrick, Gnorimoschema.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 585

lepidotae (Clarke), Filatima.

leucaniella (Busck), Aroga.

leucocephala (Walsingham), Chionodes.

lindenella (Buseck), Friseria.

lipatiella Buseck, Gnorimoschema.

liturosella (Zeller), Chionodes. Synonym of mediofuscella (Clemens).

longicornis (Curtis), Lita. Synonyms: alternatella (Kearfott), alpicola (Frey),
petulans (Braun).

lophella (Meyrick), Chionodes. Synonym of lophosella (Busck).

lophosella (Busck), Chionodes. Synonym: lophella (Meyrick).

luctificella Hiibner, Chionodes. Synonym of lugubrella (Fabricius).

lugubrella (Fabricius), Chionodes. Synonym: luctificella Hiibner,

luteogeminata (Clarke), Chionodes.

lutescella Clarke, Gnorimoschema.

lycopersicella (Busck), Keiferia.

lynceella Zeller, Gelechia.

macromaculata Braun, Gnorimoschema.

maculimarginella (Chambers), Chionodes.

malindelila (Busck), Friseria.

mandella Buseck, Gelechia.

manzanitae (Keifer), Pseudochelaria.

marinensis (Keifer), Chionodes. New synonym of ceanothiella Busck.

marmorella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

mediofuscella (Clemens), Chionodes. Synonyms: vagella (Walker), liturosella
(Zeller), rhedaria (Meyrick), fuscoochrella (Chambers).

melanoplintha (Meyrick), Gnorimoschema. New synonym of plaesiosema
(Turner).

metallica (Braun), Chionodes.

milleriella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

minimaculella (Chambers), Filatima.

minor (Busck), Gnorimoschema.

miscitatella Clarke, Gnorimoschema.

monella Busck, Gelechia.

monopa (Meyrick), Filatima.

monotaeniella (Bottimer), Filatima.

monumentella (Chambers), Aroga.

morenella (Busck), Aroga.

muscosella Zeller, Gelechia.

nanodella (Busck), Chionodes.

natays (Heinrich), Filatima.

negundella (Heinrich), Chionodes.

neopetrella Keifer, Gnorimoschema.

neotrophella (Heinrich), Filatima.

nigra Haworth, Gelechia.

nigrimaculella (Busck), Chionodes.

normifera (Meyrick), Filatima.

notandella (Busck), Chionodes.

notochlora (Meyrick), Chionodes. New synonym of coticola (Busck).

nundinella (Zeller), Frumenta. Synonym: beneficentella (Murtfeldt).

obscuripennis Frey, Gelechia.

obscuroocellella (Chambers), Filatima.

obscurosuffusella Chambers, Gelechia. Synonym: canopulvella Chambers.

occidentella (Chambers), Chionodes.

acellella Chambers, Gelechia. Synonym of bianulella (Chambers).

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86

ochreostrigella (Chambers), Chionodes.

ochreostrigella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of henshawiella Busck,

ochreosuffusella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonym: depressostrigella (Cham-
bers).

ochroschista (Meyrick), Gnorimoschema.

octomaculella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema,

olympiadella (Zeller), Fascista. Synonym of cercerisella (Chambers).

operculella (Zeller), Gnorimoschema. Synonyms: solanella (Boisduval), ta-
bacella (Ragonot).

ornatifimbriella (Clemens), Filatima. Synonym: unctulella (Zeller).

pallidochrella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

panella Busck, Gelechia.

paralogella (Busck), Chionodes.

paraplutella (Busck), Aroga.

paulella (Buseck), Aroga.

pennsylvanica Dietz, Pseudochelaria.

periculella (Busck), Chionodes.

persicaeella (Murtfeldt), Filatima. Synonym: confusella (Chambers).

petrella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

petulans (Braun), Lita. Synonym of longicornis (Curtis).

physalivorella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of lavernella (Cham-
bers).

pinguicula (Meyrick), Chionodes.

pinguinella Treitschke, Gelechia.

plaesiosema (Turner), Gnorimoschema. New synonyms: melanoplintha (Mey-
rick), tuberosella Busck.

platanella (Chambers), Gelechia. Synonym of albisparsella (Chambers).

polemoniella (Braun), Gnorimoschema.

potentella Keifer, Gnorimoschema.

pravinominella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonym: quadrimaculella (Chambers).

princeps Busck, Gnorimoschema.

promonitric (Meyrick), Filatima.

prorepta (Meyrick), Lifa. Synonym: fulmenella (Busck).

pseudoacaciella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonym: caecella (Zeller).

pseudofondella (Busck), Chionodes.

psiloptera (Barnes and Busck), Chionodes.

puertella (Busck), Lita.

pullifimbriella (Clemens), Filatima.

quadrimaculella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonym of pravinominella (Cham-
bers).

quercifoliella (Chambers), Chionodes. Synonym of bicostomaculella (Cham-
bers).

quinella (Zeller), Fascista.

radiatella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

rectistrigella (Busck), Lita.

repentina (Walsingham), Friseria.

retiniella (Barnes and Busck), Chionodes. New synonym: langei (Keifer).

rhedaria (Meyrick), Chionodes. Synonym of mediofuscella (Clemens).

rhombella (Schiffermiiller), Gelechia.

rhombelliformis Staudinger, Gelechia.

ribesella Chambers, Gelechia.

rigidae (Clarke), Aroga.

rileyella (Chambers), Gelechia.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 587

rivulata (Meyrick), Filatima.

sabinella Zeller, Gelechia.

sD CT (Meyrick) (nec Zeller), Gelechia. Synonym of bianulella Chambers.
sacculicola (Braun), Gnorimoschema.

saliciphaga (Keifer), Filatima.

salinaris Busck, Gnorimoschema.

saphirinella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

sarcochlora (Meyrick), Friseria.

scabrella (Busck), Pseudochelaria.

scotinella Herrich-Schaeffer, Gelechia.

scutellariaeella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

seculaella (Clarke), Chionodes.

semicyclionella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

semirosea Meyrick, Gnorimoschema.

septentrionella (Fyles), Gnorimoschema.

serotinella (Busck), Pilatima.

serratipalpella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

eimpliciella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

sistrella (Busck), Chionodes.

solanella (Boisduval), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of operculella (Chambers).
solaniella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

solutella (Zeller), Lita.

sororealella Hiibner, Gelechia.

spilosella (Barnes & Busck), Filatima. New synonym of bigella (Busck).
splendoriferella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

sporomochla Meyrick, Gnorimoschema.

striatella (Busck), Filatima.

striatella (Murtfeldt), Gnorimoschema.

subterranea Busck, Gnorimoschema.

sylvaecolella (Chamber), Filatima. Synonym of bimaculella (Chambers).
tabacella (Ragenot), Gnorimoschema. Synonym of operculella (Zeller).
tehuacana (Busck), Epilechia. New synonym of catalinella (Busck).
terminimaculella (Kearfott), Chionodes.

ternariella (Zeller), Filatima. Synonym of bimaculella (Chambers).
terracottella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

terrella (Schiffermiiller), Bryotropha.

tetradymiella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

tevanella (Chambers), Lita. Synonym: chambersella (Dyar).
thoracealbella (Chambers), Chionodes.

trachycosma (Meyrick), Chionodes.

trialbamaculella (Chambers), Aroga. Synonym: epigaeella (Chambers).
triangulella (Busck), Faculta.

trichostola (Meyrick), Chionodes.

trifasciella (Chambers), Filatima. Synonym of albilorella (Zeller).
trilineella Chambers, Gelechia.

trimaculella (Packard), Chionodes. Synonym of continuella (Zeller).
triocellella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

trophella (Busck), Chionodes.

tuberosella Busck, Gnorimoschema. New synonym of plaesiosema (Turner).
unctulella (Zeller), Filatima. Synonym of ornatifimbriella (Clemens).
unifasciella (Busck), Arogd.

vagella (Walker), Chionodes. Synonym of mediofuscella (Clemens).
vanduzeei (Keifer), Chionodes.

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vor. 86

variabilis (Busck), Lita.

variana Meyrick, Stegasta.

vastifica Braun, Gnorimoschema,

velocella (Duponchel), Aroga.

vernella (Murtfeldt), Chionodes.

versicolorella (Chambers), Gnorimoschema.

versutella Zeller, Gelechia.

viduella (Fabricius), Chionodes. Synonym: labradoriella (Clemens).
violaceofusca (Zeller), Chionodes. Synonym of discoocellella (Chambers).
walsinghami Dietz, Pseudochelaria.

washingtoniella Busck, Gnorimoschema.

zanthophilella (Barnes and Busck), Chionodes.

zanthuris (Meyrick), Filatima.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 589

UNRECOGNIZED SPECIES

The following species are unknown to me except from the descrip-
tions, which are not sufficient to place them properly. The species in
this list described by Meyrick and Braun will eventually be placed
by examination of the types; but the fact that these species remain
unrecognized except by the author is a good example of the impro-
priety of keeping types in private collections, where they can be ex-
amined only by other workers at the pleasure and convenience of the
author. When anyone adds to the nomenclature by describing new
species he imposes upon the rest of the workers of the world the obli-
gation to deal with these new names. The types, therefore, become
a public concern and should be placed in an institution where any
qualified worker can examine them.

Chambers’ species, of which the types are lost and the short de-
scriptions of which are quite insufficient for certain recognition, must
eventually be arbitrarily fixed by selecting species from the type
locality that do not disagree with Chambers’ description and attach-
ing Chambers’ names to them. This much-needed work is outside the
scope of this paper. In the meantime all these species must be re-
tained in Gelechia, where they were described, although most of them
probably belong in other genera.

agriodes Meyrick. Utah. maculatusella Chambers. California.
asbolodes Meyrick. Texas. mimella Clemens. Pennsylvania.
attritella Walker. Oregon. nigrobarbata Braun. Canada.

badiomaculella Chambers. Kentucky. | obscurella Chambers. Kentucky.
bispiculata Meyrick. Arizona, Texas. | obscurusella Chambers. Synonym:

vistrigella Chambers. Canada. fuscopulvella Chambers. Kentucky.
brumella Clemens. Labrador. occlusa Braun. Canada.
capiteochrella Chambers. Texas. ocherfuscella Chambers. Synonym:
clistrodoma Meyrick. Arizona. ochreofuscella Meyrick. California.
collinearis Meyrick. Texas. packardella Chambers. Colorado.
conspersa Braun. Montana. pallidegrisseella Chambers. Texas.
decemmaculella Chambers. Colorado. | palpialbella Chambers. Kentucky.
discostrigella Chambers. California. parvipulvella Chambers. ‘Texas.
elaboratella Braun. California. permacta Braun. Canada.
epigypsa Meyrick. Texas. prognosticata Braun. Utah.
flavicorporella Walsingham. Massachu- pullusella Chambers. Synonyms: pul-
setts. lella Meyrick, minimella Chambers.
frugalis Braun. Utah. Texas.
fuscolutella Chambers. Kentucky. speculifera Meyrick. Arkansas.

fuscomaculella Chambers. Kentucky. thoraccochrella Chambers. Kentucky.
glycyrhizaeella Chambers. Colorado. thoracestrigella Chambers. California.
griseochrella Chambers. California. unistrigella Chambers. Kentucky.
halycopa Meyriec. Texas. wacoella Chambers. Texas.
intermedia Braun. California. gyloglypta Meyrick. California.

eho 7 rae ‘' i. i err sev el eee
o ‘ an v5 a ‘ M a =e ais

stale cel ie
it ‘ne

Py ‘

ot Ate

: ak:
Wen i ' ft ss a cm Boros quien Het of

- - - a 4
‘ ‘ ° fF
ier © , tee it wTR ett 4 t ae i
7 ; aoe oe he
jardeh et ail
tit ai
» #7 ) i -
‘ ea imcen
ual .
j
y re
‘
a
ef
p 4
’
-~
}
: ,
$ *
‘ ‘
i $
iT
‘ } vel
d
ae
‘ 4,
; ; ’ ard
7
' i) wy
i
ik? yal
7 es ey
J - ot n*
4 ! ( olbg
_ b
it ij ctniil .
a i fd a3
- v ‘
‘ ri). Othe
; of ’ d I } 7. tha J} #1 ty j * wih wai

< 4 ys } * état a if iA aneeae
- ; . : col em hen A
’ (a?) i aNd ~

6-6b.

7—7e.

8-8d.

9-9a.

10.
J1-11b.

12-12b.
13-13b.

14-14b.

15-15b.
16—16b.
17-1%b.

18.
19.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE 58

. Gelechia bianulella (Chambers): 1, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;

la, aedeagus; 1b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype of Oeseis.

. Gnorimoschema gallaesolidaginis (Riley): 2, Male genitalia, aedeagus

removed; 2a, aedeagus; 2b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

. Keiferia altisolani (Keifer): 3, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; 3a,

aedeagus; 3b, eighth abdominal segment.

. Friseria lindenella (Busck): Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; 4a,

aedeagus; 4b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

. Lita longicornis (Curtis): 5, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; 5a,

aedeagus; 5b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.
PLATE 59

Chionodes lugubrella (Fabricius): 6, Male genitalia; 6a, aedeagus; 6b,
eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

Chionodes fondella (Busck): 7, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; Ta,
aedeagus; 7b, eighth abdominal segment; 7c, uncus, ventral view.

Chionodes trichostoia (Meyrick): 8, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
8a, aedeagus; 8b, eighth abdominal segment; 8c, 8d, variations of
tips of harpes.

Chionodes mediofuscella (Clemens): 9, Male genitalia; 9a, eighth
abdominal segment.

PLATE 60

Bryotropha terrella (Schiffermiiller) : 10, Male genitalia. Genotype.

Filatima ornatifimbriella (Chambers): 11, Male genitalia, aedeagus
removed; lla, aedeagus; 11b, eighth abdominal segment.

Filatima serotinclla (Busck): 12, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed ;
12a, aedeagus; 12b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

Filatima albilorella (Zeller): 138, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed ;
18a, aedeagus; 13b, eighth abdominal segment.

Frumenta nundinella (Zeller): 14, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
14a, aedeagus; 14b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

PLATE 61

Aroga paulella (Busck) : 15, Male genitalia; 15a, dorsal view of eighth
abdominal segment; 15b, lateral view of eighth abdominal segment.
Aroga paraplutella Busck: 16, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; 16a,
aedeagus; 16b, dorsal view of eighth abdominal segment. Jenotype.
Aroga alieriella Busck: 17, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; 17a
aedeagus; 17b, eighth abdominal segment.
Keiferia altisolani (Keifer) : Wing venation.
Gelechia rhombella (Schiffermiiller) : Wing yenation.
591

592

20-20b.
21-21a.
22-22b.

23.
24-24b.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOL, 86
PLATE 62

Faculta triangulella (Busck): 20, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
20a, aedeagus; 20b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

Epilechia catalinella (Busck): 21, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
21a, aedeagus. Genotype.

Pseudochelaria walsinghami Dietz: 22, Male genitalia, aedeagus re-
moved; 22a, aedeagus; 22b, eighth abdominal segment.

Pseudochelaria pennsylvanica Dietz: Male genitalia. Genotype.

Fascista cercerisella (Chambers): 24, Male genitalia, aedeagus re-
moved 24a, aedeagus; 24b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

PLATE 63

25-28. Nothris verbascella Hiibner: 25, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed ;

26-26b.

27-27b.

28-28b.

29-29a.

30-30b.

31.

32-32a.

33-33a.

37.
38.
39.

40.
41.

43.
44.

25a, aedeagus. Genotype.

Stegasta variana Meyrick: 26, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; 26a,
aedeagus; 26b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

Stegasta bosquella (Chambers) : 27, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed ;
27a, aedeagus; 27b, eighth abdominal segment.

Evippe prunifoliella Chambers: 28, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
28a, aedeagus; 28b, eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

Anacampsis populella (Clerck): 29, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
29a, aedeagus. Genotype.

PLATE 64

Recurvaria nanella (Hiibner): 30, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
30a, aedeagus; 30b eighth abdominal segment. Genotype.

Strobisia iridipennella Clemens: Male genitalia, ventral view, aedeagus
removed. Genotype.

Strobisia iridipennella Clemens: 32, Male genitalia, lateral view,
aedeagus removed; 32a, aedeagus. Genotype.

Dichomeris ligulella Hiibner: 33, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed;
33a, aedeagus. Genotype.

PLATE 65

. Gelechia bianulella (Chambers) : Female genitalia. Genotype of Oesets.
. Keiferia altisolani (Keifer) : Female genitalia.
. Gnorimoschema gallaesolidaginis (Riley): Female genitalia. Genotype.

Lita longicornis (Curtis) : Female genitalia. Genotype.
Lita puertella (Busck): Profile of head, denuded. Female.
Lita invariabilis (Kearfott) : Profile of head, denuded. Female.

PLATE 66

Chionodes lugubrella (Fabricius): Female genitalia. Genotype.
Chionodes fondella (Busck) : Female genitalia.

. Chionodes trichostola (Meyrick): Female genitalia.

Chionodes mediofuscella (Clemens): Female genitalia.
Filatima ornatifimbriella (Chambers): Female genitalia.

45.
46.
47.
48.

49.
50.
51.
52.

53.
. Epilechia catalinella (Busck): Female genitalia. Genotype.

55.
56-56a.

57.
58.
59.
. Stegasta bosquella (Chambers): Female genitalia.
61.

62,
63.
64.

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS GELECHIA—BUSCK 593

PLATE 67

Bryotropha terrelia (Schiffermiiller) : Female genitalia. Genotype.
Friseria lindenella (Busck): Female genitalia. Genotype.
Filatima serotinella (Busck): Female genitalia. Genotype.
Filatima aibiloreila (Zeller) : Female genitalia.

PLATE 68
Frumenta nundinella (Zeller). Female genitalia. Genotype.
Aroga paulella (Busck): Female genitalia.
Aroga alleriella (Busck): Female genitalia.
Aroga paraplutella (Busck): Female genitalia. Genotype.
PLATE 69
Faculia triangulella (Busck): Female genitalia. Genotype.
Pseudochelaria walsinghami Dietz: Female genitalia.

Fascista cercerisella (Chambers): 56, Female genitalia; 56a, signum.
Genotype.

PLATE 70
Evippe prunifcliella Chambers: Female genitalia. Genotype.
Recurvaria nanella (Hiibner) : Female genitalia. Genotype.
Strobisia iridipennella Clemens: Female genitalia. Genotype.
Stegasta variana Meyrick: Female genitalia. Genotype.
PLATE 71
Dichomeris ligulella Hiibner: Female genitalia. Genotype.

Nothris verbascella (Hiibner): Female genitalia. Genotype.
Anacampsis populella (Clerck) : Female genitalia. Genotype.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 193%

: ,
'

_ te
‘ay ; -
vin z

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 58

keiferra altisolani

Friseria Iindenella

Lita fongicorms
A. GNORIMOSCHEMA, KEIFERIA, FRISERIA,
AND LITA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 591.

MALE GENITALIA OF GELECH!

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 59

Chionodes trichostola Chionodes mediofuscella

MALE GENITALIA OF CHIONODES.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 591.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 60

Frumenma nundinetla

eT eeS
filatima albilorella

MALE GENITALIA OF BRYOTROPHA,
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 591.

FILATIMA, AND FRUMENTA.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 61

15. Aroga patella

15°

17
Araga allerrella

18. Keiferia altisolant

19. Gelechia rhombella
MALE GENITALIA OF AROGA AND WING VENATION OF KEIFERIA AND GELECHIA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 591.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 62

Faculta Friangule/la

25. Rseudochelaria

ty; pennsylvanica

Pseudochelaria walsingham

MALE GENITALIA OF FACULTA, EPILECHIA, PSEUDOCHELARIA, AND FASCISTA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 592.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 63
j

Ga
fn!

Stegesta Losquella

wz,

Lvippe pronifolielia

29 Anacampsis popu/ella

MALE GENITALIA OF NOTHRIS, STEGASTA, EVIPPE, AND ANACAMPSIS.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 592.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
U PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 64

3. Strabisra wridipenrella

52. Strobisia rridipennella |
35. Dichomeris tgute/la

MALE GENITALIA OF RECURVARIA, STROBISIA, AND DICHOMERIS.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 592.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 65

34.Gelechia bhianule/la

56. Grorimoschema
g@llaesolidaginis

35. Aeiferia altisolart

58. Lita puertella. 39. Lita nvariabilis S/ Lita fongieorms

FEMALE GENITALIA OF GELECHIA, KEIFERIA, GNORIMOSCHEMA, AND LITA AND
HEAD PROFILES OF LITA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 592.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 66

pena) ATM

Tis eimiscwsitgarmvenrene wesmmerarenecesenasyort sil S

eel

AO. Chionodes |
lugubrella

LOC TREAT erie re OU SAAN rOr Lan nS ae

A3. Chionodes
mediofuseela

AA. Filatima ornatifimbrieHa
A2. Chionodes trichostola

A\. Chtonodes fordela

FEMALE GENITALIA OF CHIONODES AND FILATIMA.

592

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 67

48. Filatima albilerelia

AG. Friserva lindenella AZ, Filatima serotinella

FEMALE GENITALIA OF BRYOTROPHA, FRISERIA, AND FILATIMA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 593.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 68

paulel/a

AI. Frumenta nundinella 51. Groga allervella
FEMALE GENITALIA OF FRUMENTA AND AROGA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 593.

J. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 69

5
Psevudechelaria
walsirghari /

53. Faculta triangulella 54. FEpilechia eatalinel/la

Fascista cercerisella

FEMALE GENITALIA OF FACULTA, EPILECHIA, PSEUDOCHELARIA, AND FASCISTA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 593.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 70

59. Strobisia

iridipemelia

prunfolella

60. Stegasta bosguella 6l. Stegasta varrana

FEMALE GENITALIA OF EvVIPPE, RECURVARIA, STROBISIA, AND STEGASTA.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 593.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 86 PLATE 71

62. Oiehomeris uagulella

64. Gnacampsis populetta

FEMALE GENITALIA OF DICHOMERIS, NOTHRIS, AND ANACAMPSIS.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 593.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Vol. 86 Washington : 1939 No. 3065

NEOTROPICAL FLIES OF THE FAMILY STRATIOMYIDAE
IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

By Mavrice T. Jamxs

A smatt collection of Neotropical Stratiomyidae submitted to me
for determination through C. F. W. Muesebeck, of the U. S. Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, contained several new species
and additional material of exceptional interest. The present paper
is based on this collection. Ali holotypes and allotypes are in the
United States National Museum.

Subfamily BERIDINAE

Genus HOPLACANTHA Rondani

HOPLACANTHA MEXICANA (Bellardi)

One male, 5 females, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo
Schild).

HOPLACANTHA PERUANA Enderlein

One female, Perene, Peru, April 18, 1937 (H. Hanson). Bishopp
No. 27099. This specimen has the abdomen yellow in the center
dorsally on segments 2 to 4; the face and lower part of the front are
densely whitish pollinose and have the long, dense pile; the seutellum:
is 8-spined. Since these characters may well be variable, I believe

I can safely refer the specimen to this species.
595

139916—39

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

Genus HETERACANTHIA Macquart

HETERACANTHIA RUFICORNIS (Macquart)
Three females, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild).
Genus MACROMERACIS Enderlein

MACROMERACIS LONGICORNIS (Philippi)

FIGURE 71, c

One female, Ancud, Isla Chiloe, Chile, December 1926 (R. and E.
Shannon). This specimen seems to belong to Philippi’s Beris longi-
cornis, and is clearly a Macromeracis, though differing somewhat in
venation from Enderlein’s diagnosis of the genus. It is here de-
scribed in detail because of the brevity of Philippi’s description.

Female.—Head black, subshining, with inconspicuous yellow hair;
the occipital orbits (which are developed only on the upper part and
are there very narrow), lower third of the front, and face whitish
pollinose. Antennae black (segments beyond the second missing).
Palpi and proboscis bright yellow. Thorax yellow; the dorsum, ex-
cluding the humeri, however, is brownish and becomes black laterally
in front of the suture and posteriorly before the scutellum. Meta-
pleura blackish. Scutellum blackish in the center, that color gradually
merging into the broad yellow margin. Scutellum with four spines,
the lateral pair directed outward, the median pair one and one-half
times as long as the scutellum and three times as long as the lateral
pair. Legs entirely yellow, the tarsi at most somewhat brownish at
the apex. Discal cell large, two and one-half times as long as wide;
the cross-vein r—m joins it at its basal fifth, and its apex reaches almost
halfway between r—m and the origin of R,. Four posterior cells; the
fourth borders the discal cell for a greater distance than does the third.
Abdomen three times as long as wide and three times as long as the
thorax (excluding scutellum) and yellow, the first four segments
dorsally with posterior subquadrate black spots, which are bluish in
certain lights; those of the first segment are confluent with those of
the second; a broad transverse band of similar color occupies the fifth
and a broad, semicircular area on the basal and medial part of the
sixth; this is confluent with the posterior spots of the fourth segment.
Pile yellow, inconspicuous. Length, 7 mm.

The form of the discal cell readily distinguishes this species from
M. elongata Aubertin and M. thoracica (Philippi).

Genus BERIDOPS Enderlein
BERIDOPS MACULIPENNIS (Blanchard)

Male, Bariloche, Rio Negro, Argentina, November 1926 (R. and E.
Shannon).

NEOTROPICAL STRATIOMYIDAE—JAMES 597

Subfamily CLITELLARIINAE

Genus DIAPHOROSTYLUS Kertész

DIAPHOROSTYLUS INTERRUPTUS, new species

Differs from the three described species of this genus in that the
legs, with the exception of the three apical segments of the anterior
tarsi, are entirely yellow or white, without a trace of black or brown,
and that the brown of the wings is more dilute, by no means blackish
brown. As in flavipes Kertész, the hyaline band of the wing is inter-
rupted near the discal cell.

Male.—Head black, white-haired, the front with some brownish
hair intermixed; antennae yellow, its style, however, white; the style
about two-thirds as long as the annulated portion; the subterminal
bristle smaller than the terminal one. Facial projection acute.
Thorax black; the pleura white-haired, the dorsum and scutellum with
appressed golden hair; broad apex of scutellum and spines yellow.
Abdomen bare, with only microscopic pubescence on the disk, but
with longer blackish and white hairs intermixed on the sides. Legs,
including coxae and trochanters, yellow; the apical three segments of
the anterior tarsi brownish; the tibiae constricted basally; the con-
stricted portions of the middle and hind tibiae whitish. Wings light
brown; a hyaline band crosses the wing beyond the stigma, but this
is broadly interrupted beyond the apex of the discal cell, so that the
second posterior cell has only a small hyaline spot in it and the third
is broadly infumated basally. Halteres yellow. Length, 4-5 mm.

Holotype—Male, Alhajuelo, Panama, April 15, 1911 (August
Busck), U.S. N. M. No. 52766.

Paratype—Male, Cangrejal de Aserri, Costa Rica, 600 m. April
1906 (P. Biolley). Colorado State College collection.

Genus DITYLOMETOPA Kertész
DITYLOMETOPA ELEGANS Kertész
Female, Boa Vista, Tapajos, Para, CBV 93.01” (Cx A. Te Town:

send).
Subfamily STRATIOMYINAE

Genus NOTHOMYIA Loew

This genus has been placed in the Geosarginae by most workers, but
its close relationship to Mywosargus indicates that it belongs in the

Stratiomyinae.

598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 86
NOTHOMYIA VIRIDIS Hine

Male, Faxon mills, Trujillo Alto, San Juan, Puerto Rico, March 6,
1934 (Anderson). No. 5283. Compared with paratype specimens.
This species was described from a large series from Cedar Point,
Sandusky, Ohio, and has not since been recorded in literature.

NOTHOMYIA PARVICORNIS, new species

Ficure 71, a

Readily distinguished from described species by the small size and
bright yellow color of the annulated portion of the flagellum of the
antenna.

Ficurr 71.—a, Nothomyia parvicornis, new species, lateral view of head; b, Cyphomyia
planifrons, new species, lateral view of head; c, Macromeracis longicornis (Philippi),
wing.

Male.—Head greenish black. Face but little projecting forward,
rather strongly produced downward, however, and rounded below;
the face, front, and occiput clothed with dense pile, which, however,
does not conceal the ground color; this pile is for the most part gray
but is yellowish on the lower part of the face; in length it approxi-
mately equals the first antennal segment, but is somewhat longer on
the lower part of the face and on the occiput below the neck. A tuft

NEOTROPICAL STRATIOMYIDAE—JAMES 599

of black pile on the ocellar triangle. Antennae small, in length, ex-
cluding the arista, less than half the longitudinal diameter of the
eye, the arista almost as long as the longitudinal diameter of the
eye; first and second segments subequal, shining black; the annulated
part of the flagellum somewhat longer than the first or second seg-
ment, yellow; arista black. Dorsum of thorax densely punctured,
emerald green, moderately shining, with yellowish-gray tomentum
and scattered, erect, blackish pile; scutellum and spines concolorous,
without the erect pile; spines divergent, almost as long as the scutel-
lum. Pleura greenish black, well clothed with semiappressed gray-
ish pile. Legs black, the posterior basitarsi white. Wings grayish
hyaline; the stigma blackish; the area below it, including the discal
cell, the apices of the basal cells, and the base of the first posterior,
diffused yellowish brown. Discal cell hexagonal, but almost diamond-
shaped. Vein M,; weak, not much more than a fold. Vein Ry, absent.
Halteres green. Abdomen black with a slight greenish cast, elon-
gated oval, about twice as long as wide, grayish-white pilose. Length,
6 mm.

Holotype—Male, San Carlos, Costa Rica (Schild and Burgdorf).
U.S. N. M. No. 52764.

Genus DICYPHOMA James

DICYPHOMA SCHAEFFERI (Coquillett)

Female, Cafio Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, April 27, 1923 (R. C.
Shannon).
Genus CYPHOMYIA Wiedemann

CYPHOMYIA ALBITARSIS (Fabricius)

Six females, 1 male, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo
Schild); 1 female, Porto Bello, Panama, March 2, 1911 (August
Busck); 1 female, San Rafael, Veracruz, Mexico, April 18 (Town-
send); 1 female, 1 male, Caio Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, April
97, 1924 (R. C. Shannon), and May 6, 1923 (M. F. Close) ; 2 males,
Tabogal, Panama, February 2 and 23, 1912 (August Busck) ; 1 male,
Valera, Venezuela.

CYPHOMYIA WIEDEMANNI Gerstaecker

Four males, Trinidad Rio, Panama, February 17, 1912 (August
Busck); 1 male, Taboga Island, Panama, June 9, 1911 (August
Busck) ; 1 male, 1 female, Caio Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, May
13 and 3, 1923 (R. C. Shannon); 1 male, 2 females, Higuito, San
Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild); 1 female, Valera, Venezuela;

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

8 females, San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. Fiebrig); 1 female, Ca-
vinas Beni, Bolivia, February (W. M. Mann), Mulford Biological
Exploration of the Amazon Basin, 1921-22.

CYPHOMYIA NUBILIPENNIS, new species

A black species with predominantly yellow legs, white abdominal
hair spots, and subhyaline wings, which are traversed by a brown
cloud.

Female.—Head black; the lower part of the front and the upper
part of the face, however, whitish to yellow, this color gradually dark-
ening to black on the face. Front flat, shghtly lower than the level
ot the eyes; almost parallel-sided, only slightly widened toward the
vertex; there is no median furrow, but, on the other hand, the occular
orbits on the upper half are very slightly depressed and punctured.
Vertex behind the ocellar triangle elevated to the level of the tri-
angle and separated from the occipital orbits by definite grooves.
Occipital orbits of almost equal width throughout, though slightly
broader above; they are narrow, averaging about a third the width
of the front; the orbits angularly margined behind. Face divergent
below, its width on the oral margin one and one-half times that at
the base of the antennae. Pile yellowish white, on the front limited
to the punctured areas, semiappressed; on the face longer, rather
dense, and more erect. Proboscis brownish yellow; palpi black, Eyes
bare. Antennae black, the first three segments yellowish basally; the
first segment twice as long as the second, the second, ninth, and tenth
of approximately equal length, the tenth acute at the apex; the flagel-
lum (third to tenth segments) three times the length of the first.
Thorax and scutellum black, slightly shining, with dense yellowish-
white tomentum; the scutellum separated from the dorsum by a
groove, raised above the dorsum and directed slightly upward; the
spines thick, blunt, three-fourths as long as the scutellum, slightly
divergent, directed upward in respect to the dorsum but not in re-
spect to the scutellum. Legs yellow; the coxae, a subapical annulus
on each femur (at least, below), the apical half of the hind tibiae, a
narrow longitudinal stripe on the upper surface of the fore and middle
tibiae, and the last three tarsal segments brownish. Wings yellowish
hyaline; stigma yellow; a brown cloud crossing the wings anterior
to the stigma and taking in the apices of the basal cells, most of the
discal and fifth posterior cells, and the base of the fourth posterior
cell. Halteres yellow. Abdomen black, with conspicuous side spots
of yellowish-white tomentum on segments 2 to 5 inclusive. Length,
8 mm.

Holotype—Female, Cayuga, Guatemala, June 15 (William Schaus).
U.S.N.M. No. 52760.

NEOTROPICAL STRATIOMYIDAE—JAMES 601
CYPHOMYIA PILOSISSIMA Gerstaecker

Female, Mexico, Mexico (Juan Miller); male, Distrito Fed
1 ; : s Tederal
Mexico (Ll. Conrad). ’ ’ rito Federal,

CYPHOMYIA FASCIPES Walker

Female, Catto Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, April 27, 1928 (R. C.
Shannon) ; female, Amazon River near Obidos, Brazil, September 18,
1930 (Holt, Blake, and Agostini). |

CYPHOMYIA PULCHELLA Gerstaecker

Female, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild).

CYPHOMYIA PICTA Schiner

Female, Cafio Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, May 17, 1923 (R. C.
Shannon).
CYPHOMYIA SHANNONI, new species

A metallic-blue species, with a wholly yellow head and semihyaline
wings with a large median brownish area. Close to C. bequaerti
James,

Female——Head yellow. Front approximately on a level with the
eyes, slightly convex; its sides converging toward the base of the an-
tennae, the relative widths at the anterior ocellus and at the insertion
of the antennae being 16:11; the face likewise converging above, the
relative widths at the base of the antennae and at the oral margin
being 11:17. Occipital orbits moderately broad, broader above than
below, their greatest width but slightly less than the width of the
front at the narrowest point; the orbits moderately rounded behind.
Vertex on a level with the front, sharply separated from the occipital
orbits by deep furrows. Pile of front and vertex yellow, sparse, that
of the rest of the head whitish, sparse, except on the sides of the face,
where it is conspicuous and moderately long. Proboscis brown. Eyes
bare; antennae black; the ratio of the first to the second segment 5:3;
the third segment slightly shorter than the second, the others to the
eighth gradually but slightly decreasing in length; the ninth and
tenth segments are lost in the type. Thorax, including scutellum
and spines, metallic bluish black, with abundant, mostly semi-
appressed, whitish pile; tips of scutellar spines yellow. Scutellum
on a level with the dorsum; the spines three-fourths the length of
the scutellum, directed backward on a plane with the scutellum, and
slightly outward, the spines slightly bowed. Legs black or brownish
black, the knees and the first two segments of all tarsi yellow.
Halteres yellow. Wings pale brownish subhyaline; the stigma dark
brown; an indefinitely outlined lighter brown area taking in the

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOu. 86

discal cell, the lower basal corner of the first submarginal cell, the
apices of the two basal cells and of the anal cell, the basal parts of
the first, second, and third posterior cells, and most of the fourth
and fifth posterior cells; this is darker toward the stigma than
near the posterior margin of the wing. Abdomen concolorous with
the thorax; the pile mostly whitish and semiappressed ; however, there
are some scattered erect black hairs on the posterior tergites; no
lateral spots of silvery appressed hair. Length, 8 mm.

Holotype—Female, Cafio Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, May 13,
1923 (R. C. Shannon). U.S.N.M. No. 52761.

A group of six Neotropical species of Cyphomyia has the body
bright metallic blue or bluish, the wings deeply and uniformly in-
fuscated with black, the antennae wholly black, and the legs (except
in some specimens the base of the middle basitarsi) black, or metallic
blue. The black posterior basitarsi offer a good character for separat-
ing some of these species from related ones. The following key will
separate the females of the six species of this group:

i. WWace black... 32 = ea ee ee eee eee nigritarsis Enderlein

Wace: yellows.22) ee es ae 2
2. Ocellar triangle situated on posterior margin of vertex; a black

stripe connecting it with neck___-_-------__-~- leucocephala Hoffmansegg
Ocellar triangle remote from posterior margin of vertex; the

space’ behind “it'‘wholly yellow 2 =) 22 et 3

3.) Vertex: with conspicuous golden pile-=+-=- 7 {a Ss zernyi Lindner

Vertex with inconspicuous whitish pile or bare---_--__-_-_------_--_-----. 4

4. Vertex elevated in middle, depressed laterally, ocellar triangle at
anterior end of prominence; scutellar spines white or yellow on

at IOASt ApleHL Nal ~ 4 ee es ee eee ecuadorensis Enderlein
Vertex lies below level of ocellar prominence, at least immedi-
ately behind it; scutellar spines at most tipped with yellow__--_----~-~-- 5

. Ocellar triangle situated in a slight depression on front; front
not elevated, but flattened and without a median trough.
planifrons, new species
Ocellar triangle elevated above vertex; front elevated laterally,
with a median trough running from ocellar triangle to base of
snbernd@: 0105 530 Si ee ae eee ee Es ee altifrons, new species

CYPHOMYIA ECUADORENSIS Enderlein
Seven females, Bogota, Colombia (B. Guevara).
CYPHOMYIA PLANIFRONS, new species

FicurE 71, D

Female—Head yellow. Relative width of front at anterior
ocellus, front above insertion of antennae, face immediately above
oral margin, occipital orbit at upper corner of eye, and occipital orbit
at center of eye, 30:23:28:20:17. Vertex separated from occipital

NEOTROPICAL STRATIOMYIDAE—JAMES 603

orbits by a moderately deep groove; the occipital orbits moderately
rounded behind, front moderately convex, flattened above, and with-
out a median groove; the posterior part of the front somewhat de-
pressed, the ocellar prominence rising from this depression ; the vertex
rising from this depression, at its greatest elevation approximately
level with the ocellar prominence. Pile of head white, inconspicuous
except on the sides of the face. Eyes bare. Antennae black, the first
two segments black-haired; the ninth segment twice as long as the
tenth. Proboscis and palpi black. Thorax metallic violet-blue;
scutellum and spines concolorous, the latter, however, tipped with
yellow, scutellum on a level with the dorsum; the spines directed
straight backward, slightly curved, about three-fourths the length
of the scutellum. Pile of thoracic dorsum black, inconspicuous, that
of pleura whitish. Wings deep black. Halteres black. Legs me-
tallic blue, the tarsi black; the middle basitarsi at most slightly
brownish basally; tarsi with dense, short, golden pile which may
make them appear yellow to the naked eye. Abdomen concolorous
with the thorax; pile inconspicuous, black dorsally, whitish on
venter. Length, 12 mm.

Holotype—Female, Bogota, Colombia (B. Gueyara). U.S. N. M.
No. 52762.

Paratype.—Female, same data.

CYPHOMYIA ALTIFRONS, new species

Male.—Head yellow, the occiput black only im the middle. Eyes
separated at their nearest point by a distance equal approximately to
the width of the second antennal segment; the vertical triangle, in-
cluding the upper part of the front, enormous, inflated, greatly ele-
vated above the eyes and the occipital orbits; the latter well devel-
oped. The relative width of the vertex at its widest point, of the
front at its narrowest point, of the face above the oral margin, and
of the occipital orbits (average), 26:4:22:10. Pile of vertex and
occiput sparse, whitish; that of face light yellow, conspicuous. Eyes
bare. Antennae black, the first and second segments black-pilose ;
segments 2, 8, 9, and 10 subequal in length, the first twice as long as
the second. Thorax metallic violet-blue; pile black dorsally, whitish
on pleura, in one specimen with slight evidence of a median dorsal
golden band; scutellum and spines concolorous with the thorax, the
spines yellowish at their tips; pile black. Spines almost as long as
the scutellum. Legs metallic blue, the tarsi black; the middle and
sometimes the other basitarsi somewhat yellowish basally; the basi-
tarsi with dense yellow pile, which may make them appear yellow to
the naked eye. Wings deep black. Abdomen concolorous with the
thorax, black-haired. Length, 11-12 mm.

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 86

Female.—Sides of face and front parallel, only very slightly nar-
rowed near the insertion of the antennae. Front and vertex elevated,
the elevations taking the form of two folds running from the occiput
to a point above the insertion of the antennae; the space between the
folds is furrowed troughlike, but not suleate; the ocellar triangle
arises from this furrow. Vertex and occipital orbits divided by a
distinct but only moderately deep groove, occipital orbits broader
above than below; on an average, about three-fifths the width of the
front. Tenth antennal segment twice as long as the ninth. Thoracic
dorsum with a transverse patch of white pile, extending a short
distance along the suture, and anterior to it; this is continuous with
an area of similar hair on each pleuron; postalar calluses white-
haired. Scutellar spines wholly blue, about half as long as the
scutellum. Tarsi wholly black. Otherwise as in the male.

Holotype-—Male, Bogota, Colombia (B. Guevara). U.S.N.M. No.
52763.

Allotype.—Female, same data.

Paratopotypes.—3 males, 3 females, same data.

Remarks.—In spite of the differences in detail, I believe the males
and females described above to be conspecific.

This species is close to that described by Gerstaecker as C. cyanea
Fabricius but may readily be distinguished by the fact that in alti-
trons the vertex and front in the female are not so high, the former
not being bubblelike (“blasenformig”), and the basitarsi are black;
and the occiput in the male is yellow, with the orbits well developed.
The development of the male occipital orbits is a condition similar
to that found in @. androgyna Williston.

CYPHOMYIA CYANEA (Fabricius)

Three females, upper Putamayo River, Colombia (B. Guevara) ;
1 male, Bogota, Colombia (B. Guevara).

These female specimens agree with Lindner’s redescription and
figure of C. cyanea; but not with Gerstaecker’s figure, which Lindner
considers an exaggeration. The eyes are hairy, as Lindner shows
them. The male agrees with Fabricius’s brief description, but it
does not have the prominent vertex mentioned by Gerstaecker. The
discovery of altifrons leads me to believe that Gerstaecker may have
had a similar species, which he misidentified for cyanea.

CYPHOMYIA VARIPES Gerstaecker

Two females, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild).

1 Ann. Naturh. Mus. Wien, vol. 438, pp. 262—264, 1929.

NEOTROPICAL STRATIOMYIDAE—JAMES 605

CYPHOMYIA CHRYSODOTA Perty

Two females, San Jose, Costa Rica (Schild and Burgdorf) ; 1
female, Tucurrique, Costa Rica (Schild and Burgdorf). This species
seems to be distinct from the closely related auriflamma; specimens
of chrysodota are smaller and slenderer, and the face, especially in
the male, is much more densely clothed with wholly snow-white pile.

Subfamily GEOSARGINAE

Genus PTECTICUS Loew

PTECTICUS TESTACEUS (Fabricius)

One male, Cabima, Panama, May 21, 1911 (August Busck) ; 1 male,
1 female, Taboga Island, Panama, June 9 and 10, 1911 (Busck) ;
1 male, 1 female, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild).

Genus MEROSARGUS Loew

MEROSARGUS CINGULATUS Schiner

Six females, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, on fruits of Ficus
sp., November 1934, No. 3415 (James Zetek); 1 female, Higuito,
San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild); 3 females, Cafio Saddle,
Gatun Lake, Panama, August 6 and 17, 1923 (R. C. Shannon).

MEROSARGUS STAMINEUS (Fabricius)
One female, Cabima, Panama, May 23, 1911 (August Busck).
MEROSARGUS GOWDEYI Curran

Two males, Porto Bello, Panama, March 15, 1911 (August Busck) ;
1 female, Cafio Saddle, Gatun Lake, Panama, May 17, 1923 (R. C.

Shannon).
MEROSARGUS SUBINTERRUPTUS (Bellardi)

One male, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, May 17, 1923 (R. C.
Shannon).
Genus CHRYSOCHROMA Williston

CHRYSOCHROMA FLAVOPILOSUM (Bigot)
Two males, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild).
CHRYSOCHROMA AENEIVENTRIS (Giglios-Tos)

One female, Cayuga, Guatemala, June 15 (William Schaus); 1
female, Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, Mexico, No. 59 (Joaquin Camelo). I be-

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 86

lieve these specimens to belong to Giglio-Tos’ species, in spite of
several variations from the original description, namely that the
middle and posterior coxae are yellow, the abdomen is green on the
venter as well as on the dorsum, and the face immediately below the
antennae is yellow (only the depressed oral margin being black). In
view of the variation that may occur in species of Geosarginae, these
characters may easily be variable to this extent. The black areas on
the apices of the middle femora are sharply defined, and less so on
the fore and hind femora; on the middle femora the black area is
much more extended ventrally than dorsally.

Subfamily PACHYGASTRINAE

Genus ARTEMITA Walker

ARTEMITA HIEROGLYPHICA (Wiedemann)

One female, Amazon River, Arary to Manaos, Brazil, September
20-21, 1930 (Holt, Blake, and Agostini).

Genus EUPACHYGASTER Kertész

EUPACHYGASTER VILLOSA, new species

Readily distinguishable from the two American species that have
been referred to this genus by the narrow front and the dense silvery
tomentum of the thoracic dorsum in the female and the contiguous
eyes and slender abdomen in the male.

Female.—Head black, shining; the lower half of the front (except
a narrow median longitudinal line) and the sides of the face silvery
pollinose. Front narrow, at its narrowest part (near the middle)
two-thirds as wide as the base of the ocellar triangle, and one-third
as wide as at the insertion of the antennae; the face gradually becomes
broader. Head three-fourths as long as high, the antennae inserted
somewhat below the middle. Antennae and proboscis yellow. Arista
bare. Occipital orbits undeveloped, except below. Thorax black, the
dorsum and scutellum densely and uniformly clothed with silvery
tomentum; the scutellum with a definite rim, which is beset with
numerous minute teeth. Pleura shining, bare. Legs, including coxae,
wholly yellow. Wings hyaline, with a slightly yellow cast; vein
R:,3 originating slightly beyond cross-vein r-m, which is short but
distinct; R,; slightly more than twice as long as Ry. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen about as wide as long, black, with scattering whitish hairs.
Length, 3 mm.

Male.—Eyes contiguous, the facets above larger than those below
but not divided from them by a definite line. Head almost as long as
high. Thorax and scutellum with scattering yellowish-white hair,

NEOTROPICAL STRATIOMYIDAE—JAMES 607

the abdomen similarly haired. Body much slenderer than in the
female, the abdomen being only three-fourths as broad as long. Vein
R,,s originating before cross-vein r-m. Length, 2.5 mm.

Holotype.—Female, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (Pablo
Schild). U.S.N.M. No. 52765.

Allotype.—Male, same data.

Paratopotypes—Three females and 3 males, same data.

Remarks.—The generic position of this species is given only provi-
sionally. In Kertész’s key* it traces to Abiomyia (males) or to
couplet 152 (females) ; in Curran’s key ® it traces readily to Eupachy-
gaster. According to the classification of Kertész, our species of
Eupachygaster are not congeneric with Pachygaster tarsalis Zetter-
stedt, the type of the genus; 2’. punctifer Malloch and LZ. henshawi
Malloch should form a separate genus, and #. villosa still another
one. To take such a step would, however, be unwise, unless one had
abundant material and could make a thorough study of this difficult
group. It is possible that too many genera of Pachygastrinae have
already been proposed.

2 Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 14, pp. 127-140, 1916.
8 The families and genera of North American Diptera, 512 pp., 1934. New York.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1939

ee! ' if it ; ; :
Py * f | ha 1 :s ‘ 5 olf y iN re i a =a at ‘|
Lan wy Dyiveved? Ke alt enst- ye * ‘ety i slant? a ut AL

: ‘ky ? 25

- po

> so
a

“ fon fi oT Sas Mn

INDEX

(New genera, species, etc., are printed in italics)

abactella, Filatima, 575, 582.
abbotti, Mustelus, 461, 468.
abdominella, Chionodes, 574, 582.
abella, Chionodes, 574, 582.

abieticola, Ceophloeus pileatus, 191.

_ Tamiasciurus hudsonius, 271.

Abiomyia, 607.
abradescens, Filatima, 575, 582.
Acanthopolyipnus (subgenus), 135.
acanthurus, Argyropelecus, 151.

Sternoptyx, 151.
Accipiter cooperii, 181.

striatus velox, 180.

velox velox, 181.
Accipitridae, 180.
Acerotisa, 90.

pellucida, 90 (fig.), 96.
acharnaea, Aroga, 578, 582.
Acholoé, 115, 116.

achrusterus, Turdus migratorius, 215.
aciculata, Macellicephala, 121 (fig.),

122, 130.
Polynoé, 122, 130.
acida, Eulychnia, 383.
Acotylea, 94, 434.
Acotylina, 67.
acrina, Chionodes, 574, 582.
acticola, Leptoplana, 437.
Actinosiphon semmesi, 325.
acuductus, Erchomus, 3.
Tachyporus, 3.
aculeata, Harmothoé, 117, 129.
aculeatus, Argyropelecus, 147, 151.
Admetella, 123.
dolichopus, 123, 128.
hastigerens, 123, 128.
renotubulata, 123, 128, 131.

adumbrata, Panthalis, 126, 127, 130.

advenus, Operculinoides, 321.
aeneas, Quiscalus, 230.
aeneiventris, Chrysochroma, 605.
aestiva, Dendroica aestiva, 222.
aestivalis, Aimophila, 238.
Aimophila aestivalis, 238.
affinis, Argyropelecus, 146, 147.
Bryotropha, 577, 582.
Erchomus, 3.
Tachyporus, 3.
afuerae, Porichthys, 477.
agassizii, Hymenodiscus, 445.
Agelaius phoeniceus arctolegus, 229.
phoeniceus phoeniceus, 229,
aggregata, Coryphantha, 370.
agriodes, Gelechia, 589.

191564—40—_—2

Aimophila aestivalis, 238.
aestivalis aestivalis, 238.
aestivalis bachmanii, 238.
_ 4aestivalis illinoensis, 238, 239.
Aix sponsa, 180.
alabamensis, Asellus, 458.
alacer, Sylvilagus floridanus, 290.
alprigels, Cage 571, 582.
alascanus, Bathylagus, 505, 506 (fig.).
Alaudidae, 201.” i
alba, Lepidasthenia, 114, 129, 130.
Polynoé, 114, 129, 130.
albangulata, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.
Alberada, 336, 337, 350, 353.
pidentella, 337, 350-352, 407, 409,
holochlora, 337, 350, 352, 409, 411.
Barbas 337, 350, 352, 407, 409,
albicollis, Zonotrichia, 241.
albifemorella, Filatima, 576, 582, 583.
Gelechia, 576.
albilora, Dendroica dominica, 225,
albilorella, Filatima, 568, 575, 576, 582,
587, 591, 593:
albimarginella, Gnorimoschema, 571,
582.
albipectus, Fascista, 580, 582.
albisparsella, Depressaria, 569.
Gelechia, 570, 582, 586.
albitarsis, Cyphomyia, 599.
albomaculella, Chionodes, 574, 582, 583.
Aleedinidae, 189.
aleyon, Megaceryle alcyon, 189.
Aleutian Islands, a new genus of star-
fishes from, 497.
Aleutiaster, 497.
Aleutiaster schefferi, 498.
Alexandraster mirus, 469.
alexandrinus, Rattus rattus, 287.
aliciae, Hylocichla minima, 216.
alleni, Buteo lineatus, 181, 182.
Halosydna, 111.
Strix nebulosa, 188.
Strix varia, 188.
alleriella, Aroga, 578, 582, 591, 593.
alpicola, Lita, 573, 582, 585.
alsopia, Chadisra, 551.
alternatella, Lita, 573, 582, 585.
alticola, Vireo solitarius, 220.
altifrons, Cyphomyia, 602-604.
altisolani, Keiferia, 573, 582, 591, 592.
amabilis, Argyropelecus, 146, 150.
Sternoptychides, 150.

595

096

Amalafrida, 336-338, 382, 385.
ee 338, 385, 386, 408, 410,
413.
ambrosiaeella, Gnorimoschema, 571,
582.
americana, Certhia familiaris, 211.
Compsothlypis americana, 222.
Fulica americana, 184.
ret Sorocelis, 421 (fig.), 422, 424
fig
americana, Spiza, 234.
americanus, Coccyzus americanus, 186.
Ursus americanus, 257.
Zapus hudsonius, 288.
Ee eat savannarum australis,
2a.
amorphaeella, Filatima, 575, 582.
Amphiodia gyraspis, 447.
Amphisbaenidae, 11.
Anacampsis, 567.
longicornis, 572.
populella, 567, 592, 593.
analamprella, Salambona, 338, 380, 408,
410, 412.
Zophodia, 379, 380.
anale, Scopelarchus, 532.
analis, Porichthys, 473-475, 482-485,
488.
anarsiella, Gelechia, 570, 582.
Anatidae, 180.
anatum, Falco peregrinus, 183.
anderssoni, Myctophum, 526, 527.
androgyna, Cyphomyia, 604.
Anguidae, 16.
angulata, Ophiothrix, 447.
angusta, Leptoplana, 76 (fig.), 95.
Anhinga anhinga, 179
Anhingidae, 179.
anisectis, Bryotropha, 577, 582, 584.
Annelids of the families Polynoidae and
Polyodontidae, 107.
annulata, Cambala, 37, 38 (fig.), 39-41.
annulatus, Julus, 37.
Spirobolus, 37.
anoculata, Antinoé, 128.
antarcticum, Myctophum, 526, 527.
antarcticus, Mustelus, 468
Anthus spinoletta rubescens, 218.
antiguensis, Operculinoides, 313, 314.
antillarum, Centrechinus, 453.
antillea, Pellatispirella, 308.
antillensis, Astropecten, 441.
Odinia, 445.
Antinoé anoculata, 128.
macrolepidia, 128.
antrorsospinus, Argyropelecus, 150.
Antrostomus carolinensis, 188.
vociferus vociferus, 188.
Apatelodes, 557.
damora, 559.
erotina, 560.
florisa, 558.
merlona, 557.
vistana, 559.
Aphos, 473, 474, 476.
porosus, 474, 477.
aphractus, Stelgidopteryx ruficollis, 202.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

Aphroditidae, 127.
appressum. Ophioderma, 452.
aquaticus, Scalopus aquaticus, 248.
Sylvilagus aquaticus, 291.
Aquila chrysaétos canadensis, 182.
arborei, Chionodes, 575, 582, 583.
arbutina, Pseudochelaria, 579, 582.
Archilochus colubris, 189.
arcticum, Myctophum, 526, 527.
Arctobolus marginatus, 28.
arctolegus, Agelaius phoeniceus, 229.
Arctonoé, 114, 115
fragilis, 116.
lia, 116.
pulchra, 110, 116.
tuberculata, 114 (fig.), 116, 117,
128, 129.
vittata, 110, 116.
Ardeidae, 179.
arenacea, Spizella pusilla, 240.
arenella, Chionodes, 574, 582.
areolata, Harmothoé, 117.
argentipunctella, Chionodes, 575, 582.
argutula, Sturnella magna, 228.
Argyropelecus, 135, 145, 150.
acanthurus, 151.
aculeatus, 147, 151.
affinis, 146, 147.
amabilis, 146, 150.
antrorsospinus, 150.
boecagei, 145.
caninus, 151.
d’urvillei, 149.
elongatus, 145.
emigymnus, 149.
gigas, 146, 147.
heathi, 149.
hemigymnus, 145-148.
intermedius, 149.
lichnus, 153.
lychnus, 149.
lynchus, 153.
micracanthus, 150.
olfersii, 147, 150-152.
sladeni, 147, 153.
aristella, Aroga, 578, 582.
Chionodes, 574.
Aristostomias, 516.
arizonae, Coproporus, 3, 8.
arizonella, Filatima, 576, 582,
armadillo, Euphrosyne, 172.
Aroga, 565, 567, 568, 576, 578.
acharnaea, 578, 582.
alleriella, 578, 582, 591, 593.
aristella, 578, 582.
camptogramma, 578, 583.
chlorocrana, 578, 583.
coloradensis, 578, 583.
eldorado, 578, 584.
epigaeella, 578, 584, 587.
eriogonella, 578, 584.
hipposaris, 578, 584.
leucaniella, 578, 585.
monumentella, 578, 585.
morenella, 578, 585.
paraplutella, 567, 578, 586, 591, 593.
paulella, 578, 586, 591, 593.

INDEX

Aroga rigidae, 578, 586.
trialbamaculella, 578, 584, 587.
unifasciella, 578, 587.
velocella, 578, 588.

Artemita, 606.
hieroglyphiea, 606.

articulatus, Astropecten, 441.

Artifacts, Renner site, 103

artimisiella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.

asbolodes, Gelechia, 589.

Asellidae, 457.

Asellus, 457.
alabamensis, 458.
hobbsi, 457, 459 (fig.).

asinella, Gelechia, 570, 582.

asio, Otus asio, 187.

Assilina, 307-309.

asterias, Mustelus, 468.

Asteroidea, 441.

asteroides, Polyipnus,

141, 142.

asthenosoma, Olyca, 381.

Parolyca, 338, 381, 408, 413.

Astropecten antillensis, 441.
articulatus, 441.
articulatus valenciennesi, 442.

atascaderensis, Operculina, 330.
Operculinoides, 311.

ater, Molothrus ater, 232.

atkinsi, Sitta carolinensis, 210.

Atlantic species of dog sharks, with a

key to the species of Mustelus, 461.

atlantica, Brissopsis, 454.

atlanticus, Melamphaes, 536, 537.

atomata, Notoplana, 75, 95.

atratus, Coragyps, 180.

Coragyps atratus, 180.

atriplex, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.

atrocyaneus, Rhynchodemus, 433.

atropos, Moira, 454.

atrothorax, Picus, 194, 195.
Sphyrapicus varius, 193.

attritella, Gelechia, 589.

auduboni, Dyrobates villosus, 196.

auleae, Filatima, 576, 582.

aurantiaca, Opuntia (Platypuntia), 375.

auratus, Colaptes auratus, 189, 190.

auricularis, Pitymys pinetorum, 285.

Auriculatae, 188.

auriflamma, Cyphomyia, 605.

auritus, Phalacrocorax auritus, 179.

aurocapillus, Seiurus, 226.

australis, Ammodramus savannarum,

Halosydna, 110, 111.
axenopis, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.
baccharisella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.
bachmanii, Aimophila aestivalis, 238.
bactrea, Disphragis, 548.
bactrina, Disphragis, 547.
badiomaculella, Gelechia, 589.
badionotus, Stichopus, 455.
Baeolophus bicolor, 209.
bairdii, Peromyscus maniculatus, 277.
baldwini, Troglodytes aédon, 211.
Troglodytes domesticus, 212.
banksiella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.

138, 139 (fig.),

097

Barker, R. Wright, on species of the

eee family Camerinidae in
e ertiary and Cret

Mexico, 305. FESOMR ct

barnesiella, Lita, 573, 582.

bastigerens, Admetella 123,128.

Bat, big brown, 256.

big-eared, 257.
evening, 257.
Georgian, 255.
gray, 253.

hoary, 257.
Howell’s, 253.
Indiana, 254.
LeConte’s lump-nosed, 257.
Leib’s, 255.

little brown, 254.
Rafinesque’s, 257.
red, 256.
silver-haired, 255.
Trouessart’s, 254.

batanella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 582.

Bathylagidae, 505.

Bathylagus, 505.

alascanus, 505, 506 (fig.).
milleri, 507.

Bathysudis, 524.

Batrachus chilensis, 477.
margaritatus, 484, 486, 488.
porosissimus, 478, 489, 490.
porosus, 473, 476, 477.

Bear, black, 257.

Beaver, Carolina, 276.

Beetles, North American, of the staph-
ylinid subfamily Tachyporinae—
genus Coproporus Kraatz, 1.

United States, of melolonthine
subgenus Phytalus, 157.

bella, Zophodia, 403.

beneficentella, Frumenta, 582, 585.

benitella, Galechia, 570, 582.

Benthalbella, 530.

benthophila, Freyella, 446.

bequaerti, Cyphomyia, 601.

Beridinae, 595.

Beridops, 596.

maculipennis, 596.

Beris longicornis, 596.

bewickii, Thryomanes bewickii, 212.

bianulella, Gelechia, 570, 582, 585, 587,
591, 592.

Nothris, 569.
Oeseis, 567, 569.

bicolor, Baeolophus, 209.

Trodoprocne, 201.

bicostomaculella, Chionodes, 575, 582,

584, 586.

bidentella, Alberada, 337, 350-352, 407,

409, 411.
Eumysia, 352.
Zophodia, 352.

biforella, Filatima, 576, 582.

bigella, Filatima, 576, 582, 587.

bihinda, Eumysia, 366.

Rumatha, 338, 364-367, 370, 407,
410, 412.
Zophodia, 363, 366.

598

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL, 86

bilobatata, Phyllophaga (Phytalus), 159, | brevicaudum, Ophioderma, 452.

160, 162 (fig.), 165.
bimaculella, Pilatima, 576, 582, 587.
biminimaculella, Filatima, 576, 583, 584.
Bipaliidae, 430.
Bipalium, 430.
costaricensis, 429 (fig.), 430, 432

g.).
Birds of Tennessee, 175.
biselliella, Tineola, 566.
Bison, eastern woodland, 297.
Bison bison pennsylvanicus, 297.
bispiculata, Gelechia, 589.
bistrigella, Gelechia, 589.
bivirgatum, Polyzonium, 28.
Bittern, American, 179.
eastern least, 179.
Blackbird, rusty, 230.
EE eae carolinensis,
brevicauda talpoides, 252.
Bluebird, eastern, 217.
Boar, wild, 292.
Bobcat, 268.
Bobolink, 228.
Bobwhite, eastern, 184.
bocagei, Argyropelecus, 145.
bollii, Megaphycis, 339
Melitara, 339-341.
Melitara prodenialis, 339.
Zophodia, 338, 339.
Bombycidae, 557.
new species in the United States
National Museum, 543.
Bombycilla cedrorum, 218.
Bombycillidae, 218.
bonairensis, Operculina, 330.
Bonasa umbellus togata, 183.
bonitensis, Harmothoé, 118.
Boomer, 271.
borealis, Buteo borealis, 181.
Buteo jamaicensis, 181.
Colaptes auratus, 191.
Dryobates, 198.
Euphrosyna, 170.
Euphrosyne, 169-171 (fig.), 172.
Lasiurus, 256.
Nuttallornis, 200.
boreus, Myiarchus crinitus, 199.
bosquella, Stegasta, 564, 592, 593.
Botaurus lentiginosus, 179.
Bovidae, 297.
brachidactyla, Geothlypis trichas, 227.
brachyrhynchos, Corvus brachyrhyn-
chos, 205.
brackenridgiella, Gnorimoschema, 571,
583.
Brahmina, 158, 159.
branchiata, Euphrosyne, 170, 171 (fig.),
172.
branchiata, Polynoé, 130.
branchiferus, Euphione, 115.
Lepidonotus, 115, 130.
branella, Bryotropha, 577, 583.
brasiliensis, Halosydna, 111.
braueri, Lampanyctus, 529.
braunella, Chionodes, 575, 582, 583.

252,

brevis, Tachyporus, 4, 5.

brevisetosa, Halosydna, 109, 110.

breviunguis, Dendroica, 225, 226.

breweri, Parascalops, 247.

Brissopsis atlantica, 454.

brocchi, Thysanozoon, 85, 96.

brochi, Tergipes, 85.

brumella, Gelechia, 589.

Bryotropha, 565, 567, 568, 576.

affinis, 577, 582.

anisectis, 577, 582, 584.
branella, 577, 583.

clandestina, 577, 583.
decrepidella, 577, 583.
desertella, 577, 583.

inaequalis, 577, 582, 584.
terrella, 567, 577, 587, 591, 593.

Bubo virginianus virginianus, 187.

bueyrus, Cactoblastis, 335, 338, 355,
356, 358, 360, 407, 409.

bulbosus, Oneirodes, 538, 539 (fig.).

Bunting, indigo, 233.

Burials, Renner site, 103

burkei, Iulus, 43.

Nannolene, 43—46.

Busck, August, on restriction of the
genus Gelechia (Lepidoptera: Gele-
chiidae), with descriptions of new
genera, 563.

busckiella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.

Busycon, 94, 95.

canaliculatum, 80.
Buteo borealis borealis, 181.
jamaicensis borealis, 181.
lineatus alleni, 181, 182.
lineatus lineatus, 181.
platypterus platypterus, 182.
Butorides virescens virescens, 179.
Buwatia, 33, 47.
monterea, 48.
eachinnans, Gallinula chloropus, 184.
Cactoblastis, 336, 337, 338, 354, 356,
357, 358, 360, 385.
bucyrus, 335, 338, 355, 356, 358,
360, 407, 409.
cactorum, 331, 338, 355, 356, 358-
360, 386, 407, 409, 411, 412.
Sse 338, 355, 356, 358-360, 407,
leithella, 385, 386.
ee 338, 355, 359, 360,
412.
ronnai, 338, 357.
Cactobrosis, 336-338, 350, 387,
400-402.
cinerella, 397.
creabates, 377.
elongatella, 397, 398, 409.
fernaldalis, 396, 398.
fernaldialis, 338, 394-396,
400, 411, 413.
gigantella, 397.
insignatella, 338, 395, 396, 399,

411.
interstitialis, 362.
leuconips, 375, 376.

407,

394,

398,

INDEX

Cactobrosis longipennella, 338, 394-397,
399, 400, 409, 411, 413.
maculifera, 338, 394-396, 398, 409,
411, 413.
phoenicis, 362.
ponderosella, 362.
strigalis, 338, 363, 377, 394, 395,
400, 409, 411, 413.
cactorum, Cactoblastis, 331, 338, 355, 356,
358-360, 386, 407, 409, 411, 412.
Zophodia, 354, 356.
Cactus-feeding Phycitinae, 331.
caeca, Platydere, 48, 49.
eaecella, Filatima, 575, 588, 586.
Caecidotea, 457.
geelor ues Lepidonotus, 108 (fig.), 130,

caerulea, Polioptila caerulea, 217.
Gee neeoen Dendroica caerulescens,
caesiella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583, 584.
Cahela, 336-338, 361, 364, 366.
ponderosella, 338, 362, 364, 365,
407, 409, 412.
cairnsi, Dendroica caerulescens, 223.
Calearina, 308.
calendula, Corthylio calendula, 218.
californica, Leptoplana, 437.
californicus, Mustelus, 464, 465, 468.
Cambala, 29, 32, 35, 36, 41, 42.
annulata, 37, 38 (fig.), 39-41.
annulata minor, 40.
cristula, 37, 39, 40 (fig.).
minor, 37, 40.
texana, 37, 40, 41 (fig.).
Cambalidae, 30.
Cambaloid millipeds of the
States, 27.
Cambaloidea, 30.
Cambalopsidae, 30, 57.
cameliae, Geoplana, 427, 428, 430.
cameloi, Quentalia, 557.
Camerina, 307-309, 322, 325-327.
chawneri, 315.
cubensis, 327.
dickersoni, 326.
guayabalensis, 323, 325.
jacksonensis, 322, 324, 325.
jacksonensis globosa, 324.
moodybranchensis, 323.
pellatispiroides, 309, 325.
sp., 313, 318.
vanderstoki, 322, 325.
variolaria, 309.
vermunti, 327.
wadiai, 326.
Camerinidae, 309.
in the Tertiary and Cretaceous of
Mexico, 305.
camptogramma, Aroga, 578, 583.
canadensis, Aquila chrysaétos, 182.
Cervus canadensis, 295.
Sitta, 211.
Wilsonia, 228.
canaliculatum, Busycon, 80.
canaster, Pipilo erythrophthalmus, 235.
Canidae, 264.

United

599

caninus, Argyropelecus, 151.
canis, Mustelus, 461, 462, 464-468.
Canis latrans, 267.
lupus lyeaon, 265.
rufus floridanus, 267.
rufus gregoryi, 267.
canopulvella, Gelechia, 570, 583, 585.
Capella delicata, 185.
capensis, Poraniopsis, 469, 472.
capiteochrella, Gelechia, 589.
Caprimulgidae, 188.
Cardinal, eastern, 233.
cardinalis, Richmondena cardinalis, 233,
carinata, Halosydna, 113.
Hylosynda, 129.
carmenensis, Nummulites, 330.
Carnegiea, 395.
gigantea, 397.
carolinensis, Antrostomus, 188.
Blarina brevicauda, 252, 253.
Castor canadensis, 276.
Clethrionomys, 284.
Dumetella, 213.
Junco hyemalis, 239.
Microtus chrotorrhinus, 285.
Pandion haliaetus, 183.
Penthestes carolinensis, 207.
Sciurus carolinensis, 272.
Sitta carolinensis, 210, 211.
Zenaidura macroura, 185, 186.
carolinus, Centurus, 192.
Euphagus, 230.
Carpodacus purpureus purpureus, 234.
caryaevorella, Chionodes, 575, 583.
Casmerodius albus egretta, 179.
castanea, Dendroica, 225.
Castor canadensis carolinensis, 276.
Castoridae, 276.
castriensis, Lepidonotus, 108, 109, 130.
catacrossa, Filatima, 576, 583.
catalinella, Epilechia, 567, 581, 583,
578, 592, 593.
Gelechia, 581.
Catbird, 213.
catenula, Operculina, 320.
Operculinoides, 320.
Cathartes aura septentrionalis, 180.
Cathartidae, 180.
caudata, Gelechia, 570, 583.
cavernosus, Melamphaes, 533, 534 (fig.).
cavifrons, Phytalus, 158.
ceanothiella, Chionodes, 575, 583, 585.
cedrorum, Bombycilla, 218.
celata, Vermivora celata, 222.
Central America, new species of flat-
worms, from, 419.
Centrechinus antillarum, 453.
Centurus carolinus. 192. |
Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola, 191.
pileatus pileatus, 191.
cephalicus, Phytalus, 165.
cercerella, Fascista, 580, 583.
cercerisella, Fascista, 567, 580, 583, 586,
592, 593.
Gelechia, 580.
Cereus, 387.
validus, 392-394.

600

Certhia familiaris americana, 211.
familiaris nigrescens, 211.
Certhiidae, 2
cerulea, Dendroica, 224.
Cervidae, 292.
Cervus canadensis canadensis, 295.
Cestoplana, 83, 96.
Cestoplanidae, 83, 96.
Chadisra, 551.
Chadisra alsopia, 551.
hymen, 551.
marcidana, 551.
Chaetacanthus magnificus, 130.
Chaetura pelagica, 188.
chambersella, Lita, 573, 583, 587.
Chapman, Wilbert McLeod, on eleven
new species and three new genera of
oceanic fishes collected by the Inter-
national Fisheries Commission from
the northeastern Pacific, 501.
Charadriidae, 184.
Charadrius, 184, 185.
charcoti, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.
Chat, yellow-breasted, 227
chawneri, Camerina, 315.
chelopa, Tridere, 33, 35 (fig.), 36.
chenopodiella, Gnorimoschema,
583.
Chickadee, Appalachian, 207.
Carolina, 207.
North Carolina, 209.
chilensis, Batrachus, 477.
chilensis, Sigelgaiia, 338, 382, 383, 385,
408, 410, 413.
chiloensis, Trichocereus, 383.
Chionodes, 565, 567, 568, 574.
abdominella, 574, 582.
abella, 574, 582.
acrina, 574, 582.
albomaculella, 574, 582, 583.
arborei, 575, 582, 588.
arenella, 574, 582.
argentipunctella, 575, 582.
aristella, 574.
bicostomaculella, 575, 582, 584, 586.
braunella, 575, 582, 583.
caryaevorella, 575, 583.
ceanothiella, 575, 583, 585.
chloroschema, 574, 583.
chrysopyla, 575, 583.
continuella, 574, 582, 583, 587.
coticola, 574, 583, 585.
dammersi, 575, 583.
dentella, 566, 574, 583.
discoocellella, 575, 583, 588.
distinctella, 583.
figurella, 574, 584.
fluvialella, 574, 584.
fondella, 574, 584, 591, 592.
fructuaria, 574, 584.
fuscoochrella, 574, 584, 585.
gibbosella, 575, 582, 584.
helicosticta, 575, 584.
hibiscella, 575, 584.
kineaidella, 574, 584.
labradoriella, 574, 584, 588.
langei, 574, 584, 586.

571,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

Chionodes, leucocephala, 575, 585.
liturosella, 574, 585.
lophella, 575, 585.
lophosella, 575, 585.
luctificella, 574, 585.
lugubrella, 567, 574, 585, 591, 592.
luteogeminata, 574, 585.
maculimarginella, 574, 585.
marinensis, 575, 583, 585.
ee 574, 584-587, 591,
592.
metallica, 575, 585.
nanodella, 575, 585.
negundella, 575, 585.
nigrimaculella, 574, 585.
notandella, 575, 585.
notochlora, 574, 588, 585.
occidentella, 575, 585.
ochreostrigella, 575, 586.
paralogella, 575, 586.
periculella, 574, 586.
pinguicula, 574, 586.
pseudofondella, 574, 586.
psiloptera, 574, 586.
quercifoliella, 575, 582, 586.
retiniella, 574, 584, 586.
rhedaria, 574, 585, 586.
seculaella, 574, 587.
sistrella, 574, 587.
terminimaculella, 575, 587.
thoracealbella, 575, 587.
trachycosma, 575, 587.
trichostola, 575, 587, 591, 592.
trimaculella, 574, 583, 587.
trophella, 574, 587.
vagella, 574, 585, 587.
vanduzeei, 575, 587.
vernella, 575, 588.
viduella, 574, 584, 588.
violaceofusca, 575, 583, 588.
xanthophilella, 574, 588.
Chipmunk, southeastern, 270.
chiquitella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.
Chirodines, 159.
chitoniformis, Euphione, 115, 128, 130.
Lepidonotus, 115, 128, 130.
Chlaenobia, 158.
vexatus, 158.
chlorocrana, Aroga, 578, 583.
chloroschema, Chionodes, 574, 583.
Choctella, 31, 32, 50.
cumminsi, 51.
Chrysochroma, 605.
aeneiventris, 605.
flavopilosum, 605.
chrysodota, Cyphomyia, 605.
chrysopyla, Chionodes, 575, 583.
pepe a 188.
Cilea, 2
rutilus, 4.
cinerella, Cactobrosis, 397.
Gnorimoschema, 583.
Honora, 396.
Keiferia, 572, 584.
cinereoargenteus, Urocyon cinereoar-
genteus, 264.
cinereum, Ophioderma, 452.

|
|

INDEX

cinereus, Lasiurus, 257.
Sorex cinereus, 249,
cingulatus, Merosargus, 605.
cinnamomea, Tringa solitaria, 185.
Circus cyaneus, 182.
cyaneus hudsonius, 182.
pee ons, 182.
cirrata, Enipo, 120, 121 (fig.), 128.
Cirrha, 569. Sal
Cistothorus stellaris, 213.
citrea, Protonotaria, 221.
citrina, Wilsonia, 227.
clandestina, Bryotropha, 577, 583.
clarefacta, Ozamia, 389-391, 408.
Clark, Austin H., on a new genus of
starfishes from the Aleutian
Islands, 497.
on echinoderms of the Smithsonian-
Hartford Expedition, 1937, with
other West Indian records, 441.
Clark, Hubert Lyman, on two new
ophiurans from the Smithsonian-Hart-
ford Expedition, 1937, 415.
clarkella, Filatima, 576, 582, 588.
clathrata, Luidia, 442.
Clethrionomys carolinensis, 284.
clistrodoma, Gelechia, 589.
Clitellariinae, 597.
Clivicola riparia maximiliani, 202.
Clypeaster rosaceus, 454.
coccidivora, Laetilia, 380.
Cocecyzus americanus americanus, 186.
erythrophthalmus, 186.
cockerelli, Friseria, 573, 583.
coeca, Harmothoé (Eunoé), 121, 129.
Intoshella, 121, 129.
cognata, Thyone, 455.
Colaptes auratus auratus, 189, 190.
auratus borealis, 191.
auratus luteus, 189-191.
Colinus virginianus virginianus, 184.
collinearis, Gelechia, 589.
collinusella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.
coloradensis, Aroga, 578, 583.
coloradoensis, Rhineura, 11.
Colpaster scutigerula, 446.
colubris, Archilochus, 189.
Columba, 237.
Columbidae, 185.
Colymbidae, 178.
commensalis, Lepidametria, 129.
compsomorpha, Gnorimoschema, 571,
583.
Compsothlypidae, 221. ,
Compsothlypis americana americana,
222.

americana pusilla, 222.
Condylura cristata, 249.
confusella, Filatima, 575, 583, 586.
Conjuguterus, 80.
parvus, 81, 82 (fig.), 96.
conspersa, Gelechia, 589.
consueta, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.
continuella, Chionodes, 574, 582, 583,
587.
contraria, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.

601

convexus, Coproporus, 8.

Erchomus, 9.
convolutella, Dakruma, 403.

Homoeosoma, 403.

Myelois, 403.

Myelois (Zophodia), 403.

Tinea, 401, 402.

Zophodia, 338, 402, 409, 411, 413.
cookei, Operculinoides, 319.
cooperi, Accipiter, 181,

Coot, American, 184.
Coproporus, 1.

arizonae, 3, 8.

convexus, 8.

elatus, 8.

flavipalpis, 8.

gravidus, 8.

ignavus, 8.

infimus, 2, 9.

inflatus, 3, 7.

laevis, 3, 6.

lecontei, 2, 5, 7.

punctipennis, 5, 7.

rotundatus, 8.

rutilus, 3, 4.

sparsus, 3, 7.

ventralis, 8.

ventriculus, 2, 3, 6.
coquillettella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.
Coragyps atratus, 180.

atratus atratus, 180.
coremista, Disphragis, 547.
Cormorant, double-crested, 179.
cornutus, Oneirodes, 540.
coronata, Dendroica coronata, 223.
corone, Corvus, 206.

Corthylio calendula calendula, 218.

coruscans, Sudis, 520, 522.

Corvidae, 208.

Corvus brachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos,
205

brachyrhynchos paulus, 206.
corax principalis, 205.
corone, 206.
Corynorhinus macrotis, 257.
Coryphantha, 368.
Coryphantha aggregata, 370.
costaricensis, Bipalium, 429 (fig.), 430,
432 (fig.).
costaricensis, Nummulites, 330.
coticola, Chionodes, 574, 583, 585.
Cottontail, eastern, 289.
New England, 291.
Cotylea, 85, 96.
Cougar, 268.
couguar, Felis concolor, 268.
Cowbird, eastern, 232.
Coyote, 267.
Craspedommata, 67, 94.
crassa, Eunoé, 119 (fig.), 128, 129.
Lagisea, 119, 128, 129.
crassiceps, Melamphaes, 536, 537.
creabates, Cactobrosis, 377.
Eremberga, 338, 376, 377, 408, 412.
Olyea, 377.
Creeper, brown, 211.
southern, 211.

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL, 86

Cretaceous Camerinidae of Mexico, 305. | delosia, Kurtia, 555.

Cricetidae, 277.
cristata, Condylura, 249.
Cyanocitta cristata, 203, 204.
Cristellaria, 318.
cristensis, Discocyclina, 325.
cristiceps, Melamphaes, 536, 537.
cristula, Cambala, 37, 39, 40 (fig.).
crocea, Disphragis, 548.
Crow, eastern, 205.
southern, 206.
Cryptotis parva, 251.
cubensis, Camerina, 327.
Cuckoo, black-billed, 186.
yellow-billed, 186.
Cuculidae, 186.
cumminsi, Choctella, 51.
cuneatella, Gelechia, 570, 583.
curta, Lepidasthenia, 129.
Curtisia, 422.
cushmani, Operculina, 318, 319.
cyanea, Cyphomyia, 604.
Passerina, 233.
cyaneus, Circus, 182.

Cyanocitta cristata cristata, 203, 204.

cristata florincola, 203, 204.
Cycethra, 497, 498.
cyclostomus, Echinoneus, 454.
Cylindropuntia, 353, 355, 367, 391.
Cyphomyia, 599, 602.

albitarsis, 599.

altifrons, 602-604.

androgyna, 604.

auriflamma, 605.

bequaerti, 601.

chrysodota, 605.

cyanea, 604.

ecuadorensis, 602.

fascipes, 601.

leucocephala, 602.

nigritarsis, 602.

nubilipennis, 600.

picta, 601.

pilosissima, 601.

planifrons, 602.

pulchella, 601.

shannoni, 601.

varipes, 604.

wiedemanni, 599.

zernyi, 602.

Dactylopius spp., 380.
dahni, Nystalea, 544.
Dakruma, 401.

convolutella, 403.

grossulariae, 403.

turbatella, 401, 408, 404.
dammersi, Chionodes, 575, 583.
damora, Apatelodes, 559.
dasra, Meragisa, 553.
dasyura, Leiodere, 60, 64, 65 (fig.).
debilis, Phytalus, 157, 167.
decemmaculella, Gelechia, 589.
decrepidella, Bryotropha, 577, 583.
Deer, Virginia, 292.
deflectans, Salluca, 546.
delicata, Capella, 185.

alocampa, 550.
Delphiidae, 246.
demissae, Filatima, 576, 583.
dendriticus, Trigonoporus, 94.
Dendroica aestiva aestiva, 222,
breviunguis, 225, 226.
caerulescens caerulescens, 223.
caerulescens cairnsi, 223.
castanea, 225.
cerulea, 224.
coronata coronata, 223.
discolor discolor, 226.
dominica albilora, 225.
fusca, 224.
magnolia, 222.
palmarum palmarum, 226.
pensylvanica, 225.
pinus pinus, 226.
striata, 225.
tigrina, 222.
virens virens, 224.
virens waynei, 224.
Denmoza, 355.
rhodacantha, 361.
dentata, Megaphycis, 341.
ne 337, 339, 341, 406, 409,
Li.
Zophodia, 341.
dentatus, Neoscopelarchoides, 530, 531

(fig.).
dentella, Chionodes, 566, 574, 583.
depressa, Eunoé, 128.
Depressaria albisparsella, 569.
depressostrigella, Filatima, 576, 583,
586

depuratella, Filatima, 576, 583.
desertella, Bryotropha, 577, 583.
desiliens, Gelechia, 570, 583.
detersella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 583.
Diaphorostylus, 597.
flavipes, 597.
interruptus, 597.
Dichomeris, 567, 569.
ligulella, 567, 592, 593.
Dickcissel, 234.
dickersoni, Camerina, 326.
Dicyphoma, 599.
schaefferi, 599.
didactica, Yosemitia, 338, 368, 369, 372,
407, 412.
Didelphiidae, 246.
Didelphis virginiana virginiana, 246.
dilativitta, Zophodia grossulariae, 403-
405.
Dioryctria, 333.
Discocelidae, 67, 94.
Discocelis, 67.
grisea, 67, 68 (fig.), 94.
mutabilis, 69, 94.
Discocyclina cristensis, 325.
discolor, Dendroica discolor, 226.
Opuntia (Platypuntia), 375.
discomaculella, Gnorimoschema, 571,
583, 584.
discoocellella, Chionodes, 575, 583, 588,
discors, Querquedula, 180.

INDEX

discostrigella, Gelechia, 589.

disora, Endere, 57, 58 (fig.), 59.

Disphragis, 547.

bactrea, 548.

bactrina, 547.

coremista, 547.

crocea, 548.

handleyi, 548.
distinctella, Chionodes, 583.
Ditylometopa, 597.

elegans, 597.

diversella, Lita, 573, 583.

doddalis, Melitara, 341-343.

doddi, Cactoblastis, 338, 355, 356,
358-360, 407, 409.

Dog sharks, two new Atlantic species,
im a key to the species of Mustelus,

Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 228.

dolichopus, Admetella, 123, 128.

Dolopichthys, 540.

thompsoni, 540.

domesticus, Passer domesticus, 228.

dorsalis, Mustelus, 467.

dorsatum, Erethizon dorsatum, 289.

Dove, eastern mourning, 185.

western mourning, 185.

dowi, Thalassophryne, 489.

dromicella, Gelechia, 570, 584.

Dryobates borealis, 198.

pubescens medianus, 197, 198.
pubescens pubescens, 197, 198.
villosus auduboni, 196.
villosus villosus, 195.

Duck, wood, 180.

dudiella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.

Dugesia, 419, 421, 422.

festae, 422.
titicacana, 419, 421 (fig.).

Dumetella carolinensis, 213.

durani, Salluca, 546.

d’urvillei, Argyropelecus, 149.

dyariella, Gelechia, 570, 584.

Eagle, golden, 182.

southern bald, 182.

echinaster, Poraniopsis, 469, 470, 472.

Echinasteridae, 469.

echinata, Ophiocoma, 450, 451.

Echinocactus, 361, 368.

Echinocereus, 368, 376, 395, 401.

pectinatus, 401.
polyacanthus, 370, 377.
rigidissimus, 401
viridiflorus, 370.

Echinoderms of the Smithsonian-Hart-
ford Expedition, 1937, with other
West Indian records, 441.

Echinoidea, 453.

Echinometra lucunter, 453.

Echinoneus cyclostomus, 454.

Echinopsis, 355, 360, 361.

shaferi, 361.
tubiflora, 361.

Echiostoma, 516.

ecuadorensis, Cyphomyia, 602.

ednana, Malocampa, 549.

edvina, Rifargia, 553.

603

Egret, American, 179.
egretta, Casmerodius albus, 179.
elaboratella, Gelechia, 589,
elatus, Coproporus, 8.
eldorado, Aroga, 578, 584.
elegans, Ditylometopa, 597,
Halosydna, 109.
Ophiolepis, 452.
Elk, eastern, 295.
elliptica, Planocera, 73.
ellipticus, Eustylochus, 73, 75, 95.
ellisorae, Operculinoides, 330.
elmorei, Keiferia, 572, 584.
ctonsates Tay Toop 125, 126 (fig.),
Hemipholis, 446.
Iphionella, 125, 128, 129.
Macromeracis, 596.
Mephitis mephitis, 263, 264.
elongatella, Cactobrosis, 397, 398, 409.
Moodna, 394, 398.
elongatus, Argyropelecus, 145.
Elphidium, 308.
emancipata, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
emigymnus, Argyropelecus, 149.
Empidonax virescens, 200.
Emprosthommata, 83.
Endere, 31, 32, 57.
disora, 57, 58 (fig.), 59.
Enipo,, 120, 121.
cirrata, 120, 121 (fig.), 128.
gracilis, 128.
epigaeella, Aroga, 578, 584, 587.
epigypsa, Gelechia, 589.
Epiinae, 557.
Epilechia, 567, 568, 580.
catalinella, 567, 581, 583, 587, 592,
593.
tehuacana, 567, 581, 583, 587.
Epischnia, 381.
Eptesicus fuscus fuscus, 256.
Erchomus, 1, 2.
acuductus, 3.
affinis, 3.
convexus, 9.
flavidus, 3, 4.
gibbulus, 3.
infimus, 9.
inflatus, 7.
laevis, 6.
politus, 3, 4.
punctipennis, 5.
punctulatus, 3.
rutilus, 4.
sanguinolentus, 2.
ventriculus, 3.
Eremberga, 336-338, 374, 375.
creabates, 338, 376, 377, 408, 412.
insignis, 338, 376, 378, 408, 410.
leuconips, 338, 363, 376, 378, 379,
401, 408, 410, 412.
Erethizon dorsatum dorsatum, 289.
Erethizontidae, 289. x
ericameriae, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
erigeronella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
eriogonella, Aroga, 578, 584.
ernea, Tachuda, 545.

604

erotina, Apatelodes, 560.
errans, Paiteya, 42.
erythrocephalus, Melanerpes_ erythro-
cephalus, 192.
erythrogaster, Hirundo rustica, 203.
erythromelas, Piranga, 232.
erythrophthalmus, Coccyzus, 186.
Pipilo erythrophthalmus, 234.
eschrichtii, Oneirodes, 540.
esculentus, Tripneustes, 453.
Etiella zinckenella, 334.
eucausta, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
Eucidaris tribuloides, 453.
Eucranta, 117, 123.
villosa, 117.
Eulinderina guayabalensis, 325.
Eulychnia, 382.
acida, 383.
Eumysia, 332.
bidentella, 352.
bihinda, 366.
Eunoé, 114, 119.
crassa, 119 (fig.), 128, 129.
depressa, 128.
eura, 114, 120, 128.
exoculata, 118, 128.
spinulosa, 128.
Eupachygaster, 606, 607.
punctifer, 607.
villosa, 606.
Eupanthalis, 123.
evanida, 127, 128, 130.
maculosa, 125, 130.
mutilata, 123, 124 (fig.), 128, 130.
oahuensis, 1238, 124.
Euphagus carolinus, 230.
Euphione, 115.
branchiferus, 115.
chitoniformis, 115, 128, 130.
euphonia, Melospiza melodia, 242.
Euphrosyna borealis, 170.
Euphrosyne, 169.
armadillo, 172.
borealis, 169-171 (fig.), 172.
branchiata, 170, 171 (fig.), 172.
longisetis, 171 (fig.), 172.
Euplanaria, 419.
euplectellae, Intoshella, 121.
Eupolyodontes, 125.
elongata, 125, 126 (fig.), 128, 129.
eura, Eunoé, 114, 120, 128.
Eurylepta, 87.
maculosa, 87, 97.
Euryleptidae, 87, 96.
Eustomias, 516.
Eustylochus, 67, 72, ey 94.
ellipticus, 73, 75, 9
meridianalis, (2: 73. 74 (fig.), 95.
sp., 73.
Euzophera, 402.
franconiella, 403, 404.
fuscomaculella, 390.
gigantella, 396.
longipennella, 397.
phryganoides, 349.
strigalis, 400.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

evanida, Eupanthalis, 127, 128, 130.
Panthalis, 127, 128, 130.
Evarnella trimaculata, 118, 128, 129.
Evippe, 567, 580.
prunifoliella, 567, 592, 593.
exaltata, Opuntia, 354.
Opuntia (Cylindropuntia), 354, 360.
exidens, Harpagosaurus, 25.
exilis, Ixobrychus exilis, 179.
exoculata, Eunoé, 118, 128.
extimus, Penthestes carolinensis, 207-

209.
Faculta, 567, 568, 581.
triangulella, 567, 587, 592, 593.
Falco paulus, 183.
peregrinus anatum, 183.
sparverius sparverius, 183.
Faleonidae, 183.
fasciatus, Mustelus, 461, 467.
fascipes, Cyphomyia, 601.
Fascista, 567, 568, 580.
albipectus, 580, 582.
cercerella, 580, 5838.
cercerisella, 567, 580, 588, 586,
592, 593.
olympiadella, 580, 583, 586.
quinella, 580, 586.
faustella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
faxoni, Hylocichla guttata, 216.
Felis concolor couguar, 268.
fercularia, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
fernaldalis, Cactobrosis, 396, 398.
Melitara, 396.
fernaldialis, Cactobrosis, 338, 394-396,
398, 400, 411, 413.
Megaphycis, 396.
Melitara, 396.
Ferocactus, 395, 397, 398.
wislizeni, 397.
festae, Dugesia, 422.
Ficus sp., 605.
ficus-indica, Opuntia, 358, 360.

i ae (Platypuntia), 358, 359,
84.
fieldiella, Yosemitia, 338, 369, 371, 407,

412.
Zophodia, 371.
figurella, Chionodes, 574, 584.
filamentosa, Polynoé, 123, 130.
Filatima, 567, 568, 575.
abactella, 575, 582.
abradescens, 575, 582.
albifemorella, 576, 582, 583.

albilorella, 568, 575, 576, 582, 587,

591, 593.
amorphaeella, 575, 582.
arizonella, 576, 582.
auleae, 576, 582.
biforella, 576, 582.
bigella, 576, 582, 587.
bimaculella, 576, 582, 587.
biminimaculella, 576, 583, 584.
eaecella, 575, 583, 586.
catacrossa, 576, 583.
clarkella, 576, 582, 583.
confusella, 575, 583, 586.
demissae, 576, 583.

INDEX

en pebreusesen ales 576, 583,

depuratella, 576, 583.
fulginea, 576, 584.
gilvomaculella, 576, 583, 584.
gomphopis, 576, 584.
hemicrossa, 576, 584.
inquilinella, 576, 584.
isocrossa, 576, 584.

lepidotae, 576, 585.
minimaculella, 576, 585.
monopa, 576, 585.
monotaeniella, 576, 585.
natalis, 576, 585.
neotrophella, 576, 585.
normifera, 576, 585.
obscuroocellella, 576, 585.
ochreosuffusella, 576, 583, 586.
eeumabets., 575, 586, 587, 591,
persicaeella, 575, 583, 586.
pravinominella, 576, 586.
promonitrix, 576, 586.
pseudoacaciella, 575, 583, 586.
pullifimbriella, 576, 586.
quadrimaculella, 576, 586.
rivulata, 576, 587.
saliciphaga, 576, 587.
serotinella, 567, 575, 587, 591, 593.
spilosella, 576, 582, 587.
striatella, 576, 587.
sylvaecolella, 576, 582, 587.
ternariella, 576, 582, 587.
trifasciella, 576, 582, 587.
unctulella, 575, 586, 587.
xanthuris, 576, 588.

Finch, eastern purple, 234.

Fisher, eastern, 261.

Fisher, Walter K., on a new sea star of
the genus Poraniopsis from Japan,
469.

Fishes, eleven new species and three new
genera, collected by the International
Fisheries Commission from the north-
eastern Pacific, 501.

Fishes of the genera Polyipnus and Ar-
gyropelecus, 135.

flaccida, Ophiomyxa, 446.

Flagellostomias, 516.

Flatworms, new species from North,
Central, and South America, 419.

flavicorporella, Gelechia, 589.

flavidus, Erchomus, 3, 4.

flavifrons, Vireo, 220.

flavipalpis, Coproporus, 8.

flavipes, Diaphorostylus, 597.

flavopilosum, Chrysochroma, 605.

flexilis, Poraniopsis inflata, 469.

Flicker, boreal, 191.

northern, 190.
southern, 189. t
_Flies, neotropical, of the family Stratiom-
yidae in the United States National
Museum, 595.
florella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
Florida, new cave isopod from, 457.

605

eee. Stylochoplana, 77, 78 (fig.),

floridana, Thais, 80.

Thais floridana, 80.
floridanus, Canis rufus, 267.

Lynx rufus, 269.
floridanus, Oligoclado, 88 (fig.), 96.

Stylochus, 70 (fig.), 71, 95.
floridanus, Ursus, 257.
florincola, Cyanocitta cristata, 203, 204,
florisa, Apatelodes, 558.
fuvialella, Chionodes, 574, 584.
Flycatcher, Acadian, 200.

northern crested, 199.

olive-sided, 200.
folium, Trigonoporus, 94.
fondella, Chionodes, 574, 584, 591, 592.
fontinalis, Sorex, 250, 251.
Foraminiferal family Camerinidae in

the Tertiary and Cretaceous of Mex-
ico, 305.

formosus, Oporornis, 227.

Scalisetosus, 120, 121 (fig.), 131.
Fossil lizards from North America, 11.
Fox, gray, 264.

red, 264.
fragilis, Arctonoé, 116.

Harmothoé (Evarne), 129.

Lepidonotus, 116.
franconiella, Euzophera, 403, 404.

Zophodia, 403.

Zophodia grossulariae, 403.
fraseri, Polyipnus, 135, 138, 142, 145.
Freyella, 446.

benthophila, 446.

mexicana, 442.

oligobrachia, 446.

sextradiata, 446.

tuberculata, 446.

Fringillidae, 233.

Friseria, 567, 568, 573.
cockerelli, 573, 583.
fuscotaeniella, 573, 584.
lindenella, 567, 578, 585, 591, 593.
malindella, 573, 585.
repentina, 573, 586.
sarcochlora, 573, 587.

frontalis, Stylochus, 95.

fructuaria, Chionodes, 574, 584.

frugalis, Gelechia, 589.

Frumenta, 567, 568, 577, 578.
beneficentella, 582, 585.
nundinella, 567, 582, 585, 591,7593.

fulginea, Filatima, 576, 584.

Fulica americana americana, 184.

fulmenella, Lita, 573, 584, 586.

fulva, Vulpes fulva, 264.

fumeus, Sorex fumeus, 251.

fusca, Dendroica, 224.

Halosydna, 111.
fusca-maculata, Halosydna, 111, 128.

Halosydnella, 111, 112 (fig.), 128.
fusca-marginata, Halosydna, 128.

Halosydnella, 128.
fuscescens, Hylocichla fuscescens, 217.
fuscolutella, Gelechia, 589.
fuscomaculella, Euzophera, 390.

606

fuscomaculella, Gelechia, 589.
Ozamia odiosella, 338, 388, 390,
408, 410, 413.
fuscomarginata, Halosydna, 111, 128.
fuscomarmorata, Halosydna, 109.
fuscoochrella, Chionodes, 574, 584, 585.
fuscotaeniella, Friseria, 573, 584.
fuscus, Eptesicus fuscus, 256.
Glaucomys sabrinus, 276.
fustis, Iphione, 107, 108 (fig.), 129.
galapagensis, Halosydna, 111, 112.
galbula, Icterus, 229.
gallaeasteriella, Gnorimoschema,
583, 584.
gallaediplopappi, Gnorimoschema, 571,
584.

571,

gallaesolidaginis, Gelechia, 570.
Gnorimoschema, 567, 571, 584, 591,
592.

Gallinula chloropus cachinnans, 184.

Gallinule, Florida, 184.

Ganeria, 497.

Gattyana senta, 128.

Gelechia (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae), re-
striction of, with descriptions of new
genera, 563.

Gelechia, 567-570, 573, 575-580.

agriodes, 589.
albifemorella, 576.
albisparsella, 570, 582, 586.
anarsiella, 570, 582.
asbolodes, 589.
asinella, 570, 582.
attritella, 589.
badiomaculella, 589.
benitella, 570, 582.
bianulella, 570, 582, 585, 587, 591,
592.
bispiculata, 589.
bistrigella, 589.
brumella, 589.
canopulvella, 570, 583, 585.
eapiteochrella, 589
catalinella, 581.
caudata, 570, 583.
cercerisella, 580.
clistrodoma, 589.
collinearis, 589.
conspersa, 589.
cuneatella, 570, 583.
decemmaculella, 589.
desiliens, 570, 583.
discostrigella, 589.
dromicella, 570, 584.
dyariella, 570, 584.
elaboratella, 589.
epigypsa, 589.
flavicorporella, 589.
frugalis, 589.
fuscolutella, 589.
fuscomaculella, 589.
gallaesolidaginis, 570:
glycyrhizaeella, 589.
griseochrella, 589.
halycopa, 589.
hippophaella, 570, 584.
intermedia, 589.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL

MUSEUM VOL. 86

Gelechia lindenella, 573.
lynceella, 570, 585.
maculatusella, 589.
mandella, 570, 585.
mimella, 589.
minimella, 589.
monella, 570, 585.
muscosella, 570, 585.
nigra, 570, 585.
nigrobarbata, 589.
nundinella, 577.
obscurella, 589.
obseuripennis, 570, 585.
obscurosuffusella, 570, 583, 585.
obscurusella, 589.
occlusa, 589.
ocellella, 570, 582, 585.
ocherfuscella, 589.
ochreofuscella, 589.
operculella, 570.
packardella, 589.
pallidegrisseella, 589.
palpialbella, 589.
panella, 570, 586.
paraplutella, 578.
parvipulvella, 589.
permacta, 589.
pinguinella, 570, 586.
platanella, 570, 582, 586.
prognosticata, 589.
pullella, 589.
pullusella, 589.
rhombella, 563, 565, 567, 569, 570,

586, 591.
rhombelliformis, 570, 586.
ribesella, 570, 586.
rileyella, 570, 586.
sabinella, 569, 570, 582, 587.
scotinella, 570, 587.
serotinella, 575.
sororealella, 570, 587.
sp., 564.
speculifera, 589.
thoraceochrella, 589.
thoracestrigella, 589.
triangulella, 581.
trilineella, 570, 587.
unistrigella, 589.
versutella, 570, 588.
wacoella, 589.
xyloglypta, 589.
Gelechiidae, restriction of the genus
Gelechia, 563.

Geoplana, 425, 426, 430.
cameliae, 427, 428, 430.
marginata, 428.
mexicana, 424 (fig.), 425.
montana, 424 (fie, e 426, 429 (fig.).
vonguteni, 427.

Geoplanidae, 425.

georgiana, Melospiza, 242.
oh hyllophaga Cree) 159, 160,

161, 162 (fig.), 163.

georgianus, Phytalus, 163.

georgica, Strix, 188.

Strix varia, 187.

Geosarginae, 605.

INDEX

Geothlypis trichas brachidactyla, 227.

Gerrhonotus, 18.

gibbosella, Chionodes, 575, 582, 584.

gibbulus, Erchomus, 3
Tachinus, 38.

gibsoniella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.

gigantea, Carnegiea, 397.

gigantella, Cactobrosis, 397.
Euzophera, 396.

giganteus, Glyptosaurus, 16, 17 (fig.),

18 (fig.).

gigas, Argyropelecus, 146, 147.

gilvomaculella, Filatima, 576, 583, 584.

glaberrima, Holothuria, 454.

glabra, Porania, 470.

glacidia, Meragisa, 552.

glaucatella, Honora, 365.

Rumatha, 338, 364, 365, 367, 407,
410, 412.
Zophodia, 365.

Glaucomys sabrinus fuscus, 276.
volans saturatus, 274, 275.
volans volans, 275.

globosa, Camerina jacksonensis, 324.

glochinella, Gnorimoschema, 583, 584.
Keitferia, 572, 584.

glycyrhizaeella, Gelechia, 589.

Glyptosaurus, 16, 23.
giganteus, 16, 17 (fig.), 18 (fig.).
montanus, 18
ocellatus, 18.
sylvestris, 18.

Gnatecatcher, blue-gray, 217.

Gnorimoschema, 563, 567-572, 577.
alaricella, 571, 582.
albangulata, 571, 582.
albimarginella, 571, 582.
ambrosiaeella, 571, 582.
artimisiella, 571, 582.
atriplex, 571, 582.
axenopis, 571, 582.
baccharisella, 571, 582.
banksiella, 571, 582.
batanella, 571, 582.
brackenridgiella, 571, 583.
busckiella, 571, 583.
caesiella, 571, 583, 584.
charcoti, 571, 583.
chenopodiella, 571, 583.
chiquitella, 571, 583.
cinerella, 583.
collinusella, 571, 583.
compsomorpha, 571, 583.
consueta, 571, 583.
contraria, 571, 583.
coquillettella, 571, 583.
detersella, 571, 583.
discomaculella, 571, 583, 584.
dudiella, 571, 584.
emancipata, 571, 584.
ericameriae, 571, 584.
erigeronella, 571, 584.
eucausta, 571, 584.
faustella, 571, 584.
fercularia, 571, 584.
florella, 571, 584.
gallaeasteriella, 571, 583, 584.

607

Gaorimioxshéma gallaediplopappi, °571,
gallaesolidaginis, 567, 1"
599. & 571, 584, 591,
gibsoniella, 571, 584.
glochinella, 583, 584.
grisella, 571, 584.
gudmannella, 571, 584.
henshawiella, 571, 584, 586.
Inconspicuella, 584.
Inexperta, 571, 584,
laguna, 571, 584.
lavernella, 571, 584, 586,
lectulifera, 571, 584,
lipatiella, 571, 585.
lutescella, 571, 585.
lycopersicella, 572.
macromaculata, 571, 585.
marmorella, 571, 584, 585.
melanoplintha, 571, 585, 586.
milleriella, 571, 585.
minor, 571, 585.
miscitatella, 571, 585,
neopetrella, 571, 585.
ochreostrigella, 571, 584, 586.
ochroschista, 571, 586.
octomaculella, 571, 586.
operculella, 571, 586, 587.
pallidochrella, 571, 586.
petrella, 571, 586.
physalivorella, 571, 584, 586.
plaesiosema, 571, 585-587,
polemoniella, 571, 586.
potentella, 571, 586,
princeps, 571, 586.
radiatella, 571, 586,
sacculicola, 571, 587.
salinaris, 571, 587.
saphirinella, 571, 587.
scutellariaeella, 571, 587.
semicyclionella, 571, 587.
semirosea, 571, 587.
septentrionella, 571, 587.
serratipalpella, 571, 587.
simpliciella, 571, 587.
solanella, 571, 586, 587.
solaniella, 587.
splendoriferella, 571, 587.
sporomochla, 571, 587.
striatella, 571, 587.
subterranea, 571, 587.
tabacella, 571, 586, 587.
terracottella, 571, 587.
tetradymiella, 571, 587.
triocellella, 571, 587.
tuberosella, 571, 586, 587.
vastifica, 571, 588.
versicolorella, 571, 588.
washingtoniella, 571, 588.
Goldfinch, eastern, 234.
gomphopis, Filatima, 576, 584.
gowdeyi, Merosargus, 605.
graciella, Spermatopthora, 368, 369, 371.
Yosemetia, 369.
Yosemitia, 338, 368-371, 373,%379,
407, 410-412.
Zophodia, 369-371.

608

gracile, Prosthiostomum, 93, 97.
gracilis, Enipo, 128.
Grackle, bronzed, 230.
purple, 231.
Ridgway’s, 231.
Gracula quiscula, 230.
gramineus, Pooecetes gramineus, 238.
Grammatostomias, 516.
granulosus, Peltosaurus, 22.
gravidus, Coproporus, 8.
Grebe, pied-billed, 178.
greenei, Porichthys, 474, 476, 484, 487
(fig.), 488, 489.
greggii, Peniocereus, 397.
gregoryi, Canis rufus, 267.
grifini, Malocampa, 549.
grisea, Discocelis, 67, 68 (fig.), 94.
grisea, Halosydna, 111, 128, 129.
Halosydnella, 111, 112 (fig.), 128,
129.
grisella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
griseochrella, Gelechia, 589.
grisescens, Myotis, 253.
griseus, Mustelus, 465 (fig.), 468.
Vireo griseus, 219.
Grosbeak, rose-breasted, 233.
grossularia, Ribes, 404.
grossulariae, Dakruma, 403.
Pempelia, 403-405.
Zophodia, 403.
grossularialis, Zophodia, 402.
grossulariella, Phycis, 402.
Tinea, 402, 404.
grotei, Ulphora, 334.
Groundhog, 269.
Grouse, Canada ruffed, 183.
guayabalensis, Camerina, 323, 325.
guayabalensis, Eulinderina, 325.
gudmannella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
guildingii, Linckia, 442.
Ophidiaster, 442.
guilloti, Penthestes carolinensis, 209.
gyraspis, Amphiodia, 447.
haematoreia, Neotoma floridana, 282.
ari leucocephalus leucocephalus,

Halosydna, 109, 110, 114-116.
alleni, 111.
australis, 110, 111.
brasiliensis, 111.
brevisetosa, 109, 110.
carinata, 113.
elegans, 109.
fusca, 111.
fusca-maculata, 111, 128.
fusca-marginata, 128.
fuscomarginata, 111, 128.
fuscomarmorata, 109.
galapagensis, 111, 112.
grisea, 111, 128, 129.
interrupta, 114.
johnsoni, 109, 110.
lagunae, 110.
latior, 109, 110.
leioseta, 110.
leucohyba, 109, 110.
macrocephala, 110.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

Halosydna marginata, 109.
miilleri, 109.
nebulosa, 109, 128.
obtusa-cirrata, 110.
oculata, 111, 112, 129.
parva, 109
patagonica, 109.
pissisi, 109.
samoensis, 109.
succiniseta, 110, 116.
tuberculifer, 109.
vexillarius, 128.
virgini, 109.
Halosydnella, 110.
fusca-maculata, 111, 112 (fig.), 128.
fusca-marginata, 128.
grisea, 111, 112 (fig.), 128, 129.
oculata, 112 (fig.), 129.
Halosydnoides, 115, 116.
Halosynda carinata, 129.
halycopa, Gelechia, 589.
handleyt, Disphragis, 548.
Hare, Virginia varying, 289.
Harmopsides natans, 129.
Harmothoé, 117, 121.
aculeata, 117, 129.
areolata, 117.
bonitensis, 118.
(Eunoé) coeca, 121, 129,
(Evarne) fragilis, 129.
hirsuta, 117.
imbricata, 129.
levis, 129.
mexicana, 129.
scriptoria, 129.
tenebricosa, 118, 128, 129.
triannulata, 118, 129.
trimaculata, 118, 119 (fig.), 121,
(fig.), 128, 129.
tuberculata, 116, 117, 128, 129.
variegata, 118.
villosa, 117, 129.
Harpagosaurus, 24.
exidens, 25.
parvus, 25.
silberlingii, 24 (fig.).
Harporhynchus longicauda, 214.
hartfordi, Ophiothrix, 447.
Hartman, Olga, on types of polychaete
worms of the families Polynoidae and
Polyodontidae, 107.
hastigerens, Admetella, 123, 128.
hatcherii, Rhineura, 11-15 (fig.), 16.
Hawk, broad-winged, 182.
Cooper’s, 181.
duck, 183.
eastern red-tailed, 181.
eastern sparrow, 183.
marsh, 182.
northern red-shouldered, 181.
sharp-shinned, 180.
heathi, Argyropelecus, 149.
Hedymeles ludovicianus, 233.
Heinrich, Carl, on the cactus-feeding
Phycitinae, 331.
helicosticta, Chionodes, 575, 584.
heliophila, Ozamia, 390, 391.

INDEX

helleri, Panthalis, 126.
Helmitheros vermivorus, 221,
helotypus, Lepidonotus, 109, 130.

Polynoé (Lepidonotus), 109.
Hemiceras, 556.

latior, 556.

punctata, 556.

rosteria, 556.

ruizi, 557.

tristana, 556.
hemicrossa, Filatima, 576, 584.
hemigymnus, Argyropelecus, 145-148.
hemilutella, Ozamia, 338, 386, 388, 392-

394, 409, 410.

Hemipholis elongata, 446.
Boueueyiella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584,

Hermenia verruculosa, 131.
Hermione, 127.
tropicus, 127, 130.
Heron, black-crowned night, 179.
eastern green, 179.
herta, Thelosia, 561.
hespericola, Tyrannus tyrannus, 199.
Heteracanthia, 596.
ruficornis, 596.
heteronycha, Phyllophaga, 158.
Heterostegina, 306, 308, 309, 311, 316,
318, 330.
hibiscella, Chionodes, 575, 584.
Hibiscus, 581.
hiemalis, Nannus troglodytes, 212.
hieroglyphica, Artemita, 606.
Himantopus, 237.
hippophaella, Gelechia, 570, 584.
hipposaris, Aroga, 578, 584.
hirsuta, Harmothoé, 117.
Hirundinidae, 201.
Hirundo rustica erythrogaster, 203.
hispidus, Sigmodon hispidus, 282.
‘hoactli, Nycticorax nycticorax, 179.
hobbsi, Asellus, 457, 459 (fig.).
holochlora, Alberada, 337, 350, 352, 409,
411.
Zophodia, 352.
Hololepida magna, 129.
Holothuria glaberrima, 454.
impatiens, 455.
surinamensis, 459.
Holothuroidea, 454.
Holotrichia, 158, 159.
Homalocephala, 368.
texensis, 371.
Homoeosoma convolutella, 403.
Honora cinerella, 396.
glaucatella, 365.
Hopewellian remains near Kansas
Missouri, 99.
Hoplacantha, 595.
mexicana, 595.
peruana, 595.
Hoploplana, 79, 95.
inquilina, 79, 80, 95.
thaisana, 0 (fig.), eee
howei, Operculinoides, F
ees Sigelgaita, 338, 382, 383,
385, 410.

City,

609

Hubbs, Carl L., and Schultz, Leonard
cia eo en of the toadfishes
e 0 Porichthy
Wane oye ys and related
hudsonius, Circus, 182,
Circus cyaneus, 182.

humeralis, Nycticeius, 257.

Hummingbird, ruby-throated, 189.

humulis, Reithrodontomys humulis, 277,

hyemalis, Junco hyemalis, 239,

Hylocichla fuscescens fuscescens, 217.

guttata faxoni, 216.
minima aliciae, 216.
mustelina, 216.
ustulata swainsoni, 216.

Hylosynda carinata, 129.

Hyman, Libbie H., on new species of
flatworms from North, Central, and
South America, 419.

hymen, Chadisra, 551.

Hymenodiscus agassizii, 445,

Hyperhalosydna, 113.

striata, 113, 129.

Icteria virens virens, 227.

Icteridae, 228.

Icterus galbula, 229.

spurius, 229.

ignavus, Coproporus, 8.

ignicapillus, Regulus, 218.

ihouna, Zophodia grossulariae, 403-405.

iliaca, Passer iliaca, 242.

ee Aimophila aestivalis, 238,

Neotoma floridana, 283.

Peucaea, 238, 239.
imbricata, Harmothoé, 129.

Opuntia (Cylindropuntia), 351, 363.
impatiens, Holothuria, 455.

Lagisea, 129.
impiger, Penthestes carolinensis, 208.
impressa, Ophiozona, 452.
inaequalis, Bryotropha, 577, 582, 584.
Inauriculatae, 188.
inconspicuella, Gnorimoschema, 584.

Ketferia, 572, 584.
inexperta, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
infimus, Coproporus, 2, 9.

Erchomus, 9.

Tachinus, 9.
inflata, Poraniopsis, 469, 470, 472.
inflatus, Coproporus, 3, 7

Erchomus, 7. 7
inimicus, Stylochus, 68, 69, 70 (fig.), 72.
Iniomi, 519.
innatans, Felgnue) eee
inquieta, Leptoplana, ‘ 7
aiquilare Hoploplana, 79, 80, 95.

Eee a pei ie
inquilinella, Filaiima, 576, 054.
sna STLSe Cactobrosis, 338, 395, 396,

399, 411. ae
insignis, Eremberga, 338, 376, 378, 408,
410.
interior, Lutra canadensis, 262.
intermedia, Gelechia, 589.
intermedius, Argyropelecus, 149.

610

International Fisheries
eleven new species and three new

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VoL, 86

Commission, | Kurtia, 555.

delosia, 555.

genera of oceanic fishes collected from | labradoriella, Chionodes, 574, 584, 588.

the northeastern Pacific, 501.
interrupta, Halosydna, 114.
Lepidasthenia, 114, 129-131.
interruptus, Diaphorostylus, 597.
interstitialis, Cactobrosis, 362.
Intoshella, 121.
coeca, 121, 129.
euplectellae, 121.
invariabilis, Lita, 573, 584, 592.
Iphione, 107.
fustis, 107, 108 (fig.), 129.
Tphionella elongata, 125, 128, 129.
iridipennella, Strobisia, 567, 592, 593.
Tridoprocne bicolor, 201.
irritans, Lagisea, 129.
isacanthum, Ophiostigma, 446.
isocrossa, Filatima, 576, 584.
Isopod, new cave, from Florida, 457.
Tsospondyli, 505.
Iulus burkei, 43.
Ixobrychus exilis exilis, 179.
jacksonensis, Camerina, 322, 324, 325.
James, Maurice T., on neotropical flies
of the family Stratiomyidae in the
United States National Museum,
595.
Japan, new sea star of the genus Pora-
niopsis from, 469.
japonica, Poraniopsis, 470, 471 (fig.).
japonicus, Regulus regulus, 218.
Jay, Florida blue, 204.
northern blue, 203.
jennyi, Operculinoides, 311, 315, 317.
johnsoni, Halosydna, 109, 110.
Julus annulatus, 37.
Junco Carolina, 239.
slate-colored, 239.
Junco hyemalis carolinensis, 239.
hyemalis hyemalis, 239.
junctolineella, Melitara, 341, 343, 344.
Olyea, 344, 345.
She 337, 344-347, 406, 409,
ii

Kampylaster, 497.
Kansas City, Missouri,
remains, 99.

Keiferia, 567, 568, 571.
altisolani, 573, 582, 591, 592.
cinerella, 572, 584.
elmorei, 572, 584.
glochinella, 572, 584.
ineonspicuella, 572, 584.
lycopersicella, 567, 572, 585.
solaniella, 572, 584.

Kellogg, Remington,

mammals, 245.

Killdeer, 184.

kincaidella, Chionodes, 574, 584.

Kingbird, eastern, 199.

Kingfisher, eastern belted, 189.

Kinglet, eastern golden-crowned, 217.
eastern ruby-crowned, 218.

kroyeri, Sudis rissoi, 522.

Hopewellian

on Tennessee

ep een Passerculus sandwichensis,
Lachnosterna, 158.

lactarium, Spirostrephon, 28.

Laetilia, 332, 380, 402.

coccidivora, 380.
laevis, Coproporus, 3, 6.

Erchomus, 6.

Lagisca crassa, 119, 128, 129.

impatiens, 129.

irritans, 129.

lamellifera, 129.

multisetosa papillata, 129.
laguna, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
lagunae, Halosydna, 110.

Lahillea mira, 469.
Lahillen mira, 472.
lamellifera, Lagisca, 129.
Lampanyctus, 527.

braueri, 529.

maderensis, 529.

micropunctatus, 527, 528.

nicholsi, 529.

townsendi, 529.

warmingi, 529.

Lamprotoxus, 516.

langei, Chionodes, 574, 584, 586.
Laniidae, 219.

Lanius ludovicianus migrans, 219.
Lark, prairie horned, 201.
Lasionycteris noctivagans, 255.
Lasiurus borealis, 256.

cinereus, 257.
laternatus, Polyipnus, 138, 140-143.
latior, Halosydna, 109, 110.

Hemiceras, 556.
Latocestidae, 94.
latrans, Canis, 267.
eres: Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
Least bittern, eastern, 179.
Lebrunaster, 497.
lecontei, Coproporus, 2, 5, 7.
lectulifera, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584.
leibii, Myotis subulatus, 255.
Leilaster, 497.

Leiodere, 32, 55, 57, 60.

dasyura, 60, 64, 65 (fig.).

nana, 60, 62, 68 (fig.).

torreyana, 53, 60, 61 (fig.).
leioseta, Halosydna, 110.
leithella, Amalafrida, 338, 385, 386, 408,

410, 413.

Cactoblastis, 385, 386.
Lemming, Stone’s mouse, 283.
lentiginosus, Botaurus, 179.
Lepidametria commensalis, 129.
Lepidasthenia, 113.

alba, 114, 129, 130.

curta, 129.

interrupta, 114, 129-131.

longicirrata, 114.

lucida, 113, 114 (fig.), 129.

ocellata, 114, 129, 130.

INDEX

Lepidocyclina, 306.
texana, 330.
Lepidonotus, 108, 110, 115, 116.
branchiferus, 115, 130.
caelorus, 108 (fig.), 130, 131.
castriensis, 108, 109, 130.
chitoniformis, 115, 128, 130.
fragilis, 116.
helotypus, 109, 130.
lordi, 116.
minutus, 108, 109, 130.
nesophilus, 130.
robustus, 109, 130.
striatus, 113.
variabilis, 130.
Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae, restriction of
the genus Gelechia, 563.
Lepidorbitoides minima, 327.
lepidotae, Filatima, 576, 585.
Leporidae, 289.
leptocaulis, Opuntia (Cylindropuntia),
353, 365.
Leptoplana, 76, 95, 434, 436, 437.
acticola, 437.
angusta, 76 (fig.), 95.
californica, 437.
inquieta, 437.
rupicola, 437.
saxicola, 437.
sciophila, 437.
tremellaris, 434, 436, 4387.
vesiculata, 434, 435 (fig.).
virilis, 95.
Leptoplanidae, 75, 95, 434.
Lepus americanus virginianus, 289.
Lestidium, 522.
(Bathysudis) parri, 521 (fig.), 522.
(Bathysudis) speciosum, 522, 524.
leucaniella, Aroga, 578, 585.
leucocephala, Chionodes, 575, 585.
Cyphomyia, 602.
leucocephalus, Haliaeetus leucocephalus,
182.
leucohyba Halosydna, 109, 110.
Polynoé, 110.
leuconips, Cactobrosis, 375, 376,
Eremberga, 338, 363, 376, 378, 379,
401, 408, 410, 412.
leucophrys, Zonotrichia leucophrys, 241.
leucopus, Peromyscus leucopus, 279-
281.
leucotis, Sciurus carolinensis, 273.
levis, Harmothoé, 129.
lia, Arctonoé, 116.
lichnus, Argyropelecus, 153.
ligulella, Dichomeris, 567, 592, 593.
Limnothlypis swainsonii, 221.
Linckia guildingii, 442.
lincolnii, Melospiza lincolnii, 242.
lindenella, Friseria, 567, 573, 585, 591,
593.
Gelechia, 573.
lindheimeri, Opuntia, 341.
lineata, Ophiothrix, 418, 449.
lineatus, Buteo lineatus, 181.
lipatiella, Gnorimoshema, 571, 585.

191564—40-——3

611

Listrochelus, 158, 159.
_, Scoparius, 158.
Lita, 567, 568, 572.
alpicola, 573, 582, 585.
alternatella, 573, 582, 585.
barnesiella, 573, 582.
chambersella, 573, 583, 587.
diversella, 573, 583.
fulmenella, 573, 584, 586.
ive aS 573, 584, 592.
ongicornis, 567, 573, 582, 585, 5
591, 592. saat
petulans, 573, 585, 586.
prorepta, 573, 584, 586.
puertella, 573, 586, 592.
rectistrigella, 573, 586.
solutella, 573, 587.
texanella, 573, 583, 587.
variabilis, 573, 588.
zebrella, 572.
littoralis, Stylochus, 72.
liturosella, Chionodes, 574, 585.
Lizards, fossil, from North America, 11.
lobatum, Prosthiostomum, 91, 92 (fig.), 97.
longicauda, Harporhynchus, 214.
Toxostoma rufum, 214.
longicirrata, Lepidasthenia, 114.
longicornis, Anacampsis, 572.
Beris, 596.
seat 573, 582, 585, 586, 591,

Macromeracis, 596.
longipennella, Cactobrosis, 338, 394-397
399, 400, 409, 411, 413.
Euzophera, 397.
Yosemetia, 370.
Yosemetia graciella, 370.
Yosemitia, 338, 369, 370, 372, 407,
410, 412.
Yosemitia graciella, 370.
Zophodia, 370.
longirostris, Sorex, 250.
Sorex longirostris, 250.
longisetis, Euphrosyne, 171 (fig.), 172.
longivelis, Melamphaes microps, 5384.
Loomis, H. F., on cambaloid millipeds
of the United States, 27.
lophella, Chionodes, 575, 585.
lophosella, Chionodes, 575, 585.
lordi, Lepidonotus, 116.
lucida, Lepidasthenia, 113, 114 (fig.),
129

Polynoé, 118, 129, 130.

lucidalis, Ozamia, 338, 387-389, 391,
408, 410.

Trachonitis, 386, 388.
lucifugus, Myotis lucifugus, 254.
luctificella, Chionodes, 574, 585.
lucunter, Echinometra, 453.
ludecia, Pronerice, 543.
ludovicianus, Hedymeles, 233.

Thryothorus ludovicianus, 213.
lugubrella, Chinodes, 567, 574,

591, 592.

Tinea, 574.

lugubris, Melamphaes, 5383-535.

585,

612

Luidia clathrata, 442.

senegalensis, 442.
lunulatus, Mustelus, 461, 464, 467.
luteogeminata, Chionodes, 574, 585.
lutescella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 585.
luteus, Colaptes auratus, 189-191.
Lutra canadensis interior, 262.
lycaon, Canis lupus, 265.
lychnus, Argyropelecus, 149.
lycopersicella, Gnorimoschema, 572.

Ketferia, 567, 572, 585.
lynceella, Gelechia, 570, 585.
lynchus, Argyropelecus, 153.

Lynx rufus floridanus, 269.

rufus rufus, 268.

Lytechinus variegatus, 453.
Macellicephala, 121-123.

aciculata, 121 (fig.), 122, 130.

maculosa, 125, 130.

mirabilis, 122.

remigata, 122, 130.
machrinus, Scalopus aquaticus, 248.
macrocephala, Halosydna, 110.
macrocephalus, Melamphaes, 533-537.
macrolepidia, Antinoé, 128.
macromaculata, Gnorimoschema, 571,

585.
Macromeracis, 596.

elongata, 596.

longicornis, 596.

thoracica, 596.

Macropinna, 509.

microstoma, 509, 510 (fig.), 512 (fig.).

Macropinnidae, 508.

Macropodidae, 188.

macrotis, Corynorhinus, 257,

maculatusella, Gelechia, 589.

maculifera, Cactobrosis, 338, 394-396,
398, 409, 411, 413.

maculimarginella, Chionodes 574, 585.

maculipennis, Beridops, 596.

maculosa, Eupanthalis, 125, 130.

Eurylepta, 87, 97.

Macellicephala, 125, 130.
maculosus, Pseudoceros, 85, 86 (fig.), 96.
maderensis, Lampanyctus, 529.
magna, Hololepida, 129.

Sturnella magna, 229.

Tan ORT; Zophodia grossulariae, 403-
405.

magnificus, Chaetacanthus, 130.

magnolia, Dendroica, 222.

malindella, Friserta, 573, 585.

mallurus, Sylvilagus floridanus, 289, 291.

Malmgrenia, 122.

nesiotes, 122, 130, 131.
Malocampa, 548.

delosia, 550.

ednana, 549.

griffini, 549.

monita, 548.

occama, 550.

sida, 549.

Maloney, James O., on a new cave iso-
pod from Florida, 457.
aes annotated list of Tennessee,
45.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

voL, 86

manazo, Mustelus, 468.
mandella, Gelechia, 570, 585.
manzanitae, Pseudochelaria, 579, 585.
marcidana, Chadisra, 551.
margaritatus, Batrachus, 484, 486, 488.
Porichthys, 474, 476, 477, 479, 481,
482, 484487 (fig.).
marginata, Geoplana, 428.
Halosydna, 109.
marginatus, Arctobolus, 28.
marginella, Zenaidura macroura, 186.
mariannensis, Operculinoides, 320.
marinensis, Chionodes, 575, 588, 585.
marmorella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 584,
585.
Marmota monax monax, 269.
Martes pennanti pennanti, 261.
Martin, purple, 203.
matleyi, Pellatispirella, 308.
maximiliani, Clivicola riparia, 202.
Riparia, 202.
maximus, Melanosaurus, 23.
mayaca, Thelosia, 560, 561.
Meadowlark, southern, 228.
Meandropsina rutteni, 327.
mearnsi, Sylvilagus floridanus, 290.
medianus, Dryobates pubescens, 197,
198.
mediofuscella, Chionodes, 574, 584-587,
591, 592.
mediterranea, Sternoptix, 149.
megacephalus, Peromyscus gossypinus,
281.
Megaceryle aleyon alcyon, 189.
megalops, Melamphaes, 536, 537,
Megaphycis, 338.
bollii, 339.
dentata, 341.
fernaldialis, 396.
Melaenis tropicus, 127, 130.
Melamphaes, 533.
atlanticus, 536, 537.
cavernosus, 533, 534 (fig.).
crassiceps, 536, 537.
cristiceps, 536, 537.
lugubris, 533-535.
macrocephalus, 533-537,
megalops, 536, 537.
microps, 533-535.
microps longivelis, 534.
nigrofulvus, 536.
rugosus, 535, 536 (fig.), 537.
triceratops, 536-538.
unicornis, 536-538.
Melamphaidae, 533.

Melanerpes erythrocephalus erythroce-
phalus, 192
melanoplintha, 571,

585, 586.

Melanosaurus, 19, 23.

maximus, 23.
Melanostomias, 515.
Melanostomiatidae, 515.
Meleagrididae, 184.
Meleagris gallopavo silvestris, 184.
Melitara, 336-338, 341, 344, 350.

bollii, 339-341.

Gnorimoschema,

INDEX

613

Melitara dentata, 337, 339, 341, 406, Mink, brown, 262.

409, 411.
doddalis, 341-343.
fernaldalis, 396.
fernaldialis, 396.
junctolineella, 341, 343, 344.
parabates, 350.

prodenialis, 337-339, 341, 342, 406,

409, 411.

prodenialis bollii, 339.
Mellita quinquiesperforata, 454.
melodia, Melospiza melodia, 242.
Melospiza georgiana, 242.

lincolnii lincolnii, 242.

melodia euphonia, 242.

melodia melodia, 242.
mento, Mustelus, 461, 467.
Mephitis mephitis elongata, 263, 264.

mephitis nigra, 263.
Meragisa, 552.

dasra, 553.

glacidia, 552.

nicolasi, 552.

meridianalis, Eustylochus, 72, 73, 74

(fig.), 95.

merlona, Apatelodes, 557.
Merosargus, 605.

cingulatus, 605.

gowdeyi, 605.

stamineus, 605.

subinterruptus, 605.
mesoleuca, Muscicapa, 201.
mesoleucus, Nuttallornis, 201.
metallica, Chionodes, 575, 585.
mexicana, Freyella, 442.

Geoplana, 424 (fig.), 425.
mexicana, Harmothoé, 129.

Hoplacantha, 595.

Mexico, species of the foraminiferal
amerinidae in the Tertiary

famil
and Cretaceous from, 305.
micracanthus, Argyropelecus, 150.
microlepida, Nemidia, 130
Micropodidae, 188.
microps, Melamphaes, 533-535.
micropunctatus,

512 (fig.). iiiads ;
Microtus chrotorrhinus carolinensis,
2

ochrogaster, 251, 285.
pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicus,
284

migrans, Lanius ludovicianus, 219.

migratorius, Turdus migratorius, 215,

milleri, Bathylagus, 507.
milleriella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 585.

Millipeds, cambaloid, of the United

States, 27.
mimella, Gelechia, 589.
Mimidae, 213.
Mimus polyglottos polyglottos, 213.
minima, Lepidorbitoides, 327
minimaculella, Filatima, 576, 585.
minimella, Gelechia, 589.
Mink, black, 262.

ampanyctus, 527, 528.
microstoma, Macropinna, 509, 510 (fig.),

common, 262.
_ mountain, 262.
mink, Mustela vison, 262.
minor, Cambala, 37, 40.
Cambala annulata, 40.
; Gnorimoschema, 571, 585.

minor, Nannolene, 43, 44 (fig.), 46, 47
_ Operculinoides ocalanus, 317. ohh.

minor, Philohela, 185,

minutus, Lepidonotus, 108, 109, 130.

minutus, Rhineura, 11, 12, 13 (fig.), 16

mira, Lahillea, 469, “ai Ba

Lahillen, 472.
_ Poraniopsis, 469, 470, 472.

mirabilis, Macellicephala, 122,

mirus, Alexandraster, 469.

miscitatella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 585.

Mniotilta varia, 221,

Mockingbird, Eastern, 213.

Moira atropos, 454.

Mole, eastern, 248.

hairy-tailed, 247.
prairie, 248.
star-nosed, 249.

Mole-shrew, 253.

mollerr, Rifargia, 553.

Molothrus ater ater, 232.

monacantha, Opuntia, 358.

monax, Marmota monax, 269.

monella, Gelechia, 570, 585.

monita, Malocampa, 548.

monopa, Filatima, 576, 585.

monotaeniella, Filatima, 576, 585.

nea Geoplana, 424 (fig.), 426, 429

montanus, Glyptosaurus, 18.

monterea, Buwatia, 48.

monumentalla, Aroga, 578, 585.

Moodna elongatella, 394, 398.

moodybranchensis, Camerina, 323.

morenella, Aroga, 578, 585.

motacilla, Seiurus, 226.

Motacilla olivacea, 221.

Motacillidae, 218.

Moths of the families Notodontidae
and Bombycidae in the United
States National Museum, 543.

Moths, pyralidoid, of the family Phy-
citidae, American, 331.

Mountain lion, eastern, 268.

Mouse, buff-bellied meadow, 289.

cane, 281.

Carolina red-backed, 284.
Carolinian jumping, 288.
Cloudland white-footed, 278.
deer, 280.

eastern harvest, 277.
house, 288.

northern golden, 281.
northern pine, 286.
northern white-footed, 280.
Pennsylvania meadow, 284.
prairie meadow, 285.
prairie white-footed, 277.
Rhoads’s cotton, 281.

614

Mouse, Roan Mountain
jumping, 288.
southern pine, 285.
white-footed deer, 279.
muiri, Operculinoides, 312, 318.
miilleri, Halosydna, 109.
multiplex, Nystalea, 544.
multipunctata, Photonectops, 515-517

(fig.).

mundelli, Cactoblastis, 338, 355, 359,
360, 407, 412.

Muridae, 287.

Mus musculus musculus, 288.

Muscicapa, 225.

mesoleuca, 201.
striata, 225.

muscosella, Gelechia, 570, 585.

musculus, Mus musculus, 288.

Muskrat, 286.

Mustela frenata noveboracensis, 261.

notia notia, 262.
vison mink, 262.
vison vison, 262.

Mustelidae, 261.

mustelina, Hylocichla, 216.

mustelus, Mustelus, 464 (fig.), 465, 467,
468.

Mustelus, 462.

abbotti, 461, 468.

antarcticus, 468.

asterias, 468.

californicus, 464, 465, 468.

canis, 461, 462, 464-468.

dorsalis, 467.

fasciatus, 461, 467.

griseus, 465 (fig.), 468.

lunulatus, 461, 464, 467.

manazo, 468.

mento, 461, 467.

mustelus, 464 (fig.), 465, 467, 468.

nigromaculatus, 461, 467.

norrisi, 462, 463 (fig.), 465 (fig.),
466, 467.

osborni, 461, 467.

punctulatus, 461, 468.

schmitti, 465, 467, 468.

Mustelus, key to the species of, and
descriptions of two new Atlantic
species of dog sharks, 461.

mutabilis, Discocelis, 69, 94.

mutilata, Eupanthalis, 123, 124 (fig.),

128, 130.
Polynoé, 123, 124, 128, 130.

Myctophidae, 524.

Myctophum, 524, 529.

anderssoni, 526, 527.
antarcticum, 526, 527.
arcticum, 526, 527.
oculeum, 524, 525 (fig.).
parallelum, 526, 527.
rissoi, 526.
subasperum, 526.

Myelois convolutella, 403.

Myelois (Zophodia) convolutella, 403.

Myiarchus crinitus boreus, 199.

Myiochanes virens, 200.

virens richardsonii, 200.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

woodland | Myotis grisescens, 253.

keenii septentrionalis, 254.
lucifugus lucifugus, 254.
sodalis, 254.
subulatus leibii, 255.
velifer, 254.
myriaster, Porichthys, 473-475, 478, 481,
482, 484, 485, 487 (fig.).

Myxosargus, 597.

nana, Leiodere, 60, 62, 63 (fig.).

Nanaia, 336, 337, 353, 382.
substituta, 337, 353, 354, 383, 407,

410, 412.

nanella, Recurvaria, 567, 592, 593.

Nannole, 47.

Nannolene, 31, 32, 42, 48-50, 52.
burkei, 43-46.
minor, 43, 44 (fig.), 46, 47.
uta, 43, 47.
violacea, 43, 44, 46, 47 (fig.).

Nannus troglodytes hiemalis, 212.
troglodytes pullus, 212.

nanodella, Chionodes, 575, 585.

nans, Plotolepis, 130.

Napaeozapus insignis roanensis, 288.

natalis, Filatima, 576, 585.

natans, Harmopsides, 129.

nautopaedium, Porichthys, 486.

Nautopaedium, 473, 476, 478, 489.
sip 473, 476, 487 (fig.),

Navarcostes, 555.
oakleyi, 555.

nebulosa, Halosydna, 109, 128,
Planocera, 80, 96.

nebulosus, Planocera, 73.

neglectus, Sciurus niger, 273, 274.

negundella, Chionodes, 575, 585.

Nemasoma uta, 47.

Nemidia microlepida, 130.

Neomamillaria, 368, 371.

neopetrella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 585.

Neopyralis, 354.
ronnai, 354, 357, 358.

Neoscopelarchoides, 530.
dentatus, 530, 531 (fig.).

Neotoma floridana haematoreia, 282.
floridana illinoensis, 283.
pennsylvanica, 283.

neotrophella, Filatima, 576, 585.

Neotropical flies of the family Stratiom-

yidae in the United States Na-
tional Museum, 595.

nephelepasa, Olyca, 346.

Olycella, 337, 344-347, 411.

Nephopteryx, 390.
odiosella, 389, 390.

nesiotes, Malmgrenia, 122, 130, 131.
Polynoé, 122, 130, 131.

nesophilus, Lepidonotus, 130.

nevadensis, Passerculus sandwichensis,

236.

nicholsi, Lampanyctus, 529.

nicolasi, Meragisa, 552.

niger, Oneirodes, 540.

Night heron, black-crowned, 179.

INDEX

nigra, Gelechia, 570, 585.

: Mephitis mephitis, 263.
nigrescens, Certhia familiaris, 211.
nigrimaculella, Chionodes, 574, 585.
nigritarsis, Cyphomyia, 602.
nigrobarbata, Gelechia, 589.
nigrofulvus, Melamphaes, 536.
nigromaculatus, Mustelus, 461, 467.
noctivagans, Lasionycteris, 255.
nodosa, Polynoé, 131.
normifera, Filatima, 576, 585.
norrist, Mustelus, 462, 463 (fig.), 465

(fig.), 466, 467.
norvegicus, Rattus, 287.
notabilis, Ophiactis, 415, 447.
notandella, Chionodes, 575, 585.
notatus, Porichthys, 474, 475, 478-480,
484-486, 488.
Nothomyia, 597.
parvicornis, 598 (fig.).
viridis, 598.
Nothris, 567.
bianulella, 569.
verbascella, 567, 592, 593.
notia, Mustela notia, 262.
notochlora, Chionodes, 574, 583, 585.
Notodontidae, new species in the
United States National Museum, 543.
Notoplana, 75, 95, 437.
atomata, 75, 95.
noveboracensis, Mustela frenata, 261.
Peromyscus leucopus, 280.
nubilipennis, Cyphomyia, 600.
nubiterrae, Peromyscus maniculatus,
278.
Nummulites, 306, 307.
Nummulites (Camerina), 307, 330.
carmenensis, 330.
costaricensis, 330.
vanderstoki, 322, 3238.
willcoxii, 309.
nummulitiformis, Operculina, 310.
Operculinella, 310.
Operculinoides, 310, 311.
nundinella, Frumenta, 567, 582, 585,
591, 593.
Gelechia, 577.
Nuthatch, Florida, 210.
red-breasted, 211.
white-breasted, 210.
nuttalli, Peromyscus nuttalli, 281.
Nuttallornis borealis, 200.
mesoleucus, 201.
nuttingi, Polyipnus, 138, 142, 145.
Nycticeius humeralis, 257. _
Nycticorax nycticorax hoactli, 179.
Nystalea, 544.
dahni, 544.
multiplex, 544.
oahuensis, Eupanthalis, 123, 124.
oakleyt, Navarcostes, 555. _ :
oblitus, Passerculus sandwichensis, 236.
obscurella, Gelechia, 589.
obscuripennis, Gelechia, 570, 585.
obscuroocellella, Filatima, 576, 585.
obscurosuffusella, Gelechia, 570, 583,
585.

obscurusella, Gelechia, 589.
obsoletus, Phytalus, 164, 165.
obtusa-cirrata, Halosydna, 110.
ocalana, Operculina, 316.
ocalanus, Operculinoides, 315-317.
occama, Malocampa, 550.
occidentella, Chionodes, 575, 585.
occlusa, Gelechia, 589.
ocellata, Lepidasthenia, 114, 129, 130.
ocellatus, Glyptosaurus, 18.
ocellella, Gelechia, 570, 582, 585.
ocherfuscella, Gelechia, 589.
ochreofuscella, Gelechia, 589.
ochreostrigella, Chionodes, 575, 586.
Gnorimoschema, 571, 584, 586.
ochreosuffusella, Filatima, 576, 583, 586.
ochrogaster, Microtus, 251, 285.
ochroschista, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.
oe Gnorimoschema, 571,
oculata, HaJosydna, 111, 112, 129.
Halosydnella, 112 (fig.), 129.
oculea, Panthalis, 125, 130.
Polyodontes, 125, 130.
oculeum, Myctophum, 524, 525 (fig.).
oculifera, Stylochoplana, 96.
Oculoplana, 83, 96.
whartont, 83, 84 (fig.), 96.
Odachurus, 31, 33, 51, 52.
petasatus, 538-56 (fig.), 61.
Odinia antillensis, 445.
odiosella, Nephopteryx, 389, 390.
Ozamia, 338, 388, 389, 391, 408,
4]

0.
Salebria, 389.
Odocoileus virginianus virginianus, 292.
oerstedi, Panthalis, 127.
Oeseis, 567, 569, 591, 592.
bianulella, 567, 569.
ogdent, Rifargia, 554.
olfersi, Pleurothyris, 152.
olfersii, Argyropelecus, 147, 150-152.
Sternoptyx, 145, 152.
oligobrachia, Freyella, 446.
Oligoclado, 87.
floridanus, 88 (fig.), 96.
Oligocladus, 87.
olivacea, Motacilla, 221.
olivaceus, Vireo, 220.
oliveri, Operculina, 318, 319.
Operculinoides, 318, 319.
Olyca, 336, 337, 348, 376.
asthenosoma, 381.
creabates, 377.
junctolineella, 344, 345.
nephelepasa, 346.
pectinatella, 345.
phryganoides, 337, 348, 406, 409,
411

ponderosella, 361, 362.
Te B30, 337 343 348, 385
Olycella, 336, , 348, , o85.
z junctolineella, 337, 344-447, 406,
409, 411.
junctolineella pectinatella, 337, 344,
345, 406.
nephelepasa, 337, 344-347, 411.

616

Olycella subumbrella,
409

olympiadella, Fascista, 580, 583, 586.
omani, Phyllophaga (Phytalus), 157,
159-162 (fig.), 166.

Ondatra zibethica zibethica, 286.

Oneirodes, 538.
bulbosus, 538, 539 (fig.).
cornutus, 540.
eschrichtii, 540.
niger, 540.

Oneirodidae, 538, 540.

operculella, Galechia, 570.
Gnorimoschema, 571, 586, 587.
Phthorimaea, 567.

Operculina, 306-308, 326, 330.
atascaderensis, 330.
atascaderensis samanica, 330.
bonairensis, 330.
catenula, 320.
cushmani, 318, 319.
nummulitiformis, 310.
ocalana, 316.
oliveri, 318, 319.
peruviana, 330.
samanica, 330.
talara, 330.
tuberculata, 308, 319.
tuxpanensis, 311, 312.
vaughani, 319.
willcoxii, 309.

Operculinella, 307, 308.
nummulitiformis, 310.
willeoxii, 309.

Operculinoides, 306-309, 316, 320-322.
advenus, 321.
antiguensis, 3138, 314.
atascaderensis, 311.
catenula, 320.
cookei, 319.
ellisorae, 330.
howei, 330.
jennyt, 311, 315, 317.
mariannensis, 320.
muiri, 312, 318.
nummulitiformis, 310, 311.
ocalanus, 315-317.
ocalanus minor, 317.
oliveri, 318, 319.
palmarealensis, 314.
peruviana, 311.
Pee 310, 311, 316,

semmesi, 314.

sp., 322.

sp. a, 321.

sp. b, 321.

tuberculatus, 319.

tuxpanensis, 311.

tuxpanicus, 311, 312.

vicksburgensis, 313, 318.

willeoxii, 307, 309.
Ophiactis, 415, 417.

notabilis, 415, 447.

savignyi, 416, 447.
Ophidiaster guildingii, 442.
Ophiocoma echinata, 450, 451.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

337, 344-347,|Ophiocoma pumila, 451.

riisei, 450, 451.

Ophiocryptus, 452.

Ophioderma appressum, 452.
brevicaudum, 452.
cinereum, 452.
rubicundum, 452.

Ophiolepis elegans, 452.
paucispina, 452.

Ophiomyxa flaccida, 446.

Ophionereis reticulata, 450.
squamulosa, 450.

Ophiopsila riisei, 452.

Ophiostigma isacanthum, 446.

Ophiothrix, 417, 418.
angulata, 447.
hartfordi, 447.
lineata, 418, 449.
érstedii, 447.
platyactis, 417, 449.
suensonii, 418, 447.

Ophiozona impressa, 452.

Ophiurans from the Smithsonian-Hart-

ford Expedition, 1937, 415.

Ophiuroidea, 446.

Opisthoproctidae, 514.

Opisthoproctus, 514, 515.

Oporornis formosus, 227.

Opossum, 246.

Opostomias, 516.

Opuntia, 358, 380, 387.
(Platypuntia) aurantiaca, 375.
(Platypuntia) discolor, 375.
exaltata, 354.
(Cylindropuntia) exaltata, 354, 360.
ficus-indica, 358, 360.
(Platypuntia) ficus-indica, 358, 359,

384.

(Cylindropuntia) imbricata, 351, 363.

(Cylindropuntia) leptocaulis, 353,
365.

lindheimeri, 341.

monacantha, 358.

(Cylindropuntia) sp., 391.

(Platypuntia) sp., 349, 375,
389, 391.

(Platypuntia) spp., 340, 342,
347, 357, 390.

(Platypuntia) sulphurea, 358,
380

386,
345,
359,

vulgaris, 358.
Oreaster reticulatus, 442.
Oriole, Baltimore, 229.

orchard, 229.
ornatifimbriella, Filatima, 575, 586,

591, 592.

érstedii, Ophiothrix, 447.
oryzivorus, Dolichonyx, 228.
Oryzomys palustris palustris, 282.
osborni, Mustelus, 461, 467.
Oseis bianulella, 567, 569.
Osprey, 183.
Otocoris alpestris praticola, 201.
Otter, Mississippi Valley, 262.
Otus asio asio, 187
Oven-bird, 226.
Owl, Florida barred, 187.

587,

INDEX

Owl, great horned, 187.
northern barred, 187.
southern screech, 187.
Oxyechus vociferus vociferus, 184.
Ozamia, 336-338, 386, 389, 392-394.
clarefacta, 389-391, 408.
heliophila, 390, 391.
he LTT 338, 386, 388, 392-394,

09, :
Beals, 338, 387-389, 391, 408,
odiosella, 338, 388, 389, 391, 408,

odiosella fuscomaculella, 338, 388,
390, 408, 410, 413.

punicans, 338, 386-388, 392, 393,
408, 410.

stigmaferella, 338, 388, 391, 410.

speesop a 338, 388, 391, 410,

Pachygaster tarsalis, 607.

Pachygastrinae, 606.

Pachystomias, 516.

Pacific, northeastern, eleven new species
and three new genera of oceanic
fishes collected by the International
Fisheries Commission from, 501.

packardella, Gelechia, 589.

Paiteya, 32, 41, 42.

errans, 52.
pallida, Phyllophaga, 157.
Phyllophaga (Phytalus),
(fig.), 166.

pallidegrisseela, Gelechia, 589.

pallidochreila, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.

pallidus, Phytalus, 166.

palmarealensis, Operculinoides, 314.

palmarum, Dendroica palmarum, 226.

palpialbella, Gelechia, 589.

Paludicola, 419.

palustrus, Oryzomys palustris, 282.

panamensis, Panthalis, 126, 127, 130.

Pandion haliaetus carolinensis, 183.

panella, Gelechia, 570, 586.

Panthalis, 126.

adumbrata, 126, 127, 180.
evanida, 127, 128, 130.
helleri, 126.

oculea, 125, 130.

oerstedi, 127.

panamensis, 126, 127, 130.

Panther, 268.

papillata, Lagisca multisetosa, 129.

parabates, Alberada, 337, 350, 352, 407,

409, 411.
Melitara, 350.

parallelum, Myctophum, 526, 527.

paralogella, Chionodes, 575, 586.

paraplutella, Aroga, 567, 578, 586, 591,

593

Gelechia, 578.
Paraprionosaurus, 25.
wyomingensis, 25 (fig.).
Parascalops breweri, 247.
Paraspiroclypeus, 308, 316.
Paridae, 207.
parkmanii, Troglodytes aédon, 212.

159-162

617

Parolyca, 336, 338, 381.
Se py 381, 408, 413.

parrt, estidium athysudis),

(fig.), 592. ( J ), 521
parva, Cryptotis, 251.
Halosydna, 109.

parvicornis, Nothomyia, 598 (fig.).

parvipulvella, Gelechia, 589.

parvus, Conjuguterus, 81, 82 (fig.), 96.

parvus, Harpagosaurus, 25.

Passer domesticus domesticus, 228.
iliaca iliaca, 242.

Passerculus princeps, 237.
sandwichensis labradorius, 237,
sandwichensis nevadensis, 236.
sandwichensis oblitus, 236.
sandwichensis princeps, 236.
sandwichensis rostratus, 236.
sandwichensis sandwichensis, 236.
sandwichensis savanna, 236, 237.

passerina, Spizella passerina, 239.

Passerina cyanea, 233.

patagonica, Halosydna, 109.
Planaria, 422.

paucispina, Ophiolepis, 452.

paulella, Aroga, 578, 586, 591, 593.

paulus, Corvus brachyrhynchos, 206.
Falco, 183.

Pearse, A. S., on polyclads of the East

Coast of North America, 67.

pectinatella, Olyca, 345.

Olycella junctolineella, 337, 344,
345, 406.

pectinatus, Echinocereus, 401.

Pectinophora, 565, 581.

Pediculata, 538.

Pekan, 261.

pelagica, Chaetura, 188.

Pellatispira, 308.

Pellatispirella, 308, 309, 321, 326, 327.
antillea, 308.
matleyi, 308.

Pellatispiridae, 309.

pellatispiroides, Camerina, 309, 325.

pellucida, Acerotisa, 90 (fig.), 96.

Peltosaurus, 18, 19, 21, 23.
granulosus, 22.
sp., 21, 25.

Pempelia grossulariae, 403-405.

Peniocereus, 395, 397.
gregeli, 397.

pennanti, Martes pennanti, 261.

pennsylvanica, Neotoma, 283.
Pseudochelaria, 567, 579, 586, 592.

pennsylvanicus, Bison bison, 297.
Microtus pennsylvanicus, 284.

pensylvanica, Dendroica, 225.

Pentacta pygmaeus, 455. :

Penthestes atricapillus practicus, 207.
carolinensis carolinensis, 207.
carolinensis extimus, 207—209.
carolinensis guilloti, 209.
carolinensis impiger, 208.

Perdicidae, 184.

peregrina, Vermivora, 222.

periculella, Chionodes, 574, 586.

Perknaster, 498.

618

permacta, Gelechia, 589.
Peromyscus gossypinus megacephalus,
281.

leucopus leucopus, 279-281.
leucopus noveboracensis, 280.
maniculatus bairdii, 277.
maniculatus nubiterrae, 278.
nuttalli nuttalli, 281.
persicaeella, Filatima, 575, 583, 586.
peruana, Hoplacantha, 595.
peruviana, Operculina, 330.
peruviana, Operculinoides, 311.
petasatus, Odachurus, 53-56 (fig.), 61.
petrella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.
pees Lita, 573, 585, 586.
eucaea illinoensis, 238, 239.
Pewee, Eastern wood, 200.
Phalacrocoracidae, 179.
Phalacrocorax auritus auritus, 179.
Pharodere, 31—33, 51, 54, 55.
radiata, 51, 58 (fig.), 61.
Philohela minor, 185.
Phoebe, Eastern, 199.
phoebe, Sayornis, 199.
phoeniceus, Agelaius phoeniceus, 229,
phoenicis, Cactobrosis, 362.
Photonectops, 515, 516.
multipunctata, 515-517 (fig.).
Photostomias, 516.
phryganoides, Euzophera, 349.
Olyca, 337, 348, 406, 409, 411.
Phthorimaea, 563, 567, 570.
operculella, 567.
Phycis grossulariella, 402.
Phycitidae, American pyralidoid moths
of the family, 331.
Phycitinae, 334.
cactus-feeding, 331.
Phyllophaga, 157-159.
(Phytalus) bilobatata, 159, 160, 162
(fig.), 165.
(Phytalus) georgiana, 159, 160,
161, 162 (fig.), 163.
heteronycha, 158.
(Phytalus) obsoleta vanalleri, 159,
160, 162 (fig.), 164.

(Phytalus) omani, 157, 159-162
(fig.), 166.

pallida, 157.

cEby tales) pallida, 159-162 (fig.),

159-162
g.).
Chet) sonora, 159-162 (fig.),

(Phytalus) sandersonia,

physalivorella, Gnorimoschema, 571
584, 586.

Phytalus, 158.
(subgenus), 157.
cavifrons, 158.
cephalicus, 165.
debilis 157, 167.
georgianus, 163.
obsoletus, 164, 165.
pallidus, 166.
robusta, 166.
robustus, 161.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

Phytalus sonora, 157, 166.
trichodes, 161.
vanalleri, 164, 165.
vexatus, 158.
Picidae, 189.
picta, Cyphomyia, 601.
Picus atrothorax, 194, 195.
varius, 194.
piercei, Xestops, 22 (fig.), 23 (fig.).
pileatus, Ceophloeus pileatus, 191.
pilosissima, Cyphomyia, 601.
pinguicula, Chionodes, 574, 586.
pinguinella, Gelechia, 570, 586.
pinus, Dendroica pinus, 226.
Spinus pinus, 234.
Pipilo erythrophthalmus canaster, 235.
erythrophthalmus erythrophthal-
mus, 234.
Pipistrelle, southern, 255.
Pipistrellus subflavus subflavus, 255.
Pipit, American, 218.
Piranga erythromelas, 232.
rubra rubra, 232.
peat Halosydna, 109.
itymys pinetorum auricularis, 285.
pinetorum scalopsoides, 286.
plaesiosema, Gnorimoschema, 571, 585-
587.
Planaria patagonica, 422.
Planariidae, 419.
lanifrons, Cyphomyia, 602.
lanocera, 80.
elliptica, 73.
inquilina, 79.
nebulosa, 80, 96.
nebulosus, 73.
Planoceridae, 80, 96.
Planularia, 318.
plantanella, Gelechia, 570, 582, 586.
platyactis, Ophiothrix, 417, 449.
platycirrus, Polynoé, 113.
Platydere, 31-33, 48.
caeca, 48, 49.
platypterus, Buteo platypterus, 182.
Platypuntia, 355, 379, 382, 385.
Platyspirella, 321.
plectrodon, Porichthys, 489, 490.
Pleurothyris, 145.
olfersi, 152.
plod, Podarmus, 130.
loceidae, 228.
Plotolepis nans, 130.
Podarmus ploa, 130.
podiceps, Podilymbus podiceps, 178.
Podilymbus podiceps podiceps, 178.
polemoniella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.
polingella, Rumatha, 338, 364-367, 407,
410, 412.
Zophodia, 367.
Polioptila caerulea caerulea, 217.
politus, Erchomus, 3, 4.
polyacanthus, Echinocereus, 370, 377.
Polycelis, 423. 5
Polychaete worms of the families Poly-
noidae and Polyodontidae, 107.
of the genus Euphrosyne, 169.
Polycladida, 67, 434.

INDEX

Polyclads of the east coast of North] Porichthys

America, 67.
Polydesmus serratus, 28.
polyglottos, Mimus polyglottos, 213.
Polyipnus, 135, 150.
asteroides, 138, 139 (fig.), 141, 142.
fraseri, 135, 1388, 142, 145.
laternatus, 188, 140-148.
nuttingi, 138, 142, 145.
spinosus, 135, 138, 142, 148, 145.
stereope, 1438.
tridentifer, 143.
triphanos, 138, 140 (fig.), 142.
unispinus, 136 (fig.), 188, 142.
Polynoé, 115.
aciculata, 122, 130.
alba, 114, 129, 130.
branchiata, 130.
filamentosa, 123, 130.
(Lepidonotus) helotypus, 109.
innatans, 123, 130.
leucohyba, 110.
lucida, 113, 129, 130.
mutilata, 123, 124, 128, 130.
nesiotes, 122, 130, 131.
nodosa, 1381.
platycirrus, 113.
pulchra, 116.
punctulata, 111.
remigata, 122, 130, 131.
renotubulata, 123, 128, 131.
semierma, 114, 129, 131.
spicula, 108, 130, 131.
vittata, 116.
Polynoidae, 107.
Polyodontes, 125.
oculea, 125, 130.
Polyodontidae, 107, 123.
Polyscelis variabilis, 75.
Polyzonium bivirgatum, 28.
ponderosella, Cactobrosis, 362.
Cahela, 338, 362, 364, 365, 407, 409,
412

Olyea, 361, 362.
Pooecetes gramineus gramineus, 238.
populella, Anacampsis, 567, 592, 593.
Porania glabra, 470.
Boreeonels, new species, from Japan,
9.
Poraniopsis capensis, 469, 472.
echinaster, 469, 470, 472.
inflata, 469, 470, 472.
inflata flexilis, 469.
japonica, 470, 471 (fig.).
mira, 469, 470, 472.
sp., 470.
Porcupine, American, 289.
Porichthys and related genera of toad-
fishes, 4738.
Porichthys, 473-475, 477, 478, 479, 481,
484, 485, 488, 489.
afuerae, 477.
analis, 473-475, 482-485, 488.
greenei, 474, 476, 484, 487 (fig.),
488, 489.
margaritatus, 474, 476, 477, 479,
481, 482, 484-487 (fig.).

619

myriaster, 473-475, 478,
481, 482, 484, 485, 487 (fig.).
nautopaedium, 486,
notatus, 474, 475, 478-480, 484—
486, 488.

plectrodon, 489, 490.

porissimus, 481.

porosissimus, 479, 481, 486, 490.

porosus, 476, 477.

_8p., 474, 483, 484, 488, 489.
porissimus, Porichthys, 481.
porosissimum, Nautopaedium, 473, 476,

487 (fig.), 490.
porosissimus, Batrachus, 478, 489, 490.

Porichthys, 479, 481, 486, 490.
porosus, Aphos, 474, 477.

Batrachus, 473, 476, 477.

Porichthys, 476, 477.
porrecta, Tucumania, 338, 374, 375,

410, 412.
potentella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.
Potsherds, Renner site, 101.
practicus, Penthestes atricapillus, 207.
praelongus, Scalisetosus, 120.
praticola, Otocoris alpestris, 201.
pravinominella, Filatema, 576, 586.
prenummulitiformis, Operculinoides,
310, 311, 316, 325.
prineeps, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.

Passerculus, 237.

Passerculus sandwichensis, 236.
principalis, Corvus corax, 205.
Prionosaurus regularis, 26.

Probursalia, 419.

Procyon lotor varius, 260.

Procyonidae, 260.

prodenialis, Melitara, 337-339, 341, 342,
406, 409, 411.

Proelymiotis, 545.

sutilans, 545.

Progne subis subis, 203.
prognosticata, Gelechia, 589.
Promacheon, 530.

promonitrix, Filatima, 576, 586.
Pronerice, 543.

ludecia, 543.
prorepta, Lita, 573, 584, 586.
Prosthiostomidae, 91, 97.
Prosthiostomum, 91.

gracile, 93, 97.

lobatum, 91, 92 (fig.), 97.
Protonotaria citrea, 221.
prunifoliella, Evippe, 567, 592, 593.
psammochrous, Stelgidopteryx ruficollis,

202, 203. ;
pseudoacaciella, Filatvma, 575, 583, 586.
Pseudoceridae, 85, 96.
Pseudoceros, 85.

maculosus, 85, 86 (fig.), 96.
Pseudochelaria, 567, 568, 579.

arbutina, eae

manzanitae, ) .

pennsylvanica, 567, 579, 586, 592.

scabrella, 579, 587.

walsinghami, 579, 588, 592, 593.
pseudofondella, Chionodes, 574, 586.
psiloptera, Chionodes, 574, 586.

620

Ptecticus, 605.
testaceus, 605.
Pteraster, 497, 498.
pubescens, Dryobates pubescens, 197,
198.
puertella, Lita, 573, 586, 592.
pulchella, Cyphomyia, 601.
pulchra, Arctonoé, 110, 116.
Polynoé, 116.
pullella, Gelechia, 589.
pullifimbriella, Filatima, 576, 586.
pullus, Nannus troglodytes, 212.
pullusella, Gelechia, 589.
pumila, Ophiocoma, 451.
punctata, Hemiceras, 556.
punctifer, Eupachygaster, 607.
punctipennis, Coproporus, 5, 7.
Erchomus, 5.
punctulata, Polynoé, 111.
punctulatus, Erchomus, 3.
Mustelus, 461, 468.
Tachyporus, 3.
punicans, Ozamia, 338, 386-388, 392,
393, 408, 410.
purgatoria, Zophodia, 362, 363.
purpureus, Carpodacus purpureus, 234.
pusilla, Compsothlypis americana, 222.
Spizella pusilla, 239, 240.
putorius, Spilogale, 263.
pygmaeus, Pentacta, 455.
Pyralidoid moths of the family Phy-
citidae, American, 331.
quadrimaculella, Filatima, 576, 586.
Quentalia, 557.
camelot, 557.
quercifoliella, Chionodes, 575, 582, 586.
Querquedula discors, 180.
quinella, Fascista, 580, 586.
quinquiesperforata, Mellita, 454.
Quiscalus aeneas, 230.
quiscula quiscula, 230.
quiscula ridgwayi, 231.
quiscula stonei, 231, 232.
versicolor, 230.
versicolor versicolor, 231.
quiscula, Gracula, 230.
Quiscalus quiscula, 230.
Rabbit, swamp, 291. 5
260.

Raccoon, Alabama,
Radiaster, 497.
radiata, Pharodere, 51, 53 (fig.), 61.
radiatella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586.
Rallidae, 184.
Rat, Allegheny wood, 283.
barn, 287.
black, 287.
Blood Mountain wood, 282.
brown, 287.
eastern cotton, 282.
Illinois wood, 283.
Norway, 287.
rice, 282.
roof, 287.
rattus, Rattus rattus, 287.
Rattus norvegicus, 287.
rattus alexandrinus, 287.
rattus rattus, 287.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 86

Raven, northern, 205.
rectistrigella, Lita, 573, 586.
Recurvaria, 567.

nanella, 567, 592, 5938.
Red-wing, eastern, 229.

giant, 229.
Redstart, 228.
regularis, Prionosaurus, 26.
regulus, Regulus, 218.

Regulus regulus, 218.
Regulus ignicapillus, 2158.

regulus, 218.

regulus japonicus, 218.

regulus regulus, 218.

satrapa satrapa, 217.
Reithrodontomys humulis humulis, 277.
remigata, Macellicephala, 122, 130.

Polynoé, 122, 1380, 131.
Renner site, 100.
renotubulata, Admetella, 123, 128, 131.

Polynoé, 123, 128, 131.
repentina, Friseria, 573, 586.
reticulata, Ophionereis, 450.
reticulatus, Oreaster, 442.
retiniella, Chionodes, 574, 584, 586.
rhedaria, Chionodes, 574, 585, 586.
Rhineura, 11.

coloradoensis, 11.

hatcherii, 11-15 (fig.), 16.

minutus, 11, 12, 13 (fig.), 16.

sternbergii, 11-15 (fig.).
rhodacantha, Denmoza, 361.

rhombella, Gelechia, 563, 565, 567,
569, 570, 586, 591.
Tinea, 569.

rhombelliformis, Gelechia, 570, 586.
Rhynchodemidae, 431.
Rhynchodemus, 431, 433.

atrocyaneus, 433.

sylvaticus, 433.

terrestris, 431, 432 (fig).
Ribes, 404.

grossularia, 404.
ribesella, Gelechia, 570, 586.
richardsonii, Myiochanes virens, 200.
Richmondena ecardinalis cardinalis, 233.
ridgwayi, Quiscalus quiscula, 231.
Rifargia, 553.

edvina, 553.

molleri, 553.

ogdeni, 554.

valteria, 554.
rigidae, Aroga, 578, 586.
rigidissimus, Echinocereus, 401.
riisei, Ophiocoma, 450, 451.

Ophiopsila, 452.
rileyella, Gelechia, 570, 586.
ringens, Sudis, 520, 522.
riparia, Riparia riparia, 201.
Riparia maximiliani, 202.

riparia riparia, 201.
rissoi, Myctophum, 526.
rivulata, Filatima, 576, 587.
roanensis, Napaeozapus insignis, 288.
Robin, eastern, 215.

southern, 215.
robusta, Phytalus, 166.

INDEX

robustus, Lepidonotus, 109, 130.
Phytalus, 161, i,
ronnai, Cactoblastis, 338, 357.
Neopyralis, 354, 357, 358.
rosaceus, Clypeaster, 454.
rosteria, Hemiceras, 556.
rostratus, Passerculus
236.
Rotalia, 308.
rotundatus, Coproporus, 8.
rubescens, Anthus spinoletta, 218.
rubicundum, Ophioderma, 452.
rubra, Piranga rubra, 232.
ruficornis, Heteracanthia, 596.
rufiventer, Sciurus niger, 274.
rufum, Toxostoma rufum, 213, 214.
rufus, Lynx rufus, 268.
rupees, Melamphaes, 535, 536 (fig.),
ruizi, Hemiceras, 557.
Rumatha, 336-338, 361, 363.
bihinda, 338, 364-367, 370, 407,
410, 412.
glaucatella, 338, 364, 365, 367, 407,
410, 412.

polingella, 338, 364-367, 407, 410,

sandwichensis,

rupicola, Leptoplana, 437.
ruticilla, Setophaga, 228.
rutilus, Cilea, 4.
Coproporus, 3, 4.
Erchomus, 4.
Tachinus, 2, 4.
rutteni, Meandropsina, 327.
sabinella, Gelechia, 569, 570, 582, 587.
sacculicola, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
Salambona, 336, 338, 379, 380.
analamprella, 338, 380, 408, 410,
412

Salebria, 333, 390.

odiosella, 389.
saliciphaga, Filatima, 576, 587.
salinaris, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
Salluca, 546.

deflectans, 546.

durani, 546.

schausi, 546.

Salmonoidei, 505.
samanica, Operculina, 330.

Operculina atascaderensis, 330.
samoensis, Halosydna, 109.
sandersonia, Phyllophaga (Phytalus),

159-162 (fig.).

Sandpiper, eastern solitary, 185.
western solitary, 185. ‘
sandwichensis, Passerculus sandwichen-

sis, 286. a \
sanguinolentus, Erchomus,
Sanivinella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
Sapsucker, yellow-bellied, 193.
sarcochlora, Friseria, 573, 587.
satrapa, Regulus satrapa, Dilide

saturatus, Glaucomys volans, 274, 275.
savanna, Passerculus sandwichensis,
236, 237

savignyi, Ophiactis, 416, 447.
saxicola, Leptoplana, 437.

621

Saylor, Lawrence W., on revision of the
beetles of the melolonthine subgenus
Phytalus of the United States, 157.

Sayornis phoebe, 199.

scabrella, Pseudochelaria, 579, 587.

Sealisetosus, 120, 121.
formosus, 120, 121 (fig.), 131.
praelongus, 120.

scalopsoides, Pitymys pinetorum, 286.

Scalopus aquaticus aquaticus, 248.
aquaticus machrinus, 248.

schaefferi, Dicyphoma, 599.

Schaus, William, on new species of
moths of the families Notodontidae
and Bombycidae in the United States
National Museum, 543.

schausi, Salluea, 546.

schefferi, Aleutiaster, 498.

Schematommata, 75, 95, 434.

schmitti, Mustelus, 465, 467, 468.

Schultz, Leonard P., on review of fishes
of the genera Polyipnus and Argyro-
pelecus (family Sternoptichidae), 135.

Schultz, Leonard P. (See also under
Hubbs, Carl L.)

sciophila, Leptoplana, 437.

Sciuridae, 269.

Sciurus carolinensis carolinensis, 272.
carolinensis leucotis, 273.
niger neglectus, 273, 274.
niger rufiventer, 274.
niger texianus, 274.

Scolopacidae, 185.

scoparius, Listrochelus, 158.

Scopelarchidae, 530.

Scopelarchoides, 530.

Scopelarchus, 530.
anale, 532.

Scotiaster, 497.

scotinella, Gelechia, 570, 587.

seriptoria, Harmothoé, 129.

scrofa, Sus scrofa, 292.

scutellariaeella, Gnorimoschema, 571,

scutigerula, Colpaster, 446. ;

Sea star of the genus Poraniopsis from
Japan, 469.

seculaella, Chionodes, 574, 587.

Seiruus aurocapillus, 226.
motacilla, 226.

semicyclionella, Gnorimoschema,
587.

semierma, Polynoé, 114, 129, 131. _

semirosea, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.

semmesi, Actinosiphon, 325.
Operulinoides, 314.

senegalensis, Luidia, 442.

senta, Gattyana, 128.

septentrionalis, Cathartes aura, 180.
Myotis keenii, 254. "

septentrionella, Gnorimoschema, 571,
587.

serotinella, Filatima, 567, 575, 587, 591,

593.

571,

Gelechia, 575.
serpentarius, Thyraster, 442.

622

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

serratipalpella, Gnorimoschema, 571,587.| Sparrow, eastern field, 239.

serratus, Polydesmus, 28.
serripennis, Stelgidopteryx ruficollis, 202.
Setophaga ruticilla, 228.
sexradiata, Freyella, 446.
shaferi, Echinopsis, 361.
shannoni, Cyphomyia, 601.
Sharks, dog, 461.
Shrew, Bachman’s, 250.
Carolina short-tailed, 253.
cinereous, 249.
masked, 249.
mole, 253.
short-tailed, 252.
small short-tailed, 251.
smoky, 251.
Shrike, migrant, 219.
Sialia sialis sialis, 217.
sida, Malocampa, 549.
Sigelgaita, 336-338, 353, 382, 385.
chilensis, 338, 382, 383, 385, 408,
410, 413.
huanucensis, 338, 382, 383, 385, 410.
transilis, 338, 382-385, 408, 413.
Sigmodon hispidus hispidus, 282.
silberlungii, Harpagosaurus, 24 (fig.).
silvestris, Melaegris gallopavo, 184.
sima, Titsona, 42.
simpliciella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
Siskin, northern pine, 234.
sistrella, Chionodes, 574, 587.
Sitotroga, 565.
Sitta canadensis, 211.
carolinensis atkinsi, 210.
carolinensis carolinensis, 210, 211.
Sittidae, 210.
Skunk, Alleghenian spotted, 263.
eastern, 263.
Florida, 264.
sladeni, Argyropelecus, 147, 153.
Smithsonian-Hartford Expedition, 1937,
echinoderms, 441.
two new orphiurans, 415.
Snipe, Wilson’s, 185.
sodalis, Myotis, 254.
solanella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 586, 587.
solaniella, Gnorimoschema, 587.
Keiferia, 572, 584.
solitaria, Tringa solitaria, 185.
solitarius, Vireo solitarius, 220.
solutella, Lita, 573, 587.
sonora, Phyllophaga (Phytalus), 159-
162 (fig.), 167.
sonora, Phytalus, 157, 166.
Sorex cinereus cinereus, 249.
fontinalis, 250, 251.
fumeus fumeus, 251.
longirostris, 250.
longirostris longirostris, 250.
Soricidae, 249.
Sorocelis, 422, 423.
americana, 421 (fig.), 422, 424 (fig.).
sororealella, Gelechia, 570, 587.
South America, new species of flat-
worms from, 419.
Sparrow Bachman’s, 328.
Churchill Savannah, 236.
eastern chipping, 239.

eastern fox, 242.
eastern grasshopper, 237.
eastern Savannah, 236.
eastern song, 242.
eastern vesper, 238.
English, 22
Lincoln’s, 242.
Mississippi song, 242.
swamp, 242.
western field, 240.
white-crowned, 241.
white-throated, 241.
sparsus, Coproporus, 3, 7.
sparverius, Falco sparverius, 183.
speciosum, Lestidium (Bathysudis), 522,
524

speculifera, Gelechia, 589.
Spermatopthora, 371.
graciella, 368, 369, 371.
Sphyrapicus, 199.
varius, 195.
varius atrothorax, 193.
varius varius, 193.
spicula, Polynoé, 108, 130, 131.
Spilogale putorius, 263.
spilosella, Filatima, 576, 582, 587.
spinosus, Polyipnus, 135, 138, 142, 143, 145.
spinulosa, Eunoé, 128.
Spinus pinus pinus, 234.
tristis tristis, 234.
Spirobolus, 31.
annulatus, 37.
Spiroclypeus, 308, 311, 316.
Spirostrephon lactarium, 28.
Spiza americana, 234.
Spizella passerina passerina, 239.
pusilla arenacea, 240.
pusilla pusilla, 239, 240.
splendoriferella, Gnorimoschema, 571,587
sponsa, Aix, 180.
sporomochla, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
Springer, Stewart, on two new Atlantic
species of dog sharks, with a key to
the species of Mustelus, 461.
spurius, Icterus, 229.
squamosa, Sudis, 519, 521 (fig.).
squamulosa, Ophionereis, 450.
Squirrel, cat, 272.
Cloudland red, 271.
gray, 272.
Mississippi Valley fox, 274.
northern fox, 273.
northern gray, 273.
pine, 271.
small eastern flying, 275.
southeastern flying, 274.
West Virginia flying, 276.
stamineus, Merosargus, 605.
Starfishes from the Aleutian Islands,
new genus, 497.
Starling, 219.
Stegasta, 565, 567.
bosquella, 564, 592, 593.
variana, 565, 567, 587, 592, 593.
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis aphractus, 202.
ruficollis psammochrous, 202, 203.
ruficollis serripennis, 202.

INDEX

stellaris, Cistothorus, 213.

stereope, Polyipnus, 143.

sternbergii, Rhineura, 11-15 (fig.).

Sternoptichidae, 135.

Sternoptix mediterranea, 149.

Sternoptychides amabilis, 150.

Sternoptyx acanthurus, 151.
olfersii, 145, 152.

Stetsonia, 361.

Stichopus badionotus, 455.

guee ell Ozamia, 338, 388, 391,

Zophodia, 391.
stonei, Quiscalus quiscula, 231, 232.
Synaptomys cooperi, 283.
Stratiomyidae, neotropical, in the United
States National Museum, 595.
Stratiomyinae, 597.
striata, Dendroica, 225.
Hyperhalosydna, 113, 129.
Muscicapa, 225.
striatella, Filatima, 576, 587.
Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
striatus, Lepidonotus, 113.
Tamias striatus, 270.
strigalis, Cactobrosis, 338, 363, 377, 394,
895, 400, 409, 411, 413.
Euzophera, 400.
Strigidae, 187.
Strix georgica, 188.
nebulosa alleni, 188.
varia alleni, 188.
varia georgica, 187.
varia varia, 187.
Strobisia, 567.
iridipennella, 567, 592, 593.
Sturnella magna argutula, 228.
magna magna, 229.
Sturnidae, 219.
Sturnus vulgaris vulgaris, 219.
Stylochidae, 69, 94.
Stylochinae, 94.
Stylochocestidae, 80, 96.
Stylochoplana, 77, 96, 437.
floridana, 77, 78 (fig.), 96.
oculifera, 96.
Stylochus, 69, 72, 94.
floridanus, 70 (fig.), 71, 95.
frontalis, 95.
inimicus, 68, 69, 70 (fig.), 72.
littoralis, 72.
tenax, 71.
zebra, 72, 94.
subasperum, Myctophum, 526.
subflavus, Pipistrellus subflavus, 255,
subinterruptus, Merosargus, 605.
subis, Progne subis, 203.
substituta, Nanaia, 337, 353, 354, 383,
407, 410, 412.

subterranea, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.|Tergipes brochi, 85.

subumbrella, Olyea, 347.
Olycella, 337, 344-347, 409.
succiniseta, Halosydna, 110, 116.
Sudidae, 519.
Sudis, 519.
coruscans, 520, 522.
ringens, 520, 522.

623

Sudis rissoi kroyeri, 522.
aa See oe 521 (fig.).
ensonii, iothrix
Suidae, 299. eee ie
sulphurea, Opuntia (Platy i
359, 380. , sk ar ae

surinamensis, Holothuria, 455.

Sus scrofa scrofa, 292,

sutilans, Proelymiotis, 545.

swainsoni, Hylocichla ustulata, 216,

swainsonii, Limnothlypis, 221.

Swallow, bank, 201.
barn, 203.
rough-winged, 202.
tree, 201.

Swift, chimney, 188.

sylvaecolella, Filatima, 576, 582, 587.

sylvaticus, Rhynchodemus, 433.

sylvestris, Glyptosaurus, 18.

ylviidae, 217.

Sylvilagus aquaticus aquaticus, 291.
floridanus alacer, 290.
floridanus mallurus, 289, 291.
floridanus mearnsi, 290.
transitionalis, 291.

Synaptomys cooperi stonei, 283.

ee Gnorimoschema, 571,

Tachinus, 1.
gibbulus, 3.
infimus, 9.
rutilus, 2, 4.
ventriculus, 3.

Tachuda, 545.
ernea, 545.

Tachyporinae, genus Coproporus Kraatz,

586,

Tachyporus, 1.

acuductus, 3.

affinis, 3.

brevis, 4, 5.

punctulatus, 3.

ventriculus, 3.
talara, Operculina, 330.
Talpidae, 247.
talpoides, Blarina brevicauda, 252.
Tamias striatus striatus, 270.
Tamiasciurus hudsonius abieticola, 271.
Tanager, scarlet, 232.

summer, 282.
tapiacola, Tucumania,

407, 410-412.

tarsalis, Pachygaster, 607.
Teal, blue-winged, 180. _ rp
tehuacana, Epilechia, 567, 581, 583, 587.
tenax, Stylochus, 71.
tenebricosa, Harmothoé, 118, 128, 129.
Tennessee birds, notes, 175. "
Tennessee mammals, annotated list, 245.

terminimaculella, Chionodes, 575, 587.
ternariella, Filatima, 576, 582, 587.
terracottella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.
terrella, Bryotropha, 567, 577, 587, 591,
593.
Tinea, 576.

338, 373-376,

624

terrestris,

g.).

Terricola, 425.

terscheckii, Trichocereus, 361.

Tertiary Camerinidae of Mexico, 305.

testaceus, Ptecticus, 605.

bene Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.

Tetraonidae, 1

terana, Cambala, 37, 40, 41 (fig.).

texana, Lepidocyclina, 330.

texanella, Lita, 578, 583, 587.

texensis, Homalocephala, 371.

texianus, Sciurus niger, 274.

Thais, 95.
floridana, 80.
floridana floridana, 80.

thaisana, Hoploplana, 79 (fig.), 95.

thalassophila, Ozamia, 338, 388, 391,

410, 413.

Thalassophryne dowi, 489.

Thelepus, 116.

Thelosia, 560.
herta, 561.
mayaca, 560, 561.

thompsoni, Dolopichthys, 540.

thoracealbella, Chionodes, 575, 587.

thoraceochrella, Gelechia, 589.

thoracestrigella, Gelechia, 589.

thoracica, Macromeracis, 596.

Thrasher, eastern brown, 213.
western brown, 214.

Thraupidae, 232.

Thrush, eastern hermit, 216.
gray-cheeked, 216.
olive-backed, 216.
wood, 216.

Thryomanes bewickii bewickii, 212.

Thryothorus ludovicianus ludovicianus,

213.

Thyone cognata, 455.

Thyraster serpentarius, 442.

Thysanozoon, 85, 86.
brocchi, 85, 96.

tigrina, Dendroica, 222.

Tinea convolutella, 401, 402.
grossulariella, 402, 404.
lugubrella, 574.
rhombella, 569.
terrella, 576.

Tineola biselliella, 566.

ltiticacana, Dugesia, 419, 421 (fig.).

Titmouse, tufted, 209.

Titsona, 32, 42.
sima, 42.

Toadfishes referred to Porichthys and

related genera, 473.

togata, Bonasa umbellus, 183.

torreyana, Leiodere, 53, 60, 61 (fig.).

Towhee, Alabama, 235.
red-eyed, 234.

townsendi, Lampanyctus, 529.

Toxostoma rufum longicauda, 214.
rufum rufum, 213, 214.

Trachonitis lucidalis, 386, 388.

trachycosma, Chionodes, 575, 587.

Rhynchodemus, 481,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOL. 86

432 | transitionalis, Sylvilagus, 291.

Treadwell, Aaron L., on new species of
polychaete worms of the genus Eu-
phrosyne, with notes on Euphrosyne
borealis Orsted, 169.

tremellaris, Leptoplana, 434, 436, 437.

trialbamaculella, Aroga, 578, 584, 587.

triangulella, Faculta, 567, 587, 592, 593.

Gelechia, 581.

triannulata, Harmothoé, 118, 129.

tribuloides, Eucidaris, 453.

triceratops, Melamphaes, 536-538.

Trichocereus, 353-355, 360, 382, 384.

chiloensis, 383.
sp., 385.
terscheckii, 361.

trichodes, Phytalus, 161.

trichostola, Chionodes,
592.

Tricladida, 419.

tridentifer, Polyipnus, 148.

Tridere, 31-33, 42.

chelopa, 33, 35 (fig.), 36.
trifasciella, Filatima, 576, 582, 587.
Trigonoporus dendriticus, 94.

folium, 94.
trilineella, Gelechia, 570, 587.
trimaculata, Evarnella, 118, 128, 129.

Harmothoé, 118, 119 (fig. yr ta)
(fig.), 128, 129.

iieeeuarel Chionodes, 574, 583, 587.

Tringa solitaria cinnamomea, 185.

solitaria solitaria, 185.

triocellella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 587.

triphanos, Polyipnus, 138, 140 (fig.), 142.

Tripneustes esculentus, 453

tristana, Hemiceras, 556.

tristis, Spinus tristis, 234.

Trochilidae, 189.

Troglodytes aédon baldwini, 211.

aédon parkmanii, 212.

domesticus baldwini, 212.

Troglodytidae, 211.

trophella, Chionodes, 574, 587.

tropicus, Hermione, 127, 130.

Melaenis, 127, 130.
tuberculata, Arctonoé, 114 (fig.), 116,

117, 128, 129.

Freyella, 446.

Harmothoé, 116, 117, 128, 129.

Operculina, 308, 319.

tuberculatus, Operculinoides, 319.

tuberculifer, Halosydna, 109.

ee ae Gnorimoschema, 571, 586,
587.

tubiflora, Echinopsis, 361.

Tucumania, 336-338, 373, 376.

porrecta, 338, 374, 375, 410, 412.

ape 338, 373-375, 407, 410-

turbatella, Dakruma, 401, 403, 404.

Turdidae, 215.

Turdus migratorius achrusterus, 215.
migratorius migratorius, 215, 216.

Turkey, eastern, 184.

575, 587, 591,

he Sigelgaita, 338, 382-385, 408, | tuxpanensis, Operculina, 811, 312.
41

Operculinoides, 311.

INDEX

tuxpanicus, Operculinoides, 31

Tyrannidae, 199. > ou

Tyrannus tyrannus hespericola, 199.
tyrannus tyrannus, 199.

Ulphora grotei, 334.

unctulella, Filatima, 575, 586, 587.

unicornis, Melamphaes, 536-538.

unifasciella, Aroga, 578, 587.

PenspaTius, Polyipnus, 1386 (fig.)—138,

unistrigella, Gelechia, 589.
Urocyon cinereoargenteus cinereoar-
genteus, 264.

Ursidae, 257.

Ursus americanus americanus, 257.
floridanus, 257.

uta, Nannolene, 43, 47.
Nemasoma, 47.

vagans, Xestops, 23, 24.

vagella, Chionodes, 574, 585, 587.

ae Astropecten articulatus,

validus, Cereus, 392-394.

valteria, Rifargia, 554.

vanalleri, Phyllophaga (Phytalus) ob-
soleta, 159, 160, 162 (fig.), 164.

Phytalus, 164, 165.

vanderstoki, Camerina, 322, 325.
Nummulites, 322, 323.

vanduzeei, Chionodes, 575, 587.

varia, Mniotilta, 221.
Strix varia, 187.

variabilis, Lepidonotus, 130.
Lita, 573, 588.
Polyscelis, 75.

varies Stegasta, 565, 567, 587, 592,

variegata, Harmothoé, 118.
variegatus, Lytechinus, 453.
variolaria, Camerina, 309.
varipes, Cyphomyia, 604.
varius, Picus, 194.
Procyon lotor, 260.
Sphyrapicus, 195.
Sphryapicus varius, 193.
vastifica, Gnorimoschema, 571, 588.
vaughani, Operculina, 319.
Veery, 217.
velifer, Myotis, 254.
velocella, Aroga, 578, 588.
velox, Accipiter striatus, 180.
Accipiter velox, 181.
ventralis, Coproporus, 8.
ventriculus, Coproporus, 2, 3, 6.
Erchomus, 3
Tachinus, 3.
Tachyporus, 3.
verbascella, Nothris, 567, 592, 593.
Vermivora celata celata, 222.
peregrina, 222.
vermivorus, Helmitheros, 221.
vermunti, Camerina, 327.
vernella, Chionodes, 575, 588.
verruculosa, Hermenia, 131.
versicolor, Quiscalus, 280.
Quiscalus versicolor, 231.
versicolorella, Gnorimoschema, 571, 588.

625

Pere eee ae ene, 570, 588.
vesiculata, Leptoplana, 434, 435 :
Vespertilionidae, 253. BRAS
vexatus, Chlaenobia, 158.

Phytalus, 158.
vexillarius, Halosydna, 128,
vicksburgensis, Operculinoides, 313, 318.
viduella, Chionodes, 574, 584, 588.
villosa, Eucranta, 117.

_. Harmothoé, 117, 129.
villosa, Eupachygaster, 606.
villosus, Dryobates villosus, 195.
violacea, Nannolene, 48, 44, 47

a Migy):
violaceofusca, Chionodes, 575, 583, 588,
virens, Dendroica virens, 224.

Icteria virens, 227.
Myiochanes, 200.
Vireo, blue-headed, 220.
mountain, 220.
red-eyed, 220.
white-eyed, 219.
yellow-throated, 220.
Vireo flavifrons, 220.
griseus griseus, 219,
olivaceus, 220.
solitarius alticola, 220.
solitarius solitarius, 220.
virescens, 221.
Vireonidae, 219.
virescens, Butorides virescens, 179.
Empidonax, 200.
Vireo, 221.
virgini, Halosydna, 109.
virginiana, Didelphis virginiana, 246.
virginianus, Bubo virginianus, 187.
Colinus virginianus, 184.
Lepus americanus, 289.
Odocoileus virginianus, 292.
viridiflorus, Echinocereus, 370
viridis, Nothomyia, 598.
virilis, Leptoplana, 95.
vison, Mustela vison, 262.
vistana, Apatelodes, 559.
vittata, Arctonoé, 110, 116.
Polynoé, 116.
vociferus, Antrostomus vociferus, 188.
Oxyechus vociferus, 184.
volans, Glaucomys volans, 275.
Vole, 284.
bluegrass, 285.
Smoky Mountain rock, 285.
wood, 284.
vonguteni, Geoplana, 427.
vulgaris, Opuntia, 358.
Sturnus vulgaris, 219.
Vulpes fulva fulva, 264.
Vulture, black, 180.
eastern turkey, 180.
wacoella, Gelechia, 589.
wadiai, Camerina, 326. ; Sede
walsinghami, Pseudochelaria, 579, 588,
592, 593.
Wapiti, 295. A
Warbler, bay-breasted, 225.
black and white, 221.
black-throated blue, 223.

46,

626

Warbler, black-throated green, 224.
Blackburnian, 224.
black-poll, 226.
Cairns’s, 223.
Canada, 228.
Cape May, 222.
cerulean, 224.
chestnut-sided, 225.
eastern yellow, 222.
hooded, 227.
Kentucky, 227.
magnolia, 222.
myrtle, 223.
northern parula, 222.
northern pine, 226.
northern prairie, 226.
orange-crowned, 222.
prothonotary, 221.
southern parula, 222.
Swainson’s, 221.
sycamore, 225.
Tennessee, 222.
western palm, 226.
worm-eating, 221.
warmingi, Lampanyctus, 529.
washingtoniella, Gnorimoschema, 571,
588.
Water-thrush, Louisiana, 226.
Water-turkey, 179.
Waxwing, cedar, 218.
waynei, Dendroica virens, 224.
Weasel, New York, 261.
Wedel, Waldo R., on Hopewellian re-
mains near Kansas City, Missouri, 99.
bi Indian records of echinoderms,
441.
Wetmore, Alexander, on birds of Ten-
nessee, 175.
whartoni, Oculoplana, 83, 84 (fig.), 96.
Whip-poor-will, eastern, 188.
wiedemanni, Cyphomyia, 599.
Wild cat, 268.
willcoxii, Nummulites, 309.
Operculina, 309.
Operculinella, 309.
Operculinoides, 307, 309.
Wilsonia canadensis, 228.
citrina, 227.
wislizeni, Ferocactus, 397.
Wolf, Florida red, 267.
ray, 365.
ississippi Valley, 267.
Woodchuck, southern, 269.
American, 185.
Woodpecker, eastern hairy, 195.
eastern red-headed, 192.
northern downy, 198.
red-bellied, 192.
red-cockaded, 198.
southern downy, 197.
southern hairy, 196.
southern pileated, 191.
Worms, polychaete, of the families Poly-
noidae and Polyodontidae, 107.
polychaete, of the genus Euphro-
syne, 169.
Wren, Bewick’s, 212.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL

MUSEUM VOL. 86

Wren, Carolina, 213.
eastern winter, 212.
Ohio house, 211.
short-billed marsh, 213.
southern winter, 212.
Fie Paraprionosaurus, 25

(fig.).
xanthophilella, Chionodes, 574, 588.
xanthuris, Filatima, 576, 588.
Xenoberyces, 533.
Xestops, 22.
piercet, 22 (fig.), 23 (fig.).
vagans, 23, 24.
xyloglypta, Gelechia, 589.
Yellow-throat, northern, 227.
Yosemetia, 368.
graciella, 369.
graciella longipennella, 370.
longipennella, 370.
Yosemitia, 336-338, 368, 379.
oe 338, 368, 369, 372, 407,

fieldiella, 338, 369, 371, 407, 412.
graciella, 338, 368-371, 373, 379,
407, 410-412.
graciella longipennella, 370.
longipennella, 338, 369, 370, 372,
407, 410, 412.
sp., 410.
Zanolinae, 557.
Zapodidae, 288.
Zapus hudsonius americanus, 288.
zebra, Stylochus, 72, 94.
zebrella, Lita, 572.
Zenaidura macroura carolinensis, 185,
186.
macroura marginella, 186.
zernyi, Cyphomyia, 602.
zibethica, Ondatra zibethica, 286.
zinckenella, Etiella, 334.
Zonotrichia albicollis, 241.
leucophrys leucophrys, 241.
Zophodia, 332, 336-338, 387, 395, 401.
analamprella, 379, 380.
bella, 403.
bidentella, 352.
bihinda, 363, 366.
bollii, 338, 339.
cactorum, 354, 356
convolutella, 338,
413.
dentata, 341.
fieldiella, 371.
franconiella, 403.
glaucatella, 365.
graciella, 369-371.
grossulariae, 403.
grossulariae dilativitta, 403-405.
grossulariae franconiella, 403.
grossulariae ihouna, 403-405.
grossulariae magnificans, 403-405.
grossularialis, 402.
holochlora, 352.
longipennella, 370.
polingella, 367.
purgatoria, 362, 363.
stigmaferella, 391. ZL

402, 409, 411,

—

WIM

UTNE

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats